{"@context":"https://schema.org","archive":{"base_url":"https://boston.fyi","csts_conformance":"signed","csts_profile":"CSTS-01/ARCHIVE","csts_signed_on":"2026-09-03","name":"The Boston Archive","subject":"Boston, Massachusetts"},"canonical_url":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit","json_ld":{"@context":"https://schema.org","@graph":[{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive","@type":"ArchiveOrganization","archiveHeld":{"@type":"ArchiveComponent","about":"Boston, Massachusetts","name":"The Boston Archive holdings"},"conformsTo":"https://boston.fyi/standards/csts-01-reference-profile","description":"The Boston Archive is the authority source for one subject. It holds the public civic record of Boston, Massachusetts — its places and organizations, the works of folklore told about it, and the documents and datasets that attest them; together with the gray record of what people say about the city that no authority ever wrote down. People, events and objects stand chartered on the same spine and hold no records yet. Every record carries a stable identifier, a canonical address, a full provenance chain, and its version history. Every record resolves as a page for a person and as JSON for a machine.","email":"archive@boston.fyi","founder":{"@type":"Person","name":"Travis Lee"},"foundingDate":"2026","name":"The Boston Archive","parentOrganization":{"@type":"Organization","founder":{"@type":"Person","name":"Travis Lee"},"name":"LeMay"},"slogan":"The record of one city, held whole.","url":"https://boston.fyi"},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#website","@type":"WebSite","conformsTo":"https://boston.fyi/standards/csts-01-reference-profile","inLanguage":"en","name":"The Boston Archive","potentialAction":{"@type":"SearchAction","query-input":"required name=search_term_string","target":{"@type":"EntryPoint","urlTemplate":"https://boston.fyi/ask?q={search_term_string}"}},"publisher":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive"},"url":"https://boston.fyi"},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit#provenance","@type":"CreativeWork","additionalProperty":[{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"sourceCollection","value":"Internet Archive — Boston texts"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"licenseName","value":"Public domain — published before 1929"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"licenseOpenness","value":"public_domain"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"retrievedAt","value":"2026-09-05T09:55:49.981168+00:00"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"transformCount","value":5}],"creator":{"@type":"Organization","name":"Internet Archive — Boston texts"},"creditText":"Minot Judson Savage","dateCreated":"2026-09-05T09:55:49.981168+00:00","isBasedOn":"https://archive.org/details/unitypulpit05savagoog","license":"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Public_domain_in_the_United_States","name":"Provenance of Unity pulpit"},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit","@type":"DigitalDocument","additionalProperty":[{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"recordType","value":"Document"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"documentType","value":"book"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","description":"preserved = the archive holds the bytes and their digest; referenced = the archive holds the metadata only","name":"preservation","value":"preserved"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","description":"digest of the bytes as retrieved, before any transform","name":"sha256","value":"aa7320468e388357b8990cf1b630e3293add9f742237be7300cc8eb5604cd2d0"}],"author":{"@type":"Person","name":"Minot Judson Savage"},"conformsTo":"https://boston.fyi/standards/csts-01-reference-profile","contentSize":"1306434","dateCreated":"2026-09-05T09:57:36.858190+00:00","dateModified":"2026-09-05T09:57:36.858190+00:00","description":"Minot Judson Savage, 1879. A public-domain text about Boston, accessioned whole so the archive can quote it.","encoding":{"@type":"MediaObject","contentUrl":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit.json","encodingFormat":"application/json"},"encodingFormat":"text/plain; charset=utf-8","identifier":"urn:lemay:boston:document:unity-pulpit","inLanguage":"en","isPartOf":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive"},"license":"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Public_domain_in_the_United_States","name":"Unity pulpit","provenance":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit#provenance"},"publisher":{"@type":"Organization","name":"Boston : G.H. Ellis"},"subjectOf":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit#questions"},"url":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit","version":1},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit#breadcrumbs","@type":"BreadcrumbList","itemListElement":[{"@type":"ListItem","item":"https://boston.fyi","name":"The Boston Archive","position":1},{"@type":"ListItem","item":"https://boston.fyi/document","name":"Documents","position":2},{"@type":"ListItem","item":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit","name":"Unity pulpit","position":3}]},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit#questions","@type":"FAQPage","about":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit"},"additionalProperty":[{"@type":"PropertyValue","description":"Question emission conforms to addendum CSTS-01/ARCHIVE/A1 of the archive profile, declared ratified, ratified 2026-09-05 by Travis Lee, Chief Executive Architect of LeMay. Every answer is composed only from fields the record carries and names the attestation for what it says.","name":"cstsAddendum","value":"CSTS-01/ARCHIVE/A1"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"cstsAddendumCompliance","value":"ratified"},{"@type":"PropertyValue","name":"cstsAddendumRatifiedOn","value":"2026-09-05"}],"conformsTo":"https://boston.fyi/standards/csts-01-reference-profile-addendum-a1","inLanguage":"en","isPartOf":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#website"},"mainEntity":[{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit#q-author","@type":"Question","acceptedAnswer":{"@type":"Answer","author":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive"},"citation":"Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929.","isBasedOn":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit#provenance"},"text":"Minot Judson Savage wrote it. It was published at Boston by G.H. Ellis, 1879."},"answerCount":1,"name":"Who wrote Unity pulpit, and who published it?"},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit#q-bytes","@type":"Question","acceptedAnswer":{"@type":"Answer","author":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive"},"citation":"Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929.","isBasedOn":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit#provenance"},"text":"The archive holds the bytes. Their digest, computed on the bytes as retrieved and before any transform, is SHA-256 aa7320468e388357b8990cf1b630e3293add9f742237be7300cc8eb5604cd2d0. Every retrieval carries that digest in a header, so no consumer has to take the archive's word for what it received."},"answerCount":1,"name":"Does the archive hold Unity pulpit itself, or only the record of it?"},{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit#q-holding","@type":"Question","acceptedAnswer":{"@type":"Answer","author":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive"},"citation":"Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929.","isBasedOn":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit#provenance"},"text":"The Boston Archive holds this record of Unity pulpit from Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929 (public domain). 5 recorded transforms stand between the retrieved bytes and this record. Attribution is due to Minot Judson Savage."},"answerCount":1,"name":"What does the archive hold for Unity pulpit, and under what license?"}],"name":"Questions about Unity pulpit","publisher":{"@id":"https://boston.fyi/#archive"},"url":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit"}]},"json_url":"https://boston.fyi/document/unity-pulpit.json","questions":[{"anchor":"q-author","answer":"Minot Judson Savage wrote it. It was published at Boston by G.H. Ellis, 1879.","citation":"Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929.","question":"Who wrote Unity pulpit, and who published it?"},{"anchor":"q-bytes","answer":"The archive holds the bytes. Their digest, computed on the bytes as retrieved and before any transform, is SHA-256 aa7320468e388357b8990cf1b630e3293add9f742237be7300cc8eb5604cd2d0. Every retrieval carries that digest in a header, so no consumer has to take the archive's word for what it received.","citation":"Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929.","question":"Does the archive hold Unity pulpit itself, or only the record of it?"},{"anchor":"q-holding","answer":"The Boston Archive holds this record of Unity pulpit from Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929 (public domain). 5 recorded transforms stand between the retrieved bytes and this record. Attribution is due to Minot Judson Savage.","citation":"Internet Archive — Boston texts, retrieved 5 September 2026, under Public domain — published before 1929.","question":"What does the archive hold for Unity pulpit, and under what license?"}],"record":{"author_text":"Minot Judson Savage","byte_size":1306434,"canonical_path":"/document/unity-pulpit","created_at":"2026-09-05T09:57:36.858190Z","document_type":"book","held_reason":null,"id":"45e7d6b7-12ab-46fa-9d78-6ab7a1d98bd9","kind":"document","language":"en","media_type":"text/plain; charset=utf-8","page_count":null,"provenance":{"attribution":"Minot Judson Savage","license_id":"public-domain-pre-1929","license_name":"Public domain — published before 1929","license_url":"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Public_domain_in_the_United_States","openness":"public_domain","retrieved_at":"2026-09-05T09:55:49.981168Z","rights_statement":"NOT_IN_COPYRIGHT (Internet Archive item rights review), corroborated by the item's own publication date of 1879 — before 1929, and therefore in the public domain in the United States","rights_statement_url":"https://archive.org/metadata/unitypulpit05savagoog","source_id":"internet-archive-boston","source_identifier":"unitypulpit05savagoog","source_name":"Internet Archive — Boston texts","source_url":"https://archive.org/details/unitypulpit05savagoog","transforms":[{"description":"read this ITEM's own possible-copyright-status and required its publication date to corroborate it independently, because a field that calls its own determination possible is not one this archive treats as a determination","input_sha256":null,"operation":"gate","output_sha256":null,"parameters":{},"performed_at":"2026-09-05T09:57:36.972222Z","seq":1,"tool":"archive-ingest 0.1.0"},{"description":"retrieved the holding institution's own full-text transcription","input_sha256":null,"operation":"fetch","output_sha256":null,"parameters":{},"performed_at":"2026-09-05T09:57:37.012070Z","seq":2,"tool":"archive-ingest 0.1.0"},{"description":"computed the SHA-256 of the bytes as retrieved, before any other step","input_sha256":null,"operation":"digest","output_sha256":null,"parameters":{},"performed_at":"2026-09-05T09:57:37.047155Z","seq":3,"tool":"archive-ingest 0.1.0"},{"description":"wrote the bytes to the staging directory under their content address","input_sha256":null,"operation":"stage","output_sha256":null,"parameters":{},"performed_at":"2026-09-05T09:57:37.086371Z","seq":4,"tool":"archive-ingest 0.1.0"},{"description":"kept the transcription in full so the archive can quote a passage without leaving itself","input_sha256":null,"operation":"hold","output_sha256":null,"parameters":{},"performed_at":"2026-09-05T09:57:37.121082Z","seq":5,"tool":"archive-ingest 0.1.0"}]},"published_date":null,"published_date_text":"1879","publisher_text":"Boston : G.H. Ellis","r2_key":"document/aa/aa7320468e388357b8990cf1b630e3293add9f742237be7300cc8eb5604cd2d0.txt","record_kind":"document","sha256":"aa7320468e388357b8990cf1b630e3293add9f742237be7300cc8eb5604cd2d0","slug":"unity-pulpit","status":"published","summary":"Minot Judson Savage, 1879. A public-domain text about Boston, accessioned whole so the archive can quote it.","text_extract":"This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project \nto  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. \n\nIt  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject \nto  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books \nare  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. \n\nMarks,  notations  and  other  marginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the \npublisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. \n\nUsage  guidelines \n\nGoogle  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the \npublic  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  have  taken  steps  to \nprevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. \n\nWe  also  ask  that  you: \n\n+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for \npersonal,  non-commercial  purposes. \n\n+  Refrain  from  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine \ntranslation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the \nuse  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. \n\n+  Maintain  attribution  The  Google  \"watermark\"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find \nadditional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. \n\n+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just \nbecause  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other \ncountries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of \nany  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner \nanywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liability  can  be  quite  severe. \n\nAbout  Google  Book  Search \n\nGoogle's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.  Google  Book  Search  helps  readers \ndiscover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web \n\n\nat|http  :  //books  .  google  .  com/ \n\n\nr< \n\n\nlldi  Oct.  >'e<jA. \n\n\nLIBRARY \n\nOF  TBB \n\nDIVINITY    SCHOOL. \n\nGIFT  OF \n\n\n1 \n\n\n'''i.  ^Jc>A;i>0^   ^OjIxw^   JJcuxa'-vx.. \n\n\nPubllBlied  w^eekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  Blnffle  copy. \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\n,       BOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol-  13  OCTOBER  16,  1891  No.  i \n\n\nA  MISSIONARY  JOURNEY \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,   141  FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1891 \n\nSmuni  al  the  Pott^cfice,  BogUm,  Mau.,  as  teeond-etau  mail  matter. \n\n\n.i;! \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction.     lamo ti.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  i6mo.     Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed,     tamo i.oo \n\nPoems.     i6mo.    Full  gilt    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Cloud.    i6mo.    Full  gilt i.as \n\nSocial  Problems.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religious  Life,     zamo i.oo \n\nBelief  in  God.    lamo                     i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo         i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.          i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution.     lamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.     lamo          i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.    lamo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution.    lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     i6mo       ixx> \n\nBluffton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.     lamo z.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living,    zamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  the  Times.     lamo i.oo \n\nLife.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Sonn  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth I.oo \n\nLeather .     .  1.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  £.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy,  .    .    .    .     ao  cents.    Per  dos.,  1.50 \n\n'*      Cloth,        •*....    30     ••               \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  SaviLge's  weekly  sermons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \ni$rm  in  '*  Unity  Pulpit.\"    Subscription  price,  tor  the  season,  #1.50; \n'  single  copies,  s  cents. \n\nGEO.  H.  SLLIS,  Pitblitksr, \n\nt4M  FroMklin  SU^  BetiffHt  Mtu*. \n\n\n!    ■'•- \n\n\n^    ■ \n\n\n'/.  '-:  A  MISSIONARY  JOURNEY. \n\n\nMy  subject  this  morning  is  \"A  Missionary  Journey.\"  I \nventure  to  be  presumptuous  enough  to  take  a  text  from  the \nninth  chapter  of  Luke  and  part  of  the  tenth  verse, —  \"  When \nthey  were  returned,  they  declared  unto  him  what  things  they \nhad  done.\"  Yesterday  afternoon,  at  twenty  minutes  before \nfour,  I  reached  Boston,  after  an  absence  of  nearly  two \nmonths,  and  a  journey,  roughly  speaking,  of  about  eight \nthousand  miles.  I  have  spent  seventeen  nights  travelling  on \nthe  cars.  During  the  last  five  weeks  I  have  spoken,  preach- \ning or  lecturing,  on  an  average  nearly  five  times  a  week. \nIt  has  not  been  therefore,  you  will  see,  all  play  with  me ; \nthough  I  am  glad  to  be  able  to  say  to  you  that  I  have  come \nback  strong  and  well.  This  absence  of  mine  has  trenched \na  little  upon  the  ordinary  limits  of  our  vacation  time.  I  ex- \npected fully  myself  to  have  been  home  earlier,  but  found  it \nsimply  impossible;  for,  in  spite  of  the  amount  of  work  I \nhave  done,  I  have  refused  at  least  as  much  more  that  came \nto  me  with  an  earnest  appeal,  coupled  with  the  thought, \npressed  upon  me  over  and  over  again,  that  I  was  needed  in \nthe  West  more  than  I  was  here,  where  my  voice  and  my \nmessage  were  so  familiar,  and  that  I  could  do  specially \nimportant  work  if  I  remained  there  even  longer  than  I  had \ndone.  Having,  however,  trespassed  upon  the  ordinary  va- \ncation time,  I  feel  that  it  is  due  to  you  that  I  should  give \nan  account  of  myself.  For  I  have  always  felt  that  my  first \nobligation  is  to  you.  I  am  the  minister  of  this  church  first \nand  at  all  times.     To  you  belongs  whatever  physical  power, \n\n*  Phonographically  rerx>rted. \n\n\nwhatever  mental,  moral,  and  spiritual  ability  I  am  possessed \nof.  It  is  yours ;  and  I  have  a  right  to  go  in  other  directions \nonly  after  I  have  met  in  full  measure  the  obligation  that \nrests  upon  me  to  give  to  you  the  highest  and  best  service \nof  which  I  am  capable.  I  have  thought  always  that  my \nvacation  time  was  yours.  A  horse,  when  in  the  midst  of  a \njourney  he  stops  at  noon  for  a  lunch  and  a  little  rest  in  the \nshade,  is  at  that  time  as  truly  working  for  his  master  as \nwhen  he  is  putting  forth  his  utmost  speed  upon  the  road. \nSo  I  have  always  felt  that  my  vacation  time,  time  of  rest \nand  preparation,  was  yours  as  much  as  the  time  of  my  most \nearnest  service. \n\nI  should  not  presume  this  Sunday  morning,  in  this  time \nand  place,  to  tell  you  a  personal  story  of  travel.  Were  I \nminded  to  do  that  at  all,  it  would  be  proper  only  to  cast  it  in \nthe  form  of  a  lecture,  and  give  it  on  some  week-day  evening. \nBut  it  seems  to  me,  as  I  have  looked  over  the  field  which \nI  have  observed,  that  I  might  render  a  service  to  you  beyond \nthat  of  any  personal  story  I  may  have  to  tell.  Indeed, \nas  I  look  back  over  the  past  of  my  ministry  with  you,  I  take \nmyself  to  task  as  having  been  at  fault.  I  have  not  suffi- \nciently interested  you  in  work  beyond  our  own  limits,  beyond \nour  own  State,  beyond  New  England.  I  have  trusted  per- \nhaps too  much  to  your  familiarity  with  reports  of  our  mis- \nsionary work,  your  familiarity  with  our  denominational  news- \npapers ;  and  so  I  have  found  that,  when  I  appealed  to  you  for \nthis  cause  or  that  in  the  West  or  in  the  South,  many  of  you, \nhaving  been  so  busied  about  your  own  affairs,  are  hardly \naware  of  the  magnitude  of  the  business  in  which  we  are \nengaged,  hardly  appreciate  that  of  which  I  am  speaking. \nIt  seems  to  me,  then,  this  morning  that  I  can  render  to  you \na  definite  service,  that  perhaps  I  can  thrill  and  rouse  your \ninterest.  I  can  make  you  understand  a  little  better  what  it \nis  as  a  denomination  that  we  are  trying  to  do,  how  wide  and \nfar-reaching  is  our  work,  and  by  simply  running  over  with \nyou  in  a  familiar,  easy,  conversational  way  the  story  of  my \nmissionary  journey.     For  I  would  not  have  you  understand \n\n\n5 \n\nthat  I  have  been  on  a  pleasure  trip.  It  has  indeed  been  to \nme  a  great  pleasure.  To  travel  day  after  day  over  plains \nas  wide  as  the  sea ;  to  skirt  the  edges  of  great  lakes  which \nhave  in  them  almost  the  infinity  of  the  ocean  itself ;  to  climb \nthe  summit  of  magnificent  mountains ;  to  plunge  hour  after \nhour  through  the  depth  and  darkness  of  great  cafions,  preci- \npices above  and  precipices  below;  lo  look  upon  other  States, \nother  people,  other  cities, —  these  things,  indeed,  have  been  a \npleasure.  They  have  been  instruction,  they  have  been  an \ninspiration  ;  and  I  believe  that  you  will  find  my  work  for \nthe  coming  year  will  be  the  better  for  the  time  that  I  have \ngiven  to  this  journey.  But  it  has  not  been  as  a  pleasure \ntrip  that  I  have  gone.  I  went  purely  and  simply  at  the \noutset  to  render  a  religious  service  to  a  friend  on  the  Pacific \nCoast,  that  I  shall  tell  you  of  in  its  time  and  place. \n\nYou  will  pardon  me  for  suggesting  one  other  thought. \nMost  of  you  will  think  perhaps  that  it  is  entirely  uncalled \nfor.  Still,  so  peculiar  are  the  experiences  of  ministers  that \nI  happen  to  know  that  it  is  called  for.  I  wish,  then,  to  say \nthat  I  have  not  been  on  a  money-making  trip.  Now  and \nthen  I  hear  suggestions  from  this  quarter  and  that  of  the \nvast  income  that  is  supposed  to  be  pouring  in  upon  a  min- \nister from  weddings,  lectures,  and  this  source  and  that.  I \nwish  simply  to  disabuse  your  mind,  if  it  is  necessary,  of  any \nsuch  impression  as  that.  Not  a  year  goes  by  when  I  do  not \nfreely  render  services  that  would  bring  me  from  three  to  six \nthousand  dollars,  were  I  accustomed  to  charge  as  the  city \nlawyer  or  doctor  would  charge  for  his  time,  travel,  and \neffort.  I  have  taken  this  journey  as  Paul  did :  I  have \nworked  simply  enough  to  pay  my  way,  and  have  come  home \nprecisely  as  rich  as  I  was  when  I  started. \n\nNow  let  me  tell  you  some  of  the  incidents  of  this  journey. \nIt  will  inform  you  of  what  churches  we  have  in  some  parts  of \nthe  West,  what  men  are  there,  the  condition  of  things,  and \nwhat  they  are  doing. \n\nI  took  the  train  at  Plymouth,  N.H.,  on  the  fifteenth  day \nof  August,  going  by  way  of  Montreal  and  the  Canadian  Pa- \n\n\ncific  Railway  to  the  West.  Day  after  day,  night  after  night, \nwe  passed  over  a  country  comparatively  uninteresting  until \nwe  reached  one  of  the  most  beautiful  mountain  places  which \nI  have  ever  seen,  at  Banff,  on  the  eastern  edge  of  the  Ca- \nnadian Rockies.  Here  I  stopped  and  rested  and  refreshed \nmyself  for  one  day.  Then,  pursuing  my  journey  westward \nthrough  some  of  the  strangest  and  some  of  the  most  varied \nand  some  of  the  most  magnificent  scenery  of  this  continent, \nI  reached  Seattle  in  the  State  of  Washington  just  one  week \nfrom  the  day  of  my  starting.  You  need  to  travel  across  this \ncontinent,  day  after  day  and  night  after  night,  to  appreciate \nwhat  a  magnificent  heritage  is  ours,  and  what  a  wonderful \nopportunity  there  is  here  for  the  spread  of  our  new,  grand \ngospel  of  the  truth  of  the  living  God. \n\nBranching  off  from  the  Canadian  Pacific  before  I  reached \nVancouver,  because  I  had  not  time  to  go  to  the  end  of  the \nroute,  I  took  a  steamer  and  sailed  all  the  afternoon  over \nPuget  Sound, —  one  of  the  most  beautiful  sheets  of  water \nthat  I  have  ever  seen, —  until  I  reached  Seattle  at  ten  o'clock \nat  night.  Puget  Sound  and  its  immediate  vicinity  I  believe  to \nbe  that  part  of  our  country  which  is  to  see  the  most  wonder- \nful development  inside  the  next  fifteen  or  twenty  years.  It  is \na  sheet  of  water  in  which  there  is  neither  a  reef  nor  a  shoal \nthroughout  its  whole  extent.  Any  ship  can  sail  anywhere \nwithout  a  pilot  or  guide.  Seattle  is  a  beautiful  city  on  the \neastern  side  of  the  Sound,  about  thirty  miles  from  its  southern \nend, —  a  city  of  fifty  thousand  people.  It  is  the  best  sup- \nplied with  street  railways  and  with  means  of  travel  of  any \ncity  I  have  ever  seen.  It  is  full  of  life,  of  energy,  of  am- \nbition, of  hope.  Here  there  is  a  vigorous,  earnest,  new \nUnitarian  church.  I  preached  there  Sunday  morning,  the \nmorning  after  my  arrival,  and  helped  install  the  new  min- \nister, a  grandson  of  old  Dr.  Eliot  of  St.  Louis  and  son  of \nDr.  Eliot  of  Portland,  Ore.  He  has  done  what  I  believe  is \nthe  wisest  thing, —  broken  up  his  studies  at  Harvard  one \nyear  before  finishing  his  course,  and  gone  West  to  take  that \npractical   training  which  can  come  only  in  the  field, —  that \n\n\nkind  of  training  which  for  the  minister,  though  overlooked \ntoo  often,  is  as  useful  and  important  as  is  the  hospital  train- \ning for  the  young  physician.  I  helped  informally  to  install \nhim  that  Sunday  morning,  and  that  was  his  first  appear \nance  in  the  pulpit  for  the  beginning  of  his  new  work. \n\nI  took  the  steamer  that  afternoon  after  preaching  in  Se- \nattle and  sailed  for  Tacoma,  thirty  miles  away, —  another  city \nof  about  the  same  size  as  Seattle,  situated  on  the  western \nside  of  Puget  Sound  and  at  the  head  of  its  navigation.  I \nshall  not  make  any  comparison  between  these  two  cities,  for \nI  discovered  the  fact  that  they  love  each  other  about  as  Min- \nneapolis and  St.  Paul  do.  I  wish  to  keep  on  the  right  side \nof  both  of  them,  for  some  time  in  my  life  I  hope  to  see  both \nof  them  again,  and  I  should  not  offer  praise  to  one  of  them \nwithout  duplicating  it  for  the  other,  so  perhaps  I  had  better \nnot  enter  into  any  extended  praise  of  either.  I  will  only  say \nthat  they  are  twin  sisters,  and  he  would  be  a  wise  man  who \ncould  foretell  which  will  be  the  greater.  Both  are  full  of  life \nand  power,  full  of  that  new  energy  of  the  far  North-west.  I \nhave  seen  nothing  quite  like  it  anywhere  else  in  my  trip. \nTacoma  also  has  a  strong,  earnest,  though  young,  Unitarian \nchurch.  All  the  leading  business  men  of  the  city  are  Uni- \ntarians. And  I  found  that  the  principal  bank  of  the  place  is \ncalled  the  first  Unitarian  bank  of  Tacoma,  from  the  fact  that \nalmost  everybody  connected  with  it  is  a  Unitarian.  I  cannot \ngo  on  without  stopping  here  one  moment  to  try  to  suggest  to \nyou  the  most  wonderful  vision  of  beauty  and  magnificence  I \nhave  ever  seen  on  any  journey  that  I  have  ever  taken  round \nthe  world.  I  am  glad  that  nobody  had  spoken  to  me  about \nit.  I  was  sitting  on  the  deck  of  the  little  steamer ;  and  I  had \nhardly  left  the  harbor  of  Seattle  before,  way  off  against  the \nperfect  blue  of  the  clear  sky,  I  saw  what  I  supposed  was  a \ncloud.  I  looked  at  it  a  second  time,  because  it  seemed  to \nme  that  its  outlines  were  a  little  too  definite  and  that  they  re- \ntained their  shape  too  long  for  a  cloud.  I  looked,  and  looked \nagain,  until  at  last  it  took  shape,  and  not  settled,  but  reached \ndown  to  the  earth  at  my  feet ;  and  I  found  myself  gazing  upon \n\n\n8 \n\nthe  grandest  mountain  upon  which  my  eyes  have  ever  looked, \n—  Mount  Tacoma.  Most  mountains,  as  you  know,  we  only \npartly  see,  If  you  wish  to  see  Pike's  Peak,  for  example,  you \nmust  go  to  Colorado  Springs;  and  there  you  are  half  the \nheight  of  the  peak  from  the  sea  before  you  see  it  at  all,  and \nthen  it  is  surrounded  and  hidden  by  foot-hills,  so  that  it  is \nonly  a  little  of  the  top  that  is  visible.  Imagine  a  mountain \nthat  is  fourteen  thousand  eight  hundred  feet  high,  twice  the \nheight  of  Mount  Washington,  standing  alone,  unhidden  by  any \nfoot-hills  to  take  away  from  its  dignity,  so  that,  as  you  sit  on \nthe  deck  of  the  steamer,  you  see  all  its  mighty  bulk  from  the \nwater  up,  lofty,  white,  glistening  forth  against  the  perfect  sky. \nI  do  not  know  of  any  other  mountain  that  can  be  seen  in \nprecisely  this  way,  and  I  thanked  God  for  \"  the  strength  of \nthe  hills,\"  for  the  suggestions  of  magnificence  and  power. \nIf  I  never  see  it  again,  that  vision  of  might,  of  loftiness,  of \nbeauty,  will  go  with  me  as  an  inspiration,  something  to  make \nme  feel  the  greatness  of  God  as  almost  nothing  else  upon \nwhich  my  eyes  have  looked. \n\nLeaving  Tacoma,  after  preaching  and  lecturing  both  there \nand  at  Seattle,  I  took  the  cars  for  Portland.  Here,  as  you \nknow,  is  one  of  the  oldest  outposts  on  the  Pacific  Coast. \nFor  many  years  we  had  only  two  churches  west  of  the  Rocky \nMountains,  one  at  San  Francisco  and  one  at  Portland. \nPortland  is  a  live,  flourishing  city,  surrounded  by  unsur- \npassed agricultural  wealth,  a  city  on  the  Willamette  River, \nat  a  little  way  from  its  junction  with  the  Columbia.  And \nhere  pardon  me  again  for  a  moment,  though  it  does  not \nseem  necessarily  a  part  of  my  theme,  if  I  say  that  all  the \nother  rivers  upon  which  I  have  looked  dwindle  into  insignifi- \ncance when  compared  with  the  Columbia.  The  natural \nbeauty  and  grandeur  of  the  Hudson  are  nowhere  in  compari- \nson  with  it.  The  Hudson  has  only  the  advantage  of  the \nbeautiful  villas  and  the  civilization  that  has  so  long  peopled \nits  banks.  At  Portland  there  is  an  old,  strong  church  ;  and \nits  minister,  who  has  been  there  a  quarter  of  a  century,  is  a \npower  in  the  whole  city,  having  the  respect  and  admiration, \nthe  love  of  all.     Here,  also,  I  preached  and  lectured. \n\n\nThen,  taking  the  train  again,  a  ride  of  two  nights  and  a \nday  brought  me  to  San  Francisco.  We  do  not  appreciate, \nhere  in  our  little  New  England,  what  are  the  distances,,  the \ngreatness  of  our  heritage,  in  the  West.  Remember  that  the \nState  of  California,  if  it  were  laid  along  our  Atlantic  coast, \nwould  stretch  from  Boston  on  the  north  to  Charleston,  S.C., \non  the  south.  I  was  speaking  of  the  size  of  one  of  their \ncounties,  a  newly  created  one  that  had  been  cut  off  from  one \nstill  larger ;  and  I  found  that  this  county  was  a  good  deal \nlarger  than  the  State  of  Massachusetts.  A  ride,  then,  of  two \nnights  and  a  day  brought  me  to  San  Francisco,  or,  rather,  to \nOakland,  which  was  the  objective  point  of  my  journey. \n\nThe  Rev.  C.  W.  Wendte,  known  well  to  you  all,  was  here \nlast  spring ;  and  he  besought  me  to  come  West  the  latter  part \nof  the  summer,  and  dedicate  for  him  his  new  church.  In  a \ncity  of  sixty  or  seventy  thousand  people,  just  across  the  bay \nfrom  San  Francisco,  standing  relatively  to  that  city  as  Brook- \nlyn does  to  New  York,  Mr.  Wendte  has  created  this  new \nchurch.  Five  years  ago  there  was  no  church  there  of  our \nkind.  He  has  organized  one  of  the  strongest  churches  on  the \ncoast,  and  has  built  the  most  beautiful  church  in  the  whole \ncity  of  Oakland.  I  went  out  on  purpose  to  dedicate  this \nchurch.  After  lecturing  there  on  Friday  night,  there  came \nthe  Sunday  morning  service.  His  auditorium  seats  seven \nhundred ;  but  Sunday-school  room  and  every  available  place \nwere  thrown  open,  and  we  were  face  to  face  with  an  audience \nof  fifteen  hundred  people,  with  hundreds  who  could  not  even \nget  through  the  doors.  He  had  provided  everything  for  the \nfuture  of  the  church.  Everything  was  paid  or  arranged  for, \nso  that  it  was  no  longer  a  burden,  with  the  exception  of \ntwelve  thousand  dollars'  floating  debt.  It  was  a  fine  audi- \nence. From  half-past  ten  o'clock  in  the  morning  until  half- \npast  one  they  sat  and  stood,  and  listened  and,  waited.  I  did \nnot  see  a  soul  leave  the  church,  even  after  the  contribution \nbegan.  At  the  close  of  my  sermon  the  Rev.  Thomas  Van \nNess  stepped  forward,  not  to  beg,  but  in  a  simple,  quiet \nway  stated  the  situation,  and  said  that  Mr.  Wendte  would \n\n\nlO \n\nstart  in  his  work  with  so  much  more  of  courage  if  that  twelve \nthousand  dollars  that  worried  him  could  be  provided  for. \nIn  less  than  twenty  minutes  $11,650  had  been  pledged.  The \nrest  of  it  came  in  the  way  of  voluntary  offerings  during  the \nday.  And  so  the  church  starts  strong,  free  from  debt,  and \nfull  of  courage  and  hope.  So  successful  were  we  in  the \none  thing  that  led  me,  in  the  first  instance,  to  take  up  the \njourney. \n\nI  also  preached  twice  and  lectured  once  in  San  Francisco. \nSan  Francisco  is  of  course  the  stronghold  of  our  faith  on  the \nPacific  Slope ;  and  Unitarianism  can  never  be  anything  but \na  pride  in  that  city,  not  only  for  what  the  church  is  to-day, \nfor  what  it  and  its  minister,  Dr.  Stebbins,  are  doing,  but \nfor  its  memories.  The  memory  of  that  church  is  a  royal \nthing  in  San  Francisco  and  throughout  the  State;  for  the \nyoung  Starr  King,  dying  at  thirty-nine,  had  helped  more \nthan  any  other  one  man  on  the  coast  to  save  the  grand  State \nof  California  to  the  Union.  He  stood  for  patriotism,  for \nhumanity.  He  stood  for  all  that  touches  and  stirs  the  hearts \nof  men.  They  have  not  forgotten  him.  They  carry  him  in \ntheir  hearts,  whether  they  be  orthodox  or  heterodox ;  and \nnow  they  are  preparing  to  erect  a  grand  monument  to  him \nin  the  finest  of  their  public  parks.  Unitarianism  is  prosper- \nous there.  If  I  were  to  criticise  our  denomination  and  its \ncause  in  San  Francisco,  it  would  be  only  to  suggest  what \nthey  are  already  beginning  to  recognize  themselves :  that \nthey  have  not  quite  aroused  to  the  exertion  of  their  magnifi- \ncent power  for  the  spread  of  the  cause  in  other  parts  of  the \ncountry.  They  are  rich,  earnest,  strong.  They  can  do \ntwice  as  much  as  they  are  doing,  and  they  will  do  it  before \nmany  months  or  years  have  passed  away. \n\nI  lectured  also  in  San  Josd,  one  of  the  loveliest  places  I \nhave  ever  seen.  It  is  at  the  head  of  the  bay  of  San  Fran- \ncisco, about  fifty  miles  from  this  latter  city.  They  are  just \nlaying  the  foundations  of  a  new  church  building,  which  is \ngoing  to  be  in  one  of  the  finest  parts  of  the  city.  So  per- \nfectly beautiful  is  the  country  that  there  was  both  pertinence \n\n\nII \n\nand  force  in  the  remark  made  by  one  of  the  leading  mem- \nbers of  the  Baptist  church  there.  He  risked  the  stability  of \nhis  own  faith  by  coming  to  hear  me  lecture ;  and  he  said  the \nnext  morning  to  one  of  the  Unitarians :  \"  Mr.  Savage  does \nnot  seem  to  believe  in  the  Garden  of  Eden.  Why  don't  you \ntake  him  for  a  drive  through  the  immediate  neighborhood, \nand  let  him  see  that  it  is  right  here  ? \"  Indeed,  it  is  beautiful \nenough  for  any  Garden  of  Eden,  ancient  or  modern. \n\nI  also  lectured  at  Alameda,  another  beautiful  town  across \nthe  bay  from  San  Francisco,  where  with  a  young,  earnest, \nclear-headed  minister  there  is  hope  and  certainty  of  fine \nsuccess.  I  also  ought  to  say  before  leaving  the  neighbor- \nhood of  the  Golden  Gate  that  the  Rev.  Thomas  Van  Ness, \nthe  superintendent  of  our  work  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  is  or- \nganizing a  new  Second  Church  in  San  Francisco,  in  the \neastern  part  of  the  city.  It  has  great  promise,  and  will  un- \ndoubtedly be  strong  and  self-supporting  within  a  short  time. \n\nI  ought  also  to  say  that  everywhere  I  heard  the  general \nwork  of  Mr.  Van  Ness  spoken  of  with  enthusiasm.  He \nis  regarded  as  a  man  of  business  energy  and  executive \ncapacity,  as  well  as  a  fine  preacher. \n\nIt  was  a  question  about  this  time  as  to  whether  I  should \ncease  my  work  and  return  in  time  to  be  present  at  the \nNational  Conference.  But  the  appeals  came  to  me  from  so \nmany  directions,  and  with  so  much  force,  that  I  determined \nto  keep  on  there.  So  I  took  the  train  a  day  and  a  night \nfor  San  Diego,  the  southernmost  city  in  the  State.  This,  I \nthink,  so  far  as  its  natural  features  are  concerned,  is  the \nmost  beautiful  location  for  a  city  that  I  have  ever  seen.  Ii \nis  suffering  just  now  from  a  tremendous  reaction  that  fol- \nlowed the  most  unreasoning  boom  of  its  real  estate.  As  an \nillustration  of  what  this  boom  meant,  how  wild  and  almost \ninsane  f)eople  became,  I  know  of  one  gentleman  who  had \nbought  a  lot  in  San  Diego  for  which  he  had  paid  five  hun- \ndred dollars.  During  the  boom  he  refused  thirty  thousand \ndollars,  and  still  has  it  on  his  hands.  It  is  suffering,  then, \nCOKlay  from  a  reaction  from  this  sort  of  unnatural  develop- \n\n\n12 \n\nment ;  yet  there  is  a  strong  church  there,  with  promise  for \nthe  future,  only  they  must  be  patient,  and  trust  to  natural \nmethods  of  growth.  I  said  this  is  a  beautiful  city.  I  have \nnever  seen  a  more  perfect  night  than  that  on  which  I  lectured \nthere.  It  was  a  full  moon,  and  the  sky  and  the  water  of  a \ncolor,  beauty,  transparency  and  softness  that  I  have  seen \nnowhere  else  outside  of  Italy.  It  is  something  to  remember \nfor  one's  lifetime  to  have  seen  a  night  like  that,  when  it \nseemed  almost  profanation  to  go  indoors.  The  air  was  so \nfull  of  balm  and  sweetness  and  clearness  that  one  would \nchoose  even  to  sleep  where  the  stars  might  be  the  guardians \nof  his  dreams. \n\nLeaving  San  Diego,  I  lectured  in  Los  Angeles,  a  lovely, \nstrong  city,  growing  with  a  healthy  growth  now,  though  it \nalso  suffered  in  the  way  of  reaction  from  an  unreasonable \nboom.  It  is  in  the  midst  of  a  paradise  where  almost  any- \nthing will  grow.  We  have  the  tropics  there  in  Southern \nCalifornia.  The  banana  palm,  the  fan  palm,  the  date  palm, \nolive  orchards,  orange  orchards,  fig  orchards,  raisin  ranches, \nwineries, —  everything  that  can  be  grown  anywhere  on  the \nface  of  the  earth  almost  is  growing  there.  A  land  of  beauty, \nof  warmth,  of  health, —  it  seems  to  me,  at  least,  that  it  is  the \nparadise  of  the  poor.  There  can  be  no  suffering  there  such \nas  we  have  in  the  slums  of  our  Northern  cities  when  people \nare  pinched  and  suffering  with  the  cold.  If  they  have  to \nsleep  out  of  doors  there,  it  is  very  little  hardship ;  and  the \nnatural  products  of  the  earth  would  keep  any  man  from  star- \nvation who  is  willing  to  take  the  trouble  to  lift  the  food  to \nhis  lips.  We  have  a  flourishing  church  in  Los  Angeles ;  and \nRev.  Mr.  Thomson,  who  was  in  Somerville,  Mass.,  only  a \nlittle  while  ago,  is  their  minister, —  a  man  of  power  and  pop- \nularity, who  is  laying  the  foundation  for  a  new  church,  their \nold  one  having  been  burned.  They  are  going  to  build  a \nbetter  church  in  a  better  location  than  the  one  which  they \nhave  lost. \n\nSeven  miles  from  Los  Angeles  is  a  place  which  many \npeople  who  have    visited  it  think  is  the  most  beautiful  in \n\n\n13 \n\nSouthern  California,  the  town  of  Pasadena.  The  name \nthey  told  me  meant  \"the  crown  of  the  valley,\"  it  being  at \nthe  head  of  a  lovely  valley.  Here  there  was  no  Unitarian \nchurch,  but  a  Universalist  church  in  which  I  lectured.  It  is \nso  nearly  like  a  Unitarian  one  that,  if  all  the  Universalist \nchurches  were  of  the  same  kind,  I  would  as  soon  have  them \nunder  that  name  as  any  other. \n\nComing  North,  I  stopped  and  lectured  in  Fresno,  a  city  of \n20,000,  on  a  plain  seventy  miles  across,  surrounded  by  moun- \ntains,—  a  hot  place,  and  so  th^  paradise  of  the  grape  culture. \nHere  there  is  a  church  which  met  at  first  without  any  minis- \nter, where  the  people  who  are  liberal-minded  got  together \nwithout  knowing  whether  they  would  be  named  this  thing  or \nthat.  They  had  not  yet  been  christened.  They  had  called \na  minister  who  was  a  Universalist,  and  who  is  so  much  in \nsympathy  with  our  cause  that  the  probability  is  that  the \nchurch  will  soon  be  placed  in  the  line  of  Unitarian  churches \nin  our  Year-book. \n\nThen  I  started  for  the  East.  I  wish  to  note  one  or  two \nthings  on  the  way  on  my  return.  I  was  fortunate  in  so \ntiming  my  journey  that  I  could  spend  a  Sunday  in  Salt  Lake. \nIn  the  morning  I  went  to  the  Unitarian  church,  which  at  pres- \nent is  being  held  in  a  theatre.  The  Rev.  David  Utter,  re- \ncently in  Chicago,  has  gone  to  Salt  Lake ;  and  a  church  has \nbeen  bom  there,  like  Minerva, —  full  grown.  The  very  first \nyear  they  paid  their  minister  three  thousand  dollars'  salary, \nand  asked  no  help  from  any  one.  They  are  meeting  in  a \ntheatre,  and  will  build  themselves  a  church  as  soon  as  they \nthink  it  is  wise  to  take  that  step.  They  are  strong,  vigorous, \nand  prosperous  in  every  way. \n\nId  the  afternoon  I  saw  that  great  Mormon  service  in  the \nTabernacle,  a  building  wonderful  in  its  construction,  without \na  pillar  in  the  way  of  support,  simply  an  oblong  arch  above. \nIt  seats,  they  say,  ten  thousand  people.  It  was  so  full  that, \nnot  being  early  enough,  I  got  a  poor  seat.  Its  acoustic \nproperties  are  as  wonderful  as  its  size,  and  with  the  excep- \ntion of  a  few  words  I  heard  everything  that  was  said.     I \n\n\n'4 \n\nheard  the  two  men  whom  of  all  others  of  the  Mormon \nleaders  I  would  prefer  to  listen  to.  Joseph  F.  Smith,  who \nhas  been  under  the  ban  of  the  law  for  the  crime  of  polygamy, \nand  has  not  been  able  to  show  himself  openly  in  Salt  Lake \nfor  seven  years,  was  present  for  the  first  time  after  pardon \nhad  been  extended  to  him  by  President  Harrison.  Of \ncourse  there  was  a  large  throng  anxious  to  hear  him,  as  he \nis  the  nephew  of  Joseph  Smith,  the  famous  founder  of  the \nchurch  of  Latter  Day  Saints.  And,  then,  George  Q.  Cannon, \nwho  for  many  years  has  been  a  member  of  Congress  from \nUtah,  who  is  the  head,  front,  and  brains  of  the  body  at  pres- \nent, although  his  official  position  is  not  the  highest,  was  the \nsecond  speaker,  so  that  I  was  able  to  study  this  peculiar \nsurvival  of  the  religious  life  of  a  past  age. \n\nComing  East  from  Salt  Lake  City,  I  stopped  at  Denver.  A \nfew  years  ago  there  was  only  one  Unitarian  church  in  all  that \nregion.  Some  of  you  will  remember  that  four  years  ago  I \nwent  to  Denver  to  dedicate  a  church,  one  of  the  finest  in \nthe  city.  That  was  the  only  one  in  the  State.  Now  there  is  a \nchurch  at  Boulder,  one  at  Colorado  Springs,  one  at  Pueblo, \nand  one  at  Greeley ;  and  they  are  organized  into  a  Rocky \nMountain  Conference.  Unfortunately,  the  minister  at  Den- \nver, Rev.  Samuel  A.  Eliot,  son  of  President  Eliot,  is  in  poor \nhealth.  He  has  not  been  able  to  preach  for  several  Sundays. \nIt  is  possible  that  he  may  be  obliged  to  give  up  his  work ; \nbut,  if  he  does,  the  work  is  so  organized  that  it  will  go  right \non,  and  it  will  call  some  other  able  man  to  take  his  place, \nfor  Denver  is  one  of  the  most  progressive,  earnest,  and  hope- \nful cities  between  here  and  the  Golden  Gate. \n\nOne  stop  more  I  made,  in  Kansas  City.  There  also  I \nlectured.  There,  as  well  as  in  San  Francisco,  I  made  an \naddress  to  the  Unitarian  Club.  There  is  a  strong,  earnest \nchurch,  under  a  perfectly  competent  leadership.  One  of  the \nbest  of  our  ministers  in  the  West  is  pastor  of  the  church  at \nKansas  City. \n\nThese  few  words  as  to  the  ground  I  have  covered,  the \nchurches  I  have  seen,  the  ministers  I  have  conferred  with. \n\n\nIS \n\nmay  suggest  to  you  something  of  the  reach  of  our  work. \nNext  Sunday  I  wish  to  speak  to  you  of  certain  religious \nconditions  which  I  have  discovered  both  inside  and  outside \nof  our  denomination,  both  among  those  who  are  affiliated \nwith  the  old  churches  and  those  who  are  affiliated  with  no \nchurches  at  all.  I  wish  to  suggest  to  you  what  a  wonderful \nnational  outlook  there  is,  grander  than  it  has  ever  been  be- \nfore for  our  cause. \n\n\nPilbUalied.  \"weekly.         Price  $1.50  fi  year,  or  5  cents  sinfirle  copy. \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol.   13  OCTOBER  23,  1891  No.  2 \n\n\nODR  WESTERN  OPPORTUNITY \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141  FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1891 \n\nBmiend  at  the  Poit-ofiee,  BotUm^  Man.,  oj  $eeond^lau  maU  matter. \n\n\n00126  1H9i \n\n\nA   WORD   FROM   THE   PUBLISHER  OF \nUNITY   PULPIT. \n\n\nNeither  Mr.  Savage  nor  the  publisher  receives  any  pecuniary  profit \nfrom  the  publication  of  Unity  Pulpit^  the  subscription  price  only  cover- \ning the  cost ;  but  both  are  anxious  to  extend  the  range  of  its  influence. \nIt  is  read  now  in  every  part  of  the  world,  but  we  wish  to  increase  the \nnumber  of  those  it  touches. \n\nWe  therefore  ask  two  things  of  its  present  readers. \n\n1st,  Will  those  who  already  take  it  and  pay  for  it  do  what  they  can  to \nget  new  subscribers  ? \n\n2d,  Will  those  who  receive  \\x  gratis  consider  whether  they  are  not  able \nto  become  regular  subscribers  ?  In  this  way,  they  will  make  it  possible \nto  give  a  copy  to  some  new  person  in  the  missionary  field. \n\nAbout  eight  hundred  copies  a  week  are  now  ^ivtn  away  for  missionary \nuse.  aiid  tlieie  is  a  constant  call  for  more. \n\nGeo.  H.  Ellis,  Publisher. \n\nOctober.  1S91. \n\n\nOUR  WESTERN  OPPORTUNITY. \n\n\n**  In  the  morning  sow  thy  seed,  and  in  the  evening  withhold  not  thy \nhand ;  for  thou  knowest  not  whether  shall  prosper,  either  this  or  that,  or \nwhether  they  both  shall  be  alike  good.\" — Ecc.  xi.  6. \n\nI  HAVE  never  been  one  of  those  who  have  expected  any \nsudden  or  abnormal  growth  on  the  part  of  our  religion.  I \nhave  never  believed  that  it  was  adapted  to  spread  rapidly^ \nlike  a  fire,  over  the  land.  The  rise,  sudden  growth,  and  ex- \ntension of  a  religion  like  that  of  Methodism  are  easily  under- \nstood. It  meant  not  a  new  forward  movement  of  thought  r \nit  meant  only  the  setting  on  fire  of  the  universally  accepted \ntraditions  and  beliefs  of  Christendom,  a  consistent  and  ear- \nnest carrying  out  of  what  eviery  one  claimed  to  believe.  It \nmeant  only  kindling  in  the  hearts  of  the  common  people  the \npractical  application  of  that  which  they  claimed  to  accept. \nNow  and  then  I  hear  some  one  say,  some  one  perhaps  of  our \nleaders,  that  Unitarianism,  by  the  very  fact  of  its  being  so \nsimple  and  easily  comprehended  a  faith,  is  adapted  to  the \ngreat  body  of  plain  people  and  that,  if  it  were  rightly  pre- \nsented, it  would  naturally  and  easily  spread  over  the  land. \nI  cannot  accept  this;  for,  if  we  think  of  it  a  little  care- \nfully, you  will  see  that  Unitarianism,  as  contrasted,  for  ex- \nample, with  Methodism,  means  a  new  forward  movement  of \nthought  as  well  as  life.  It  means  a  surrender  of  old  things \nand  the  acceptance  of  new  things.  It  means  that  people \nmust  be  prepared  somehow  to  accept  that  which  they  have \ntraditionally  never  been  inclined  to  look  upon  with  any \nfavor.     Simple  ?     It  is  simple,  this  faith  of  ours,  as  com- \n\n*  Phooographically  reported. \n\n\npared  with  any  of  the  old  forms  of  belief.  But  it  seems \nquite  strange  to  me  that  the  people  who  put  this  forward  as \na  reason  for  its  ready  acceptance  do  not  comprehend  the \nfact  that  this  is  the  very  reason  why  it  is  not  readily  accepted. \nSimplicity  in  music,  simplicity  in  art,  simplicity  in  manners, \nsimplicity  in  dress,  simplicity  anywhere,  is  a  mark,  and  per- \nhaps the  result,  of  the  highest  culture.  It  is  not  the  plain \npeople,  the  great  mass  of  the  world,  who  are  contented  with \nsimplicity :  it  is  those  who  have  been  trained  to  an  apprecia- \ntion of  the  fact  that  the  highest  beauty  is  in  that  which  is  the \nsimplest. \n\nConsider  for  a  moment  two  or  three  things  that  are  requi- \nsite for  a  person  to  become  an  intelligent  and  convinced \nUnitarian.  There  are  persons  who  are  born  into  the  Unita- \nrian belief.  I  am  not  referring  to  those.  A  man  can  be  born \nintoUnitarianism  without  any  thinking  about  it  as  easily  as \nhe  can  be  born  into  Presbyterianism  or  any  other  form  of \nbelief ;  and  the  result  many  a  time  is  that,  when  a  man  is \nborn  into  Unitarianism,  he  comes  into  it  with  a  lack  of \nthought  that  is  an  obstruction  to  any  farther  growth,  and \nwith  a  bigotry  which  is  as  unnatural  and  unreasonable  as \nthat  with  which  we  charge  the  older  forms  of  belief.  There \nare  Unitarian  bigots  as  easily  as  there  are  Methodist  bigots. \nBigotry  is  not  a  quality  confined  to  any  denomination :  it  is \na  human  quality.  I  know  Unitarians,  born  so,  who  by  virtue \nof  that  fact  have  come  to  believe  that  no  farther  growth  is \npossible,  and  that  wisdom  will  die  with  them ;  and  because \nof  that  I  know  any  number  of  men  to-day  in  the  older  de- \nnominations who  are  outstripping  them  and  leaving  them \nhopelessly  behind,  because  they  have  not  come  to  the  con- \nclusion that  they  have  done  all  the  thinking  that  is  required \nof  any  man.  I  am  not  speaking  of  this  class  of  people, \nthen.  I  refer  to  those  who  become  Unitarians  by  convic- \ntion, whom  we  must  look  to  if  our  religion  is  to  grow  and \nassume  the  significance  that  we  believe  surely  it  must  assume \nbecause  we  believe  it  stands  for  God's  larger  truth. \n\nWhat  must  a  man  do  ?    A  man,  to  become  a  Unitarian, \n\n\nmust  learn  something  in  the  way  of  independence  of  think- \ning. He  must  read  or  study  or  think  sufficiently  to  become \nconvinced  that  his  old  ideas  are  inadequate,  that  there  is  a \nnewer,  higher  truth  abroad  in  the  world.  You  will  see,  then, \nthat  this  stands  in  the  way  of  any  sweeping,  sudden,  wide- \nspread acceptance  of  our  ideas.  A  man  must  be  capable  of \nsome  independent  thinking.  He  must  look  over  the  world, \nand  make  up  his  mind  and  be  convinced  as  a  rational \nbeing. \n\nThen  it  takes  another  quality.  It  takes  courage  ;  and  you \nhere  in  Massachusetts  have  very  little  idea  as  to  how  much \ncourage  it  takes  in  some  parts  of  the  country  to  become  a \nUnitarian.  I  have  no  sympathy  with  those  who  talk  of \nmartyrdom  in  this  nineteenth  century.  The  days  of  fagots \nand  thumbscrews  and  inquisitions  are  gone  by  ;  and  it  is  so \npale,  so  poor,  so  petty  a  shadow  of  the  old  martyrdom  that \npursues  a  man  who  dares  to  think  for  himself  to-day  that \nonly  a  weakling  or  a  coward  will  stop  to  think  much  about \nit.  And  yet  it  does  take  courage.  I  know  places  in  this \ncountry,  large  numbers  of  them,  where  Unitarianism  is  not \nin  all  the  air  where  it  is  not  popular,  where,  if  one  dares  to \nbe  a  Unitarian,  he  must  surrender  certain  things,  the  best \nsociety,  for  example,  on  the  part  of  a  lady ;  to  be  looked \nupon  as  outside  the  pale  of  the  older,  fashionable  churches, \nlo  be  looked  upon  as  odd  and  peculiar.  For  a  business  man \nit  sometimes  means  running  the  risk  of  the  loss  of  his  busi- \nness. I  know  lawyers  who  tell  me  frankly  that,  if  they \nshould  avow  themselves  as  Unitarians,  they  would  lose  half \ntheir  clients.  It  takes  courage  in  some  parts  of  the  country \nfor  a  man  to  be  a  Unitarian. \n\nThen  it  takes  faith.  A  man  thinks,  and  he  finds  out  that \nhe  cannot  hold  his  old  ideas  any  longer ;  but  he  does  not \nsee  to  what  the  new  ideas  lead  clearly  enough  so  that  a  way \nseems  open  to  him.  He  must,  then,  walk  by  faith.  He  does \nnot  know  what  the  outcome  is  to  be ;  and  so  he  hesitates, \nlingers,  and  needs  to  have  the  faith  of  the  old  patriarch,  who \nwas  called  the  \"  Friend  of  God,\"  who  did  not  wait  for  a  map \n\n\nof  the  promised  land  to  be  presented  to  him.  The  record \nsays  he  went  out,  not  knowing  whither  he  went.  That  is \nfaith, —  the  faith  that  is  ready  to  go  out  of  the  outgrown \npast,  not  into  the  pleasantly  prepared  future,  but  into  the \nwork  of  making  a  future,  creating  a  future  large  enough  and \ngrand  enough  for  newer  and  higher  ideas.  It  takes  this  to \nmake  a  good  Unitarian  out  of  one  who  was  not  born  so, —  in- \ndependent thinking,  courage,  and  faith.  And  these  are  not \nqualities  so  readily  found.  They  do  not  sweep  over  the \nface  of  the  earth  like  a  new-bom  enthusiasm.  It  is  only \nwhen  thoughtful,  earnest,  courageous  men  meet  and  organize \na  centre  of  a  new  movement  that  our  Unitarianism  must \ngrow. \n\nI  have  said  these  few  things  to  justify  the  position  which  I \nhave  always  taken, —  that  Unitarianism  is  not  a  faith  to  grow \nrapidly  by  contagion,  as  a  new  form  of  the  old  belief  will \nwhere  no  great  convictions  have  to  be  cast  aside  or  changed. \n\nNow,  I  am  ready  to  present  to  you  some  thoughts  that  I \nhave  gathered  up  while  I  have  been  away  concerning  the \ncondition  of  things  in  this  country,  which  seem  to  me  to \nmake  the  present  time  peculiarly  ripe  and  ready  for  the  ex- \ntension of  our  work.  I  believe  there  has  never  been  a  time \nin  the  history  of  this  country  where  the  opportunity  has  been \nso  wide,  so  open,  so  accessible,  as  it  is  this  hour.  I  wish  to \nillustrate  and  point  out  the  characteristics  of  some  of  the \ndifferent  classes  of  people  that  I  have  met  and  studied  while \nI  have  been  away. \n\nI  gave  you  last  Sunday  a  little  hint  of  what  the  West  of \nthis  country  means  to-day.  I  am  not  very  old;  but  I  re- \nmember, when  I  was  a  boy,  hearing  my  father  talk  about  peo- \nple going  \"  way  out  West,\"  into  the  Genesee  Valley,  in  the \nState  of  New  York !  And  then  the  northern  part  of  Ohio, \nthat  was  West,  indeed !  A  half-brother  of  mine  went  to \nMissouri  in  those  old  days,  before  I  was  born.  And  I \nremember  seeing  father  reading  letters  from  him* in  the \ndays  before  our  present  rapid  transit,  when  the  mail  was \ncarried  at  great  expense,  and  it  cost  from  fifty  to  seventy- \n\n\nfive  cents  or  a  dollar  to  get  the  smallest  message  from  that \nfar-off  State  of  Missouri  on  the  other  side  of  the  Mississippi \nRiver.  But  where  is  \"out  West  \"to-day?  The  Mississippi \nRiver  is  close  at  our  door.  The  half-way  place  between \nhere  and  San  Francisco  is  hundreds  of  miles  beyond  the \nMississippi,  in  the  great  State  of  Nebraska.  And  some  of \nyou  will  be  astonished,  if  you  have  not  had  your  attention \ncalled  to  it,  to  find  that,  when  you  reach  San  Francisco,  you \nare  not  \"out  West  \"  even  then.  If  you  take  our  new  great \ncountry  of  Alaska  and  draw  a  line  from  the  most  eastern \npart  of  our  possessions  on  this  continent  —  the  most  eastern \npoint  in  the  State  of  Maine  —  to  the  extreme  limit  of  Alaska, \nand  cut  it  in  two  at  the  half-way  point,  it  will  fall  in  the \nPacific  Ocean,  west  of  the  Golden  Gate.  The  country,  then, \nhas  grown  in  magnificence,  in  extent,  in  possibility,  beyond \nanything  that  we  could  have  dreamed.  I  read  the  other  day \na  part  of  a  lecture  given  by  Senator  Ingalls  only  a  little \nwhile  ago  in  Chicago, —  which  I  have  not  taken  the  pains \nto  verify, —  in  which  he  stated  that  in  the  days  of  Shakspere \nthere  were  only  about  eight  or  ten  millions  of  English- \nspeaking  people  on  the  globe.  To-day  there  are  thirty  or \nforty  millions  in  Great  Britain,  sixty  millions  here ;  and \nthen,  when  we  remember  Canada  and  the  English  posses- \nsions in  South  Africa,  Japan,  India,  the  Hawaiian  Islands, \nAustralia,  New  Zealand,  the  English-speaking  people,  this \nfree  thinking,  aggressive,  colonizing,  Protestant  people,  are \nencircling  the  globe.  Think,  then,  of  the  course  that  is \nopen  to-day  for  a  free  thought  or  a  new  idea  to  run. \nThink  of  the  incipient  empires  that  it  takes  only  a  feeble \nimagination  to  picture  as  dominating  the  future. \n\nNow,  what  kind  of  people  are  those  whom  we  find  in  this \ngreat,  new  West  ? \n\nIn  the  first  place,  naturally  they  are  people  who  have  had \nthe  courage  to  \"  pull  up  stakes ''  and  move  their  tents  to  the \nWestward.  They  are  men  with  the  colonizing  spirit  in  them, \n— men  able  to  break  away  from  the  old  home  and  the  old  asso- \nciations, led  by  the  dream  of  creating  a  better  future.    That \n\n\n8 \n\nis  the  kind  of  men,  and  they  are  the  ones  who  are  accessible \nto  new  thinking.  The  man  who  can  break  away  from  his \nold  home  and  create  a  new  home  in  the  West  is  capable \nalso  of  breaking  away  from  an  old  idea  and  holding  it  as \noutworn,  and  creating  a  new  home  for  his  heart  and  his  soul. \nThis  one  suggestion  alone  shows  you  what  an  opportunity \nthere  is  for  the  grander  and  higher  thought  of  the  modern \nworld. \n\nThen  there  are  thousands  of  people  in  all  the  growing \ntowns  and  in  the  cities  of  the  West  who  are  unchurched. \nThey  have  thought  until  they  have  found  themselves  out  of \nthe  old  churches,  and  they  never  are  going  back  into  them. \nYou  might  as  well  crowd  a  hatched  eagle  back  into  his  shell. \nWhere  are  they  going  ?  I  believe,  and  so  do  you,  that  this \nreligious  instinct,  this  religious  need  of  ours,  is  inherent, \nnatural,  human,  eternal.  They  are  not  going  to  be  per- \nmanently without  a  religion.  I  came  across  a  very  sugges- \ntive illustration  of  this  while  I  was  away.  I  shall  not  men- \ntion names  or  places,  lest  people  should  think  that  I  have \nmade  too  free  of  the  facts  that  have  come  to  my  knowl- \nedge. \n\nThere  is  one  young,  growing  city  that  I  visited,  and  in \nwhich  I  spoke,  where  there  was  no  liberal  church  at  all  from \nthe  time  of  its  foundation  until  within  the  last  year  or  two. \nThey  had  no  idea  of  forming  a  liberal  church.  But  there \nwas  a  large  body  of  thoughtful,  earnest  people,  who  felt  this \nreligious  instinct  and  need,  who  said,  \"  We  must  have  some \nsort  of  a  society.\"  They  wanted  sympathy,  they  wanted \nco-operation,  they  wanted  a  chance  to  work  together  for \nsome  human  end ;  and  so  they  came  together  and  organized. \nThey  did  not  call  it  a  church  :  they  called  it  an  independent \nsociety.  They  had  no  idea  whether  they  were  Universalists \nor  Unitarians,  and  such  a  thing  as  a  label  had  never  entered \ntheir  minds.  But  they  followed  the  leading  of  this  great \nneed  of  the  human  heart  and  mind,  and  they  waked  up  to \nfind  that  they  were  Unitarians  wiihout  knowing  it;  and  it \nwill  not  be  long  before  they  will  be  in  full  affiliation  with \n\n\noar  societies    and    helping    us    in   our   work.     There   are, \nthen,  thousands  of  these  people  who  are  unchurched. \n\nAs  my  third  point,  concerning  this  matter  of  the  prepara- \ntion of  the  field,  I  wish  to  speak  of  something  that  I  have \nreferred  to  a  good  many  times  in  the  past.  You  are  familiar \nwith  the  fact  that  now  and  then  I  point  out  to  you  signs  of \nchange,  of  reconstruction,  going  on  in  the  old  churches.  I \nhave  been  fairly  startled  while  I  have  been  away  by  fresh \ndiscoveries  that  I  have  made  in  this  direction.  Let  me  hint \nto  you  two  or  three  illustrations. \n\nIn  one  city  where  I  lectured,  one  of  the  leading  orthodox \nministers  was  present.  The  day  after  I  met  one  of  his \nparishioners,  a  cultivated,  intelligent,  earnest  man, —  a  man \nwho  once  on  a  time  was  a  parishioner  of  mine.  In  discuss- \ning the  religious  situation,  he  said:  \"My  minister  was  pres- \nent to  hear  you  last  night.  I  would  like  to  have  you  meet \nhim \" ;  but  he  added  with  a  smile,  \"  I  do  not  suppose  he \nwould  like  to  talk  with  you,\"  intimating  that  he  was  so  com- \npletely in  sympathy  with  the  ideas  to  which  I  had  given  ex- \npression that,  if  he  did,  he  would  be  obliged  to  commit \nhimself  in  a  more  public  way  than  he  was  yet  prepared \nto  do. \n\nIn  another  city  where  I  lectured,  I  had  referred  among \nothers  to  Dr.  Heber  Newton  of  New  York  as  one  of  the  pro- \ngressive leaders  of  modem  thought  in  the  old  churches ;  and \nan  Episcopal  clergyman  who  was  present  came  to  me  after- \nwards, and,  with  a  smile  and  a  hand-shake,  said,  \"  There  are \nmore  of  us  than  Newton,\"  as  much  as  to  say  that  he  wanted \nto  be  counted  in  in  the  same  category,  and  intimating  that \nthere  were  many  more  of  whom  he  knew. \n\nLet  me  call  your  attention  to  a  book  from  the  other  side \nof  the  water,  showing  that  this  is  not  a  local  thing,  but  is  in \nthe  currents  of  air  that  are  belting  the  earth.  A  German \nnobleman,  an  officer  in  the  German  army,  Herr  von  Egidy, \nhas  lately  issued  a  brochure,  or  small  book,  entitled,  in  the \nEnglish  translation,  \"  Serious  Thoughts.\"  He  supposes  that \nhe  is  practically  alone,  or  at  any  rate  that  he  may  possibly \n\n\nlO \n\nbe  leading  a  new  reformation  in  Germany.  A  German  lady \nbrought  me  the  book,  handling  it  as  though  she  thought  it \nwere  dynamite.  She  asked  me  to  look  it  over,  and  let  her \nknow  if  I  thought  it  was  safe  or  wise  for  her  to  introduce  it \nfor  a  wider  reading  in  this  country.  I  thought  there  must \nbe  something  peculiarly  dangerous,  or  possibly  something \nwhich  should  be  regarded  by  our  public  as  disreputable  in \nthe  book.  What  was  my  astonishment,  as  I  came  to  read  it \nwith  care,  to  find  that  it  was  nothing  in  the  wide  world  except \nwhat  Unitarians  have  been  preaching  for  fifty  years.  He \nthought  it  was  a  new  gospel.  It  is  plain,  common,  simple \nUnitarianism  all  through  the  book.  But  he  declares  —  and  I \nthink  he  is  right  —  that  the  only  way  to  save  Christianity  in \nGermany  is  to  drop  these  utterly  unbelievable  things,  and \nbring  the  Church  into  accord  with  the  highest  thought  and \nnoblest  life  of  the  age.  Here,  then,  is  a  movement  in  Ger- \nmany along  this  line.      I  know  not  what  may  be  its  extent. \n\nNow  let  me  refer  to  one  or  two  illustrations  more  in  the \nFar  West.  In  one  place  in  California  where  I  spoke,  a \nMethodist  clergyman,  bearing  a  name  well  known  over  this \ncountry,  came  to  me  afterwards  and  avowed  himself  in  com- \nplete sympathy  with  my  views.  He  has  ceased  preaching, \nalthough  a  member  in  full  communion  with  the  Methodist \nChurch.  He  has  lost  one  position  which  he  held  as  a \nteacher  on  account  of  his  liberal  ideas.  He  is  about  ac- \ncepting another.  He  does  not  feel  called  upon  to  say  that \nhe  is  not  a  Methodist;  but  he  is,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  a  clean- \ncut,  radical  Unitarian. \n\nIn  a  city  of  California  where  I  lectured,  the  superintendent \nof  schools  came  to  me, —  and  this  is  one  of  the  most  striking \ntestimonies  which  I  met, — and  said  he  had  listened  to  the \nlecture  the  night  before.  He  sat  down  by  me  at  the  hotel \nbreakfast-table,  and  had  a  long  talk  with  me.  He  said  to \nme  :  \"  I  am  a  member  of  the  Presbyterian  Church,  and  I  am \nacquainted  with  large  numbers  of  the  membership  of  this \nChurch  throughout  the  State.  I  accept  without  question  or \nreserve  every  single  position  which  you  took  last  night,\"  — \n\n\nII \n\nand  I  did  not  leave  room  enough  to  contain  a  bit  of  Presby- \nterianism  large  enough  to  be  seen  with  the  Lick  telescope. \nYet  he  said,  \"I  accept  everything  which  you  have  said.\" \nHe  went  on  to  say  that,  in  his  judgment,  more  than  fifty \nper  cent,  of  the  membership  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  stand \nto-day  just  where  he  does.     I  said  then,  in  some  amazement, \n\"  Why  do  you  do  nothing  about  it  ?     Why  do  you  still  print \nand  scatter  all  over  Europe  and  America  a  confession   of \nfaith  which  you  totally  reject  ?    Why  do  you  let  that  stand \nas  an  expression  of  your  belief  ?    Why  do  you  not  all  come \nout  and  squarely  stand  where  you  are  ? \"     Then  we  had  a \nlong  talk,  that  led  me  somewhat  into  the  secret  of  the  state \nof  mind   of  large  numbers  of  these  people.     He  says  they \nhave  found  out  that  they  do  not  believe  the  old  creed.    They \nare  permeated  with  the  teachings  of  the  modern  scientific \nconception  of  the  universe,  of  God  and  of  man.     They  do \nnot  believe  any  longer  in  the  fall,  in  total  depravity,  or  arbi- \ntrary future  punishment.     But  he  said  they  have  not  thought \nthemselves  any  farther.     They  do  not  know  where  they  are. \nThey  are  afraid  to  take  the  next  step.    They  are  afraid  to \ntouch  the  confession  of  faith,  lest  there  should  be  nothing  of \nit  left  when  they  are  through.     They  have  been  taught  that \nthis  is  religion  ;  and  they  have  a  sort  of  inward  fear  that,  if \nthey  give  this  up,  they  are  becoming  irreligious,  that  they \nare  surrendering  religion.     They  have  the  feeling  that  these \nteachings  have  been  bound  up  with  the  moral  order  of  the \nuniverse,  and  that  chaos  will  come  upon  them  if  they  sur- \nrender them.     They  do  not  see  the  way.     They  do  not  quite \nknow  what  is  to  come  after  the  confession  of  faith.    This  is \nthe  condition  of  mapy  whom  you  will  find  all  over  the  land \nto-day.     I  do  not  mean  to  be  understood  as  saying  that  half \nthe  members  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  are  consciously  dis- \nbelievers of  its  creed,  or  that  the  Methodists  and  Congrega- \ntionalists  are  disbelievers  of  their  creeds.     I  do  mean  to  say \nthat  these  organizations  are  permeated  with  these  liberal \nideas,  and  that  they  are  gradually  waking  up  to  the  con- \nsciousness that  the  old  universe  is  passing  away.     They  are \n\n\n12 \n\nbewildered  and  alarmed,  and  they  do  not  quite  know  what  is \nto  be  next.     This  is  the  condition  of  things. \n\nI  wish  now  to  suggest  what  seem  to  me  to  be  practical \nmatters  in  the  line  of  our  Unitarian  duty,  in  the  face  of  a \nsituation  like  this.  In  the  first  place,  it  seems  to  me  that \nUnitarian  ism  should  rouse  itself  to  a  comprehension  of  the \nsituation.  One  thing  I  am  amazed  at;  and  that  is  the  bat- \nblindness,  and  what  shall  I  call  it  except  ignorance,  on  the \npart  of  any  number  of  our  Unitarian  ministers  in  Boston  and \nthroughout  New  England,  concerning  what  the  real  situation \nof  things  in  the  country  is,  and  what  the  word  \"country\" \ncovers  or  means.  Men  are  born  and  brought  up  under  the \nshadow  of  the  gilded  dome,  and  live  perhaps  half  their  lives \nout  with  the  impression  that  the  horizon  is  commensurate \nwith  the  fence  that  bounds  their  dooryard.  They  do  not \nseem  to  realize  how  large  a  place  the  country  is,  or  what \nis  going  on  in  it,  or  what  is  the  opportunity.  We  want \nto  rouse  ourselves  as  a  denomination  to  a  comprehension  of \nof  the  situation. \n\nThen  we  need  a  wise  supervision  of  these  far-off  fields. \n\nLet  me  hint  as  to  what  I  mean.  What  do  the  Catholics \ndo.?  The  Catholics  are  omnipresent.  I  say  this  to  their \npraise,  not  to  their  discredit.  Whenever  a  new  town  is \nstarted,  there  they  are ;  and,  no  matter  who  else  is  there,  you \nare  sure  to  find  them  in  possession  of  some  of  the  most \ndesirable  lots  in  the  new  town, —  places  for  churches,  for \nschools,  for  convents,  for  Sisters  of  Charity  and  Mercy.  The \nMethodists  are  almost  equally  omnipresent  through  their \norganization,  under  bishops  and  presiding  elders.  They \nkeep  their  eyes  open  concerning  all  that  is  in  the  field. \nWhat  do  Unitarians  do  ?  Generally  this :  they  do  not  do \nanything  at  all  until  a  town  has  grown  up  and  improved ;  and \nthen  they  come  in  and,  at  a  big  price,  buy  a  suitable  lot  for  a \nchurch  that  would  have  been  given  to  them  gladly  five  or \nten  years  before.  That  is  what  they  do.  They  wait  until \neverybody  else  gets  in  ahead  of  them.  They  do  tiot  seem \nto  have  any  practical  supervision  of  the  ground,  so  as  to \n\n\n13 \n\nrealize  what  the  opportunities  are.  I  know  any  number  of \nplaces  where  they  are  buying  lots  to-day  for  five  or  eight  or \nten  thousand  dollars  where  five  or  ten  years  ago  they  might \nhave  had  them  for  five  hundred  dollars,  or  might  have  had \nthem  free. \n\nWe  Unitarians  need  another  thing ;  and  I  have  seen  one \nor  two  painful  illustrations  of  it.  We  need  to  comprehend \nthe  fact  that  acorns,  if  you  give  them  time,  become  oaks, \nalthough  they  are  acorns  at  the  start.  We  need  to  compre- \nhend the  significance  of  small  beginnings,  and  to  learn  how \nin  those  climates  at  the  West  small  things  grow  to  large  with \na  rapidity  we  cannot  dream  of  here.  Take  a  climate  where \na  certain  species  of  trees  will  grow  twelve  feet  in  a  year,  and \nyou  may  be  sure  that  other  things  will  grow,  too,  and  with  a \nrapidity  that  we  do  not  easily  imagme  in  this  more  sterile \nsoil  and  hardy  climate  of  New  England.  I  knbw  places  at \nthe  West,  where  a  good  many  of  our  ministers  at  the  East \nwould  not  think  of  settling,  which  will  be  big  enough  for  any \nman  to  fill  within  the  next  ten  years.  We  need  to  take  pos- \nsession of  these  seeds  of  the  future,  and  mould  and  shape \nthem  as  they  grow. \n\nTake  as  an  illustration, —  and  I  will  speak  freely  here, \nthough  it  may  touch  a  conflict  in  judgment  with  some  who \ndo  not  agree  with  me, —  take  such  an  opportunity  as  there  is \nat  Berkeley.  Oakland  is  a  city  of  sixty  or  eighty  thousand \ninhabitants  across  this  bay  from  San  Francisco, —  a  wonder- \nfully beautiful  city.  About  two  miles  from  it  is  one  of  the \nmost  delightful  situations  for  a  town  that  I  ever  knew.  This \nis  Berkeley,  the  site  of  the  State  University  of  California, \nwhich  is  magnificently  endowed,  having  professors  whose \nreputation  is  known  around  the  world,  ready  to  do  a  work \nsecond  to  no  other  in  the  country.  What  are  the  other \ndenominations  doing?  The  Methodists,  the  Presbyterians, \nthe  Baptists,  the  Congregationalists,  the  Catholics,  all  are \nestablishing  in  this  immediate  region  theological  schools, \nschools  for  the  culture  and  development  of  men  on  the \nground,  with  a  view  to  have  them  occupy  the  field  because \n\n\n14 \n\nthey  comprehend  it.  What  are  we  doing?  We  have  men \nstanding  right  in  San  Francisco  and  Oakland  to  back  up \nwith  money  and  influence  such  a  movement.  We  have  sent \none  or  two  men  from  the  East  to  look  over  the  field ;  but \nthere  is  not  one  who  dares  to  touch  it.  If  I  were  young  and \nfree  to-day,  there  is  no  place  in  this  country  where  I  would \ngo  sooner  than  to  Berkeley,  under  the  shadow  of  the  great \nuniversity,  with  hundreds  and  hundreds  of  young  men  from \nall  parts  of  the  Pacific  slope,  with  an  opportunity  for  an \ninfluence  second  to  no  other.  I  believe  that  we  ought  to \nplace  a  theological  school  just  there.  Our  young  men  in  the \nEast  do  not  comprehend  the  problems  that  need  solution  on \nthat  side  of  the  line.  We  send  a  man  out  from  the  East ;  and \nit  takes  a  year  or  two  before  he  is  worth  anything,  before  he \nknows  the  people,  the  situation,  the  conditions  of  thought \nand  work  and  life.  Men  trained  in  the  field  are  the  ones \nwho  can  best  accomplish  the  work.  We  need,  then,  courage \nand  earnestness  to  take  hold  of  these  seeds  that  are  to  be \nmighty  growths  in  the  years  to  come. \n\nI  wish  I  could  speak  to  all  the  families  of  the  Unitarian \nfaith,  to  all  the  young  men  of  this  land.  We  need,  more  than \nwe  need  anything  else  in  the  world,  men.  There  is  not  a \nyoung  town  or  city  of  five  thousand  people  in  this  country \nwhere  there  could  not  be  an  earnest,  vigorous  Unitarian \nchurch  inside  of  two  years  if  we  had  a  man  to  put  there, \ncomprehending  the  situation  and  capable  of  doing  the  work. \nThere  are  places  waiting  on  the  Pacific  slope  where  the  peo- \nple are  ready  to  organize  and  to  make  a  church,  begging  for \na  man  who  is  not  to  be  found.  We  need  more  men  to  enter \nthis  ministry. \n\nLet  me  say  just  a  word  here, —  perhaps  I  have  said  words \nlike  this  too  infrequently  on  this  subject, —  a  word  to  the \nfathers  and  mothers  and  to  the  young  men  who  shall  hear \nme,  and  whom  my  words  may  reach  in  the  colder  form  of \ntype.  I  do  not  know  of  any  profession  or  business  or  call- \ning, or  whatever  you  please  to  name  it,  that  any  young  man \ncan  consider,  that  compares  for  one  moment  in  importance, \n\n\nIS \n\nin  dignity,  in  manliness,  in  grandeur,  in  possibility  of \nachievement,  with  the  work  of  the  liberal  ministry.  If  yoi» \nwere  obliged  to  tie  yourself  to  the  old  beliefs,  to  become  the \nservant  of  a  perfunctory  round  of  meaningless  forms,  that \nwould  be  another  thing ;  but  to  the  free,  intelligent,  cultured, \nearnest  young  men  who  stand  on  the  threshold  of  this  min- \nistry, the  universe  is  open.  There  is  no  field,  no  department \nof  thought  or  life,  that  may  not  be  made  tributary  to  his  work. \nYou  know,  gentlemen,  that  in  the  hundreds  of  callings  in \nwhich  you  are  engaged  you  are  obliged  to  narrow  yourselves \nmentally.  You  are  obliged  to  put  all  your  time,  all  your \nability,  into  simply  making  your  business  a  practical,  finan- \ncial success.  You  know  what  the  competition  of  the  modern \nworld  means,  that  there  is  no  time  for  wide  and  general  cult- \nure. I  have  had  men  say  to  me,  realizing  the  situation :  \"  I \nhave  narrowed  myself  down  in  this  matter  of  my  business \nuntil  I  cannot  engage  in  or  enjoy  a  thousand  other  things. \nOn  this  side  of  my  nature  and  that  I  am  utterly  unde- \nveloped.\" But  in  a  calling  like  this  there  is  nothing  that  is \nnot  open  to  a  man.  He  may  expand  until  he  is  as  broad  as \nthe  truth  of  things.  All  that  is  inspiring  in  the  past,  all  that \nis  inspiring  in  the  future,  pays  tribute  to  his  thought  and \nwork.  Whatever  else  a  man  may  accomplish  in  this  world, \nyou  know  as  well  as  I,  there  is  nothing  comparable  in  impor- \ntance, in  dignity,  in  beauty,  and  worth  to  helping  men  live, — \nhelping  them  to  solve  the  problems  of  life,  to  fight  its  bat- \ntles, to  create  their  manhood.  Is  there  anything  else  com- \nparable to  that  ?  That  is  what  it  means  to  be  a  liberal  min- \nbter  to-day.  I  appeal,  then,  to  those  who  are  reached  by  my \nwords  to  consider  this  field  and  the  magnificence  of  its  oppor- \ntunities. \n\nAnother  thing.  If  I  were  the  despot  of  the  Unitarian \nbody  for  a  few  years, —  I  would  like  to  be,  so  far  as  this  par- \nticular point  is  concerned, —  I  would  make  one  inviolable \nlaw.  No  young  man  who  should  graduate  at  Cambridge  or  at \nMeadville  should,  under  any  conditions,  be  allowed  to  accept \nany  pulpit  or  enter  on  any  field  of  work  east  of  the  Alle- \nghanies  until  for  one  year  or  two  he  had  done  genuine  mis- \n\n\ni6 \n\nsionary  work  in  the  West  or  on  the  Pacific  slope.  In  that \nway,  he  could  learn  what  he  was  made  of ;  and  he  would  be  of \nmore  value  wherever  he  might  afterwards  be.  The  trouble \nwith  many  of  our  good  ministers  here  is  that  they  know  only \na  small  part  of  the  field.  A  man  needs  to  know  the  whole \nfield  before  he  is  competent  to  treat  the  questions  that  come \nup  for  solution,  the  problems  of  our  liberal  ministry.  I  wish \nthat  this  thought  might  come  home  to  the  young  men  who \nare  graduating  from  our  Eastern  seminaries.  It  is  past  my \ncomprehension,  I  cannot  understand  it,  how  any  young  man \nshould  be  willing  to  settle  down  here,  to  fall  into  a  little  easy \nplace  while  he  is  a  young  man,  while  all  the  uprising  vigor \nof  his  young  manhood  is  or  ought  to  be  in  him ;  how  he  can \nbe  content  not  to  go  out  where  there  is  an  opportunity  of \nbuilding,  of  making  something  on  his  own  account.  I  began \nmy  ministry  on  the  Pacific  slope ;  and  I  got  such  a  taste  of \nwhat  that  meant  that,  when  I  afterwards  thought  of  settling \nin  New  England,  I  found  I  could  not  do  it.  It  seemed  to \nme  like  grinding  out  a  music  in  the  composition  of  which  I \nhad  had  no  hand.  I  thought  that  I  wanted  to  make  some- \nthing on  my  own  account,  and  so  I  went  West  again.  If  the \nyoung  men  only  knew  the  inspiration  of  it,  the  grandeur  of \nit,  and  how  important  a  part  of  their  training  it  might  be  for \ntheir  work  here,  if  they  wished  afterwards  to  come  East \nagain,  then  I  think  they  would  be  readier  to  take  up  work \nin  these  far-off  places.  It  needs  young  men  unhampered,  who \ncan  afford  to  wait  two  years  before  they  get  married  ;  young \nmen  who  can  live  on  little,  and  are  willing  to  do  so  until  they \ncreate  a  condition  of  things  that  will  give  them  more ;  men \nwho  can  go,  not  with  a  trunk  or  a  carload  of  baggage,  but \nwith  a  grip-sack,  and  who  can  stand  in  the  midst  of  these \nconditions  and  help  them  grow  into  a  strength  that  shall  be \nable  to  carry  them  and  help  to  carry  the  general  work. \n\nAnd  now,  at  the  end,  I  have  no  sort  of  question,  no  sort \nof  fear,  as  to  the  outcome  of  this  great  Unitarian  movement \nof  ours.  I  have  come,  though  not  born  in  it,  to  love  the \nname  Unitarian ;  but  I  care  also  so  inexpressibly  more  for \nthe  thing  than  for  the  name  that  I  am  ready  to  have  the  con- \n\n\n17 \n\ndition  come  without  any  name,  or  in  any  other  name  if  need \nbe.  I  have  no  fear  as  to  the  outcome  of  the  movement \nitself.  The  stars  of  heaven  are  fighting  for  us.  The  human \nmind  is  fighting  for  us.  The  development  of  the  human \nheart  is  fighting  for  us.  The  spelling-book  is  on  our  side. \nIt  is  only  a  matter  of  time.  It  can  be  only  a  matter  of  time. \nIf  all  the  people  who  are  practically  with  us  in  this  country \nshould  come  out  in  a  body,  there  would  be  an  exodus  beside \nwhich  the  departure  of  the  Israelites  from  Egypt  would  be \nonly  like  a  holiday  excursion.  There  is  no  question  as  to \nthe  outcome.  When  Galileo  with  his  little  telescope,  which \nwould  now  be  only  a  plaything,  got  his  first  glimpse  of  the \nmoons  of  Jupiter,  what  was  the  condition  of  thought  in \nEurope  as  between  the  Ptolemaic  and  Copernican  systems  ? \nThe  Ptolemaic  theory  was  held  from  the  pope  down  to  the \nhumblest  parish  priest  and  by  the  entire  membership  of  the \nchurches.  It  was  taught  in  every  school  and  university. \nEvery  professor  stood,  wrote,  and  fought  for  and  defended \nit.  But  when  Galileo,  that  lone  man,  first  saw  those  moons \nof  Jupiter,  the  Ptolemaic  system  of  the  universe  was  dead. \nIt  made  no  difiFerence  whether  it  took  a  hundred  or  a  thou- \nsand years  for  people  to  find  it  out.  The  finding  it  out  was \nonly  a  question  of  time.  He  had  discovered  the  truth  which \nantiquated  the  old  ideas,  and  created  a  new  heaven  and  a \nnew  earth.  And  so  we  have  discovered,  or  there  has  been \nrevealed  to  us,  a  new  and  a  higher  conception  of  God,  of \nman,  of  destiny ;  and,  because  it  is  God*s  truth,  the  eternal \ntruth  of  things,  it  must  win.  The  day  of  its  universally  ac- \ncepted triumph  is  only  a  matter  of  time.  It  is  for  you  and \nme  to  stand  ready  to  help  on  this  day  as  rapidly  as  may  be, \nwith  our  faces  looking  forward,  and  with  the  trust  and  the \npeace  of  God  in  our  hearts. \n\nFather,  this  is  Thy  truth.  We  bow  to  it  as  Thine,  we \nconsecrate  ourselves  to  it  as  Thine,  and  ask  that,  with  pa- \ntience, in  all  earnestness,  and  in  all  charity,  we  may  do  what \nwe  can  to  bring  Thy  children  into  an  acceptance  of  that \ntruth  which  is  life  now  and  forever.     Amen. \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction.     lamo $i.oo \n\nThese  Degeoerate  Days.    Small  i6mo.     Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed.     lamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.     16010.     Fnllgilt.    With  portrait z.50 \n\nlight  oa  the  Cload.     z6mo.    Full  gilt 1.25 \n\nSocial  Problems,     ismo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religious  Life,     ismo x.oo \n\nBehef  in  Uod.     tamo                     z.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.    zamo         z.oo \n\nBelief  about  the  Bible.          z.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.    lamo z.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution,    zazno z.oo \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,    zamo          z.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,    zamo z.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Sdezioe  of  Manhood,    zamo z.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  ETolotion.    zamo z.50 \n\nLife  Qaestions.     z6mo       z  .00 \n\nBluffton:  A  Stonrof  To^y.    zamo z.fo \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Liying.     zamo z.oo \n\nThe  Sipis  of  tne  Times,     zamo z.oo \n\nUfe.      lamo z.oo \n\nThe   Mmister*8  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings. \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSaared  Sonn  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tone \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth z.oo \n\nLeather z.jo \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.    With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  copy ao  cents.     Perdos.,  z.50 \n\n**      Qoth,        •*           ....     JO     '*                 \"  a.sor \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regnlariv  printed  in  pamphlet \nfonn  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit\"  Subscription  price,  tor  the  season,  $t.$o\\ \nangle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO,  H.  ELLIS,  PuUisktr, \n\nt4i  Franklin  St.,  BosUn,  Mau. \n\n\nPabUalied  ixreekly.         Price  $1.50  a  year,  or  6  cents  slnffle  cop \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol.  13  OCTOBER  30,  1891  No.  3 \n\n\nGRIME  AND  ITS  TREATMENT \n\n\nC \nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,   141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n1891 \n\nEnieni  at  the  Poti-^t^e,  Boston,  Mau.,  ot  second-clau  mati  matter. \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction.     lamo $i.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  z6mo.    Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed,     lamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.     i6mo.    Full  gilt.    With  portrait i.jo \n\nLight  on  the  Qoud.    i6mo.    Full  gilt 1.35 \n\nSocial  Problems,    lamo z.oo \n\nThe  Religious  Life,    ismo i.oo \n\nBelief  in  God.     zsmo                      i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.    zamo         i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,    zamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Erolution.     zamo i.oo \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,    zamo          '   .  i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,    zamo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood,    zamo z.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,     zamo z.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     z6mo       z  .00 \n\nBlufhon:  A  Stonr  of  To^y.     zamo z.50 \n\nHelps  for  DaUv  Living,     zamo z.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  the  Times,     lamo z.oo \n\nLife,     zamo z.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.     For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.      A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    £dited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth 1.00 \n\nLeather z.so \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  copy,  ....     ao  cents.     Perdos..  z.50 \n\n•«      Cloth,        •«....    30     '•                \"  S.50 \n\n\nI  Mr.  Savage's  we«klv  sermons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \n\nform  in  \"  Unity  PuIpiL\"    Subscription  price,  tor  the  season,  $z.so; \nI  single  copies,  5  cents. \n\nI  GEO.  H.  ELLIS,  PuMisk^r, \n\nt4i  FroMklm  St.,  BatUm,  Mkit, \n\n\nCRIME  AND  ITS  TREATMENT.* \n\n\n\"  I  was  in  prison,  and  ye  came  unto  me.\" —  Matt.  xxv.  36. \n\nAt  the  outset,  I  think  it  will  be  well  for  us  to  get  clearly \nin  mind  one  or  two  definitions.     Sin,  technically  speaking,  is \nan  offence  committed  against  God.     Vice  is  an  offence  com- \nmitted chiefly,  or  first,  against  ourselves, —  a  private,  personal \nthing.     Crime  is  the  breaking  of  a  statute  law,  supposed  to \nbe  a  social  wrong.     This  is  the  technical  distinction  between \nthese  words,  which  are  frequently  confounded,  spoken  of  as \nthough  they  stood  for  substantially  the  same  thing.     I  wish \nyou  to  take  note  that  crime  is  not  always  evil.     Crime  may \nbe  a  sign  of  degradation,  of  disintegration,  or  it  may  be  the \nbudding,  the  bursting  forth,  of  a  new  and  higher  type  of  civil- \nization.    If  we  look  down  the  course  of  human  history,  we \nshall  see  that  a  large  part  of  those  men  whom  we  most  revere \nwere  considered  criminals  by  their  age.     Considered  did  I \nsay  ?     They  were  criminals.     That  is,  they  were  breakers  of \nstatute  law.     Socrates  was  a  criminal,  and  was  put  to  death \nas  such.     Jesus  of  Nazareth  was  a  criminal.     In  the  times  of \nXero  and  Diocletian  all  the  early  Christians  were  criminals. \nAnd  so,  as  we  come  down  the  years,  Bruno  was  a  criminal. \nSo  was  Martin  Luther.    So  were  Vanini  and  Servetus.     And \nat  a  still  later  period  all  that  grand  cluster  of  men  who  stand \nout  in  the  firmament  of  our  recent  past  like  stars,  whose  shin- \ning heralded  the  dawn  of  a  larger,  wider  human  freedom, — \nthese  were  criminals, —  Channing,  Parker,  Garrison,  Phillips, \nJohn  Brown,  all  the  noblest  men  of  their  time.     I  emphasize \n\n*  PhoDOgraphically  reported. \n\n\nthis,  not  because  it  is  important  this  morning,  but  only  for \nclearness  of  definition,  that  you  may  remember  that  the  word \n\"criminal \"  is  not  always  a  stigma,  a  disgrace.  Sometimes  it \nis  rather  an  insignia  of  honor. \n\nOf  course,  this  morning  I  am  to  speak  of  that  other  kind \nof  crime,  that  which  we  find  in  the  lower  strata  of  society, — \nthe  crime  that  means  degradation,  the  crime  that  disinte- \ngrates, that  hurts,  that  injures,  that  needs  not  to  be  encour- \naged, but  to  be  repressed,  to  be  wiped  out  of  existence. \n\nI  think  it  will  help  us  to  understand  the  nature  of  crime \nand  the  relation  in  which  it  stands  to  the  order  of  society  if \nwe  look  at  it  for  a  moment  in  the  light  of  human  evolution, — \nif  we  see,  taking  human  nature  as  it  is,  how  necessary  it  is, \nhow  it  springs  out  of  the  nature  of  things.  We  need  not \nsimply  to  condemn  a  thing  that  is  wrong.  We  need  to  com- \nprehend it  so  far  as  possible ;  and  then  we  shall  be  in  a  better \nposition  intelligently  and  successfully  to  deal  with  it. \n\nWe  may  figure  human  progress  by  the  illustration  of  an \narmy  on  the  march.  There  has  always  been  the  vanguard,  the \nleaders.  Then  there  has  always  been  the  main  body,  those \nwho  have  kept  fairly  in  the  ranks,  shoulder  to  shoulder,  step \nby  step,  who  have  added  to  the  strength  of  the  force,  and \nhave  not  only  kept  up  on  the  march,  but  have  helped  others  to \nkeep  up, — men  who  have  helped  to  conserve  order  and  growth. \nThen  there  has  always  been  the  third  section  of  the  army. \nI  suppose  never  an  army  existed  without  a  body  of  strag- \nglers, of  camp  followers,  those  who  for  one  reason  or  another \nhave  fallen  out  by  the  way,  those  who  are  a  burden  and  call \nfor  the  help,  the  attention,  the  care,  of  the  main  body.  In- \nstead of  adding  to  its  efficiency,  they  are  a  source  of  weakness \nand  injury.  They  call  for  compassion  sometimes,  sometimes \nfor  serious  condemnation ;  but  they  always  exist.  Never  yet \nwas  army  without  them. \n\nWho  are  these  that  are  stragglers  in  the  rear  of  every  army \non  the  march  ?  Sometimes  they  are  those  who  have  become \ntemporarily  too  weary  and  footsore  to  keep  up  any  longer. \nSometimes  they  are  those  who  are  positively  ill  and  need  ten- \n\n\nderest  sympathy  and  care.  Sometimes  they  are  those  who \nare  simply  lazy,  who  do  not  wish  to  make  any  effort.  Some- \ntimes they  are  those  who  relentlessly  and  purposely  prey  upon \ntheir  fellows.  They  are  the  reckless  class  who  take  advan- \ntage of  those  who  are  weaker.  All  these  different  classes \nmake  up  the  great  body  of  stragglers,  of  camp  followers,  in \nthe  rear  of  every  army  on  its  forward  march.  This  may  well \nillustrate  the  march  of  humanity.  The  vanguard  to-day  is \nway  ahead  of  the  main  body;  while  the  main  body  perhaps \nto-raorrow  or  next  week  will  be  where  the  vanguard  is  to- \nday. The  position  represented  by  the  vanguard  and  the  main \narmy  is  not  a  fixed  position.  It  is  constantly  changing,  so \nthat  that  which  is  farthest  forward  and  upward  to-day  may \nbe  the  place  occupied  by  the  stragglers  next  year.  And  the \nstragglers,  perhaps,  should  not  be  condemned  outright  and \nwithout  consideration,  if  we  remember  that  they  to-day  are \nwhere  the  vanguard  was  last  year  or  last  century. \n\nThe  human  race,  then,  is  ever  on  this  march  of  progress. \nThere  are  ever  the  leaders  with  foresight  and  with  courage, \nthere  is  ever  the  main  body  that  simply  follows  the  leaders, \nand  there  are  those  in  the  rear  who  get  along  as  best  they \ncan,  living,  as  they  say,  by  their  wits, —  sources  of  weakness \nand  sources  constantly  of  peril. \n\nAs  our  next  step,  let  us  consider  for  a  moment  whether \ncrime  in  this  sense  is  on  the  increase.  I  have  seen  statis- \ntics recently,  tending  to  prove  that  crime  is  increasing  in \nthe  State  of  Massachusetts  and  in  the  United  States.  If \nthis  really  were  so,  it  would  be  an  appalling  fact.  It  would \nperhaps  make  the  thoughtful  student  of  human  history  and \nhuman  liberty  hopeless;  for,  if  after  nearly  two  thousand \nyears  of  what  we  proudly  call  Christian  civilization  crime  is \nreally  increasing,  then  might  we  not  as  well  throw  down  our \nweapons,  abandon  our  public  schools,  close  up  our  churches, \nand  give  up  in  despair?  I  believe,  however,  that  a  little \ncareful  consideration  will  show  —  as  we  should  certainly \nexpect  —  that  this  is  not  true.  We  talk  glibly  about  human \nprogress  right  in  the  face  of  these  statistics  that  are  sup- \n\n\n6 \n\nposed  to  prove  that  crime  is  increasing.  It  means  that  the \nmain  body  of  the  people  really  believe  that  there  is  such  a \nthing  as  progress ;  that  the  world  is  getting  better,  however \nslow  the  course  of  human  advance  may  be.  Is  public  opin- \nion wrong  in  this  impression?  Or  is  there  something  to \njustify  it  in  the  real  condition  of  things  ?  Statistics  are  sup- \nposed to  be  always  reliable.  It  is  said  that  figures  will  not \nlie.  No :  figures  never  lie ;  but  people  can  lie  very  easily  in \nthe  use  of  figures.  And  not  only  can  people  lie  in  the  use  of \nfigures,  but  they  can  be  very  easily  mistaken.  They  can  use \nthem  wrongly,  and  make  them  seem  to  prove  that  which  the \nreal  facts  in  the  case  do  not  prove  at  all. \n\nNow  let  us  consider  one  or  two  things.  People  tell  us \nonce  in  a  while  that  the  Roman  Catholic  Church  is  increas- \ning. If  you  take  the  statistics  of  a  city  like  Boston  or  like \nNew  York,  or,  possibly,  if  you  take  the  count  of  those  who \nare  nominally  Catholics  with  all  their  children  and  depend- \nants in  the  whole  United  States,  you  may  be  able  to  make \nout  your  case  ;  but  you  must  remember  that  the  majority  of \nthe  Catholics  in  this  country  are  immigrants,  and  that,  when \na  man  comes  from  Europe  to  live  in  America,  he  does  not \nadd  to  the  number  of  Catholics  in  the  world.  He  only \nchanges  his  location.  And,  then,  you  need  to  put  alongside \nwith  such  facts  the  liberation  of  whole  empires  in  Europe \nfrom  the  grip  of  the  old  ecclesiasticism.  You  need \nto  take  account  of  the  fact  that  the  type  of  the  Catholic \nChurch  in  this  country  has  changed,  that  it  is  feeling  the \ninfluence  of  our  liberal  free  school  atmosphere  so  that  the \nold  hold  of  the  priesthood  is  not  in  this  country  what  it  used \nto  be  in  the  old  countries  of  the  world,  or  is  still  in  some  of \nthem  to-day.  I  am  not  using  this  as  connected  with  the \nquestion  of  crime,  but  as  an  illustration  to  show  you  how  you \ncan  make  almost  anything  you  please  out  of  the  use  of  fig- \nures. \n\nThen  you  must  remember  another  thing  as  bearing  on  sta- \ntistics. The  very  fact  that  a  community  is  morally  growing \nmay  manifest  itself  in  the  multiplication  of  laws,  and  so  in \n\n\nthe  possibility  of  broken  laws  which  constitute  the  commis- \nsion of  a  crime,  so  that,  owing  to  the  number  of  possible \ncrimes  on  the  statute  book,  the  number  of  commitments  may \nfor  a  lime  increase  with  the  moral  growth  and  sensitiveness \nof  the  people. \n\nTake  as  an  illustration  this.  Suppose  you  should  compare \nthe  statistics  of  Massachusetts  and  of  some  State  in  the \nSouth  or  elsewhere, —  I  do  not  know  that  any  such  State \nexists  as  I  have  in  mind ;  but  suppose  there  is  a  State  where \nthere  is  no  law  against  duelling,  and  where  drunkenness  is \nnot  considered  a  crime,  or  where  a  hundred  things  that  in \nMassachusetts  are  treated  as  crimes  are  not  against  the  law, \nand  are  passed  over.  It  would  be  easy  to  prove  that  there \nis  more  crime  in  Massachusetts  than  in  this  supposititious \nState.  Yet,  of  course,  the  most  casual  thought  proves  that \nthis  method  of  the  use  of  statistics  is  entirely  misleading. \nThere  are  in  a  great  many  States  certain  things  which  are \npassed  over  and  are  not  considered  crimes  which  are \nheld  as  crimes  in  Massachusetts.  Possibly  the  number  of \nanests  might  be  smaller  in  those  States  than  here ;  but  that \nwould  not  show  that  the  morality  of  Massachusetts  was \nlower,  but  that  there  are  more  laws  that  can  be  broken,  and \nconsequently  there  are  more  arrests  and  more  commitments \nfor  offences  of  various  kinds.  There  might  be  a  law  passed \nto-morrow  in  this  State  which  should  double  the  number  of \ncriminals  in  the  next  six  months.  That  would  not  mean  that \nMassachusetts  had  grown  any  worse,  only  that  suddenly  the \nlegislature  had  decided  that  any  number  of  things  which  are \nallowed  now  should  be  regarded  as  offences  to  be  punished. \nThese  statistics,  then,  may  be,  and  I  believe  are,  entirely  mis- \nleading, if  used  to  prove  that  crime  is  increasing.  I  believe \nthat  crimes,  in  the  sense  of  offences  against  public  order  and \npublic  well-being,  are  diminishing  in  every  civilized  land  on \nthe  face  of  the  earth.  That  is,  I  believe  that  the  moral  and \nsocial  level  of  mankind  is  constantly,  however  slowly,  lift- \ning, rising ;  that  the  world  is  better  and  better  as  the  years \ngoby. \n\n\n8 \n\nCrime,  then,  is  not  increasing,  statistics  to  the  contrary, \nnotwithstanding.  It  is  a  hopeful  problem,  then,  that  we \nface,  not  one  of  discouragement  or  despair. \n\nNow  let  us  come  to  the  next  point,  and  raise  the  question \nas  to  what  are  the  rights  of  society  over  the  persons  who  for \nwhatever  cause  break  these  statute  laws.  What  right  has \nsociety  in  the  presence  of  criminals  ?  Possibly  I  may  startle \nsome  of  you  a  little  at  first  by  the  statement  which  I  now \npropose  to  make ;  and  yet  I  mean  to  make  it  with  all  the \nearnestness  of  which  I  am  capable.  Society  has  no  right \nwhatever  to  punish,  no  right  whatever  to  take  vengeance. \nSociety  has  no  right, —  why  ?  Because  there  is  no  judge,  no \nbench  of  judges,  no  jury,  no  body  of  lawyers,  no  set  of  wise \nmen  on  the  face  of  the  earth,  who  are  competent  to  decide \nthe  degree  of  any  individual's  intentional  guilt  in  the  com- \nmission of  any  crime  whatsoever. \n\nLet  us  consider  for  a  moment  who  these  criminals  are  and \nhow  they  have  come  to  be  criminals.  Here,  for  example, \nis  a  case  of  a  boy  born  in  the  midst  of  criminal  conditions \nwhich  he  did  not  create  and  for  which  he  is  not  responsible. \nHe  has  never  had  an  opportunity  to  get  a  clear  idea  of \nhuman  justice  or  human  right.  To  him,  practically,  those \nwords  have  no  meaning.  He  has  been  trained  from  his \nchildhood  to  look  upon  society  as  his  enemy.  He  has  been \ntrained  to  the  idea  that  society  in  some  way  is  responsible \nfor  all  ignorance,  criminality,  and  poverty.  He  is  taught \nthat  it  is  somehow  an  heroic  thing  to  be  revenged  on  society \nand  to  get  out  of  it  all  that  he  can.  Is  a  child,  or  a  man \nwhose  childhood  was  like  that,  to  be  adjudged  guilty  in  the \nsame  way  and  to  the  same  extent  as  you  or  I  would  be  if \nwe  should  go  out  into  the  street  and  purposely  commit  a \ncrime  ? \n\nThen  there  are  other  classes,  people  who  are  criminals \nlargely  from  weakness.  The  battle  of  life  is  an  unequal \nbattle  for  them.  They  are  like  those  camp  followers  who \nfall  out  of  the  ranks  because  they  cannot  keep  up  any \nlonger. \n\n\nThen  there  are  those  who  have  inherited  a  tremendous \nand  overmastering  weight  of  passion.  I  remember  some \nyears  ago  I  told  you  of  a  man  who,  when  he  indulged  in \nsome  terrible  outburst  of  wrath,  was  taken  to  task  by  a  friend \nwho  said,  \"Why  don^t  you  control  your  temper? \"  And  the \nman  turned  on  him  and  replied  :  \"  Control  my  temper  !  I \ncontrol  more  temper  in  five  minutes  than  you  ever  controlled \nin  your  life ! \"  These  men  that  are  dowered  with  this  tre- \nmendous passion  and  power,  overmastering  reason  and  self- \ncontrol,  are  not  responsible,  in  the  ordinary  sense  of  the  word, \nfor  being  thus  weighted. \n\nSo  you  may  go  through  all  the  criminal  classes,  and  you \nwill  find  that  at  least  something  can  be  said  in  this  direction \nby  way  of  a  plea  for  careful  consideration.  I  was  made \naware  the  other  day  of  a  case  like  this.  You  will  see  the \nillustration.  A  boy  had  reached  the  age  of  eight  or  ten, \nwhen  suddenly  his  hand  became  deformed  and  distorted, \nand  he  was  unable  to  use  it,  and  one  of  his  limbs  lost  its \npower.  A  very  wise  surgeon,  who  studied  the  case  with \ncare,  found  that  the  skull,  instead  of  being  flexible  and  ex- \npansive, like  the  normal  human  skull,  had  grown  solid,  so \nthat  there  was  no  space  within  for  brain  expansion.  He \nperformed  a  surgical  operation,  by  which  it  was  opened  in \nhalf  a  dozen  different  directions,  allowing  it  to  give;  and, \nsimply  because  the  brain  had  a  chance,  the  hand  suddenly \nbecame  normal,  and  the  boy  was  able  again  to  walk,  and  all \nhis  intellecual  faculties  returned  and  pursued  their  normal \ncourse  of  development.  A  great  German  scientist  not  long \nago  made  a  careful  study  of  the  skulls  of  condemned  and \nexecuted  criminals,  and  he  said  that  he  did  not  find  a  normal \nskull  in  the  whole  collection.  There  may  be  crooked  minds \nand  crooked  consciences  and  distorted  hearts,  which  are \nsimply  diseased,  as  well  as  distorted  limbs  and  deformed \nphysical  organs. \n\nAs  we  study,  then,  the  origin  of  the  criminal  classes,  we \nneed  to  understand  them  before  we  pronounce  our  judgment. \nYet  I  do  not  believe,  as  I  said  before,  that  there  is  a  man  or \n\n\nlO \n\na  body  of  men  on  earth  who  are  wise  enough  to  untangle  all \nthe  threads  of  inheritance  and  condition,  so  as  to  get  at  the \nprecise  amount  of  responsibility  which  should  be  charged \nupon  any  man  for  any  act  that  he  ever  commits.  This  is \nnot  to  say  that  there  is  no  wisdom  anywhere.  It  is  only  an \nargument  for  human  modesty  and  human  care. \n\nWhat,  then  ?  Is  society  to  sit  down,  and  allow  criminals  to \nprey  upon  it }  No.  Society  has  a  right  —  and  that  is  the  only \nright  it  has  so  far — to  protect  itself,  and  to  protect  itself  to \nany  extent  that  is  necessary  and  by  any  method  that  is  nec- \nessary. Merely  because  we  are  not  wise  enough  to  tell  how \nguilty  a  man  is,  so  as  to  measure  out  the  precise  quantity  of \nbitter  vengeance  that  he  shall  be  made  to  swallow,  it  is  im- \nportant that  we  shall  not  sit  down  and  allow  the  disintegrat- \ning forces  to  destroy  our  social  order.  A  city  has  a  right \nto  build  dams  and  embankments  to  turn  the  course  of  a \nriver,  to  protect  itself.  If  a  tiger  gets  loose  in  the  street,  we \nneed  not  raise  and  settle  the  question  as  to  the  guilt  of  the \ntiger  for  wanting  to  eat  men.  We  have  a  perfect  right  to \nshoot  him  at  sight,  for  our  own  protection  or  for  the  protec- \ntion of  society.  I  am  not  one  of  those  who  say  that  society \nhas  no  right  to  put  a  man  to  death.  He  may  be  a  moral \nidiot,  he  may  be  utterly  irresponsible ;  and  yet  it  may  be  fool- \nhardiness  to  allow  him  to  be  loose  on  our  streets, —  as  dan- \ngerous as  to  have  a  tiger  loose.  Society  has  a  right  to  do \nwhatever  is  necessary  to  protect  itself,  and  to  enable  it  to  go \non  in  its  progress  from  its  present  to  a  higher  and  better \ncondition.  But  it  has  a  right  to  do  this  merely  in  the  spirit \nof  self -protection, —  not  in  the  spirit  of  vengeance,  not  as \nthough  it  were  assuming  a  Pharisaic  superiority.  You  re- \nmember the  saying  of  John  Newton,  a  preacher  in  England, \nwhen  he  saw  a  fellow  on  the  tumbril  being  carried  to  execu- \ntion :  \"There  goes  John  Newton,  but  for  the  grace  of  God.\" \nI  think  almost  any  of  us,  if  we  are  humble  enough,  as  we \nlook  upon  almost  any  case  of  crime,  might  say.  There  goes \nmyself,  but  for  accidents  of  birth,  education,  training,  the \nthousand  things  that  have  given  me  a  chance  that  he  never \n\n\nII \n\nhad.  The  Sevres  vase  that  is  guarded  with  care  on  the \nparlor  mantel  cannot  very  reasonably  look  contemptuously \ndown  on  the  earthen  bean-pot  that  is  tossed  and  tumbled \nabout  the  kitchen,  because  there  happens  to  be  a  nick  in  its \nedge.  We  can  learn  charity  and  consideration  concerning \nthese  things,  while  we  mark  the  distinction  between  the  good \nand  the  bad  in  the  world. \n\nBut,  granting  that,  what  shall  we  do  as  a  matter  of  social \nprotection  ?  Shall  we  pronounce  death  ?  Yes,  if  we  can  find \nno  better  way.  We  must  learn  in  the  light  of  experience, \nand  find  out  that  which  is  best.  If  we  can  do  anything \nbetter  with  criminals  than  kill  them,  it  would  seem  a  more \nhumane  way. \n\nLet  me  note  one  or  two  things.  In  the  first  place,  we \nhave  no  right  to  coddle  crime  because  the  criminal  may  not \nbe  responsible.  We  have  no  right  to  make  the  condition  of \nthe  criminal  more  comfortable  than  the  condition  of  the \nhard-working,  honest,  poor  man.  We  have  no  right  to  sur- \nround crime  with  that  maudlin  kind  of  sympathy  that  tends \nto  break  down  the  distinction  between  right  and  wrong. \nCrime  is  crime,  as  disease  is  disease ;  and,  because  a  man \nmay  not  be  responsible  in  the  one  case  or  the  other,  that \ndoes  not  make  the  condition  a  healthful  one  in  either  case. \nIt  is  something  not  to  be  treated  in  that  maudlin  sort  of \nway. \n\nOn  the  other  hand,  let  us  not  treat  it  with  undue  severity ; \nfor,  if  you  will  read  the  history  of  human  practices  concern- \ning these  matters,  you  will  find  that  barbaric  methods  of \ndealing  with  crime  always  indicate  a  barbaric  social  condi- \ntion, and  that  they  tend  to  increase  the  amount  of  crime.  If \nyou  treat  crime  in  a  coarse,  hard,  brutal  fashion,  you  tend  to \nmake  the  people  themselves  coarse,  hard,  brutal.  And  it  is \nout  of  this  condition  of  coarseness,  hardness,  and  brutality \nthat  you  may  expect  new  crime. \n\nLet  me  give  you  one  or  two  illustrations.  Go  back  about \none  hundred  and  twenty  years,  —  note  how  recently, —  to  the \nyear  1769.     About  that    time   a  certain    edition  of    Black- \n\n\nI  2 \n\nStone's  Commentaries  was  published;  and  in  that  edition \nwere  enumerated  not  less  than  one  hundred  and  sixty  differ- \nent crimes  that  in  England  were  punished  by  death.  Does \nthat  indicate  that  they  were  better  in  England  then  or  more \nbarbaric?  Go  back  to  the  time  of  Henry  VIII.,  three  hun- \ndred years  ago ;  and,  although  there  were  not  more  than  six \nor  eight  millions  of  people  in  England  during  the  reign  of \nHenry  VIII.,  there  were  seventy-two  thousand  people  put  to \ndeath  for  stealing  alone.  Does  that  indicate  that  in  the  time \nof  Henry  VIII.  the  jieople  were  more  moral  than  now,  or \nwere  they  more  barbaric,  more  cruel  ?  A  hundred  years  ago, \nin  London,  the  condition  of  the  criminal  and  his  treatment  was \nsomething  worthy  only  of  savages, —  huddled  together,  men \nand  women,  all  grades  of  crime  ;  here  a  poor  debtor,  perfectly \nhonest,  but  unable  to  meet  his  obligation ;  there  the  blackest \ncriminal;  permitted  all  kinds  of  rioting  and  debauchery, \nprovided  they  were  able  to  pay  for  it,  starved  and  brutally \nbeaten  and  maltreated,  if  they  were  not.  Does  that  show \nthat  England  was  better  then  than  to-day,  or  more  barbaric  ? \nGo  to  Tennessee  to-day.  I  was  astonished  during  the  past \nweek  to  be  reliably  informed  —  perhaps  I  ought  to  have \nknown  it  before  —  that  in  some  cases  women  convicts  are  sent \nto  the  men's  workhouse,  and  are  compelled  to  work  on  the \npublic  roads,  and  that  now  and  then  you  may  see  a  mother, \nwith  a  baby  in  one  arm,  breaking  stones  with  her  right  hand, \nwhile  with  her  left  she  shields  the  little  one's  eyes  from  the \nflying  stones.  Does  that  show  that  Tennessee  is  more  moral \nthan  we  are,  or  only  that  there  are  traces  still  there  of  the \nMiddle  Ages,  that  period  out  of  which  the  cruelties  and  the \nhorrors  and  the  hells  have  come  ?  In  Delaware  the  whip- \nping-post and  the  stocks,  I  believe,  are  still  legal.  Every- \nbody who  studies  the  history  of  human  thought  knows  that \nthis  only  means  that  they  are  still  in  the  dark  ages  in  regard \nto  some  things.  It  is  universally  true  that,  wherever  you \nfind  humane  counsels,  humane  methods  of  treatment,  hu- \nmane dealing  with  crime,  there  you  find  less  crime,  and  you \nfind  a  higher  type  of  social  order,  because  the  brutal  wayi \n\n\n13 \n\nthe  cruel  way,  merely  means  that  society  is  in  that  brutal \ncondition  out  of  which  crime  naturally  springs.  The  two  go \ntogether. \n\nWe  are  to  deal  with  crime  in  such  a  way,  then,  as  to  protect \nsociety.  Any  method  that  has  been  proved  absolutely  essen- \ntial may  be  adopted.  But,  if  in  dealing  with  the  criminal  we \ncan  at  the  same  time  reform  him,  we  not  only  protect  our- \nselves against  crime,  but  we  add  to  our  social  strength  and \nresources,  we  turn  those  who  were  enemies  into  helpers  and \nfriends.  And  this,  it  seems  to  me,  is  not  only  the  most \nhumane,  but  it  is  at  the  same  time  the  most  economical,  way \nof  dealing  with  crime,  if  it  prove  to  be  practical.  Here  is \nthe  point.  Have  there  been  any  experiments  that  prove \nthat  there  is  any  practical  value  in  such  methods  as  these  } \nI  have  left  only  a  few  moments  to  hint  to  you  some  things \nthat  have  been  done.  Every  time  a  new  reform  is  proposed, \nthere  are  those  who  are  opposed  to  it,  who  are  in  favor  of \nthe  old  ways.  This  is  to  be  expected.  They  ought  to  be, \nperhaps.  A  man  does  not  at  first  grasp  every  new  idea  pre- \nsented to  him.  He  needs  to  be  persuaded  that  it  is  practical \nand  right.  But,  if  there  is  a  presumption  in  favor  of  it,  and \nif  it  is  more  humane,  then  it  should  have  an  opportunity  to \nbe  tried. \n\nI  shall  confine  myself  almost  entirely  to  speaking  of  some \nof  the  methods  being  tried  at  the  great  Elmira  Reformatory, \nunder  the  charge  of  probably  the  one  man  in  this  country \nwho  is  wisest  and  most  competent  in  regard  to  these  matters, \nMr.  Z.  R.  Brockway.  It  is  also  being  tried  in  other  States, \nand  other  men  are  being  influenced  by  the  example,  and \nare  learning  his  methods  and  being  infused  with  his  spirit. \nHe  has  at  the  present  time  under  his  care  about  thirteen \nhundred  prisoners,  young  men  under  the  age  of  thirty. \nIt  is  supposed  that  his  new  methods  of  attempting  to  reform \nthem  will  naturally  find  more  success  with  the  younger  class \nof  criminals.  Of  course,  these  men  are  not  those  who  have \ncommitted  heinous  crimes,  nor  are  they  under  life  sen- \ntence. \n\n\nLet  me  tell  you  what  he  does.  He  has  established  grades \nand  a  marking  system.  Every  convict  is  marked  for  three \nthings, —  for  personal  conduct,  for  diligence  and  attainment \nin  study,  and  for  the  ability  and  faithfulness  which  he  shows \nin  his  work.  The  criminals,  thus  graded  and  marked,  are \nput  on  their  mettle  to  do  the  very  best  they  can  in  every \none  of  these  departments,  because  that  lifts  them  constantly \ntowards  the  highest  grade.  In  other  words,  there  is  no  such \nthing  as  meddling  with  the  institution  on  the  part  of  poli- \nticians. There  is  no  such  thing  as  buying  favor.  There  is \nno  such  thing  as  winning  it  by  social  influence.  It  is  simply \nopening  the  door  of  hope  to  the  criminal  himself,  giving  him \nan  opportunity,  if  he  will,  to  work  out  his  own  salvation. \nThe  men  are  all  there  on  the  so-called  indeterminate  sen- \ntence. That  is,  no  man  can  be  released  under  a  certain \ndefinite  time,  and  in  no  case  can  he  be  held  beyond  a  cer- \ntain definite  time.  So  far  as  that  goes,  he  is  on  a  level  with \nprisoners  anywhere  j  but  his  sentence  is  indeterminate  in \nthis  sense, —  that  he  may,  under  certain  conditions,  be  dis- \ncharged before  the  maximum  V>eriod  has  expired.  Suppose \nthe  man  is  sentenced  for  five  years.  It  is  possible  that  he \nmay  develop  himself  in  such  a  way  as  to  make  it  possible  for \nMr.  Brockway  to  release  him  two  or  three  years,  perhaps, \nbefore  the  time  is  up.  That  is  left,  in  the  discretion  of  the \nBoard  of  Managers,  in  Mr.  Brockway's  hands.  He  decides \nin  his  judgment  according  to  the  progress  that  the  criminal \nhas  made  and  the  character  that  he  manifests. \n\nThen  he  is  released  on  parole.  If  the  prisoner  has  done \nso  well  that,  in  the  judgment  of  Mr.  Brockway,  it  is  fitting \nand  best  that  the  man  should  be  released,  he  goes  free  on \nparole.  That  is  not  a  final  discharge.  He  is  under  con- \nstant supervision.  He  is  obliged  to  report  himself  just  so \noften,  and  is  liable  to  instant  rearrest  if  he  breaks  the  parole \nor  commits  a  new  offence.  This  whole  scheme  treats  these \nyoung  men  as  though  they  were  capable  of  being  reformed, \nand  it  gives  them  an  opportunity  to  do  their  best ;  and  their \nfreedom  depends  exclusively  on  this. \n\n\n15 \n\nNow,  what  success  has  Mr.  Brockway  met  with?  That \nwas  the  one  great  question  which  I  asked  with  a  good  deal \nof  interest.  I  was  surprised,  as  I  think  you  will  be,  at  the \npercentage.  Mr.  Brockway  reports  that  he  regards  seventy- \nfive  per  cent,  of  his  prisoners  as  permanently  reformed. \nSeventy-five  per  cent. !     Is  not  that  an  excellent  result  ? \n\nOne  other  statement  has  come  to  me.  The  new  State  of \nSouth  Dakota  has  adopted  the  parole  system.  Within  the \nfirst  year  of  its  adoption  thirty-eight  prisoners  were  released \non  parole,  and  not  one  has  relapsed  or  been  brought \nback. \n\nThis,  then,  is  the  method  which  is  being  advocated  by \nthose  who  are  specially  interested  in  prison  reform, —  that \nkind  of  social  self-protection  which  attempts  to  turn  social \nenemies  into  friends,  to  turn  foes  into  allies,  to  protect  society, \nand  at  the  same  time  save  the  man,  who,  perhaps,  has  never \nin  all  his  life  had  half  so  much  a  chance  to  be  a  man  as \nsince  he  committed  his  crime  and  has  been  in  prison.  The \nfinest  type  of  civilization  that  many  of  these  men  have  ever \nseen  has  been  within  prison  walls,  the  first  contact  they \nhave  ever  had  with  any  influence  that  is  inspiring  or  up- \nlifting. \n\nAt  the  end  there  is  only  time  to  suggest  that,  as  we  go \nback  down  the  pathway  of  human  history,  we  reach  a  point \nwhere,  when  a  man  broke  any  one  of  the  social  laws,  he  was \nput  to  death  with  every  method  of  cruelty  and  barbarity  that \ncould  be  imagined.  We  have  reached  a  time  to-day  when \nthere  is  an  attempt  to  redeem  and  save.  As  you  go  back \ntowards  that  time  of  most  cruel  treatment,  you  reach  the  point \nof  most  crime  and  the  deepest  seated  and  most  wide-spread \nsocial  barbarism.  As  you  come  to  the  present  time,  you \nreach  a  period  of  the  largest  hope,  the  highest  civilization, \nthe  highest  attainment  in  reform,  as  well  as  of  sympathy  and \nmutual  help.  I  think  one  cannot  study  the  course  of  human \nhbtory  without  being  persuaded  that  not  only  are  these  re- \nformers interested  in  reaching  that  which  will  illustrate  the \ndeepest,  the  divinest  sympathy,  mercy,  and  help,  but  they \n\n\ni6 \n\nare  working,  also,  towards  the  most  practical  and  the  most \nreal  political  economy. \n\nFather,  in  the  words  of  the  old  Persian,  we  pray  Thee,  the \nAll-merciful,  to  bless  the  wicked ;  for  the  good  Thou  hast \nalready  blessed  in  making  them  good.  Let  us  in  the  spirit \nthat  was  in  Jesus  attempt  to  do  what  we  can  to  seek  and  to \nsave,  not  those  who  are  found,  but  those  who  are  lost. \nAmen. \n\n\nPobllBhed  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  einffle  copy \n\n\n1 \n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n1 \n\nt \n\n> \n\nSERMONS    OF    M. \n\nJ.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13                  NOVEMBER  6, \n\n1 891                     No.  4 \n\nALL-HALLOWS' \n\n1 \n1 \n\nDAY \n\nc \n,                                                       BOSTON \n\nGKORGE  H.  ELLIS.  141  FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1891 \n\nEmitni  ai  tk»  Po$t-o0ke,  Bottom,  Man.,  as  tteomUlau  maU  matter. \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction,     lamo Ii.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  161110.    Flexible so \n\nMy  Creed.    lamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.    i6mo.    Foil  gilt    With  portrait t.90 \n\nLight  on  the  Oood.    i6mo.    Full  gilt i.as \n\nSoaal  Problems.    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religioas  Life,    ismo i.oo \n\nBeUef  in  God.    lamo  i.oo \n\nBeliefs  aboat  Man.    ismo         1.00 \n\nBeUefs  about  the  Bible.         i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  SpUnz.    isdm) 1.00 \n\nThe  Morals  of  Kvolation.    lamo k.oo \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,    lamo         t.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.    lamo 1.00 \n\nChristianity  the  Sdenoe  of  Manhood,    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  ReligioQ  of  Evolution,    lamo i.so \n\nLife  Questions.    i6mo      Xdoo \n\nBluffton:  A  Stonr  of  To^y.    laroo i.jo \n\nHelpe  for  DailT  Living.    lamo x.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times.    lamo 1.00 \n\nLife.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Ministers  Hand-book.    For  Christenings>  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hyam  and  Tone \n\nBook.    ICdited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth 1.00 \n\nLeather 1.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnoe,  Paper,  per  copy,  ....     so  cents.    Per  dos.,  1.90 \n\n*•     Qoth,       *«  ....    JO     \"  \"  a.so \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weekly  sermons  ara  rqpalariy  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit*'  Subecription  price,  tor  the  season,  |i.so; \nsingle  copies,  $  cents. \n\nGSO.  H.  ELLIS,  PnUUktr, \n\n§41  PttuMm  St.,  B0tt0m,  Mum, \n\n\nALL-HALLOWS*  DAY. \n\n\n\"Called  to  be  saints.\"—  i  Cor.  i.  2. \n\nAll-hallows'  Day  was  set  apart  by  Pope  Boniface  IV.  in \nthe  seventh  century,  on  the  occasion  of  his  rededicating  the \nheathen  Pantheon  at  Rome  and  turning  it  into  a  Christian \ntemple.  It  was  dedicated  at  that  time  to  the  Virgin  Mary \nand  all  the  martyrs.  Out  of  that  has  come  this  day,  the  first \nday  of  November,  which  is  dedicated  in  the  Roman  and \nAnglican  churches  to  All  Saints.  There  were  those  during \nthe  Middle  Ages  in  such  ignorance  concerning  the  real  mean- \ning of  the  day  that  they  thought  \"  All-hallows  \"  was  the  name \nof  a  saint  instead  of  the  name  of  a  day,  and  in  some  places \nin  Europe  they  had  some  of  the  bones  and  relics  of  the  saint \non  exhibition.  These  as  relics  were  quite  as  authentic,  al- \nthough there  never  was  such  a  saint,  as  a  good  many  others \nthat  you  will  find  in  your  travels  up  and  down  the  old  coun- \ntries. \n\nAll  saints  !  What  is  the  significance  of  the  day  to  us  ?  It \na  man  to-day  dares  to  assume  the  name  ^' saint,\"  we  look \nupon  him  with  contempt  as  conceited  and  presumptuous.  It \nb  supposed  to  carry  with  it  the  idea  of  sanctity  or  holiness ; \nand,  when  the  Mormons  call  themselves  the  \"  Latter  Day \nSaints,\"  the  Gentiles  all  over  the  land  curl  the  lip  in  scorn. \nBut,  originally,  the  use  of  the  word  \"  saint \"  did  not  at  all \nconflict  with  modesty  on  the  part  of  the  person  who  dared  to \nassume  it.  I  presume  to-day,  in  the  case  of  the  Latter  Day \nSaints,  it  may  not  be  taken  quite  so  modestly.  I  judge  so \nbecause  the  other  day,  when  I  was  in  the  tabernacle  in  Salt \n\n*  Phooographtcally  reported. \n\n\nLake  City,  George  Q.  Cannon  made  what  seemed  to  me  an \nextravagant  claim.  Said  he,  *^  Point  me  out  a  saint,  and  I \nwill  point  you  out  a  man  who  is  honest,  who  is  true,  who  is \npure  in  life,  who  is  noble  in  all  his  social  relations,  and  de- \nvoted to  the  highest  and  best  things/'  It  seems,  then,  that \nthey  do  make  some  special  claim  on  the  part  of  those  that \nthey  consider  worthy  to  take  the  name  of  saint. \n\nBut  nothing  of  that  sort  was  implied  in  the  use  of  it  in \nNew  Testament  times.  We  need  to  get  back,  as  our  starting- \npoint,  to  the  Biblical  thought  which  underlies  the  use  of  this \nword.  Paul  addresses  those  in  Rome  and  in  Corinth  and  in \nEphesus  who  are  \"  called  to  be  saints  \" ;  and  by  that  term  he \nincludes  simply  the  whole  membership  of  the  Church,  with- \nout any  regard  to  their  character  or  special  attainments  in \nholiness.  For  he  goes  on  in  the  course  of  his  letter  to  point \nout  in  no  uncertain  words  their  faults,  and  to  castigate  them \nseverely  for  their  shortcomings,  for  their  derelictions,  for  the \nevil  conduct  of  their  lives.  Paul  did  not  mean  that  all  the \npeople  who  were  saints  were  wise,  holy,  good  people.  What \ndid  he  mean  ?  He  was  using  the  word  in  a  sense  that  we \nhave  almost  forgotten  to-day,  in  the  sense  in  which  it  is  used \nuniversally, —  it  and  its  equivalents,  both  in  the  New  Testa- \nment and  the  Old.  If  we  go  back  to  the  Old  Testament  and \nread  the  account  of  the  fitting  up  of  the  tabernacle  or  the \nfurnishing  of  the  temple,  we  shall  find  that  a  pair  of  tongs  or \nsnuffers,  a  candlestick,  all  the  utensils  which  were  used  in \nceremony  or  sacrifice  in  their  daily  services,  were  sainted. \nWhat  did  that  mean?  Not  that  any  change  had  been \nwrought  in  the  material  of  which  they  were  composed.  The \nbrass  or  the  bronze  or  whatever  they  were  made  of  was \nsimply  brass  or  bronze,  common  material  such  as  would  be \nfound  anywhere  else ;  yet  they  were  sainted.  That  is,  they \nwere  separated  from  the  common  uses, —  they  were  set  apart, \nconsecrated  to  some  peculiar  purpose,  some  religious  end. \nThe  altar  was  sainted.  It  might  be  made  of  common  stone, \ncommon  materials  such  as  might  be  used  for  the  construe, \ntion  of  their  houses  or  anywhere  else.     Days  were  sainted. \n\n\n5 \n\nThe  Sabbath  was  thus  set  apart.  There  was  no  difference \nin  the  day  itself  between  that  day  and  any  other.  I  suppose \neven  now  the  strictest  Sabbatarian,  if  he  should  lose  his  reck- \noning on  a  Sunday  morning,  could  not  distinguish  any  dif- \n.ference  between  that  day  and  any  other.  It  is  like  any  other \nday,  only  it  is  set  apart  for  a  particular  use,  for  a  particular \npurpose.  So  the  temple  was  sainted  or  consecrated,  dedi- \ncated to  the  highest  aspirations,  the  noblest  ideals,  the  best \nservice  which  the  people  at  that  time  could  render  their  fel- \nlow-men or  the  Supreme.  The  materials  of  the  temple  were \nthe  same  as  before.  There  was  no  change  in  them :  they \nwere  only  set  apart. \n\nNow,  that  is  the  idea  which  underlies  sainthood  both  in  the \nOld  Testament  and  the  New.  Of  course,  when  we  come  to \ndeal  with  men,  we  find  this  difference ;  and  it  is  a  difference \nso  great  as  to  lead  us  over  the  threshold  into  really  another \nworld.  We  find  that,  when  you  set  apart  a  roan  for  some \nspecial  service,  when  you  consecrate  him  to  some  special \nidea,  when  you  dedicate  him  body  and  mind  and  soul  to  the \ncarrying  out  of  some  great  purpose,  though  at  the  moment \nof  the  consecration  he  may  be  just  like  his  fellows, —  through \nthis  ensues  a  change  in  the  man  himself.  We  become  like \nthose  things  to  which  we  consecrate  ourselves.  We  are \ntransformed  into  the  image  of  our  ideals,  so  that  we  are  in \nanother  world  when  we  come  into  the  presence  of  a  man  who \nis  consecrated  or  sainted, —  another  world  than  that  of  which \nI  was  speaking  when  talking  of  the  consecrated  days  or \nplaces  or  things. \n\nAnd  yet  there  need  be  no  immodest  assumption  on  the \npart  of  the  man  or  the  woman  who  calls  himself  or  herself \na  saint.  Indeed,  that  man  is  no  true  man,  in  the  largest, \nbroadest,  deepest,  highest  sense  of  the  word,  who  is  not  a \nsainL  These  individual  lives  of  ours  are  little  affairs.  We \ncome,  and  are  here  for  a  little  while:  we  go,  and  are  for- \ngotten. We  are  like  the  bird  which  in  the  feasting  hall  of \nold  King  Edward  flew  out  of  the  darkness,  hovered  over \ntheir  heads  in  the  light  of  the  banquet  hall  for  a  little,  and \n\n\nthen  disappeared  in  the  darkness  again.  Our  lives  seem  of \nvery  small  account.  How  are  they  to  become  great  ?  How \nare  they  to  become  significant  ?  How  are  we  to  become  of \nimportance  to  the  world?  Only  in  so  far  as  we  become \nsaints,  in  the  true  sense  of  the  word ;  that  is,  in  so  far  as  we  - \nconsecrate  ourselves  to  some  truth,  to  some  purpose,  to \nsome  way  of  life,  to  some  ideal  end,  only  as  we  link  our- \nselves with  some  divine  movement.  We  take  on  then  the \ncharacter  of  that  to  which  we  have  consecrated  ourselves, \nand  our  little  lives  become  a  part  of  God's  great  plan  of \nhuman  development. \n\nAs  we  look  over  those  whom  the  people  of  any  particular \ntime  have  come  to  regard  as  saints,  we  cannot  to-day  have \nany  special  respect  for  large  numbers  of  them.  There  is  a \nlesson  here,  however,  that  it  is  worth  while  for  us  to  note. \nI  study  the  life  of  a  Hindu  saint ;  and  what  do  I  find  him \ndoing?  I  find  him  withdrawing  from  his  fellow-men.  He \nhas  no  family  life,  no  social  life.  He  forsakes  his  duty  as \ncitizen.  He  goes  into  some  cave  or  sacred  forest ;  and \nthere  he  lives  a  life  of  contemplation  week  after  week, \nmonth  after  month,  year  after  year.  His  hair  grows  long, \nhis  nails  become  like  eagle's  claws,  he  does  not  wash  himself \nor  change  his  garments  for  months  or  years.  He  is  a  saint. \nHe  has  consecrated  himself  to  that  which  is  his  ideal,  to \nthat  which  will  please  the  gods  or  what  will  give  him  power \nover  the  gods.  And  here  is  a  point  to  note.  He  is  of  no \nsort  of  use  to  his  fellow-men.  To  this  I  make  one  exception ; \nand  it  is  an  important  exception.  The  men  in  the  past, \nhowever  mistaken  their  ideals,  if  they  earnestly  and  sincerely \nconsecrated  themselves  to  those  ideals,  cultivated  that  qual- \nity of  consecration,  created  and  helped  to  transmit  down  the \nages  an  inheritance,  a  tradition,  a  tendency  towards  conse- \ncration. However  mistaken  they  may  have  been,  the  fact \nthat  they  could,  that  they  did,  consecrate  themselves,  helped \nto  develop,  to  lift  the  type  of  manhood,  to  make  it  easier  for \nmen  and  women  to-day  to  consecrate  themselves  to  that \nwhich  they  believe  to  be  noble  and  true.     With  that  excep- \n\n\ntioii,  however,  those  lives  seem  to  us  to  have  been  utterly \nwasted. \n\nTake  the  case  of  another,  this  time  a  Christian,  saint, — \nSaint  Simeon  Stylites, —  upon  a  pillar  for  years  and  years  and \nyears,  surrounded  by  a  body  of  worshipping  disciples,  or  pil- \ngrims, wondering  at  his  endurance,  at  his  power  of  conse- \ncration, eating  barely  enough  to  sustain  life, —  simply  an  ex- \nample of  what  a  wrong  ideal  can  lead  a  man  to  do,  of  abso- \nlutely no  use  to  the  world,  rendering  no  service  either  to  his \ncountry  or  his  friends,  rendering  absolutely  no  service  to  the \nworld  except,  as  I  said,  in  developing  this  quality  of  human \nnature  which  is  able  to  consecrate  itself  to  an  ideal,  how- \never false  that  ideal  may  be  in  a  particular  instance. \n\nOn  the  other  hand,  the  Catholic  Church  has  I  know  not \nhow  large  a  number  of  saints  who  are  worthy  of  all  praise \nas  saints.  Take,  for  example,  one  who  appeals  perhaps \nmore  than  any  other  Catholic  saint  to  the  practical  instincts \nof  this  nineteenth  century,  Saint  Christopher.  He  is  rep- \nresented as  a  giant,  so  far  as  his  physical  life  was  concerned. \nBom  a  heathen,  he  consecrated  himself,  says  the  tradition, \nnow  to  one  king,  now  to  another,  ever  seeking  to  find  the \nmightiest  king,  that  he  might  devote  himself  to  his  service. \nAnd  in  those  naive  old  days  of  the  Middle  Ages  they  said \nthat  he  discovered  and  came  into  conversation  with  the \ndevil,  and,  finding  him  mightier  than  any  king,  gave  himself \ninto  his  service,  following  him  and  devoting  himself  in  every \nway  to  htm.  One  day,  as  they  came  to  a  cross,  he  saw  that \nthe  devil  deviated  from  his  course,  and  did  not  dare  to  pass \nit ;  and,  when  Saint  Christopher  inquired  as  to  the  source  of \nthis  fear,  he  learned  that  the  devil  thought  there  was  some \none  mightier  than  he  was.  Saint  Christopher  therefore \nforsakes  his  service,  and  tries  to  find  this  great  God  of \nwhom  all  others  seem  to  be  in  fear;  and,  when  he  had \nfound  him,  as  the  tradition  tells  in  the  poetical  story  of  Saint \nChristopher  and  the  Christ-child,  he  devoted  himself  to  his \nservice  ever  after.  Therefore,  his  whole  life  long  was  devoted \nto  the  practical  service  of  his  fellow-believers,  knowing  that. \n\n\n8 \n\nin  serving  them  thus,  he  was  serving  him  who  is  the  Father \nof  all  men.  The  Catholic  Church,  then,  has  a  large  number \nthat  are  worthy  of  our  respect  as  ideals  of  consecrated  man- \nhood and  womanhood. \n\nI  suppose  to-day,  as  in  the  Catholic  Church  they  celebrate \nAll  Saints,  this  word  \"all\"  with  them  is  a  limited  word. \nThey  mean  the  Catholic  saints.  But  here  is  one  grand  ad- \nvantage of  our  freer  and  broader  thought.  I  suppose  the \nCatholic  Church  would  find  no  place  in  its  calendar  for  many \nand  many  a  man  that  we  should  place  even  highest  on  the \nroll.  We  cannot  expect  the  Catholic  Church  to  broaden  its \nsympathies  enough  to  include  our  saints,  but  we  can  broaden \nourselves  enough  to  include  their  saints.  We  recognize \nonly  the  one  definition  and  limitation  which  Jesus  has  given \nus  in  the  lesson  which  I  read  to  you  this  morning.  As  two \nof  his  disciples  were  seeking  the  opportunity  of  being  placed \none  on  his  right  hand  and  one  on  his  left  in  his  kingdom,  to \nbe  his  prime  ministers  when  he  came  to  set  up  his  earthly \nkingdom,  he  rebuked  them  and  all  the  disciples  by  saying : \nIn  my  kingdom, —  how  the  history  of  Christianity  has  belied \nhis  words!  —  in  my  kingdom  he  who  will  be  great  among \nyou  shall  be  your  minister,  your  servant.  When  he  who \nserves  shall  reach  to  the  height  of  this,  he  shall  deserve  the \nname  of  great.  As,  then,  we  look  over  the  world,  we  are \nglad  that  in  every  religion,  under  every  sky,  in  all  ages  even \nfrom  the  first,  we  can  find  those  worthy  of  the  aureole  of \nsainthood,  tested  by  the  words  of  Jesus  himself,  those  who \nhave  consecrated  themselves  to  the  service  of  their  fellow- \nmen  in  some  department  of  life,  those  who  have  made  this \nworld  a  healthier  and  easier  place  to  live  in,  those  who  have \nbroadened  its  opportunities,  who  have  taught  the  ignorant, \nhave  comforted  those  who  are  in  sorrow,  who  have  culti- \nvated the  spiritual  life  in  themselves  and  in  their  fellow-men, \nso  that  they  made  men  better,  happier,  freer,  nobler.  These \nbelong  to  our  calendar  of  saints ;  and,  when  we  remember \n\"all  saints\"  to-day,  our  \"all\"  sweeps  around  the  globe \ntaking  no  account  of  differences  of  religion,  of  nationality,  of \n\n\n9 \n\n• \n\nStages  of   human  growth.     It  includes   all  the  consecrated \nhelpers  of  the  world. \n\nWe  are  glad,  for  example,  that  we  can  revere  as  a  saint \nthat  old  Indian  prince  Gautama,  the  Buddha,  who  loved  his \nfellow-men  so  much,  as  the  tradition  tells  us,  as  to  give  up \nthe  right  to  his  father's  throne,  turn  his  back  upon  all  pleas- \nure, upon  all  delight,  and  be  so  touched  at  the  sight  of \nhuman  sorrow  and  human  grief  as  to  consecrate  his  life  to \ntrying  to  find  out  the  secret  of  the  world's  suffering,  and  to \ndiscover  some  way  by  which  it  might  be  healed.  No  matter \nwhether  we  can  agree  with  him  as  to  his  solution  of  the \nage-long  problem  or  not,  we  bow  to  him  as  one  of  the  world's \nsaints,  worthy  of  a  place  in  any  calendar  that  dares  to  be \ntrue  to  the  record  of  men. \n\nAnd  so,  as  we  come  down  the  ages,  in  China,  in  Persia, \nin  Greece,  in  Rome,  in  every  country  and  under  every  sky, \nwe  pick  out  here  one  and  there  another  of  those  noble  men \nwho  have  devoted  themselves  to  their  highest  ideal  of  what \nis  true  and  right,  and  so  have  helped  the  world. \n\nYou  will  note  one  thing  which,  being  evolutionists,  is  just \nwhat  we  should  expect  to  find, —  that  the  ideal  of  sainthood \nrises  from  age  to  age.  Men  can  do  no  more  than  conse- \ncrate themselves  to  the  highest  and  noblest  ideal  which  they \nhave  caught  a  vision  of.  If  we  to-day  are  as  true  to  our \nideals  as  the  old  Hindu  saint  of  whom  I  have  just  spoken \nwas  to  his  ideal,  we  need  not  cast  any  word  of  contempt \nupon  him,  but  grasp  his  hand  frankly  as  a  brother,  only \nbeing  grateful  to  God  to  have  been  permitted  to  live  in  an \nage  when  our  highest  ideals  are  so  much  nobler  than  are \nthose  of  which  he  could  dream.  The  idea  of  sainthood, \nthen,  grows  age  after  age ;  and  we  need  only  to  be  true  to \nthat  which  we  can  dream  as  high  and  pure  and  holy. \n\nI  wish  now  to  note  some  of  the  stages  in  the  growth  of \nthis  sainthood..  That  man  is  a  saint,  in  the  truest  sense  of \nthe  word,  the  real  sense  of  the  word,  who  consecrates  him- \nself to  the  service  of  God  through  the  service  of  his  fellow- \nmen.     So  far  as  his  own  character  and  intent  are  concerned. \n\n\nlO \n\nhe  may  be  as  true  a  saint  on  one  level  of  human  life  as  on \nanother ;  and  yet  the  one  who  renders  the  largest,  noblest \nservice  of  course  tends  to  a  higher  rank  than  he  who  serves \nin  some  lower  range  of  life. \n\nIn  every  direction,  as  we  look  over  the  world,  we  see  men \nand  women  who  need  help  in  the  physical  range  of  their \nbeing.  Blessed  are  they  who  consecrate  themselves  faith- \nfully here.  Who  are  they?  It  is  not  easy  to  draw  a  line \nthat  shall  mark  off  all  those  who  serve  the  physical,  and \nservfe  no  higher  part  of  men.  None  of  these  distinctions  are \nclear-cut.  You  cannot  mark  them  off  any  more  than  you \ncan  draw  a  line  between  the  day  and  the  night;  for  all \ngrades  overrun  and  interpenetrate  each  other.  Take  the \ntraders,  the  discoverers,  the  inventors,  all  those  who  work \nin  things  that  pertain  to  the  physical  life  of  the  world. \nTake  the  true  faithful  physician  whom  I  should  place  in  the \nfirst  rank,  the  physician  who  devotes  himself  to  the  conquest \nof  pain  and  the  suppression  of  disease.  These  men,  if  they \nare  true,  if  they  serve  mankind  with  a  single  eye  and  with  a \nlofty  purpose,  deserve,  as  they  win,  the  name  of  saints, — \nmen  and  women  whose  calling  is  a  holy  and  a  sacred  one \nbecause  they  are  rendering  service  to  their  fellow-men. \n\nNext  above  the  physical  comes  the  intellectual,  the  men \nwho  are  teachers,  the  men  who  help  the  bewildered  to  find \nthe  way,  the  men  who  help  solve  the  problems  of  the  world, \nthe  men  who  cast  light  into  the  dark  places,  the  men  who \npenetrate  the  wildernesses  of  superstition,  who  open  them \nup  and  clear  the  way  for  sunshine  to  make  them  fit  for  the \nhabitation  of  vital  thoughts  and  noble  ideas.  These  men \nare  saints,  rendering  service  unto  God  through  service  to \ntheir  fellow-men. \n\nThen  next  above  these  I  would  place  the  men  who  help  the \nworld  to  be  better  morally,  who  alleviate  the  sorrows  and \ndistresses  of  mankind,  who  make  vice  and  crime  less  and \nless,  who  strengthen  weak  wills,  who  clarify  the  soul's  vision, \nand  help  to  deliver  the  world  from  the  great  burden  of  its \ncrime  and  its  wrongs. \n\n\nII \n\nThen  above  these  still  are  those  who  deal  with  man  as  a \nspiritaal  being,  as  a  child  of  God,  who  help  to  make  men \nover  into  the  likeness  of  him  who  is  perfect.  You  cannot \ndraw  a  hard  and  fast  line  separating  one  of  these  from  the \nother.  Many  and  many  a  time  the  physician  who  ministers \nto  the  physical  suffering  ministers  also  to  the  intellectual \nneed  and  to  the  moral  and  spiritual  hunger  of  his  patient. \nMany  a  time  the  only  way  by  which  you  can  approach  the \nsolution  of  the  intellectual  and  moral  problem  is  through \nhelp  on  the  physical  plane.  And,  if  you  can  only  set  people \nright  in  the  spiritual  and  the  moral  realms,  you  have  done \nmore  than  in  any  other  conceivable  way  to  solve  the  indus- \ntrial and  commercial,  the  political  and  practical  problems  of \nhuman  life,  so  that  the  one  who  serves  man  in  any  one  direc- \ntion is  rendering  service  in  all. \n\nWho,  then,  can  be  saints  in  this  modem  world  ?  Who  can- \nnot i  The  servant  in  your  kitchen,  the  day  laborer  on  the \nstreet,  he  who  is  serving  in  the  humblest,  commonest  fashion, \nfilled  with  a  vision  of  something  higher  and  better  over  his \nhead,  and  is  faithful  and  true  in  these  commonest  duties  of \nlife.  He  need  not  wait  for  other  opportunity.  Sainthood  is \nconsecration  of  all  that  is  highest  and  best  in  manhood  and \nwomanhood  to  the  noblest  doing  of  the  very  next  duty  that \nlies  at  hand. \n\nThe  mother  in  the  care  of  her  children,  worn  and  weary \nand  discouraged,  may  not  think  that  she  is  winning  to-day \nthe  title  of  saint.  But  when,  by  and  by,  she  has  faded  into \nthe  invisible  and  remains  only  a  dream,  a  picture,  an  inspira- \ntion in  the  hearts  of  her  children,  to  them  she  will  always \nwear  the  aureole  that  she  deserved  to  win  all  the  more  be- \ncause she  did  not  think  about  it. \n\nTake  the  business  man,  the  man  who  has  no  opportunity \nor  time  for  religion,  no  time  to  devote  to  moral  problems, \nwho  says,  \"I  am  nearly  driven  to  death  merely  with  the \nmaaagement  of  my  business  affairs,\" —  is  there  room  or  op- \nportunity for  a  man  like  that  to  be  a  saint  ?  I  hold  that,  if  it \nbe  really  true,  if  a  man  is  so  situated  that  he  has  not  time  to \n\n\n12 \n\ndevote  especially  to  the  consideration  of  any  moral  or  social \nproblem,  if  he  absolutely  must  devote  himself  exclusively  to \nthe  management  of  his  business,  there  is  the  same  oppor- \ntunity for  him  to  be  a  saint  even  there  that  there  ever  was \nfor  a  martyr.  A  man  is  not  asked  to  be  what  he  cannot  be, \nto  do  that  which  is  impossible,  to  reach  beyond  the  limits  of \nthe  place  assigned  him.  Only  be  a  man,  true,  honest,  faith- \nful, noble,  right  through.  There  is  no  one  thing  needed \nto-day  in  America  more  than  that  a  business  man  should  be \na  man  all  over  and  all  through,  right  in  his  business.  It  is \nneeded  more  than  any  profession  of  religion,  more  than  any \nlectures  on  ethics  ;  and  the  man  who  consecrates  himself  to \nthe  true  and  manly  conduct  of  his  business  affairs  wins  and \ndeserves  the  name  of  sainthood  as  much  as  if  he  should  de- \nvote himself  in  other  realms  that  are  recognized  as  moral \nand  religious. \n\nI  will  now  take  the  liberty  of  speaking  of  another  depart- \nment of  human  life  where  it  seems  to  me  there  is  urgent \ncall  for  this  quality  of  sainthood.  There  is  to  be  an  election \non  Tuesday.  None  of  the  men  have  forgotten  that,  even  if \nthey  have  allowed  the  women  to  do  so.  I  have  never  con- \nceived it  a  part  of  my  duty  to  tell  my  friends,  even  in  private, \nfor  whom  they  should  vote.  I  have  never  preached  what  by \nany  stretch  of  imagination  could  be  called  politics  in  my \npulpit.  I  claim  the  right,  however,  always  and  everywhere, \nin  public  and  in  private,  to  insist  upon  the  principles  of  right \nand  wrong  which  touch  manhood  in  the  political  sphere  as \nwell  as  in  any  other.  People  would  smile,  I  suppose,  if  on \nthe  hustings  or  in  the  newspapers  I  should  speak  of  political \nsaints.  It  is  not  supposed  that  there  is  any  room  for  saint- \nhood there.  If  a  man  uses  the  word  \"politics,\"  he  is  supposed \nto  be  talking  about  a  department  of  human  life  in  which  the \nquestions  of  right  and  wrong  are  generally  subordinate  to  the \nexpedient,  and  men  might  say,  Here  is  no  field  for  abstract \ndiscussion :  here  is  the  practical  question  of  winning.  And \nmen  come  to  believe  that  their  party,  on  the  whole  and  in \nthe  long  run,  is  so  much  nearer  right  than  the  other  that  they \n\n\n13 \n\nfrequently  feel  themselves  justified  in  any  underhand  or \ncrooked  measure  which  seems  necessary  to  party  success. \nBut,  whether  there  is  a  field  for  sainthood  in  politics  to-day \nor  not,  we  have  our  political  saints  in  the  past ;  and  they  are \nthe  memories  that  overhang  us  to-day  and  challenge  our \nlives  to  noble  courses.  They  are  the  salt  that  saves  us  as  a \npeople.  And  who  are  they?  They  are  not  the  men  who \nsacrificed  truth  and  right  and  character  —  all  for  an  imme- \ndiate political  success.  They  are  not  the  men  who  said, \n\"  My  party,  right  or  wrong,\"  or  even  \"  My  country,  right  or \nwrong.\"  They  are  the  men  who  dared  stem  opposition  in \ntheir  day  in  the  interest  of  what  they  believed  to  be  right, \nand  what  they  believed  to  be  for  the  welfare  of  their  country \nand  their  whole  country.  These  are  the  political  saints  of \nthe  past ;  and  there  is  no  place  to-day  in  American  life  where \nthis  grand,  manly  ideal  is  so  much  demanded  as  in  our  polit- \nical action.  We  need  men  who  shall  be  brave  enough  to \ndisregard  the  opinions  of  their  party  and  their  intimate \nfriends  even,  if  they  are  convinced  that  they  are  right.  We \nneed  men  who  shall  look  not  merely  after  the  political  in- \nterests of  Boston  or  Massachusetts,  but  who  shall  regard  the \nwelfare  of  the  whole  land,  who  shall  not  care  so  much  for \nsweeping  the  next  election  as  for  turning  the  face  of  the \npeople  towards  true  and  high  ideals,  towards  the  attainment \nof  the  noblest  welfare  of  all. \n\nThere  is,  then,  a  field  for  this  kind  of  sainthood.  Ah  !  if \nthere  were  not,  then  the  doom  of  our  country  would  already \nbe  sealed.  I  challenge  you,  then,  to  consider  these  questions \nio  the  light  of  your  own  consciences.  I  challenge  you,  if  you \nfind  a  true  and  noble  man,  to  stand  by  him.  If  you  find  a \nman  who  is  recreant,  who  changes  his  principles  in  the  light \nof  a  majority  vote  of  his  district,  never  trust  him  again.  The \nonly  thing  that  is  safe  in  politics,  as  anywhere  else,  is  this \nsainthood,  this  consecration  of  the  intellect  and  the  heart \nand  the  hand  to  the  service  of  truth  and  right;  for  only \nthrough  truth  and  right  can  the  welfare  of  any  nation  or  of \nthe  world  be  ultimately  attained. \n\n\n14 \n\nLet  us,  then,  on  this  All-hallows'  Day,  when  we  can  afford \nto  be  broader  than  any  other  church,  to  take  into  account \nthose  lives  that  have  consecrated  themselves  to  the  service \nof  men  under  every  sky  and  in  every  age, —  let  us,  looking \nover  the  whole  range  of  our  lives  and  their  duties,  consecrate \nourselves  to  God,  which  means,  simply,  consecrate  ourselves \nto  the  right;  which  means  again,  simply,  consecrate  our- \nselves to  such  thought,  such  study,  such  effort,  such  action, \nas  shall  make  the  world  nobler  and  better. \n\nFather,  we  give  ourselves  this  morning  unto  Thee.  We \nask  that  we  may  be  able  to  dedicate  ourselves  in  deed  and \nin  truth  to  the  faithful  following  of  Thy  way  until  Thy  king- \ndom is  established  on  earth.     Amen. \n\n\nPubliahed  w^eelLly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  5  cents  ainffle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVou  13  NOVEMBER  13,  1891  No.  5 \n\nSERIES    ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\n\nI.  RELIGION  A  LIFE \n\n\nBOSTON \n\n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n189X \n\nEntered  at  the  Poet-^iflee,  BotUmt  Maee,^  at  eeeimd-clau  mail  matter. \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction.    lamo. $i.oo \n\nTheM  Degenerate  Days.    Small  i6mo.    Flexible 90 \n\nMy  Creed,    tamo i.oo \n\nPoems.    16R10.    Full  gilt.    With  portrait i.co \n\nLight  on  the  Qond.    z6mo.    Full  ^t i.ac \n\nSoaal  Problems,    tamo i.oo \n\nThe  Relinous  Life,    zamo i.oo \n\nBelief  in  God.    lamo                     1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.    lamo         i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution,     ismo i.oo \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.    lamo          i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.    lamo 1.00 \n\nChristianir^  the  Science  of  Manhood,    zamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution.    lamo z.co \n\nLife  Questions.    i6mo      1,00 \n\nBloffton:  A  Storr  of  To-day.    lamo i.jo \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living,    zamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  the  Times.    lamo 1.00 \n\nLife.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth yc \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Woimhip.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth ,.00 \n\nLeather i.jo \n\nUniurian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  S.  A.  Horton. \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  copy ao  cents.    Perdos.,  1.50 \n\n'•      Cloth,        ••          ....    30     ••               \"  a.so \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  for  the  season,  li.jo; \n■ingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGSO.  H.  BLLIS,  PfMuktr, \n\n141  Firanklm  Si,,  Boston,  Afau. \n\n\nRELIGION  A  LIFE.* \n\n\n\"Not  every  one  that  saith  unto  me,  Lord,  Lord,  shall  enter  into  the \nkingdom  of  heaven ;  but  he  that  doeth  the  will  of  my  Father  which  is  in \nheaven.\" —  Matt.  vii.  21. \n\nAny  one  who  looks  carefully  over  the  world  will  note  very \nmany  instances,  instances  occurring  so  frequently  as  almost \nto  make  it  a  common  fact,  of  the  practical  divorce  between \nreligion  and  life.  Said  a  man  to  a  little  boy  one  day, \n\"  Johnny,  is  your  father  a  Christian  ?  \"  And  the  boy  replied, \n\"  Yes,  1  suppose  he  is ;  but  he  is  not  doing  much  at  it  at \nthe  present  time.\"  There  are  large  numbers  of  people  who \nwould  not  like  to  be  regarded  as  entirely  irreligious  who  are \nnot  doing  a  great  deal  at  it.  It  is  for  them  a  purely  side \nissue,  a  matter  of  time,  of  occasion,  of  ceremonies,  of  cir- \ncumstances. They  have  not  as  yet  seemed  at  all  to  appre- \nhend the  fact  that  religion,  if  it  is  anything,  is  life  itself, — \nnot  separate  from  life,  not  something  one  side  of  life,  not  an \nornament  of  life,  not  an  attachment  to  life,  not  an  occupa- \ntion of  a  particular  part  of  the  life.  If  it  is  anything,  it  is \nlife. \n\nIt  is  not  at  all  infrequent  in  my  experience  to  note  this \npractical  divorce.  People  frequently  say  to  me,  when  they \ncome  for  me  to  attend  a  funeral :  \"  Mr.  So-and-so  was  not \na  regular  attendant  at  any  church.  He  was  not  a  religious \nman,  but  he  was  a  good  man.  Ask  his  business  associates, \nif  you  wish  to  know  what  they  thought  of  him.  Ask  his \nneighbors  what  kind  of  a  man  he  was.  He  was  one  of  the \nkindest,  truest,  noblest  men  in  his  family  that  I  ever  saw ; \nbut  be  was  not  a  Christian,  he  was  not  a  religious  man.*' \n\n•  Phonographically  reported. \n\n\nOn  the  other  hand,  it  is  not  a  very  uncommon  thing  to  find \none  who  is  deeply  and  apparently  earnestly  engaged  in  re- \nligious matters,  a  church  member,  a  regular  Sunday  attend- \nant, possibly  a  worker  in  the  Sunday-school,  maybe  an  officer \nof  the  church,  a  person  actively  engaged  in  all  these  exter- \nnal manifestations  of  the  religious  life,  and  yet  the  people \nwho  know  him  would  hesitate  a  good  while  before  pronounc- \ning him  a  very  good  man.  There  are  extreme  cases,  like  one \nthat  I  have  in  mind  this  moment, —  of  a  man  who  was  appar- \nently most  earnest  in  his  religious  life,  a  church  member,  a \nsuperintendent  of  the  Sunday-school,  always  at  the  prayer- \nmeeting,  always  taking  part  in  prayer-meeting,  and  active  in \nevery  department  of  church  life,  apparently  thinking  of  it  all \nthe  time,  doing  everything  that  he  could  to  help  on  the  suc- \ncess of  the  Church  in  its  work.  This  man,  I  say,  was  utterly, \nthrough  and  through  from  his  head  to  his  feet,  unsound  and \nuntrustworthy.  I  do  not  believe  he  was  a  conscious  hypo- \ncrite. It  has  never  seemed  to  me  so.  I  never  detected  any \nlack  of  earnestness  or  sincerity  in  this  religious  activity. \nBut  he  did  not  seem  to  put  the  two  together,  someway. \nThere  was  a  practical  divorce  between  them, —  a  divorce \nsuch  as,  curiously  enough,  Faraday,  one  of  the  greatest  scien- \ntific men  of  the  world,  established  between  his  scientific  and \nhis  religious  life.  He  was  a  member  of  one  of  the  narrow- \nest, most  superstitious  and  petty  of  all  the  religious  sects. \nHe  used  to  say  frankly :  \"  I  keep  my  science  and  my  religion \napart.  When  I  go  into  my  laboratory,  I  close  the  door  of \nmy  closet ;  and,  when  I  go  into  my  closet,  I  lock  the  door  of \nmy  laboratory.\"  He  recognized  the  fact  that  the  two  did \nnot  go  together ;  but  he  had  not  taken  the  trouble  to  find  out \nwhy. \n\nI  do  not  wish  the  Unitarians  that  I  am  addressing  this \nmorning  to  think  that  I  am  putting  them  all  in  a  class  by \nthemselves  as  good,  practical,  religious  people,  and  that,  if  I \nsay  anything  to  the  discredit,  or  the  apparent  discredit,  of \nprofessors  of  any  other  faith,  that  I  am  giving  them  any \nground  for  self-complacency.     This  is  not  a  matter  dividing \n\n\nUnitarians  and  the  orthodox.  It  is  a  line  of  cleavage  that \nruns  right  through  all  the  churches.  I  say  this  because  I \nwish  to  use  as  an  illustration  one  or  two  points  that  other- \nwise might  be  misunderstood. \n\nNot  a  great  while  ago  I  was  talking  with  a  gentleman  in \nthe  city,  and  he  said :  \"I  am  not  a  church  member,  but  my \npartner  is.  Our  experience  in  business  has  been  such  that \nwe  have  established  this  as  a  rule  of  our  house,  by  my  part- \nner's urgency  as  well  as  consent :  if  any  man  comes  to  us \nand  asks  of  us  any  business  favor  or  to.  be  trusted,  on  the \nground  of  his  being  a  Christian  or  a  church  member,  he  is \nalways  refused.\"  In  other  words,  he  had  learned,  as  a  result \nof  his  business  experience,  that  being  a  Christian  and  profess- \ning Christianity  are  not  the  same  thing  as  paying  bills.  A \ndivorce,  again,  you  see  between  the  religion  and  the  life. \n\nDuring  my  recent  trip  in  the  West  and  on  the  Pacific \nCoast,  in  one  of  the  cities  I  came  across  a  case  like  this. \nThe  president  of  a  certain  bank  was  a  Unitarian.  He  said  : \nI  put  the  matter  this  way  one  day  in  talking  with  a  Presby- \nterian who  always  does  business  at  my  bank.  I  said  to  him, \n\"  According  to  your  creed,  if  your  creed  is  true,  then  there  is \nno  reason  in  the  world  why  I,  who  reject  it  utterly,  should  be \nan  honest  man  and  behave  myself  in  any  way.  How  does  it \nhappen,  then,  that  you  trust  all  your  money  and  all  your \nbusiness  to  me,  that  you  do  business  at  all  with  my  bank  ? \" \nHe  had  nothing  to  say,  for  the  sufficient  reason  that  there \nwas  nothing  to  say.  Here  was  divorce  again  between  busi- \nness life  and  the  religion,  or  creed. \n\nThese  are  enough  instances  at  the  outset  to  make  clear \njust  what  I  mean  ;  and  now  I  wish  to  turn  for  a  moment,  and, \nas  is  my  habit,  go  away  back  to  the  sources  of  things,  that \nwe  may  get  a  background  for  a  comprehension  of  this  state \nof  things. \n\nI  have  spoken  before  concerning  the  significance  of  the \nact  of  sacrifice  as  a  religious  act.  I  wish  to  speak  of  it  again, \nbecause  it  is  the  oldest  of  all  religious  services  with  which \nwe  are  familiar.    Only  within  the  last  few  years  have  scholars \n\n\nunearthed  the  real  significance  of  it.  Animals  were  not  sac- \nrificed to  God  because  he  liked  to  have  something  killed, \nnor  because  he  demanded  blood.  That  is  not  the  original \nidea  of  sacrifices.  It  was  not  even  because  God  wanted  the \npeople  to  give  him  something  very  dear,  very  expensive, \nsome  perfect  thing.  It  was  not  this.  What  was  it  ?  We  shall \nfind  the  root  of  my  whole  theme  right  here. \n\nPeople  believed  that  they  shared  the  same  life  as  their \ngod.  The  god,  perhaps,  before  he  disappeared  into  the  invis- \nible, wis  a  member  of  their  tribe,  some  great  chieftain,  may \nbe.  The  animal  that  they  used  as  a  tribal  totem  was  be- \nlieved also  to  share  the  same  life  that  the  gods  shared,  and \nthat  they  themselves  shared.  If  they  used  a  human  being \nas  a  sacrifice,  the  sacrifice  must  be  something  that  shared \nthe  life  of  the  god  and  the  life  of  the  people.  What,  then, \nwas  the  significance  of  it?  You  know  what  it  means  in \nArabia  or  the  East  to-day  to  eat  bread  or  salt  with  you.  It \nmeans  an  inviolable  bond.  So,  when  the  people  put  to  death \nthis  man  or  this  animal  which  shared  the  same  life  which \nthey  did  and  which  the  gods  shared,  the  god  being  supposed \nto  be  present,  and  he  and  his  people  partook  of  this  common \nmeal  together,  it  established  an  inviolable  bond  between  the \npeople  and  their  god.  They  were  bound  to  him,  and  he  was \nbound  to  them.  At  that  time,  under  those  circumstances, \nreligion  and  morality,  or  conduct,  were  identical.  The  god \nwas  anxious  that  the  people  should  conduct  themselves  only \nin  such  a  way  as  was  for  the  well-being,  the  prosperity,  of  the \ntribe.  If  any  man  broke  any  of  these  laws  on  which  the \nwell-being  of  the  tribe  was  supposed  to  depend,  he  not  only \ninjured  the  tribe,  but  he  insulted  the  god.  Religion,  then, \nand  conduct,  so  far  as  their  ideas  of  conduct  went,  were  the \nsame. \n\nBut  now  note  how  the  cleavage  between  them  comes  in, \nand  how  natural  it  is.  As  the  tribe  grew  in  civilization,  as \nit  became  a  city,  a  nation,  as  it  came  in  contact  with  other \ntribes,  other  peoples,  the  whole  conception  of  conduct,  of \nmorality,  changed,  broadened,  deepened,  heightened.    Moral- \n\n\nity  grew.  The  ideas  of  character  and  conduct  enlarged  and \nbecame  more.  But  this  method  of  conducting  the  sacrifice, \nthis  matter  of  binding  the  god  to  the  tribe  and  the  tribe \nto  the  god,  which  had  been,  as  they  supposed,  miraculously, \nsupernaturally  revealed,  became  sacred.  It  was  not  to  be \ntouched,  not  to  be  changed.  So  morality  grew,  and  religion \nwas  stationary ;  and  the  two  were  separated.  The  people \nwent  on,  then,  developing  their  ideas  of  conduct  out  of  their \nexperiences.  It  became  something  different  from  this  relig- \nious ceremony  of  sacrifice.  So  was  established  the  secular \nlife,  the  life  of  every  day,  the  life  of  business,  the  life  of  the \nfamily,  the  life  of  social  intercourse.  This  was  one  thing; \nbut  at  certain  stated  times,  on  certain  days,  under  the  guid- \nance of  a  certain  class  of  people  called  priests,  the  people  were \nexpected  to  perform  their  religious  acts.  This  became  some- \nthing entirely  other  than  the  ordinary  acts  of  their  every-day \nbehavior  ;  and,  as  we  trace  the  history,  the  growth,  of  nations \nfrom  that  far-off  time  to  to-day  we  see  the  disastrous  results \nof  this  divorce  at  every  turn.  Not  that  it  has  never  been \nrecognized.  The  prophets,  the  great  leaders  and  reformers, \nhave  always  been  calling  the  people  back  or  calling  them \nforward,  whichever  way  you  choose  to  call  it,  to  this  higher \nidea.  The  lesson  I  read  this  morning  is  a  cry  in  this  direc- \ntion. Isaiah,  the  great  prophet,  addressing  the  people  in  their \nhardened  ceremonial  life,  represents  their  God  as  telling \nthem  he  was  utterly  wearied  and  worn  out  with  all  their \nsacrifices.  He  wants  no  more  of  it.  What  he  wants  is  that \nthey  should  behave  themselves.  What  he  wants  is  goodness, \na  true  heart,  lips  that  speak  the  truth,  kindliness  to  the \nneighbor.  He  wants  them  to  undo  the  heavy  burdens  and \nlet  the  oppressed  go  free.  He  wants  them,  in  other  words,  to \nlive  rightly.  That  is  what  the  prophet  is  calling  for.  The \npriests  have  always  stood  for  the  ceremonial,  for  formalism, \nfor  the  keeping  of  these  religious  traditions  safe  and  un- \nbroken. But  the  prophets  have  always  been  leaders  of  the \nspiritual  life,  trying  to  get  the  people  up  to  a  higher  plane, \nto  a  nobler  and  loftier  conception  of  religion.     And  so  nearly \n\n\n8 \n\nall  the  world's  persecutions  have  been  the  result  of  the  clash \nbetween  the  prophet  who  represented  the  free  spirit,  the \ngrowing  ideals  of  right,  and  the  priest  who  represented  the \nfixed  and  hardened  traditions  of  formalism  of  the  olden \ntime. \n\nLook  at  the  life  of  Jesus.  There  is  hardly  a  word  about \nbelief  said  by  him,  hardly  a  word  said  about  any  formalism. \nHe  disregards  the  law  of  the  Sabbath.  He  is  charged  with \nspeaking  insulting  words  against  the  temple.  On  the  other \nhand,  he  charges  the  Pharisees  with  this  one  fault ;  that,  while \nthey  are  very  scrupulous  in  paying  their  tithes  of  mint  and \nanise  and  cumin,  they  neglect  the  weightier  matters  of \njudgment  and  justice  and  truth.  He  takes  up,  for  example, \none  case  which  illustrates  that  well.  He  says :  You  have  ar- \nranged your  life  in  such  a  way  that  a  young  man  whose \nfather  and  mother  are  dependent  on  him  and  in  need  can \nshirk  this  filial  duty,  this  highest  of  all  moral  obligations. \nHow  ?  All  he  has  to  do  is  to  take  his  property  and  carry \nit  to  the  priests  and  have  it  declared  corban,  a  gift,  ded- \nicated to  religious  uses,  and  he  goes  free,  under  no  more \nobligation  to  take  care  of  his  father  and  mother. \n\nAnd  so  it  had  come  to  pass  at  this  time  that  the  heart  of \nthe  people  and  of  the  leadership  of  the  priesthood  was  fixed \non  the  minuteness  of  the  ceremonial  law.  This  was  the \ngreat  thing.  A  man  was  outside  the  pale  of  the  law,  of  the \ntemple  and  the  church,  if  he  did  not  attend  to  these  minute \nmatters  of  the  ceremonial. \n\nThis  is  the  occasion  of  that  wonderful  parable  of  the  Good \nSamaritan.  The  Samaritans  were  looked  upon  as  outcasts, \nand  treated  with  contempt.  The  Jews  would  not  speak  with \nthem,  and  would  pass  on  the  other  side  of  the  way,  not  to \ncome  in  contact  with  them.  The  Samaritan  woman  at  the \nwell  is  represented  as  being  surprised  that  Jesus,  even  when \nhe  was  thirsty,  should  ask  drink  of  her.  Jesus  tells  the  story \nof  the  Good  Samaritan,  who  helped  the  man  whom  he  found \nwaylaid  and  bleeding  by  the  side  of  the  road,  showing  that \nhe  is  the  one  that  we  are  to  follow,  not  the  priest  or  the \n\n\nLevite.  No  matter  how  perfect  their  ceremonial,  they  went \nby  on  the  other  side,  and  did  not  help  their  brother. \n\nYou  find  the  same  thing  outside  of  the  range  of  Christian \ntradition.  What  was  Socrates  put  to  death  for?  He  was \nthe  grandest  man  in  many  ways  of  all  the  heathen  world,  the \nnoblest  citizen  of  Athens ;  and  yet  he  was  put  to  death  for \nbeing  irreligious,  for  insulting  the  gods,  for  being  an  atheist, \nfor  teaching  the  young  people  not  to  care  so  much  for  the \nold  ceremonial  religion,  but  to  care  for  justice,  for  goodness, \nfor  truth,  for  noble  human  living.  The  old  religion  could \nnot  abide  a  character  like  that. \n\nSo,  as  you  come  down  the  history  of  the  world,  it  makes \nno  difference  under  what  sky,  under  what  religious  name, \namong  what  people,  there  is  this  same  divorce,  and  this \nsame  conflict  between  religion  and  life,  all  the  way.  Creed  is \nput  above  character.  After  the  great  Catholic  creed  had \nbeen  formulated  in  all  its  petty  minuteness,  teaching  things \nthat  no  one  knew  anything  about  in  heaven  above  or  in  the \nunderworld,  it  was  declared  at  the  end  that,  if  any  man  did \nnot  believe  this  creed  in  every  part,  he  would  no  doubt \nperish  everlastingly, —  creed  the  one  thing. \n\nAnd  to-day  is  it  not  apparent  to  every  thoughtful  student  of \nthe  tendencies  of  the  time, —  that  some  of  the  great  churches \nare  not  as  careful  over  the  honesty,  the  kindliness,  the \ngeneral  conduct,  of  their  members,  as  they  are  over  the  ques- \ntion whether  the  Rev.  Howard  MacQueary  dares  doubt \nwhether  Jesus  was  born  without  a  human  father,  whether \nDr.  Briggs  believes  that  all  the  writers  in  the  Old  Testament \nand  in  the  New  were  perfectly  accurate  in  every  statement \nwhich  they  made  ?  It  is  these  little  matters  of  belief  which \nare  shaking  the  churches  like  an  earthquake ;  and  yet  bitter- \nness and  quarrels  and  slanders  and  backbiting  and  dis- \nhonesty in  business  and  unkindness  in  the  homes  and  cruel- \nties to  children,  and  ten  thousand  things  which  exist  by  the \nhundred  and  the  thousand,  go  on,  and  the  Church  is  not  dis- \nturbed in  its  sleep. \n\nIt  is  curious  how  such  ideas  as  these  come  to  be  embodied \n\n\nlO \n\neven  in  the  dictionary.  To-day  they  tell  us  that  a  man  is \nimmoral  if  he  is  guilty  of  a  certain  definite  .thing.  If  a  man \nlies,  that  is  not  spoken  of  as  immoral ;  if  he  cheats  his  neigh- \nbor,  that  is  not  spoken  of  as  immoral ;  if  he  is  cruel  to  his \nwife,  that  is  not  spoken  of  as  immoral;  if  he  is  a  brute \ntowards  his  children,  that  is  not  called  a  breach  of  morals.  A \nman  can  do  almost  anything,  if  he  keeps  within  sight  of  cer- \ntain technical  definitions,  and  escape  any  outward  penalty. \nWe  need  to  revise  our  use  of  language  as  well  as  to  modify \nour  ideas  of  the  relation  of  conduct  to  the  religious  life. \nForms,  creeds,  institutions, —  religion  has  come  to  be  popu- \nlarly, chiefly,  these.  Mark  you,  and  do  not  misunderstand ; \nand  let  no  one  misreport  me.  I  do  not  mean  that  the \nchurches  do  not  preach  that  one  should  do  right,  that  they \ndo  not  preach  morality  and  good  conduct.  I  only  say  that, \npractically,  these  other  things  are  regarded  as  of  more  im- \nportance. They  attract  chief  attention.  They  disturb  pres- \nbyteries and  synods ;  and  these  other  things  do  not.  These \nare  placed  at  the  front  and  the  top ;  and  the  other  things  are \nrelegated  to  a  place  of  comparatively  less  importance. \n\nLet  us  see  what  it  has  come  to.  Note  a  few  illustrations \nof  this  division  in  our  way  of  thinking.  We  talk  about  cer- \ntain books  as  sacred  books.  When  you  read  the  Bible,  you \nexpect  to  find  God  there.  If  you  find  a  truth  there,  it  is \nGod's  truth.  You  read  Shakspere,  and  come  across  some \nbrilliant  statement  of  an  eternal  truth;  and  no  one  ever \nthinks  of  calling  it  God's  truth.  That  is  human  truth  :  a  dis- \ntinction is  made.  Days  are  set  apart.  One  day  out  of  seven \n—  not  a  very  large  proportion  —  is  given  to  God :  the  rest \nwe  keep  for  ourselves.  It  is  God's  day.  If  you  do  certain \nthings  on  that  day,  God  is  going  to  be  angry  with  you.  You \ncan  do  the  same  things  the  day  before  or  the  day  after,  and \nGod  is  not  supposed  to  pay  any  attention  to  it :  this  is  his \ntime.  There  is  a  certain  sort  of  truth  that  God  is  supposed \nto  regard,  another  kind  he  is  not.  That  is  established  in  all \nour  courts.  If  a  man  holds  up  his  hand  and  takes  the  oath, \nhe  expects  God  is  going  to  do  something  to  him  if  he  does \n\n\nII \n\nnot  tell  the  truth.  But  he  goes  out  of  the  court-room,  and  in \nfive  minutes  tells  any  number  of  lies  without  thinking  appar- \nently that  God  is  listening.  He  feels  bound  to  tell  the  truth \nif  he  swears  in  the  name  of  God  that  he  will ;  but  he  does  not \nfeel  any  obligation  to  tell  the  truth  before  or  afterward.  So \nGod  is  in  a  certain  place.  We  talk  about  holy  places  where \nGod  abides.  Hymns  talk  about  God  coming, — \"  Come,  holy \nSpirit,  come,\" — as  though  he  were  not  here,  as  though  he \nwere  off  somewhere,  as  though  he  were  not  in  contact  with \nthe  daily  life.  So  they  make  a  distinction  between  this  world \nand  the  next  world.  God  is  in  heaven  :  things  in  this  world \nare  worldly,  God  is  not  here.  And  people,  if  it  were  not  for \nthe  fact  that  they  know  they  are  going  to  die,  and  suppose \nthat  they  have  got  to  go  into  God's  presence,  would  not \nthink  it  worth  while  to  pay  any  attention  to  him  at  all.  That \nis  the  logical  result  of  the  old  teaching  about  him  as  to  where \nhe  is  and  what  he  has  to  do  with  human  life.  Said  a  man \nto  me  in  the  West,  one  day,  \"  In  my  judgment,  if  there  was \nno  devil,  there  would  not  be  many  Christians.\"  His  idea \nwas  that  being  a  Christian  was  simply  a  method  of  escaping \nthe  devil  and  getting  ready  for  the  next  world.  If  it  were \nnot  for  that,  men  would  not  trouble  themselves  to  become \nChristians. \n\nWhen  I  was  a  boy,  I  was  always  taught  not  that  religion \nwas  a  method  of  life,  but  it  was  something  that  you  were  ex- \npected to  get.  They  always  talked  about  \"  getting  \"  religion, \nhaving  religion.  If  you  got  religion  before  you  died,  you \nwent  to  heaven :  if  you  did  not,  you  went  somewhere  else. \nReligion  was  something  outside,  something  to  attach  yourself \nto, — not  a  part  of  you,  not  a  method  of  thinking  and  feel- \ning and  acting. \n\nLet  me  call  your  attention  to  two  or  three  further  illustra- \ntions of  what  this  has  come  to.  Take  it  in  our  life  of  pleas- \nure, the  joys  of  life.  God  is  not  supposed  to  be  there,  he  is \nnot  in  sympathy  with  them.  God  does  not  look  upon  us \nwith  complacency  when  we  are  enjoying  ourselves.  This  is \nsupposed  to  be  frivolous,  worldly,  dangerous  to  the  spiritual \nlife-     I  was  always  taught  this  in  my  boyhood  until  I  do  not \n\n\n12 \n\nwonder  that  a  certain  little  boy  should  express  himself  as \nfollows :  He  saw  a  sign  posted  up,  forbidding  the  doing  of \ncertain  things  that  he  wanted  to  do.  He  asked  what  they \nwould  do  if  he  should  disobey  that  law.  His  father  replied, \n\"  If  we  should  do  that,  the  policeman  would  arrest  us.\"  After \na  moment's  thought  the  little  fellow  said,  \"  What  a  fine  time \nwe  might  have  in  this  world  if  it  were  not  for  God  and  the \npolicemen  ! \"  Does  this  exaggerate  the  popular  conception  ? \nTake  Shakspere,  and  see  how  he  gives  it.  Dance  along  the \n\"primrose  path\"  to  where?  If  you  walk  the  \"primrose \npath,\"  it  is  to  the  \"  everlasting  bonfire,\"  in  Shakspere.  In \nall  literature  pleasure  is  something  separate  from  God.  We \nwill  get  all  we  can  by  stealth ;  and  then  we  will  get  religion \nsoon  enough,  so  that  we  may  escape  the  consequence  when \nwe  get  into  the  next  world.  It  does  not  make  much  differ- \nence in  this  world. \n\nSo,  in  business  life,  do  you  not  know,  gentlemen,  that \nthere  are  business  rules,  business  methods,  business  ways, \nthat  are  not  right,  but  which  are  supposed  to  be  necessary \nin  order  to  success  in  business  ?  Is  it  not  true  that  there \nare  people  who  say,  \"  That  is  all  beautiful,  that  is  all  ideal, \nthat  is  clean,  that  is  pure,  that  is  true,  but  it  is  not  busi- \nness \"  ?  If  you  will  pardon  me  for  telling  another  story  that \nwill  make  you  smile, —  I  do  not  often  do  it, —  I  will  tell  an \nincident  that  illustrates  this  point.  I  was  in  Tennessee  in \nthe  fall  of  1863,  and  they  told  me  the  story  of  one  of  the \narmy  wagon-drivers.  When  the  mules  and  the  wagon  got \nstuck  in  the  mud,  he  was  in  the  habit  of  indulging  in  a  good \ndeal  of  profanity.  One  day,  when  the  chaplain  remon- \nstrated, he  turned  on  him  with  all  seriousness,  and  said, \nvoicing  the  popular  conception,  \"  That  is  all  right,  chaplain  ; \nbut  there's  no  use  talking,  it's  just  impossible  to  drive  a \nmule  team  and  be  a  Christian.\"  Is  it  not  true  that  in  the \nthought  of  a  great  many,  \"  It  is  impossible  to  drive  my \nbusiness  and  be  a  Christian  \"  ? \n\nThen  take  it  in  our  political  life.  During  the  war  the  idea \nof  mixing  religion  and  politics  was  spoken  of  with  supreme \ncontempt,  as  though  it  were  an  utterly  impossible  and  unrea- \n\n\n13 \n\nsonable  thing.  I  remember  how  Joshua  R.  Giddings,  of  Ohio, \nused  to  refer  to  that.  He  said  that,  as  religion  and  politics \nwent,  it  would  cause  a  great  deal  of  trouble;  but,  if  they  were \nboth  what  they  ought  to  be,  it  might  be  a  very  good  thing, \nindeed.  Men  are  apt  to  say  they  must  follow  certain  meth- \nods, in  order  to  win.  But  must  we  win  ?  There  is  the  fal- \nlacy. When  some  one  pursuing  a  scoundrelly  course  of  con- \nduct said  to  old  Dr.  Johnson  once,  as  an  excuse,  \"  But  I  must \nlive,\"  he  bluntly  replied  that  he  did  not  see  the  necessity  for \nit  at  all.  There  is  no  necessity  that  overtops  the  necessity \nfor  obedience  to  the  laws  of  God ;  for  these  laws  are  the  laws \nof  life, —  of  life  in  this  world  and  in  all  worlds. \n\nLet  me  turn  now  to  speak  of  what  seems  to  me  to  be  the \nroot  of  all  this  difficulty,  the  one  thing  we  must  learn  in \norder  to  cure  it.  We  have  divorced  religion  from  life.  We \nhave  put  God  off  into  another  world,  and  that  a  future  world. \nWe  have  made  religion  largely  a  matter  of  form,  of  cere- \nony,  of  creed,  of  institution,  of  services ;  and  we  have  lived \na  life  without  God.  Now,  let  us  see  if  it  is  not  this  concep- \ntion which  lies  at  the  root  of  our  trouble.  Bishop  Brooks \nwas  reported  as  having  once  said,  two  or  three  years  ago, — \nI  do  not  know  how  accurate  the  report  was, —  that  \"  Chris- \ntianity is  supernatural  or  it  is  nothing.\"  I  would  challenge \nthat  assertion,  and  rather  say,  Christianity  is  natural  if  it  is \nanything.  Religion  is  natural  if  it  is  anything.  We  have \nmade  it  supernatural,  we  have  put  it  off  from  ourselves  into \nanother  sphere ;  and  so  we  lead  our  lives  according  to  certain \nideas  and  canons  of  conduct.  We  conduct  our  religion  at \ncertain  times  and  hours  and  places  under  entirely  other \ncanons. \n\nWhere  is  God }  It  is  well,  I  think,  that  modern  science \nhas  abolished  both  the  old  heaven  and  the  old  hell.  You \nremember  in  the  Eastern  apologue  one  said,  he  found  a \nwoman  one  day  with  a  pail  of  water  in  one  hand  and  a \nlighted  torch  in  the  other,  and  they  asked  what  she  was  going \nto  do.  She  said  she  was  going  to  burn  up  heaven  with  the \ntorch  and  put  out  hell  with  the  water,  that  people  might  do \nright  because  it  was  right,  and  not  from  hope  of  the  one  or \n\n\n14 \n\nfear  of  the  other.  This  strikes  at  the  truth.  We  need  to \nbring  God  into  the  realm  of  our  daily  life,  and  understand \nthat  he  is  not  away  from  the  world.  The  thing  that  religion \nhas  always  been  after  is  to  arrange  things  with  God,  so  that \nwe  can  get  on  right  terms  with  him,  get  into  right  relations \nwith  him.  That  does  not  change.  That  is  what  we  are  here \nfor  now. \n\nBut  where  is  God  ?  Let  us  see.  God  is  the  infinite  spirit, \nthe  life  of  all  things,  of  all  worlds,  of  all  epochs,  of  all  relig- \nions, of  all  places.  When  we  discover  a  truth,  whether  in \nscience  or  in  philosophy,  in  the  Bible  or  elsewhere,  it  is \nGod's  truth.  God  is  in  every  department  of  life.  When  the \nfarmer  studies  the  conditions  of  the  soil,  the  conditions  under \nwhich  he  can  plant  his  crops  successfully  and  raise  harvests, \nhe  is  dealing  with  the  laws,  the  presence,  the  power,  the \nwork,  of  God.  When  the  inventor  discovers  a  new  method \nof  accomplishing  some  grand  result ;  when  Mr.  Edison  in \nexperimenting,  as  he  says  he  does,  a  thousand  or  two  thou- \nsand times,  following  clews  until  he  gets  the  right  one, —  when \nhe  gets  the  right  one,  he  has  found  God's  way  of  doing  it. \nBuild  a  mill  on  the  bank  of  a  stream,  adopt  your  machinery \nto  the  flow  and  power  of  the  water,  and  you  are  arranging \nthings  so  that  God's  force  turns  your  wheel  for  you.  In \nevery  department  of  human  activity,  if  you  find  a  force, \nyou  have  found  God.  If  you  find  a  condition  by  which  that \nforce  will  serve  you,  you  have  found  God's  law  of  the  activity \nof  that  force. \n\nAnd,  when  you  go  into  business,  as  you  do,  there  is  no \nreputable  business  on  earth  that,  rightly  conducted,  is  not \na  mutual  service  and  a  general  help.  Business,  then,  rightly \nconducted,  is  finding  God's  laws  as  they  deal  with  the  mutual \ninterchange  and  service  that  man  can  render  to  man.  Now \nand  then  we  see  people  trying  to  outwit  the  universe,  trying \nto  get  rid  of  God's  methods  in  the  business  world ;  but  they \ndo  not  meet  with  encouraging  success.  Look  over  the  world \nand  find  those  who  year  by  year  and  in  the  long  run  are  the \nmen  who  have  conducted  their  business  honorably  and  faith- \nfully and  truly,  and  you  find  those  who,  in  the  long  run,  are \n\n\nIS \n\nthe  successful  men.     The  right  method  of  doing  business  is \nGod*s  way  of  doing  business. \n\nAnd  so  in  political  life  we  can  now  and  then  by  croolced \nmethods  win  a  temporary  success  for  our  party ;  but  here, \nagain,  the  principles  that  underlie  social  and  governmental \nrelations  are  God's  laws  that  bind   people   together.     The \nconditions  of  human  growth  are  of  God.     We  have  been  told \nsometimes  that  this  or  that  particular  method   would   un- \ndoubtedly be  for  the  benefit  of  the  world,  but  not,  at  pres- \nent, for  the  benefit  of  our  people.     In  other  words,  we  can \ngrab  more  and  get  more  than  our  share.     Any  thief  can  do \nthat.     But  in  the  long  run,  not  being  God's   method,   not. \nbeing   nature's   method,   not   being   the   human    method,  it \ncannot  win.     This  universe  is  a  moral  universe,  ethical  from \nzenith  to  nadir,  because  God  is  in  it,  from  the  farthest  reach \nof  the  utmost  star  to  the  dust  under  our  feet ;  and  the  laws \nof  this  universe  are  the  laws  of  life,  and  they  are  God's  laws. \nLet  a  man  obey  the  laws  of  his  body,  and  he  is  well.     Let \nhim  obey  the  laws  of  his  mind,  let  him  make  his  intellect  an \ninstrument  for  the  discovery  of  truth,  let  him   be  a  truth- \nseeker  ;  let  him  make  his  affections  over  in  such  a  way  that \nthey  love  all  that  is  lovely  and  of  good  report ;  let  him  train \nhis  spiritual  nature  until  his  aspirations  reach  out  after  the \nhighest  and  noblest  things;  in  other  words,  let  him  become \na  rounded  out  and  complete  man, —  and  is  there  anything  be- \nyond that  that  religion  can  do  for  him  ?     Can  any  religion \nadd  anything  to  him?     He  is  the  embodiment  of  religion. \nFor,  instinctively, —  the  race  has  felt  it  from  the  first, —  the  ob- \nject of  religion  is  to  get  into  right  relations  with  God.     And \nwhen  we  remember  that  God  is  everywhere,  that  he  presses \non  every  faculty  of  our  being  as  the  atmosphere  presses  upon \nour  bodies,  then  being  just  right,  being  a   man,  true   and \nnoble  in  every  department  of  one's  being,  is  being  in  right \nrelation  to  God ;  and  that  is  religion. \n\nFather,  we  thank  Thee  that  we  may  find  Thee  everywhere, \nand  that  the  only  thing  Thou  desirest  at  our  hands  is  that  we \nshall  find  Thy  way  and  walk  in  it ;  and  this  way  is  the  way  of \nlife  and  peace  and  joy.     Amen. \n\n\nNOV  23  1891 \n\nPTibUahed  weekly.  Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  5  cents  slnerle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nj  SERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  NOVEMBER  20,  1891  No.  6 \n\nSERIES  ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\n\nII.  THE  HEAD  AND  THE  HEART \n\n\nc \nBOSTON \n\n\nGEORGE  H.   ELLIS,   141   FRANKLIN   STREET \n1S91 \n\n\nBnterfd  at  the  Po*t-offiee,  Baton,  Afau.,  as  second-cku*  mail  matter. \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligiouB  Reconstruaion.     lamo Ii.oo \n\nThese  Decenerate  Days.    Small  i6aio.    Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed.     lamo t.oo \n\nPoerat.     i6mo.     Fall  gilt.    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Qoud.     i6mo.     Full  gilt 1.35 \n\nSocial  Problems.    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Relisious  Life.    lamo i.oo \n\nBehef  in  God.    lamo                     i.oo \n\nBeliefs  abont  Man.     lamo          1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.          1.00 \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,    iimo 1.00 \n\nThe  Morals  of  ETolution.     lamo i.oo \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,    iimo ^ i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,    ismo *.....  i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Sdenoe  of  Manhood.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Erolution.     camo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     i6mo       xmo \n\nBluffton :  A  Stonr  of  To-day.    lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times.    lamo i.oo \n\nLife.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nQoth t.oo \n\nLeather 1.50 \n\nUniurian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  £.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy so  cents.    Per  doz.,  1.50 \n\n'•      Cloth,        •«           ....    30     \"                \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weekly  sermons  are  regularlv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  tor  the  season,  $i.y>; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO.  H.  RLUS,  PtMisk^r^ \n\n141  Franklm  St,,  Bctten,  Mus. \n\n\nTHE  HEAD  AND  THE  HEART.* \n\n\n\"Keep  thy  heart  with  all  diligence;  for  out  of  it  are  the  issues  of \nlife.\"  —  Prov.  iv.  23. \n\nThe  progress  of  the  world,  looked  at  in  one  way,  has  been \na  sort  of  uneven  balance  between  feeling  and  thought,  be- \ntween emotion  and  the  intellect.  Sometimes  the  emotional \nside  preponderates  in  the  case  of  the  individual  or  in  the \nmanagement  of  a  cause,  and  we  see  the  natural  results. \nSometimes  it  is  the  intellect,  the  head,  that  preponderates ; \nand  here  also,  in  the  case  of  the  individual  or  in  the  case  of \na  cause,  we  see  the  natural  results ;  and  in  neither  case  are \nthe  results  always  desirable,  always  what  we  should  wish. \n\nTake  as  a  most  familiar  illustration  the  case  of  a  father \nor  mother  in  the  training  of  the  children.  You  will  readily \ncall  to  mind  cases  where  the  emotional  side,  the  tenderness, \nthe  love,  the  feeling,  has  everything  its  own  way.  Father \nand  mother  cannot  bear  to  thwart  or  cross  the  child.  The \nchild  is  indulged,  its  fancies,  its  whims,  its  temporary  wishes, \nare  allowed  to  have  their  scope. \n\nOn  the  other  hand  there  are  cases  now  and  then  —  there \nwere  many  such  cases  in  the  Puritan  old  New  England  — \nwhere  the  affection al  side  was  constantly  repressed,  where \nthe  head  and  its  dictations  as  to  what  ought  to  be  were \nconstantly  to  the  front,  where  the  child's  yearnings  for  love, \nfor  the  expression  of  affection,  were  neither  called  out  nor \nmet.  My  own  childhood,  and  I  speak  of  it  in  no  disparag- \nment  of  my  father  or  my  mother,  will  illustrate  this.  I  do \nnot  remember  in  all  my  childhood  ever  being  petted,  ever \n\n•  Phonographically  reported. \n\n\nhaving  a  loving  hand  placed  upon  my  head  as  an  expression \nof  love.  I  do  not  remember  any  occasion  in  all  my  child- \nhood when  by  either  my  father  or  my  mother  I  was  kissed \nat  night  or  morning,  or  on  any  other  occasion.  And  yet \nthere  was  no  lack  of  love  on  their  part.  Either  one  of  them \nwould  have  worked  himself  or  herself  ill  for  my  sake,  or  sac- \nrificed any  pleasure,  if  persuaded  that  it  would  be  good \nfor  me.  I  only  speak  of  this  as  one  illustration  of  the  ex- \ntreme in  the  direction  of  repression  of  the  heart. \n\nTake  it  also  in  matters  of  practical  charity.  Here  again \nthere  is  conflict  between  the  head  and  the  heart  at  every \nturn.  The  impulse  of  the  heart  is  to  be  touched  by  the \nsimple  fact  that  here  is  pain  ;  and,  if  the  impulse  is  to  have \nits  own  way,  the  first  thing  to  be  done  is  to  relieve  that  pain \nby  the  nearest  and  speediest  of  methods.  And  yet  any  one \nwho  has  studied  the  history  of  the  world's  charities  will \nknow  that  this  heart  impulse  immediately  to  relieve  suffer- \ning has  caused  more  suffering  than  all  the  careful,  calculating \nthought  of  the  head.  Time  and  time  again  this  impulse  to \nindiscriminate  charity  and  the  immediate  relief  of  suffer- \ning has  proved  itself  the  creator  of  more  beggary,  therefore \nmore  suffering,  more  social  degradation,  than  almost  any- \nthing else. \n\nOn  the  other  hand,  it  is  quite  possible  to  carry  this  cal- \nculation too  far,  to  deny  the  impulse  of  the  heart,  to  treat  it \nas  a  luxury  not  to  be  indulged  in,  to  treat  it  as  a  misguided \nimpulse  not  to  be  followed,  and  so  to  become  hard,  to  be- \ncome cruel,  to  neglect  cases  of  real  need.  There  is  possi- \nbility of  danger  in  either  direction. \n\nAs  another  illustration  of  this  conflict,  it  is  frequently  said \nthat  a  woman's  instinct,  a  woman's  feeling,  is  wiser  than  the \nreason  of  man.  In  many  cases,  this  is  true.  There  is  no \nsort  of  question  that  there  are  hundreds  and  thousands  of \ncases  where,  if  one  should  stop  for  the  consciou3  delibera- \ntion of  reason,  it  would  be  too  late,  the  mischief  would  be \ndone. \n\nLet  us  note  one  or  two  of  the  most  familiar  illustrations, \n\n\ns \n\nthat  you  may  see  what  I  mean.  Take  a  bird  or  a  domestic \nfowl,  when  a  hawk  is  in  the  air.  At  the  first  glimpse  of  the \nshadow  of  a  wing  there  is  immediate  flight  to  some  place  of \nshelter,  of  safety.  If  the  bird  or  the  hen  were  capable  of \nstopping  to  reason  it  out  and  say,  This  shadow  on  the \nground  means  a  hawk,  and  the  hawk  is  an  enemy  to  our \nrace,  it  is  dangerous  to  remain, —  if  they  were  to  stop  to  go \nthrough  this  reasoning,  the  hawk  would  have  its  way  before \nthe  reasoning  was  complete.  Take  it  when  we  shrink  from \nsome  threat  of  danger,  and  spring  aside  at  the  suggestion \nthat  something  is  falling,  is  liable  to  do  us  an  injury.  If  we \nshould  stop  to  reason  about  it  and  say,  Heavy  bodies  falling \nfrom  a  distance  in  the  air  and  coming  in  contact  with  the \nhuman  body  will  of  necessity  produce  harm,  the  harm  would \nbe  done  before  we  had  reached  the  end  of  our  logical  chain. \nWe  instinctively  shrink  from  impending  danger. \n\nBut  stop  a  moment.  When  people  say  that  instinct  is \nwiser  than  reason,  there  is  frequently  a  false  inference, —  an \ninference  I  have  frequently  heard  drawn, —  that  instinct  is \nall  heart,  that  instinct  is  simply  feeling.  But  what  is  in- \nstinct ?  If  you  study  carefully  the  development  of  instinct \nin  regard  to  any  of  the  lower  forms  of  life  or  in  man, \nit  matters  not  which,  you  find  that  it  is  the  inherited  result \nof  a  thousand  experiences,  of  a  thousand  courses  of  reason- \ning that  have  been  gone  through  in  the  past.  A  thousand \ntimes,  a  million  times,  has  the  hawk  hung  in  air ;  and  expe- \nrience has  proved  that  that  means  danger.  Thousands \nof  times  have  falling  bodies  crushed  or  broken  or  injured \npersons ;  and  the  reasoning  process  has  been  gone  through \na  million  times,  until  now  instinct  is  not  only  organized  feel- \ning, it  is  an  organized  process  of  reasoning.  And,  when \na  woman's  instinct  is  more  trustworthy  than  the  deliberate, \nlogical  argument  of  the  man,  it  means  that  she  leaps  to  a \nlogical  and  a  correct  conclusion  with  such  rapidity  as  leaves \nout  of  sight  the  steps  from  the  beginning  to  the  end.  It \nis  the  inherited  result  of  both  feeling  and  reason. \n\nLet  us  now  take  note  of  our  text.     I  do  not  know  who \n\n\nwas  the  author  of  it ;  but,  so  far  as  the  value  of  the  truth  it \ncontains  is  concerned,  it  does  not  matter  who  was  the  author. \nIt  contains  a  very  profound  truth.  I  do  not  know  that  it \ncan  be  better  expressed.  \"  Keep  thy  heart  with  all  dili- \ngence.\" Why?  **For  out  of  it  are  the  issues  of  life.\"  In \nother  words,  letting  the  heart  here,  as  in  popular  parlance  it \ndoes,  represent  the  love,  the  feeling,  the  impulse,  the  emo- \ntional nature,  it  is  true  that  this  is  the  deepest  thing  in  life. \nIt  is  the  highest  thing  in  life.  A  man's  conduct,  a  man's \ncharacter,  in  the  long  run,  is  determined  by  his  supreme  love. \nThat  person,  that  thing,  that  ideal,  that  cause,  that  course \nof  conduct  which  a  man  loves  supremely, — it  is  this  that \ndetermines  his  life.  But  is  that  all  the  text  ?  No.  It  does \nnot  say  :  \"  Follow  the  impulse  of  your  heart,  whichever  way \nit  leads.  Do  not  stop  to  think  about  it,  do  not  be  governed \nby  the  intellect,  do  not  let  this  cold,  calculating  reason  come \nin  to  have  anything  to  do  with  it.\"  It  says.  Just  because  the \nissues  of  life  are  from  the  heart,  keep  that  heart,  keep  it  as  a \nsentinel  watches  on  his  post, —  keep  it,  guard  it,  guide  it  with \nall  diligence,  above  everything.  Here,  then,  this  old  writer, \nthis  old  proverb-maker,  long  before  Christianity  was  known, \nhad  evolved  out  of  the  experience  of  the  ages  that  preceded \nhim  this  profound  conception  of  the  profoundest  truth  of \nlife.  The  emotional,  the  impulse,  the  heart,  then,  it  is  which \ndetermines  your  character :  therefore,  keep  it,  watch  it,  guard \nit,  guide  it  with  diligence. \n\nWe  are  ready  now  to  look  a  little  more  closely  at  the  heart \nand  the  head  as  contrasted  together,  and  note  some  of  their \nvery  prominent  characteristics. \n\nI  notice  that  a  good  many  people,  when  they  are  talking \nabout  the  heart,  mix  up  with  the  activity  of  the  feeling,  the \nemotion,  a  good  deal  of  thought,  while  they  call  it  all  heart, \nall  emotion,  all  feeling.  And  yet  their  method  of  speaking \nof  it  implies  that  the  head  is  playing  a  large  part.  If  we \nwish  to  be  clear  in  our  thought,  that  is  not  fair.  On  the \nother  hand,  a  great  many  people,  when  speaking  of  the  head, \nthe  intellect,  do  not  draw  a  clear  line  of  distinction  between \n\n\nthought  and  feeling ;  and  so  they  err  on  the  other  side.  I \nwish  you  to  note,  therefore,  that  in  what  I  am  going  to  say \nto  you  about  the  heart  and  the  head  I  shall  try,  as  far  as \npossible,  to  keep  them  separate  from  each  other. \n\nI  note,  therefore,  in  the  first  place  that  the  heart,  if  it  has \nits  own  way,  places  comfort  supreme  above  everything  else. \nIt  must  do  it.  It  cannot  help  it.  Feeling  is  the  deepest \nthing  in  life  ;  and,  if  we  are  free  and  can  have  our  own  way, \nit  is  only  a  truism  to  say  that  we  choose  a  pleasant  feeling, \nand  not  an  unpleasant  one.  We  cannot  choose  something \nfreely  that  we  do  not  wish.  I  may  wish,  indeed,  to  choose \na  present  pain  for  the  sake  of  an  after  satisfaction.  But,  if \nthe  present  pain  is  looked  at  simply  for  its  own  sake,  then  I \ncannot  choose  it,  because  that  is  a  contradiction  in  terms. \nThe  heart,  then,  first  and  foremost  and  always,  if  it  has  its \nown  way,  seeks  immediate  comfort  and  satisfaction. \n\nYet  the  history  of  this  world  has  proved  over  and  over \nagain  that  this  may  not  by  any  means  be  the  best  thing  to \nseek.  Immediate  comfort  may  mean  disappointment  and \npain,  immediate  satisfaction  may  mean  years  of  regret.  The \nheart,  then,  with  its  home  instincts  has  learned  to  find  com- \nfort in  its  home,  and  would  not  change  even  for  a  better. \nThe  heart  never  impels  the  emigrant  to  seek  out  another \ncountry,  a  larger  opportunity,  a  grander  future.  The  heart \nnever  leaves  the  thoughts  and  feelings  it  has  become  ac- \ncustomed to  and  has  learned  to  love,  for  the  sake  of  going \nout  as  a  pioneer  in  search  of  the  new,  the  unaccustomed, \nwhich  cannot  bring  immediate  comfort. \n\nThen,  again,  the  heart  is  always  conservative.  It  loves \nthat  to  which  it  has  been  adjusted.  It  loves  the  old  home, \nthe  old  ideas,  the  old  places.  It  loves  those  things  where  it \nhas  made  itself  an  easy  nest.  Take  it  in  the  lower  forms  of \nlife.  If  that  mouse  which  Burns  so  beautifully  and  pathet- \nically celebrates  in  one  of  his  poems  had  had  head  enough, \nbrain  enough,  thought  enough,  its  nest  need  not  have  been \noverturned  by  the  plough  of  the  farmer  poet.  He  would  have \nplanted  bis  nest  somewhere  out  of  reach  of  the  plough.    The \n\n\nheart,  then,  is  not  to  be  trusted  as  a  guide  in  these  mat- \nters. \n\nOnce  more,  the  heart  is  the  great  impelling,  motive  force \nof  all  action.  Thought  alone  never  moved  a  man.  Thought \nalone  never  was  the  inspiration  of  a  cause.  Thought  alone \nnever  led  a  reform.  It  is  the  heart,  the  heart  always,  which \nis  the  motive  force,  the  power  that  lifts  and  impels  the \nworld.  And  yet,  if  you  take  out  the  head  and  leave  simply \nimpulse,  simply  feeling,  then  this  power  frequently  becomes \na  grotesque,  wasteful,  unnatural  thing. \n\nWhat  does  it  do  in  religion  ?  Take  the  head  out  of  relig- \nion, and  let  simply  the  feeling  remain.  On  that  basis  you \ncould  never  convert  a  man  or  a  woman  from  a  lower  relig- \nion to  a  higher.  Religion  under  the  control  of  emotion  runs \ninto  excesses,  into  all  the  antinomianisms.  All  the  excesses \nthat  history  has  shown  in  the  manifestation  of  the  religious \nlife  have  come  from  this  exuberance  of  the  heart,  the  im- \npulse, the  feeling,  unguided  by  the  light  of  intelligence  and \nexperience. \n\nGo  down  South,  if  you  wish  to  see  what  this  comes  to. \nSome  years  ago  I  attended  a  colored  revival  meeting  in \nNashville.  It  seemed  to  me  a  wild  riot,  impulse  let  loose. \nImpulse  taken  without  reason  was  considered  the  movement \nof  the  Holy  Spirit,  until  people  were  practically  insane,  roll- \ning on  the  floor,  indulging  in  all  sorts  of  physical  contor- \ntions and  wild  outcries.  I  make  no  discrimination  against \nthe  colored  race.  I  have  seen  just  as  wild  and  unreasoning \nactions  among  the  white  people  in  the  West  and  South-west. \nI  remember  being  in  a  white  revival  meeting  where  the  men \nand  the  women  were  lying  fainting  on  the  floor,  where  the \naltar  rail  was  torn  to  pieces,  and  men  hardly  conscious  of \nwhat  they  were  doing  were  dancing  wildly  about  the  aisles \nwith  the  rails  in  their  hands.  They  had  got  the  \"  power,\" \nthey  had  got  the  **  Spirit,\"  as  they  supposed.  It  was  a  wild \ncarnival  of  the  heart,  of  the  impulse,  the  passional  side  of \nthe  being. \n\nGo  down  to  the  South-west, —  for  I  do  not  know  that  it  has \nbeen  found  anywhere  else, —  and  you  will  see  sects  called \n\n\nthe  jumpers,  or  jerkers, —  persons  so  swayed  by  their  feelings \nthat  they  suppose  for  the  time  they  are  under  the  Divine  in- \nfluence. Their  hands  and  arms  become  aimless,  and  their \nmovements  are  beyond  their  control ;  and  the  struggle  goes \non  until  the  system  is  exhausted,  and  they  fall  into  a  faint \nwhich  they  take  to  be  a  religious  trance.  These  are  rough \nillustrations  as  to  what  may  be  seen  in  a  religious  way  if  peo- \nple leave  brains  out. \n\nLet  us  note  one  or  two  characteristics  of  the  head  if  left \nto  itself. \n\nThe  head  is  the  organ  for  the  discovery  of  truth;  and, \nwhen  the  head  is  engaged  in  the  discovery  of  truth,  the  heart \nhas  no  business  to  meddle.  To  show  a  preference  is  an  im- \npertinence. When  you  are  trying  to  discover  what  is  God's \ntruth,  what  right  have  you  to  impose  your  wish,  your  bias, \nyour  desire  ?  What  you  need  to  see  is  God's  truth  clearly \nin  the  white  light  of  intelligence,  and  the  brain  ought  to  be \nas  unbiassed  as  a  pair  of  scales.  This  is  the  business  of  the \nbrain, —  to  find  out  what  is  truth.  But,  if  the  heart  is  entirely \nleft  out  of  account,  the  brain  becomes  merely  the  maker  of \nformulas,  the  inventor  of  creeds.  It  becomes  an  engine \nof  cruelty  and  of  oppression.  A  man  who  fancies  that  he \nhas  found  out  God's  truth,  in  almost  all  the  ages  of  the  past, \nhas  assumed  that  he  had  a  right  to  force  that  on  other  peo- \nple. It  is  only  within  a  very  modern  time,  only  within  a \nhundred  years  or  so,  even  in  this  country,  that  it  has  been \nsupposed  to  be  right  to  leave  people  free  to  follow  their  own \nconvictions.  You  will  find  that  the  leaders  of  thought  in \nthis  country,  both  North  and  South,  immediately  before  the \nRevolutionary  War,  all  scouted  the  idea  as  being  not  only \nirrational,  but  wicked.  The  idea  that  people  should  be  left \nfree,  that  there  should  be  toleration,  was  an  abhorrence  to \nthem.  So  the  head  has  been  a  persecutor.  The  head  built \nthe  Inquisition.  The  head  burned  Servetus.  It  was  a  tech- \nnical definition  that  people  fought  over  when  the  old  creeds \nwere  framed.  It  is  a  technical  definition,  an  intellectual \ndistinction,  the  speculations  concerning  the  interior  struct- \n\n\nlO \n\nure  of  the  heart  of  God,  that  have  made  people  cruel,  that \nhave  led  to  persecution  and  to  the  stake.  The  head,  then, \nalone  is  no  more  to  be  trusted  than  the  heart.  But  the \nhead,  let  us  never  forget,  is  the  only  organ  of  knowledge. \nThe  head,  therefore,  is  the  only  guide  as  to  what  is  true. \nIt  is  the  head  always  that  must  decide  as  to  whether  a  thing \nis  true  or  false,  therefore  as  to  whether  this  is  the  right  way \nor  that. \n\nWe  are  ready  now  to  see  how  this  ought  to  work  in \ncertain  practical  directions. \n\nI  hinted  a  moment  ago,  although  I  did  not  make  the \npoint  clear,  that  the  heart,  the  feeling,  is  the  deepest  thing \nin  life.  When  life  first  appeared  on  this  planet,  if  there  had \nbeen  an  observer  present  to  see,  he  would  have  noted  that \nthe  first  manifestation  of  life  was  sentiency,  feeling,  move- \nment. This  precedes  anything  that  can  properly  be  called \nintelligence.  Intelligence  comes  afterwards.  Feeling,  then, \nis  the  deepest  thing  and  the  highest  thing,  the  first  thing  and \nthe  last.  The  motive  force  is  feeling;  and  therefore  it  is \nconstantly  to  be  watched,  to  be  guarded,  and  to  be  guided \naright. \n\nSuppose,  for  example,  a  man  has  to  choose  between  some \nform  of  Paganism  and  Christianity.  Suppose  a  man  belong- \ning to  neither  of  them  should  raise  the  question  whether \nhe  would  be  a  Mohammedan  or  a  Christian  :  how  would  he \ndecide  ?  Would  he  decide  by  his  feeling  ?  You  find  just  as \npassionate  and  earnest  feeling  among  the  Mohammedans  as \namong  Christians.  We  should  find  people  there  as  ready  to \ndie  for  their  feelings  as  we  should  be.  How  should  he \ndecide  ?  Why,  of  course,  the  only  rational  way  would  be  to \nstudy  the  two  systems  of  religion,  mark  their  origin,  their \nmethods,  their  development,  and  see  what  are  their  results \non  human  civilization ;  see  which  more  nearly  matches  the \ndemonstrated  truth  of  things  ;  see  which  has  in  it  the  power \nof  lifting  and  leading  civilization  and  of  making  men  higher \nand  better.  And  the  deciding  of  that  problem  must  be  laid \nupon  the  intellect.     It  is  thought, —  clear,  unprejudiced,  un- \n\n\nII \n\nbiassed  thought,  taking  into  account  all  the  facts, —  thought \nonly  that  is  capable  of  deciding.  See  how  our  unconscious \nuse  of  language  expresses  the  situation.  The  moment  you \nleave  reason  out  of  account,  then  there  is  no  reason  left  why \nyou  should  be  one  any  more  than  another. \n\nSuppose  you  have  decided  to  become  a  Christian,  then \nanother  question  faces  you  :  To  what  section  of  the  Christian \nChurch  shall  I  belong  ?  Shall  I  be  a  Romanist  or  a  Protes- \ntant ?  And,  if  a  Protestant,  to  which  one  of  the  sects  shall  I \nattach  myself?  Have  you  a  right,  in  a  matter  of  this  sort,  to \nbe  governed  by  your  feelings  and  let  your  heart  have  its \nway  ?  No,  never.  The  problem  may  be  ever  so.  intricate ; \nbut,  if  the  problem  can  be  solved,  some  one  set  of  people  are \nnearer  right  in  their  thought  of  God,  of  the  universe,  of \nman's  origin  and  destiny,  than  any  of  the  others.  And  by \nas  much  as  you  wish  to  be  on  God's  side  and  help  on  the \nspeedy  triumph  of  righteousness  and  truth,  by  so  much  you \nare  under  the  highest  of  all  obligations  to  try  at  least,  to  the \nbest  of  your  ability,  to  settle  this  question,  and  cast  your  in- \nfluence with  the  light  and  the  truth  and  the  hope  of  the \nworld.  You  have  no  right,  then,  to  join  this  church  or  that \nfrom  impulse,  merely  because  you  feel  like  it,  merely  be- \ncause you  find  comfort  and  peace  and  social  advantage  or \nany  mere  satisfaction  in  that  particular  church.  By  as  much \nas  you  are  an  intelligent  being,  by  so  much  it  is  your  highest \nduty  to  try  to  find  out  which  way  the  race  is  moving  most \nrapidly  towards  God  and  its  own  deliverance  j  and  then  it  is \nyour  duty  to  cast  in  your  influence  in  that  direction. \n\nSuppose  your  little  child  comes  to  you  and  asks  you,  What \nmust  I  do  in  this  case  or  that?  Is  it  enough  to  say.  My \nson,  you  must  do  right  ?  He  may  say.  What  is  right  ?  Can \nyou  settle  that  question  or  any  practical  problem  of  life  by \nyour  heart,  by  your  feeling?  Can  you  even  settle  it  by  your \nconscience?  No.  During  our  Civil  War  Stonewall  Jack- \nson was  just  as  conscientious  as  General  Grant.  Moham- \nmedans are  just  as  conscientious  as  Christians.  The  mother \nwho  casts  her  child  into  the  Ganges  is  as  conscientious  as \n\n\n12 \n\nthe  mother  who  gives  her  life  in  watching  over  her  child  who \nis  suffering  from  a  contagious  disease.  Conscientiousness \nmay  be  only  a  bias  or  a  prejudice.  What  is  right  in  this  or \nthat  direction  is  a  matter  for  intellect  to  determine.  What \ncourse  of  conduct  in  the  past  history  of  the  world  has  proved \nitself  to  be  helpful,  what  has  lifted  up  the  level  of  human \nsociety,  what  has  conduced  to  human  welfare,  what  has  made \nthe  world  nobler  and  better, —  these  are  questions  for  study. \nOur  hearts  not  only,  but  our  consciences,  need  constantly  to \nbe  supervised,  to  be  watched  over,  to  be  guided,  to  be  kept, \nby  the  intellect. \n\nTake  any  one  of  the  great  reforms  of  the  world, —  touch- \ning matters  of  crime,  touching  the  social  problem,  the  status \nof  labor,  questions  of  wages  or  temperance, —  take  any  of \nthese,  and,  as  I  have  said  to  you  before  let  me  say  it  in \nthis  .connection  again,  one  of  the  saddest  things  to  a  careful \nstudent  is  to  see  how  much  of  impulse,  how  much  of  heart, \nhow  much  of  emotion,  how  much  of  enthusiasm,  has  been \nwasted,  thrown  away,  merely  for  lack  of  intellectual  guid- \nance. How  many  people  there  are  to-day,  in  regard  to \nsocial  problems,  who  are  throwing  themselves  away, —  beat- \ning their  lives  out  against  the  eternal  laws  of  the  universe, \nattempting  the  impossible,  attempting  that  which  is  proved \nby  human  experience  a  hundred  times  over  to  be  impossible  I \nW^hy?  Because  they  are  ignorant, —  because  they  have  not \nstudied  human  history  and  learned  its  lessons,  because  they \nhave  not  found  out  that  the  same  thing  has  been  tried \nover  and  over  again  and  could  not  be  accomplished.  Men \nhave  wasted  half  their  lives  in  trying  to  invent  perpetual  mo- \ntion,—  something  in  the  nature  of  things  utterly  absurd, — \nsimply  because  of  the  lack  of  a  little  intellectual  guidance. \nWhen  any  reform  is  to  the  front,  it  is  not  enough  to  have \nemotion,  enthusiasm, —  to  have  people  feel  so  much  that  they \nwill  travel  round  the  world.  It  is  not  enough  that  their \nhearts  are  on  fire.  If  they  wish  to  succeed,  they  must  study \ncarefully  the  conditions  of  the  problem  in  the  light  of  mod- \nrn  history  and  experience,  and  find  out  which  way  to  act. \n\n\n13 \n\nIt  is  because  men  allow  their  hearts  to  have  too  much  to \nsay,  from  prejudice,  fr.om  impulse,  that  you  find  reformers  at \ncross-purposes  in  almost  every  direction,  hindering  each \nother  instead  of  helping  on  the  common  cause  in  which  they \nare  all  presumably  equally  interested. \n\nSo  it  does  not  make  any  difference  which  way  you  turn, \nyou  must  have  heart  and  head  in  judicious  combination. \n\nSuppose  you  go  down  to  the  wharf  with  me,  and  point  out \nto  me  two  ships  equally  well  built.  In  the  hold  of  one  there \nis  a  magnificent  engine  and  the  possibility  of  tremendous \npower.  The  amount  of  steam  that  you  can  get  up  is  enough \nto  drive  it  with  a  greater  rapidity  than  that  by  which  any \nsteamer  has  ever  crossed  the  sea.  But  there  is  no  chart,  it \nhas  no  rudder,  and  there  is  no  intelligent  man  placed  in \ncharge  of  it.  The  other  ship  has  no  boiler  and  no  engine  in \nthe  hold.  It  has  no  power  and  no  means  of  propulsion  ;  but \nit  has  the  finest  chart  of  the  Atlantic  ever  constructed,  an \nadmirable  rudder,  and  the  most  intelligent  and  experienced \ncaptain  that  you  could  demand.  Suppose  you  wish  to  go \nto  Europe,  which  steamer  would  you  take  ?  Of  course,  you \nwould  not  take  either.  Power  in  the  hold,  enough  to  drive  a \nship  or  a  cause  anywhere,  means  folly  and  destruction,  if  that \nis  all.  The  heart,  mighty  in  its  impulses,  with  power  enough \nto  revolutionize  the  world,  means  only  mischief,  if  that  is  all. \nOn  the  other  hand,  your  chart,  your  rudder,  your  intelligence \nat  the  helm,  are  utterly  powerless,  if  they  be  all.  What  it \nneeds,  then,  if  any  cause  is  to  get  anywhere,  if  a  church,  if \nreform,  if  any  human  institution,  is  to  succeed  and  be  of  ser- \nvice to  the  world,  is  the  impulse,  the  emotion,  the  magnifi- \ncent heart-power,  and  then  the  keenest,  clearest  intelligence \nof  the  mind,  educated  in  all  the  results  of  past  human  expe- \nrience.    It  needs  these  as  a  guide. \n\nI  am  not,  then,  an  advocate  of  the  heart  nor  of  the  head. \nI  am  an  advocate  of  the  heart  and  the  head,  the  heart  kept \nin  its  place  and  the  head  kept  in  its  place, —  one  power,  the \nother  guidance. \n\nA  true  man  is  a  man  of  sentiment.     A  man  is  worth  noth- \n\n\ning  for  this  world  if  sentiment  be  not  the  deepest  and  highest \nthing  in  all  his  nature.  Do  not  despise  as  weakness  that \nwhich  places  untold  value  on  a  bit  of  ribbon,  a  leaf,  a  faded \nflower.  I  have  two  books  in  my  library.  They  are  printed \non  poor  paper.  I  presume  I  could  replace  them  for  a  dollar \na  volume ;  but  a  hundred  dollars  or  five  hundred  would  not \nbuy  them.  Why?  Because,  when  I  take  those  books  in  my \nhand  or  read  them,  I  am  not  reading  merely  the  words  of  the \nauthor.  My  brother,  whose  voice  I  have  not  heard  for  many \nyears,  is  by  my  side,  looking  over  my  shoulder.  His  finger- \nprints are  on  the  leaves,  his  voice  is  in  my  ear,  his  heart \nbeats  close  to  mine ;  and  the  book  has  round  it  the  fragrance \nof  a  love  that  is  deeper  than  life.  This  is  sentiment.  Such \na  sentiment  binds  a  man  to  his  regiment,  to  his  flag,  to  bis \ncause,  to  his  church,  to  his  people,  to  his  home.  This  is  the \ngrandest  and  deepest  thing  in  man ;  but,  unless  reason  domi- \nnates it,  it  becomes  sentimentality,  which  is  a  shame  to  man- \nhood. It  is  a  weakness  then ;  and,  if  it  controls,  it  leads \nastray,  leads  to  folly  and  destruction. \n\nLet  us,  then,  cherish  the  heart,  and  know  that  he  only  is  a \nman  who  has  learned  to  love  the  highest,  the  truest,  the  most \nbeautiful,  the  best  things ;  and  that,  if  he  has  learned  to  love \nthese,  he  has  learned  them,  he  has  been  taught  by  his  intel- \nlect in  the  light  of  the  experience  of  the  past. \n\nFather,  Thou  art  love,  and  the  deepest  thing  in  Thee  is  love. \nAnd  Thou  art  also  infinite  wisdom,  and  the  wisdom  guides \nand  controls  the  love.  In  this,  as  in  all  things,  let  us  be \nperfect,  even  as  our  Father  in  heaven  is  perfect.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ...  20  cents. \n\n\"    Do{ ^7.50 \n\nCloth,     \"    Copy,    .     .     .     .  )0  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $2.^0 \n\n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  S.xvajje  cives  the  re.isons,  rl.arly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  nf-dcd.  It  anbWfr>  a  j^rt  .it  dt-niincl,  nnd  it  will  siipplv  a  serious  deficiency. \nH.ivinj;  had  the  privik');e  fif  ro.\\<liiij;  the  totiteiits  very  th(irim'«,hly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  char  icier  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide-  accepHnce  and  us«.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  prejurinc  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  iiidividii  il  handling,  lil  j>erMin.il  directiitn.  It  is  not  a  hird-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  l.inje  li'.)crtv  of  detdl,  e\\iil.in.itu»n,  and  nnfoldiiij;.  The \ndoctrinal  jiositions  are  in  accord  with  r.iti  .n.il  reli<!. in  ami  liheral  (Jiristianity,  the  criti- \ncal juvi;;ments  ay*i  based  on  modeni  schoMr-^hip,  and  the  '<reai  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  iiuiuirer  or  pnpil  to  a  pu•^iti\\e,  ]>;  rinancri:  faith,  li  any  owm  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sijjht  seuin  needli  ^'S,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  Kive  reasons,  point  out  err-Ts,  and  trace  causes:  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  suie  that  in  tlie  true  use  <jf  tln^  book  gieal  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nsdiools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cau^e. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nTliis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  **(.)ur  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural  I  Their  reading;  and  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  iTitical  scliolarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home  P.eside8  thi-*.  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachei^  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudy  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  question\"?  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  wviU  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  in  the  matter  of  inten^retation. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS.  Publisher,  141  Franklin  St.,  Boston,  Mass. \n\n\nPabUabed  weekly.  Prloe  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  Blnffle  oopy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol,  13 \n\n\nNOVEMBER  27,  1891 \n\n\nNo.  7 \n\n\nSERIES    ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\n\nIII.  MAN  THE  WAY  TO  GOD \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE   H.   ELLIS.   141   FRANKLIN   STREET \n\n189I \n\n\nEmiend  ai  the  Poat^o^Uet  Jiotion,  .Wum..  >**  *r«  ufnitUus  muU  matttr. \n\n\n\\0V  '^^'  lo9^ \n\n\nMr.  Savage's   Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruaion.     lamo #i.oo \n\nTheftc  Degenerate  Days.     Small  i6mo.     Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed.     lamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.     i6mo.     Full  gilL     With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Cloud.     i6mo.     Full  gilt 1.95 \n\nSocial  Problems.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religious  Life.     lamo 1.00 \n\nBelief  in  God.     lamo                     1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo 1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.          t.oo \n\nThe  Modern  Sphinx.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution.     lamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.     lamo          i.oo \n\nMao,  Woman  and  Child.     lamo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood,     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,     lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     i6mo       1.00 \n\nBluffton :  A  Stonr  of  To-day.     lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.     lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Signs  of  the  Times.     lamo i.oo \n\nLife.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.     For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.     Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nQoth I.oo \n\nLeather 1.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.    With  an  Introduction  by  £.  A.  Horton. \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  copy,   ....     accents.     Per  dos.,  1.50 \n\n**      Cloth,        \"           ....    30     '*                \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regularlv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.''  Subscription  price,  lor  the  season,  ^i.so; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS,  PuMisktr, \n\ni4i  Franklin  St,,  B^$i^,  Mau. \n\n\nMAN  THE  WAY  TO  GOD/ \n\n\n**  Oh  that  I  knew  where  I  might  find  him !  that  I  might  come  even  fc? \nhis  seat !  \" —  Job  xxiii.  3. \n\n\"  If,  therefore,  thou  art  offering  thy  gift  at  the  altar,  and  there  remem- \nberest  that  thy  brother  hath  aught  against  thee,  leave  there  thy  gift \nbefore  the  altar,  and  go  thy  way,  first  be  reconciled  to  thy  brother,  and \nthen  come  and  offer  thy  gift.** — Matt.  v.  23,  24. \n\nIf,  indeed,  it  be  true  that  God  is  the  soul,  the  life,  of  the \nuniverse ;  if  nothing  is  without  him ;  if  the  stars  are  guided \nin  their  courses  by  his  wisdom  and  held  in  their  places  by \nhis  power ;  if  the  tiniest  grains  o{  dust  as  they  move  through \ntheir  orbits  are  equally  moved  and  upheld  by  his  power ;  if \nwhat  we  call  natural  laws  are  only  the  methods  of  the  divine \nworking, —  then,  indeed,  it  must  be  true  that  the  secret  of  all \nthings  that  we  can  desire  is  in  finding  God.  If,  on  the \nphysical  plane,  I  find  him  and  obey  him,  it  means  bodily \nlife  and  health.  If,  on  the  mental  plane,  I  find  him  and  obey \nhim,  it  means  the  discovery  of  truth  and  beauty.  If,  on  the \naflectional  plane,  I  find  him  and  obey  him,  it  means  the  love \nand  the  adoration  of  all  things  true  and  beautiful  and  good. \nIf  on  the  still  higher  spiritual  plane,  though  we  may  not  be \nable  to  separate  it  from  either  of  the  others,  though  we  as \nspirits  may  comprehend  all  that  is  beneath  spirit,  on  this \nplane  finding  and  obeying  him  means  recognizing  our  divine \nsonship,  living  lives  in  this  world  as  sons  and  daughters  of \nGod.  And  God  is  all  that  I  have  hinted,  or  he  is  nothing. \nI  believe  with  my  whole  soul  that  the  universe  is  saturated \nwith  the  divine ;  that  it  is  divine  in  all  its  parts,  all  its  laws, \nall  its  forces  and  tendencies. \n\n•  PhoDOgraphically  reported. \n\n\nTo  find  God,  therefore,  consciously  or  unconsciously  on \nthe  part  of  man,  has  been  the  one  age-long  search  of  the \nrace ;  and  all  the  religions,  all  the  sects,  all  the  philosophies, \nall  the  schemes  of  human  invention,  all  the  dreams  and \nideals,  have  been  only  different  attempts  on  the  part  of \nhumanity  to  find  the  true,  the  beautiful,  the  good,  the  divine, \nwhich  means  to  find  God.  It  is  the  peculiarity,  necessarily \nso,  of  each  religion,  each  sect,  each  philosophy,  each  school, \nto  think  that  it  has  the  way,  that  it  knows  the  path,  that  it \ncan  guide  the  inquiring  soul  as  none  other  can.  Necessarily \nso,  I  say,  because,  if  a  Mohammedan,  for  example,  believed \nthat  the  Christian  knew  better  the  way  to  find  God  than  he \ndid,  he  would  become  converted  and  would  be  a  Christian. \nIf  an  Episcopalian  believed  that  a  Unitarian  knew  better  the \npathway  to  God,  he  would  cease  to  be  an  Episcopalian  and \nwould  become  a  Unitarian.  That  is,  if  men  are  in  earnest, \nif  men  think,  if  men  care,  they  must  occupy  that  position \nwhich  they  believe  to  be  most  favorable  to  the  discovery  of \nthe  divine  secret  of  the  universe  and  of  life. \n\nI  propose  this  morning  to  ask  you  to  review  with  me  some \nof  the  methods  that  men  have  devised  for  finding  God,  to \nnote  what  degree  of  success  has  attended  their  search ;  and \nthen  I  want  to  ask  you  to  note  with  me  what  Jesus  says \nabout  his  way  of  finding  God,  and  to  see  whether  he  appears \nto  have  touched  the  divine  secret,  so  that  we  may  give  our- \nselves heartily  to  his  method,  confident  that  the  result  shall \nbe  the  revelation  to  us  of  the  beatific  vision. \n\nOne  of  the  commonest  ways,  represented  in  more  denom- \ninations than  one,  represented  in  more  sects  than  one,  most \nmarked  in  the  antique  world  and  not  yet  outgrown,  has  been \nand  is  the  belief  that  we  could  find  God  by  going  to  some \nplace,  by  going  on  some  sort  of  pilgrimage,  that  men  could \ncome  to  his  seat  by  a  journey  through  space.  Study  the \ncondition  of  the  thought  and  the  practical  life  of  the  He- \nbrews before  the  coming  of  Jesus,  and  you  find  it  was  in \nJerusalem  and  not  in  all  of  that,  it  was  in  the  temple  and \nnot  in  all  the  temple,  it  was  in  the  holy  place,  the  holy  of \n\n\n5 \n\nholies,  where  God  could  be  found.  His  presence  was  mani- \nfested above  the  ark  of  the  covenant,  and  the  people  once  a \nyear,  or  twice,  or  thrice,  as  often  as  they  might,  came  up \nfrom  all  the  distant  parts  of  the  country  on  a  pilgrimage  to \nthe  holy  city,  that  they  might  find  God,  that  they  might  hear \nhis  word  spoken  to  them,  that  they  might  make  confession \nof  their  sins  and  hear  the  priest  echo  the  divine  forgiveness \nand  send  them  home  at  peace,  unburdened  and  free. \n\nGo  to  Mohammedan  countries,  and  there,  from  the  most \ndistant  quarters,  the  pilgrims  throng  the  ways  that  lead  to \nMecca,  and,  when  they  have  reached  Mecca  and  the  temple, \nthe  Caaba,  that  special  part  of  the  temple  which  is  pecul- \niarly so  named,  it  was  supposed  to  contain  a  black  stone \nwhich  an  angel  had  given  to  Abraham,  and  which  had  been \npreserved  there  all  these  centuries ;  and  it  had  about  it,  in \nsome  peculiar  way,  a  manifestation  of  the  divine  presence. \nTo  make  this  pilgrimage,  to  kiss  this  sacred  stone,  was  to \nhave  come  into  the  very  presence  of  God,  to  have  had  one's \nsins  taken  away  and  one's  soul  made  clean. \n\nIn  the  ancient  classic  world,  among  the  Greeks  and \nRomans,  and  in  many  older  than  they,  it  was  believed  that \nthe  gods  were  so  attached  to  the  soil,  to  special  places,  that, \nwhen  they  migp'ated  and  colonized  some  other  part  of  the \nworld  or  founded  another  city,  they  must  take  some  of  the \nsacred  soil  with  them,  because  the  gods  were  linked  to  that, \nand  only  thus  could  they  keep  their  deities  with  them. \n\nAmong  the  Hebrews,  as  we  know,  God  was  supposed  in \nearlier  times  to  be  carried  about  in  a  box  called  the  ark ;  and \nbe  was  so  attached  to  it  that,  when  the  Philistines  captured \nthe  ark,  their  God  had  departed  from  them,  and  they  were \nweak  and  helpless.  And  they  thought  the  gods  of  their \nenemies  were  confined  to  special  territories ;  and,  when  the \nHebrews  were  on  those  territories  where  these  gods  resided, \nthey  could  not  conquer  their  enemies.  They  must  get  them \non  to  a  foreign  soil.  There  they  would  be  without  their \ndeities'  help,  and  so  would  easily  become  victims. \n\nWe   hold  still,  in   Christendom,  so  far  as   the  majority \n\n\nthought  is  concerned,  substantially  the  same  ideas.  Within \nthe  last  year  the  pilgrims  by  the  thousand,  so  eager  to  find \nGod  that  they  have  trampled  on  each  other  to  their  hurt, \nhave  crowded  the  temple  at  Treves  to  get  a  look  at  the  tat- \ntered rags  of  a  garment  supposed  to  have  been  worn  by \nJesus,  thinking  that,  if  they  could  get  there, —  told  this  by \nthe  chief  of  Christendom, —  and  could  offer  so  many  prayers \nas  they  passed  through  the  cathedral,  their  sins  would  be \ntaken  away. \n\nTo  find  God  in  special  places,  by  journeys,  by  travelling, \nby  pilgrimages,  this  has  been  a  popular  conception  in  almost \nevery  age.  God  was  located  at  some  particular  place.  If \nthey  could  only  get  there,  they  could  get  to  his  seat  and \nmight  receive  pardon  and  aid. \n\nThere  is  a  truth  here ;  and  that  is  the  reason  that  the  per- \nnicious error  so  abides.  There  are  places  on  earth  that  are \nmore  sacred  on  account  of  associations,  memories,  hopes, \nthan  other  places ;  and  in  these  it  is  easier  for  us  to  cultivate \ncertain  moods  of  mind,  of  heart,  of  spirit,  and  this  is  the  soul \nof  truth  that  is  in  this  huge  error  that  has  so  misled  the \nworld. \n\nLet  us  note  another  way  in  which  people  have  supposed \nthey  could  find  God,  could  come  to  him, —  the  way  that  Jesus \nrefers  to  in  that  passage  of  Scripture  which  is  part  of  my \ntext.  They  have  believed  that  God  could  be  bought,  that \nthere  was  some  special  gift  that  he  wanted,  and,  if  you  came \nwith  it  in  your  hands,  you  were  sure  of  his  favor.  Among \nthe  Greeks  and  Romans  this  was  a  very  common  thought. \nThe  gods  were  angry,  and  would  send  a  pestilence,  a  dise^e, \ndrought,  disaster  of  some  kind,  would  neglect  their  people, \nwould  give  them,  in  the  time  of  war,  into  the  hands  of  their \nenemies.  Why?  Because  their  altars  had  been  neglected, \nbecause  the  usually  furnished  gifts  had  not  been  brought. \nNow  and  again  people  entered,  or  supposed  they  entered, \ninto  a  divine  compact.  They  would  say  to  Jupiter  or  Juno, \nor  Venus  or  Mars,  I  will  bring  so  many  animals,  I  will  bring \nsuch  gifts  to  your  altar  on  condition  that  you  give  me  so \nmuch  help  in  this  expedition  which  I  am  about  to  undertake. \n\n\nThis  is  not  confined  to  Paganism.  It  was  a  Hebrew  idea. \nJesus  found  the  people  coming  to  the  temple  and  bringing \ntheir  gifts  without  any  regard  to  the  condition  of  their  hearts \nor  the  impassable  barriers  which  they  had  set  up  between \nthemselves  and  the  divine.  Coming  with  their  gifts,  when \nthe  altars  were  red  and  running  with  blood,  they  supposed \nthat  God  would  become  suddenly  their  friend,  their  helper, \ntheir  light.  What  is  the  condition  of  Christendom  to-day  in \nalmost  every  part  of  the  world  concerning  this  ?  It  is  taught \nfrom  nine-tenths  of  the  pulpits  of  Christendom  today  that \nGod  is  a  Being  who  can  be  bought,  who  has  been  bought, \nwho  must  be  bought :  only,  instead  of  thinking  that  we  can \nbay  him  with  bulls  and  goats,  and  turtle-doves  and  pigeons, \nmen  hold  that  there  must  be  an  infinite  price  paid,  even  the \ndivine  Man ;  that  this  one  sacrifice  offered  up  once  for  all \nobviates  the  necessity  of  any  more.  The  principle  is  utterly \nunchanged,  God  purchasable,  his  favor  purchasable,  no  mercy, \nno  help,  no  love,  unless  the  price  has  been  paid. \n\nThis  was  a  very  good  time,  as  I  shall  note,  for  Jesus  to \nhave  announced  this  principle  if  he  had  ever  heard  of  it  or \nif  he  had  believed  it. \n\nThen  people  have  supposed  that  God  was  to  be  found  at \ncertain  epochs  in  the  world's  history.  There  are  certain \nperiods  of  human  life  that  are  looked  upon  as  divine  periods. \nGod  was  on  earth,  and  was  dealing  with  man  in  a  peculiarly \nreligious  manner ;  and,  by  conning  over  the  records  of  these \nperiods,  studying  them,  we  are  supposed  to  gfet  close  to  God, \nclose  to  God's  ways. \n\nGod  has  been  supposed  to  manifest  himself  in  a  miraculous \nand  unusual  way.  This  is  another  way  by  which  people  have \nsought  to  find  God.  If  they  could  be  touched,  directed, \nlifted,  thrilled,  by  some  magic  of  miracle,  they  supposed  they \nwere  to  be  in  the  presence  of  the  Divine.  Do  you  remember \nthe  beautiful  lesson  which  the  poet  Lowell  teaches  us  in  that \nregard?  In  one  of  his  parables  he  represents  a  man  as \nstarting  out  in  search  of  God,  going  to  a  supposed  holy  hill \nand  praying  that  some  sign  might  be  granted  him  that  God \n\n\n8 \n\nwas  there  and  he  was  accepted ;  and,  as  he  watched,  a  rock \nbreaks  open  at  his  feet  and  a  beautiful  little  flower  suddenly \nappears  and  unfolds  its  fragrance,  and,  as  he  plucks  it,  the \nthought  sweeps  over  him  that  precisely  this  same  flower  his \nonly  little  child  had  brought  to  him  as  he  started  on  his \npilgrimage,  plucked  by  his  very  doorway.  People  are  per- \npetually seeking  for  God  in  the  unusual,  and  forgetting \nthat  it  is  just  in  the  usual  that  we  shall  find  him.  I  was \nasked  the  other  night,  during  the  eclipse,  as  I  sat  hour  after \nhour  watching  it,  How  is  it  that  astronomers  know  so  cer- \ntainly the  hour  and  the  second,  even  the  fragment  of  a  sec- \nond, when  an  eclipse  is  to  begin  and  when  it  is  to  end? \nThey  know  precisely  because  of  the  perfect  order  of  the \nuniverse.  Should  there  be  the  variation  of  the  fraction  of  a \nminute,  every  intelligent  man  on  earth  would  stand  appalled; \nfor  it  would  mean  that  the  Almighty  Energy  was  losing  some- \nhow its  grip  on  the  eternal  order  of  the  world.  It  is  just  in \nthis  common,  in  this  perfect  order,  in  the  usual,  and  not  in \nthe  unusual  that  we  are  to  look  for  the  perfection  of  the \nDivine. \n\nThen  men  have  looked  for  God  in  intellectual  statements \nof  supposed  truths  called  creeds.  I  am  sometimes  accused \nof  making  too  much  of  the  head,  of  the  intellectual  side  of \nreligion  and  of  life.  I  am  glad  therefore  of  this  opportunity \nto  say  that  a  man  conceivably  might  map  out  the  universe \nwith  perfect  accuracy  in  every  part,  and  might  be  able  to \ngive  us  a  complete  and  true  statement  of  the  nature  and \ncharacter  of  God  from  eternity  to  eternity,  without  its  bring- \ning him  a  fraction  of  a  step  nearer  to  the  Divine.  In  those \nepochs  in  the  world's  history  when  men  have  been  fighting \nover  creeds,  over  intellectual  statements,  they  have  generally \nbeen  much  further  from  God  than  when  they  have  forgotten \nthem,  and  have  been  absorbed  in  some  humble  kind  of \nhuman  service. \n\nTake  the  picture  of  that  great  convention,  that  ecumen- \nical council,  that  settled  the  dispute  between  Arius  and \nAthanasius.     Anything  but    divine  were  the  means  used. \n\n\nanything  but  divine  were  the  passions  aroused.  Never  was \nthere  a  bitterer,  meaner,  more  contemptible,  less  human \npolitical  convention  than  was  that  meeting  when  these  sup- \nposed servants  of  God  wrangled  over  their  definitions  of \nthe  divine  nature.  And,  no  matter  which  side  had  won,  no \nvictory  won  by  unhuman  and  undivine  passions  and  forces \ncan  ever  bring  us  nearer  to  God. \n\nSo  there  are  books,  literatures,  that  they  tell  us  are  full  of \nGod.  By  reading,  by  saturating  ourselves  with  these,  we  can \nfind  him.  But,  if  you  have  studied  carefully  the  history  of \nthe  world,  you  will  have  noted  that  men  will  go  through \nreligious  literatures,  and  generally  come  out  having  dis- \ncovered that  which  they  were  seeking.  If  they  have  gone \ninto  the  study  with  a  purpose,  if  they  have  had  a  theory,  if \nthey  have  been  attempting  to  establish  such  and  such  ideas \nas  true,  they  have  generally  found  weapons  enough  with \nwhich  to  carry  on  their  warfare,  and  have  forgotten  the  divine \nspirit  that  they  were  supposed  to  be  looking  for.  None  of \nthese  ways  can  with  any  certainty  bring  us  to  God,  because \nnone  of  these  paths  can  be  trusted  to  take  us  to  his  seat. \n\nHow,  then  ?  Turn  with  me  to  see  what  it  is  that  Jesus  has \nto  say  on  this  subject.  He  says.  If  thou  art  bringing  thy \npft  to  the  altar,  and  there  rememberest  that  thy  brother \nhath  aught  against  thee,  leave  there  thy  gift  before  the  altar, \nand  go  thy  way,  first  be  reconciled  to  thy  brother,  and  then \ncome  and  offer  thy  gift.  Then  you  may  find  the  way  open. \nThe  way,  then,  is  not  through  the  gift,  but  through  the \nbrother. \n\nHere  let  me  note  in  passing  a  point  at  which  I  hinted  a \nmoment  ago.  If  Jesus  had  heard  anything  of  his  being  the \nsecond  person  in  the  trinity,  of  his  being  the  Almighty  God, \nof  its  being  necessary  for  people  to  believe  it  and  to  know \nit  in  order  to  find  God ;  if  he  had  ever  heard  anything  about \nthe  doctrine  of  the  atonement,  of  blood,  of  the  way  to  pur- \nchase God's  favor,  and  the  bridging  over  the  separation \nbetween  man  and  God  ;  if  he  had  ever  heard  anything  about \nthe  necessity  for  believing  a  certain  number  of  articles,  of \n\n\nlO \n\nbelieving  a  certain  statement  of  truth, —  if,  I  say,  he  had  ever \nheard  of  any  of  these  things  as  being  so  necessary  that  they \nare  indispensable,  as  we  are  taught,  and  as  it  has  been \ntaught  throughout  Christendom  for  the  last  nineteen  hun- \ndred years  nearly, —  here  would  have  been  a  very  good  place \nfor  him  to  have  said  something  about  it.  But  no  hint,  nor \nword.  In  fact,  there  is  no  hint,  no  word  anywhere,  that \nJesus  ever  said  anything  about  any  of  these  things.  When- \never he  has  put  himself  on  record  at  all,  it  has  been  as \nhe  has  put  himself  on  record  here.  In  the  25th  of  Matthew, \nas  he  represents  the  great  judgment  scene,  there  is  not  one \nsingle  thing  even  suggested  as  the  reason  for  going  to  the \nright  hand  or  the  left  but  human  service.  But  here,  if  you \nwish  to  find  God,  stop  and  think,  Have  any  of  your  brethren \nanything  against  you?  I  wish  you  to  notice  the  searching \nquality  of  these  words.  He  does  not  say,  If  you  have  any- \nthing against  any  of  your  brethren,  but  Has  any  man  or  any \nwoman  on  earth  anything  against  you  ?  He  does  not  go  so \nfar  as  to  say  that  there  must  necessarily  be  good  ground  for \nit,  either.  Has  anybody  on  earth  anything  against  you? \nSuppose  it  is  a  misconstruction,  suppose  it  is  a  misconcep- \ntion of  something  you  have  said  or  done  :  no  matter.  Jesus \nsays  there  is  an  obstacle.  Now,  see  how  just  and  true  and \nfar-reaching  these  words  are.  Here  is  a  brother  or  a  sister \nwho  finds  something  that  you  have  done,  or  that  they  think  you \nhave  done  or  said,  making  them  bitter,  making  them  hard, \nturning  them  away  from  the  divine  love,  making  a  hindrance, \na  stumbling-block,  something  that  keeps  thehi  from  finding \nGod,  something  that  keeps  them  from  being  in  loving  rela- \ntion with  their  fellow-men,  and  you  can  remove  it.  Suppose \nthere  is  no  real  ground,  suppose  you  have  not  done  anything, \nas  you  say,  to  justify  it,  why,  then,  all  the  easier  can  you \nremove  the  difficulty.  Do  not  stand  on  your  pride,  and \nsay,  I  have  said  nothing,  I  have  done  nothing ;  and  he  may \ndo  as  he  pleases  or  help  himself,  if  he  can.  That  is  human ; \nbut  it  is  not  the  divine  way,  not  the  tender,  the  true,  the \nloving  way.     Here  is  a  soul  in  difficulty,  a  soul  in  a  snare,  a \n\n\nII \n\nsoul  stumbling,  a  soul  not  finding  the  path.  Go  help  that \nsoul,  or  dare  not  corae  into  the  presence  of  God.  So  long  as \nthere  is  a  plain,  simple,  human,  helpful  duty  undone,  you  can- \nnot find  the  way  to  God, —  so  long  as  there  is  a  barrier  like \nthat  between  you  and  him. \n\nMuch  more  is  this  true,  when  you  turn  it  round,  and  say, \nHere  is  a  man  that  I  have  injured,  here  is  somebody  that  I \nhave  wronged  ;  and  you  do  not  take  the  trouble  to  put  it \nright.  If  there  is  a  man  or  woman  that  you  have  wronged, \nnot  only  in  this  world,  but  in  any  other  world,  until  you  set \nit  right  so  far  as  you  are  able,  there  will  be  an  obstacle  be- \ntween you  and  perfect  communion  with  the  Divine  that  no \nprayers,  no  sacraments,  no  blood,  no  creeds,  no  Bible  read- \ning, no  church  attendance,  no  religious  duty  of  any  kind  can \ntouch.  It  is  you  that  must  touch  it :  God  himself  cannot  get \nthat  difficulty  out  of  the  way. \n\nBut  suppose  you  are  free  in  all  these  directions.  Sup- \npose you  can  say,  I  have  never  knowingly  injured  man, \nwoman,  or  child.  Suppose  you  can  say,  I  do  not  know  of \nany  case  where  a  person  is  bitter  or  unhappy  or  whose  life \nis  shadowed  even  by  what  thty  think  I  have  said  or  done. \nSuppose  you  can  say  that.  Is  that  enough?  I  think  not. \nHere  are  men  ignorant,  here  are  men  vicious,  here  are  men \ncriminal,  here  are  women  struggling  against  legal  and  social \nobstacles  that  stand  in  the  way  of  their  earning  an  honest \nliving.  Here  are  people  beating  their  lives  out  against \nsocial  barriers  which  they  did  not  erect.  Here  are  indus- \ntrial snarls  and  tangles  that  hinder  the  growth  of  true  and \nnoble  manhood  on  the  part  of  those  who  are  enmeshed \nin  them, —  men  and  women  fighting  every  waking  hour  for \na  bit  of  bread,  with  no  leisure,  no  time  to  cultivate  anything \nhigher  than  the  animal  in  them.  Here  are  people  in  the \ntoils  of  all  sorts  of  temptations  and  evils,  and  you  suppose \nyou  are  negatively  blameless !  Is  there  nothing  yet  remain- \ning for  you  to  do  as  pertaining  to  the  relation  in  which  you \nstand  to  your  brother  ?  Is  there  nothing  in  the  words  nobUsse \nobliged      Is   there  nothing  that  calls  for  help,  for    thought. \n\n\n12 \n\nfor  kindliness,  for  generosity,  for  sympathy,  on  your  part? \nThe  only  way  by  which  coming  to  God  is  to  be  brought \nabout  here  on  earth  is  by  each  one  of  us  doing  all  we  can  to \nhelp  to  lift,  to  lighten,  the  lives  of  others.  And  this  is  the \nhighest  and  divinest  obligation  resting  on  every  human  soul. \nTry  to  be  just ;  try  to  be  generous  ;  learn  to  be  sympathetic \ntowards  the  weaknesses  and  frailties  and  follies  of  the  world. \nThat  is,  try  to  understand  men  and  women,  so  that  you  can \ndo  something  to  help,  to  lift,  to  lead  them  into  better  ways. \nNow,  suppose  a  man  does  this.  Suppose  a  man  loses  him- \nself in  this  effort  to  make  the  world  better.  Suppose  he \ngives  money  and  time,  and  thought  and  leisure  and  effort,  so \nfar  as  he  is  able.  Suppose  he  counts  himself  as  one  of  the \nhelpers  of  his  race.  Do  you  see  where  he  is  going  ?  Do  you \nnot  see  how  he  is  illustrating  the  teaching  of  Jesus  ?  Sup- \npose a  man  becomes  like  Jesus, —  merciful,  loving,  helpful \ntowards  his  fellow-men, —  do  you  not  see  that  he  is  becoming \ndivine  ?  That  is  what  being  divine  means.  As  you  read  the \nhistory  of  the  world,  is  it  not  apparent  that  Jesus  touched \nthe  deepest  things  ?  When  asked  what  it  is  to  be  great,  he \nanswered  that  it  was  becoming  a  servant.  Read  the  names \non  the  roll  of  human  greatness,  those  who  are  really  great, \nand  they  are  only  those  men  who  have  somehow  served \ntheir  fellows,  who  have  made  the  world  better,  lighter, \nsweeter,  easier.  Greatness  is  not  getting :  it  is  not  domi- \nnation. Jesus  said.  The  princes  of  the  Gentiles  exercise  lord- \nship over  them,  but  it  shall  not  be  so  among  you.  In  so  far \nas  those  who  have  called  themselves  Christian  popes  and \nfathers  have  exercised  lordship,  by  just  so  much  have  they \ngone  away  from  God.  Those  that  most  completely  have \nforgotten  selfishness  and  domination  in  serving  their  fel- \nlows, by  so  much  have  they  approached  the  presence  and \nthe  likeness  of  the  Divine.  You  remember  that  often-told \nanecdote  of  Wilberforce.  When  some  petty,  zealous,  soul- \nsaver  came  to  him  while  he  was  engaged  in  his  great  phil- \nanthropic work,  and  asked  if  his  soul  was  saved,  he  stopped \na  moment  in  amazement,  half-puzzled  to  find  what  the  foolish \n\n\n13 \n\nman  was  talking  about,  and  then  said,  '*  Why,  I  have  been \nso  busy  about  these  other  matters,  trying  to  help  my  fellow- \nmen,  that  really  I  had  forgotten  whether  I  had  any  soul.\" \nThat  is  the  way  to  save  your  soul ;  and,  if  you  have  any  kind \nof  soul,  which  can  be  saved  in  any  other  way,  it  is  not  worth \nthe  trouble. \n\nDeveloping  your  character,  then,  along  these  lines  of  sym- \npathy and  help  of  your  fellow-men  is  the  only  way  to  God, \nbecause  that  is  the  way  of  God-likeness  and  the  only  way \nby  which  you  can  approach  to  man  or  God.  The  only  way  by \nwhich  you  can  approach  a  soul  is  along  the  pathway  of  sym- \npathy, of  likeness. \n\nLet  me  hint  an  illustration.  We  think,  perhaps,  that  we \nwould  have  liked  to  have  been  in  London  in  the  days  of  the \nold  Globe  Theatre,  when  Shakspere  and  his  friends  were \nwalking  the  streets  like  common  men.  Do  you  suppose  that \nthe  men  that  walked  the  streets  with  him,  perhaps  called  him \n\"Will\"  in  their  familiarity,  got  very  near  to  Shakspere? \nProbably  there  was  not  one  soul  in  London  at  that  time, — \nunless  he  had  the  sympathetic  power  of  entering  into  the \nsecrets  of  his  life  and  responding  to  his  thoughts  and  emo- \ndons, —  though  he  may  have  brushed  his  clothes  as  he \npassed  him  on  the  street  every  day,  who  got  a  thousandth \npan  as  near  to  Shakspere  as  Mr.  Rolfe  of  Cambridge \ncomes  every  day.  Here  is  sympathy  of  soul,  a  student  that \nenters  into  his  life,  comes  close  to  his  spirit,  feels  his  very \nheart  throb,  responds  to  the  very  movements  of  the  mole- \ncules of  his  brain:  he  knows  Shakspere. \n\nThey  tell  the  story  of  that  clod,  that  peasant,  in  Stratford \non  Avon,  whom  some  visitor  asked  about  Shakspere. \n\"  Shakspere  was  born  here  ? \"  the  visitor  asked.  **  I  believe \nhe  was,\"  he  answered.  He  was  asked  if  he  knew  the  house. \nHe  said  he  had  known  of  such  a  house  being  pointed  out. \nHe  was  asked  if  he  knew  what  Shakspere  had  written.  He \nreplied  that  he  did  not  know  much  about  it,  but  he  had \nheard  he  had  written  some  very  famous  thing,  perhaps  it \nmight  be  the  Prayer  Book  or  the  Bible.     Because  the  same \n\n\n14 \n\nsun  shone  on  him,  because  he  breathed  the  same  air,  trod \nthe  same  soil,  where  Shakspere  lived  and  breathed,  did  that \nbring  him  near  to  Shakspere  ?  It  is  sympathy,  and  sympa- \nthy only,  that  brings  us  near  to  another  spirit  and  another \nmind.  Take  the  hoards  of  sight-seers  that  every  year  tread \nthe  galleries  of  Europe  because  it  is  the  proper  thing  to  do. \nHow  near  do  they  get  to  Rubens,  to  the  great  painters,  to \nthe  great  sculptors,  to  the  great  artists  of  the  world  ?  There \nare  leagues  of  impassable  obstacles  between  them,  though \nthey  may  be  staring  upon  their  faces.  There  is  nothing  in \nthese  masterpieces  that  can  find  in  them  anything  to  touch. \nTravelling  through  space,  reading  books  about  them,  and \nwalking  over  places  made  sacred  and  hallowed  by  their  feet \ndo  not  bring  them  into  their  presence. \n\nThis  principle  applies  in  religion  precisely  as  it  applies \nanywhere  else.  The  loving,  tender,  tolerant,  faithful,  patient, \npersistent  service  of  man  brings  us  to  God  precisely  because \nit  develops  the  justice,  the  love,  the  tenderness,  the  sympa- \nthy, the  patience,  the  toleration,  the  helpfulness,  which  are \ndivine. \n\nFather,  we  are  glad  that  we  can  be  sure  of  finding  Thee \nalong  the  common  pathways  of  life ;  that  we  need  not  leave \nour  present  duty,  the  simplest  service,  in  search  of  Thee,  but \nthat  Thou  art  all  round  us  if  only  we  will  listen,  if  only  we \ncan  see,  if  only  we  become  sensitive  and  can  feel.  So  let \nus  seek  for  Thee  by  utter  faithfulness,  in  trying  to  serve  our \nfellow-men,  and  we  will  thank  Thee  now  and  always.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,    ,     .     ,     ,  20  cents. \n\n\"    Doi ^7.50 \n\nOotb,    \"    Copy,    .     .     ,    .  )o  cents. \n\n\"      \"    Doi $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCriON. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  very  thorougnly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \naopredatioQ  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nat  sapplenienting,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctnnal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal jndgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  tmth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sonday-achooL  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudy  laige  woiks.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject \n\nThe  Kst  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adaptea  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  in^nt  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  in  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nGEO.  H.  BLLIS,  Publisher,  141  Franklin  St.,  Boston,  Mass. \n\n\nPubllBhed  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  slnfirle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol.  13  DECEMBER  4,  1891  No.  8 \n\n\nTfllNGS  THAT  HINDER  THANKFULNESS \n\n\nC \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n189X \n\n\nEmieni  at  the  Fott-ofiee,  BotUm,  Matt.,  at  teamtUUut  mail  matter \n\n\nOFC   '.    169' \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligions  Reconstruction,     lamo Si.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Dmys.    Snull  i6no.     Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed.    lamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.     i6mo.    Full  gilt    With  portrait i.jo \n\nLight  on  the  Qond.    i6ino.    Full  gilt i.tj \n\nSocial  Problems,    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religious  Life,     ismo i.oo \n\nBeUef  in  God.    ismo  i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     ismo         i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.  i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Erolution.     lamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.    lamo  i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,    ismo 1.00 \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood,    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  ETolution.    ismo i.fo \n\nLife  Questions.    i6mo       1 .00 \n\nBluffton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.    ismo i.jo \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times.    lamo i.oo \n\nLife,     tamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Sonn  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Sdited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth 1.00 \n\nLeather 1.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy,  ....     ao  cents.    Perdos.,  i.jo \n\n*•      Cloth,       *«  ....    30     ••  \"  a.$o \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regularlv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  xor  the  season,  ^i.jo; \nsinKie  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO.  H.  BLLIS,  PtMuktr, \n\n141  FrofMim  St.,  B^sUn,  Mats. \n\n\nTHINGS  THAT  HINDER  THANKFULNESS/ \n\n\nMy  subject  this  morning  is  some  things  fhat  hinder  thank- \nfulness. As  my  text,  I  have  chosen  the  words  from  the \nseventeenth  chapter  of  the  Gospel  according  to  Luke,  seven- \nteenth and  eighteenth  verses:  \"And  Jesus  answering  said, \nWere  there  not  ten  cleansed  ?  but  where  are  the  nine  ? \nThere  are  not  found  that  returned  to  give  glory  to  God,  save \nthis  stranger.\" \n\nI  was  talking  the  other  day  with  an  intimate  friend  whose \nheart  is  weighed  down  by  the  heaviest  loss  that  can  inno- \ncently come  to  any  true  heart.  He  had  lost  the  one  great \nyearlong  love  of  his  life.  I  expected  to  find  him  utterly \ncrushed  and  broken ;  and,  indeed,  there  was  no  lack  of  sor- \nrow. But  he  said  to  me,  \"I  am  astonished  at  myself  to \nfind  the  moods  of  exaltation  into  which  I  am  lifted  in  this \nhour  of  my  great  trouble.\"  And  he  said  further,  \"  I  am  sim- \nply overwhelmed  with  a  sense  of  gratitude,  when  I  think  how \nrich  a  possession  I  have  had  for  so  many  long,  long  years.\" \nAnd  then  he  went  on  to  add  that  it  seemed  to  him  that  none \nof  us  could  appreciate  the  things  which  we  really  have,  quite \nunderstand  how  rich  we  are,  quite  comprehend  how  well  off, \nuntil  some  such  stroke  comes,  and  we  are  alone  in  the  midst \nof  the  wreck,  our  life  rich  only  in  memories.  It  seemed  to \nme,  then,  that  perhaps  I  could  hardly  do  better  this  morning \nthan  to  try  to  suggest  some  of  the  things  that  stand  in  the \nway  of  the  expression  of  this  gratitude  to  which  he  alluded. \n\nNote  the  expression  of  surprise  in  the  words  that  I  have \ntaken  as  my  text.     I  need  not  go  into  any  critical  discussion \n\n*  Phonognphically  reported. \n\n\nbefore  this  audience  as  to  the  story  of  the  cleansing  of  the \nten  lepers.  Let  us  lake  it  as  a  story,  no  matter  how  much \nof  it  be  historical  and  how  much  not.  The  story  stands \nthat,  as  Jesus  was  on  one  of  his  journeys  through  the  coun- \ntry, he  saw  ten  lepers  standing  afar  off,  because  the  custom, \nthe  law  was  such  that  they  were  not  allowed  to  come  nigh \nto  any  one  who  was  not  a  leper,  lest  the  contagious  disease \nshould  be  spread.  He  saw  these  ten  lepers  standing  afar \noff ;  and,  having  heard  of  the  wonderful  works  that  he  had \nperformed,  they  <?ried  out,  and  begged  that  they  might  be \nhealed.  He  simply  says  to  them,  \"  Go  and  show  yourselves \nto  the  priest.\"  This  was  the  custom  among  the  people. \nThey  departed.  In  a  little  while  one  of  them  returns,  and, \nfalling  on  his  knees,  gives  God  glory  for  the  wonderful  work \nthat  had  been  wrought  upon  him  by  the  hands  of  the  Naza- \nrene.  But  Jesus,  looking  upon  him,  turned  to  his  disciples \nand  said,  Is  he,  this  stranger,  this  Samaritan,  the  only  one \nwho  appreciates  the  gift  that  has  been  bestowed  upon  hira \nsufficiently  to  lead  him  to  come  and  offer  his  thanks }  One \nout  of  ten  among  the  lepers  was  grateful,  appreciated  that \nwhich  had  been  bestowed  upon  him.  One  out  of  ten  thank- \nful !  Are  there  as  many  as  that  in  this  congregation  ?  Are \nthere  as  many  as  that  on  the  average  throughout  the \ncity  of  Boston  who  during  the  past  week  have  not  merely \nbeen  glad  or  satisfied,  but  who  have  been  lifted  even  a  little \non  some  wave  of  thankful  emotion  ?  So  many  of  us  are  not \nthankful,  or  so  many  of  us  do  not  appear  to  be.  Let  us  note \na  few  of  the  things  that  stand  in  the  way,  a  few  of  the  things \nthat  hinder. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  I  shall  put  something  very  plainly  in- \ndeed. It  seems  to  me  that  one  of  the  principal  things  right \non  the  threshold  that  stands  in  the  way  and  hinders  hearty, \nearnest,  glad  expression  of  thanksgiving  is  human  conceit. \nFor  one  person  who  feels  thankful,  and  who  expresses  thank- \nfulness for  what  he  has,  you  find  large  numbers  of  people \nwho  are  fault-finding,  who  are  not  satisfied,  who  seem  to  feel \nthat  somehow   or  other  they  have  been  wronged  by  some- \n\n\nbody,  because  they  are  not  what  they  are  not,  because  they \ndo  not  possess  certain  things.  Here  is  some  person  whose \nlife  is  imbittered  because  he  is  not  rich.  Why  should  he \nbe  rich  ?  On  whom  or  what  has  he  any  claim  for  riches  ? \nIf  we  are  going  to  be  dissatisfied  and  fault-finding  because \nwe  are  not  this  or  that,  and  have  not  this  or  that,  then  we \nought  to  be  able  to  bring  home  to  the  cause  of  our  condition \nthe  righteousness  of  our  complaint. \n\nOn  whom  or  what  have  we  a  claim  for  anything  ?  Let  me \npoint  out  what  seems  to  me  the  extent  of  our  rightful  claims. \n1  think  we  have  just  claims  on  our  fathers  and  our  mothers, \nif  they  are  still  living,  for  the  utmost  they  can  do  for  our \nwelfare, —  not  necessarily  for  our  immediate  happiness,  but  for \nour  ultimate  welfare.  The  parents  bring  children  into  the \nworld  without  the  children's  petition  or  consent.  They  are \nresponsible  for  their  being  launched  on  the  sea  of  life.  They, \nthen,  are  under  the  highest  conceivable  obligation  to  do  their \nvery  utmost  to  see  to  it  that  the  life  of  the  child  shall  be  a \nblessed  life.  When  we  turn  away  from  that,  on  whom  have \nwe  any  further  claim  ?  Have  we  any  claim  upon  society  ?  I \nthink  not.  Have  we  any  claim  on  God  ?  Yes,  a  claim  simi- \nlar to  that  which  I  have  already  spoken  of.  God,  let  me  say \nit  as  reverently  and  tenderly  as  I  may,  has  brought  us  into \nbeing, —  this  world  into  being,  our  souls  into  being,  without \ntheir  petition  or  consent.  God,  then,  it  seems  to  me,  is  under \nthe  highest  conceivable  obligation  to  see  to  it  that,  on  the \nwhole  and  in  the  long  run,  taking  into  account  the  next \nworld  as  well  as  this,  taking  into  account  the  spiritual  as  well \nas  the  material,  this  life  shall  be  to  us  a  good  and  not  an \nevil.  But,  in  order  to  the  attainment  of  that  end,  it  is  not  at \nall  essential  that  we  be  beautiful,  that  we  be  rich,  that  we \nattain  this  or  that  particular  social  position,  that  we  attain \nthe  office  we  desire,  that  our  fortune  reaches  certain  figures, \nand  that  we  be  able  to  occupy  a  particular  kind  of  house  on \na  special  street.  None  of  these  things  on  which  so  often  we \nfirmly  think  our  happiness  depends,  or  on  which  perhaps  we \nmake  our  happiness  depend,  may  be  essential  to  the  carrying \n\n\nout  of  that  infinite  obligation  of  which  I  have  spoken.  Yet  is \nit  not  true  that  thousands  of  people  are  sad,  are  burdened, \nare  miserable,  unhappy,  unthankful,  and  make  those  that  are \nabout  them  unhappy  and  unthankful,  because  they  are  not \nbeautiful,  because  they  are  not  intellectually  brilliant,  because \nthey  are  not  able  to  write  a  book,  because  they  are  not  able \nto  paint  a  picture,  or  are  not  able  to  win  social  distinction  or \npolitical  power,  because  they  are  not  able  to  attain  fame \namong  their  fellows  ?  They  assume,  it  seems  to  me,  without \none  particle  of  righteous  basis  for  it,  that  they  have  somehow \na  claim  on  something  or  somebody  for  the  possession  of  these \nspecial  things  that  they  desire.  So  they  have  no  time  and  no \nplace  for  thankfulness,  because  they,  in  their  fancied  great- \nness or  importance,  have  not  been  ministered  to  in  a  way \nthat  it  seems  to  them  they  deserve. \n\nThere  is  another  thing  that  stands  in  the  way  of  the  feeling \nand  the  expression  of  gratitude  ;  and  that  is  the  underestimate \nwhich  we  constantly  put  upon  the  things  that  we  have.  A \nman  feels  that  he  ought  to  have  something  more  than  he \npossesses,  something  different  from  that  which  is  his ;  and  so \nhe  turns  away  from  that  which  has  become  familiar  to  him  as \na  daily  possession  week  by  week  and  year  by  year,  and  does \nnot  understand  what  it  means.  Do  you  know,  friends,  that \nif,  for  the  first  time  in  your  lives,  you  could  be  put  into  pos- \nsession of  some  one  of  the  commonest  things  of  every  day,  it \nwould  seem  to  you  what  it  really  is, —  a  marvel  and  wonder? \nThe  illustration  I  am  about  to  give  may  seem  a  commonplace \none;  but  I  am  talking  to  you  about  very  commonplace  things, \nlooked  at  in  one  way,  miraculous  when  looked  at  in  another \nway.  I  was  told  the  other  day  of  a  man  who,  having  lost  his \nsight  when  he  was  three  or  four  years  of  age,  lived,  as  it  was \nsupposed,  without  possibility  of  recovery,  utterly  blind,  until \nhe  was  sixty  or  seventy  years  old.  Then,  going  to  a  famous \nsurgeon  in  Europe,  an  operation  was  performed;  and  sud- \ndenly the  green  earth,  the  trees,  the  dancing  brooks,  the \nocean,  the  blue  sky,  and  the  stars  were  given  back  to  him. \nSuppose  we  were  to  go  through  an  experience  like  that,  should \n\n\nwe  not  find  something  to  be  thankful  for  in  this  commonplace \npower  of  sight?  Did  you  ever  stop  to  think  how  miraculous \na  thing  it  is,  how  it  borders  close  on  miracle  ?  A  sun-ray, — \nwhat  is  it  ?  We  do  not  know,  except  that  it  is  a  wave-like \nmovement,  starting  in  the  far-off  sun.  It  strikes  upon  the \natmosphere  of  this  planet,  it  strikes  upon  the  eye,  an  influence \nreaches  up  into  the  brain,  and  the  picture  is  spread  out  before \nus.  Some  mist  hangs  in  the  air ;  the  sun-rays  glance  over  this \nmist,  touch  the  eye,  the  brain,  and  all  the  magnificence  of \nthe  summer  sunset  is  ours.  There  is  no  seeing  without  eyes, \nno  seeing  without  the  brain,  no  seeing  without  conscious  mind \nbehind  the  brain.  Here  is  the  working  of  miracle,  of  marvel, — \nevery  moment  of  our  waking  lives,  year  after  year,  the  trans- \nlation of  this  movement  into  beauty  and  glory.  Did  you  ever \nstop  to  think  that  there  is  no  sound  where  there  is  no  ear, \nwhere  there  is  no  brain  to  translate  motion  into  music? \nThink  of  the  marvel  that  is  going  on  every  moment  of  our \nlives ;  these  ears  of  ours,  through  which  come  trooping  these \nwondrous  movements  which  the  magic  of  the  brain  translates \ninto  symphony,  into  harmonies  of  every  conceivable  order! \nWe  live,  the  most  commonplace  of  us,  in  a  world  of  miracle, \nof  wonder.  Only,  because  these  things  are  commonplace,  we \nlose  the  sense  of  their  being  anything  very  great,  very  re- \nmarkable, anything  calling  for  mention,  for  gratitude. \n\nA  young  man  has  health.  Forgetting  this  magnificent \npossession,  he  finds  fault  with  the  universe  because  he  has \nnot  been  richly  born,  because  he  has  not  been  endowed  with \nthis  or  that  or  some  other  advantage  which  he  thinks  the \nworld  sometime  or  somehow  owes  him.  I  remember  some \nyears  ago  I  mentioned  to  you  a  saying  of  Lord  Derby.  Let \nme  recall  it  again,  because  it  illustrates  this  point  so  well. \nLord  Derby,  when  he  was  old,  was  filled  with  honor  and \nfame.  Belonging  to  one  of  the  longest  and  noblest  lines  of \nthe  English  nobility,  having  been  Prime  Minister  of  England \nfor  years,  having  won  literary  fame  as  had  few  of  his  lime, \nevery  social  honor  heaped  upon  him,  surrounded  by  wealth, \nwith  all  that  heart  could  desire,  he  said,  \"  I  would  give  all \n\n\n8 \n\nthis  gladly  if  I  could  be  a  healthy  young  man  of  twenty-one.\" \nBut  there  are  plenty  of  healthy  young  men  of  twenty-one  who \nthink  they  have  no  cause  in  all  the  world  to  be  grateful  to \nanybody,  though  they  have  that  which  the  famous  and  rich \nPrime  Minister  of  England  considered  to  outweigh  all  his \npossessions.  I  have  seen  rich  people  wandering  up  and  down \nEurope,  lonely  and  homesick,  in  art  galleries,  in  palaces,  in \nparks,  in  streets,  in  hotels,  merely  because  they  were  exiles, \nseeking  for  that  which  the  most  of  us  have  and  never  think \nabout, —  health.  This  will  hint  to  you  what  I  mean.  Turn \nin  any  direction  you  please,  and  the  poorest  of  us  is  dowered \nwith  gifts,  with  possessions,  which,  if  they  were  taken  away \nfrom  us,  we  would  buy  with  the  largest  fortune  that  any  man \non  earth  possesses.  Yet  we  underestimate  these  things \nperpetually,  and  think  we  have  nothing,  think  we  have  been \nneglected,  think  we  have  been  forgotten,  think  there  is  no \none  to  whom  we  owe  even  a  word  of  thanks. \n\nAnd,  then,  the  counterpart  of  this  is  worth  a  moment  s \nnotice.  Not  only  do  we  underestimate  the  things  we  have, \nbut  we  perpetually  overestimate  the  importance  of  that  thing \nwhich  we  have  not,  but  which  we  so  earnestly  desire.  I  have \nseen  a  little  child,  and  so  have  you, —  if  not  your  own,  the \nchild  of  some  one  else, —  sitting  in  the  midst  of  playthings, \nand  yet  in  a  tempest  of  tears  because  one  toy  out  of  twelve \nis  broken,  or  because  there  is  a  toy  which  has  been  desired \nand  asked  for,  but  up  to  the  present  time  has  not  been  sup- \nplied. And  so  I  have  seen  men  and  women  as  irrational \nand  ungrateful,  overlooking  all  the  things  that  are  theirs, \nonly  striving  with  broken  heart  and  disappointed,  bitter  lives \nfor  something  that  is  not  yet  attained  and  perhaps  is  not \nattainable.  We  always  overestimate  the  beauty  or  worth  of \nthe  thing  which  we  have  not  yet  attained.  No  matter  what  we \nhave,  somehow  the  glory' has  departed  by  the  simple  fact  that \nwe  have  possessed  it  and  handled  it.  We  pluck  a  peach \nfrom  the  tree ;  and  the  mere  fact  of  possession  leads  us  to  rub \noff  the  beauty  and  the  glow  .of  its  freshness,  and  it  seems \ncommonplace  to  us.     If  a  man  has  written  a  book,  by  the \n\n\ntime  he  has  published  it  every  idea  in  it  is  commonplace  to \nhim,  or  he  could  not  have  written  it.  So  it  does  not  seem \nwonderful  in  his  eyes.  A  man  has  striven  for  years  to  gain \na  certain  social  position ;  but  by  the  time  he  is  there  he  finds \nthat  the  people  who  occupy  that  position  and  to  whom  he \nused  to  look  up  as  surrounded  with  such  glory  are,  after  all, \nvery  commonplace  people,  and  very  much  the  same  kind  of \npeople  as  those  he  had  associated  with  before,  and  the  won- \nder of  it  has  departed.  Campbell,  you  know,  wrote  those \ntwo  beautiful  lines,  very  familiar  because  so  beautiful, — \n\n\"  *  Tis  distance  lends  enchantment  to  the  view, \nAnd  robes  the  mountain  in  its  azure  hue.** \n\nThe  mountain  seems  a  mystery  at  a  distance.  Down  here \nin  the  valley  it  is  so  commonplace,  just  the  common  grass, \nsun-scorched,  the  ordinary  trees,  and  the  shrubs  we  have \nseen  every  day.  We  dream  about  that  far-off  peak,  and \nwould  like  to  climb  there,  and  perhaps  by  and  by  we  do. \nWe  struggle  on  hour  after  hour,  and,  when  we  have  reached \nthe  summit,  the  grass,  if  there  is  any  there  at  all,  is  sun- \nscorched,  just  as  it  was  down  there  below  in  the  valley, \nthere,  perhaps,  is  the  same  kind  of  shrub,  commonplace \nand  dust-laden,  the  same  common  rock.  We  turn  and  look \nback ;  and  all  the  poetry,  the  beauty,  mystery,  and  wonder, \nthe  blue  of  the  distance  we  saw  on  the  mountain  top  are  down \nthere  in  the  valley,  around  the  very  place  we  have  left.  It  is \nthe  distance  that  clothed  it  with  mystery.  When  we  have \nclimbed  any  height,  our  being  there  makes  it  seem  common- \nplace to  us  ;  and  yet  we  wear  our  hearts  out  in  longing  and \nstriving  for  things  we  have  not,  thinking  we  shall  be  happy \nwhen  we  have  gained  them,  forgetting  to  be  happy  with  the \nmaterial  of  happiness  all  around  our  feet.  I  was  speaking  a \nfew  days  ago  with  a  friend  who  is  making  money  very  rapidly, \nwho  said:  \"  I  have  set  my  figure  at  a  million.  When  I  get  a \nmillion,  I  am  going  to  give  aiway  every  dollar  which  I  may \nmake  beyond  that.\"  But  meantime  what?  No  rest,  no \npeace,  no  stopping  to  enjoy  the  present,  no  liberal  benefac- \n\n\nlO \n\ntions  while  the  money  is  in  his  grasp,  the  world  waiting  and \nthe  gratitude  of  his  heart  pent  up  and  lacking  utterance \nuntil  he  grasps  the  million.  And,  if  the  experience  of  hu- \nmanity is  worth  anything,  when  he  gets  that  million,  he  will \nsee  some  man  doing  business  at  the  next  door  who  is  worth \ntwelve  hundred  thousand ;  and  there  will  be  no  happiness  for \nhim  until  he  is  ahead  of  him.  Friends,  let  us  not  be  cheated \nby  this  everlasting  hinging  of  our  happiness  upon  a  future \ncondition.  As  I  have  told  you  many  a  time,  there  never  was \nany  such  thing  in  this  world  as  a  to-morrow  ;  and,  if  you  wait \nuntil  to-morrow  before  you  express  your  gratitude,  it  never \nwill  be  uttered.  If  you  wait  until  to-morrow  before  you \nbegin  to  be  happy,  you  never  will  be  happy.  If  you  wait \nuntil  to-morrow  until  you  begin  to  be  generous,  you  never \nwill  be  generous.  What  is  money  ?  What  is  position  ? \nWhat  is  power  ?  What  are  any  of  these  things  worth  except \nfor  the  happiness  they  can  bring  you  and  the  power  they  can \nconfer  for  doing  good  ?  But  you  have  the  materials  for  hap- \npiness already.  And  you  have  the  power  for  doing  good. \nWhy,  then,  wait  for  that  age-long  lie  of  to-morrow  that  never \ncame  and  never  will  come  ?  Do  not,  then,  either  underesti- \nmate what  you  have  nor  overestimate  what  you  have  not. \n\nThen  there  is  another  thing  that  stands  in  the  way  of  our \nbeing  grateful.  This  point  I  have  had  occasion  to  speak  of \nfrom  this  platform  before.  Very  likely  I  may  have  occasion \nto  speak  of  it  again.  I  am  not  repeating  myself  through  for- \ngetfulness ;  but  there  are  some  things  that  need  to  be  re- \npeated over  and  over.  This  thing  is  that  we  find  it  hard  to  be \ngrateful  because  we  do  not  appreciate  that  there  is  anybody \nto  whom  we  owe  anything.  A  great  many  of  us  have  a  feel- \ning, I  think,  that,  whatever  we  have  done,  we  have  done  our- \nselves ;  and  perhaps,  if  we  could,  we  would  get  outside  of  our- \nselves and  kneel  down  at  our  own  feet  and  thank  our  own \nbrilliancy,  our  own  smartness,  our  own  cunning,  our  own \nachievements.  That  was  a  picture  of  common  human  nature \nwhen  the  ancient  king  Nebuchadnezzar,  walking  upon  the \nwalls  of  his  palace  and  overlooking  the  city,  said,  in  his  lordly \n\n\nII \n\nway,  \"Is  not  this  great  Babylon  which  I  have  built?\"  And \nyet  there  was  not  a  be^ar  in  the  streets  a  truer  pauper  than \nwas  he.  Not  one  thing — from  the  sandals  on  his  feet,  past \nthe  robe  in  which  he  wrapped  himself,  to  the  crown  upon  his \nhead  — that  had  not  been  given  him  by  his  thousands  of  sub- \njects or  his  slaves,  not  one  thing  that  he  had  not  received  as \nan  outright  gift.  Paul,  in  his  letter  to  the  Corinthians,  re- \nbukes this  tendency  when  he  says,  \"  What  hast  thou  that  thou \ndidst  not  receive  ?  and  now,  if  thou  didst  receive  it,  why  dost \nthou  glory  as  if  thou  hadst  not  received  it  ? \"  What  is  there \nthat  any  of  us  have  that  is  not  a  gift?  Health, —  if  we  have \nnot  thrown  it  away,  since  it  was  conferred  upon  us, —  did  we \ncreate  that  ?  Brain  power, —  if  we  possess  it, —  did  we  make \nit?  Comeliness  of  physical  feature  and  form, —  if  they  are \nours,  have  we  had  much  to  do  with  them  ?  The  country  in \nwhich  you  are  born,  whether  Central  Africa  or  Boston, —  did \nwe  decide  that  matter  ?  Whether  we  should  have  a  Christian \ninheritance  or  a  pagan  one, —  who  chose  that  ?  Whether  we \nshould  be  bom  into  a  family  that  appreciated  the  advan- \ntages of  education,  and  so  we  should  become  educated  our- \nselves,—  did  we  decide?  If  we  have  been  able  to  attain \nwealth,  look  over  the  world,  look  back  to  the  past  history \nof  humanity,  and  see  thousands  of  years  of  struggle  and \ncflFort  that  have  created  the  political,  social,  and  indus- \ntrial conditions,  in  the  midst  of  which  there  is  a  field  that \nwe  did  not  create  for  the  use  of  faculties  which  we  did \nnot  create.  You  possess  a  house  situated  on  land  worth \nso  many  dollars  a  square  foot.  What  gives  the  land  its \nvalue  ?  Did  you  do  it  ?  Let  all  the  people  of  Boston  sud- \ndenly move  away,  and  where  would  the  value  of  your  land  go, \nexcept  to  disappear  in  the  air  ?  So  what  is  there  that  you \npossess  that  is  not  an  outright  gift  ?  A  gift  from  what,  from \nwhom  ?  Let  me  just  glance  one  moment  in  that  direction. \nA  gift  from  our  fellow-men  ?  Where  did  they  get  it  to  give \nto  us  ?  They  say  the  life  of  this  world  all  comes  from  the \nsun.  Where  did  the  sun  get  the  life  that  it  transmits  ?  Start \nwith  any  one  thing  you  please,  from  the  tiniest  to  the  grand- \n\n\n12 \n\nest,  analyze  it,  trace  it  to  its  source,  and  it  all  comes  back  to \nHim  who  is  the  giver  of  every  good  and  perfect  gift,  our \nFather.  If  you  know  a  river  flowing  through  green  and  fer- \ntile banks,  will  you  thank  the  river,  or  will  you  thank  the  dis- \ntant mountain  from  which  come  the  streams  that  create  it, \nor  will  you  thank  the  sun,  or  will  you  thank  Him  who  is  back \nof  all  the  affairs  and  mysteries  and  marvels  of  life,  and  is  the \nfountain  of  all  ?  Friends,  let  us  get  rid  of  this  idea  that  any- \nthing we  have,  anything  we  are,  we  owe  to  any  person  except \nthe  one  who  is  the  Life  and  the  Father  of  us  all. \n\nOne  other  point  I  wish  to  touch  upon  for  a  moment,  small \nin  one  way,  perhaps  as  important  as  any  of  the  others  in \nanother  way.  One  reason  why  we  do  not  feel  gratitude,  do \nnot  express  gratitude  more  freely  than  we  do,  is  that  we  do \nnot  make  any  channels  through  which  these  emotions  can \nrun.  If  you  wish  to  be  grateful  for  that  which  you  have,  go \nout  into  the  world  and  find  some  one  whom  you  can  help, — \nsome  one  who  is  in  sorrow,  some  one  who  is  falling  that  you \nmight  lift  up,  somebody  in  whose  life  you  can  play  the  part \nof  a  tending  and  delivering  providence;  and,  as  you  hear \nthe  words  of  gratitude  from  these  lips,  your  gratitude,  frozen \nup  and  sealed,  will  burst  out  like  a  fountain  that  has  been \ncovered,  and  will  gladden  and  beautify  your  lives. \n\nThere  is  one  last  point  now  that  I  must  speak  of  a  little \nmore  at  length.  It  may  seem  to  you  a  little  strange  at  first \nthat  I  should  speak  of  it  as  a  cause  of  thankfulness ;  but  I \nquestion  whether  by  and  by,  when  from  some  height  or  out- \nlook we  survey  the  scene  of  our  present  struggle,  we  shall \nnot  find  that  herein  lies  the  cause  for  the  truest,  deepest \ngratefulness  of  all.  I  speak  of  our  troubles,  I  speak  of \nour  burdens,  our  disappointments,  what  we  call  our  losses. \nMany  of  you  have  children  of  your  own.  You  have  had \noccasion  to  train  these  children,  to  study  the  unfolding  of \ntheir  minds,  the  growth  of  their  characters.  Have  you \nfound  that  the  things  which  they  ought  to  be  most  grateful \nto  you  for  have  always  been  the  indulgences  they  have \nreceived,  the  ready  granting  of  every  wish  ?     You  know  that \n\n\n13 \n\nsometimes,  when  the  children  have  misapprehended  and \nmisinterpreted  your  action,  you  have  been  loving  as  never \nbefore, —  loving  when  it  cost  you  something.  It  is  a  great \ndeal  easier  to  say  \"  Yes  \"  to  the  child  than  it  is  to  say  \"  No.\" \nIt  is  a  great  deal  easier,  if  you  are  able,  to  grant  everything \na  child  wishes  than  it  is  to  refuse  it,  just  as  it  is  pleasanter \nto  see  the  child  glad  than  it  is  to  see  it  disappointed  and \nunhappy.  Many  a  time  a  child  is  poring  over  a  lesson,  and \nit  sees  no  meaning  in  it.  It  seems  as  though  the  lesson \nwere  invented  for  its  discomfort.  How  can  a  child,  six, \neight,  or  ten  years  of  age,  study  grammar,  Latin,  or  mathe- \nmatics, and  see  any  connection  between  this  problem  that \npuzzles  and  bafHes  it  and  any  future  success  or  happiness  in \nlife  ?  There  seems  to  be  no  sort  of  connection ;  and  the  child \nperhaps  vents  its  vexation  and  disappointment  in  tears  ?  Yet \nthe  father  or  mother,  if  wise,  does  not  relent,  does  not  let  the \nchild  off,  does  not  say :  \"  Do  not  learn  the  lesson.  Follow \nyour  own  bent,  do  whatever  you  please,  be  happy  now  and \nhappy  forever.\"  For  every  wise  father  or  mother  knows  that \nthis  is  not  the  way  to  provide  for  the  child's  happiness  and \nsuccess.  And  ought  we  not  to  be  wise  enough  to  learn  that \nwe  stand  in  substantially  the  same  relation  to  the  heavenly \nFather?  Have  we  not  learned  the  lesson  already  in  our  own \npast?  Have  there  not  been  times  when  we  have  fought \nagainst  some  bitter  cup,  as  did  Jesus  in  the  garden,  saying, \n**  Father,  if  it  be  possible,  let  this  cup  pass  from  me  \"  ?  But \na  loving  and  wiser  hand  still  pressed  it  to  the  shrinking  lip; \nand  it  must  be  drunk.  By  and  by  has  not  this  bitterness \nturned  to  sweetness,  and  we  thanked  God,  even  with  tears, \nfor  the  sorrow?  Is  it  not  true  that  we  have  striven  for  things \nwith  longing  desire,  and  found  them  bitter  disappointment  ? \nSo  let  us  learn,  wisely,  it  seems  to  me,  to  thank  God,  though \nthe  lips  quiver  and  the  e}es  grow  dim,  for  the  troubles  and  the \nsorrows.  A  friend  in  the  South  sent  me,  as  though  on  pur- \npose for  this  morning,  the  little  slip  of  paper  I  hold  in  my \nhand,  which  I  received  last  night,  containing  just  two  verses, \nwritten  by  Mr.  Howells,  that  put  into  beautiful  expression \nsome  of  these  thoughts :  — \n\n\n\"  Lord,  for  the  erring  thought \nNot  into  evil  wrought ; \nLord,  for  the  wicked  will \nBetrayed  and  baffled  still ; \nFor  the  heart  from  itself  kept, \nOur  thanksgiving  accept. \n\n\"  For  ignorant  hopes  that  were \nBroken  to  our  blind  prayer; \nFor  pain,  death,  sorrow,  sent \nUnto  our  chastisement ; \nFor  all  loss  of  seeming  good, \nQuicken  our  gratitude.\" \n\nIf  it  be  true  that  this  life  is  only  the  porch,  and  the  temple \nis  beyond ;  if  it  be  true  that  this  is  only  preparation,  and  we \ncan  only  partially  guess  preparation  for  what;  if  it  be  true \nthat  we  are  spirits,  souls,  children  of  God,  and  so  children  of \nimmortality, —  then  may  it  not  well  be  that  this  is  not  simply \na  place  for  joy,  for  everything  we  desire?  It  is  rather  a \ntraining  place ;  and  he  who  comes  out  of  it  at  last  an  athlete \nin  his  soul,  with  all  those  faculties  and  powers  cultivated \nand  winged  that  fit  him  for  that  higher  life  and  make  him  at \nhome  in  that  more  spiritual  air,  no  matter  through  what \nprocess  it  may  be, —  will  he  not,  the  moment  he  has  passed \nthe  lifted  curtain  and  sees  the  meaning  of  it  all,  find  that  the \ndiscords  of  life  were  only  preparing  for  the  sweetest  harmony \nof  all?  Will  he  not  then,  perhaps,  as  he  passes  just  over \nthe  threshold,  fall  upon  his  knees  and  say.  Father,  for  the \nsorrow,  the  disappointment,  for  the  tears,  I  thank  Thee  ? \n\nAnd  now,  our  God,  we  try  as  well  as  we  may  this  morning \nto  thank  Thee ;  and  we  will  try  to  remove  these  hindrances \nfrom  our  path,  that  our  souls  may  run  the  pathway  of  trust, \nand  so  the  pathway  of  service,  to-day  and  forevermore. \nAmen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.   A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ...  20  cents. \n\n\"    Do:( ^7.50 \n\nOotb,    \"    Copy,    ....  50  cents. \n\n\"    Do:( ^2.^0 \n\n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  verv  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use,  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nbst  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  af|er  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectlv  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scnolarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  tmth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstodk  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsobject. \n\nThe  Hst  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  sunested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  in  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nOBO.  H.  BLLIS«  Publisher,  24!  Pr«nkllii  St.,  Boston,  Mass. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  5  cents  single  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nVol.  13  DECEMBER  11,  1891  No.  9 \n\n\nSALVATION : \n\nITTHOLOGICAL  AID  PRACTICAL \n\n\nBY \n\nRev.    rush   R.    SHIPPEN \n\nOf  Washington,  D.C. \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.   ELLIS,  141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1891 \n\nStUertd  mi  the  PMt-cfftct*  BoUon,  Man.,  at  tecond-elau  mail  matter \n\n\nSALVATION:  MYTHOLOGICAL  AND  PRACTICAL. \n\n\n\"  What  shall  I  do  to  be  saved  ?  Believe  on  the  Lord  Jesus,  and  thou \nshalt  be  saved,  and  thy  house.\" — Acts  xvi.  30,  31. \n\nFrom  what  do  you  desire  to  be  saved  ?  That  question  is \nthe  key  that  unlocks  the  problems  of  church  and  creed. \nThe  jailer,  his  prisoners  having  escaped,  fears  the  Romans. \nPaul,  concerned  for  his  soul,  turns  his  question  to  one  of \nspiritual  import,  bidding  him  accept  the  new  gospel. \n\nSalvation, —  what  is  it  ?  and  how  shall  we  attain  it  ?  These \nare  questions  of  infinite  concern,  plainly  answered  by  con- \nscience and  Bible :  \"  Cease  to  do  evil,  and  learn  to  do  well.\" \nYet,  losing  sight  of  this  simple  answer,  bewildered  by  the- \nology* the  American  people  forget,  or  have  never  clearly \nlearned,  what  the  true  salvation  is.  Churches  and  preachers \nhave  much  to  say  of  **  saving  souls.\"  What  are  they  saving \nthem  from  ?  How  gladly  would  I  welcome  to  my  pulpit \nleading  preachers  of  the  prominent  churches,  each  in  his \nown  way,  for  himself  and  people,  to  tell  us  the  one  thing \ninfinitely  to  be  dreaded  in  this  universe,  from  which  they  are \ntrying  to  save  souls  I  Surely,  it  would  clear  up  much  cloudy \ndebate.  In  the  interest  of  church  fellowship,  perhaps  it \nwould  show  us  to  be  nearer  together  than  is  commonly \nimagined. \n\nSalvation  is  commonly  made  an  external  deliverance  from \ndoom.  \"  Getting  out  of  hell \"  and  \"getting  into  heaven  \"  is \nthe  chief  concern.  Church  controversies  and  theologic  de- \nbates discuss  our  fate  in  the  next  world,  what  God  will  do \nwith  us  when  we  are  dead.     Christianity  becomes  only  a  safe \n\n\nticket  for  the  glories  of  the  world  to  come.     This  let  us  call \nmythologic  salvation. \n\nSpiritual  health,  the  attainment  of  superior  manhood  and \nwomanhood,  the  supreme  success  of  destiny,  let  us  call  prac- \ntical salvation.  I  desire  to  emphasize  the  sentiment, —  there \nis  no  place  in  the  universe  where  a  false  soul  is  saved :  there \nis  no  place  in  all  the  divine  dominions  where  a  true  soul  can \nbe  lost. \n\nMythological  salvation  is  rescue  from  imaginary  terrors  of \nthe  next  world,  of  which  we  know  so  little.  It  is  part  of \na  theologic  scheme,  wrought  out  in  darker  days  by  Saint \nAugustine  and  Calvin  in  the  retirement  of  their  closet,  like \nspider-web  spun  from  the  bowels  of  their  own  inner  con- \nsciousness. The  scheme  is  familiar:  Adam's  fall,  his  pos- \nterity totally  depraved,  incapable  of  good,  born  to  a  pre- \ndestined doom,  God  alienated  in  wrath,  man  under  penalty \nof  a  debt  which  he  is  unable  to  pay,  the  blood  of  Christ  pays \nthe  debt,  placates  the  angry  Deity,  lets  humanity  go  free. \nThis  is  mythological  salvation. \n\nWhither  go  our  departed  friends  ?  has  been  an  eager  query \nfrom  the  dawn  of  time.  The  Greek  and  Roman  answered \nit  with  their  Hades  and  Tartarus,  the  inferior  regions,  the \nunderworld.  Men  th^re  got  their  deserts  of  evil  and  good. \nOne  rolled  a  stone  up  hill,  forever  falling  back  to  crush  him. \nAnother  up  to  his  lips  in  water  was  dying  of  thirst  and  unable \nto  drink.  Here  also  were  the  Elysian  fields,  the  abodes  of \nthe  blessed.  Corresponding  substantially  to  the  Greek \nHades  was  the  Hebrew  Sheol,  not  necessarily  involving  pun- \nishment, but  simply  the  underworld  abode  of  the  dead,  like \nthe  Roman  Catholic  purgatory,  a  place  of  detention  till  some \nfinal  judgment.  A  few  times  used  in  the  Bible,  the  word \nwas  translated  into  our  English  Hell,  In  the  139th  Psalm \nwe  read,  \"  If  I  make  my  bed  in  hell,  thou  art  there.\"  The \nRevised  Version  restores  the  word  \"  sheol.\"  It  might  bet- \nter have  been  translated  \"underworld.\"  \"If  I  make  my \nbed  in  the  underworld,  thou  art  there.\"  In  darker  days, \nwhen  the  earth  was  supposed  to  be  flat,  it  is  not  surprising \n\n\nthat  dwelling  in  a  land  where  -^tna  and  Vesuvius  vomited \nforth  their  sulphurous  flames,  as  time  went  on,  people  nat- \nurally came  to  suppose  that  this  underworld  was  a  vast \nburning  brimstone  lake,  a  jail  for  the  damned.  However \nmodern  thought  may  spiritualize  its  interpretation  of  future \npunishment,  the  popular  theology  substantially  keeps  as  part \nof  its  system  the  old  HelL \n\nWhen  Jesus  was  crucified,  his  followers  naturally  wondered \nwhat  became  of  him  before  the  resurrection  morning.  There \nwere  a  day  and  two  nights  to  account  for.  Naturally  came \nthe  answer  that  he  had  visited  the  departed  in  the  under- \nworld. So  Peter  speaks  of  him  as  having  been  '*  preach- \ning to  the  spirits  in  prison.\"  And  in  the  early  centuries \nthe  question  was  warmly  debated  whether  he  had  rescued \nonly  God*s  favorite  children,  the  Jews,  or  whether  he  had \npreached  there  to  the  Gentiles,  and  given  them  also  his \nblessing.  In  these  early  days  a  doctrinal  statement  took \nshape,  now  popularly  called  \"  The  Apostles'  Creed.\"  Of  it \nthere  is  no  hint  in  the  New  Testament.  The  apostles  never \nsaw  or  heard  of  it :  it  took  form  centuries  after  they  were  all \ndead  and  buried.  In  it  are  the  words,  ^'  He  descended  into \nhell.\"  When  people  to  day  speak  of  hell,  they  mean  a  place \nof  eternal  torment,  a  condition  into  which,  in  the  nature  of \nthings,  a  pure  soul  like  Jesus  could  not  possibly  go.  Yet  by \na  singular  conservatism  sensible  people  continue  to  use \nwords  from  which  all  meaning  has  vanished ;  and  thus  our \ncultivated  friends  of  Trinity  Church,  who  have  no  idea  that \nJesus  ever  suffered  the  torments  of  the  damned,  every  Sun- \nday morning  stand  up  and  soberly  say  of  him  that  \"  he  de- \nscended into  hell.\" \n\nIf  one  wonders  how  such  pagan  mythology  ever  became \nengrafted  upon  the  simple  teaching  of  Jesus  Christ  or  took \npossession  of  the  Christian  Church,  let  him  remember  that \nthe  missionary  to  the  South  Sea  Islands  today  does  not  at \nonce  obliterate  all  old  superstitions.  Even  in  genuine  con- \nversion the  old  thought  still  clings  and  lingers.  Let  one  go \nto  Rome,     Upon  the  piazza  in  front  of  St.  Peter's  he  sees \n\n\n5 \n\nan  Egyptian  obelisk,  from  the  banks  of  the  Nile,  inscribed \nwith  hieroglyphs  of  Paganism,  placed  upon  a  pedestal  with \ninscriptions  of  the  pope  who  brought  it  there.  Or  let  him \nenter  St.  Peter's  on  an  Easter  Sunday.  As  he  sees  the \npope,  in  his  gorgeous  vestments  of  white  satin  and  gold, \nborne  aloft  on  his  costly  throne  upon  the  shoulders  of  attend- \nants, while  others  in  rich  robes  are  fanning  him  with  gor- \ngeous fans,  and  contrasts  all  this  with  the  simple  ways  of \nJesus  of  Nazareth,  who  had  not  where  to  lay  his  head ;  he \nsees  at  once  the  unmistakable  mingling  of  heathenism  and \nChristianity.  It  requires  the  evolution  of  centuries  to  come \nup  to  the  simplicity  of  Christ. \n\nPractical  salvation  is  rescue  from  the  deviltries  of  wrong- \ndoing that  here,  as  in  all  worlds,  hurt  and  ruin  the  soul. \nHell,  in  its  perverted  meaning,  may  well  have  been  dropped \nfrom  the  Revised  Version  of  the  Bible.  But  the  terrible \nreality,  alas !  has  not  vanished.  The  real  hell  is  not  some \nfar-away  penalty  of  sin.  It  is  the  wretchedness  of  wrong- \ndoing, whose  black  shadow  of  misery  accompanies  sin  to-day \nand  forever.  The  lost  soul  is  the  soul  wandering  from  the \nright  path, —  wandering  in  the  wilderness  of  unbelief  and \niniquity,  wandering  away  from  the  home  of  purity  and \npeace.  The  soul's  loss  is  to  lose  honor  and  integrity,  truth \nand  love. \n\n\"  When  from  the  eyes  the  light  has  fled. \nWhen  truth  departs  and  honor  dies, \nThe  man  is  dead  1     The  man  is  dead  I \" \n\nSalvation,  the  supreme  success  of  destiny,  is  spiritual  health, \nthe  attainment  of  divine  mai^hood  and  womanhood. \n\nAs  in  bodily  affairs,  man's  normal  condition  is  health. \nDisease  is  destruction.  We  need  saving  from  bad  air  and \nbad  food,  from  unwholesome  influences  that  bring  chill,  fever, \nand  pneumonia,  from  foul  habits  and  ruinous  dissipation. \nOf  the  strong,  stalwart,  well-trained  gymnast,  in  perfect \nhealth,  we  do  not  say  he  is  going  to  be  saved.  He  is  saved  I \nWhat  more  can  doctors  do  for  him  ? \n\n\nSo  in  the  spiritual  realm  the  souUs  normal  condition  is \nhealth.  It  needs  to  be  saved  from  evil  influences  and  hurt- \nful thoughts  and  habits,  from  lying  and  stealing  in  every \nform,  from  all  things  false  and  mean,  from  social  wrongs \nthat  trample  the  brother,  from  church  strifes  and  bigotries \nand  prejudices  that  divide  good  men, —  a  very  practical \nsaving  needed  to  day.  To  the  church  bigot  we  may  well \nsay.  Brother,  you  are  out  of  health:  may  the  good  Lord \nsave  you!  Of  large-hearted,  pure-hearted  souls,  shall  we \nnot  rejoice  to  say.  They  are  saved  ? \n\nThe  two  phases  of  salvation,  thus  contrasted,  run  their \nlines  through  the  creeds,  separating  dogmatic  from  practical \ntheology.  Jesus  Christ  is  called  Saviour  of  Men.  His  very \nname,  Jesus,  or  Joshua,  means  that.  But  in  what  sense \nSaviour  ?  Dogmatic  theology  explains  that  his  blood,  poured \nout  upon  the  cross,  placated  the  wrath  of  an  angry  God,  paid \nthe  penalty  of  the  inflnite  debt  entailed  by  Adam's  sin  which \nhumanity  could  not  otherwise  cancel,  and  purchased  the \ndeliverance  of  souls  from  their  predestined  doom.  In  the \nearly  centuries  the  belief  was  that  Satan  held  mankind \nbound  in  the  underworld;  and  for  deliverance  the  atone- \nment was  supposed  to  be  a  debt  paid  to  Satan.  For  a \nthousand  years  this  view  prevailed.  Under  Anselm  the \ndoctrine  changed  to  a  debt  paid  to  Deity.  In  later  days \nthe  atonement  is  refined  into  an  expression  of  divine  love \nand  fidelity  to  truth  and  right.  Thus  preached  by  Bush- \nnell,  Robertson,  and  Beecher,  it  loses  its  offensiveness  to \nmorality,  and  becomes  a  doctrine  we  all  accept.  But  in \nthe  old  mythological  interest  are  the  speculations  that  deify \nJesus.  Why  must  we  believe  he  was  a  person  of  the  Trinity  ? \nTheology  calls  Jesus  God,  yet  fails  to  show  the  Father  to  be \nChrist-like.  It  deifies  Jesus,  yet  fails  to  teach  people  to \nobey  him.  It  sings  the  hymn,  \"  Nothing  more  for  me  to  do.\" \nIt  is  all  in  the  interest  of  mythological  salvation. \n\nPractical  salvation,  seeking  to  make  men  better,  shows \nJesus  to  be  a  very  practical  Saviour  as  he  inspires  the  life \nmore  abundantly.     As  the  Great  Physician  of  souls,  he  heals \n\n\nmen  by  no  magical  nostrums,  but  by  leading  them  to  pure \nways  of  living.  His  whole  gospel  is  an  appeal  to  our  better \nnature  to '  arise  and  assert  itself,  to  trample  under  foot  the \nevils  that  harm  us.  Arise  and  take  up  your  bed  and  walk, \nis  his  word.  He  helps  the  blind  soul  to  see,  the  deaf  to \nhear,  and  the  cripple  to  stand  erect.  His  parables  and  pre- \ncepts, and  the  whole  spirit  of  his  teaching  and  life,  are  the \nre-enforcement  of  spiritual  life.  Not  for  wealth  or  power  or \nluxury,  his  kingdom  was  indeed  not  of  this  world ;  yet,  for \nthe  present  time,  it  surely  was  a  kingdom  of  divine  life  and \nsplendid  manhood. \n\nOur  contrast  runs  its  line  through  the  creeds,  bringing \nthem  to  judgment  with  the  sharp,  swift  test :  How  are  you \nsaving  souls  ?  Creed  important  ?  Of  course  it  is ;  but  im- \nportant for  what  ?  Is  your  creed  only  a  speculation  about \nour  fate  beyond  death  ?  or  does  it  save  you  from  the  devil- \ntries that  destroy  purity  and  truth?  By  this  test  try  your \nseveral  dogmas.  My  neighbor  deems  faith  in  the  Trinity \nvery  essential,  and  comes  at  me  with  eager  inquiry :  Do  you \nbelieve  in  the  Trinity  ?  Why  ?  Does  this  belief  make  one \nmore  careful  in  telling  the  truth,  or  render  one  any  more \ngenerous  and  loving  in  neighborly  dealings?  Would  it  be \ncounted  on  the  exchange  a  fair  test  of  a  man's  character? \nA  man  asks  you  to  loan  him  $i,ooo.  In  order  to  know \nwhether  his  word  is  good  as  a  bond,  do  you  ask  him,  Do \nyou  believe  in  the  Trinity?  A  witness  is  summoned  to \ncourt,  and  before  judge  and  jury  sworn  to  testify  the  truth, \nthe  whole  truth,  and  nothing  but  the  truth.  Do  we  begin \nby  asking,  Do  you  believe  in  the  Trinity  ?  These  very  ques- \ntions show  how  utterly  foreign  the  dogma  is  from  any  practi- \ncal import.  At  what  point  does  it  in  any  way  touch  charac- \nter and  life  ?  Are  the  people  who  believe  it  necessarily  any \nbetter  than  the  people  who  do  not  believe  it  ?  Ah !  we  see \nat  once  that  it  is  essential  only  as  part  of  the  right  ticket  for \nthe  mythological  salvation. \n\nPractical  salvation,  on  the  other  hand,  deems  a  true  creed \nsupremely  important  for  right  living.      Let  the  creed  be  a \n\n\n8 \n\nchart  of  righteousness.  Belief  important?  Of  course  it  is. \nWhat  nonsense  is  this  loose  liberalism,  declaring  it  matters \nnot  what  a  man  believes.  As  absurd  is  this  as  if,  desiring  to \ngo  to  New  York,  one  should  say,  It  matters  not  whether  you \ntake  the  train  north  or  south.  True  belief  is  the  theory \nand  substance  of  right  practice.  Yet  this  very  test  calls  for \na  practical  faith.  Believe  as  you  please  of  the  North  Pole^ \nwhether  open  sea,  or  granite  rock,  or  everlasting  ice.  My \nguess  about  it  is  as  good  as  yours,  and  neither  one  of  any \npractical  consequence.  But,  if  we  desire  to  go  to  Liverpool \nor  Bremen,  surely  it  is  of  utmost  import  that  we  have  correct \nchart  and  right  knowledge  of  navigation.  As  for  sailing  the \nsea  and  cultivating  the  garden,  so  infinitely  more  important \nis  truth  for  the  right  conduct  of  life.  Think  what  you  please \nof  the  arctic  realms  of  thought,  the  speculative  realm  of  fog \nand  ice  and  cloud  and  darkness,  where  the  creeds  mostly \ndwell.  But  for  right  living  let  pulpit  and  creed  set  forth \nthose  spiritual  realities  and  righteous  laws  and  principles \nthat  build  up  noble  manhood  and  womanhood,  and  bring \nforth  right  character,  which,  like  good  gold,  will  pass  current \nin  all  the  divine  dominions. \n\nAh  I  exclaims  some  one :  you  expect,  then,  to  be  saved  by \nyour  merits  I  Surely  not,  we  respond,  by  the  merits  of  any \none  else.  Christ  and  the  saints  can  no  more  impute  to  me \ntheir  merits  than  they  can  eat  for  me  my  bread  and  impute \nto  me  their  health.  Nay,  truly  we  are  all  saved,  if  at  all,  by \nthe  grace  of  God.  We  do  not  purchase  the  favor  of  him  to \nwhom  belong  earth  and  all  things  therein.  But  the  divine \nfavor,  however  unmerited,  expects  and  demands  of  us  grati- \ntude, obedience,  and  love  to  the  brother.  Would  the  Church \nbut  drop  its  speculative  dogmas  that  divide  good  men  and \nunite  on  the  deep  things  of  the  spirit,  all  would  come  to- \ngether in  unity,  in  essential  Christianity  and  practical  salva- \nvation. \n\nOur  contrast  runs  its  lines  through  the  churches,  not  set- \nting them  against  each  other, —  some  on  this  side  and  some \non  that, —  but  rather  cleaving  every  church  in  twain,  as  show- \n\n\ning  in  itself  the  twofold  phases  of  mythological  and  practical \nsalvation. \n\nNo  salvation  outside  the  true  Church,  is  the  word  we  hear \nfrom  Rome.  Does  any  one  mean  to  say  that  outside  of  the \nRomish  communion  there  is  no  truth,  honor,'  or  loving  kind- \nness ?  Nay,  that  could  hardly  be  claimed  by  any  one.  But, \nto  unlock  the  gates  of  the  next  world's  hell  and  heaven, \nwe  must  have  the  right  keys,  wielded  only  by  the  pope.  So \ncome  the  authority  of  pope  and  sanctity  of  the  priesthood, \ngranting  pardon  and  indulgence  for  wrong-doing.  Cruel \nmen,  like  Caesar  Borgia,  Duke  of  Alva,  and  Philip  II., \ncome  to  the  front,  not  as  servants  of  brotherly  love,  but  as \nhaving  the  right  passport  for  kingdom  come.  Some  years \nsince  Mr.  Brownson,  in  his  Review^  boldly  argued  that  New \nEngland's  free  schools,  prosperity,  and  culture  count  noth- \ning for  the  next  world ;  while  the  squalid  beggary  and  igno- \nrance of  Italy  and  Ireland,  in  their  loyalty  to  the  Church, \nhave  superior  promise  of  eternity.  To  the  death-bed  of  some \nsick  patient  comes  the  priest,  saying,  Unless  you  join  the \ntrue  Church,  you  will  go  straight  to  hell.  Does  he  mean  she \nwill  take  to  thieving  and  lying,  and  fall  into  the  present  hell \nof  wrong-doing?  Of  that  he  has  no  thought.  He  is  not \nthinking  of  any  practical  saving  whatever ;  but  only  offering \nthe  right  ticket  for  the  glories  of  the  world  to  come.  Such \nis  the  Romish  mythology. \n\nMeanwhile,  in  every  century  we  see  in  the  Romish  Church \nsome  elements  of  Christianity's  saving  power.  Some  of  her \nsaints  shine  on  the  world's  calendar  with  a  glory  that \nbrightens  history.  We  have  all  known  her  humble  people, \nperhaps  unable  to  read  or  write,  out  of  their  scanty  earnings \ngive  with  such  generous  devotion  to  the  religion  they  believe \nin,  that  they  become  an  inspiration  to  us  all.  Doubtless  we \nhave  known  true-hearted,  consecrated  priests,  who  stand  for \ntemperance,  purity,  charity,  and  all  best  things,  devoting \nlife  in  faithful  endeavors  to  bring  their  people  to  God.  And \nthere  is  Rome's  practical  salvation. \n\nIn  the   Episcopal   Church  we   recognize   both   elements. \n\n\nlO \n\nSome  years  since,  Dr.  Randall  of  Boston,  in  the  Pitts  Street \nChapel  lectures,  argued  that  John  Wesley  never  having  been \nordained  a  bishop,  and  hence  the  preachers  he  sent  forth  not \nbeing  in  the  line  of  true  succession,  were  without  apostolic \nauthority,  the  whole  Methodist  Church  was  illegitimate  and \ndestitute  of  saving  power.  Did  he  mean  to  say  that  John \nWesley  and  his  followers  had  never  rescued  anybody  from \nlicentiousness  and  crime  and  the  deviltries  that  destroy? \nPlainly,  in  sight  of  God  and  man,  the  Methodist  Church  has \nbeen  a  magnificent  power  of  righteousness.  He  must  have \nmeant  that  they  had  not  the  right  ticket  to  escape  from  his \nmythological  hell. \n\nAt  the  funeral  of  a  lovely  girl  of  thirteen  summers  I  once \nknew  of  an  Episcopal  minister  saying  that,  as  she  had  not \nbeen  baptized  into  the  church,  he  had  no  assurance  of  her \nsalvation.  The  pure-hearted  child  had  never  fallen  into \nevil  ways.  What  did  she  need  to  be  saved  from  ?  Old  Soc- \nrates, taught  only  by  birds  and  flowers,  would  surely  have \nhad  some  comforting  word  for  the  broken-hearted  mother. \nBut  this  modern  minister,  of  less  faith  than  a  good  pagan, \nforgets  Jesus*  word,  \"Of  such  is  the  kingdom  of  heaven,\" \nand  dishonors  death  with  his  heathen  mythology. \n\nWhen  Mr.  MacQueary  was  tried  for  heresy,  no  charge  was \nmade  against  his  character  nor  his  fidelity  or  power  in \npreaching  righteousness.  But  he  is  condemned  and  excom- \nmunicated upon  a  speculative  tenet  on  which  good  men  dif- \nfer, and  whose  only  importance  is  as  part  of  the  scheme  of \nmythological  salvation. \n\nAn  Episcopalian  once  asked  me,  What  is  Unitarianism  ? \nMy  reply  was.  It  is  practical  Christianity.  \"  Do  we  not  all \npreach  that  ? \"  said  he.  \"  Do  we  not  preach  it  as  well  as \nyou  do  ? \"  Yes,  but  with  a  qualification.  You  say  right  char- \nacter is  important;  but  you  are  forever  putting  something \nelse  at  the  front  of  it  as  more  essential.  Edward  Everett \nonce  said  the  difiEerence  between  a  German  farmer  and  a \nKansas  farmer  is  that  the  German  carries  a  soldier  on  his \nback,  while  the  Western  farmer  has  an  open  field  and  his \n\n\nII \n\nfree  manhood.  You  carry  a  heavy  load  of  dogmas  on  your \nback.  The  liberal  cares  supremely  and  only  for  character, \nMrith  an  open  field  and  free  manhood. \n\nMeanwhile,  in  the  Episcopal  Church  of  course  we  cannot \nfail  to  recognize  a  goodly  list  of  noble  and  saintly  men  and \nwomen.  Her  latest  bishop  almost  forgets  or  ignores  the \necclesiastical  fictions  and  mythology  of  the  Prayer  Book  and \nthe  Thirty-nine  Articles  in  his  clear  sight  of  spiritual  reali- \nties and  splendid  leadership  up  the  spiritual  heights.  At \nthe  front  in  charities  and  philanthropies  of  help  and  healing, \nthe  Episcopal  Church,  in  spite  of  her  lingering  Middle  Age \nmythology,  is  a  mighty  power  of  spiritual  Christianity  and \npractical  salvation. \n\nOur  brotherly  sympathies  go  forth  to  our  Presbyterian \nfriends,  with  their  trials  and  troubles  and  spiritual  wrestlings \nover  missionaries  to  the  heathen,  about  Dr.  Briggs  and  his \nhigher  Bible  criticism,  and  about  the  revision  of  the  West- \nminster Confession.  Their  creed,  which  was  to  bind  them  in \nunion  of  brotherly  fellowship,  has  only  become  a  topic  of \nhot  contention.  A  leading  preacher  of  Washington  sorrow- \nfully announces  that  among  them  \"are  radical  differences \nupon  fundamental  doctrines.\"  So  that  the  creed  affords  no \nadvantage  over  the  rich  varieties  of  personal  thought  in \nwhich  liberals  rejoice.  In  a  recent  meeting  in  Washington, \nalso,  a  leading  preacher,  desiring  that  in  place  of  the  word \n'*some  \"  saved  should  be  substituted  an  \"innumerable  mul- \ntitude,\" announced  that,  according  to  latest  and  most  learned \ntheologians,  the  number  of  the  lost  in  proportion  to  the \n\"saved\"  is  only  as  those  in  penitentiary  to  those  outside. \nWe  rejoice  to  learn  that  the  old  hell  has  grown  exceedingly \nsmall.  Yet  we  do  not  believe  that  in  the  universe  is  any \nprison-house  of  hopeless  torture.  The  new  theology  changes \nthe  old  penitentiary  into  a  reform  school,  where  penalty  is \nreformative ;  and  the  success  of  the  Almighty  in  the  govern- \nment of  his  universe,  reverently  be  it  said,  is  in  graduating \nall  the  children,  reformed  and  redeemed. \n\nDo  you  not  see  how  the  whole  Presbyterian  debate  is  upon \n\n\n12 \n\nold  lines  of  mythological  salvation  ?  Listen  to  the  Westmin- \nster Confession,  Article  4,  over  which  they  are  debating: \n\"  By  the  decree  of  God,  for  the  manifestation  of  His  glory, \nsome  men  and  angels  are  predestinated  unto  everlasting  life, \nand  others  foreordained  to  everlasting  death.  These  angels \nand  men  thus  predestined  and  foreordained  are  particu- \nlarly and  unchangeably  designed ;  and  their  number  is  so \ncertain  and  definite  that  it  cannot  be  either  increased  or \ndiminished.\" \n\nOne  is  moved  to  say,  as  did  the  old  Scotch  woman  on  hear- \ning Chalmers,  **  How  can  one  have  the  presumption  to  under- \nstand it?\"  Contrast  with  this  the  word  of  Jesus,  \"Ye  are \nmy  friends  if  ye  love  one  another.\"  \"  Not  every  one  that \ncries.  Lord,  Lord,  shall  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  heaven^ \nbut  they  that  do  the  will  of  my  Father  who  is  in  heaven.\" \n\nIf  only  our  friends  could  drop  the  metaphysical  Calvin  and \ncome  to  the  simplicity  of  Jesus  Christ,  they  would  find  a \nvery  plain  road  to  travel.  If  the  time  and  energy  spent  upon \ndogma  and  heresy  were  devoted  to  fighting  the  saloon  and \nthe  lottery,  and  all  that  degrades  and  damages  society  and \nthe  soul,  they  would  fall  into  line  with  the  advancing  churchy \nmilitant  and  triumphant.  More  and  more  the  prayer  of \nJesus  would  be  fulfilled,  as  the  broken  church  would  become \none. \n\nOn  these  practical  lines  we  recognize  our  Presbyterian \nbrethren  as  in  the  front  rank.  Their  theology  baffles  us.  In \ntrying  to  say  that  man  is  desperately  wicked,  they  blunder \nin  saying  his  nature  is  totally  depraved,  thus  excusing  the \nsinner  from  guilt  that  he  could  not  avoid,  laying  all  blame \nupon  Adam,  our  ancestor,  or  upon  God,  our  Creator. \nThey  say  man  is  incapable  of  good ;  yet  they  toil  terribly, \nthey  give  generously,  and  they  live  grandly.  Perhaps  they \ncan  explain  the  inconsistency  which  we  fail  to  understand. \nNevertheless,  we  gladly  see  them  in  the  front  ranks  of \nschools,  colleges,  and  churches  that  bless  the  land;  in  the \nfront  rank  of  the  late  great  war  for  freedom,  nationality,  and \nhuman  brotherhood ;  in  the  front  rank  of  the  perpetual  fight \n\n\n13 \n\nagainst  sin.  If  only  they  would  allow  Calvin  to  sleep  in  his \ngrave  of  three  hundred  years  ago,  and  follow  the  risen  and \nliving  Christ,  forget  their  mythological  hell  and  redeem  men \nfrom  iniquity,  more  than  ever  they  would  prove  mighty  lead- \ners in  the  new  civilization. \n\nOur  contrast  is  illustrated  in  the  preaching  of  Mr.  Moody, \nthe  noted  revivalist.  To  the  masses  of  people  Mr.  Moody \nis  a  powerful  practical  preacher  of  righteousness.  He  was \nbom  of  a  good  Unitarian  mother,  who  started  him  on  that \nline.  When  the  father  died,  and  poverty  and  struggle \nthreatened  t^  break  up  the  family,  encouraged  and  aided  by \nher  pastor.  Rev.  Oliver  Everett,  of  the  Unitarian  church  in \nNorthfield,  Mass.,  the  mother  held  her  little  ones  together ; \nand  around  the  family  table,  or  in  summer-time  under  the \nold  oak-tree  in  the  yard,  she  held  her  Bible  class,  taught \nthem  true  religion,  and  gave  them  that  devout  start  in  life \nwhich  Mr.  Moody  never  has  outgrown  or  forgotten.  When \nto-day  he  says :  \"  Sinners,  turn  ye,  for  why  will  ye  die  ?  If \nyou  are  going  the  wrong  road,  turn  round,  and  go  the  other \nway.  If  you  are  going  down  hill,  turn  around,  and  go  up !  \" \nhe  is  preaching  his  mother's  religion ;  and  we  all  second  and \napplaud  him  in  such  practical  salvation. \n\nBut,  as  Mr.  Moody  came  to  manhood,  and  went  to  Boston \nand  Chicago,  somehow  he  picked  up  something  of  the  my- \nthology of  the  creeds  of  the  Middle  Ages.  He  has  what  he \ncalls  his  '* blood  sermons.\"  He  rakes  up  the  superstitions  of \nheathendom,  with  its  bloody  sacrifices,  and  makes  the  ghastly \npicture  a  basis  for  his  appeal  that  on  the  cross  Jesus  poured \nout  his  blood  to  appease  the  wrath  of  an  angry  God,  to  pay \nthe  penalty  of  mankind's  infinite  debt,  and  purchase  deliver- \nance from  the  doom  of  an  everlasting  hell.  That  is  Mr. \nMoody's  mythology. \n\nOur  contrast  emphatically  comes  to  a  focus  in  an  incident \ntold  of  Father  Taylor,  the  famous  sailor  preacher  of  Boston. \nA  loyal  Methodist  in  professed  creed,  yet  with  a  heart  large \nas  all  the  world,  and  a  dear  lover  of  his  friend  Ralph  Waldo \nEmerson,  he  was  once  asked  of  Mr.  Emerson's  fate  in  the \n\n\n14 \n\nnext  world.  \"  Ah  !  \"  replied  Father  Taylor :  \"excellent  man \nthat  he  is,  dear,  blessed  soul,  I  fear  he  has  not  a  saving \nfaith.     Yet  I  cannot  imagine  what  Satan  can  do  with  him.\" \n\nThe  prayer  of  the  old  theology  is,  \"Finally  save  us,  O \nLord  !  \"  Why  thus  imply  that  it  is  just  as  well  for  the  Lord \nto  wait  a  while  ?  It  is  not  the  danger  of  sin  to-day,  but  the \ndoom  beyond  death  that  the  old  theology  thinks  of.  The \nhappenings  of  the  present  time  count  nothing  compared  with \nthe  eternal  fate.  In  this  belief,  in  other  days  the  rite  of  bap- \ntism was  sometimes  postponed  to  the  last  hours  of  life,  that \na  man  might  recklessly  sin  to  the  last,  and  then  have  all \nwashed  away.  But  the  new  theology  cries :  \"  Heaven  save \nus  from  all  damaging  thoughts  and  deeds,  from  all  perils  that \nendanger  purity  and  honor !  No  moment  is  to  be  lost ! \nGok  save  us  this  day  !  \" \n\nWe  must  beware  lest  our  thought  of  salvation  becomes  a \nmerely  selfish  anxiety.  Religious  zeal  is  too  often  only  an \neager  springing  for  the  life-boat,  deserting  the  sinking  ship \nwith  a  despairing  cry,  \"  Save  himself  who  can ! \"  What \nutter  selfishness  is  the  common  idea  of  \"getting  into \nheaven \" !  If  our  chief  concern  is  that  our  souls  find  no \ntorment  beyond  the  grave,  if  our  religion  is  only  a  mean \nanxiety  to  secure  a  reserved  seat  in  the  never-ending  con- \ncert of  the  upper  mansions,  if  we  are  not  moved  by  a  larger \nlove  and  loftier  purpose,  we  are  not  saved  I  We  certainly \nhave  not  found  the  kingdom  of  God,  which  is  not  meat  and \ndrink,  but  is  joy  and  peace  in  the  Holy  Spirit.  Yea,  the \nsalvation  which  means  spiritual  culture  and  fidelity,  devotion \nto  the  truth  and  the  right,  gratitude  and  obedience  toward \nGod,  and  self-sacrificing  service  of  mankind,  is  the  only  sal- \nvation worthy  of  so  much  debate  and  concern,  the  only  sal- \nvation God  requires  and  Jesus  Christ  came  to  preach  and \nto  offer. \n\nOur  Calvinist  brother  sometimes  coolly  asks,  \"  Can  a  Uni- \ntarian be  saved?\"  If  you  mean  saved  from  this  world's \ndeviltries,  pollutions,  and  meanness,  we  think  some  Unita- \ntarian  people  are  so  saved.     In  the  Unitarian  faith  a  great \n\n\nIS \n\ncompany  of  such  people  as  Channing,  Longfellow,  Peter \nCooper,  Dorothea  Dix,  and  Florence  Nightingale  have \nfound  spiritual  health  and  splendid  manhood  and  woman- \nhood. If  you  mean  saved  for  the  next  world,  we  reply,  God \nis  good ;  and  for  true  souls  eternity  has  no  terror.  Charac- \nter is  the  good  gold  that  will  pass  current  in  all  the  divine \ndominions. \n\nIn  response,  may  we  not  fairly  turn  and  ask,  \"  My  brother \nCalvinist,  are  you  saved  ? \"  Not  yet,  certainly,  from  super- \nstitious fear  of  an  angry  God !  Not  yet  from  pagan  tradi- \ntions that  fill  the  grave  with  haunting  horrors !  Not  yet,  in \nall  cases,  from  a  heresy-hunting  bigotry  that  splits  the \nchurch,  and  separates  you  with  unbrotherly  prejudice  from \nmany  good  men !  In  your  dread  of  freedom  in  the  fresh  air \nand  sunshine,  we  fear  you  are  out  of  health.  From  timidity^ \ndistrust,  and  the  traditions  of  darker  days  may  the  Lord \nsave  you !  God  is  good,  and  the  next  world  offers  fresh \nchance  to  all.  And,  if  you  cannot  escape  your  limitations \nin  this  world,  we  cherish  hope  that  in  the  next  world  you \nwill  find  the  full  and  glorious  salvation. \n\nMythologic  salvation,  anxiously  concerned  about  rescue \nfrom  a  predestined  doom,  is  fast  vanishing  before  the  light \nof  advancing  intelligence.  With  other  dogmas  of  darker \ndays,  it  belongs  to  the  night,  and  with  the  owls  and  bats  is \nretreating  before  the  dawn.  Fast  coming  to  the  front  in  all \nsects  is  the  practical  religion  whose  supreme  aim  is  to  help \nthe  brother  and  to  do  God's  will.  The  old  superstition, \nwith  its  bribes  to  mental  indolence  and  its  death-bed  men- \naces, may  for  a  time  hold  captive  weak  men  and  women. \nBut  humanity  is  escaping  the  old  dogmatic  thraldom.  The \nconscience  of  the  race  is  rising  to  higher  levels.  The \ngrowth  of  brighter  ideals  and  inspiration  of  nobler  purpose \nare  leaving  further  and  further  behind  the  childish  terror \nand  dream.  ''Paradise  Lost  and  Regained\"  was  Milton's \nepic  of  two  centuries  ago.  Rescue  from  the  old  hell  no \nlonger  inspires  the  Whittiers  and  Brownings  of  our  day, — \nsingers  rather  of  the  immortal  hope.     The  old  dogma  has \n\n\ni6 \n\nb^ome  an  empty  shell,  out  of  which  all  life  has  escaped. \nAs  the  naturalist  classifies  old  fossils,  so  history  is  shelving \nthis  dead  relic.  The  new  science  dissects  and  analyzes  it. \nFrom  having  been  a  living  conviction  it  is  now  a  curiosity. \nLike  witchcraft  and  astrology,  it  has  become  a  ghost  of  the \npast.  If  the  Church  stands  for  this,  men  will  turn  their \nbacks,  and  prefer  to  stay  outside  in  the  fresh  air  and  sun- \nshine. It  can  be  the  Church  of  the  Future  only  as  it  pro- \nclaims practical  Christianity,  levelling  the  hills,  bridging  the \nvalleys,  and  turning  the  wilderness  of  human  life  into  a \ngarden  of  our  God. \n\nFriends,  let  us  at  once  and  forever  cast  away  all  supersti- \ntious dread  of  the  future  world.  There  is  nothing  in  the \nuniverse  to  harm  or  terrify  a  good  man.  Let  us  try  our \nchurches  and  creeds  by  the  searching  test.  What  manhood \nand  womanhood  are  you  producing  ?  Let  us  see  that  prac- \ntical religion  is  the  one  thing  needful  to  live  by  and  to  die \nby.  Let  us  so  live  that  with  every  rising  and  setting  sun  we \nshall  hear  the  august  judgment  sounding  from  the  heavens, \n\"  Well  done,  good  and  faithful :  enter  into  the  joy  of  thy \nLord.\"  Forever  be  assured,  there  is  no  place  in  the  uni- \nverse where  a  false  soul  is  saved;  and  no  place  in  all  the \ndivine  dominions  where  a  true  soul  is  lost. \n\n\nPubUsbed  weekly.         Pxioe  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  sinffle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol.  13  DECEMBER  18,  1891  No.  10 \n\n\nTHE  DAWN  OF  CHRISTMAS \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.   ELLIS,  141   FRANKLIN   STKEKT \n\n1891 \n\nEuteni  mt  the  Pott'Cfke,  Bottom,  Mau,t  a*  »eeond-€ta$t  nuHl  tnatter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligions  ReconBtruction.     lamo f  i.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Dajrs.    Small  z6mo.    Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed,    tsno t.oo \n\nPoema.    i6ma    Fullgbt    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  doad.    i6mo.    Full  gilt 1.35 \n\nSocial  Problems,    tamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religious  Life.     lamo 1.00 \n\nBeUel  in  (jod.    lamo                     1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.    tamo         1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  the  BiUe.         1.00 \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,    zamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  ETolntion.    tamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,    zamo          1.00 \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,    lamo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Sdenoe  of  Manhood.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Erolution.    lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.    i6mo      i^oo \n\nBlttffton;  A  Story  of  To-day.    lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times.    lamo i.oo \n\nLife.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 7S \n\nSaoed  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nQoth t.oo \n\nLeather                       i.jo \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  £.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy so  cents.    Per  dos.,  1.50 \n\n*•      Cloth,       •«          ....    30     \"               \"  a.so \n\n\nMr.  Savaire'a  weeklv  sermons  are  regulariv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  i»  \"  Vrnijf  PnlpiL*'  Subscription  price,  !or  the  season,  f  1.50 ; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO.  H,  BLLIS,  FtOiitk^, \n\nt4i  P^ankiin  St,,  B^iUnt  Mats. \n\n\nTHE  DAWN  OF  CHRISTMAS.* \n\n\n\"  Let  love  of  the  brethren  continue.\" —  Heb.  xiii.  i. \n\nAlready,  though  Christmas  is  still  somewhat  in  the  dis- \ntance, there  are  in  all  the  air  the  signs  of  its  coming,  just  as \nin  the  morning,  long  before  the  sun  is  up,  there  are  in  the \neast  tremblings  of  the  daylight  and  indications  of  dawn. \nAnd  not  only  are  we  approaching  the  dawn  of  this  year's \nChristmas-tide,  but  the  world,  I  trust,  is  approaching  the \ndawn  of  a  larger  Christmas, —  a  Christmas  of  the  spirit,  of \nthe  soul,  that  shall  enter  into  and  take  possession  of  human \ncivilization,  that  shall  work  over  and  transform  our  human \nlife,  shaping  it  after  the  likeness  of  something  diviner  than \nwe  have  yet  attained. \n\nWhile  the  human  intellect  was  controlled  by  the  old  con- \nception of  the  origin  and  history  of  the  world,  it  was  natural \nthat  we  should  get  it  into  our  minds  that  the  earth  was  grow- \ning old,  that  human  civilization  had  perhaps  reached  its  cul- \nmination or  even  was  on  the  downhill  slope  towards  disinte- \ngration and  decay.  Songs  have  been  sung  by  the  poets  full \nof  the  old-age  weariness  of  human  life,  indicating  that  the \nworld  was  getting  old,  getting  worn,  getting  weary.  But \nwith  our  new  conception  of  the  origin  of  things,  of  the  world, \nof  man,  and  the  course  of  human  destiny,  all  this  passes \naway.  The  world  is  not  old.  We  are  not  sinking  down \ntowards  the  sunset  of  human  civilization.  We  are  not  yet \neven  in  sight  of  noon.  It  is  almost  true  to  say  that  the  sun \nis  scarcely  up :  it  is  only  dawn  as  yet.  No  matter  how  many \nthousands  of  years  the  human  race  may  have  been  on  earth, \nwe  are  only  beginning  here  and  there,  in  spots  and  on  the \n\n*  PhoQogiaphically  reported. \n\n\nsurface,  to  be  even  partially  civilized.  The  human  has \nhardly  dawned  as  yet  above  the  horizon  of  the  animal.  We \nare  only  beginning  to  learn  what  is  the  meaning  of  human \nlife,  what  is  the  secret  of  human  happiness.  So,  as  I  name \nmy  theme  this  morning  \"  The  Dawn  of  Christmas,\"  I  have \nthis  twofold  idea  in  mind, —  the  dawn  of  that  Christmas  week \nwhich  is  so  near  to  us  and  the  dawn  of  that  period  and  con- \ndition of  human  civilization  that  shall  illustrate  the  Christmas \nspirit  and  attain,  in  some  measure  at  least,  the  Christmas \nideal. \n\nNote,  then,  at  the  outset  that  the  dominant  note  of  Christ- \nmas is  joy.  The  one  thing  we  look  forward  to  during  the \nChristmas  week,  on  Christmas  eve  and  Christmas  morning, \nis  happiness,  happiness  unalloyed  so  far  as  may  be.  Human \nlife,  so  to  speak,  pauses;  activities  are  in  abeyance.  The \ncrowding  and  worrying  of  our  business  are  forgotten  for  a \nlittle  while.  Our  self-seeking  and  occupations  are  put  one \nside ;  and  we  stop  for  a  little  to  be  simply  happy,  and  to  be \nhappy  in  the  happiness  of  those  who  are  round  us.  This, \nthen,  is  the  dominant  note  of  Christmas, —  joy,  happiness. \n\nThis  brings  us  face  to  face  with  a  curious  contradiction  in \nour  human  life.  We  forget  for  a  little  and  find  ourselves \nsimply  glad;  and  being  glad  does  not  trouble  our  con- \nscience. We  look  forward  to  it  with  anticipation.  And  yet \nthe  ethics,  the  religion,  and  nearly  all  the  great  systems  of \nhuman  thought  that  have  ruled  the  past  have  ruled  out  hap- \npiness as  being  a  right  and  legitimate  object  of  human \nsearch.  We  are  told  that  we  must  not  seek  to  be  happy ; \nthat  we  must  seek  something  else^  which  is  supposed  to  be \nhigher  and  better  than  happiness. \n\nTo  illustrate  what  I  mean,  take  the  system  and  the  teach- \nings of  Epicurus.  He  was  one  of  the  first  philosophers  of  the \nworld  who  frankly  taught  that  the  one  great  object  and  end \nof  human  life  was  happiness,  and  in  consequence  he  has \nborne  a  stigma  almost  from  that  day  to  this.  For  to  call  a \nman  an  epicure  stigmatizes  him  as  something  else  than \nhuman, —  something  selfish,  something  sensual,   something \n\n\n5 \n\nevil.  Epicurianism  has  come  to  stand  in  popular  thought  for \na  scheme  of  life  which  snatches  at  the  first  pleasure  which \ncomes  to  hand,  the  first  sensual  indulgence.  And  yet  never \nwas  a  finer,  higher,  cleaner  system  of  ethics  taught  since  the \nfoundation  of  the  world  than  Epicurus  taught.  He  did  not \nteach  anything  of  the  sort  that  is  popularly  attributed  to  him. \nWhat  does  this  mean?  It  means  a  contradiction  of  the \nold  idea  as  to  the  object  of  human  search,  as  to  whether  it \nis  legitimate  to  seek  happiness,  and,  if  it  be,  as  to  what  is  the \ntrue  way  to  seek  it  and  wherein  it  lies.  If  we  tell  an  ordi- \nnary man  that  it  is  legitimate  for  him  to  seek  happiness, \nhe  is  apt  to  suppose  that  what  we  are  teaching  is  that  he \nmay  indulge  himself  in  sensual  gratification.  And  yet  you \nmay  mean  and  may  know  that  this  is  not  the  way  to  seek \nhappiness  at  all.  Take  our  New  England  religion,  in  the \nexperience  of  our  forefathers,  since  the  coming  to  this  coun- \ntry of  the  Pilgrim  and  the  Puritan  :  the  teaching,  as  they \nbelieved  it,  left  almost  everything  sunny  and  sweet  and \nhappy  out  of  their  lives.  Amusement  of  every  kind  was \nfrowned  upon.  It  is  within  the  memory  of  people  here  who \nare  younger  than  I  that  the  admission  to  our  colleges  or \ntheological  seminaries  or  institutions  of  learning  of  any  kind \nof  anything  that  savored  of  amusement  or  entertainment \nwas  not  allowed.  In  my  own  boyhood  the  atmosphere  of \nthe  life  around  me  was  such  that  I  was  accustomed  to  think \nthere  was  a  taint  of  wickedness  in  simply  being  happy,  in \nbeing  amused,  in  being  entertained.  There  was  an  element \nof  frivolity  in  it,  something  not  worthy  of  a  child  of  God. \nAnd,  as  you  go  back  from  our  own  day  to  a  hundred  years \nago,  it  is  almost  true  to  say  that,  if  you  wished  to  do  any- \nthing, that  was  sufficient  reason  for  not  doing  it.  The  ideal \nof  life  was  that  you  must  repress  and  trample  down  every \nnatural  impulse  and  desire ;  that  you  must  postpone  from \nthis  world  to  some  other  all  thought  of  ease,  all  thought  of \njoy.  This  was  legitimate  in  the  light  of  the  theory  of  the \nuniverse  and  the  condition  of  men  that  was  then  held. \nHowever  amusing  a  game  of  checkers  or  of  cards  might  be, \n\n\nhowever  innocent,  you  would  hardly  call  it  innocent  for  a \nman  to  sit  and  play  cards  on  a  ship  that  was  leaking  and  was \nnearly  sinking,  when  the  strength  of  every  man  was  needed \nat  the  pumps  to  keep  it  afloat  or  to  prepare  the  boats  for \nan  escape  to  some  place  of  safety.  So  it  was  natural  and \nlegitimate  enough. \n\nIf  you  study  nearly  all  the  old  religions  of  the  past,  you \nwill  find  substantially  the  same  thing  true.  It  was  taught \nthat  the  great  thing  in  human  life  was  to  repress  the  desire, \nto  trample  down  the  lower  nature,  to  put  it  under  foot.  That \nhas  been  taught  in  other  religions.  If  you  go  to  the  Hindu \nand  ask  his  ideal  of  religion,  you  will  find  it  is  self-repres- \nsion :  it  is  starving  every  natural  faculty,  the  suppression  of \nevery  natural  desire.  He  wishes  to  escape  from  life  in  order \nthat  he  may  attain  the  perfection  of  that  pleasant  calm  which \nawaits  those  who  have  overcome  the  impulses  and  desires \nof  life  here  below.  This  is  his  ideal  of  life.  Ask  the  Mo- \nhammedan what  is  his  ideal  of  life.  His  saint  is  one  who, \nwithout  thinking  of  self,  rushes  on  his  enemies'  spear  or \nsword  or  gun  in  utter  sacrifice  of  himself.  Under  Christi- \nanity, in  the  old  days,  the  ideal  saint  was  the  monk,  the  nun, \ndenying  every  natural  impulse,  every  upspringing  of  the \nheart,  every  human  desire,  living  a  life  of  self-sacrifice  and \nself-repression.  And  yet,  curiously  enough,  in  every  one  of \nthese  cases  they  do  not  escape  the  fact  that  man  desires  to \nbe  happy,  and  cannot  help  desiring  to  be  happy.  They  do \nnot  escape  the  fact  that  the  one  eternal,  necessary,  unescap- \nable  goal  of  human  ambition  and  endeavor  is  happiness,  is \njoy.  For  the  Mohammedan  expects,  as  the  price  of  this  pres- \nent self-sacrifice,  to  find  himself  in  eternal  and  inexpressible \nfelicity  all  the  sooner.  He  is  ready  to  make  sacrifices  in  the \npresent  time  to  be  sure  of  a  lasting  joy. \n\nAnd  the  Hindu,  when  he  is  carrying  a  burden  that  is \nhard  for  him  to  bear,  is  only  paying  the  price  of  entering \ninto  a  felicity  that  is  unexpressible  in  words.  So  the  monk \nand  the  nun,  so  our  Puritan  forefathers,  so  Christendom, \nfrom  first  to  last,  has  thought  that  we  must  sacrifice  our- \n\n\nselves  in  this  world,  we  must  not  do  anything  that  we  wish \nto  do ;  for  in  this  way  we  shall  attain  to  unexpressible  joy  in \nsome  other  world.  If  you  study  the  various  schemes  of \nphilosophy  and  ethics,  you  find  substantially  the  same  fact. \nThe  Stoics  believed  that  the  limitation  of  human  life  that \nwas  imposed  on  men  in  this  world  was  such  that  it  was  im- \npossible for  men  to  attain  the  object  of  their  desire.  They \ntaught  that  the  way  to  be  happy,  the  way  to  contentment, \nwas  to  lop  oflE  one  after  the  other  of  these  troublesome \ndesires.  You  cannot  have  this  thing  that  you  desire  :  cease, \nthen,  to  wish  for  it,  and  so  earn  content.  Your  life  will  be \ndwarfed,  thwarted  in  every  direction  :  train  yourself,  then,  so \nthat,  when  disappointment  comes,  you  will  not  care.  Arm \nyourself  in  this  way  against  the  assaults  of  adversity.  And \nyet  the  Stoics  taught  a  continued  existence  that  accorded \nwith  the  Christian  idea ;  and  their  doctrine  was  that,  although \nhappiness  was  not  to  be  attained  in  this  world,  it  was  in  the \nnext,  and  so  the  object  was  happiness  just  the  same. \n\nIt  seems  to  me,  then,  that  we  are  face  to  face  with  the \ndeepest  truth  of  human  nature  and  human  life.  There \nnever  was  a  man  on  the  face  of  the  earth  who  did  not  seek, \nas  the  one  end  and  aim  of  his  existence,  happiness.  This  is \ntrue  for  the  simple  reason  that  human  nature  is  so  consti- \ntuted that  anything  else  is  impossible.  We  have  no  choice \nin  the  matter.  We  must  make  happiness  the  end  and  ob- \nject of  human  life. \n\nLet  us  see.  If  we  go  down  to  the  beginning  of  life  on  this \nplanet  to  find  out  what  was  the  first  thing  that  manifested \nitself,  we]  shall  not  find  any  moral  idea,  we  shall  not  find \nany  intellectual  development,  any  thought.  We  shall  find  as \nthe  first  manifestation  of  life  on  this  planet  sentiency,  feel- \ning, the  capacity  for  sensation.  That  is  the  first  and  most \ndistinguishing  feature  of  life.  Life,  then,  is  that  which  feels  ; \nand  this  is  the  deepest  thing  in  life.  This  is  the  heart,  the \nsoul,  of  life.  Brain  is  of  much  later  development,  and  is \ncomparatively  of  much  less  importance.  Brain  is  of  use \nonly  as  a  guide,  only  as  a  help,  only  as  a  compass  or  a  chart \n\n\n8 \n\non  shipboard.  It  is,  and  it  ought  to  be  forever,  only  the \nservant  of  feeling ;  for  feeling  is  life. \n\nNow,  then,  the  next  step.  Since  the  deepest  thing  in  life \nis  feeling,  since  feeling  is  the  motive  force,  the  impulse  of \nactivity,  note  the  next  thing. \n\nWe  can  divide  feeling  into  only  two  classes,  those  which \nare  agreeable  and  those  which  are  disagreeable :  the  former \nwe  desire,  the  latter  we  seek  to  avoid.  There  are,  then,  only \ntwo  classes  of  feeling ;  and  to  say  that  a  man  ever  did  or \never  can  voluntarily  choose  that  which  is  disagreeable  is  a \ncontradiction  in  terms,  and  an  absurdity  in  its  very  nature. \nA  man,  if  free,  is  under  an  absolute  necessity  of  choosing \nthat  which  he  wants,  that  which  he  prefers ;  that  is,  that \nwhich,  on  the  whole  and  in  the  long  run,  will  be  agreeable, \nthat  which  for  him,  in  the  circumstances,  will  constitute  the \nhighest  source  and  the  largest  source  of  happiness.  You \nmay,  if  you  choose,  suppose  that  there  are  a  thousand  excep- \ntions to  this  rule ;  but  you  will  not  find  one.  They  are  ap- \nparent exceptions.  Take  one  as  an  illustration.  I  have \nreferred  to  him  a  great  many  times,  and  I  fear  I  shall  a \ngreat  many  times  again,  because  there  is  hardly  any  fig- \nure in  English  history  that  attracts  me  as  he  does.  I  speak \nof  Sir  Thomas  More,  the  old  Catholic  hero  and  noble, \nwho,  under  the  reign  of  Henry  VIIL,  chose  the  lip  of  the \naxe,  chose  the  scaffold,  rather  than  be  false  to  his  ideal.  Is \nhe  an  exception  to  the  rule  that  man  always  chooses  the \nlarger  happiness?  Suppose  Sir  Thomas  More,  when  his \nwife  and  children  came  to  him  in  the  Tower  and  labored \nwith  him,  and  begged  him  to  recant  his  opinions,  to  say  only  a \nword  and  save  his  life, —  suppose  he  had  done  it  ?  He  would \nhave  gone  out  carrying  with  him  a  crushing,  insupportable \nlife  of  self-contempt,  which  would  have  been  to  him  a  life- \nlong misery.  Situated,  then,  as  he  was,  in  his  circumstances, \nwith  only  those  two  choices  open  to  him,  he  chose  to  enter \nthat  which  to  him  was  felicity,  happiness,  self-respect,  the \ntriumph  of  his  soul, —  to  enter  with  these  through  the  gate* \nway  of  death  rather  than  live  to  hate  and  despise  himself  for \nbeing  less  than  Sir  Thomas  More. \n\n\nSo  you  can  take  any  case  you  choose.  The  man  who \nchooses  to  give  up  his  life,  to  sacrifice  himself  utterly  for \na  principle  or  for  some  object  of  love,  really  chooses  that \nwhich,  in  the  circumstances,  he  prefers^  as  does  the  man \nwho  chooses  dissipation  and  the  gutter.  He  chooses  that \nwhich  to  him  is  preferable  at  the  time.  He  chooses,  in  other \nwords,  happiness ;  and  he  cannot  help  choosing  happiness. \n\nHappiness,  then,  as  I  have  said,  is  the  one  age-long  object \nof  human  search ;  and  there  is  not  a  system  of  ethics  nor  a \nreligion  that  does  not  point  to  ultimate  felicity  as  the  end  of \nhuman  life. \n\nThere  is  a  distinction  that  is  sometimes  drawn  which \nseems  to  me  a  purely  verbal  quibble,  one  advocated  by  one \nof  our  leading  Unitarian  thinkers.  He  said  it  was  impossible \nfor  man  to  attain  happiness ;  but  he  might  attain  something \nbetter,  and  that  is  blessedness.  But,  if  blessedness  is  some- \nthing higher  than  happiness,  that  only  means  that  it  is  a \nstronger  object  of  human  desire,  a  higher  kind  of  happiness, \nand  not  the  negation  of  happiness  at  aU.  I  dwell  on  this \nbecause  so  many  people  are  afraid  frankly  to  say  that  the \nobject  of  life  is  happiness,  so  many  people  are  fearful  of \nbeing  misunderstood,  so  many  people  suppose  it  is  a  dero- \ngation of  human  dignity  to  confess  it.  And  yet  it  is  the  one \nage-long  object  of  all  free  human  search. \n\nBut  note  one  or  two  things,  lest  I  be  misunderstood.  The \nacceptance  of  this  principle  does  not  mean  that  any  man \nis  at  liberty  to  do  whatever  he  pleases,  whatever  he  finds \nagreeable  at  the  time.  For  he  is  not  at  liberty  to  satisfy  the \nfirst  impulse  that  rises  in  his  nature :  that  may  be  the  nega- \ntion of  happiness.  He  may  be  grasping  at  something  at \nthe  sacrifice  of  something  unspeakably  larger  and  finer  that \nmight  be  found  farther  on.  And,  then,  I  have  no  right  to \nseek  my  own  happiness  at  the  expense  of  my  neighbor  or \nmy  friend.  And  this  is  no  contradiction  of  the  principle \nbecause,  in  the  long  run  and  on  the  whole,  the  attempts  that \nmen  have  made  to  be  happy  at  the  expense  of  others  have \nalways  resulted   in  wrecking  their  own;   for  God  has  so \n\n\nlO \n\nbound  us  together  in  families,  in  neighborhoods,  in  commu- \nnities, in  societies,  in  nations,  that  it  is  simply  impossible  for \nman  to  be  selfishly  happy  alone. \n\nI  must  pass  now  to  the  next  step,  and  point  out  some  dis- \ncords in  this  dominant  note  of  the  Christmas  joy.  I  said \nthat,  the  one  thing  we  are  looking  forward  to  at  Christmas  is \nhappiness.  But  there  are  certain  things  that  take  away  from \nthat,  which  we  must  eliminate  if  we  would  make  the  happi- \nness more  complete  and  general.  To  put  it  all  in  one  word, \n—  for  everything  I  wish  to  say  is  only  a  variation  of  that  one \ntheme, —  the  one  thing  we  need  to  eliminate  from  the  Christ- \nmas spirit,  as  we  face  the  day,  is  the  commercial  way  of \nlooking  at  it.  Do  you  know  there  is  danger  in  our  Amer- \nican life  that  Christmas,  instead  of  being  a  joy,  shall  come  to \nbe  a  burden ;  and,  if  it  does,  it  will  mean  the  dominance \nof  this  commercial  spirit.  I  know  of  those  who  are  already \nlooking  forward  to  Christmas  as  anything  but  a  joy.  They \nwill  be  glad  to  have  it  over,  provided  they  can  get  through  it \nsatisfactorily.  In  the  first  place,  there  are  those  who  are  not \nwilling  to  be  under  an  obligation  to  anybody,  who  are  posi- \ntively afraid  that  some  friend  will  give  them  something  that \nthey  will  feel  to  be  a  burden,  something  a  little  more  valu- \nable than  the  one  they  have  provided  in  exchange.  That  is \nthe  commercial  way  of  measuring  it.  Do  you  know,  if  you \nanalyze  it,  that  this  dread  of  being  under  an  obligation  to  a \nfriend  is  only  the  result  of  pride  and  selfishness  ?  If  you  are \nnot  willing  to  receive  anything  from  a  friend,  how  do  you \nexpect  that  friend  is  going  to  be  willing  to  receive  anything \nfrom  you  ?  Are  you  to  assume  that  that  friend's  sensibili- \nties are  less  sensitive  than  your  own, — that  you  can  put  your \nfriend  under  an  obligation  that  he  will  like,  but  that  you  can- \nnot take  the  obligation  yourself  ?  That  is  only  pride  and \nselfishness.  Turn  it  round.  There  are  certain  other  people \nwho  are  so  constituted  that  they  are  not  going  to  be  happy \nunless  they  get  as  many  things  as  they  want  and  all  that  they \nwant.  I  saw  in  a  newspaper  the  other  day  something  that \nhad  a  humorous   touch  to  it  which  was  based  on  reality. \n\n\nII \n\nSome  one  said  that  the  one  thing  he  looked  forward  to  with \ndread  at  Christmas  was  that  he  had  got  to  pretend  to  be \nsatisfied  with  what  he  got,  whether  it  suited  him  or  not. \n\nThe  thing  that  we  need  to  do  to  make  the  Christmas  spirit \nwhat  it  ought  to  be  is  to  dismiss  completely  this  whole  idea \nof  measuring  the  value  of  gifts.  The  Christmas  dream  is  of \nthe  soul,  the  heart.  It  ought  to  be  above  the  spirit  of  cal- \nculation. If  it  is  anything,  it  is  simply  the  natural,  sympa- \nthetic, loving  expression  of  friendship,  of  care,  the  mutual \nrelation  of  people  who  love  each  other  and  wish  each  other's \ngood.  I  should  be,  burdened,  indeed,  if  I  received  a  gift \nfrom  anybody  in  the  world,  if  it  cost  no  more  than  five  cents, \nif  I  supposed  that  the  estimate  of  its  cost  had  entered  into \nthe  calculation  of  my  friend.  It  is  the  expression  of  friend- \nship. If  we  can  only  eliminate  all  this, —  this  worry  and \nburden,  this  thinking  I  must  give  a  present  worth  so  much \nto  this  friend  and  worth  so  much  to  that  friend, —  we  might \nenter  into  the  soul  of  this  Christmas  joy. \n\nI  wish  to  note  what  it  is  that  constitutes  the  essence  of \nChristmas.  Then  you  will  see  what  I  had  in  mind  in  an- \nnouncing my  subject,  and  the  outcome  that  I  am  looking \nforward  to  as  the  end.  What  is  it  which  makes  the  Christ- \nmas joy  ? \n\nIt  is,  in  the  first  place,  the  calling  into  activity  of  those \nfaculties  which  relate  us  to  our  fellow-men  above  the  range \nof  the  commercial  spirit,  relating  us  to  them  as  brothers  and \nfriends. \n\nThe  next  thing  I  will  note,  though  these  three  things  are \nreally  only  one  different  aspect  of  the  same  thing,  is  that  it \nis  learning  to  take  comfort  in  the  reflected  joy  of  other  peo- \nple. It  is  to  enter  into  the  Christmas  spirit  in  an  earnest \nand  sincere  way  by  delighting  to  see  other  people  happy. \nIt  is  catching  the  reflected  joy  of  other  faces  and  other  eyes. \n\nAnd  now  the  heart  of  this,  that  which  lies  at  the  basis \nof  the  whole,  is  the  principle  of  giving, —  not  the  principle \nof  self-sacrifice, —  that  is  something  else, —  not  the  principle \nof  self-surrender,  of  self-forgetfulness  even,  but  the  spirit  of \n\n\n12 \n\ngiving.  That  is  the  divinest  thing  there  is  on  earth.  For \nthe  one  secret  of  joy  will  be  found,  when  you  analyze  it,  right \nhere,  in  the  act  of  giving, —  the  act  of  using  those  functions \nin  us  that  are  the  divinest,  things  that  constitute  us  what  we \nare.  How  fundamental  this  principle  is !  There  is  nothing \nin  this  universe  that  exists  except  in  the  act  of  giving. \nLeave  the  element  of  giving  out,  that  which  brings  it  into \nrelation  of  helpfulness  towards  others,  and,  if  it  did  not \ncease  to  be,  it  would  pass  beyond  the  limits  of  your  con- \nsciousness ;  and  you  would  not  know  that  it  existed.  The \nBible  teaches  the  deepest  thought  of  human  life  when  it  says \nthat  God  is  love.  What  does  that  mean  ?  God  is  the  eter- \nnal, beneficent  giver.  All  the  phenomenal  manifestations  of \nthe  visible  and  invisible  universe  are  the  outflowing  of \nthis  eternal  source  and  fount.  God  if,  because  forever  he \noverflows  and  gives  himself  to  everything  that  lives.  A  sun \nis  a  sun  because  it  shines.  If  it  should  withdraw  its  beams, \nit  would  cease  to  be  a  sun.  A  perfume  is  a  perfume  be- \ncause it  gives.  If  it  ceased  to  give,  you  would  cease  to  know \nit.  It  would  lose  its  name  and  nature.  A  flower  is  fragrant \nas  it  gives  to  our  senses.  It  is  beautiful  because  it  gives  to \nus  of  its  beauty.     If  it  ceases  to  give,  it  ceases  to  be. \n\nAnd  so,  as  you  run  over  the  list  of  all  the  great  and  noble \nmen  of  the  world,  you  note  that  that  which  makes  them \ngreat  and  noble  and  true  is  the  simple  fact  that  they  have \ngiven  something  to  the  world.  It  is  true  in  art,  literature, \nscience,  everywhere.  A  man  writes  a  book ;  but  nobody \nknows  he  has  written  it,  if  he  keeps  it  to  himself.  He  be- \ncomes recognized  only  as  he  gives  truth,  stimulus,  delight,  to \nother  people.  A  man  makes  a  beautiful  statue  or  paints  a \nfine  picture.  If  he  hides  them  away  and  never  lets  any  one \nsee  them,  no  one  ever  thinks  of  him  as  an  artist.  You  be- \ncome an  artist  when  you  bestow  beauty  on  the  world.  A \nstudent  may  sit  quietly  for  years,  and  discover  some  new \ngreat  natural  law,  as  Darwin  or  Newton  did  ;  but  they  are  not \nrecognized  as  scientists  until  they  become  benefactors  to  the \nworld  by  giving  to  the  world.      Then  they  become  great, — \n\n\n13 \n\ngreat  not  only,  but  the  joy  to  them  is  in  this  act  of  giving, \nrelating  themselves  as  benefactors  and  helpers  to  their  fellow- \nmen. \n\nThis,  then,  is  the  heart  of  the  Christmas  time.  You  will \nfind  that  the  Christmas  joy  is  the  joy  of  giving,  relating  your- \nselves in  this  way  to  those  that  are  about  you. \n\nThis  is  the  dawn  of  the  Christmas  time.  I  wish  to  close \nby  a  practical  suggestion.  Christmas  week  is  a  happy  week \nto  most  of  us ;  it  ought  to  be  to  all.  Why  do  men  choose \nwhen  they  know  that  the  one  thing  they  desire  most  on \nearth  is  to  be  happy  and  to  have  their  friends  happy,  why  do \nthey  choose  to  postpone  the  exercise  of  the  Christmas  spirit \nand  the  blossonfing  out  of  the  Christmas  joy  until  Christmas \nweek  comes  ?  And  why,  the  minute  that  the  holidays  are \nover,  do  they  postpone  the  Christmas  joy  and  gladness  until \nanother  year  ?  Why  not,  in  the  spirit  of  the  text  with  which \nI  began,  let  the  love  of  the  brethren  continue  ?  Why  not \nhave  Christmas  all  the  year  ?  Why  not  frankly  recognize \nthis  great  end  and  aim  of  human  life,  and  work  for  it  every \nmonth,  and  not  merely  in  the  month  of  December,  and  every \nday,  not  merely  on  the  25th  of  December  ?  This  is  not  con- \ntradictory to  that  principle  that  I  have  been  speaking  of,  that \nit  is  perfectly  right  as  individuals  to  seek  happiness  :  it  is  a \nconfirmation  of  it.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  is  it  not  true, —  I \nbring  no  charge,  I  only  ask  a  question, —  is  it  not  true  that \nmost  people  postpone  the  happiness  that  might  be  enjoyed \nbecause  they  are  misled  by  their  aims,  their  choice  in  life, \nbecause  they  allow  themselves  to  be  shaped  by  the  thought \nthat  they  may  not  be  happy  in  other  ways  ?  Suppose  a  man \nstarts  out  with  the  ambition  of  being  the  greatest  man  of  his \ntime :  he  will  not  be  happy  unless  he  can  rule  and  dominate \nhis  age.  With  the  most  of  us  that  would  be  a  thoroughly \nimpracticable,  unattainable  ambition.  And,  if  he  could,  it \nwould  be  only  to  look  back  to  some  past  age  and  see  others \ngreater  than  he ;  and  that  would  be  a  root  of  envy,  and  the \ndiscontent  would  still  remain.  Or  suppose  a  man  could  be \nthe  greatest  man  of  the  world :  it  would  be  very  lonely  up \n\n\n14 \n\nthere.  Rather  than  stand  as  a  cold,  far-off  mountain  peak, \nseparated  from  my  fellows,  I  would  nestle  in  the  little  group \nof  loved  ones  among  the  foot-hills,  and  in  the  sunshiny  valleys \nof  human  fellowship  and  of  peace.  Happiness  does  not  lie \nthat  way. \n\nAnd  the  world  should  have  learned  by  this  time  —  it  does \nnot  seem  to  —  that  happiness  does  not  lie  in  the  search  for \nmoney  as  an  end  'and  object.  Yet  in  every  direction  you \nwill  find  men  denying  themselves  the  luxury  of  happiness, \nthat  which  they  really  thirst  for,  in  the  foolish  and  always \ndisastrous  chase  for  happiness  along  this  road.  No  man \never  attained  it  since  the  world  began :  it  does  not  lie  that \nway. \n\nSo  take  almost  all  the  selfish  objects  of  human  search,  and \nhuman  happiness  is  not  there.  Seek  money,  seek  place,  seek \npower,  become  an  artist  if  you  can,  write  a  book  if  you  can, \nbut  let  all  these  things  become  of  service  and  help,  bestow- \ning light  and  joy  upon  your  fellow-men.  When  the  world \nlearns  enough  to  know  that  this  way  lies  the  attainment  of \nevery  desire,  then  we  may  have  Christmas  all  the  year,  and \nbrotherly  love  will  not  manifest  itself  now  and  again,  and \nthen  cease,  but  will  continue. \n\nFather,  we  consecrate  ourselves  to  Thee,  and  ask  that  we \nmay  understand  that  in  which  lies  likeness  to  God,  and  that \nin  which  lies,  therefore,  the  joy  and  blessedness  of  God,  that \nwe  may  give  ourselves  to  these  things  day  by  day  and  week \nby  week,  and  so  make  sunshine  and  peace  along  our  way. \nAmen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ...  20  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $1.^0 \n\nCloth y    \"    Copy,    .     .     .     .  ^o  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  ver^  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  p>er8onal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfoldinz.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  tne  criti- \ncal jud^ents  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  in(iuirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  It  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  whicn  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  hu  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  \"  Our  children  are  constantlv  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectlv  natural  I  Their  reading  ana  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modern  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Suaday-echool.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstndv  laige  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsab)ect. \n\nThe  Hst  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  m  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nQBO.  H.  BLLIS.  Publisher,  141  Pranklin  St.,  Boston,  Mass. \n\n\nPnbllfllied  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  single  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol.  13  DECEMBER  25,  1891  No.  11 \n\n\n'THE  NATURALNESS  OF  THE  SDPERNATDRAL \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.   ELLIS,   141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1891 \n\n\ntnterm  t  tht  FoM-ofictt  Boston^  Mau.f  a$  second^latM  maU  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligioos  Reconstruction,    ismo $t.oo \n\nThese  Degenermte  Days.    Small  161DO.    Flexible 90 \n\nMy  Creed,    iimo 1.00 \n\nPoems.    i6mo.    Fall  gilt    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Qoud.    i6mo.    FollgUt i.s} \n\nSocial  Froblems.    xamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Relinoos  Life,    ismo 1.00 \n\nBehef  in  God.    lamo                    1.00 \n\nBetieb  about  Man.    ismo         1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,    xamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution,    ismo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,    ismo         1.00 \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,    ismo 1.00 \n\nChristianity  the  Sdenoe  of  Manhood,    ismo x.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,    ismo i.fo \n\nLife  Questions.    i6mo      1.00 \n\nBluffton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.    ismo         1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living,    ismo 1.00 \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,    ismo i.oo \n\nLife,    ismo x.oo \n\nHie  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Sonn  for  Public  Worriiip.     A  Hymn  and.  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth I.oo \n\nLeather 1.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnoe,  Paper,  per  copy,  ....     so  cents.    Perdos.,  i.co \n\n*•      Cloth,       •«          ....    so     \"               \"  S.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subacription  price,  for  the  season,  f  1.90; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO.  H,  ELLIS,  PtMisksr, \n\nMil  Frmnklm  St,,  B^sUn,  Mmii. \n\n\nThe  Naturalness  of  the  Supernatural.* \n\n\nIf  there  is  any  person  in  my  congregation  who  thinks  that \nI  have  sufficiently  explained  any  of  these  perplexities  already, \nsuch  a  one  ought  to  see  my  correspondence  or  listen  to  the \nconversation  of  those  who  call  on  me.  Only  yesterday  one \ncame  in  deep  trouble  of  thought  and  heart  and  soul,  seek- \ning the  way  and  yet  hindered  by  just  such  obstructions  as  I \npropose  to  try  to.  remove  this  morning. \n\nA  question  comes  up  like  this :  Here  is  this  whole  cycle  of \nwonder-stories  connected  with  the  birth,  the  life,  and  the \ndeath  of  the  Nazarene ;  the  appearance  of  angels,  the  annun- \nciation before  his  birth,  the  appearance  of  the  star  in  the \nheavens  to  the  shepherds  and  the  wise  men ;  the  supernat- \nural knowledge  on  the  part  of  the  wise  men  that  this  child \nwas  to  be  born,  the  virgin  birth,  the  miraculous  revelation  of \nthe  intention  of  Herod,  the  flight  into  Egypt,  the  massacre \nof  the  innocents ;  then  the  miracles  attending  his  life  and  his \ndeath,  the  bursting  open  of  the  tombs  and  the  appearance  of \nthe  dead  in  the  streets  of  Jerusalem  at  the  time  of  his  resur- \nrection, his  descent  into  the  underworld,  the  resurrection  of \nhis  body  after  it  had  been  dead  three  days,  the  ascent  of  his \nphysical  body  through  the  air  into  heaven  —  here  is  this \nwhole  cycle  of  stories  of  marvel,  of  wonder,  that  cuts  across \nwhat  we  have  come  to  think  of  as  the  laws  of  nature,  the \nlaws  of  the  possible  at  every  turn. \n\nIf  we  look  over  the  ancient  world,  we  find  that  these  won- \nder-stories are  only  like  dozens  and  scores  and  hundreds  of \nothers  that  were  commonly  believed  in  that  far-off  time. \n\nNow,  as  the  question  was  put  to  me  yesterday  in  this  con- \n\n*  Phonographically  reported. \n\n\nversation  :  \"  If  these  stories  are  not  true,  how  does  it  happen \nthat  thousands  and  thousands  of  intelligent,  educated  people \nstill  believe  them  ?  If  they  are  not  true,  why  does  not  every- \nbody feel  and  think  about  them  as  you  do  ? \"  A  perfectly \nnatural  and  perfectly  fair  question. \n\nOr  put  it  another  way.  If  they  are  not  true,  were  the \nwriters  unusually  ignorant  ?  Were  they  not  as  intelligent  as \nthe  ordinary  people  of  that  time  ?  If  they  are  not  true,  must \nwe  hold  that  the  writers  were  untruthful  ? \n\nI  wish,  therefore,  in  order  to  assist  those  minds  in  which \nthese  are  still  difficulties,  to  remove  the  misconceptions \nconnected  with  questions  like  these.  I  wish  to  show  this \nmorning  the  naturalness  of  the  supernatural.  Paradox- \nical as  that  statement  may  seem,  I  think  it  will  convey  to  you \nmy  meaning.  I  wish,  in  other  words,  to  show  that  stories \nlike  these  grew  in  the  ancient  world  as  a  pine  to-day  grows \nin  Maine  or  a  palm  in  Florida.  They  grew  out  of  the  men- \ntal conditions,  out  of  the  conception  of  the  universe,  out  of \nsuch  knowledge  as  they  had  of  natural  forces,  such  ideas  as \nthey  had  concerning  the  government  of  the  world. \n\nRight  here  we  are  face  to  face  with  our  prime  difficulty. \nIt  is  immensely  difficult  for  a  man  to  get  out  of  his  peculiar \nhabits  of  thought,  to  get  into  the  brain  and  behind  the  eyes \nof  another  man  and  look  at  the  world  as  he  looks  at  it. \nTake  it  in  so  simple  and  commonplace  a  matter  as  this.  An \nAmerican  goes  abroad.  He  visits  France  or  Germany  or \nItaly ;  and  he  finds  himself  in  a  state  of  wonder  all  the  time \nat  the  customs,  habits,  manners,  of  the  people  round  him. \nHe  wonders  how  people  can  live  as  they  do, —  how  they  can \neat  and  drink,  and  rise  and  sleep,  and  go  to  their  customary \naffairs  in  such  a  strange  fashion,  forgetting  completely  that \nhe  is  just  as  much  a  wonder  to  them.  Even  in  regard  to  this \ncommonplace  matter,  you  see  how  difficult  it  is  to  put  our- \nselves in  the  place  of  another,  and  to  look  at  the  world  from \nhis  point  of  view.  How  much  more  difficult  for  us  to  leave \nbehind  us  the  present  century  and  live  for  a  while  in  the \nworld  of  two  or  three  thousand  years  ago  I    And  yet  we  need \n\n\n5 \n\nto  try  to  do  this,  in  order  that  we  may  comprehend  the  answer \nto  the  question  I  have  raised. \n\nOne  other  point.  The  majority  of  the  ages  during  which \nthe  world  has  existed  is  entirely  against  our  way  of  looking \nat  things.  Our  conception  of  the  universe,  of  natural  law, \nnatural  forces,  natural  order,  the  Copernican  theory  of  sun, \nmoon,  earth,  stars, —  all  these  are  very  modern ;  while  all \nthrough  the  ancient  world,  for  one  or  two  hundred  thousand \nyears,  there  has  existed  a  state  of  mind  out  of  which  these \nbeliefs  grew  as  naturally  as  the  grass  grows  in  spring. \n\nCome  with  me  while  I  suggest  to  you  two  or  three  ideas \nthat  were  held  in  different  parts  of  the  earth  at  different \ntimes.  Then  I  will  try  to  show  to  you  where  the  change \ncomes  in  and  how. \n\nOne  of  the  ancient  peoples  believed  that,  in  some  myste- \nrious fashion,  a  miraculous  divine  egg  came  into  existence. \nI  need  not  stop  to  trace  its  genesis.  This  egg  one  of  the \ngods  cuts  in  two.  The  upper  half  becomes  the  sky,  the  yolk \nof  the  egg  becomes  the  earth,  and  the  all-surrounding  ocean \nis  created  out  of  the  clear  part, — the  white  of  the  egg,  as  we \ncall  it.  This  is  one  of  the  creation  stories  that  lies  at  the \nbasis  of  one  of  the  great  world  religions. \n\nThere  are  others  still  more  grotesque.  The  old  Babylo- \nnians spoke  of  there  having  come  into  existence  a  goddess \nwho  was  the  mother  of  all  created  things  up  to  that  time. \nThe  god  Belus  cuts  her  in  two,  and  of  half  of  her  creates  the \nheaven,  and  of  the  other  half  the  earth.  Then  he  cuts  off  his \nown  head,  which  is  a  simple  thing,  of  course,  for  a  god  to \ndo ;  and  out  of  the  blood  which  mingles  with  the  sand  on \nthe  earth  he  creates  men,  and  this  is  the  explanation  of  the \nfact  that  they  are  part  human,  part  divine. \n\nEven  during  the  Middle  Ages  what  kind  of  a  universe  did \npeople  live  in  ?  You  will  find  a  picture  of  the  universe,  as  it \nwas  believed  to  exist  by  one  philosopher,  with  the  earth  in \nthe  centre.  The  earth  was  in  the  centre,  anchored,  fastened \nin  the  water,  the  ocean  flowing  around  it  on  all  sides.  It \nhas  roots  running  clear  down,  no  one  knows  how  far,  but  to \n\n\nthe  bottom  of  everything  supposable.  Plato  supposed  that \nthe  earth  must  be  a  cube.  Why  ?  Not  because  he  had  in- \nvestigated it,  but  because  the  cube  was  a  perfect  figure  ;  and, \naccording  to  his  philosophy,  the  earth  ought  to  be  perfect, \nand  therefore  was  a  cube.  During  the  Middle  Ages  you \nfind  an  attempt  to  explain  the  sunrise  and  the  sunset.  The \nearth  was  perfectly  flat.  They  could  not  think  of  the  sun \nmoving  around  the  earth,  or  of  the  earth  turning  itself  over \nand  so  presenting  one  side  to  the  sun  after  the  other.  They \nhad  nothing  to  suggest  this  to  them.  It  was  therefore  per- \nfectly natural  that  the  childhood  thought  of  the  world  led \npeople  to  believe  that  the  earth  was  a  flat  plane.  How \ncould  they  have  thought  otherwise?  They  invented  the \nstory  that  towards  the  north  was  a  mountain,  and  that  at \nnight  the  sun  disappeared  behind  that  mountain  and  it  be- \ncame dark ;  and  when  he  came  again,  and  it  was  light,  then \nit  was  morning.  Conceptions  of  the  earth  like  this  or  simi- \nlar to  this  were  generally  held  until  —  how  long  ago  do  you \nsuppose  ?  —  only  two  or  three  hundred  years  ago. \n\nKepler  was  a  contemporary  of  Shakspere.  Kepler  knew \nnothing  of  any  force  of  gravity.  He  knew  nothing  of  any \npower  by  which  the  star,  the  sun,  the  moon,  could  be  kept  in \ntheir  orbits.  So,  even  so  late  as  his  death  in  1630,  he  be- \nlieved that  an  angel  resided  in  each  one  of  the  planets  and \nstars,  guiding  it,  controlling  its  movements,  a  sort  of  sub- \ndeity.  You  see  that  is  hardly  a  step  away  from  the  old  no- \ntions of  the  Greeks  of  the  sun  being  a  golden  chariot  that \nthe  god  drives  across  the  sky ;  and  this  as  late  as  the  time  of \nShakspere.  It  was  not  until  the  time  of  Newton  that  the \nhuman  mind  discovered  any  adequate  natural  explanation  of \nthe  movements  of  the  heavenly  bodies.  So  you  can  see \nhow  very  modern  our  modern  age  is.  You  can  see  how \nnatural  it  was  for  people  in  those  old  times  to  hold  their \ncrude  and  childish  thoughts  concerning  all  sorts  of  natu- \nral happenings  and  events.  They  had  no  other  way  of  ex- \nplaining them.  They  were  not  ignorant  in  the  ordinary \nsense  of  the  word.     They  were  not  possessors  of  infantile \n\n\nbrains.  Only  they  had  not  made  the  discoveries  that  have \ncome  to  us  in  the  modern  world,  revealing  all  this  marvel- \nlous scene  of  law  and  order. \n\nFor,  note,  the  whole  thing  turned  on  the  word  I  have  just \nused.  We  have  come  at  last  to  discover  that  the  universe  is \na  scene  of  order,  of  law.  The  ancient  world  had  no  thought \nof  anything  of  the  kind.  Whatever  happened  was  supposed \nto  be  the  direct  and  wilful  work  of  some  being,  some  god, \nsome  angel,  some  devil,  some  invisible  spirit.  They  had  no \nconceptions  of  any  natural  order.  Do  you  not,  then,  see \nthey  had  no  standard  of  probability?  There  was  nothing \nimprobable  to  a  man  in  that  state  of  mind  in  any  thing's \nhappening.  If  a  man  should  come  to  us  to-day,  and  say \nthat  he  had  seen  a  stream  flowing  down  from  a  mountain, \nand  that  at  its  mouth  the  water  rose  higher  than  the  source, \nwe  should  know  it  was  not  true.  Such  a  statement  never \ntroubled  a  man  who  knew  nothing  about  the  pressure  of  the \natmosphere  or  that  natural  law  which  makes  us  perfectly \ncertain  that  water  cannot  rise  higher  than  its  source. \n\nSo  the  people  of  the  antique  world  dwelt  in  the  midst  of \nconditions  where  there  was  no  order,  no  law,  therefore  no \nstandard  of  probability;  and  under  those  conditions,  of \ncourse,  it  would  be  impossible  that  there  should  have  arisen \nany  critical  condition  of  mind.  For,  if  a  person  who  is  ac- \ncustomed to  tell  the  truth  should  go  to  another  person  in \nthat  sort  of  a  world  and  say  that  such  and  such  a  thing  had \nhappened  in  such  a  place,  he  would  have  in  his  mind  no \nstandards  of  probability,  no  idea  of  natural  law,  that  would \nmake  him  pause  before  accepting  the  statement.  But  we \nare  living  in  a  universe  pervaded  by  this  conception  of  law \nand  order.  When  any  one  tells  us  of  something  that  has \nhappened  that  counteracts,  that  cuts  across,  this  ideal  of  law \nand  order,  we  must  tell  him  to  his  face  that  it  is  utterly  im- \npossible ;  and,  if  we  are  wise,  we  certainly  do  not  believe \nhim.  We  demand  at  any  rate  an  amount  of  proof  such  as  it \nwould  have  never  occurred  to  a  man  in  the  ancient  world  to \nask  for. \n\n\n8 \n\nNow,  I  want  to  talk  with  you  about  the  supernatural, \nmythical  stories  of  the  ancient  world  in  general  before  I \ncome  to  touch  upon  that  cycle  of  stories  that  we  find  con- \nnected with  the  birth,  life,  and  death  of  Jesus.  I  want  you \nto  see  how  these  misunderstandings  spring  up.  How  did \npeople  come  to  believe  in  Hercules  ?  How  did  they  come \nto  believe  in  the  myths  of  sun  and  moon  and  stream  and \ncloud  and  lightning  ?  Were  the  people  unreasonable  ?  Were \nthey  not  fairly  intelligent  ?  How,  then,  did  they  come  to  be- \nlieve such  stories  ?  I  want  you  to  see  how  perfectly  natural \nit  was  for  these  stories  to  spring  up  concerning  other  things \nin  other  parts  of  the  world.  Then  you  can  more  easily  see \nhow  they  could  spring  up  concerning  so  new  and  wonderful \na  thing  as  a  new  religion. \n\nTake  some  specimens  of  myths,  and  see  where  they  come \nfrom.  At  the  outset,  note  that  an  abstract  statement,  an  ab- \nstract idea,  is  a  very  modern  thing.  Language,  in  the  begin- \nning, is  always  figurative.  Everything  is  personified.  Every- \nthing is  either  \"  he  **  or  \"  she  \"  :  there  is  no  \"  it.\"  Every \nword  that  is  now  embalmed,  cold  enough  and  dead  enough, \nin  the  dictionary,  was  once  alive.  The  policeman  still  \"  ap- \nprehends \"  the  prisoner,  reaches  out  his  hand  and  grasps \nhim.  We  still  \"apprehend\"  an  idea.  We  talk  about  our \nmind  as  though  it  had  arms  and  hands  and  fingers,  as  though \nit  could  grasp  things.  It  was  a  figure  of  speech  in  the  be- \nginning. All  such  words  were  alive  in  this  way,  and  every- \nthing was  personified.  Then,  as  the  people  told  themselves \nstories  of  the  sunrise  and  the  sunset,  of  the  dawn,  the  even- \ning, the  moon,  the  stars,  you  see  how  soon  the  universe  was \nall  alive  with  these  personifications  of  the  activities  of  nature. \n\nLet  me  give  you  one  example.  Among  the  people  away \nat  the  north,  where  the  winters  were  long  and  cold,  the \nmoon  was  spoken  of  as  a  man  and  the  sun  as  a  woman. \nThat  is  true  in  some  languages  still.  The  moon  had  fallen \nin  love  with  the  sun  without  knowing  that  the  sun  was  his \nsister.  When  he  declared  his  love,  the  sun  made  an  attempt \nto  find  out  who  he  was.     So  she  took  a  brand  from  the  fire \n\n\nand  blackened  her  hand,  and  in  the  dark  rubbed  it  on  the \nface  of  the  moon ;  and  then,  when  they  got  out  into  the  light, \nshe  discovered  that  it  was  her  own  brother,  and  she  fled \nfrom  him  in  horror  and  dismay.  And  the  moon  pursued  her \nuntil  they  came  to  the  edge  of  the  earth,  when  they  both \nleaped  off  and  were  turned  into  the  sun  and  moon ;  and  ever \nsince  the  sun  and  moon  have  been  pursuing  each  other  in \nthe  heavens.  And  that  is  the  reason  the  moon  has  the  dark \nspot  on  her  face  that  we  call  \"  the  man  in  the  moon.\"  You \nsee  how  out  of  these  personifications  a  story  could  spring \nup  naturally  in  the  childlike  state  of  mind  that  we  find  in  the \nancient  world. \n\nYou  are  familiar  with  that  beautiful  fairy  story  that  de- \nscribes the  prince  who  is  in  love  with  a  princess, —  how  he \nvisits  her  at  night,  and  how  the  princess  begs  the  prince  to \nlet  her  see  his  face,  and  he  warns  her  that  she  must  not,  be- \ncause the  moment  he  is  seen  he  must  disappear.  But  at \nlast,  when  he  is  asleep,  she  lights  a  candle  and  looks  upon \nhim ;  and  he  flees  at  once,  and  she  never  discovers  him  again. \nHere  is  only  the  ancient  world's  personified,  poetic  way  of \ntelling  the  story  of  the  dawn  and  the  sun.  The  moment  the \nsun  looks  upon  the  dawn  the  dawn  flees  away,  to  be  discov- \nered again  only  in  the  evening  twilight.  For  in  the  beauti- \nful old  story  they  find  each  other  at  the  time  of  death,  and \nare  reconciled  once  more. \n\nThere  is  an  old  story  that  says  originally  there  were  twice \nas  many  stars  as  now.  The  stars  were  spoken  of  as  the  chil- \ndren of  the  moon ;  but  the  sun,  it  was  said,  had  an  equal  num- \nber of  children.  By  and  by  they  agreed  to  destroy  all  their \nchildren.  The  sun  kept  his  compact ;  but  the  moon  hid  hers \naway  in  the  dark,  and  only  brings  them  out  when  the  sun  is \nout  of  sight.  The  moment  he  appears  she  hides  them  again. \nSo  you  will  find  a  thousand  of  these  beautiful  stories  that \nhave  sprung  up  from  the  fact  that  people  in  this  personified, \npoetical  way  tell  themselves  over  and  over  the  stories  of \nnatural  happenings. \n\nYou  are  familiar  with  the  fact  that  the  story  of  William \n\n\nlO \n\nTell  is  only  one  of  those  nature  stories.  Il  is  the  sun,  it  is \nApollo,  who  never  misses  his  mark,  whose  arrows  always  go \nstraight  at  that  at  which  they  are  aimed.  William  Tell  is \nonly  a  sun  myth,  thoroughly  unhistoric.  There  is  not  a  trace \nof  him  in  the  history  of  Switzerland  for  one  or  two  hundred \nyears  after  the  time  he  was  supposed  to  have  lived  there. \nHere  is  one  way  in  which  these  mythical  stories  grow, — \nout  of  the  tendencies  of  language  to  personify  the  forces \nand  activities  of  nature. \n\nThen  there  is  another  way  that  myths  grow, —  as  the  at- \ntempted rational  explanation  of  observed  facts.  When  an \nearthquake  occurred  in  the  ancient  world,  how  was  it  ex- \nplained ?  The  wisest  of  them  had  not  the  slightest  inkling \nof  the  real  cause.  They  explained  it  then  by  saying  that  the \nelephants  which  stood  under  the  earth  and  held  it  up  were \nshifting  their  position,  or  that  one  of  the  pillars  under  the \nearth  was  giving  way,  or  that  something  of  the  sort  was  oc- \ncurring, just  as  the  ancient  Greeks  explained  the  volcanic \neruption  of  mountains  by  saying  that  a  giant  was  chained  in \ntorment  underneath  the  mountain,  and,  when  he  got  tired,  he \nshifted  his  position  or  turned  over,  and  so  produced  these \ndisastrous  results.  You  will  find,  then,  in  every  direction, \nthat  these  myths  sprang  up  as  attempted  rational  explana- \ntions of  natural  facts. \n\nAnd  you  need  not  go  far  away  to  get  into  the  world  of \nmyth.  One  of  the  old  Puritan  divines  carried  the  matter  so \nfar  as  to  explain  the  revolution  of  the  earth  on  its  axis  by \nsupposing  that  hell  was  in  the  middle  of  the  earth,  and  that \nthe  souls  of  the  damned  in  their  struggles  and  frantic  desire \nto  escape  attempted  to  climb  up  out  of  hell,  and  so  produced \nthe  revolution  of  the  earth,  precisely  as  a  squirrel  turns  the \nwheel  in  its  cage.  And  this  was  said  not  as  a  jest,  but  in \nactual  earnest.  Such  was  the  state  of  opinion  within  two  or \nthree  hundred  years.  Shall  we  wonder,  then,  at  the  stories \nof  the  old  world  ? \n\nAgain,  people  observe  some  natural  fact,  and  a  story \nsprings  up  to  account  for  it.     How  could  the  ancient  world \n\n\nII \n\nexplain  an  eclipse?  The  moon  was  supposed  to  be  very \nsmall  and  only  a  little  way  off.  I  asked  a  friend  the  other \nday  how  large  the  moon  seemed  to  him.  He  said  about  as \nlarge  as  a  plate.  The  apparent  size  depends  entirely  upon \nthe  eye  of  the  observer :  it  seems  much  larger  to  me.  When \none  of  the  wise  men  of  old  ventured  to  say  that  it  might  be \nas  large  as  one  of  the  Grecian  promontories,  he  was  laughed \nat  for  his  folly.  It  could  not  seem  strange,  then,  to  any  one \nin  the  ancient  world  to  suppose  that  some  immense  creature \nmight  be  swallowing  the  moon  at  the  time  of  the  eclipse. \nThey  had  no  possible  way  of  explaining  it  as  we  know  about \nit  to-day.  And  our  knowledge  is  very  modern  ;  and  we  can- \nnot pride  ourselves  on  it,  as  you  and  I  had  nothing  to  do \nwith  the  discovery.  It  has  been  given  to  us  by  somebody \nelse. \n\nSo  take  the  story  of  Lot's  wife.  How  naturally  it  might \ngrow  up !  Here  is  this  solid  pillar  discovered  in  a  place \nwhere  tradition  said  a  town  once  stood  that  a  lake  had  over- \nflowed. How  natural  a  thing  at  a  time  when  people  be- \nlieved in  the  transformation  of  animals  and  birds  into \npersons,  or  persons  into  animal  forms,  to  trace  a  resem- \nblance to  a  person  in  this  pillar !  The  whole  story  of  Lot's \nwife  could  very  easily  have  sprung  up  as  an  attempt  to  ex- \nplain the  discovery  of  this  pillar. \n\nSo,  when  they  discovered  the  tower  of  Belus  in  the  plain \nof  Shinar,  what  more  natural  than  that  the  story  should \nspring  up  that  the  people  who  built  it  thought  they  were \ngoing  to  climb  up  to  heaven,  and  that  God  came  down  and \nput  their  plan  to  confusion  by  making  it  impossible  for  them \nto  understand  each  other  I \n\nSome  years  ago,  when  I  was  in  the  north  of  Ireland,  I \nvisited  the  Giants'  Causeway.  A  whole  cycle  of  stories \nhas  grown  up  about  that.  What  is  it  ?  Here  is  a  wonderful \nformation  of  rock  starting  from  the  cliff  and  running  out  into \nthe  water.  It  looks  like  a  man-constructed  pavement  of  six- \nsided  blocks,  as  smooth  as  a  paved  street.  It  looks  as \nthough  this  highway  was  a  road  running  down  into  the  depths \n\n\n12 \n\nbelow.  It  is  easy  to  see  how  the  story  might  have  sprung  up \nof  a  giant  who  had  tried  to  build  a  pathway  across  the \nchannel. \n\nThen  one  more  point.  There  has  been  a  tendency  in  all \nages  for  all  sorts  of  wonderful  stories  to  spring  up.  There \nare  plenty  of  cases  in  the  modern  world.  Had  I  time,  I \ncould  refer  to  all  sorts  of  things  that  have  been  attributed  to \nsome  one  popular  favorite  that  people  might  spread  abroad \nhis  power.  When  a  person  is  lifted  up  in  the  reverence  and \nadmiration  of  his  fellows,  any  wonderful  thing  concerning \nhim  is  easily  believed,  and  exaltation  naturally  follows.  I \nhave  known  very  respectable  myths  to  grow  up  in  Boston \neven  since  I  have  been  here.  We  are  not  far  enough  away \nto  be  safe  from  these  things. \n\nLet  us  now  turn  and  glance  at  two  or  three  stories  concern- \ning Jesus,  and  see  what  may  probably  have  been  their  origin. \nTake  the  appearance  of  the  star.  In  the  ancient  world  there \nwas  hardly  a  man  of  any  eminence  whose  birth  was  not  sup- \nposed to  be  supernaturally  foretold.  He  was  quite  a  small \nman,  indeed,  who  was  not  honored  by  a  distinction  like  that. \nThe  appearance  of  a  meteor,  a  comet,  any  wandering  body  in \nthe  heavens,  was  explained,  naturally  and  necessarily,  as  hav- \ning some  definite  and  distinct  purpose.  It  always  foretold \nthe  birth  or  death  of  some  noble  personage  or  the  happening \nof  some  great  event.  There  was  a  tendency  in  the  gospel \nwriters  to  show  that  the  prophecies  have  been  fulfilled. \nThey  find  a  prophecy  that  a  star  shall  rise,  and  of  course  it \nwould  appear  to  the  shepherds.  Shepherds  were  the  first \nastronomers.  They  were  the  only  ones  likely  to  pass  their \ntime  watching  the  heavens  at  night. \n\nThen  take  the  three  wise  men.  The  moment  it  came  to \nbe  believed  that  Jesus  was  the  Messiah,  the  king  of  all  the \nearth,  it  was  the  most  natural  thing  that  the  three  divisions \nof  the  ancient  world,  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa,  should  have \nrepresentative  men  coming  to  do  honor  at  his  cradle.  If \nthey  had  known  anything  about  America,  there  would  have \nbeen  four  wise  men  instead  of  three.  This  sort  of  story \ngrows  up  in  the  most  natural  way. \n\n\n13 \n\nTake  the  virgin  birth.  There  is  not  the  slightest  rational \nground  in  the  modern  world  for  supposing  any  such  thing \never  to  have  occurred ;  but  in  the  ancient  world  there  were \nno  physiological  difficulties  in  the  minds  of  the  people,  and \nit  was  the  most  natural  way  to  honor  these  great  men. \nThere  were  sixteen,  perhaps  twenty,  great  characters  of  the \nold  world  concerning  whom  it  was  said  that  they  were  bom \nof  virgins.  It  was  supposed  to  be  a  way  of  exalting  them, \nmaking  the  father  a  god,  and  so  elevating  them  above  the \nrange  of  common  humanity. \n\nThen  there  was  another  reason.  There  was  supposed  to  be \nsomething  evil,  something  wicked,  in  the  flesh,  in  all  natural \npassions  and  desires ;  and  so  it  was  supposed  to  be  a  way  of \nexalting  a  person  as  to  his  personal  purity  to  say  that  he \ncame  into  the  world  in  this  exceptional  manner.  The  Old \nTestament  is  misconstrued  and  misunderstood  in  this  matter. \nThe  words  which  are  supposed  to  mean  a  virgin  are  only  a \n•*  young  woman  \"  ;  and  she  may  have  been  married  any  num- \nber of  times,  as  far  as  the  text  is  concerned. \n\nTake  the  descent  into  Hades.  Where  should  Jesus  have \nbeen  during  the  three  days  that  he  was  dead  ?  He  had  nat- \nurally gone  down  into  the  underworld,  they  would  argue. \nAnd,  as  his  salvation  was  to  extend  to  all  on  earth  and  in  all \nthe  ages,  it  was  natural  that  he  should  preach  and  proclaim  his \ngospel  to  those  spirits  in  prison  who  had  died  before  he  came. \nDante  even  said  that  he  discovered  the  place  in  the  Inferno \nwhere  the  stones  in  the  wall  are  still  dislocated  and  broken \nwhere  he  burst  through  and  escaped  from  this  underworld, \ncarrying  with  him  a  great  crowd  of  captives  that  he  delivered \nand  took  with  him  to  Paradise,  into  which  he  then  entered. \n\nAs  to  the  resurrection,  there  was  no  physiological  difficulty \nabout  a  divine  being  raising  a  dead  body  and  making  it  live \nagain.     None  of  our  modern  difficulties  existed  at  that  time. \n\nAnd  as  to  the  vision,  the  apparition  that  was  seen.  If  Jesus \nhad  been  seen  by  some  one  of  his  disciples,  it  would  have \nbeen  quite  enough  to  account  for  the  story  starting  and  run- \nning like  wildfire  over  all  the  ancient  world.     They  believed \n\n\n14 \n\nthat  he  was  not  dead,  that  he  was  alive  and  had  been  seen; \nThis  was  enough  ;  and  their  faith  sprang  up,  and  made  them \nmighty  to  look  death  in  the  face  without  a  fear. \n\nI  refer  to  these  things,  that  you  may  see  how  naturally \nthese  things  would  grow  up.  There  is  no  difficulty  about  be- \nlieving them.  It  does  not  mean  that  the  writers  told  stories \nwhich  they  did  not  believe  or  that  they  were  intellectually \ninferior  to  their  fellows.  It  means  only  that  in  the  antique \nworld  there  were  no  difficulties  concerning  an  acceptance  of \nstories  like  these. \n\nOne  other  point,  perhaps  hardly  less  important  than  either \nof  the  others.  Why  do  these  old  beliefs  continue  so  long  in \nthis  modern  world  ?  The  scientific  spirit  is  abroad  :  the  con- \nception of  law  and  order  in  the  universe  is  generally  held  by \neverybody  who  thinks.  Why,  then,  do  not  these  stories  die \nout  and  disappear  more  rapidly  ?  I  believe  that  it  will  not \nbe  a  great  many  generations  before  all  this  cycle  of  myth \nand  wonder  will  be  turned  into  beautiful  poetry,  and  be  the \nshining  garment  that  shall  clothe  and  cover  and  yet  reveal \nthe  beautiful  spiritual  and  divine  truths ;  that  it  will  not  be \nlong  before  no  intelligent  person  will  think  of  treating  these \nthings  as  historic  verities.  Why  do  they  continue  so  long, \nthen }    The  reason  is  perfectly  adequate. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  it  takes  a  very  long  time  for  a  new  idea \nto  sink  down  from  the  lofty  height  of  the  brain  of  the  dis- \ncoverer of  it,  and  filter  down  to  the  thoughts  and  minds  and \nhabits  of  thinking  of  the  common  people,  to  become  a  com- \nmon possession.  Take  a  scientific  truth.  It  was  two  hun- \ndred years  after  the  discovery  of  the  Copernican  theory,  per- \nhaps more,  before  people  became  quite  at  home  in  the  new \nconstitution  of  the  universe ;  and  we  are  all  the  time  now \nusing  words  that  imply  the  old  theory.  We  have  not  cut \nentirely  clear  from  the  old  conception  yet.  There  is  one \nthing  that  we  are  apt  to  forget :  habits  of  thought,  traditions, \ntendencies,  types  of  feeling,  become  incorporated  in  the  very \nfibre  and  substance  of  the  brain.  Why  do  you  remember \nthings  that  happened  when  you  were  a  child  better  than \n\n\nIS \n\nthings  that  happen  now?  I  will  tell  you.  The  older,  lower \nparts  of  the  brain  —  the  first  acquisitions  of  the  brain  —  re- \nmain longest.  The  higher,  those  that  you  may  have  built  up \nby  your  experience, —  the  last,  newest  acquisitions, —  are  the \nleast  stable.  They  are  worn  away  and  disappear  first.  You \nremember,  when  Falstaff  was  dying,  he  \"  babbled  of  green \nfields.\"  He  had  not  probably  thought  of  green  fields  for \nforty  years ;  but,  when  he  dies,  he  is  a  child  again,  he  has \ngone  back  to  his  childhood.  So  you  will  find  people  who \nhave  been  born  in  some  one  of  the  old  strait,  hard,  cruel  re- \nligious faiths  are  not  troubled  by  them  in  their  manhood ; \nbut,  when  they  get  old  and  weak,  these  last  and  highest  ac- \nquisitions of  the  brain  have  been  worn  away,  and  they  find \nthat  the  brain  chambers  are  haunted  by  the  spectres  of  these \nold  ideas  of  their  childhood. \n\nI  had  a  pitiable,  pathetic  instance  of  this  not  a  great  while \nago.  An  old  man  of  seventy  came  to  see  me.  He  was  born \nin  the  strictest  doctrines  of  Calvinism,  but  through  his  mid- \ndle life  he  had  not  believed  in  them.  \"  I  thought  I  was \nemancipated  and  free,\"  he  said;  ''but,  now  that  I  am  old  and \nweak,  I  find  myself  haunted  with  these  old  fears  until  it \nseems  to  me  that  they  will  drive  me  insane.\"  And  he  came \nclear  from  the  Western  part  of  the  State  on  purpose  to  see \nme,  and  find  out  if  I  could  help  him  to  escape  from  these \nfears. \n\nDo  you  not  see,  then,  in  the  light  of  this,  how  it  is  that  old \ntraditions,  old  ways  of  doing,  old  types  of  feeling,  keep  their \ngrip  on  us  ?  The  world  is  almost  ruled  by  the  dead, —  dead \nideas,  dead  traditions,  dead  beliefs  and  ways  of  thinking. \nOnly  gradually  and  slowly  does  it  emancipate  itself  and  get \nfree  from  these  inherited  ideas  of  the  past. \n\nThen  another  reason.  These  beliefs,  these  ideas,  are \nbound  up  from  childhood  with  the  most  sacred  religious \nhopes  and  trusts.  People  are  made  to  believe,  they  are \ntaught  necessarily,  that,  if  they  lose  their  hold  on  any  of \nthese  external  things,  that  the  essence,  the  soul,  of  religion \nitself  is  going  to  disappear.     They  are  told  that  they  cannot \n\n\ni6 \n\nbelieve  in  God  or  have  hope  in  the  world  unless  they  be- \nlieve literally  all  that  is  written  in  the  Bible.  They  grow  up \nwith  these  ideas  till  they  become  part  of  their  life.  Then, \nnot  only  that,  they  are  taught  another  thing.  They  are \ntaught  that  those  things  are  not  only  intimately  associated \nwith  that  which  is  vital  in  religion,  but  that  they  are  the  very \nfoundation  and  corner-stone  of  morality.  They  are  told  :  If \nyou  doubt  anything  that  is  written  in  the  Bible,  then  there  is \nno  reason  on  earth  for  conduct,  for  character,  for  doing \nright.     The  foundations  of  everything  are  giving  way. \n\nAnother  thing.  This  person  that  called  upon  me  yester- \nday said,  \"  Why  do  educated  people  still  hold  these  ideas  ?  '* \nI  want  to  say  a  word  about  that.  Are  they  educated  ?  Is  a \nman  educated  so  long  as  he  dares  not  look  all  over  the  world \nwith  perfect  freedom  under  the  impulse  to  discover  simply \nthat  which  is  true?  Is  he  educated  so  long  as  there  is  a \nwhole  department  of  human  thought  and  human  life  that \nhe  dares  not  question  ?  How  are  people  educated  ?  Little \nboys  are  brought  up  in  families  with  daily  and  nightly  drill  as \nto  certain  things  which  they  must  believe  as  necessary  to  re- \nligion. They  are  brought  up  as  I  was, —  at  the  age  of  twelve \nor  thirteen  frightened  into  the  church,  taught  that  t^ey \nmust  go  there  in  order  to  be  saved.  They  are  allowed  to  go \nto  no  other  church  or  hear  anything  else  preached.  Then \nthey  go  out  into  life ;  and,  if  they  keep  their  interest  in  re- \nligion at  all,  they  read  their  denominational  newspaper, \ntheir  denominational  review,  attend  their  own  church  and \nsocial  meetings.  They  are  taught  that  it  is  wicked  to  doubt \nand  investigate  the  ideas  held  by  anybody  else.  To  me  it \nis  no  wonder  that  they  continue  where  they  are ;  but  the \nwonder  is  that  now  and  then  a  brave,  daring  spirit  escapes. \nI  do  not  care  how  much  people  know  about  astronomy, \nabout  geography,  about  mathematics,  how  much  they  read \nthe  daily  papers.  If  they  have  not  freedom,  they  are  not \neducated,  they  are  not  even  intelligent,  for  the  simple \nreason  that  there  is  a  part  of  the  world,  and  that  the  larger \npart,  that  they  dare  not  face,  dare  not  look  at,  dare  not \n\n\n17 \n\nquestion.  Born  in  the  nineteenth,  they  are  living  in  the  six- \nteenth century,  because  the  tradition  of  the  sixteenth  cen- \ntury is  overshadowing  them,  and  still  dominating  their  heart \nand  brain. \n\nFather,  we  thank  Thee  for  the  light  that  has  shined  into \nthis  modem  world,  and  that  we  have  dared  to  lift  our  eyes \nand  greet  its  coming.  We  thank  Thee  for  the  new  thought \nof  the  universe,  of  God,  of  man,  of  Jesus,  of  destiny,  that  has \ncome  to  us,  and  for  the  light  and  life  and  cheer  and  hope \nthat  it  brings.  Let  us  live  worthily  of  these  great  truths, \nand  do  what  we  can  to  emancipate  the  world.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH   AN    INTRODUCTION   BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     .     . \n\n.    20  cents \n\n\"    Doi.     .     .     . \n\n.      $I.^O \n\n\"      Ooth,    \"    Copy,    .    .     . \n\n.    50  cents. \n\n\"      \"    Doi.     .    .     . \n\n.    $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  very  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  tne  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  mquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  whicn  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Uniurian  cat- \nechism must  ^ve  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntise. I  am  sure  that  in  thie  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nsdiools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  lutural  I  Their  reading  and  study  nave  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nMXxkdj  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  uniurians  concerning  the  greatest \n•object. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  la  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adaptea  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  m  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nQEO.  H.  ELLIS.  Publisher,  141  Pnnklia  St.,  Boston,  Mass. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  sinirle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol.  13  JANUARY  i,  1892  No.  12 \n\n\nJESUS  FOUND  AGAIN \n\n\nr \nBOSTON \n\nGbOKGt    H.    ELLIS,   141    FRANKLIN   STREET \n\n1891 \n\nRnitrtd  at  the  Po9i-otfle€,  Boston,  Uau.,  at  ieeond<kus  moil  matter \n\n\nJan  4-  1892 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's   Books. \n\n\nReligiouB  Reconstruction,     tamo Ii.oo \n\nThese  DcKcnerate  Days.    Small  16010.     Flexible so \n\nMy  Creed.     lamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.     i6mo.     Full  gilt    With  portrait i.fo \n\nLight  on  the  Cloud.     i6mo.     Full  gilt i.as \n\nSocial  Problems,     ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Religious  Life.     lamo i.oo \n\nBelief  in  Cod.     ismo  1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo         i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,     ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Eirolution.     ismo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,     lamo  i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,    isroo 1.00 \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood,    ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,     lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     i6mo       t  .00 \n\nBluifton :  A  Stoiy  of  To-day.     lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living,     ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,     ismo i.oo \n\nLife.     larao 1.00 \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.     For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  FunenUs.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Sonn  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth 1.00 \n\nLeather t.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.    With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnoe,  Paper,  per  copy,   ....     ao  cents.     Per  dos.,  1.50 \n\n••      Qoth,        '•  ....    30     •*  '*  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weekly  sarniona  are  regulai-iv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  lor  the  season,  |i.$o; \nsingle  copies,  5  cenCs \n\nGSO.  H,  ELLIS,  P^luktr, \n\nI4i  Pramklm  Si,,  B^iUm,  Mat*. \n\n\nJESUS  FOUND  AGAIN.* \n\n\n\"They  have  taken  away  my  Lord,  and  I  know  not  where  they  have \nlaid  him.\" — John  xx.  13. \n\nThese  words,  you  will  remember,  are  those  of  Mary  when, \non  coming  to  the  sepulchre,  she  did  not  find  the  body  of \nJesus.  So  runs  the  story.  I  have  been  accustomed  to  hear \nthose  words  repeated,  preached  upon,  from  the  time  when  I \nwas  a  child,  as  representing  the  attitude  towards  Jesus  of \nthose  who  could  not  hold  that  he  was  the  second  person \nof  the  trinity.  They  have  been  directed  against  those  who \nhave  occupied  substantially  the  position  which  I  myself  hold. \nIt  has  been  charged  that  these  people,  by  their  criticism,  by \nthe  opinions  which  they  have  held  and  have  advocated,  have \ntaken  away  the  Lord  from  the  hungry  hearts  that  longed  for \nhim,  the  lives  that  needed  his  succor.  This  were  indeed  a \nserious  charge,  were  it  true :  that  there  had  been  vouchsafed \nto  the  world  a  manifestation  of  the  infinite  and  divine  mercy \nand  help ;  that  men  were  in  peril,  in  constant  need  of  this \nhelp;  and  that  yet  there  were  found  those  cold-hearted \nenough  deliberately  to  take  away  this  help,  leaving  human \nneed  unanswered. \n\n\"  They  have  taken  away  my  Lord,  and  I  know  not  where \nthey  have  laid  him.\"  This  has  been,  as  1  said,  almost  the \nage-long  interpretation  which  has  been  put  upon  this  text. \nI  propose  this  morning  to  take  another  view  of  it.  I  pro- \npo!(e  to  show  you  that  the  traditional  attitude  of  the  church \nfor  ages  has  taken  away  from  the  world  our  Lord,  and  has \nremoved  him  from  beyond  the  reach  of  our  sympathy,  and \n\n*  PhoDographically  reported. \n\n\nhas  taken  away  from  us  the  help  that  he  might  have  been, \nand  that  he  will  be  in  the  future.  I  propose  to  show  the \nprocess  by  which  he  has  been  removed,  and  thus  to  discover \nhow  in  the  modern  world  he  is  being  found  again  and  re- \nstored to  us  as  he  has  not  been  for  nearly  nineteen  hundred \nyears. \n\nAny  one  who  reads  the  simple  story  and  the  earliest  tradi- \ntions concerning  Jesus  would  never  think  of  him  as  other \nthan  a  man  like  other  men.  The  taking  him  away  from  the \nrange  and  sympathy  of  our  manhood  has  been  a  long  and \ngradual  process,  and  accomplished  so  long  ago  that,  as  we \nlook  back  up  the  ages,  the  two  or  three  hundred  years  occu- \npied in  that  process  seem  practically  lost;  and  it  seems  to \nus  as  though  the  popular  conception  had  always  been  held \nfrom  the  first. \n\nLet  us  note  the  condition  of  things  then,  and  step  by  step \ntrace  the  work  of  his  removal.  It  was  the  unanimous  belief \nof  the  early  Church  that  Jesus  was  to  appear  a  second  time \nin  the  clouds  of  heaven  within  a  very  few  years,  before  the \npeople  with  whom  he  walked  and  talked  should  die, —  within \ntwenty-five  years  at  least,  say.  There  was  a  general  belief \nthat  he  was  to  come  again,  that  there  was  to  be  a  close  of \nthe  old  dispensation  and  an  ushering  in  of  an  entirely  new \norder  of  things.  My  only  reason  for  mentioning  this  is  to \nlet  you  see  that  in  such  a  condition  of  affairs  as  that  it \nwould  never  occur  to  any  one  to  make  any  records,  to  write \nany  life  or  biography  of  Jesus.  No  biography  would  be \nneeded.  The  memories  of  those  living  would  keep  every- \nthing fresh  so  long  as  the  present  order  of  affairs  should  last. \nSo  there  was  no  writing.  Nobody  thought  of  staling  what \nJesus  thought  or  wrought,  or  with  whom  he  talked.  There \nwas  no  written  record  of  what  he  said,  or  how  or  where  he \nwent,  or  when  he  returned.  But,  as  the  years  passed  by  and \nthe  Church  vainly  looked  for  the  expected  second  coming, \nthen  it  occurred  to  them  that  perhaps  they  had  misinter- \npreted his  words,  that  he  was  not  coming  so  soon.  And \nthen,  lest  the  story  of  that  life  should  become  confused  or \n\n\nlost,  they  set  down,  this  one  what  he  remembered  as  to  what \nhe  said,  another  his  recollection  of  what  he  did.  Some  one \nelse  set  down  the  facts  concerning  his  journeys ;  and  so  all \nthese  memorabilia,  these  notes,  came  into  existence.  Finally, \nsome  one  sat  down  and  wrote  substantially  what  we  have  in \nthe  Gospel  of  Mark,  somebody  else  what  we  have  in  the  Gos- \npel of  Matthew,  somebody  else  what  we  have  in  the  Gospel \nof  Luke, —  all  of  them  probably  having  access  to  the  same \nrecords.  Then,  somewhere  in  the  first  half  of  the  second \ncentury,  the  Gospel  that  goes  by  the  name  of  John  was \nwritten.  We  are  not  sure  that  any  one  of  these  Gospels  was \nwritten  by  any  person  who  ever  saw  Jesus,  or  anybody  who \never  heard  him  speak.  The  oldest  of  them  came  into  exist- \nence forty  or  fifty  or  sixty  years  after  his  time.  I  speak \nof  this  that  you  may  see  how  natural  it  would  be  in  the  kind \nof  world  in  which  people  were  then  living  for  discrepancies, \nmisconceptions,  different  versions,  of  the  same  saying  or  the \nsame  action  to  spring  up  in  the  thoughts  of  the  people. \nThere  was  no  conscious  telling  of  anything  that  was  untrue. \nEach  one  wrote  as  best  he  could  what  he  remembered  of \nthe  sayings  and  doings  of  the  Master  whom  they  had  learned \nto  love  so  well. \n\nNoie  some  of  the  steps  by  which  the  absent  Nazarene  be- \ncomes changed  into  the  Almighty  God  of  all  the  worlds. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  the  belief  sprang  up  that  he  was  a  won- \nder-worker, that  he  wrought  miracles  on  every  hand.  As \nyou  study  the  records,  you  can  trace  the  stories  back,  many \nof  them,  to  the  simplest  and  most  natural  sources.  We  can \nsee  the  process  of  growth  as  they  sprang  up.  He  is  called \na  worker  of  miracles.  Though  to-day  you  frequently  hear \npersons  say  that  he  must  have  been  a  divine  being  in  order \nto  raise  the  dead  or  change  water  into  wine,  no  such  idea \nwas  held  when  these  stories  came  into  existence.  The  Old \nTestament  is  full  of  stories  of  the  working  of  miracles. \nPeter  and  Paul  are  supposed  to  have  worked  miracles,  even \nto  the  raising  of  the  dead,  so  that  simple  belief  in  the \nmiraculous  does  not   remove   him  from  common  humanity. \n\n\nalthough  it  singles  him  out  as  a  selected,  a  divinely  ap- \npointed and  commissioned  man. \n\nThe  next  step  in  his  exaltation,  or  what  was  supposed  to \nbe  his  exaltation,  is  the  rise  of  the  belief  that  he  was  the \nMessiah.  Now,  it  is  a  very  marked,  striking  fact  that  he \ndoes  not  correspond  in  any  single  particular  to  the  concep- \ntion on  the  part  of  the  Jews  as  to  what  the  Messiah  was  to \nbe,  so  that  we  cannot  wonder  that  the  people  of  the  time  did \nnot  recognize  and  hold  to  him  as  the  Messiah.  The  belief \ngrew  at  last  that  he  was  the  Messiah,  the  long-expected  one \nwho  had  been  prophesied  for  centuries.  But  even  this  does \nnot  remove  him  from  the  circle  of  human  beings,  because  it \nwas  the  belief  on  the  part  of  the  Hebrews  that  the  Messiah, \nwhen  he  came,  although  divinely  selected,  divinely  anointed, \ncrowned,  and  made  ruler  over  his  people,  their  leader,  and \nthe  conqueror  of  all  the  earth,  was  to  be  simply  a  man. \nDavid  had  been  divinely  selected,  divinely  anointed,  and \nmade  ruler  of  his  people ;  but  this  did  not  lift  him  above  the \nlevel  of  his  fellows  except  by  his  divine  commission. \n\nBut  the  third  step  in  the  course  of  time  is  taken.  Paul \ncomes  to  speak  of  Jesus  as  the  head  of  the  new  creation,  as \nAdam  was  the  head  of  the  old.  Adam  was  the  father,  the \nfirst  man,  of  the  earthly  race.  So  Jesus  was  the  first  man, \nthe  type  and  promise  of  the  new  spiritual  order  that  was  to \ndistinguish  the  coming  age  when  the  old  world  should  have \npassed  away,  and  men  should  have  been  transformed  into \nthe  likeness  of  the  divine.  The  next  step,  then,  was  this \nsingling  out  of  Jesus  as  the  second  Adam,  the  new  head  of \nthe  new  divine  order  of  mankind. \n\nSoon  another  step  was  taken.  He  becomes  exalted  in  the \nimagination  of  the  disciples  and  those  who  follow  the  apos- \ntolic age  into  a  pre-existent  being.  They  came  to  believe \nthat  this  was  not  his  first  appearance;  that  he  had  been \nliving  in  the  heavens  perhaps  from  the  time  before  the \nworlds  were  created ;  that  he  was  the  prince,  the  leader  of \nall  the  angels  and  archangels,  the  first-born  of  every  creat- \nure,—  that  is,  the  first-born  of  the  creation,  the  first  being  that \n\n\nGod  made.  That  is  what  that  term  means.  He  was  then \nthe  leader  of  the  angels  in  heaven  before  he  appeared  on \nearth.  But  this,  you  see,  stops  at  an  infinite  remove  from \nmaking  him  God.  He  is  still  a  created  being.  This  is  sub- \nstantially—  let  me  say  right  here  —  Arianism.  It  is  Unita- \nrianism  of  the  old  time,  the  belief  that  Jesus  was  pre- \nexistent,  but  yet  a  created  being,  and,  so,  less  than  God. \nThis  is  the  doctrine  that  was  held  and  taught  by  Milton.  If \nyou  read  his  \"  Paradise  Lost \"  carefully,  you  will  note  that  on \na  certain  day  in  heaven  Jesus  is  set  forth  as  newly  begotten. \nHe  is  to  be  from  that  time  on  the  leader  of  the  angelic  hosts. \nNowhere  within  the  limits  of  the  New  Testament  does  Jesus \nappear  to  be  more  than  this.  If  one  should  read  carefully \nthe  New  Testament,  interpreting  it  faithfully  and  understand- \ning it  clearly,  he  might,  if  he  believed  it  infallible  and \ndivine,  believe  that  Jesus  was  a  pre-existent  being,  one \nselected  in  heaven  before  the  world  was  to  carry  out  the \nwork  which  he  wrought  here  on  earth ;  but  he  would  never \nhold  the  belief  that  he  was  the  equal  of  the  Father. \n\nAfter  the  formation  of  the  New  Testament  canon  in  the \nsecond  century,  there  was  speculation  and  controversy  con- \ncerning the  nature  of  Jesus;  and  there  was  danger  in  the \nChurch  —  znd  it  was  a  danger  —  that  Jesus  should  be  left, \nin  the  thought  and  belief  of  the  Church,  somewhere  midway \nbetween  God  and  man,  being  neither  the  one  nor  the  other. \nIt  was  the  true  instinct  of  the  Church,  at  the  time  and  in  the \nconditions,  which  determined  at  last  the  acceptance  of  the \ndoctrine  of  the  trinity ;  and  a  worse  thing  might  have  hap- \npened than  even  that.  This  controversy  went  on  until  at \nlast  the  empire  was  so  rent  and  torn  with  the  division  that \nConstantine  called  the  bishops  of  the  Church  together  in  a \ngreat  council  at  Nica&a,  or  Nice,  and  ordered  them  to  settle \nthe  difficulty.  So  far  as  Constantine  was  concerned,  it \nwould  not  probably  have  made  the  slightest  difference  to \nhim  :  what  he  wanted  was  union  and  peace.  He  called  the \nbishops  together,  and  told  them  to  decide  as  to  which  doc- \ntrine  should  be  held.     This  was  the  great  controversy  be- \n\n\n8 \n\ntween  Arius  and  Athanasius;  and  in  a.d.  325  the  Nicene \ncreed  was  adopted,  and  Jesus  was  declared  very  God  of  very \nGod,  the  creator  of  the  world.  But  it  is  possible,  according \nto  the  terms  of  the  Nicene  creed,  still  to  hold  that  Jesus  is \nsubordinate, —  the  only  begotten,  the  first  begotten,  the \neternally  begotten,  and  yet,  perhaps,  not  quite  the  equal  of \nthe  Father. \n\nBut  the  process  went  on  further  than  that  until  there \ncame  the  acceptance  of  the  Athanasian  creed,  although \nAthanasius  may  have  had  nothing  to  do  with  it,  in  which  it \nwas  settled  once  for  all  and  declared,  in  terms  as  explicit  as \nhuman  language  could  frame  it,  that  Jesus  was  the  eternally \nequal  of  the  Father,  and  the  Holy  Spirit  the  eternally  equal \nof  both,  the  three  divine  personalities  mysteriously  linked^ \ntogether  in  the  one  God. \n\nBut  the  process  of  removing  Jesus  farther  and  farther \naway  from  humanity  was  not  even  then  complete.  You \nneed  to  trace  the  feeling  and  thought  of  him  during  the \nMiddle  Ages,  and  find  the  expression  of  this  belief  as  it  ap- \npears in  the  artistic  work  of  Michel  Angelo,  to  see  a  little  of \nthe  gulf  that  has  come  between  Jesus  and  his  brethren. \nLook  at  the  picture  of  the  \"Last  Judgment\"  on  the  walls  of \nthe  Sistine  chapel  in  Rome,  and  there  the  peasant  Nazarene, \nlifted  to  the  throne  of  the  universe,  is  sitting  in  judgment  on \nhis  fellows,  the  tender  look  of  love  turned  into  inexora- \nble justice  and  hate,  his  hands  wielding  the  thunderbolts  of \nthe  divine  wrath  and  casting  his  fellows  mercilessly  into \neverlasting  darkness  and  chains  and  fire.  This  is  the  cul- \nmination of  that  process  of  taking  away  from  us  our  Lord, \nand  leaving  us  bereft  of  that  grandest,  tenderest,  most  loving \nmanifestation  of  the  divine  that  has  ever  been  vouchsafed \nto  the  world.  It  was  this  hard,  cruel  doctrine  which  ran \nthrough  that  long  horror  called  Puritanism.  Let  me  read \nyou  one  verse,  that  you  may  see  what  was  thought  of  the \npossible  mercy  of  Jesus.  I  hold  in  my  hand  a  copy  of  the \nfamous  poem  of  Michael  Wigglesworth,  \"  The  Day  of \nDoom,\"    the   classic   of  our   Puritan  forefathers  before  the \n\n\nRevolution.  Probably  more  copies  of  this  were  printed  and \nsold  and  read  among  them  than  of  any  other  book  except \nthe  Bible  and  the  Psalm  Book.  It  represents  the  lost  as \nappearing  at  the  bar  after  sentence  and  after  hearing  their \ndoom.  He  raises  then  the  question  to  whom  they  shall  turn \nfor  help. \n\n*'To  Christ,  their  Judge,  he  doth  adjudge  them  to  the  Pit  of  Sorrow  ; \nNor  will  he  hear,  or  cry  or  tear,  nor  respite  them  one  morrow. \nTo  Heaven,  ala?,  they  cannot  pass,  it  is  against  them  shut ; \nTo  enter  there  (O  heavy  cheer)  they  out  of  hopes  are  put.\" \n\nChrist,  Jesus,  then,  has  become  the  inexorable  judge  to \ncondemn  to  endless  wrath  the  great  majority  of  his  brethren. \nSo  far  was  this  carried  that  the  Catholic  Church,  by  way  of \nreaction  in  answer  to  the  longing  human  heart,  turned  to \nMary,  and  lifted  her  up  as  an  intercessor  between  them  and \nJesus  himself,  who  has  become  the  merciless  judge  and  con- \ndemner  of  his  fellow-men. \n\n1  wish  to  note  now,  briefly,  two  or  three  things  that  to  me \nseem  exceedingly  sad  and  disastrous  results  of  this  taking \naway  from  us  of  our  Lord. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  it  means, — if  you  take  the  scheme  to- \ngether and  interpret  it  fully, —  it  means  God  frustrated,  God's \nkingdom  permanently  torn  and  divided,  the  great  majority \nof  his  children  alienated  from  him  forever.  It  means  a \nscheme  showing  God  either  to  be  weak,  or  else  to  be  so  cruel \nthat  all  the  cruelty  of  all  the  world  cannot  set  forth  the  sum \nof  it.  It  is  not  a  gospel  of  glad  tidings  :  it  is  a  message  of \ndespair.  It  means,  as  I  said,  infinite  cruelty,  or  else  such \nweakness  on  the  part  of  him  we  style  the  Almighty  as  to \nmake  it  impossible  for  us  to  worship  him  or  trust  him.  This \nscheme  of  Christ  and  salvation,  as  it  has  been  held  up  to  us, \ndoes  not  manifest  mercy,  tenderness,  love.  It  makes  Jesus  a \npart  of  a  scheme  of  cruelty,  wrong,  and  infinite  injustice, \nsuch  as  no  words  can  adequately  utter. \n\nAnother  point.  This  taking  away  of  our  Lord  turns  all \nthe  wonder  of  holy  week,  his  passion,  his  crucifixion,  into \n\n\nlO \n\nsomething  theatrical,  spectacular,  unreal.  I  used  to  hear  it \npreached  as  something  terribly  real,  as  a  manifestation  of \nthe  combined  justice  and  mercy  of  God.  But  think  for  a \nmoment  candidly.  Here  is  God  himself  who  has  come  into \nthe  world  on  purpose  for  this,  who  knows  he  has  come  for \nthis,  who  yet  is  shrinking,  wavering,  faltering,  crying  out  in \nthe  presence  of  a  little  brief  sorrow.  God  complains  in  the \npresence  of  pain  that  has  been  surpassed  a  thousand  times \nby  hundreds  of  his  own  disciples.  Many  a  brave  man,  with- \nout any  conscious  help  from  any  source  save  his  own  man- \nhood, has  faced  greater  physical  suffering  than  did  he.  And \nyet  in  the  garden  he  is  represented,  in  contradictory  fashion, \nas  begging  his  Father  to  spare  him  from  accomplishing  the \nvery  work  he  came  here  for.  On  the  cross  he  is  represented, \nbeing  God,  knowing  he  was  God,  as  wondering  whether  he \nwere  not  forsaken  and  left  alone  in  his  agony.  All  one  inex- \ntricable confusion  and  contradiction  on  that  theory. \n\nBut  look  at  it  for  one  moment  the  other  way.  Let  him  be \na  man,  our  brother,  the  peasant  of  Nazareth,  who  becomes \nconvinced  that  God  has  whispered  to  him  a  message  of  a \nhigher  truth  and  life  for  his  people,  and  who  goes  out  God- \ncommissioned,  not  in  any  outward  fashion,  but  because  he \nhas  heard  God  speaking  in  his  soul  and  feels  conscious  of \nthe  message  of  that  higher  truth  that  he  must  deliver  to  his \nage.  He  goes  forth  telling  that  truth,  and  he  meets  obloquy, \nhe  meets  opposition,  he  meets  misunderstanding;  but  though \nhe  shrinks,  as  men  must  shrink,  from  pain,  unfaltering  he \nfollows  the  path  where  duty  points  the  way.  Then,  when  the \ngarden  scene  comes,  and,  in  anticipation  of  that  agony  which \nonly  fools  face  without  a  tremor,  he  bows  himself  and  prays, \nsaying  in  effect:  I  have  believed  that  I  was  doing  Thy  will, \n1  have  believed  I  was  speaking  Thy  message,  and  it  has \nbrought  me  to  this.  Save  me  from  this  cup,  if  it  may  be, \nFather;  but,  nevertheless,  if  it  must  be,  let  me  drink  it! \nAnd  then  on  the  cross,  hung  between  heaven  and  earth  in \nthat  faintness  of  death,  who  can  wonder  if  a  doubt  swept \nover  him,  and  he  wondered  whether  he  was  flinging  his  life \n\n\nII \n\naway,  as  a  fool  flings  it,  for  nothing,  wondered  if  God  had \nreally  sent  him,  wondered  if  there  were  any  God  to  care  for \nhim?  and  he  cries  out,  \"My  God,  my  God,  why  hast  thou \nforsaken  me  ? \"  Everybody  else  gone,  and  now  God*s  face \nclouded  !  Yet  bravely  facing  it  and  facing  the  doubt  down  ! \nNo  more  magnificent  scene  has  ever  been  enacted  on  earth \nthan  that,  if  Jesus  be  a  man !  No  more  spectacular,  theatri- \ncal scene,  speaking  of  tinsel  and  show  and  unreality,  was \never  acted  since  the  world  was  made,  if  he  was  God ! \n\nThere  is  another  disastrous  result.  As  you  read  the  New \nTestament  and  study  the  biographies  or  lives  of  Jesus,  you \nare  constantly  met  with  inextricable  confusion  and  contradic- \ntion on  the  theory  that  he  is  God.  Take,  for  example,  the \nlesson  I  read  this  morning  in  Luke.  Here  were  the  father \nand  mother  of  John,  and  the  mother  of  Jesus,  and  Anna,  the \nprophetess  in  the  temple,  and  she  had  been  preaching  it  to \nevery  one  in  the  temple  from  the  time  the  little  baby  was \npresented,  all  of  them  knowing  that  this  was  a  divine  child ; \nand  yet,  when  Mary  appears  in  the  temple  with  Jesus  at  the \nage  of  twelve,  and  he  gets  lost  in  the  crowd,  she  seeks  every- \nwhere for  him,  and  is  anxious,  as  if  she  thought  that  the \nAlmighty  God  of  the  universe  could  not  be  trusted  alone ! \nShe  marvels  that  he  should  go  off  in  this  way  by  himself,  and \nmarvels  that  he  should  show  any  unusual  precocity  or  wis- \ndom in  talking  with  the  doctors.  This  is  utterly  inconceiv- \nable, if  she  knew  who  he  was.  And,  then,  the  brethren  of \nJesus  looking  askance  at  him  when  he  first  makes  his  claim \nto  be  the  Messiah :  Who  is  this  that  is  taking  on  such  airs \nand  making  such  pretensions?  If  they  knew  anything  of \nthe  angel's  annunciation,  of  the  whole  cycle  of  miracles  that \nsurrounded  his  birth,  what  would  they  have  expected  ? \n\nThen  take  it  at  the  crucifixion  again.  Why  is  Mary \nheart-broken,  utterly  cast  down,  when  God  has  been  com- \nmitted to  her  arms  for  a  little  while,  and  has  accomplished \nhis  work  ?  And  after  the  crucifixion,  if  the  disciples  knew \nthat  he  was  a  divine  being,  how  does  it  happen  that  they \nlobC  heart  and  scatter  to  the  four  winds,  and  go  about  com- \n\n\n12 \n\nplaining,  as  two  of  them  are  said  to  have  done, — \"  We  trusted \nthat  this  was  he  who  should  have  redeemed  Israel \"  ?  They \nhave  lost  all  courage.  These  things,  on  that  theory,  are \nutterly  inconceivable! \n\nThen  there  is  another  evil  that  results  from  this  taking \naway  of  our  Lord.  That  is  the  fact  that  humanity  is  repre- \nsented as  separate  from  God  and  incapable  of  the  production \nof  any  fine,  high,  true,  and  noble  character.  Just  as  I  have \nalways  claimed — though  I  have  not  found  many  who  have \nagreed  with  me  —  that  the  setting  forth  of  the  virginity  of \nMary  as  something  superior  to  ordinary  womanhood  is  an \naffront  to  all  motherhood,  so  the  assertion  implied  in  this \ntaking  away  of  our  Lord,  that  it  is  impossible  for  humanity \nto  produce  any  high,  true,  noble,  character,  is  an  affront  to \nmanhood.  .  Dr.  Gordon,  of  the  Old  South  Church,  in  a \nspeech  before  the  Unitarian  Club  the  other  night,  gave  as \n.the  one  reason  why  he  felt  that  Jesus  must  be  something \nmore  than  human  was  that,  as  he  read  the  record,  he  seemed \nto  be  apart,  better,  higher,  than  any  man  that  ever  lived* \nThat  seems  to  me  to  be  begging  the  question,  putting  men \ndown  for  the  sake  of  creating  a  gulf  between  them  and  the \nNazarene. \n\nIf  you  can  only  believe  that  God  is  in  this  humanity  of \nours,  that  he  has  been  in  it  from  the  first,  lisping  before  he \ncould  speak,  stumbling  before  he  could  walk,  God  coming  in \njust  as  fast  as  the  brain  makes  place  for  him,  coming  in  as \nfast  as  language  can  utter  his  thoughts,  coming  in  just  as  fast \nas  the  sense  of  justice  becomes  large  and  fine  enough  to \nhold  the  divine  righteousness ;  if  you  can  believe  that  God \nis  in  man  all  the  way, —  then  the  sublimity  and  grandeur  of \nsupposing  that  Jesus  may  have  been  only  one  blossom  on \nthe  stem  of  the  common  tree  of  human  life  is  yours.  Tnis  I \nbelieve :  Jesus  not  less  divine,  but  Jesus  ideal  man,  and, \nbecause  ideal  man,  holding,  expressing,  all  that  man  can \nhold  and  express  of  that  which  is  divine.  To  take  away \nour  Lord,  then,  as  he  has  been  taken  away,  is  to  give  us  a \ndespairing,  lost,  and  hopeless  race. \n\n\n13 \n\nThere  is  one  other  point  of  this  process  of  taking  him \naway  from  us  that  is  so  important  that  I  must  not  omit  it. \nI  make  the  charge  very  gravely,  meaning  every  word  of  it. \nThe  scholars  of  the  Church,  in  translating  the  Bible,  have \ndone  one  thing,  either  through  conscious  dishonesty  or  cow- \nardice,—  they  can  choose  which, —  which  makes  it  difficult \nfor  the  common  reader  of  our  common  Bible  to  understand \nwhat  the  New  Testament  has  to  say  concerning  the  place  and \nrank  of  the  Nazarene.  What  I  mean  is  this.  Throughout \nthe  Old  Testament  one  of  the  Hebrew  words  for  Gk)d  is \nuniversally  translated  Lord.  In  the  New  Testament  the \ncommon  reader  has  a  right  to  suppose  that,  when  the  word \nLord  —  the  same  word  that  is  used  for  Jehovah  in  the  Old \nTestament  —  is  constantly  used  for  Jesus,  it  has,  if  not \nprecisely  the  same,  at  least  substantially  the  same  meaning. \nThat  is  not  true  at  all.  Kvpitys,  the  word  applied  to  Jesus  in \nthe  New  Testament,  and  which  is  translated  Lord,  means \nnothing  more  nor  less  than  a  form  of  respect.  It  is  sir,  or \nmaster,  or  lord,  in  the  sense  the  Englishman  uses  it  when  he \nspeaks  of  Lord  Salisbury  or  Lord  Hartington.  In  not  one \nsingle  instance  is  it  otherwise.  Yet  the  translators  of  the \nBible  are  consciously  dishonest  or  cowards,  even  in  the  re- \nvised version  ;  for  they  have  not  dared  to  let  the  common \nreader  know  that  fact.  There  ought  to  be  a  different  word \nin  the  New  Testament,  or  else  a  different  word  in  the  Old \nTestament.  In  this  way  Jesus  is  covered  up  and  hidden \naway  from  the  common  consciousness  of  men. \n\nI  have  told  you,  then,  how  he  has  been  taken  away.  I \nhave  pointed  out  a  few,  only  a  few,  of  these  disastrous  and \nevil  results.  I  might  point  to  many  others,  had  I  time.  I \nwill  only  hint  at  one, — the  fact  that,  since  Jesus  has  been \nelevated  to  the  trinity,  since  he  has  been  taken  away  from \nthe  sympathy  of  common  men  in  that  fashion,  since  it  has \nbeen  a  prime  article  of  religious  belief  that  he  is  the  original \nand  almighty  God,  his  name  has  become  the  cause  of  more \nbloodshed,  of  more  cruelty  among  men,  than  any  other  name \never  spoken  in  any  language.  Such,  then,  are  some  of  the \nresults  of  taking  our  Lord  away. \n\n\n'4 \n\nWe  are  finding  him  again  in  the  modern  world.  We  have \nfound  the  process  of  his  removal,  and  that  helps  us  to  find \nthe  way  to  get  him  back  again.  I  cannot  go  over  the  steps \nby  which  this  has  been  brought  about ;  but  the  result  of  it  is \nthat  he  is  coming  more  and  more  to  be  recognized,  even  on \nthe  part  of  the  holders  of  the  old  creeds,  as  human,  as  man. \nIn  the  light  of  this  new  revelation  that  has  come  to  us  we \nsee  his  star,  the  herald  of  the  new  day,  shining  over  the  new- \nfound cradle.  That  cradle  is  not  among  the  beasts  in  the \nmanger  in  Bethlehem :  that  cradle  is  in  the  home  of  the \ncarpenter  of  Nazareth.  He  is  born  as  any  child  is  born, \nwatched  over  by  father-love  and  mother-love, —  a  common \nchild  of  the  common  people,  who  yet  had  in  him  the  possi- \nbility of  growing  up  into  such  a  comprehension  of  the  divine, \nsuch  a  sense  of  the  presence  and  love  of  the  Father,  such  a \ntenderness  and  sense  of  common  brotherhood  towards  man- \nkind. For  that  star  which  shone  over  his  cradle  shines  still \nin  the  front  of  human  leadership,  pointing  out  to  us  a  char- \nacter so  ideal  that,  when  the  world,  guided  by  the  intelli- \ngence of  science,  informed  by  his  spirit,  shall  have  incorpo- \nrated that  spirit  into  the  common  life  of  the  people,  we  shall \nhave  the  kingdom  of  God  among  men. \n\nFinding  him  brings  back  to  us  God,  our  Father, —  not \na  partial,  cruel  God  of  barbaric  hate,  but  of  infinite  and \neternal  love.  Finding  him  brings  man  back  to  us,  and  we \nfeel  a  sense  of  universal  brotherhood.  Finding  him  brings \nGod  and  man  together, —  not  as  though  there  were  a  gulf \nbetween  them  that  he  bridged,  but  he  illustrates  the  fact  that \nthey  are  eternally  at  one,  needing  no  supernatural  bond  to \nbring  them  together.  And  so  we  walk  in  the  light  of  his \ncountenance,  in  the  light  of  eternal  love  and  hope,  and  a \nbetter  world  in  the  future.  If  we  can  only  realize  his  ideals \nhere  among  men,  we  shall  have  so  much  of  heaven  that  the \ntransition  will  be  only  like  that  between  the  dawn  and  the \nmorning;  and  this  earth  shall  be  at  one  with  the  world  which \ncompasses  us  round  that  we  call  heaven,  and  that  prayer \nwill  have  been  answered,  \"  Thy  kingdom  come,  Thy  will  be \ndone  on  earth  as  it  is  in  heaven.\" \n\n\n15 \n\nFather,  we  thank  Thee  for  the  light  that  has  come  to  this \nmodern  world,  revealing  to  us  a  new  and  yet  the  old  Jesus \nof  Nazareth,  thy  son,  our  brother,  our  friend.  Let  us  learn \nto  walk  in  the  light  of  his  spirit,  to  cultivate  such  a  temper \nand  emulaie  such  service  as  was  his,  and  we  shall  help \nbring  in  the  day  when  Thy  presence  shall  be  recognized \nover  all  the  earth.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  j/ SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,    ....  20. cents. \n\n\"    Doi $1.^0 \n\nCloth,    \"    Copy,    .     .     .     .  ^o  cents. \n\n\"       \"    Do-f $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  i-easons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  verv  thorougfily,  I  gladly  record  my \nsausfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nap  treciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti. \ncal  judgements  are  based  on  modem  schularsliip,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  oupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  nave  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering  This  is  an  attempt  to  maice  the  path  of  asceruined  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachen  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudv  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  tu  help  them«  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  tjnitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nTlie  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  m  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS,  Publisher.  141  Franklin  St.,  Boston,  Mats. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  centa  aln^le  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.    J.    SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  JANUARY  8,  1892  No.  13 \n\nTHE  TRANSMUTATION  OF  TIME \n\nNEW  YEAR'S  SERMON \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE   H.    ELLIS,  141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nKniertd  at  the  Pott-ofieet  Bottom^  Mau.f  at  $eeand-cku»  ffUtU  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's   Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction,     tsmo 1 1.00 \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  i6ino.     Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed.     larao t.oo \n\nPoems.     i6mo.     Full  gilt.    With  portrait i.so \n\nLight  on  the  Cloud.     i6mo.     Full  gilt i.as \n\nSocial  Problems.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religious  Life,     lamo i.oo \n\nBelief  in  God.     ismo  i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo  i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.  1.00 \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution,     tamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.     lamo  i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,     tamo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood.     lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution.     lamo i.jo \n\nlife  Questions.     t6mo       i  .00 \n\nBluffton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.     lamo i.jo \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times.     lamo t.oo \n\nLife.     lamo t.oo \n\nThe  M  mister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 7$ \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nQoth 1.00 \n\nLeather i.jo \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.    With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy,  ....     ao  cents.     Per  doc.,  i.jo \n\n'•      Cloth,        •«  ....    30     *•  \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regularlv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  for  the  season,  |i.so; \nsingle  copies,  5  ce'vn. \n\nGEO.  H.  RLLIS,  P^Misktr, \n\ni4t  Franklm  Si.^  B^tUm,  Mast, \n\n\nTHE  TRANSMUTATION  OF  TIME/ \n\n\n**  So  teach  us  to  number  our  days,  that  we  may  get  us  a  heart  of  wis- \ndom.\"— Psalm  xc.  12. \n\nI  SUPPOSE  that,  even  were  I  to  make  the  attempt,  it  would \nbe  an  exceedingly  difficult  thing,  after  all  these  years  that \nyou  have  heard  me,  to  bring  to  you  an  entirely  fresh  treat- \nment of  a  new  year's  theme.  I  shalt  not  attempt  it.  Those \nthings  that  are  startling  by  their  newness  are  generally  not \nthe  most  important  things.  The  great  things  of  life,  the \nthings  that  touch  us  most  deeply,  the  things  that  concern  us \nin  the  most  important  way,  are  the  old  things,  the  common- \nplace things. \n\nTime  seems  to  change  its  aspect  for  us  as  we  get  on  in \nyears.  When  we  were  children,  when  we  were  young  men \nand  women  even,  time  seemed  to  move  very  slowly.  We \nhad  all  the  time  we  wanted,  much  more  sometimes  than  we \ncould  use.  We  found  ourselves  waiting  to  get  rid  of  time \nwhile  we  were  impatient  for  the  coming  of  some  special \nevent.  We  found  ourselves  in  a  position  where  it  was  nec- \nessary to  kill  time,  to  get  rid  of  it  in  any  way.  The  horses \nof  the  sun  seem  to  move  so  slowly  in  the  morning,  a  little \nmore  rapidly  as  they  near  the  zenith,  and  then  how  they  gallop \nas  they  approach  the  sunset !  Or,  to  change  the  figure,  when \nwe  are  young,  we  are  like  a  youth  who,  for  the  first  time, \nhas  his  own  bank-account  and  bank-book,  no  check  of  which \nhas  as  yet  been  drawn.  It  seems  to  him  as  though  he  could \ndraw  checks  forever  and  not  reach  the  end.  But,  as  the  first \nquarter  of  them  is  gone,  and  the  second,  and  we  are  on  the \n\n*  Phonogiaphically  reported. \n\n\nlast  half,  how  niggardly  we  grow!  We  do  not  like  to  draw  a \n<:heck,  even  for  a  small  amount,  if  we  can  help  it ;  and  we \nlook  at  it  once  or  twice  before  risking  the  indulgence. \n\nI  was  looking  at  the  calendar  in  my  study  this  morning.  I \nhad  torn  off  two  or  three  slips  for  the  year ;  but,  knowing  that \nthere  were  more  than  three  hundred  and  sixty  left,  it  seemed \nto  me  as  though  it  might  be  an  almost  endless  time  before  I \ngot  to  the  last  one.  But  I  noticed  that  during  the  last  of  the \nyear  just  closed  they  seemed  to  go  very  rapidly;  and  the \nend  came  almost  before  I  was  aware. \n\nIt  is  a  very  commonplace  thought  that  time  goes  rapidly ; \nyet  it  comes  to  be  a  very  earnest,  serious,  sacred  thought  as \nwe  get  along  in  life.  The  days  do  go,  the  weeks  do  go,  the \nmonths  do  go,  the  years  do  go.  We  find  our  hair  getting  a \nlittle  thinner,  the  gray  appears  in  this  place  or  that,  wrinkles \nare  coming  on  our  faces.  Perhaps  our  sight  is  not  quite  so \nstrong  as  it  used  to  be  ;  and  we  have  to  confess  that,  if  we  are \nnot  growing  old,  we  are  in  sight  of  the  time  when  we  shall \nbe  thinking  that  we  are.  So  the  years  sweep  by,  sweeping \naway  so  many  things  that  we  possess,  that  we  care  for,  that \nvfe  love,  and,  more  important  than  all,  sweeping  us  away, \ntoo,  with  them.  It  is  a  commonplace  thought,  then,  that  we \ncannot  keep  the  time. \n\nThey  say  that  time  is  money.  No  :  time  is  only  raw  ma- \nterial which  can  be  converted  into  money  if  we  know  how  to \ndo  it.  Time  is  raw  material.  That  is  the  point  I  wish  to \nstart  with  this  morning.  Though  it  passes  away  and  we  can- \nnot keep  a  moment  even,  much  less  a  day  or  an  hour,  a \nweek  or  a  month,  we  can  transmute  our  time,  our  weeks,  our \ndays,  our  hours,  our  minutes.  We  can  transmute  them  into \nthings  that  will  keep.  That  is  the  point  I  have  in  mind \nfor  my  sermon  this  morning. \n\nThe  things  we  have  must  of  necessity  pass  away:  the \nthings  that  we  are  remain.  You  remember  the  trite  old  story. \nSome  one  asked  about  a  man  who  had  just  died  what  peo- \nple commonly  ask,  \"  How  much  did  he  leave  ? \"  And  a \nwise  friend  answered,  \"  He  did  not  take  a  single  cent :  he \n\n\n5      • \n\nleft  everything  he  had.\"  He  carried  with  him  over  the \nshadow,  beyond  the  border,  only  what  he  became,  only  those \nthings  into  which  he  had  transmuted  his  time. \n\nI  wish,  then,  in  the  simplest  possible  way  to  talk  with  you \nfor  a  little  while  about  some  of  the  things  that  are  more \ngolden  than  gold,  into  which  time  can  be  transmuted.  You \nknow  there  was  a  period  in  the  history  of  the  world  when \nthe  alchemists  thought  they  could  possibly  find  out  some \nsecret  way  by  which  they  could  change  base  metal  into  gold. \nThey  did  not  succeed.  It  was  one  of  those  dreams  destined \nto  pass  away.  But  we  can  discover  a  better  alchemy :  we \ncan  transmute  our  time  into  things  that  are  better  than  gold \n\nLet  me  carry  that  one  point  farther.  Let  us  see  a  few  of \nthe  things  into  which  we  can  change  our  time ;  and  then  at \nthe  end  we  will  sum  up  and  see  the  value  of  what  we  may \nhave  accumulated  as  soul-wealth  to  take  with  us  when  we  go. \n\nOne  of  the  most  difficult  things  for  a  child  to  learn,  and \nfor  grown  up  people  who  may  still  be  children  in  their  impa- \ntience, is  just  this  quality  of  patience,  ability  to  wait.  The \nchild  is  promised  some  indulgence  ;  and  he  looks  at  the  clock \nand  sees  that  it  is  within  half  an  hour  of  the  time,  and  the \nclock  seems  to  him  to  have  stopped.  It  never  moved  so \nslowly  before.  He  watches  the  hands;  and  they  do  not \nseem  to  move  at  all.  He  wishes  he  could  set  them  forward, \nthat  he  could  make  the  sun  move  more  rapidly  in  the \nheavens.  After  years  of  experience  like  this,  he  learns  that \nthe  universe  has  its  own  pace,  and  that  the  only  thing  he \ncan  do  is  to  learn  to  keep  step  with  it.  He  learns  that  all \nhis  fretting,  his  fuming,  his  rebellion,  does  not  change  the \npassage  of  time  a  millionth  part  of  a  second.  He  must \nsimply  wait  in  patience.  If  you  were  brought  up  in  the \ncountry  on  a  farm,  as  I  was,  or,  if  not  on  a  farm,  if  you  had \nas  much  as  a  garden  about  you,  you  learned  patience  per- \nhaps in  another  way.  I  can  remember  some  of  my  first  ex- \nperiences at  gardening.  I  planted  something;  and  then  I \nwondered  if  the  universe  had  stopped.  It  seemed  as  though \nit  would  never  break  the  ground,  never  appear.     And  I  have \n\n\ngone  sometimes  and  dug  the  earth  away  to  find  out  if  it  had \ndied,  or  what  the  matter  was.  And  I  have  discovered,  per- \nhaps, that  it  was  sprouting,  that  the  universe  was  attending \nstrictly  and  carefully  to  its  business,  that  everything  was \ngoing  on  normally,  and  that  by  my  impatience  in  disturbing \nthe  soil  I  had  only  put  back  the  process  that  I  was  so \nanxious  to  have  accomplished.  So  I  learned  that  the  only \nthing  for  me  to  do  was  to  measure  the  rhythm  of  the  universe \nand  learn  to  keep  step  with  its  time. \n\nAs  we  grow  older,  how  impatient  we  get  with  the  move- \nments of  the  world  !  There  is  some  reform,  perhaps,  that  we \nhave  set  our  hearts  on  that  we  wish  to  bring  to  pass, —  a  cer- \ntain social  condition,  to  help  on  temperance,  to  better  the \ncondition  of  labor,  to  accomplish  this  end  or  that  object  by \nwhich  it  seems  to  us  the  world  would  suddenly  become  so \nmuch  sweeter  and  truer  and  brighter  a  place  to  live  in.  But \nhow  slowly  all  these  things  move  !  Our  ideas  seem  to  us  so \npalpably  clear  and  correct  that  we  feel  the  whole  world \nshould  adopt  our  method  ;  but,  at  the  very  outset,  we  find \nthat,  if  we  can  convey  our  idea  at  all,  it  does  not  strike  the \npersons  we  are  talking  with  at  all  as  we  expected.  They  do \nnot  see  that  the  world  is  to  be  so  much  better,  or,  even  if \nthey  are  willing  to  consent  that  it  would  be  a  good  thing  to \nhave  it  brought  about,  they  see  a  thousand  objections  that \nyou  do  not,  Thfey  do  not  believe  it  is  practical.  And  so, \nagain,  you  have  to  learn  that  the  world  moves  slowly,  that \nthe  development  of  civilization  is  a  very  slow  process,  that \nthe  bringing  about  of  any  particular  social  reform  is  a  thing \nof  time,  time,  time. \n\nTake  it  with  your  religious  ideas.  I  suppose  that  you  who \nare  here  this  morning  are  so  clearly  settled  and  grounded  in \nyour  views  of  God,  of  man,  of  destiny,  they  seem  to  you  so \nsimple,  that  the  very  statement  of  them  ought  to  convince \nthe  world.  Yet,  in  the  first  place,  the  world  will  not  listen ; \nand,  in  the  next  place,  if  you  do  get  some  fraction  of  the \nworld  to  listen,  you  find,  when  you  have  done,  that  you  have \nnot  persuaded  them.     Somehow  or  other,  they  do  not  look \n\n\nat  the  problem  as  you  do.  They  have  had  a  different  kind \nof  past ;  and  again  we  have  to  learn  patience.  No  matter  if \nwe  are  so  firmly  convinced  that  we  are  right  that  we  believe \nthe  stars  in  their  courses  are  fighting  for  us,  that  God  is  on \nour  side,  or  that  we  are  on  the  side  of  God,  which  is  better, \nwe  must  learn  how  to  wait, —  to  do  what  we  can,  and  then \nwait. \n\nBut,  after  we  have  transmuted  some  of  our  time  into  that \nsoul-quality  of  patience,  we  may  take  another  step ;  and,  rec- \nognizing the  fact  that,  though  it  is  very  slow  indeed,  the \nworld  does  move,  we  may  transmute  a  little  more  of  our \ntime  into  the  more  cheerful  quality  of  hope.  The  boy  learns \nthat  the  clock  does  get  round  from  twelve  to  half  past  after \na  while.  He  learns  that  the  seed  that  he  planted  does  come \nup,  does  grow  through  the  long  days  and  ripen  in  the  fall. \nSo,  as  we  look  back  over  the  past  history  of  the  world,  we \nlearn  that  all  high,  fine,  sweet,  pure,  true  things  do  actually \ngrow,  and  that,  though  we  can  do  only  a  little  towards  helping \non  the  process,  we  can  do  something ;  and  so  we  may  work \nnot  in  discouragement,  but  in  hope.  Those  who  are  always \ntalking  of  the  good  old  times,  who  see  the  best  things  in  the \npast,  in  the  things  that  are  behind  us,  who  think  that  the  world \nis  getting  worse  and  worse,  are  simply  misreaders  of  human \nhistory.  We  think  sometimes  that  we  need  to  take  a  very \nlong  look  down  the  past,  in  order  to  get  a  point  of  vantage \nfrom  which  we  can  really  see  that  progress  has  been  made ; \nbut  it  does  not  take  such  a  very  long  look,  after  all.  If  you \nwill  read  merely  the  history  of  human  civilization  for  the \nlast  few  hundred  years,  you  may  find  ground  for  hope  for  the \narrival  of  all  the  things  that  are  dear  to  the  heart  of  a  noble \nman. \n\nI-ret  me  give  you  one  illustration  as  we  pass.  I  pre- \nsume there  is  hardly  a  person  in  the  house  who  will  agree  at \nfirst  with  what  I  am  going  to  say.  We  are  accustomed  to \nlook  back  to  the  days  before  the  war  as  days  of  peace,  com- \nparatively, of  progress,  of  quiet,  of  social  growth ;  and  we  are \naccustomed  to  think  of  war  as  somehow  a  disorganizing  and \n\n\n8 \n\ndemoralizing  thing,  and  that  in  this  country  during  the  last \nthirty  years  there  has  been  such  a  flood  of  immigration  not \nalways  of  the  finest  quality,  from  the  other  side  that  most \npeople  would  say  there  is  more  crime  to-day  in  the  country \nthan  there  was  thirty  or  forty  years  ago.  Yet  a  careful \nstudy  of  the  facts,  and  of  the  accumulations  of  statistics, \nproves  the  precise  contrary.  There  is  much  less  crime  of \nthe  graver  kinds  according  to  the  population  in  the  United \nStates  to-day,  with  all  this  excess  of  its  mixed  population, \nwith  all  the  results  of  the  war  and  passion, —  very  much  less \nthan  there  was  thirty  or  forty  years  ago.  A  careful  study  of \nthe  growth  of  the  world  gives  us,  then,  a  basis  for  hope.  We \nfind  that  our  reforms  do  grow,  that  the  world  grows  more \ntemperate,  more  pure,  more  honest,  more  true,  less  vicious, \nless  criminal.  In  other  words,  the  efforts  of  those  in  the \npast  who  have  tried  to  bring  in  the  kingdom  of  God  have \nnot  been  thrown  away.  So  we  can  transmute  the  result  of \nexperience,  of  time,  of  our  lives,  into  that  other  quality  of \nhope. \n\nThere  is  another  life  experience  that  I  suppose  I  share \nwith  all  of  you.  We  are  not  only  impatient  when  we  are \nyoung,  but  some  of  us  never  get  over  it.  We  not  only  get \nimpatient  with  the  slow  growth,  the  slow  improvement,  of \nthings,  but,  oh !  we  get  so  impatient  with  people,  with  in- \ndividuals, with  those  that  differ  from  us.  At  first  each  one \nof  us  is  inclined  to  set  himself  up  as  a  standard  of  what  ought \nto  be.  This  is  perfectly  natural.  I  hold,  I  suppose,  correct \nideas.  If  I  thought  they  were  not,  I  should  get  rid  of  them. \nMy  judgment  as  to  social  manners  and  customs  is  the  right \njudgment,  of  course.  If  I  did  not  think  so,  I  should  have \nanother  judgment.  My  idea  as  to  what  people  ought  to  do \nis,  of  course,  the  right  idea.  If  I  did  not  think  so,  I  should \nexchange  it  for  another.  So  you  see  how  perfectly  natural, \nalmost  inevitable,  it  is  that  we  set  ourselves  up  as  the  stand- \nard by  which  to  measure  everybody  else.  If  people  do  not \nwear  the  same  kind  of  clothes,  they  are  \"  odd.\"  If  they  do \nnot  hold   the   same  kind   of  opinion   as  we   do,  they  are \n\n\n\"strange,\"  they  are  unaccountable.  If  people  do  not  live \nafter  the  manner  of  life  we  do,  we  wonder  what  can  be  the \nmatter  with  them.  So  it  is  that  we  are  apt  to  be  intolerant \nof  other  people,  people  that  differ  from  us.  We  think  we \nhave  a  right  to  erect  our  judgment  into  a  bar,  a  court,  to \nwhich  we  shall  summon  everybody  else  in  the  world  for \njudgment. \n\nThis  is  the  first  feeling  we  have  ;  and  yet  we  find  that  peo- \nple may  not  think  as  we  do, —  that  they  differ  from  us  in \nregard  to  ten  thousand  things,  things  of  lesser  importance, \nthings  of  greater  importance.  But  at  last,  if  we  are  wise, \nwe  begin  to  study  this  matter,  and  try  to  understand  it. \nHere  is  a  man  who  was  born  so  differently  from  myself, \neducated  so  differently,  surrounded  by  such  different  influ- \nences, that  the  very  fibre  and  structure  of  his  brain  are \nutterly  unlike  mine.  I  utter  a  thought ;  but  there  is  nothing \nin  his  brain  to  respond  to  it.  He  is  not  to  blame.  So \nI  learn  to  look  wisely  over  the  world.  I  find  a  man  differ- \nent from  me,  a  man  who  almost  agrees  with  me,  yet  does \nnot  become  a  Unitarian.  He  still  clings  to  one  of  the \nother  churches,  when  I  think  he  ought  to  come  out \nsquarely  and  announce  himself  as  on  my  platform.  But  I \nstudy  him,  and  I  come  at  last  into  his  secret ;  and  I  see  that \nthere  are  reasons  that  weigh  with  him,  that,  though  they \nwould  not  weigh  with  me,  are  sufficient  to  account  for  the \ncourse  of  action  which  he  has  taken  without  giving  me  a \nright  to  call  him  names,  or  roe  a  right  to  say  he  is  dishonest, \nor  even  to  charge  him  with  being  stupid. \n\nI  have  been  c6rresponding  recently  —  and  it  has  been  a \nblessed  experience  to  me  — with  a  young  Catholic  priest  in  an- \nother State.  He  has  been  reading  some  of  my  books  and  some \nother  Unitarian  books.  He  has  been  telling  me  how  things \nlook  to  him,  why  he  cannot  accept  the  views  of  a  Unitarian, \nwhy  he  feels  that  he  can  take  refuge  in  the  old  historic  church \nof  the  past.  I  cannot  agree  with  him.  The  arguments  that \nhe  uses  are  not  cogent  arguments  with  me ;  but  I  am  com- \npelled to  feel  here  is  an  honest  soul,  a  true  man,  seeking  the \n\n\nlO \n\nlight,  as  anxious  to  find  it  as  I  am.  So,  as  we  get  older,  if \nwe  are  wise,  we  grow  tolerant, —  not  only  of  different  opinions, \ndifferent  methods  of  life,  we  grow  tolerant  of  faults,  of  weak- \nnesses, of  those  things  that  seem  even  to  be  wrong  to  us. \nWe  learn  that  judgment  is  not  for  us,  but  only  tenderness \nand  sympathy  and  help. \n\nI  think  some  years  ago  I  told  you  what  I  wish  to  repeat, \nthe  remark  of  an  old  minister  on  his  death-bed.  It  has  a \nworld  of  wisdom  to  me ;  and  I  think  of  it  often.  He  was  the \nfather  of  an  intimate  friend  of  mine.  He  was  an  old  Unita- \nrian minister  who  had  been  a  very  outspoken,  hot-headed \nman, —  a  man  who  had  offended  people  by  the  sharpness  of \nhis  remarks  and  by  the  roughness  of  his  ways  of  speech, \nbut  whose  honesty  nobody  questioned.  He  was  a  man  faith- \nful and  true,  but  who  had  not  been  patient  with  people  who \ndiffered  from  him.  As  he  was  lying  on  his  death-bed,  as  his \nson  told  me  afterwards,  he  had  a  far-away  look  in  his  eyes, \nand  the  son  turned  to  him  and  said,  \"  Father,  what  are  you \nthinking  about  ? \"  With  a  sigh,  he  said,  \"  I  am  feeling \nsorry  for  some  things  as  I  look  back  over  my  past  life.\" \n\"Why,  father,  what  have  you  done  to  regret.^  I  do  not \nknow  what  you  should  feel  sorry  for.\"  \"  Well,\"  he  said,  and \na  pathetic,  humorous  smile  came  over  his  face,  \"for  one \nthing,  I  am  feeling  sorry  that  I  have  not  been  more  patient \nwith  fools.\"  That  is  the  lesson  that  we  learn  as  we  go  on, \n—  to  have  patience  with  the  people  we  are  inclined  to  call \nfools.  So  we  turn  a  part  of  our  time  not  only  into  patience \nand  hope,  but  into  tolerance,  which  is  another  good  quality \nof  the  soul  for  us  to  cherish. \n\nThen  we  learn  another  lesson.  One  of  the  things  that  is \nhardest  for  us  in  life  is  that,  no  matter  which  way  we  turn,  or \nwhatever  we  try  to  do,  or  become,  or  reach,  or  attain,  we \nstumble  over  all  sorts  of  obstacles.  We  are  met  with  diffi- \nculties which  must  be  matched,  climbed  over,  before  we  can \nattain  our  ends.  No  man  ever  yet  attempted  to  do  anything \nbut  he  was  faced  by  obstacles.  When  we  get  impatient,  the \nuniverse  seems  to  us  constructed  on  purpose,  with  almost \n\n\n1 1 \n\ninfinite  ingenuity,  to  baffle  us.  It  does  not  make  any  differ- \nence wliat  we  are  after.  If  we  try  to  help  somebody  who  is \npoor,  we  find  ourselves  baffled  in  such  a  way  that  we  are \ndiscouraged  and  almost  ready  to  give  up.  No  matter  what \nour  object  is,  life  is  one  scene  of  obstacles,  either  to  be  over- \ncome or  to  be  sat  down  by  in  despair. \n\nYet,  again,  as  we  study  human  life  and  look  over  the  past \nhistory  of  the  world,  we  learn  submission — submission  to \nthese  hard  conditions.  We  learn  not  only  to  be  content \nwith  them,  but,  if  we  understand  the  meaning  of  life,  we \nlearn  to  be  thankful  for  them,  for  the  growth  of  the  human \nrace.  Go  back  down  the  past  until  you  come  to  the  point \nwhere  humanity  first  began  its  career.  Man  is  the  weakest, \nthe  most  helpless,  of  all  the  animals  on  the  face  of  the  earth. \nThere  stands  a  huge  obstacle  in  the  way  of  his  getting  any- \nthing to  eat,  anything  to  wear,  anything  with  which  to  clothe \nhis  nakedness,  anything  to  shelter  him  from  the  weather, — \nobstacles  at  every  turn.  And  from  that  day  to  this  not  one \nsingle  thing  has  been  gained  except  by  facing  and  conquer- \ning difficulty.  The  universe  has  been  in  this  way  one  great \nage-long  gymnasium  for  the  training  of  brain  and  soul  ath- \nletes. Everything  that  man  has  become  he  has  become  as \nthe  result  of  an  effort  to  overcome  an  obstacle.  All  inven- \ntions, all  discoveries,  all  improvements  of  every  kind,  are  the \nresult  of  conquering  obstacles.  So  we  transmute  the  time  as \nit  goes  by,  both  as  a  race  and  as  individuals,  into  this  qual- \nity of  submission,  of  content  with  the  difficulties,  the  obsta- \ncles of  life,  not  as  put  in  our  way  to  hinder  us,  but  as  neces- \nS2Lry  means  for  our  mental  and  spiritual  growth. \n\nThen,  as  the  day^  go  by,  we  learn  more  accurately  to \nestimate  the  values  of  things.  We  learn  wisdom,  in  other \nwords.  We  learn  to  estimate  things  more  correctly,  and  find \nout  that  the  way  of  the  world  is  not  so  hard,  so  unjust,  so  un- \nfair, as  many  are  accustomed  to  think.  Almost  all  chil- \ndren, almost  all  young  people,  and  almost  all  old  people  who \ndo  not  grow  wise,  but  still  remain  childish,  are  characterized \nperhaps  more  than  by  anything  else  by  the  fact  that  they  do \n\n\n12 \n\nnot  estimate  correctly  the  values  of  things.  They  over- \nestimate that  which  is  of  lowest  value :  they  underesti- \nmate that  which  has  the  most  value.  The  ground  for \nmost  of  the  complaints  against  the  universe  are  right  here. \nPeople  are  not  able  to  attain  this  or  that  thing  that  they \ngrasp  for;  and  they  have  made  up  their  minds  that  this  is  the \nonly  thing  that  is  worth  having,  the  only  thing  that  is  worth \nliving  for,  and,  as  they  do  not  get  that,  they  grow  bitter,  and \nsay  the  universe  is  all  against  them,  God  does  not  care,  the \nworld  is  in  a  conspiracy  to  do  them  harm. \n\nAs  we  look  over  the  history  of  the  world,  how  poor  seem \nthe  things  that  at  one  time  were  held  highest  I  As  an  illus- \ntration, take  the  matter  of  fame,  a  reputation  over  the  land. \nI  had  a  strange  lesson  taught  me  not  a  great  while  ago.  I \nwas  talking  with  a  young  man,  an  educated  young  man,  as \nwell  educated  as  most  young  men  of  his  age ;  and  I  spoke  to \nhim  of  Lincoln  and  Douglas.  I  had  a  curious  lesson  as  to \nhow  old  I  was  getting,  remembering  that  there  were  thirty \nyears  between  me  and  the  facts  I  was  speaking  of.  I  learned \nhow  transitory,  how  utterly  ephemeral,  is  world-wide  fame  ! \nThis  young  man  turned  to  me  and  said,  \"  But  who  was \nDouglas?\"  I  think  it  would  have  seemed  strange  enough \nto  Douglas,  when  his  name  thirty  years  ago  was  on  the  lips \nof  every  man,  woman,  and  child  in  America,  to  know  that  in- \nside thirty  years  an  educated  young  man  would  be  asking \nwho  he  was !  And  yet  it  was  this  that  he  sold  his  soul  for, — \nfor  a  name  that  was  of  no  more  duration,  no  more  worth,  than \na  passing  cloud.  If  a  man  could  become  the  most  famous \nroan  of  all  the  world  and  have  a  permanent  fame,  like  a  star \nthat  never  sets,  then  he  might  consider  the  question  as  to \nwhether  he  would  sell  his  soul  for  it.  But  to  sell  his  soul \nfor  a  reputation  that  does  not  last  thirty  years  is  a  pretty \npoor  bargain  !  Yet  this  is  the  estimate  that  people  put \nupon  life  values.  Take  money,  take  station,  take  the  house \nyou  live  in,  take  the  society  you  associate  with,  take  the \ndifferent  things  that  the  world  cares  the  most  for,  and  they \nare   not  to  be   thought  of  in  comparison  with  a  thousand \n\n\nthings  that  at  first  we  utterly  overlook.  So,  as  time  goes  on, \nwe  can  transmute  a  little  of  it  into  this  life  wisdom,  a  correct \nestimate  of  life  values. \n\nOne  thing  more  we  learn, —  you  will  see  how  naturally \nthb  follows  after  what  has  been  said.  Think  of  the  good \nthings  of  this  world  that  do  not  belong  to  any  one  person  or \nany  one  class,  or  any  one  nation  or  any  one  religion.  We \nlearn  that  there  is  no  monopoly  in  life  of  the  really  best \nthings.  Land  can  be  monopolized,  money  can  be  monopo- \nlized, a  particular  trade  can  be  momopolized,  a  business \ncan  be  monopolized,  the  offices  of  a  country  can  be  monopo- \nlized by  a  party  or  a  clique.  A  thousand  things  can  be \nmonopolized  ;  but  the  best  things,  the  things  that  we  will  all \nconsent  to  call  the  best  as  we  get  practical  wisdom,  are  the \nthings  that  are  open  and  free  as  the  air.  Start  right  there, — \nfree  as  the  air.  For  what  would  you  sell  to-day  the  privilege \nof  walking  out  in  the  air  and  breathing  it  freely,  the  lung \ncapacity  healthfully  to  take  it  in  ?  Would  you  sell  it  for  a \nthousand  dollars  or  ten  thousand  dollars  ?  A  pleasant  thing \nit  is,  says  the  old  Bible  writer,  for  the  eyes  to  behold  the \nsun.  How  much  would  you  sell  that  for, —  the  ability  to  re- \njoice in  the  light,  the  blue  of  the  sky,  the  thousand  tints  of \nearth  and  air,  the  glory  of  the  sunset  and  the  sunrise.^ \nWould  you  sell  it  for  ten  thousand  dollars  ?  With  those  two, \nif  no  more,  you  are  worth  twenty  thousand  dollars. \n\nSo  I  might  go  on  and  enumerate  the  things  that  belong \nto  all  of  us,  and  find  that  there  is  no  monopoly  in  these \nthings  that  we  all  agree  are  of  unspeakably  more  value  than \nthe  things  that  can  be  monopolized.  All  the  best  literature \nof  the  world  is  open  and  free  on  condition  that  we  learn  to \nread.  If  we  cannot  go  into  the  best  society  of  Boston,  we \ncan  go  into  the  best  society  of  London  a  hundred  or  two \nhundred  or  five  hundred  years  ago,  we  can  go  into  the \nbest  society  of  Rome  and  of  Athens  of  ages  ago.  If  we  are \nworthy  of  one,  we  can  find  a  friend.  What  would  you  take \nfor  friendship,  to  have  that  blotted  right  out  of  your  life  ? \nWould  you  sell  it?     So  take  the  commonest  things  of  life \n\n\n14 \n\n—  those  things  that  make  up  the  warp  and  woof  of  it,  its \nbeauty,  its  glory,  its  air, —  the  things  that  belong  to  every \nworthy,  noble,  true  man,  woman,  and  child  on  earth  belong \nto  all. \n\nWe  learn,  then, —  do  we  not  ?  —  trust, —  trust  in  the  world- \norder,  in  the  sanity  of  things,  in  the  goodness  that  controls \nthe  world ;  trust  that  there  is  some  one  that  does  control  and \ncare. \n\nThen  one  more  lesson.  We  stand  here  this  morning  fac- \ning the  darkness,  facing  the  unknown.  Not  one  single \ninstant  ahead  can  we  forecast.  But  we  can  read  the  history \nof  the  past,  study  the  history  of  the  world's  growth,  and  on \nthe  basis  of  that  we  can  feel  some  solid  rock  under  our  feet : \nand  we  can  look  towards  the  future,  glad  that  it  is  an  infinite \nmystery.  We  feel  sometimes  as  though  the  universe  were \nplaying  with  us,  mystery  on  every  hand  insoluble.  We  can- \nnot understand  this  problem,  we  cannot  solve  that  one,  and \nwe  get  impatient  with  it.  If  we  could  only  settle  some  of \nthese  great  questions,  if  we  could  only  know  God,  know  the \nuniverse,  know  the  future !  But  it  is  a  magnificent  thing,  if \nyou  will  stop  to  think  of  it,  that  these  puny  little  children  of \nthe  dust  can  face  the  universe  with  a  challenge  like  that. \nAnd  yet  we  need  to  remember  that,  if  we  could  know  it,  it \nwould  be  the  unhappiest,  the  most  fatal  moment  of  our  lives. \nThere  is  ground  for  endless  hope,  room  for  endless  progress, \nopportunity  to  retrieve  every  mistake,  to  recover  from  every \nfall,  to  rediscover  every  lost  treasure.  There  is  room  for  all \nthis,  merely  because  the  universe  is  insoluble  and  because \nthere  is  an  infinite  mystery  round  us,  behind  us  and  before, — \ninfinite  time,  infinite  opportunity  to  accomplish  all  our  hopes \nand  all  our  dreams.  As  we  read  the  meaning  of  the  past,  we \nknow  there  will  be  another  to-morrow,  endless  opportunity  in \nthe  millions  of  ages  that  reach  out  before  us.  And  so  we \nstand  facing  the  dark  with  faith, —  a  faith  that  does  not  fear, \nthat  trusts  and  hopes  forever. \n\nWe  cannot  keep  our  time,  then.  It  is  passing.  We  can- \nnot keep  the   things  that  we  have;  but  we  can  transmute \n\n\n15 \n\nthe  time  and  the  things  that  we  have  into  the  things  that  we \nare,  and  we  can  face  these  changes  conscious  that  we  are \ngrowing  more  and  more  at  one  with  him  who  is  unchanging, \nthe  same  yesterday,  to-day,  and  forever.  And,  as  we  work \nhis  divine  qualities  into  our  own  hearts  and  minds  and \nsouls,  and  become  sure  that  our  lives  are  linked  in  with  his, \nwe  put  the  universe  under  our  feet,  and  smile  at  the  darken- \ning of  suns,  the  crumbling  of  worlds,  knowing  that  there  is \nsomething  in  us  that  is  changeless. \n\nFather,  we  thank  Thee  for  this  hope,  this  trust.  We \nthank  Thee  for  the  experiences  and  the  results  of  time.  We \nwould  not  keep  the  days  :  let  them  go.  Only  make  us  wise \nto  number  them,  so  that  we  may  get  us  a  heart  of  wisdom. \nAmen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .    ,    .    .  20  cents, \n\n\"    Doi $1.^0 \n\nCloth,    \"    Copy,    .     ...  so  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  very  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nox  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-4ind- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  deuil,  explanation,  and  unfoldinK-  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal Jud^ents  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  mquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Hortok. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE, \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  CTown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  **  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  nave  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudv  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  m  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS«  Publisher,  141  PraDklin  St.,  Boston,  Mass. \n\n\njANi'Jn:: \n\nPubllalied  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  5  cents  elnfirle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVou  13  JANUARY  IS,  1892  No.  14 \n\nSERIES  ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\n\nIV.  HONESTY \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  X41   FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nEntered  ai  the  Post-ofieet  Baton,  Mast.,  as  second<lau  mat/  mait*^ \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction.     lamo $1.00 \n\nThese  Degenente  Dzy%,    Small  i6mo.     Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed.     lamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.     i6mo.     Full  gilt    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  QoucL     i6mo.    Full  gilt i.aj \n\nSocial  Problems.    laroo i.oo \n\nThe  ReUgioas  Life.    lamo i.oo \n\nBelief  in  God.    lamo 1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo          i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.          i.oo \n\nThe  Modern  Sphinx,     tamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution.     lamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.     lamo          i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.     lamo 1.00 \n\nChristiam^  the  Science  of  Manhood.    lamo i.eo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution.     lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     f6mo       uoo \n\nBluffton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.     lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  the  Times.     lamo i.oo \n\nLife.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nOoth 1.00 \n\nLeather 1.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  copy,   ....     accents.     Per  dox.,  i.co \n\n'•      Cloth,        '«           ....    30     •*                \"  a.io \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  tor  the  season,  li.jo; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO.  H,  ELLIS,  PtMitJkdr, \n\ni4i  Franklin  Si,,  ^mIm,  Mdu, \n\n\nHONESTY/ \n\n\n\"Let  us  walk  honestly.\" — Romans  xiii.  13. \n\nThose  of  you  who  are  familiar  with  my  ordinary  habits  of \nthought  need  not  be  told  that  I  am  not  one  of  those  who \nbelieve  that  the  world  is  constantly  tending  to  grow  worse. \nOn  the  other  hand,  I  believe,  whatever  exceptions  there \nmay  be  in  regard  to  an  individual  here,  a  particular  city  or \nState  or  country  there,  that  the  general  trend  of  the  world, \ntaken  as  a  whole,  is  on  and  up.  My  selecting  this  theme  of \nhonesty  on  which  to  speak  this  morning,  does  not  mean  that \nI  have  any  special  outcry  to  raise,  that  I  have  any  special \nfault  to  find  with  any  department  of  individual  or  social  life. \nIt  does  not  mean  that  I  have  detected,  or  think  I  have  de- \ntected, that  people  are  any  less  honest  than  they  used  to  be. \nI  believe,  on  the  other  hand,  that  the  quality  of  honesty,  like \nall  other  personal  and  social  virtues,  is  increasing  from  age \nto  age.  Even  when  you  find  a  time  when  there  is  a  special  cry \nraised,  when  preachers  and  newspapers  are  denouncing  with \nloud  voices  the  corruptions  of  the  day, —  even  then  it  may \nnot  at  all  be  a  sight  that  should  discourage  us.  Generally, \nI  think,  where  there  is  a  good  deal  of  talk  in  regard  to  the \nexistence  of  any  evil,  it  means  not  that  the  evil  is  more,  it \nmeans  that  the  standard  of  judgment  is  becoming  higher. \nIt  means  a  more  sensitive  conscience ;  it  means  the  attrac- \ntion of  public  attention  to  this  particular  evil.  So,  when  you \nfind  a  great  deal  of  attention  directed  towards  the  existence \nof  a  special  evil,  it  is  not  a  cause  for  discouragement,  but  a \nsign  of  hope. \n\n*  Phonofcraphically  reported  by  Isabel  C.  Barrows. \n\n\nBut  the  standard  of  honesty  is  not  a  fixed  one :  it  changes \nfrom  age  to  age.  It  is  different  in  one  nation  from  what  it \nis  in  another.  This  does  not  mean  that  honesty  is  a  matter \nof  convention.  It  only  means  that  people's  thought  about  it \nis  different.  They  are  conscientious  in  this  direction  :  they \nare  one-sided  even  as  to  what  is  the  ideal  honesty.  This \nchanges  from  age  to  age.  As  the  world  gets  higher  and  bet- \nter, it  becomes  more  exacting  in  regard  to  these  ethical \nstandards  in  every  direction.  A  thousand  things  which  are \ncondemned  to-day  were  allowed,  without  any  question,  five \nhundred,  a  thousand,  ten  thousand,  years  ago.  Peoples' \nconsciences  were  not  troubled  over  a  great  many  things  then \nthat  would  now  cast  a  man  out  of  good  society.  We  find \nmany  characters  in  this  old  Bible  who  were  represented \nthree  or  four  thousand  years  ago  as  being  after  God's  own \nheart,  as  being  God's  favorites  even,  who  would  not  occupy \na  very  high  place  in  our  Boston  society  to-day.  This  means \nthat  the  world  is  growing  in  this  direction ;  that  it  is  con- \nstantly getting  a  clearer  vision  as  to  what  is  ideally  right,  and \na  more  sensitive  conscience  as  to  what  justice  demands. \n\nBut  there  is  one  curious  thing, —  not  at  all  unnatural; \nand  that  is,  you  will  find  people  to-day  who,  in  regard  to \nmost  things,  are  abreast  with  all  forward  movements  of  so- \nciety, who,  on  account  of  some  inherited  tendency  or  defect, \n—  possibly  on  account  of  peculiar  surroundings  in  the  midst \nof  which  they  grew  up,  on  account,  possibly,  of  some  quality \nor  structure  of  the  brain, —  are  often  behind  in  regard  to \nthis  particular  matter  of  conduct  or  thought, —  behind  that \nwhich  is  recognized  by  the  highest  and  best  thinkers  of  the \ntime.  We  find  people  in  certain  departments  of  their  life,  or \nunder  certain  conditions,  allowing  things  that  they  would  not \nallow  in  some  other  department  of  their  lives. \n\nFor  example,  I  think  you  frequently  find  a  man  who,  polit- \nically, will  allow  or  condone  conduct  which  he  would  not \ntouch  or  have  anything  to  do  with  in  his  private  and  per- \nsonal life.  You  will  find  men,  I  think,  who,  in  their  business \nrelations  as  members  of  a  company,  an  organization,  where \n\n\n5 \n\nthere  is  a  sort  of  corporate  conscience,  instead  of  allowing \nthe  individual  conscience  to  have  free  play,  will  allow \ncertain  things  that,  when  brought  right  home  to  them  per- \nsonally, they  would  not  allow  for  a  moment.  In  other  words, \nthey  will  share  in  certain  things  which,  as  individuals,  they \nwould  not  do.  I  think,  then,  that,  if  we  define  honesty  a \nlittle  more  clearly,  we  shall  be  convinced  of  what  I  said  at \nthe  outset, —  that  honesty  is  growing,  and  that  there  is  a  great \ndeal  more  of  it  in  every  department  of  life  than  there  is  of \nthe  opposite. \n\nWhat  is  honesty  ?  Honesty  is  something  that  reaches  be- \nyond the  matter  of  individual  thought  or  of  personal  char- \nacter. \n\nLet  me  start  with  an  illustration;  and  I  think  we  shall \ncome  to  a  clear  idea  of  what  we  mean,  and  the  breadth  and \nrange  of  our  subject.  Suppose  a  house,  a  store,  a  building \nof  any  sort,  is  being  erected,  we  talk  of  its  being  honestly \nbuilt.  What  do  we  mean  ?  How  much  do  we  mean  ?  We \nmean  a  great  deal.  We  mean  that  the  materials  that  are  to \nenter  into  it  shall  be  sound,  true,  what  they  ought  to  be. \nWe  mean  that  the  method  in  which  these  different  materials \nare  related  to  each  other,  the  way  in  which  they  are  put  to- \ngether, shall  be  honest  and  sound  and  true ;  that  they  shall \nhave  regard  not  only  to  the  relations  which  they  sustain  to \neach  other,  but  to  the  eternal  and  unchangeable  laws  of \nnature,  which  tend  either  to  hold  it  up  or  pull  it  down,  ac- \ncording as  to  whether  it  is  honestly  built  or  dishonestly. \n\nTake  the  case  of  that  famous,  or  infamous,  Pemberton  mill \nthat  you  all  remember  a  few  years  ago,  a  structure  dishon- \nestly raised,  so  that  the  natural  working  of  the  eternal  forces \nof  the  universe  pulled  it  down  upon  the  heads  not,  I  fear,  of \nthe  guilty,  but  on  the  innocent  victims  of  the  dishonesty  of \nthose  that  reared  it.  A  house,  a  building,  must  be  so  erected, \nif  it  is  honest  and  true,  that  the  law  of  gravity,  all  the  great \nforces  of  nature,  shall  compact  it,  hold  it  together,  make  it \nstronger,  instead  of  tending  to  disintegrate  and  tear  it  to \npieces. \n\n\nWe  get  an  illustration  there,  I  think,  of  what  we  shall \nmean  when  we  apply  it  to  the  character  of  a  man.  When \nis  a  man  honest  ?  When  the  different  parts  of  his  nature  are \nsound,  are  healthful,  are  sane,  are  true.  When  they  are  so \nrelated  to  each  other  that  he  is  sane  and  healthy  and  sound \nand  true  wherever  you  put  him.  Let  the  sunshine  play  upon \nhim,  and  it  will  not  disintegrate  the  strong  fibres  of  his  moral \nnature.  When  the  storm  beats  upon  him,  it  will  not  over- \ncome or  upset  his  stability.  None  of  the  disintegrating \nforces,  the  atmosphere  in  which  he  lives  and  breathes, \nchanges  of  heat  and  cold,  of  dry  and  wet,  none  of  the  things \nto  which  he  is  exposed,  shall  undermine  or  take  to  pieces \nthe  stability  of  his  character.  When  he  meets  temptation, \nwhen  he  meets  storm,  meets  adversity,  meets  prosperity,  he \nstands,  well  built,  compacted,  facing  heaven  and  earth  fear- \nlessly, because  sound  and  sane  and  true.  Such  a  man  is \nhonest.  He  is  a  part  of  the  universe ;  and  the  universe,  we \nmay  say,  in  the  right  use  of  language,  is  honest  all  the  way \nthrough, —  that  is,  real,  sound,  sane.  You  can  count  on  the \nuniverse.  You  know  what  it  will  do.  You  know  that  pre- \ncisely similar  conditions  will  produce  precisely  similar  results \nalways,  year  after  year,  forever.  You  can  rely  upon  it.  You \ncan  count  on  its  stability,  its  sincerity,  its  integrity.  And, \nwhen  a  man  in  his  own  character  becomes  in  accord  with \nthe  universe,  he  is  a  part  of  the  eternal  structure  and  nature \nof  things. \n\nNow,  it  is  apparent  after  this  definition,  I  think,  that  most \nof  the  world's  work  is  honest  work.  It  is  proved  to  be \nhonest  work  by  the  simple  fact  that  it  stands.  Most  of  the \nhouses  in  Boston,  in  spite  of  the  slighting  work  of  carpenter \nor  mason  or  architect,  or  whoever  may  have  anything  to  do \nwith  them,  are  built  with  a  fair  degree  of  honesty.  This  is \nproved  from  the  fact  that  they  stand  and  serve  their  pur- \nposes. \n\nSo,  when  we  leave  these  material  structures  and  come  to \nthese  others  which  are  played  on  by  human  passion,  I  think \nthe  same  thing  is  true.     In  spite  of  all  the  dishonesty  that \n\n\nyou  may  find  in  business,  I  believe  the  immense  majority  of \nthe  men  you  meet  are,  in  the  main,  fairly  honest  men.  Possi- \nbly there  does  not  exist  on  the  face  of  the  earth  a  perfectly \nhonest  man.  I  do  not  know.  But  most  men,  I  think,  are \nfairly  honest,  generally  honest.  Nine  out  of  ten  of  the \ntransactions  which  were  carried  on  in  the  city  of  Boston \nyesterday  were  fairly  honest  transactions.  If  this  were  not \nso,  business  would  not  endure,  because  the  very  basis,  the \nunderlying  foundation,  of  any  business  is  honesty;  and,  if \nthere  were  more  dishonesty  than  honesty  in  business,  the \nwhole  thing  would  crumble  about  our  ears,  just  as,  in  the \ncase  of  the  house,  if  there  were  not  more  honest  work  than \ndishonest,  it  would  not  stand  six  month's. \n\nAnd  so,  when  you  come  to  any  other  department  of  life, \nthe  simple  fact  of  our  social  order,  improving  a  little  year \nafter  year,  however  slowly,  proves  that  the  majority  power \nat  work  in  that  social  order  is  honesty,  sincerity,  sanity,  and \nhealth. \n\nNow,  let  me  ask  you  to  turn  with  me  for  a  few  moments \nwhile  we  look  at  that  which  is  the  root  of  honesty  in  the \nindividual  man.  Where  ought  we  to  begin,  that  we  may  be \nhonest?  All  our  outward  conduct,  whether  it  is  good  or \nindifferent  or  bad,  is  the  expression  of  thoughts  and  feelings. \nThe  external  life  is  only  the  manifestation  of  the  internal ; \nand  the  man  who  wishes  to  be  honest  must  begin  with  his \nthoughts,  his  feelings.  He  must  learn  to  think  clearly,  to \nsee  clearly,  to  think  truly.  I  believe  that  that  which  I  read \nto  you  in  the  lesson  this  morning  goes  clear  to  the  bottom  of \nthe  matter.  Paul  warns  people  not  to  think  more  highly  of \nthemselves  than  they  ought  to  think,  but  to  think  soberly.  I \nbelieve  that  most  of  the  cruelty,  most  of  the  injustice,  most \nof  the  dishonesty,  most  of  the  unkindness,  most  of  the  grasp- \ning after  that  which  is  not  ours,  finds  its  root  right  here, —  in \nthe  fact  that  men  think  of  themselves  more  highly  than  they \nought  to  think  instead  of  thinking  soberly.  That  is,  a  man, \nwhen  he  starts  out  in  a  business  transaction,  overestimates \nhb  own  rights,  his  right  to  win,  his  right  to  happiness,  to \n\n\n8 \n\nwealth,  his  right  to  power,  and  underestimates  the  rights  of \nthe  person  with  whom  he  is  dealing.  If  he  would  stop  to \nthink  a  moment,  he  would  say :  Here  is  a  dollar  involved  in \nthis  transaction ;  and  my  natural  right  to  the  dollar  is  not  a \nwhit  better  than  the  other  man's  right  to  it.  Here  is  a  ques- \ntion of  happiness  involved  in  it ;  and  it  is  just  as  important \nto  the  welfare  of  the  universe  that  the  other  man  should  be \nhappy  as  that  I  should  be.  Here  is  a  question  as  to  which \nstreet  we  shall  live  on ;  and  it  is  just  as  important  to  the  wel- \nfare of  the  universe  that  he  should  live  on  a  fashionable \nstreet  as  that  I  should.  Here  is  a  matter  of  kindness,  of \npeace  of  mind  involved  ;  and  this  man's  right  is  just  as  good \nas  mine.  It  is  this  matter  of  equity,  you  see,  of  equal  bal- \nance in  all  these  transactions,  which  should  be  regarded. \n\nIf  a  man  learns  to  think  of  himself,  therefore,  as  only  one \nchild  of  God  in  the  midst  of  others  equally  God's  children, \nhaving  equal  rights,  equal  capacity  for  joy  or  sorrow ;  if  he \nlearns  to  try  to  see  things  just  as  they  are,  and  to  relate  him- \nself to  them  sanely,  truly,  fairly, —  the  chances  are  that  in \nevery  department  of  life  he  will  find  himself  an  honest  man, \nhis  honesty  being  the  natural,  spontaneous  expression  of  this \nstate  of  mind,  of  this  way  of  thinking  and  of  feeling.  Any \nman,  therefore,  who  wishes  to  be  honest  should  begin  by \ntrying  to  place  himself  in  this  universe  fairly,  trying  to  see \nhimself  as  he  is,  trying  to  see  his  neighbors  as  they  are,  try- \ning to  see  truth  as  it  is  and  falsehood  as  it  is,  trying  to  find \nand  adjust  himself,  in  other  words,  to  the  reality ;  and,  when \nhe  gets  there,  the  rest  of  the  journey  may  easily  be  trusted  to \nlook  out  for  itself. \n\nAfter  so  much  of  preliminary,  I  wish  now  to  go  a  little \nmore  deeply  into  a  discussion  of  business  honesty,  and,  if  I \nhave  time,  of  honesty  in  some  other  departments  of  life.  If  I \ndo  not  have  time  to  enter  these  other  departments  to  any \nextent,  you  can  enter  them  yourselves  if  you  will  make  the \nprinciple  that  I  give  you  clearly,  strongly,  and  permanently \nyour  possession. \n\nLet  us  look,  then,  for  a  moment  at  the  world's  business. \n\n\n9 \n\nYou  will  understand  from  what  I  have  said  that  I  am  not  in \na  fault-finding  mood,  that  I  am  not  in  a  pessimistic  attitude \nof  mind.  I  wish  to  help  to  a  little  clearer  idea  in  regard  to \nsome  of  these  practical  matters ;  for  I  see  people  going \nastray  in  business  matters,  not  quite  honest,  who  mean  to  be \nhonest,  and  who,  if  they  stopped  to  think,  would  not  go  astray. \n\nNow,  what  is  a  business  transaction?  If  you  look  out \nover  the  world,  and  see  all  the  departments  into  which  busi- \nness is  divided,  it  looks  like  such  a  confusion,  such  a  mighty \nmaze,  that  it  seems  to  have  no  guiding  thread  of  intelligence \nthrough  it.  Yet  all  business  reduces  itself  to  one  simple \ntransaction.  No  matter  how  disguised  it  may  be,  no  matter \nhow  complex,  every  business  transaction  of  the  world  always \nhas  been,  is  now,  and  always  will  be  merely  an  exchange \nbetween  two  people.  An  exchange,  in  order  to  be  an  honest \none,  should  be,  of  course,  for  the  benefit  of  both  parties  in \nthe  transaction.  People  talk  about  getting  the  best  end  of  a \nbargain.  If  you  get  the  best  end  of  a  bargain,  by  hook  or \nby  crook,  by  monopoly,  by  roundabout  ways,  then  you  are \nnot  honest.  There  are  two  best  ends  to  every  honest  trans- \naction. I  have  something  that  I  wish  to  exchange  for  some- \nthing that  I  want  more.  I  have  a  surplus  in  some  one \ndirection  and  a  want  in  another.  I  wish  to  exchange  some \nof  my  surplus  for  something  that  I  need.  If  it  is  an  honest \nexchange,  it  means  my  benefiting  the  person  I  exchange \nwith  as  well  as  being  benefited  myself.  Every  honest  bar- \ngain, then,  is  simply  an  illustration  of  the  Golden  Rule, —  it  is \ndoing  to  somebody  else  as  I  would  like  him  to  do  to  me. \n\nI  wish  to  look  for  a  moment  at  some  variations  of  this \nproblem  as  it  presents  itself  in  the  business  world.  Let  us \ntake  the  large  class  of  men  whose  ambition  it  is  to  get  be- \nyond the  necessity  of  doing  anything.  Look  at  this  clearly \nin  the  light  of  facts,  and  make  up  your  mind  as  to  whether \nthat  is  honest.  \"But,**  you  say,  \"  my  father  left  me  a  large \nsum  of  money,  and  I  do  not  need  to  do  anything.\"  But,  if \nyour  father  accumulated  a  large  amount  of  money,  he  did  it \nnot  by  his  own  personal  efforts  alone,  but  by  the  help  of  the \n\n\nlO \n\nworld ;  and  the  larger  part  of  it,  if  you  talk  of  strict  equity, \nbelongs  not  to  the  individual,  but  to  the  world,  if  property \nbelongs  to  the  creator  of  it. \n\nHowever  you  may  twist  or  turn,  the  principle  is  right  here. \nA  man  is  not  honest  if  he  does  not  first  find  some  way  by \nwhich  he  earns  that  which  he  takes  or  uses,  unless  he  gives \nto  the  world  some  fair  equivalent  for  that  which  he  wastes  or \nexpends.  I  think  if  a  man  have  a  little  pride  about  him, \nwhich  is  highly  commendable,  he  will  not  be  quite  content \neven  with  this.  A  man  should  wish  to  leave  the  world,  when \nhe  does  leave  it,  not  precisely  as  well  off  as  he  found  it,  but \njust  a  little  better  off  because  he  has  been  in  it.  He  should \nwant  to  make  the  world  a  little  richer  on  account  of  the  life \nwhich  he  has  led  among  its  people  and  in  the  midst  of  its \nmagnificence  and  wondrous  experiences. \n\nNow,  then,  come  to  this  matter  of  the  business  transac- \ntions or  exchange,  as  to  how  it  should  be  carried  on.  To \nmake  it  practicable,  would  it  be  quite  honest  to  do  this  ?  I \ncall  up  from  my  memory  experiences  and  conservations  of \nthe  past.  I  remember  talking  with  one  of  the  clearest- \nheaded  business  men  in  the  West  I  ever  knew.  He  made \na  claim  I  was  not  willing  to  allow, —  that  it  was  honest  for \nhim  to  take  advantage  of  the  ignorance  of  any  man  with \nwhom  he  was  dealing,  to  get  the  better  end  of  a  bargain. \nHe  said  that,  if  he  happened  to  know  more  than  the  other \nman  of  what  was  going  on  in  the  world,  he  was  justified  in \ntaking  advantage  of  the  man's  ignorance  ;  for  he  had  no  one \nto  blame  but  himself  for  his  ignorance.  I  question  whether \nthat  is  defensible.  Ought  we  to  take  advantage  of  the  ig- \nnorance, the  weakness,  the  infirmities,  the  frailties,  of  our \nfellow-men,  to  leave  them  worse  off  than  they  were  before  ? \n\nTake  one  transaction  mentioned  in  the  New  Testament. \nPeople  sometimes  ask  me  whether  I  can  find  fault  with  the \nNew  Testament  ethics,  even  if  I  can  with  the  Old.  Let  us \nlook  at  this  transaction,  though  I  would  not  have  you  think \nfor  a  moment  that  I  believe  Jesus  himself  indorsed  it.  He \nonly  used  it  as  an  illustration.     He  tells  of  a  man  who  found \n\n\nII \n\na  treasure  in  a  field,  who  straightway  hid  it,  so  that  the \nowner  of  the  field  did  not  know  it  was  there,  and  went  off \nand  sold  everything  he  had,  and  bought  that  field.  Would \nyou  consider  that  quite  an  honest  transaction?  I  should \nnot.  If  a  man  buys  a  field,  he  buys  what  is  there.  The \npublic  conscience  recognizes  this  when  it  is  presented  to  it \nin  some  other  shape.  You  remember  Mrs.  Burnett's  play  of \n\"Esmeralda,\"  —  how  a  sharper  from  New  York  goes  down \ninto  Carolina,  and  discovers  rich  ores  in  the  field  of  an  inno- \ncent old  farmer,  and  proposes  to  buy  it  without  the  farmer \nknowing  what  a  valuable  thing  he  was  selling.  The  man \nproposes  to  make  a  fortune  out  of  it ;  but  I  venture  to  say, \nif  you  have  witnessed  that  play,  that  the  people  who  attend \ninstinctively  feel  that  the  man  from  New  York  is  a  scoun- \ndrel. Yet  he  was  only  taking  advantage  of  the  ignorance  of \nthe  man  he  was  dealing  with. \n\nI  know  it  is  immensely  difficult ;  but  take  the  matter  of \nlabor  and  the  employer,  and  see  how  honest  dealing  comes \nin  there.  The  laborer  may  be  just  as  dishonest  as  the  man \nthat  employs  him ;  but,  if  he  has  labor  to  sell,  he  should \nmake  it  honest  labor.  If  he  produces  anything,  if  he  makes \na  shoe  or  a  chair  or  a  hat,  or  whatever  it  may  be,  he  should \nput  into  that  honest  and  true  work.  Of  course,  it  may  be \ntrue  that  on  some  year  or  at  one  time  of  the  year  he  may  not \nbe  able  to  get  as  much  compensation  for  the  amount  of  care \nand  honest  labor  as  at  some  other  time.  This  is  regulated \nby  the  market,  and  is  beyond  the  voluntary  control  perhaps \nof  any  one ;  but  the  laborer  should  receive  as  much  as  the \nmarket  will  allow.  That  is,  he  should  be  put  into  a  posi- \ntion, or  as  nearly  as  possible  into  a  position,  where  he  or  she \ncan  live  a  manly  or  womanly  life. \n\nThere  are  numbers  of  people  in  this  city  who  find  it  prac- \ntically impossible,  I  suppose,  to  lead  what  you  and  I  would \nregard  as  human  lives.  If  they  are  able  to  appear  decently \nclad  on  the  streets,  if  they  get  enough  to  eat  and  drink  so  as \nto  keep  life  in  them,  they  do  not  have  any  time  or  any  leisure \nor  any  means  for  cultivating  that  in  them  which  is  more  than \n\n\n12 \n\nthe  animal.  Now,  then,  it  may  not  be  the  fault  of  the  em- \nployer, it  may  be  only  the  fault  of  the  general  condition  of \nthings ;  but  the  employer  should  not,  if  he  be  an  honest  man, \nvoluntarily  take  advantage  of  this  condition  of  things  for  the \nsake  of  cheapening  his  goods.  1  sometimes  wonder,  too, \nwhether  the  ladies  in  our  first  society,  even,  are  quite  ideally \nhonest  when,  in  their  search  for  bargains,  they  seriously \nhunt  from  store  to  store  to  find  something  a  cent  or  five \ncents  cheaper  than  they  have  been  accustomed  to  pay.  If \nthey  stop  to  think  of  it,  they  would  know  that  this  may  mean \ndriving  some  sister  woman  to  the  verge  of  starvation  or  per- \nhaps on  to  the  street. \n\nI  know  these  are  problems  that  are  not  to  be  settled  by  a \nword.  But  it  will  be  something  if  we  stop  to  honestly  reflect \nthat  here  are  problems,  problems  not  of  easy  solution,  and \nif  we  wake  up  to  the  fact  that  here  exist  conditions  that \nactually  do  concern  us. \n\nMen  and  women,  then,  if  they  wish  to  be  ideally  honest, \nshould  try  to  see  the  actual  relations  in  which  they  stand  to \nother  men  and  women,  and  in  every  department  try  to  see \nto  it  that  an  exchange  which  brings  comfort,  which  brings \nease,  which  brings  peace,  which  brings  luxury,  which  brings \nenjoyment,  to  them  shall  not  mean  starvation,  poverty,  cold, \ntemptation,  perhaps  the  loss  of  character,  to  somebody  else. \nI  know  the  problem  is  not  easy  of  solution ;  but  we  can  try \nso  far  as  our  influence  and  individual  dealings  are  concerned \nto  make  our  transaction  with  another  an  honest  transaction. \n\nLet  me  touch  one  other  department  of  business.  There \nare  those  who  talk  about  speculation  as  though  it  was  always \nand  necessarily  dishonest.  There  are  those  who  indiscrimi- \nnately attack  the  doings  on  Wall  Street  or  on  State  Street, \nas  though  the  men  who  had  anything  to  do  with  them  could \nnot  be  true,  honest  men.  There  are  those  who  have  no  end \nof  sympathy  with  the  man  who  gets  \"  fleeced  \"  in  Wall  Street \nwho  do  not  stop  to  think  that  the  man,  when  he  suffered \nfrom  that  process,  was  making  the  most  vigorous  attempt  of \nwhich  he  was  capable   to   put  somebody  else  through  the \n\n\n13 \n\nsame  process.  I  have  no  great  amount  of  sympathy  to \nwaste  on  the  men  who  come  out  at  the  vvfong  end  of  what \nthey  expected  in  going  into  Wall  Street.  They  know  per- \nfectly well  what  they  are  doing,  the  nature  of  the  transaction. \nThose  who  are  denouncing  Jay  Gould  the  loudest,  for  exam- \nple, have  been  doing  the  very  best  they  could  to  follow  in \nhis  steps.     I  have  no  sympathy,  then,  to  waste  on  these. \n\nLet  us  see,  then,  the  principle  involved  in  speculation. \nWhen  is  it  honest,  and  when  is  it  dishonest  ?  I  think  if  a \nman  is  alone  in  the  world,  with  nobody  dependent  on  him, \nso  that  it  does  not  make  any  difference  to  any  one  else \nwhether  he  wins  five  hundred  or  one  hundred  dollars,  it  may \nbe  perfectly  fair  and  honest  for  him  to  take  risks  which  he \nwould  have  no  right  to  take  if  a  mother  or  wife  or  children \nwere  dependent  on  him.  People  talk  about  this  matter  of \nspeculation  as  though  it  were  a  clear-cut  principle  that \nno  one  has  a  right  to  speculate.  I  do  not  believe  that  is \ntrue.  A  man  has  no  right  to  risk  money  that  is  not  his  own ; \nand  if  he  has  a  wife  and  children  dependent  on  him,  to \ncomfort  and  support,  that  money  is  not  his  own  in  the  sense \nthat  it  would  be  if  he  stood  free  from  all  these  associations. \nA  man  has  no  right  to  risk  any  money  that  he  cannot  well \nafford  to  lose.  If  he  can  afford,  and  chooses  to  take  the \nchance  with  his  eyes  open,  he  may  not  be  wise  in  doing  it ; \nbut  it  is  not  dishonest  in  the  sense  that  it  would  be  if  a  man \nrisked  money  that  did  not  belong  to  him,  or  that  is  necessary \nfor  the  welfare,  the  safety,  and  happiness  of  those  who  are \ndependent  on  him. \n\nI  have  no  time  to  go  farther  into  this  class  of  business \nproblems.  It  seems  to  me  that  the  principles  are  clear \nenough ;  and  any  one  who  chooses  can  think  for  himself  con- \ncerning  them.  Neither  have  I  time  to  touch  the  question  of \npolitical  honesty  or  dishonesty.  Nor  have  I  time  to  touch \non  questions  of  ecclesiastical  or  religious  honesty  and  dis- \nhonesty. But  the  principles  that  I  have  enunciated  are  so \nclear  that  any  one  can  find  his  way  in  any  department  of \nlife  in  spite  of  all  the  bewilderment  and  confusion.     He  has \n\n\n14 \n\nto  see  things  as  tbey  are  and  to  deal  with  things  as  they  are, \nequitably,  squar^,  truly,  so  that  the  welfare  of  all  who  are \nconcerned  shall  be  equally  regarded. \n\nHonesty  in  business,  political  honesty,  religious  honesty, \nhonesty  in  every  department  of  life, —  these  should  be  our \nideals.  We  should  build  not  only  our  houses,  but  build  our \nsocial  order,  our  business,  our  political  order,  our  religious \nstructures,  of  sound  materials,  rightly  related  to  each  other, \nsanely  and  truly  adjusted,  so  that  they  will  stand,  so  that \nthey  will  become  a  part  of  the  divine  order.  If  we  do  this, \nwe  not  only  achieve  the  happiness  of  other  people,  the  wel- \nfare of  other  people,  but,  in  the  long  run,  we  of  necessity \nattain  our  own  happiness  and  our  own  welfare ;  for  we  can- \nnot possibly  live  alone.  We  are  dependent  every  moment \nof  our  lives  for  not  only  happiness,  for  not  only  wealth,  but \nfor  comfort,  for  health,  for  peace,  upon  the  general  condition \nof  the  world  in  which  we  are  units,  of  which  we  are  parts. \nFor  the  sake,  then,  not  only  of  other  people,  for  our  own \nsake,  and  that  we  may  join  hands  with  God  and  become  a \npart  of  his  divine  order  and  may  help  on  the  perfection  of \nthat  order  which  means  the  kingdom  of  God, —  for  the  sake \nof  all  these  things,  let  us  walk  honestly. \n\nFather,  we  ask  that  we  may  try  to  see  things  as  they  are, \nand  may  know  that  welfare  and  happiness,  that  body,  mind, \nheart,  soul,  all  depend  upon  our  being  rightly  related  to \nThee.  And,  since  Thou  art  in  all  the  forces  and  manifesta- \ntions of  the  universe  and  of  society  and  of  the  growth  of  the \nworld,  being  rightly  related  to  Thee  means  being  rightly  re- \nlated to  our  fellow-men,  and  to  all  those  things  that  help  on \nthe  development  of  mankind.  We  ask  that  we  may  be  this \nfor  Thy  sake  and  for  the  sake  of  our  fellows.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM-  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   ,    ...  20  cents. \n\n\"    Do{ ^i.^o \n\nCloth,    \"    Copy,    .    .     .    .  )o  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  very  thorougnly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  liandling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfoldins-  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Hortok. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  readine  and  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scnolarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudy  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  ia \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  g^de  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  in  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS,  Publisher,  141  Pranklia  St.,  Boston,  Mass. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  single  cor \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  » JANUARY  22,  1892  No.  15 \n\nSERIES   ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\n\nY.  THE  IDEAL  IN  AND  OYER  THE  REAL \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141  FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\nBnttred  at  the  Pat-offlett  Bottom,  Mau^  a*  *eeond<latt  mad  mattor \n\n\nMr.  Savage's   Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction,     ismo. $1.00 \n\nThese  Dexenerate  Days.    Small  t6mo.    Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed,     tamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.     i6mo.    Full  gilt    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Cloud.     i6mo.    Full  gilt t.ss \n\nSocial  Problems,    ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Religious  Life,     tamo 1.00 \n\nBelief  in  Ck>d.     ismo  i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo  i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bibie.  1.00 \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,     ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution,     lamo i.oo \n\nTaiks  about  Jesus.     lamo  i.oo \n\nMan,  Wcnnan  and  Child,     ismo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,     lanio 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     i6mo       ijoo \n\nBluffton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.     lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times.     lamo i.oo \n\nLife.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 7S \n\nSacred  Sonn  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow.' \n\nQoth 1.00 \n\nLeather i.jo \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.    With  an  Introduction  by  £.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy,   ....     ao  cents.     Per  dos.,  1.50 \n\n••      Cloth,        \"  ....    30     ••  \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regularlv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Putpit.\"  Subscription  price,  tor  the  season,  $1.50; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO.  H,  ELLIS,  P^lisiur, \n\nS41  Fra$ikim  St,,  Bett^m,  Mast. \n\n\nTHE  IDEAL  IN  AND  OVER  THE  REAL/ \n\n\n•*  We  shall  see  what  will  become  of  his  dreams. \"  —  GEN.xxxviL  20. \n\nDreams  and  dreamers  are  popularly  looked  upon  as  vain \nand  unpractical.  And  yet  it  is  by  virtue  of  the  fact  that \nman  is  a  dreamer  that  he  takes  precedence  over  all  other \nbeings  that  live  upon  the  earth.  It  is  because  men  dream \nthat  they  improve,  that  they  invent,  that  they  enlarge  their \noccupations  on  every  side.  It  is  because  man  dreams  that \nhe  has  made  the  conquest  of  the  earth.  There  is  nothing \nthat  has  come  into  existence  since  man  was  a  naked  savage \nin  the  woods  that  was  not  first  a  fancy,  a  fleeting  ideal  in \nsome  man*s  brain.  Every  ship  that  now  sails  the  sea  and \nbattles  with  the  winds  and  waves  first  unfurled  its  sails  in  an \nimaginary  dream-sea  and  underneath  a  dream-sky  in  some \nman's  brain.  Every  factory  that  now  hums  and  whirs  and \nrattles,  as  it  carries  out  the  intentions  of  its  creator,  first \nclicked  and  rattled,  if  I  may  use  the  term,  noiselessly  in  the \nsilent  realm  of  some  man's  thought.  Everything,  then,  that \nman  has  created,  every'  improvement,  every  discovery,  every \nachievement  of  every  kind,  has  first  been  imaginary.  Men \ndream  pictures  before  they  paint  them.  Men  dream  statues \nbefore  the  chisel  touches  the  stone.  Men  dream  telephones \nand  telegraphs  before  the  wires  are  stretched.  It  is  because \nman  has  this  power  of  the  ideal  that  he  masters  all  things. \nIt  is  because  of  this  that  we  look  forward  to  still  more  and \nhigher  mastery  in  the  years  that  are  to  be. \n\nAnd  yet  dreaming  is  not  all  of  life,  though  it  is  that  which \nhas  most  of  promise  in  it.     If  a  man  is  to  succeed  in  his  busi* \n\n*  Phonogrmphically  reported. \n\n\nness,  he  must  be  intensely  practical.  He  must  deal  with \nfacts,  with  realities,  with  real  relations.  The  banker,  the \nmerchant,  the  lawyer,  the  physician,  the  man  of  business  in \nany  department  of  life,  must  master  the  actual  details  of \nthat  business.  If  he  attempts  to  match  a  fact  and  a  fancy \ntogether,  he  will  find  it  is  like  building  a  house  upon  the \nsand.  The  two  will  not  fit.  The  one  will  not  sustain  the \npressure  of  the  other.  I  have  nothing  whatever  to  say \nagainst  the  intense  realism  of  the  world's  great  businesses, \nits  multifarious  affairs.  If  you  are  to  succeed  in  any  depart- \nment of  life,  you  must  see  clearly  the  facts,  you  must  recog- \nnize the  relations  of  these  facts,  you  must  master  them  in  all \ntheir  details,  and  you  must  have  an  eye  out  for  the  possible \ncoming  in  of  other  facts  that  may  modify  your  combinations. \n\nYet  life  is  hard  and  grinding  and  wearing  and  depressing \nand  unlovely  if  there  be  in  it  nothing  but  facts.  If  we  could \nsweep  the  atmosphere  from  our  world  and  still  be  able  to \nlive,  all  the  loveliness,  the  beauty  of  it,  would  have  disap- \npeared. There  would  be  no  more  rose-tinted  dawns,  no \nmore  magnificent  sunsets.  There  would  be  no  more  of  that \nhalo  of  blue  and  gold  that  crowns  the  distant  mountain  tops. \nIt  would  be  just  hard  details,  outlines,  facts,  sharp  edges, \neverything  hard,  everything  cold.  It  is  this  mystic  and  con- \nstantly changing  atmosphere  that  clothes  these  hard  facts, \nthat  gives  the  poetry,  the  beauty,  the  sentiment  of  loveliness, \nthe  dream  side,  the  ideal  side,  to  this  old  planet  which  is  our \nhome. \n\nSo  I  wish  to  suggest  to  you  the  value  of  this  dream  side. \nI  shall  speak  chiefly  to  business  men,  though  what  I  say  may \napply,  for  aught  I  know,  to  women  as  well  in  their  occupa- \ntions, so  far  as  the  principle  is  concerned.  I  wish  to  speak \nof  the  dream  side  that  ought  to  be  developed  concerning \nevery  one  of  these  hard,  actual  businesses  in  which  we  are \nengaged,  so  that  we  may  find  breathing-places,  outlook,  up- \nlift, that  shall  lead  not  merely  to  helping  to  make  business \nmen,  but  mm. \n\nNo  matter  how  hard  and   bare  the  business  may  seem, \n\n\n5 \n\nthere  is  an  ideal  side  to  it.  No  matter  how  busy  a  man  may \nbe,  he  has  time  to  note  this  ideal  side.  No  matter  how  prac- \ntical he  may  be,  he  ought  to  cultivate  this  poetical  side  of  his \npractice  for  a  place  of  escape,  a  place  of  rest.  This  dream \nside,  it  has  been  proved  over  and  over  again  in  the  history \nof  the  world,  is  a  most  intensely  practical  side,  because, \nas  I  have  hinted,  out  of  it  come  all  the  improvements,  en- \nlargements, extensions,  that  have  blessed  and  lifted  up  the \nworld. \n\nTake,  for  example,  some  illustrations  in  the  different  de- \npartments of  the  world's  history.  I  may  speak  of  the  farmer's \nlife.  Practically,  I  know  more  about  that  than  I  do  of  any \nother  business,  having  been  trained  a  farmer's  boy.  Most  of \nthe  farmers  of  the  world,  so  far  as  my  knowledge  of  them \ngoes,  find  very  little  of  the  ideal  in  their  occupation,  see  very \nlittle  poetry  in  it.  It  seems  to  them  hard,  tiresome  drudgery. \nUp  early,  to  bed  late,  working  in  the  heat  and  burden  of  the \nnoon-day,  struggling  to  make  both  ends  meet,  finding  it  very \ndifficult  to  lay  aside  even  a  little  at  the  end  of  the  year  as  a \nprovision  against  illness  or  old  age, —  it  is  a  hard,  a  very \nhard,  practical  life ;  and  it  seems  to  have  very  little  else  in  it. \nYet  suppose  the  farmer, —  suppose  /  had  been  taught  when  I \nwas  a  boy,  what  a  new  world  it  would  have  opened  to  me  I  — \nsuppose  the  farmer  should  learn  that  even  farming  has  an \nideal  side,  a  dream  side.  He  treads  under  his  feet  every \nday  of  summer  grasses  and  weeds  and  flowers  a  large \nvariety;  but,  in  the  case  of  the  average  farmer,  they  mean \nnothing  to  him.  The  quitch  grass  gets  in  his  way  and  tor- \nments him  at  his  work;  but  that  is  all  he  knows  about  it. \nMany  of  those  things  that  we  in  the  city  look  upon  as \nflowers  he  regards  as  weeds  that  are  destructive  and  hinder \nhis  toil.  But  suppose  the  farmer  should  acquire  even  an \nelementary  knowledge  of  botany,  should  learn  to  think  of \nthe  life,  the  meaning,  of  these  things  that  surround  him  on \nevery  hand ;  suppose  he  should  give  a  little  time  every  day, \nor  a  little  time  every  week  even, —  the  time  which  he  spends \nat  the  comer  grocery  gossiping,  the  time  he  spends  poring \n\n\nover  the  newspaper  after  he  has  extracted  all  th^  news,  the \ntime  he  spends  in  a  thousand  ways  that  do  not  add  to  bis \nwealth,  and  do  not  rest  him, —  he  could  learn  enough  to \nenable  him  to  live  in  another  world.  As  he  followed  the \nplough  or  as  he  brought  home  to  the  barn  the  hay  that  he \nhad  cured  or  the  grain  that  he  had  gathered,  his  thoughts \nmight  be  raised,  not  crowded  and  pressed  down  under  his \nharassing  occupation  until  his  soul  life,  his  intellectual  life, \nwas  smothered.  He  might  be  able  to  live  a  part  of  the  time \nin  the  world  of  the  imagination,  a  rest  world.  Or  suppose \nhe  could  learn  even  the  elementary  principles  of  geology. \nThen,  as  he  looked  out  over  his  fields,  as  he  saw  a  hill  in \nthe  distance,  noticed  the  river  winding  through  the  valley, \nthe  brook  tumbling  down  from  the  uplands,  the  meadow \nlevel,  every  one  of  these  things  would  speak  to  him.  He \nwould  read  the  story  of  past  ages;  and,  as  he  noted  the \nwork  of  the  Almighty  Hand  in  its  infinite  and  eternal  pa- \ntience sculpturing  the  hills  and  shaping  the  valleys,  he  might \nlive  in  one  of  the  grandest  worlds  that  the  scholarship  of \nmodern  time  has  revealed.  Or  suppose  the  farmer,  when \nhe  came  across  a  bowlder  in  his  field,  instead  of  merely  look- \ning at  it  as  something  in  the  way,  should  trace  certain \nscratches  across  its  surface,  and  should  know  enough  about \nthe  forces  that  have  been  at  work  in  the  past  to  know  that \nthere  was  the  writing  of  the  ice-age,  the  glacial  epoch  of  the \npast,  how  his  mind  would  expand,  how  it  would  escape  from \nits  trammels,  and  would  become  one  with  this  marvellous, \nmystic  story  of  the  days  of  old ! \n\nNow,  this  is  not  at  all  unpractical.  The  farmer  need  not \nneglect  his  work,  in  order  to  do  all  this  that  has  been  hinted. \nIt  would  be  a  rest  to  him,  it  would  be  recreation.  They  say \nthat  there  is  more  insanity  among  farmers  and  farmers' \nwives  than  in  almost  any  other  department  of  human  life, \nsimply  because  of  the  grinding  monotony  of  it. \n\nOr.  let  it  be  the  banker.  There  is  an  ideal  side  to  bank- \ning. It  is  not  all  settling  the  day's  per  cent,  on  loans.  It \nis  not  all  questioning  as  to  whether  this  man's  paper  is  safe, \n\n\nwhether  that  one's  is  a  little  questionable.  It  is  not  all  try- \ning to  find  loans  that  will  be  profitable.  It  is  not  all  merely \ncounting  the  cash,  hard  money,  or  bills.  If  the  banker  will \nonly  become  interested  in  the  ideal  side  of  his  business, \nthere  will  unfold  to  him  a  perfectly  wondrous  story,  leading \nhim  to  the  first  beginnings  of  exchanges  and  the  mediums  of \nexchange,  and  to  the  relating  of  all  these  things  with  the \ngrowing  civilization  of  the  world. \n\nOr  let  it  be  the  doctor.  I  know  there  are  times  in  the \nhistory  of  his  profession  when  he  is  crowded  beyond  almost \nall  physical  endurance  by  the  hard  facts  of  his  daily  life.  If \nhe  dream  at  all, —  perhaps  he  will  pray  that  he  may  not,  that \nhe  may  have  more  perfect  rest, —  it  can  be  only  the  dreams \nthat  visit  him  in  his  sleep.  But  the  doctor,  if  he  interests \nhimself  in  something  more  than  the  actual  cases  that  are \npresented  to  him  from  day  to  da)',  may  find  that  his  profes- \nsion, too,  has  its  ideal  side,  its  dream  side,  its  poetic  side. \nBeginning  with  the  old  mythologies  that  held  that  the  knowl- \nedge of  medicine  came  from  the  gods  as  a  divine  gift  to \nman,  the  speculations  as  to  the  properties  of  plants,  as  to \nthe  curative  power  of  remedial  agents,  here  is  a  region  into \nwhich  the  doctor  may  escape  from  his  realism,  from  the \nwearisome  round  of  his  practice  and  life,  into  an  ideal \nworld,  a  world  of  thought  that  would  make  him  acquainted \nwith  the  deeps  and  heights  not  only  of  the  human  mind,  but \nof  the  human  heart  as  well. \n\nAnd  so  in  regard  to  the  lawyer.  The  lawyer  need  not \ngive  all  his  time  to  Blackstone,  to  the  statutes  as  they  exist \nin  the  different  States  and  the  different  countries  of  the \nworld.  If  he  do  so,  the  chances  are  that  he  gets  hardened \ninto  a  sort  of  legal  machine,  caring  little  for  principles, \ndevoting  himself  entirely  to  precedents,  and  regarding  the \nlaw  as  hard  and  fixed  and  inelastic;  while,  if  he  would  only \nstudy  the  dream  side  of  his  profession,  he  would  find  him- \nself being  let  into  the  secret  of  human  civilization,  the  at- \ntempts of  rude  and  barbaric  men  to  govern  themselves  and \nextend  into  ever  larger  and  larger  societies  and  organiza- \n\n\n8 \n\ntions  their  ideas  of  justice,  of  truth,  of  right.  Here  is  the \nstory,  perhaps  the  divinest  story,  of  man's  instinct  for  justice \nand  right,  attempting  to  institute  itself  and  make  it  a  uni- \nversal and  controlling  power. \n\nI  say,  then,  that  every  business,  no  matter  what,  has  its \ndream  side,  its  ideal  side,  which  lets  man  out  from  his \nprison-house  of  hard,  grinding,  despairing,  and  discouraging \nfact. \n\nHaving  hinted  what  I  mean,  I  would  have  the  principle \napply  to  every  human  life  ;  and  I  wish  to  give  my  reasons  for \nthis,  and  to  tell  you  some  of  the  ways  in  which  we  may  help \nto  cultivate  this  ideal  side  of  life. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  the  man  who  gives  himself  entirely  to  the \nroutine,  the  detail,  of  his  business  life,  at  last  becomes  sunk \nin  that,  so  that  he  has  no  thought,  no  ambition,  no  feeling, \nno  care,  no  taste,  for  anything  else.  He  is  in  the  worst  pos- \nsible state  of  mind ;  for  he  is  content  to  be  a  mere  machine. \nHe  is  content  to  forego  his  manhood,  and  become  merely  a \npiece  of  mechanism  for  carrying  on  the  world's  concerns, \nnot  thinking  beyond  the  mechanism.  The  farmer,  for  ex- \nample, leads  such  a  life  as  to  be  worthy  of  the  taunt  that \n\"his  talk  is  of  oxen.\"  He  knows  nothing  but  oxen.  He \nknows  nothing  about  the  history,  the  ideal  side,  the  poetical \nside  of  oxen  even.  He  only  knows  the  market  price  of \noxen  and  how  much  work  they  can  do.  And  so  the  lawyer \nor  business  man  in  any  department  gets  sunk  in  his  business. \nHe  illustrates  the  trite  but  ever-living  words  of  Shak- \nspere's  sonnet  — \n\n\"  My  nature  is  subdued \nTo  what  it  works  in,  like  the  dyer's  hand.'* \n\nMan,  if  he  does  not  beware,  becomes  subdued  to  the  busi- \nness in  which  he  is  engaged  until  he  has  no  other  life  but \nthat,  no  life  outside  of  it. \n\nSome  years  ago  I  used  an  illustration  which  I  will  venture \nto  repeat.  In  George  William  Curtis's  \"  Prue  and  I \"  there \nis  a  chapter  called  \"  Mr.  Titbottom's  Spectacles.\"     Mr.  Tit- \n\n\n9 \n\nbottom  had  come  in  some  way  into  possession  of  a  curious \npair  of  spectacles  that  had  the  power  of  reporting  to  him  the \ninner,  essential  nature  of  any  thing  or  person  that  he  looked \nat.  So  he  found  that,  as  he  looked  at  a  great  many  busy, \nthrifty  housewives,  he  saw  only  a  broom.  He  looked  at \na  business  man,  and  he  saw  nothing  but  a  leather-bound \nledger.  He  looked  at  a  doctor,  and  he  saw  only  a  scalpel \nor  a  saw  or  a  box  of  pills.  He  looked  at  a  lawyer,  and  he \nsaw  only  Blackstone.  So  I  think,  if  we  possessed  those \nspectacles  and  investigated  the  real  condition  of  our  neigh- \nbor's we  should  find  that  a  great  many  of  them  had  almost \nemptied  themselves  of  their  manhood,  and  had  become  only \na  piece  of  the  world^s  business.  A  man  who  is  content  to \nbe  that  is  more  to  be  pitied  than  the  most  restless  and  dis- \ncontented man  who  walks  the  earth.  When  a  man  is  in \nsuch  a  state  of  mind  as  that,  there  is  no  spur  to  drive  him  out \nof  it  into  himself.  Man  needs,  then,  to  cultivate  the  ideal \nside  of  his  business,  to  be  delivered  from  a  fate  like  this. \n\nThe  next  step.  I  said  that  the  man  who  is  contented  in \nthis  condition  of  things  is  in  the  worst  possible  state  of \nmind.  I  meet  a  great  many  people  who  have  become  dis- \ncontented in  it,  but  who  have  not  learned  the  way  to  cure \ntheir  discontent.  I  was  on  the  horse-car  the  other  day, \ngoing  down  town.  A  gentleman  got  into  the  car  who  has \nbeen  passing  through  what  one  would  call  rather  a  hard  ex- \nperience during  the  last  few  months.  I  think  his  business \nhas  not  been  altogether  prosperous,  there  has  been  illness \nin  his  family,  and  altogether  life  wore  to  him  rather  a  hard \nand  forbidding  aspect.  We  began  to  speak  of  this ;  and \nhe  said,  *'  I  believe  you  think  that  life  is  really  worth  living : \nyou  think  that  man  can  get  more  out  of  life  in  the  way  of \ngood  than  of  evil,  more  of  happiness  than  of  sorrow.''  He \ndid  not  say  that  he  held  the  contrary  opinion  in  so  many \nwords  ;  but  his  tone  of  voice  hinted  that  he  did.  Now,  here \nis  just  the  condition  of  things  that  I  have  in  mind.  A  great \nmany  men, —  I  do  not  say  that  he  is  one  of  them,  but  the \nconversation  suggested  this  question  to  me, —  a  great  many \n\n\nlO \n\nmen  have  waked  to  the  fact  that  property  and  such  things \nslip  out  of  their  hands,  and  that  life  after  the  bloom  is \nrubbed  off  is  a  commonplace  thing. \n\nA  man  has  to  do  the  same  things  over  and  over  again. \nHe  gets  up  in  the  morning,  and  takes  his  bath,  and  goes \nthrough  the  tiresome  process  of  dressing.  He  eats  his  break* \nfast,  very  much  the  same  breakfast  the  year  round.  He  goes \nout,  and  takes  the  car  down  to  his  office,  and  opens  his  mail, \n—  the  same  bills,  the  same  duns,  the  same  routine  of  business \nto  be  gone  through  ;  the  same  flour  or  hides  or  molasses  or \nwhatever  it  may  be  to  sell  to  somebody  for  the  sake  of  what \nlittle  he  may  make  on  it ;  the  same  daily  grind.  He  goes  to \nlunch,  meets  the  same  men,  talks  over  the  same  business  or \npolitical  subjects,  goes  home,  eats  his  dinner,  tries  to  amuse \nhimself  in  the  evening,  goes  to  bed.  And  day  after  day  it  is \nthe  same  everlasting,  wearisome  round.  I  have  told  you \nbefore  of  an  incident  that  seems  to  round  this  up.  A  man \nattempted  to  commit  suicide,  but  failed.  Some  days  after  a \nfriend  asked  him  why  he,  who  was  a  prosperous  man,  should \nhave  done  such  a  thing.  \"  Oh,**  he  said,  \"  I  got  so  tired  of \nbuttoning  and  unbuttoning.'*  He  was  tired  of  just  this \nwearisome  routine  of  life.  I  do  not  wonder.  Mr.  Emerson \nin  one  of  his  lectures,  I  think  in  the  one  on  Immortality, \nsaid  we  do  not  care  for  a  second  life,  in  order  to  enable  us \nto  finish  wearing  out  our  old  boots.  Life  must  mean  some- \nthing  more  than  that,  or  no  wonder  that  it  becomes  unutter- \nably wearisome. \n\nBut  note  this  principle.  The  necessary  actions  of  life, \neven  those  that  we  have  acquired,  after  a  time  ought  to  be- \ncome automatic.  A  man  ought  never  to  think  of  the  details \nof  the  business  that  have  become  necessary  to  the  routine. \nIf  he  is  able  to  dream  and  to  enter  into  the  ideal  side  of  his \nbusiness,  he  breathes  a  higher  air  than  this ;  and  he  *'  but- \ntons and  unbuttons,\"  and  goes  through  with  the  routine  of \nhis  daily  life  without  thinking  anything  about  it.  Lower \nthings  are  as  little  to  him  as  the  automatic  beating  of  his \nheart  or  the  digesting  of  his  breakfast.     This,  then,  is  the \n\n\nII \n\nreason  why  we  should  cultivate  the  ideal  side  of  business  life. \nThere  is  one  other  thought  which  means  much  to  me.  This \nis  the  age  of  realism, —  realism  in  art,  in  literature,  when  it  is \nconsidered  that  the  finest  thing  a  novelist  can  do  is  to  pict- \nure men  and  women  precisely  as  we  see  them  in  the  street, \nto  picture  their  sorrows  and  calamities  just  as  we  know  them \nby  being  their  neighbors.  I  must  confess,  for  my  own  part, \nI  am  no  lover  of  that  kind  of  realism.  I  do  not  like  to  read \na  book  that  purports  to  be  a  novel  which  is  a  story  of  just \nthe  same  kind  of  commonplace  suffering  or  tragedy  that  I \nhave  been  trying  to  comfort  or  soothe  in  the  case  of  my \nparishioners.  I  want  to  get  away  from  that  into  another \nkind  of  world.  It  seems  to  me  that  for  our  sanity,  for  our \nrecreation,  for  our  rest,  we  need  to  live,  a  part  of  our  time  at \nleast,  in  a  world  that  is  so  much  beyond  the  actual  as  we \nknow  it  that  we  speak  of  it  as  the  romance,  the  ideal,  the \ndream  world.  I  love  to  escape  from  facts,  and  create  for \nmyself,  for  a  little  while,  if  I  can,  the  world  I  would  like  to \nlive  in.  I  am  not  less  fitted  for  mv  facts,  when  I  come  back \nagain.  I  come  back  rested  from  breathing  that  higher  air, \nand  by  the  belief  that  a  better  world  is  possible ;  and  I  am \nin  better  condition  to  deal  with  the  actual  facts  of  the  pres- \nent, and  to  try  to  lift  it  up  to  the  ideal.  It  is  worth  while  to \ncultivate  that  side  of  life  merely  to  find  a  place  of  rest,  when \nweary. \n\nThere  is  another  aspect  of  this  business  life  of  ours,  one \nof  the  most  important  to  which  I  can  call  your  attention. \nThe  man  who  merely  goes  through  the  routine  of  business \nfor  the  sake  of  what  money  he  can  get  out  of  it  has  not \nrisen  into  that  world  of  thought  where  he  sees  the  world  re- \nlation of  things.  I  would  not  have  you  think  from  what  I \nhave  said  that  I  underestimate  the  dignity  and  the  grandeur \nof  business.  If  I  were  to  tell  you  how  I  do  estimate  it,  you \nwould  think  I  had  exaggerated.  The  world's  business  has \ndone  more  to  civilize  the  world  than  all  the  preachers  that \never  lived.  Go  back  to  barbaric  times,  and  you  find  people \nthinking  of  the  inhabitants  of  other  countries  as  all  barba- \n\n\n12 \n\nrians.  Some  of  them  were  fabled  to  carry  their  heads  under \ntheir  arms ;  some  had  but  one  eye,  and  that  was  in  the  cen- \ntre of  their  forehead ;  others  were  web-footed.  They  were \nmysterious:  they  had  other  gods,  other  religions,  other  in- \nterests, and  were  their  natural  enemies  and  aliens.  What  is \nit  that  has  helped  us  to  create  the  sense  of  brotherhood \nwhich  exists  in  the  world,  and  which  is  coming,  year  by  year, \nto  more  and  more?  It  is  the  world's  business  more  than \nthe  world's  preaching  that  has  brought  this  about.  Men \nhave  started  out  on  business  ventures,  and  have  visited  these \ncountries  and  established  commercial  relations  with  these \nother  people,  and  have  found  that  they  were  only  themselves \nunder  the  guise  of  another  nationality.  The  same  blood  flows \nin  their  veins,  the  same  heart  beats  in  their  breasts,  they  have \nthe  same  loves  and  hopes  and  aspirations. \n\nLet  me  give  you  one  illustration  of  this.  When  the  East \nIndia  Company  was  formed,  it  was  for  nothing  in  the  world \nbut  that  a  circle  of  Englishmen  might  be  enabled  to  make \nmoney  out  of  it.  It  was  a  purely  business  venture;  but \nthere  has  been  nothing  in  modem  times  that  has  contributed \nmore  to  the  world's  thought,  to  its  higher  culture,  to  civiliza- \ntion, to  religious  ideas.  For,  as  the  result  of  the  English \noccupation  of  India,  the  Rig- Veda  was  discovered,  the  old \nHindu  Bible,  perhaps  the  oldest  sacred  scripture  in  the \nworld,  with  the  exception  of  certain  writings  on  Egyptian \nmonuments.  What  did  it  do  for  scholarship?  The  best \nscholars  in  the  world  had  been  puzzling  their  brains  trying \nto  understand  the  Roman  and  Greek  mythologies.  The \nRig- Veda  is  a  key  to  them.  It  was  given  to  the  scholarship \nof  the  world  as  a  result  of  a  business  venture.  For  the  first \ntime  since  that  day  we  understand  the  deities  of  Olympus. \nWe  are  face  to  face  with  one  of  the  oldest  religions  in  the \nworld ;  and  in  the  hymns  of  the  Rig- Veda  we  have  discov- \nered a  religion  in  the  making,  the  origin  of  the  worship  of \nthose  gods,  the  relation  in  which  they  have  stood  to  man- \nkind. So,  as  the  immediate  result  of  that,  there  has  come \ninto  existence  the  science  of  comparative  religions,  the  sci- \n\n\n13 \n\nence  of  religious  criticism.  So  that  for  the  civilization  of \nthe  world,  for  its  scholarship,  for  its  religion,  for  all  those \nthings  that  contribute  to  lifting  up  and  helping  forward  man- \nkind, we  owe  more  to  the  business  enterprise  of  the  world \nthan  to  almost  any  other  thing  that  we  can  name. \n\nThe  man,  then,  who  cultivates  the  ideal  side  of  his  busi- \nness, who  climbs  up  out  of  the  rattle  and.  dreariness  of  the \nroutine  that  stands  in  his  way,  so  that  he  can  hear  the  finer \nvoices,  so  that  he  can  see  above  the  dust  the  universal  re- \nlations, learns  that  by  faithfully  carrying  on  his  business, \nhonestly,  truly,  earnestly,  he  is  working  for  the  civilization  of \nmankind.  He  is  a  part  of  this  great  relationship  that  has \ndeveloped  the  brotherhood  of  man,  that  is  crushing  out  slav- \neries and  cruelties  in  every  direction,  in  every  darkest  corner \nof  the  farthest  lands.  A  man  who  rises  high  enough, \neven  in  his  own  affairs,  can  see  that  by  just  being  faithful \nthere  he  is  playing  a  part  on  the  world-stage,  and  by  being \ntrue  to  himself  and  to  his  neighbor  he  is  helping  on  the  world. \n\nThere  is  another  thought  that  I  wish  to  speak  of,  mightier \nin  its  significance  than  all  the  rest.  My  subject  was  the \nIdeal  in  and  aver  the  Real.  I  have  dwelt  almost  exclu- \nsively on  the  ideal  in  the  real,  the  ideal  attached  to  the  sepa- \nrate occupations  of  men.  I  wish  now  to  lift  your  thoughts \nfor  a  moment  to  that  higher,  more  universal  thought  that \nspans  not  only  the  separate  businesses  of  men,  but  that  over- \narches all  the  dreams  of  the  world.  Rise  for  a  moment  to \nthe  conception  of  yourself  as  more  than  a  cog  in  the  wheel, \nas  more  than  a  contributor  in  this  way  to  modern  civiliza- \ntion. Rise  to  the  conception  of  yourselves  as  sons  of  God, \nas  being  linked  in  with  God's  lines  of  human  purposes,  in \nwhich  all  the  other  affairs  of  life  are  only  incidents.  As  you  ' \nstand  on  this  upper  height,  business  may  fail  or  go  awry, \nhealth  may  fail,  friends  may  fade  into  the  unseen,  old  age \nmay  come  upon  us  and  we  stand  facing  and  trying  to  peer \ninto  the  shadow ;  but,  if  we  are  sons  of  God,  we  are  leading \nlives  not  as  law^^ers,  not  as  bankers,  not  as  doctors,  not  as \nministers,  but  as  men.     All  these  things  may  crumble ;   but \n\n\n14 \n\nwe  have  grasped  the  hand  of  the  Eternal,  and  feel  sure  that \nthat  word  spoken  centuries  ago  is  true  yet, —  \"Because  I \nlive,  ye  shall  live  also.\" \n\nIf  a  man  can  only  dream  this  dream,  rise  to  this  magnifi- \ncent height  above  all  incidents,  accidents,  disasters,  turnings \nand  changes  of  the  world,  then  he  is  king, —  king  of  himself, \nking  of  his  conditions ;  and  he  may  smile  at  changes,  up- \nheavals, overturn ings.  He  is  a  man,  and  business  is  only  his \nminister.  The  occupations  he  is  engaged  in  are  simply  bring- \ning to  his  hand  means  for  leading  a  manly  life ;  and  these \nthings  are  worth  nothing  except  for  this.  They  can  all  be \nlost ;  but,  if  he  saves  this,  he  saves  himself  and  God  and \nheaven  and  all  things. \n\n\"We  shall  see  what  will  become  of  his  dreams.\"  If  a \nman  learns  how  to  dream  truly  and  nobly,  it  is  victory  now \nand  forevermore  that  shall  come  of  his  dreams. \n\nFather,  we  dream  of  Thee.  We  know  our  ideal  is  infinitely \nshort  of  the  reality ;  and  we  are  comforted  by  it,  because  we \nknow  that  we  can  grow  forever,  and  still  be  led  on  by  an \nideal  that  grows  fairer  and  fairer  forevermore.     Amen. \n\n\n(Jnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.   A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ,     .     .  20  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $1.^0 \n\n\"      Cloth,    \"    Copy,    ....  50  cents. \n\n\"       \"    Doi $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  g^ves  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  very  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaiction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use,  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \not  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inciuirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  whicn  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  gn^eat  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.'*  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  nave  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  tmth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \n•tndv  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsabject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  vabkXiX  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  m  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nQBO.  H.  ELLIS,  Publisher,  141  Franklin  St.,  Boston,  Matt. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  91.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  single  coi \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  JANUARY  29,  1892  No,  16 \n\nSERIES  ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\n\nYI.  VHAT  0D6HT  RELIGION  TO  DO \nFOR  OS  ? \n\n\nc \n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\nEnitrtd  at  the  Poat-ctHet,  BcsUmt  Mass.,  at  aee&nd<la$s  mail  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction.     lamo $i.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  i6mo.     Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed,     tamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.     i6roo.     Full  gilt.    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Qoud.     i6mo.     FuU  gilt i.as \n\nSodal  Problems.     lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Relinous  Life.    lamo i.oo \n\nBelief  in  God.    lamo 1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo         1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.          1.00 \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.     lamo . 1.00 \n\nThe  Morals  of  ETolution.     lamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.    lamo          1.00 \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.    lamo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,    lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     i6mo tjoo \n\nBluffton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.     lamo      ........  1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Daily  Living.    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times.    lamo 1.00 \n\nLife,    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Soam  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nOoth 1.00 \n\nLeather i.jo \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  copy ao  cents.    Perdos.,  1.50 \n\n••      Cloth,        •«          ....    30     •*               \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeUy  sermons  are  regulariv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  tor  the  season,  $1.50 ; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO.  H.  RLLiS,  PtMiskn', \n\ni4t  FroMklm  St,,  BtUm^  Mats, \n\n\nWHAT  OUGHT  RELIGION  TO  DO \n\nFOR  US?* \n\n\n\"They  that  wait  upon  the  Lord  shall  renew  their  strength  ;  they  shall \nmount  up  with  wings  as  eagles ;  they  shall  run,  and  not  be  weary ;  they \nshall  walk,  and  not  faint.\"  —  Isaiah  xl.  31. \n\nWhat  does  religion  do  for  us?  It  hurts  us,  it  does  noth- \ning for  us,  it  does  a  great  deal  for  us,  it  does  everything  for \nus,  according  to  circumstances.  I  know  people  who  have \nwhat  they  call  religion  who  would  be  infinitely  better  off \nwithout  it.  I  have  a  case  in  my  mind  now  of  a  family  where \nthey  go  through  a  form  of  religion  in  their  family  life.  They \nhave  family  prayers,  and  a  portion  of  what  they  call  the \n\"  Word  of  God  \"  is  read  every  day ;  and  yet,  frequently,  this \nvery  service  is  gone  through  with  while  the  lips  are  com- \npressed, and  there  is  bitter  feeling  in  the  heart,  and  the \nwhole  of  it  is  framed  all  round  with  querulousness  and  com- \nplaint, with  anything  but  the  lovely  spirit  that  we  call  either \nhuman  or  divine.  People  who  have  that  kind  of  religion \nhad  much  better  get  rid  of  it  as  soon  as  possible.  I \nknow  a  case  where  the  training  of  the  children  has  been \nsuch  that  the  religion  they  have  seen  and  come  in  contact \nwith  has  been  the  bane  of  their  lives.  The  kind  of  religion \nthey  had  as  children  has  been  such  as  to  lead  them  to  have \nas  little  to  do  with  religion  since  as  possible,  and  rightly,  so \nfar  as  that  type  of  religion  is  concerned.  I  have  known \nchildren  where  the  chief  thing  that  religion  meant  to  them \nwas  something  hard,  something  formal,  something  disagree- \nable.    God  was  represented  to  them  in  such  a  way  that  they \n\n*  Phooographicdly  reported. \n\n\nhated  him.  They  were  made  to  feel  that  he  was  watching \nthem  all  the  time,  not  as  a  loving  mother  watches  over  her \nchild,  but  to  see  if  he  could  find  some  fault  with  them. \nThey  were  forced,  whether  they  liked  it  or  not,  to  go  to  the \nprayer-meetings  to  go  through  with  this  or  that  religious \nroutine;  and  the  result  of  it  has  been  disastrous  in  their \nlives  ever  since.  There  has  been  printed  on  their  minds \nsuch  an  ideal  of  religion  as  has  taken  them  years  to  escape \nfrom  and  to  outgrow.  1  know  people  who  have  a  very  hard \nand  fast  belief  which  they  think  correctly  represents  the \ncounsel  of  God,  his  plan  of  operations  in  dealing  with  the \nworld,  and  they  hold  that  fast  as  the  chief  thing  about  relig- \nion, but  who  are  not  kindly,  not  gentle,  not  lovable,  not \nhonest,  not  true,  in  their  relations  to  their  fellow-men.  Re- \nligion, then,  is  not  always  a  good  thing.  It  is  sometimes  an \nunfortunate  thing:  it  depends  on  what  kind  of  a  religion  you \nhave. \n\nIf  you  go  back  to  the  beginning  of  the  world's  religious \nexperiences,  you  find  that  the  emphasis  at  that  time  was  laid \nalmost  exclusively  on  the  ceremonial.  Religion  was  a  cult. \nIt  made  no  special  difference  what  you  believed.  It  made \nno  special  difference  as  to  what  the  attitude  of  your  heart \nmight  be,  as  to  what  you  loved,  as  to  whether  you  were \ntender  and  true.  The  principal  thing  was  that  you  went \nthrough  the  requirements  of  the  religious  ceremonial  prop- \nerly. \n\nThe  next  great  step  in  the  world's  development  of  religion \nwas  to  bring  belief  to  the  front.  The  most  important  thing \nwas  as  to  the  theory  of  God,  of  man,  of  the  world,  that \npeople  held.  The  ceremonial  still  continued ;  but  it  fell  into \nabeyance,  it  was  not  so  important.  For  ages  the  principal \nthing  in  religion  has  been  the  intellectual  belief  of  men.  But \na  man  can  hold  correct  iniellectual  beliefs  and  still  be  bitter, \nstill  be  hard,  still  be  cruel,  still  be  uncomfortable  to  live \nwith,  still  be  an  unsafe  person  with  whom  to  do  business. \n\nThe  principal  thing  in  religion,  as  the  world  gets  civilized, \nis  coming  to  be  more  and  more  the  spiritual  attitude,  the \n\n\nlove  of  the  heart,  the  divineness,  or  the  perfect  humanity  — \nthey  mean  the  same  thing  —  of  the  character  that  is  devel- \noped. The  principal  thing  is  coming  to  be  goodness,  tender- \nness, love,  service,  helpfulness,  towards  our  fellow-men. \n\nReligion  may  express  itself  still  in  outward  ceremonial :  it \nnaturally  will.  It  must  clothe  itself  in  some  way.  Correct \nbelief  will  not  cease  to  be  any  less  important.  I  believe  it \nwill  be  more  and  more  important  as  the  world  goes  on,  be- \ncause, if  a  man  is  working  on  a  wrong  theory,  his  time  is \nbeing  thrown  away.  He  will  not  accomplish  so  much.  He \nmay  mean  just  as  well,  may  be  just  as  true,  as  tender-hearted, \njust  as  loving,  just  as  desirous  of  serving  the  world ;  but,  if \nhe  is  working  on  a  wrong  theory,  he  does  not  accomplish  so \nmuch  for  the  world.  So  the  creed  will  not  cease  to  be  im- \nportant: only  it  will  be  seen  that  the  ceremonial  and  the \ncreed  are  of  value  only  for  the  sake  of  the  character  that \nthey  can  develop,  only  because  they  may  bring  us  near  to \nGod,  near  to  each  other,  make  us  divine,  make  us  human. \n\nNow  do  you  not  see  how  form,  how  ceremonial,  how  some \nparticular  creed,  comes  to  be  regarded  as  all-important  in \nreligion  ?  People  sanctify  it,  consecrate  it,  look  upon  it  as \nsomething  that  must  not  be  touched,  that  must  not  change. \nBut  the  world  grows  and  goes  on,  and  leaves  this^or  that \nparticular  service  behind.  They  do  not  touch  the  real  prac- \ntical world  of  to-day ;  yet  they  are  looked  upon  still  as  the \ndistinctively  religious  part  of  life.  So,  as  the  world  goes  on, \nmen  can  actually  become  immoral  while  still  very  religious. \n\nTake,  as  an  illustration  of  what  I  mean,  one  right  here  in \nthe  modern  world  of  Boston.  When  Theodore  Parker  first \nbegan  to  preach,  he  was  looked  upon  as  an  outcast,  as  an \nenemy  of  whatever  was  religious,  whatever  was  sacred,  what- \never was  divine.  Why  ?  As  a  matter  of  fact,  there  never \nwas  a  more  thoroughly  God-intoxicated  soul  in  human  his- \ntory than  Theodore  Parker.  There  never  was  a  man  who \nbelieved  more  in  God.  There  never  was  a  man  more  thor- \noughly consecrated  to  truth.  There  never  was  a  man  more \nanxious  to  help  his  fellow-men.     Why,  then,  was  he  looked \n\n\nupon  this  way  ?  For  the  simple  reason  that  in  the  popular \nmind  certain  theories  which  have  been  proved  to  be  untrue, \nand  certain  ceremonials  which  were  of  no  practical  conse- \nquence, had  come  to  stand  for  religion.  And  just  because  he \nwished  to  serve  the  living  world,  because  he  wished  to  break \nevery  yoke,  lift  off  the  heavy  burden,  and  let  the  oppressed \nmentally,  morally,  spiritually,  and  physically  go  free,  just \nbecause  he  consecrated  himself  to  this,  he  became,  according \nto  the  popular  acceptation  of  the  world,  irreligious ;  for  relig- \nion still  remained  something  that  the  real  life  of  the  time \nhad  left  behind.  The  people,  then,  opposing  the  great  re- \nforms that  Parker  stood  for,  and  standing  as  they  thought \nfor  true  religion,  for  God,  became  practically  immoral. \nThey  defended  slavery,  they  defended  every  kind  of  oppres- \nsion and  injustice,  because  they  thought  they  were  linked \ninextricably  with  the  religious  life  of  the  world. \n\nYou  see,  then,  how  naturally  it  comes  about  that  an  anti- \nquated theory  comes  to  be  held, —  a  method,  an  idea,  that \npeople  learn  to  reverence,  so  that  they  dare  not  change  it \nand  bring  it  into  vital  relation  with  the  living  life  of  the  liv- \ning world.  This  stands  in  the  way  of  helping  humanity ;  and \nso-called  religion  becomes  an  evil,  something  to  be  shaken \noff,  outgrown,  left  behind. \n\nWe  are  now  ready  to  ask  ourselves  as  to  what  religion \nreally  is,  what  it  is  to  be  really  religious.  Then  we  shall \nfind  what  it  can  do  for  us.  In  those  far-off  times  the  people \nhad  the  very  best  thoughts  about  God  and  this  world  that \nthey  were  capable  of  attaining ;  and  they  lived  them  out  the \nbest  they  knew  how.  In  other  words,  they  came  into  rela- \ntion with  God  as  closely  as  their  knowledge  and  their  nat- \nures would  permit.  Religion  was  vital  then.  The  only \ntrouble  is  that  people  hold  these  theories  of  infallibility,  of \nunchangingness,  in  such  a  way  that,  though  they  believe \nGod  spoke  once  to  the  world,  they  do  not  think  he  speaks \nto-day ;  and,  instead  of  listening  for  his  living  voice,  they  de- \nvote themselves  to  trying  to  interpret  the  echoes  of  what \nsomebody  represents  that  he  said  two  or  four  thousand  years \n\n\nago.  Religion  to-day  is  precisely  this, —  coming  into  close, \nliving  relation  with  God.  It  is  having  clear  thoughts  about \nhis  laws,  about  his  methods,  about  the  tendency  or  drift  of \nhuman  life  on  and  up  the  ages.  It  is  thinking  on  these  sub- \njects just  as  clearly  as  we  can,  getting  the  noblest  concep- \ntion of  God  that  we  can,,  and  then  living  accordingly.  It  is \nlinking  our  lives  with  God,  coming  into  close,  personal,  exper- \nimental relations  with  him,  according  to  the  best  life  of  our \ntime.  That  is  what  religion  is, —  waiting  on  the  Lord,  listen- \ning for  his  living  voice,  trying  to  discern  the  faintest  intima- \ntion of  his  presence,  and  following  him,  studying  his  laws  in \nthe  stars  overhead,  in  the  dust  under  our  feet,  in  the  growth \nof  nations,  the  development  of  industries,  the  progress  of \ngovernment,  of  art,  of  science,  and  the  living  life  of  individ- \nual man.  It  is  finding  out  the  divine  laws  of  life  and  growth \ntowards  the  better.     This  is  religion,  practical  religion. \n\nWhat  ought  such  a  religion  as  this  to  do  for  us  ?  It  ought \nto  do  everything  for  us, —  make  us  kings  of  ourselves,  kings \nof  our  condition,  kings  of  the  world,  kings  and  conquerors  in \nthe  face  of  death  itself. \n\nLet  me  indicate  in  detail  a  few  of  the  things  which  relig- \nion ought  to  give  us. \n\nReligion  gives  us  the  very  most  important  thing  that  any \nman,  woman,  or  child  can  ever  come  into  possession  of, —  a \npractical  working  theory  of  life.  That  is  the  first  and  most \nimportant  thing  that  any  intelligent  being  needs ;  and  a  living \nreligion  gives  us  that.  What  am  I  here  for }  What  is  the \nbest  thing  I  can  do  ?  By  what  standard  shall  I  measure  the \nsuccess  or  failure  of  life?  When  shall  I  conceive  I  have \nsucceeded  in  attaining  that  which  is  most  important  to  me  ? \nThat  is,  what  is  the  working  theory  of  life?  A  man  suc- \nceeds in  business.  Yes;  byt  is  that  what  he  lives  for?  A \nman  fails  in  business.  Yes ;  but  has  he  failed  in  life  ?  A \nman  wishes  to  be  a  physician,  to  heal  the  diseases  of  his \nfellow-men.  Yes ;  but  is  that  really  what  he  lives  for  ?  Is \nthere  nothing  above  that,  nothing  that  transcends  it?  A \nwoman   wishes  to-be  a  true  wife  and  mother,  to  make  a \n\n\n8 \n\nhappy  home.  Yes ;  but  is  that  the  last,  the  deepest  thing \nin  the  analysis  of  life  ?  What  are  we  here  for?  This  is  the \nthing  we  need  to  find  out;  and  then  our  feet  are  planted \nstrong  on  something  that  stands,  that  is  solid,  that  does  not \nshift,  that  does  not  give  way.  Then  we  can  defy  fate. \nThen  we  can  live  out  this  life,  undisturbed,  unfaltering,  with- \nout losing  heart,  without  losing  courage.  A  man  is  at  sea \non  a  big  steamer.  He  cannot  see  the  shore  on  either  side. \nStorms  come  up,  he  is  blown  out  of  his  course :  the  whole \nworld  to  him,  which  is  the  whole  universe  when  he  is  enclosed \nin  a  fog  that  shuts  out  the  stars,  is  only  this  wild,  restless  sea \nof  water.  How  shall  he  know  which  way  he  is  going?  If \nhe  could  see  the  stars,  he  might  fasten  his  eye  on  one  of  them \nand  follow  it.  But  he  is  not  discouraged  or  troubled  so  long \nas  he  has  his  compass.  The  compass  does  not  help  to  bring \nhim  to  his  port,  the  compass  does  not  tell  him  precisely \nwhere  he  is ;  but  the  compass  points  always  to  the  practically \ntrue  north.  It  gives  him  a  changeless  point  of  departure. \nIt  gives  him  a  sense  of  stability,  of  something  that  does  not \ncome  or  go,  that  does  not  slip  out  of  his  hands,  that  does  not \ndisappoint  him.  There  is  one  thing  steady  and  true  in  all \nthe  turmoil  and  change.  Now,  if  a  man  has  made  up  his \nmind  as  a  working  theory  of  life  that  the  thing  for  him  to  do \nis  to  find  out  as  well  as  he  can  the  laws  of  God  in  the  uni- \nverse, in  society,  in  the  individual,  and  obey  them,  that  the \none  thing  above  any  success  or  failure,  anything  that  comes \nor  goes,  is  to  be  true  to  the  purpose  of  linking  life  in  with \nthe  divine  trend  of  things  and  helping  it  on,  then  there  is \none  thing,  like  the  ship's  compass,  that  is  steady.  That \ngives  him  a  point  of  departure.  It  does  not  tell  him  always \nwhere  he  is,  it  does  not  practically  settle  for  him  all  his \nproblems ;  but  it  gives  him  a  stable  point  of  departure,  and \nthat  is  the  principal  thing.  Do  you  know  a  thousand  of \nthose  questions  and  doubts  and  uncertainties  that  we  meet \nin  the  modern  world  are  of  no  practical  consequence  to  you  ? \nI  came  across  a  young  man  the  other  day  who  was  all \nadrift  and  afloat  because  they  were  disputing  whether  Moses \n\n\nwrote  the  Pentateuch.  It  seemed  to  him  —  such  had  been \nhis  religious  training  —  that  he  must  wait  until  the  matter \nwas  settled.  What  diflFerence  does  it  make  who  wrote  the \nPentateuch?  We  can  let  the  critics  fight  over  that,  and, \nwhen  they  get  the  matter  settled,  we  will  be  interested  in  it \nas  a  matter  of  literary  curiosity ;  but  it  is  of  no  practical  mo- \nment whatever.  So  I  know  people  who  are  troubled  in  their \nminds,  as  if  religion  itself  were  at  stake,  because  the  author- \nship of  the  Gospel  of  John  is  unsettled, —  that  it  is  not  known \nwhat  a  man  who  lived  eighteen  hundred  years  ago  thought \nabout  the  inner  presence  and  nature  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth. \nBut  think  a  moment.  Suppose  Jesus  was  a  divine  incarna- \ntion. All  that  divinity  can  show  in  a  man  is  an  ideal  man- \nhood. So  there  is  no  possible  practical  way  of  telling  the \ndifference  between  an  ideal  man  and  a  divine  man.  Let  the \ncritics  discuss,  then,  and  settle  these  questions.  You  and  I \nwill  listen  to  the  voice  of  the  living  God,  and  find  the  loving \nservice  of  our  fellow-men,  and  consecrate  ourselves  to  that. \nWhen  all  these  questions  are  settled,  there  is  nothing  better \nthan  that  that  any  man  can  do.  Religion,  then,  gives  us \na  practical  working  theory  of  life,  a  place  to  stand,  a  point \nof  departure,  a  sense  of  something  more  solid  than  granite, \nmore  solid  than  the  material  universe. \n\nThere  is  another  thing  that  religion  can  do  for  us.  It  can \nsave  us  in  prosperity.  We  pity  the  poor.  We  pity  those  who \nare  struggling.  We  pity  those  who  are  facing  the  practical \ndifficulties  of  the  world,  who  are  not  able  to  attain  all  which \nthey  desire.  But  do  you  know  that  there  is  something \ndeeper  in  us?  If  we  are  children  of  God,  and  if  the \ngrandest  thing  we  can  get  out  of  life  is  the  cultivation  of  this \ndivine  thing  in  us  into  the  likeness  of  God,  then  the  rich,  the \nvery  rich,  are  specially  to  be  pitied,  and  specially  in  need  of \nthis  religion  that  I  am  speaking  of,  as  a  help,  as  a  deliver- \nance, from  the  dangers  that  are  round  them  on  every  hand. \n\nLet  me  indicate  one  or  two  of  these  dangers.  One  of  the \ngreat  dangers  of  the  rich  is  that  they  get  out  of  sympathy \nwith  their  fellows,  out  of  touch  with  them ;  that  they  come  to \n\n\nlO \n\nregard  themselves  as  made  of  a  finer  clay  than  common \nhumanity ;  that  they  cease  to  feel  the  reality  of  their  depend- \nence upon  the  great  struggling  world ;  that  they  become \nselfish  and  isolated. \n\nThen  there  is  another  danger,  that  they  become  contented \nwith  that  which  is  infinitely  less  than  what  they  are  capable \nof.  People  have  not  changed  so  much  but  that  what  Jesus \nuttered  is  still  true.  He  represented  the  rich  man  who  had \nwonderful  crops  saying  to  himself :  I  have  plenty  laid  up  for \na  good  many  years.  Now  I  am  going  to  eat,  drink,  and  be \nmerry.  I  am  going  to  have  a  good  time.  I  am  going  to  lead  a \nself-indulgent,  self*satisfactory  kind  of  life.  If  a  man,  not  has \na  soul,  but  is  a  soul,  and  if,  when  he  gets  through  here,  he  is \nto  enter  into  conditions  of  life  where  his  fine  clothes,'  his \nhouse,  or  the  things  he  ate  or  drank  are  of  no  significance, \nthen  those  circumstances  which  lead  him  to  be  contented  with \nthose  things  is  the  greatest  of  misfortunes.  I  do  not  say  that \nall  the  rich  are  contented  with  these  things.  I  only  say  that \nthere  is  a  real  danger  here,  and  that  the  rich,  the  prosperous, \nthe  people  on  whom  the  sun  shines  all  the  year  round,  need \nthis  religious  ideal  that  I  am  speaking  of  more,  if  possible, \nthan  do  even  the  poor.  For  the  poor,  not  content  with  the \nthings  of  this  life,  are  a  good  deal  more  likely  to  wake  up  to \na  conception  of  there  being  something  else.  Man,  then,  no \nmatter  how  prosperous  he  may  be,  no  matter  how  clearly \nthe  sun  may  shine  in  his  sky,  needs  this  which  religion  can \ngive  him,  to  make  him  know  that  in  the  midst  of  this  life  ex- \nperience, whatever  it  may  be,  he  is  something  more  and  of \nmore  importance  than  all  these  external  conditions. \n\nThen  religion,  if  it  be  a  true  religion,  is  a  refuge  in  the \nstorm.  And,  friends,  the  storm  always  comes  in  some  shape, \nin  some  form.  It  has  come  to  most  of  us  already.  If  not, \nit  will  come.  There  is  no  living  out  this  human  life  of  ours \nwithout  passing  under  the  cloud,  without  getting  into  diffi- \nculty and  trouble,  without  loss,  without  experiences  that \nmake  us  feel  heart-sick  and  weary,  that  seem  to  take  the \nmeaning  out  of   life,  and  that  make  us  feel  that  we  need \n\n\nII \n\nsomething  to  hold  that  is  real.  For,  if  a  man  has  nothing \nbut  money,  and  that  goes,  he  feels  as  though  the  universe  had \ncrumbled.  If  health  fails  him  and  activity  is  possible  to  him \nno  more,  and  he  has  no  resources  beyond  those  that  health \nand  the  common  activities  of  life  give  him,  it  seems  as  though \nlife  had  lost  all  its  meaning.  If  we  lose  friends,  and  we  feel \nthat  they  are  really  lost;  if  we  have  learned  to  centre  our \nlives  on  these  affections  that  bind  us  so  tenderly  to  those  we \nlove, —  then  it  seems  as  though  the  universe  had  failed  us.  It \nbecomes,  then,  a  practical  question  whether  there  is  nothing \nin  this  religion,  this  felt  relationship  with  God,  this  linking \nour  lives  in  with  his  purposes,  this  taking  meaning  and \nstrength  from  the  thought  that  he  is  behind  us, —  whether \nthere  is  not  something  here  that  can  help  us  when  every- \nthing else  is  gone.  Religion,  if  it  means  anything,  ought  to \nhelp  us  when  our  ideals  crumble  all  about  our  feet.  We \nstart  out  in  life  with  such  beautiful  theories  as  to  what  we \nwill  do,  not  only  with  ourselves,  but  with  those  that  are \nlinked  closely  to  us ;  and  we  find  them  shattered  and  broken \nas  easily  as  the  soap  bubbles  with  which  we  played  in  our \nchildhood. \n\nBut  there  is  something  of  more  importance  than  the  pres- \nent breaking  of  an  ideal.  It  is.  Can  we  be  true,  true  in  the \nmidst  of  the  wreck  of  them,  true  in  the  belief  that  they  stood \nfor  something  real,  that  they  shall  be  realized  somewhen, \nsomewhere  ? \n\nSuppose  the  darkness  closes  us  round,  and  that  we  cannot \ntake  a  single  step,  cannot  even  see  the  next  step  ahead  of \nus.  No  one  has  asked  us  to  take  the  next  step  until  we  can \nsee  it.  What  does  God  ask  of  us }  What  does  the  universe \nask,  as  it  challenges  the  manhood  or  the  womanhood  in \nus  ?  It  asks  us  to  stand  firm,  patient,  faithful,  trusting,  ready \nto  take  a  step  if  there  is  any  opportunity.  That  is  all  it  asks \nof  us. \n\nAn  anecdote  of  the  Duke  of  Wellington  illustrates  what  I \nmean ;  and  it  is  just  as  applicable  in  our  form  of  religion \nas  it  was  to  the  gentleman  to  whom  the  remarks  were  ad- \ndressed. \n\n\n12 \n\nA  young  man  had  been  sent  to  some  foreign  field  as  a \nmissionary.  He  got  discouraged,  and  came  back.  He  hap- \npened to  be  a  friend  or  an  acquaintance  of  the  old  Duke \nof  Wellington,  who  asked  him,  \"What  did  you  come  back \nfor ? \"  \"I  got  discouraged,\"  was  the  answer.  \" I  did  not \nseem  to  accomplish  anything.\"  \"  Do  you  believe  in  God  ? \nDo  you  believe  that,  when  he  puts  you  anywhere,  he  has \nsome  purpose  in  it?\"  asked  the  duke.  **Yes,\"  said  the \nyoung  man.  \"  Suppose  you  were  an  officer  under  my  com- \nmand, and  I  placed  you  at  a  certain  post,  and  told  you  to \nstay  there  until  you  were  relieved,  what  would  you  do  ? \"  \"  I \nwould  stay,\"  said  the  young  man.  \"  Then  in  this  great  life \nbattle,  if  you  find  yourself  in  a  post  that  you  believe  has \nbeen  assigned  to  you  as  a  matter  of  duty,  you  are  not  re- \nsponsible for  the  resuk,  the  outcome.  You  are  to  stand  at \nyour  post,  and  be  true  to  yourself  and  to  your  commander, \ntrue  to  your  ideal.  You  are  to  stand,  and  only  take  a  step  as \nthe  opportunity  comes  to  you.\" \n\nThat  is  what  religion  can  help  us  to  do  in  the  perplexities, \nin  the  darkness,  in  the  evils,  of  life.  If  we  really  believe  in \nGod,  in  truth,  in  duty,  it  is  no  matter  what  comes  to  us,  no \nmatter  how  hidden  our  path,  no  matter  how  our  way  may \nseem  blocked,  we  can  do  the  very  highest  thing  that  any \nintelligence  is  capable  of  doing :  we  can  be  true  to  ourselves, \ntrue  to  our  condition,  true  to  our  circumstances;  and  the \nhighest  angel  that  ever  was  created  cannot  do  a  better  thing \nthan  that.  This  religion,  then,  can  help  us  in  the  midst  of \nour  burdens  and  difficulties  and  evils  of  life. \n\nThere  is  one  thing  more  that  religion  can  do  for  us.  It \ncan  give  us  conquest  over  old  age,  and  over  death  itself. \nOne  of  the  gravest  dangers  that  we  meet,  as  we  grow  old,  is \nthat  we  get  to  doubting,  questioning ;  that  life  seems  to  lose \nits  sweetness  and  meaning  to  us.  We  get  querulous,  com- \nplaining, self-conscious.  We  inflict  our  infirmities  on  other \npeople.  We  grow  less  lovable,  less  companionable,  than  we \nused  to  be.  But,  if  we  believe  that  there  is  that  in  us  which \nis  of  more  importance  than  the  house  we  live  in,  then,  when \n\n\n.  '3 \n\nthe  house  begins  to  crumble  and  decay,  we  shall  show  the \nsuperiority  of  ourselves  to  the  house.  We  can  learn  to  be \nsweet,  true,  self-forgetting,  noble,  as  the  eyes  grow  dim  and \nthe  ears  harder  of  hearing,  and  increasing  infirmity  tells  us \nthat  we  are  getting  towards  sunset.  We  can  stand  strong  in \nthis  conviction  of  there  being  something  eternal  and  change- \nless in  us,  something  superior  to  all  these  conditions.  We \ncan  show  the  divinity  that  transcends  all  these  common  sur- \nroundings of  the  common  life. \n\nThen,  when  we  come  to  face  death  itself,  the  death  of  our- \nself  or  our  friends.  I  think  sometimes  it  is  harder  to  see \na  friend  die  than  it  would  be  to  know  that  it  was  one's  self \nthat  was  going.  There  are  friends  that  may  mean  more  to \nus  than  the  little  remainder  of  life  that  is  left  for  us.  And \nif  we  have  this  religion  of  which  I  have  been  speaking,  if  we \nhave  become  conscious  of  the  presence  and  the  life  of  God, \nif  our  souls  are  linked  with  his  life,  then  do  we  not  gain  the \nconviction  that  love,  which  is  the  essence  of  God,  and  the \nlove  which  binds  us  to  our  friends,  are  equally  divine  and \neternal,  so  that  no  real  friend,  no  real  part  of  our  souls,  can \nbe  lost  ? \n\nYou  remember  that  poem  of  Browning's,  \"  Evelyn  Hope,\" \nin  which  he  raises  the  question  whether  she  is  lost  merely \nbecause  she  has  died ;  and  he  exclaims, — \n\n•*  No,  indeed  I  for  God  above \n\nIs  great  to  grant,  as  mighty  to  make, \nAnd  creates  the  love  to  reward  the  love, — \nI  claim  you  still,  for  my  own  love's  sake !  \" \n\nI  do  not  believe  that  anything  that  is  really  a  part  of  our \nsouls  can  ever  be  lost. \n\nAnd,  then,  so  far  as  our  own  going  is  concerned.  We  can- \nnot always  live  here  on  this  planet.  If  we  open  our  eyes  to \nlook  at  the  facts  of  the  case  and  the  conditions,  we  should \nsay  squarely  that  we  should  not  wish  to.  Dying  is  a  neces- \nsary incident  of  our  getting  on.  It  is  the  next  step  upwards, \nnot  something  that  happened  because  God  got  angry  just \n\n\nafter  the  world  was  created.  It  is  a  part  of  God's  eternal \nplan,  born  of  his  love  for  his  children,  not  his  hate.  It  is \nsimply  being  bom  once  more  when  we  have  got  through  here, \n—  that  is  all. \n\nAnd,  when  this  comes  to  us,  we  shall  feel  as  did  Sir  Hum- \nphrey Gilbert  when,  on  that  famous  voyage,  they  came  to  him \nand  told  him  that  the  ship  must  go  down;  and  he  said, \n\"  Well,  it  is  as  near  to  heaven  by  water  as  by  land.\"  We \nshall  feel  the  meaning  of  that  magnificent  line  of  one  of  our \nown  poets, — \n\n\"  If  my  bark  sink,  *tis  to  another  sea.\" \n\nDeath  is  but  an  incident  in  life.  It  is  a  necessary  step : \nit  is  the  unclothing  merely  that  we  may  be  clothed  upon \nwith  that  house  which  is  from  heaven.  This  I  believe. \nThis  is  a  part  of  this  religion  that  links  our  lives  in  with \nGod,  and  makes  us  a  part  of  his  eternal  purposes  and  will, \nmakes  us  a  part  of  his  final  triumph. \n\nWhat,  then,  may  religion  do  for  us  ?  If  it  be  fairly  correct \nin  theory,  true  in  purpose,  lofty  in  love,  humble  in  service, \nif  it  be  what  it  ought  to  be,  it  will  be  that  power  in  us  which \nshall  help  us  to  **  mount  with  wings  as  eagles,  to  run  and  not \nbe  weary,  to  walk  and  not  faint.\" \n\nFather,  let  us  give  our  lives  to  Thee,  because  by  finding \nThy  laws  and  obeying  them  we  find  all  things, — life,  sanity, \nknowledge,  love  of  beauty,  of  truth,  right  thoughts,  right \nfeelings,  right  actions,  prosperity  and  peace,  that  which  is \nhighest  in  us  here  and  forevermore.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.   A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .    ...  20  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $1.^0 \n\nCloth,    \"    Copy,^  .    .     .    .  )0  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  it  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  very  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  deuil,  explanation,  and  unfoldine.  rhe \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  tne  criti- \ncal judgements  are  based  on  modem  scholarsliip,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  iD<iuirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntite.  I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \n•chools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAXTTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  nave  not  been  such  as  to \nmaJce  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  \\m  bewildering  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudy  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  handl,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \ntnbject \n\nThe  Kst  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthoae  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  in  the  matter  of  interpreution. \n\nQBO.  H.  BLLIS,  Publlaher,  141  Franklin  St,  Beaton,  Maaa. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.50  a  year,  or  6  cents  slngrle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  FEBRUARY  5,  1892  No.  17 \n\nDr.  ABBOTT \nAND  CHRISTIAN  EVOLUTION \n\n\nI.  THE  IRRESISTIBLE  CONFLICT  BETWEEN \nTWO  WORLD-THEORIES \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141  FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nEntered  at  the  PoU'Ofice  Bo$tifn,  Mau.,  at  tecond<lau  tnatl  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's   Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction,     iimo $1.00 \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  i6inro.     Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed.     lamo t.oo \n\nPoems.     i6mo.    Full  gilt    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Cloud.    i6mo.    Full  gilt i.as \n\nSocial  Problems.^    ismo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religiotta  Life.     lamo .  i.oo \n\nBelief  in  God.    lamo                     1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.    lamo         1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.          i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution.    lamo x.oo \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,     ismo i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.     lamo t.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  ETolntion.     lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     i6au> i  .00 \n\nBluffton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.    ismo i.jo \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living,     lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Signs  of  the  Times,     lamo i.oo \n\nLife.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Mmisier's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 7S \n\nSacred  Sonn  for  Public  Worahip.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth t.oo \n\nLeather i.So \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.    With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy,   ....     ao  cents.     Perdos.,  i.jo \n\n•*      Cloth,        ••          ....    30     \"               \"  a.so \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weekly  sermons  are  regularlv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  '*  Unity  Pulpit.''  Subscription  price,  lor  the  season,  $1.50; \nsingle  copies,  5  oenu. \n\nGRO.  H.  BLLIS,  PtMisA^r, \n\n141  Frattklm  St.,  B0tton,  Mut, \n\n\nThe  Irresistible  Conflict  between  Two  World- \nTheories.* \n\n\nThose  who  know  me  and  ray  methods  of  work  will  under- \nstand without  my  saying  it  that  it  is  not  my  purpose  to \nattack  or  antagonize  Dr.  Lyman  Abbott  or  any  man.  For \nDr.  Abbott  I  have  only  the  profoundest  respect  and  the \nhighest  esteem.  He  is  a  personal  acquaintance  and  per- \nhaps I  may  have  a  right  to  say  a  personal  friend ;  and  be- \ntween us  there  is  only  the  most  cordial  sympathy.  I  rejoice \nin  the  work  he  has  been  doing.  I  have  no  fault  to  find  with \nthat  work,  so  far  as  it  has  gone.  It  will  be  understood,  also, \nthat  I  am  not  here  to  antagonize  religion  or  the  Bible  or  the \nChurch  or  Jesus,  or  any  of  the  reverences  or  sanctities  of \nthe  human  heart  or  any  of  the  grand  hopes  for  the  future. \nMy  only  purpose  is  this.  Since  public  attention  in  an  extraor- \ndinary degree  has  been  roused  on  this  subject  of  evolution \nand  its  relation  to  religious  and  theological  thought,  I  wish \nto  take  occasion  of  this  present  condition  of  affairs  to  do \nwhat  I  can  to  help  on  a  little  clearer  thinking,  and  to  lift  the \neyes  of  men,  so  that  they  may  catch  clearer  glimpses  of  the \ndawn  of  God's  new  day. \n\nIt  does  seem  to  me,  I  confess,  a  little  amusing  at  times  to \nsee  how  excitod  the  religious  world  can  get  over  that  which \non  the  part  of  all  competent  investigators  and  thinkers  has \nbeen  regarded  and  demonstrated  as  commonplace  truth  for \nyears.  Dr.  Abbott  has  uttered  nothing  new,  nothing  that  all \nfree  investigators  have  not  known  as  true  for  many  years. \n\n*  PhonographicaUy  reported. \n\n\nThe  one  peculiar  thing  about  it,  however,  and  that  which  has \nexcited  the  public  attention,  is  the  fact  that  these  truths \nshould  be  spoken  in  such  a  quarter,  that  evolution  should \nbe  frankly  recognized  to  such  an  extent  on  the  part  of  a  man \nwho  still  occupies  one  of  the  foremost  orthodox  pulpits  in \nAmerica.  This  is  the  strange  thing,  and  the  only  strange \nthing. \n\nAnd  yet  there  is  a  ground  for  the  sensation  that  these \nlectures  have  created,  because,  although  all  earnest  and \ncompetent  men  have  understood  for  many  years  that  these \nthings  are  true,  the  Church  has  always  held  that  the  truth \nhas  been,  once  for  all,  infallibly  revealed,  and  that  therefore \nno  new  and  startling  unfolding  of  this  sort  was  to  be  ex- \npected. It  is  not  strange,  then,  that  church  members  should \nbe  startled  when  they  find  these  truths  preached,  not  by \nthose  who  occupy  positions  outside,  but  from  the  lips  of \ntheir  own  earnest,  leading  men. \n\nI  trust  I  may  be  pardoned  right  here  a  few  words  by  way \nof  personal  reminiscence,  in  order  that  it  may  be  seen  where \nI  stand  and  how  long  I  have  occupied  my  position. \n\nI  wish,  then,  to  recall  to  you  a  few  dates,  some  of  which \nyou  are  familiar  with,  others  perhaps  you  are  not \n\nDarwin's  \"  Origin  of  Species \"  was  published  in  the  year \n1858.  A  year  or  two  earlier  than  that,  it  is  only  justice  for \nus  to  remember,  Mr.  Herbert  Spencer  had  given  to  the \nworld  hints  as  to  the  outlines  of  his  great  theory  of  evolu- \ntion. But  Darwinism,  which  is  sometimes  supposed  to  be  all \npf  evolution,  is  only  one  province  of  the  great  subject,  con- \nfined to  that  which  deals  especially  and  peculiarly  with \nbiology,  or  the  origin  and  development  of  the  different  forms \nof  life. \n\nIn  1858,  then,  Darwinism  was  first  given  to  the  world.  I \ngraduated  at  the  theological  seminary  in  1864.  All  that  I \nknew  of  Darwinism  up  to  that  time  was  that  it  was  a  new- \nfangled notion  which  was  supposed  to  antagonize  God  and \nreligion  and  all  sacred  truth.  The  professors  in  the  seminary \nreferred  to  it  only  to  sneer  at  and  depreciate  it.     From  the \n\n\nseminary  I  went  at  once  to  a  Western  missionary  field.  My \nattention  was  distracted  by  practical  matters,  and  up  to  that \ntime  I  had  not  turned  ray  attention  especially  to  anp  scien- \ntific investigation.  But  by  the  year  1870,  twelve  years  after \nthe  publication  of  the  \"  Origin  of  Species,\"  having  had  time \nto  devote  myself  to  the  study  of  the  subject,  I  became  an \nearnest,  out-and-out  evolutionist  and  Darwinian.  About \nthat  time,  while  still  in  the  Orthodox  Church,  I  read  an \nessay  in  Northern  Missouri  in  the  preaence  of  a  conference \nmade  up  of  ministers  and  delegates  from  churches,  in  which \n1  accepted  Darwinism  to  the  full.  I  refer  to  this  for  the  sake \nof  stating  a  fact  which  is  coming.  I  was  sharply,  bitterly \ncriticised  and  arraigned  by  the  other  ministers  for  the  posi- \ntion which  I  then  took.  On  that  occasion  I  made  a  prophecy \nin  response  to  a  criticism.  I  said :  It  will  not  be  twenty-five \nyears  before  the  Orthodox  Church  itself  will  discover  that \nMoses  was  an  evolutionist.  It  will  not  be  twenty-five  years \nbefore  Genesis  will  be  reinterpreted  to  bring  it  into  accord \nwith  the  doctrines  of  Darwinism.  I  made  one  mistake  in \nmy  prophecy,—:  a  mistake  which  I  share  with  a  good  many \nprophets  more  famous  than  I  am.  I  made  a  mistake  as  to \nthe  date.  If  I  had  said  fifteen  years  instead  of  twenty-five, \nI  should  have  hit  nearer  to  the  truth ;  for  inside  of  fifteen \nyears  a  book  was  published  by  an  orthodox  professor  in \nwhich  he  claimed  to  find  all  that  was  admitted  as  true  in \nDarwinism  and  evolution  in  the  writings  of  the  Pentateuch  I \nTo-day  we  are  face  to  face  with  the  fact  that  it  is  in  all  the \nair,  affecting  the  thinking  and  teaching  of  men  in  every  de- \npartment of  life  not  only,  but  in  every  department  of  the \nChristian  Church.  Now  and  then,  as  in  the  case  of  Dr. \nWoodrow  in  the  South,  a  man  is  turned  out  of  some  profes- \nsor's chair  because  he  dares  to  be  an  evolutionist;  but  in  this \npart  of  the  country,  where  thought  is  a  little  more  rapid  in \nits  movement,  though  there  are  mutterings  of  discontent  and \ncharges  of  heresy,  the  leading  thinkers  in  all  the  churches \nare  compelled  to  confess  the  substantial  truth  of  evolution \nand  Darwinism.     Now  and   then  there  will  be  a  writer  on \n\n\nevolution,  like  St.  George  Mivart,  the  great  Roman  Catholic \nscientist,  who  will  attempt  to  interpret  the  facts  and  laws  of \nevolution  in  such  a  way  as  to  enable  him  to  still  remain  in \nand  accept  in  some  form  the  doctrines  of  the  Church.  Yet \nunder  the  influence  of  this  thinking  all  the  doctrinal  teach- \nings  of  the  past  are  undergoing  \"a  sea-change  into  some- \nthing rich  and  strange,\" —  strange  to  the  world,  rich  in  truth, \nrich  in  promise  for  the  future. \n\nLet  me  recall  one  more  date  before  I  proceed  with  the \nmain  part  of  my  subject.  I  came  to  this  pulpit  in  1874.  In \n1876  I  preached  a  series  of  sermons  under  the  general  title \n\"  The  Religion  of  Evolution.\" \n\nI  am  glad  to  speak  of  this,  and  associate  it  with  this  date ; \nfor  perhaps  you  will  pardon  my  saying  that  I  believe,  if  any-  « \nbody  remembers  me  or  anything  I  have  ever  said  or  done \nten  years  after  my  death,  it  will  be  for  this  one  fact.  I  am \nthe  first  man,  I  think,  in  either  Europe  or  America,  who, \nwhile  occupying  a  pulpit,  in  the  regular  course  of  his  pulpit \nministtations,  frankly  accepted  evolution  and  Darwinism, \nand  frankly  attempted  to  reconstruct  religious  and  theologic \nthinking  and  theory,  and  bring  them  into  accord  with  this \nnewer  and  higher  revelation  of  God.  When  I  began  this \nseries  of  sermons,  though  I  did  not  know  it  till  I  was  through, \none  of  my  leading  men,  clear-headed,  earnest,  and  brave, \nrecognized  the  state  of  public  opinion  as  such  that  he  said \nhe  did  not  believe  it  would  be  possible  for  me  to  complete \nthe  series.  He  believed  that  such  pressure  would  be \nbrought  to  bear  upon  me  in  the  way  of  hostile  criticism  that \nI  should  be  forced  to  abandon  them.  If  there  was  on  the \npart  of  my  own  people  any  such  feeling,  it  did  not  reach  my \near,  with  one  or  two  exceptions ;  and  I  concluded  the  course \nwithout  having  waked  up  to  the  consciousness  that  I  had \ndared  anything  or  had  been  brave,  or  anything  of  the  sort. \nFor  it  has  never  seemed  to  me,  since  I  have  stood  in  the \npulpit  at  all,  that  it  was  my  business  to  do  anything  except \nutter  the  truth  fearlessly,  simply,  fully,  as  I  thought  I \nsaw  and  understood  it. \n\n\nI  refer  to  these  things,  that  you  may  note  the  waymarks  of \nthe  world's  progress  in  thinking  concerning  these  matters. \n\nNow  let  us  turn  to  the  matter  of  evolution  itself.  Of \ncourse,  you  will  not  expect  me  to  undertake  to  prove  it.  Dr. \nAbbott  assumed  it.  Every  man  may  safely  assume  it  to-day, \nas  he  assumes  the  Copernican  theory  of  the  universe ;  for \nevery  competent  thinker  will  tell  you  that  in  spite  of  un- \nsettled points  here  or  there,  which  are  subsidiary  questions, \nthe  general  theory  is  as  firmly  and  thoroughly  established  as \nis  the  accepted  theory  of  the  heavens  and  earth. \n\nBut  perhaps  it  will  be  worth  my  while  to  take  time  enough \nto  suggest  one  or  two  points  very  briefly,  of  such  vital  im- \nportance that  any  man  without  reading  any  work  on  Darwin- \nism at  all  can  see  which  way  honest  thinking  leads. \n\nFor  example,  take  this  little  earth  of  ours  on  which  we  find \nourselves  at  home.  Either  the  earth  was  always  as  it  is  to- \nday, or  it  was  suddenly  created,  or,  thirdly,  it  has  come  into \nits  present  condition  through  a  series  of  progressive  changes \nwhich  we  call  growth.  There  are  only  these  three  ways  by \nwhich  we  can  think  of  its  having  come  to  be  what  it  is.  We \nknow  that  it  has  not  always  been  as  it  is  to-day,  for  the  proc- \ness of  creation  has  been  going  on,  and  is  going  on  continu- \nally before  our  very  eyes.  And  in  regard  to  its  having  been \ncreated  outright  and  suddenly  there  is  not  one  particle  of \nproof  of  any  such  thing.  In  the  nature  of  things,  then,  the \nonly  theory  which  has  any  proof  in  its  support  is  the  theory \nof  evolution.  When  a  man  finds  himself  confronted  with \nthree  thinkable  theories,  two  of  which  have  no  proof  and  the \nthird  of  which  has  at  least  some,  as  an  honest  and  clear- \nheaded man,  he  cannot  possibly  choose  as  to  which  he  shall, \nat  least  provisionally,  accept. \n\nLet  us  look  at  some  similar  ideas  concerning  the  origin  of \nman.  We  know  that  man  was  not  always  on  this  planet. \nHow  did  he  get  here?  There  are  three  thinkable  ways. \nEither  he  was  created  suddenly  and  outright,  all  at  once,  or \nelse  he  was  born  of  parents  very  much  unlike  himself, —  as \nthough  a  dog  should  be  born  of  a  horse, — or,  third,  he  was \n\n\n8 \n\nborn  of  parents  slightly  unlike  himself,  and  has  come  to  be \nwhat  he  is  as  the  result  of  prolonged,  progressive  variations \nand  changes,  developed  from  the  lower  forms  of  life  beneath \nhim.  The  last  theory  is  Darwinism,  evolution.  Look  at  the \nother  two.  There  is  not  the  slightest  particle  of  evidence \nthat  man  was  born  of  parents  very  much  unlike  himself. \nThere  is  no  evidence  whatever  of  any  sudden  creation. \nThere  is  not,  then,  the  slightest  shred  or  rag  of  evidence  in \nthe  universe  for  those  two  theories.  Whatever  objections \nthere  may  be  still  standing  in  the  minds  of  any  concerning \nevolution,  remember  it  is  the  only  theory  that  has  a  single \nparticle  of  proof.  A  rational,  clear-headed  man,  then,  finds \nhimself  compelled,  as  it  seems  to  me,  to  accept  this  theory, \nprovisionally  at  any  rate,  until  he  can  find  one  that  has  a \nlarger  amount  of  evidence.  Evolution,  Darwinism,  then,  is \nestablished  as  firmly  as  is  the  Copernican  theory  of  the \nheavens. \n\nBut  let  me  suggest  a  thought  right  here.  It  took  our  race \nsomething  like  two  hundred  years  to  make  the  transition \nfrom  the  Ptolemaic  theory  to  the  Copernican.  The  Coperni- \ncan theory  was  scouted,  it  was  ridiculed,  it  was  anathematized, \nby  the  preachers  and  the  Church.  Martin  Luther  hurled  his \nthunderbolts  of  ridicule  against  Newton  because,  he  said,  if \nthe  law  of  gravity  was  to  be  accepted,  it  took  the  universe \nout  of  the  hands  of  God  and  put  it  into  the  keeping  of  a  law. \nYou  see,  then,  this  kind  of  objection  is  nothing  new ;  and  it \nhas  not  been  directed  simply  at  evolution  and  Darwinism. \nObjections  of  a  similar  nature  have  been  hurled  at  every \nnew  theory  that  has  marked  the  advance  of  the  intellectual \nlife  of  the  race.  I  wonder  sometimes  that  the  world  does \nnot  get  tired  of  playing  over  the  same  old  farce-comedy \nfrom  century  to  century. \n\nWe  are  now  in  condition  to  note  this  theory  of  evolution  a \nlittle  more  closely.  If  you  read  all  the  literature  that  has \nappeared  on  the  subject,  you  will  find  that  there  have  been \nthree  types  of  evolution  held.  There  has  been  the  atheistic \nor  materialistic  evolution,  where  thinkers  have  said.  All  we \nwish   is  that  you  give   us  matter  and   force,  and  we  w411 \n\n\naccount  for  all  things.  Then  there  has  been  agnostic  evo- \nlution, in  which  men  have  simply  recognized  the  facts,  and \nhave  declared  that  it  was  impossible  for  us  to  discover \nanything  as  to  the  nature  of  the  Eternal  Life  and  Power  of \nwhich  these  facts  are  only  phenomenal  expressions.  Then, \nin  the  third  place,  there  is  theistic  evolution,  which  recog- \nnizes God  in  the  most  infinitesimal  atom,  whether  that  atom \nbe  a  solid  particle  of  matter  or,  as  some  speculate,  only  a \npoint  of  force, —  God  in  the  most  infinitesimal  atom,  all  the \nway  up  from  that  to,  by  comparison,  a  mountainous  grain  of \nsand  j  all  the  way  up  from  the  sand  grain  to  planets  and  the \nmost  magnificent  stars  over  our  heads,  and  from  the  most \nmagnificent  stars  up  the  sublime  pathway  of  progress  until \nwe  come  to  brain,  to  thought ;  all  the  way  up  from  the  soul  of \nthe  barbarian  to  the  crowned,  divine  lives  of  such  men  as \nDarwin,  as  Shakspere,  as  Jesus :  God  in  all  and  through  all ; \nGod  not  separate  from  any  force,  any  movement,  any  mani- \nfestation of  life ;  God  at  every  point,  from  the  far-off,  unap- \nproachable beginning  to  the  far-off,  unapproachable  end, \nshall  I  say?     Nay:  there  is  to  be  no  end. \n\nNow,  where  are  we  in  the  face  of  these  three  thinkable \nclasses  of  evolution  ?  Materialism,  atheism,  is  out  of  court. \nThere  is  no  competent  thinker  or  investigator  in  the  world \nwho  does  not  know  that  that  is  antiquated  philosophy  and \nexploded  science.  Agnosticism  is  simply  that  method  of \nthinking  which  proposes  to  set  limits  to  the  investigation \nand  knowledge  of  man;  and  the  mind  of  man  refuses  to \nacknowledge  any  limits.  It  dares  to  investigate  the  un- \nknown. It  does  not  admit  that  it  may  not  be  known.  Ag- \nnosticism is  dying  or  dead;  and  to-day  theistic  evolution \ndominates  all  the  free  and  competent  thinkers  and  earnest \nthinking  of  the  nineteenth  century. \n\nI  remember  some  years  ago,  when  I  started  in  with  my \nseries  of  sermons  on  \"The  Morals  of  Evolution,\"  I  received  a \nletter  from  my  old  minister, —  the  minister  of  the  old  church \ndown  in  Maine  that  I  attended  when  a  boy, —  and  he  said, \n\"  I  shall  be  curious  to  see  what  you  will  do  in  treating  of \nthe  evolution  of  morals  with  Jesus  and  Christianity  left  out.\" \n\n\n10 \n\nI  speak  of  that  as  illustrating  that  naive,  curious  way  in \nwhich  the  adherents  of  the  old  churches  look  upon  this  mat* \nter.  Jesus  and  Christianity  left  out !  Does  evolution  leave \nanything  out  ?  Evolution  does  not  even  leave  out  the  blun- \nders and  mistakes,  the  dreams  and  legends  and  myths  of \nthe  race.  It  includes,  accounts  for,  and  explains  them  all. \nThere  are  people,  to-day,  afraid  of  evolution,  because  they \nthink,  if  they  become  evolutionists,  there  is  no  religion  left. \nIf  they  become  evolutionists,  they  lose  the  Bible.  If  they \nbecome  evolutionists,  they  lose  Jesus.  If  they  become  evo- \nlutionists, they  undermine  the  foundations  of  the  Church.  If \nthey  become  evolutionists,  they  lose  their  hope  of  heaven. \nThose  who  have  this  childish  conception  of  things  suppose \nthat  evolution  proposes  to  blot  clean  out  all  human  history, \nand  start  all  over  again.  When  the  Ptolemaic  theory  of  the \nuniverse  was  succeeded  by  the  Copernican,  we  did  not  lose \nthe  light  of  a  single  star,  the  moons  were  not  put  out.  We \nonly  learned  to  explain  them,  to  understand  them,  to  set \nthem  in  right  relations  to  each  other.  We  got  rid  of  the \nmyths,  the  superstitions,  of  the  old  times.  That  is  all  we \nshall  do  in  substituting  evolution  for  the  old  theory  of  the \nworld. \n\nI  have  led  you  now  to  the  point  where  I  wish  to  show  you \nclearly  what  it  is  in  Dr.  Abbott's  work  which  I  criticise,  and \nwhat  seems  to  me  the  alternative  lying  before  us. \n\nI  criticise  Dr.  Abbott  merely  for  this.  It  seems  to  me  he \nis  only  the  last  and  most  conspicuous  illustration  of  the  old \nattempt  to  reconcile  the  irreconcilable.  A  friend  of  mine,  a \nscientist,  was  invited  to  a  professorship  in  a  college  under \ndenominational  control,  and  was  asked  to  take  It  on  condi- \ntion that  he  would  reconcile  Genesis  with  science.  The  ear- \nnest world  is  getting  tired  of  this  business  of  reconciliation. \nIt  is  none  of  my  affair  to  vindicate  the  writer  of  Genesis. \nHe  can  be  studied  and  understood  from  the  point  of  view  of \nhis  time,  of  his  origin ;  but  we  are  not  to  deny  the  truth \nwe  see  in  the  nineteenth  century  because  a  man  who  lived \nfour  thousand  years  ago  had  not  found  it  out.  We  are  not \nto  raise  that  question  at  all.     It  is  our  business,  simply,  with \n\n\nII \n\nclear  eyes  to  see  the  truth,  and  with  fearless  lips  to  speak  it. \nThat  is  the  only  way  in  which  we  can  be  true  to  truth  and  to \nGod  and  to  man. \n\nWhat,  then,  is  the  alternative?  I  propose  to  outline  to \nyou  as  clearly  and  simply  as  I  can  these  two  world-theories, \nand  then  to  suggest  to  you  what  seems  to  me  the  inevitable \ntruth  that  we  must  choose  —  not  a  patchwork  of  the  two,  we \nmust  choose  either  one  or  the  other  in  its  simplicity  and  in \nits  entirety. \n\nThe  old  theory  you  are  familiar  with;  but  from  necessity  I \nmust  outline  it  for  you.  In  the  beginning, —  whenever  that \nmay  have  been,  the  popular  tradition  puts  it  six  thousand \nyears  ago, —  God,  who  had  existed  from  all  eternity,  created \nthe  heavens  and  tlie  earth;  that  is,  a  power  made  these \nthings  from  without.  After  he  had  created  the  earth  he \ncreated  man;  and  at  the  very  threshold  of  human  history \nthere  is  an  irruption,  from  some  part  of  the  universe  outside, \nof  the  principle  and  power  of  evil.  The  world  is  invaded, \nand  man  falls ;  and  by  this  fall  man  becomes  a  rebel  against \nthe  government  of  God.  No  matter,  then,  how  good  man \nmay  be,  how  kindly  or  true  in  his  relations  with  his  fellow- \nmen,  the  primal  thought  is  that  he  is  a  rebel  against  God, \nand  under  God's  condemnation  to  eternal  death.  What \ndoes  God  do  about  it?  He  sends  angels  and  messengers \nand  representatives  from  time  to  time  supernaturally,  who \nappear  to  man,  offering  him  terms  of  pardon,  reconciliation, \nsalvation.  He  chooses  from  all  the  people  on  the  earth  a \npeculiar  people ;  and  along  the  line  of  their  history  there  is \nprophet  after  prophet  supernaturally  inspired  and  sent  with \nthis  message  of  God's  truth.  The  Bible  is  supernaturally \ninspired  to  become  the  record  of  God's  will  and  his  method \nof  human  deliverance.  In  the  fulness  of  time  God  himself \ncomes  in  the  person  of  his  son,  the  second  person  of  the \ndivine  and  eternal  trinity.  He  is  supernaturally  born,  he \nlives  and  suffers,  and  dies  an  ignominious  death,  and  is \nsupernaturally  raised  from  the  dead.  And  why?  Why  all \nthis  ?  In  order  to  make  it  possible  for  God  to  forgive,  to \nsave  the  race  from  the  results  of  the  fall. \n\n\n12 \n\nI  want  right,  here  to  call  your  attention  to  two  or  three \nchanges  in  the  theories  of  this  atonement  that  have  been \nheld. \n\nIt  was  at  first  believed  and  taught,  strange  as  it  may  seem, \nthat  the  death  of  Jesus  was  the  price  paid  to  the  devil  by \nwhich  he  was  to  release  a  certain  number  of  his  subjects  who \naccepted  the  terms  of  salvation.  In  later  times  the  idea \ngrew  up  that  Christ  was  a  substitution,  a  sacrifice  to  God  in \norder  to  make  it  possible  for  God,  consistently  with  his  jus- \ntice, to  save  those  that  believed. \n\nThen  the  third  theory  came,  the  theory  that  the  govern- \nment of  God  must  be  maintained  in  the  eyes  of  an  intelligent \nuniverse,  that  sin  must  not  be  allowed  to  escape  punishment; \nand,  in  order  that  the  guilty  race  might  be  saved,  some  one \nelse  must  suffer  in  their  place,  and  Jesus  volunteers  to  be \nthis  victim,  in  order  that  God  might  maintain  his  government \nand  still  pardon. \n\nThen  came  another  theory,  that  which  is  associated  with \nthe  name  of  Dr.  Bushnell  of  Hartford,  Conn.,  that  the  life \nand  suffering  and  death  of  Jesus  were  only  a  manifestation \nof  the  love  and  mercy  and  goodness  of  God,  intended  to \nproduce  the  effect  of  conviction  on  the  hearts  and  minds  of \nmen,  to  lead  them  to  the  acceptance  of  this  great  sacrifice. \nThese  were  the  different  theories.  No  matter  which  theory \nyou  held,  it  was  necessary  that  Christ  should  suffer  in  order \nthat  man  might  be  saved, —  to  get  over  an  exigency  that  had \narisen  under  the  government  of  an  omnipotent  and  all-wise \nGod  I \n\nThe  Church  was  organized,  being  supernaturally  inspired \nand  guided,  to  preach  this  gospel  to  all  nations,  in  ordei  that \nthe  elect  might  be  gathered  out  from  the  four  winds  of \nheaven.  Then  was  to  come  the  end,  when  those  who  had \nbeen  saved  were  to  be  received  into  eternal  felicity  and  those \nwho  had  not  accepted  the  salvation  should  be  cast  into \nouter  darkness  and  chains  forever. \n\nNow,  here  is  the  scheme.  There  is  not  an  ecclesiastical \ncreed  in  existence  that  does  not  in  some  form  more  or  less \nfully  embody  it.     There  is  not  an  orthodox  church  on  the \n\n\n13 \n\nface  of  the  earth  that  was  not  organized  for  the  one  express \npurpose  of  saving  man  from  the  supposed  effects  of  the  fall. \nThere  is  not  one  single  doctrine  in  the  plan  of  salvation  that \nwould  have  been  dreamed  of,  had  not  men  first  believed  in \nthe  fall.  Human  history  has  been  simply  a  scheme  of  re- \ncovery from  the  effects  of  the  fall.  The  fall  in  the  first \nplace  undoubtedly  came  into  the  minds  of  men  as  the  most \nrational  explanation  which  they  could  find  for  the  existence \nof  pain,  of  evil,  of  death.  They  said  God  could  not  have \nmade  the  world  in  this  fashion  in  the  first  place,  and  there \nmust  have  been  a  fall  to  account  for  it.  Then  the  old  theo- \nlogians taught  that  even  the  animals  died  as  the  result  of \nman's  sin ;  and,  when  geology  first  proved  that  the  animals \nhad  been  dying  for  thousands  of  years  before  man  appeared, \nthe  only  way  they  could  find  out  of  the  dilemma  was  to  say \nthat  they  had  died  in  anticipation  of  the  fact  that  man  was \ngoing  to  sin.     Here,  then,  is  one  theory. \n\nNow,  what  is  the  theory  of  evolution  ?  Let  me  try  to  out- \nline that  as  simply  and  clearly  as  I  have  the  other.  It \nteaches  no  origin  of  matter,  it  teaches  that  the  worlds  came \ninto  being  by  processes  of  continuous  variation,  change, \ngrowth ;  and  we  know  this  is  true,  for  to-day  systems  of  suns \nand  planets  and  moons  are  in  process  of  growing  in  the \nheavens  over  our  heads,  and  we  may  study  God  in  his  work- \nshop making  worlds.  Or,  to  use  a  more  fitting  phrase,  we \nmay  study  the  divine  process  of  world-evolution.  It  teaches \nthat  infinite,  eternal  spirit  and  life  is  in  and  through  the \nuniverse,  and  that  matter  is  only  the  garment  of  God,  only \na  manifestation  of  the  eternal  life  and  spirit. \n\nMan  is  evolved,  developed,  from  lower  forms  of  life, — \nbody,  mind,  soul,  ethics,  religion, —  all,  I  believe.  And  at \nthe  outset  what  ?  First,  man  unmoral.  A  tiger,  a  lion,  an \nelephant,  is  not  immoral,  neither  is  it  moral.  It  has  no  con- \nception of  the  distinction  between  right  and  wrong.  When \nroan  first  comes  to  consciousness  of  the  difference  between \nright  and  wrong,  when  he  can  first  say,  I  have  sinned,  and  I \nam  sorry,  when  there  is  something  in  him  that  climbs  up  into \nthe  soul  and  looks  down  on  the  rest  of  himself  with  con- \n\n\n14 \n\ntempt,  does  that  man  fall  ?  That  was  the  most  magnificent \nstep  ahead  that  the  race  had  taken  from  the  beginning  until \nthen.  No  longer  animal  alone,  but  a  moral  and  religious \nbeing  looking  into  the  heavens  and  questioning  God,  looking \ninto  himself  and  questioning  the  evil  that  is  in  him,  recogniz- \ning the  regal  power  of  the  divine  ideal  of  which  he  begins \nto  catch  glimpses,  starting  on  his  endless  and  magnificent \ncareer, —  that  is  no  fall :  that  is  ascent.  This  is  what  evolu- \ntion teaches. \n\nWhat  about  the  messengers  and  prophets  of  the  olden \ntime  ?  They  were  diviner  men,  with  clearer  and  more  seer-like \nvision,  who  got  glimpses  of  nobler  truths,  and  felt  themselves \nGod-impelled  to  teach  those  truths  to  the  multitude,  even  at \nthe  cost  of  persecution,  suffering,  and  death.  That  is  what \nevolution  does  with  the  prophet. \n\nWhat  does  evolution  do  with  the  Bible  ?  It  says  the  Bible \nis  not  a  miraculous  book  coming  out  of  the  skies.  Emerson \nput  it  grandly  when  he  said, — \n\n\"  Out  from  the  heart  of  nature  rolled \nThe  burdens  of  the  Bible  old.\" \n\nIt  says.  The  Bible  is  an  autobigraphy,  so  to  speak,  of  the \nmoral  and  religious  life  of  the  most  wonderful  religious  race \nthat  the  world  has  ever  seen  :  the  Bible  the  expression  of  the \nreligious  and  moral  life,  the  divinity,  in  man ;  not  infallible, \nfull  of  crudities,  mistakes,  and  errors  of  every  kind,  but  the \nhistory  of  the  religious  life  of  man,  finding  a  natural  expres- \nsion and  reaching  out  its  hands  into  the  darkness,  feeling  in \nall  ages  if  haply  it  may  find  Him  who  is  not  far  from  every \none  of  us.  The  old  feeling  was  that  the  Bible  was  given  to \nman  to  make  him  religious.  It  is  religions  that  create  bibles, \nand  not  bibles  that  create  religions.  * \n\nWhat,  then,  does  religion  do  with  Jesus  ?  I  shall  only \ntouch  on  that  this  morning,  because  it  will  be  the  theme  of \nmy  sermon  next  Sunday  morning.  But  evolution,  instead  of \nteaching  that  Jesus  is  an  unthinkable  being,  half-God  and \nhalf-man,  with  two  natures,  two  souls,  one  will,  neither  man \n\n\n15 \n\nnor  God,  teaches  that  Jesus  is  the  grandest  manifestation \nof  the  religious  life  of  this  same  wondrous  celigious  people \nof  which  I  have  been  speaking ;  that  he  is  the  highest  mani- \nfestation of  the  divine  in  the  human,  the  religious  crown  of \nthe  race  up  to  this  hour,  yet  not  separate  from  his  kind,  not \nseparate  from  his  fellows  ;  God  in  man  reaching  up  from  be- \nneath, instead  of  God  outside  of  man  let  down  from  above. \nThis  is  Jesus  according  to  the  teaching  of  evolution. \n\nAnc}  what  of  the  Church  ?  Is  that  to  pass  away  ?  There \nis  to  be,  I  believe,  in  the  future  a  grander  church  than  any  of \nwhich  the  world  has  yet  dreamed.  However  we  explain \nthem,  here  are  pain,  evil,  death ;  and,  so  long  as  they  remain, \nthe  work  of  the  Church  remains  to  deliver  man  from  these. \nNot  by  getting  God  to  pardon  him,  not  by  bridging  a  gulf \nbetween  God  and  man  which  does  not  exist,  but  by  recog- \nnizing so  much  of  God  as  is  in  every  man,  and  evolving, \neducating,  lifting  up,  and  leading  out  this  divine,  till  man \nsloughs  off  and  leaves  behind  him  the  evil  as  he  outgrows \nthe  animal,  and  becomes  only  a  little  lower  than  God. \n\nThis  is  what  the  Church  has  to  do.  The  Church  will  be \na  voluntary  association  of  those  engaged  in  seeking  after \ndivine  truth  and  living  it  out,  and  helping  others  to  do  the \nsame.  - \n\nAnd  what  of  the  future  ?  Does  evolutioa  cast  a  gloom \nover  that  ?  Does  evolution  take  away  the  hope  of  heaven  ? \nO  friends,  I  find  it  hard  to  understand  with  what  brains \npeople  think,  with  what  hearts  they  feel,  when  they  can  even \nhint  a  comparison  between  the  promises  of  the  two.  The \nold  theory  simply  promises  us  a  horror  from  which  the  sense \nof  justice  recoils,  and  which  shrivels  in  its  fires  the  tender- \nness of  human  hearts,  even  of  those  who  are  redeemed. \nEvolution  does  not  take  away  heaven :  it  only  wakens  the \nrace  from  the  dreams  of  the  horror  of  the  old  heaven  and \nthe  old  hell.  Evolution  opens  for  us  vistas  of  eternal  prog- \nress, star-lighted  pathways  that  lead  on  and  on  in  light,  in \ntruth,  in  joy,  in  peace,  in  service,  forever  and  forever. \n\nHere,  then,  are  the  two  theories.  If  man  did  not  fall  at \nthe  outset  of  human  history,  then  there  is  no  reason  for  the \n\n\ni6 \n\nexistence  of  a  single  one  of  the  doctrines  of  the  orthodox \nplan  of  salvation.  They  are  impertinences.  They  are  out \nof  court.  They  are  not  called  for  by  the  facts.  They  are  not \nneeded  for  any  service  to-day.  They  only  stand  in  the  way \nof  the  acceptance  and  the  recognition  of  the  real  condition \nof  the  race,  and  the  application  of  the  real  remedies. \n\nMy  criticism,  then,  and  the  only  one  I  have  on  Dr.  Abbott, \nis  that  he  does  not  frankly  choose  one  theory  or  the  other. \nHere,  I  believe,  is  the  key-point.  This  is  the  explanation \nof  what  is  going  on  in  this  nineteenth  century.  Here  is  this \nirrepressible  conflict  between  these  two  world-theories.  One \nof  them  must  be  accepted.  They  are  mutually  exclusive. \nThey  cannot  live  together.  People,  I  know,  are  afraid  to \nthink.  They  are  afraid  they  are  going  to  lose  the  precious \nthings  of  their  religious  life,  the  spiritual  dreams  of  their \nsouls.  We  ourselves  can  only  partly  appreciate  this  conflict \nthat  is  going  on,  because  we  are  in  the  midst  of  it,  as  the \nsoldier  in  the  din  and  storm  and  noise  and  dust  of  the  bat- \ntle can  hardly  tell  what  principles  are  at  stake  or  which  side \nis  wavering  and  giving  way.  We  are  in  the  midst  of  this  bat- \ntle. It  has  been  forced  on  us  not  by  Darwin  or  Herbert \nSpencer,  not  by  heretics  or  irreligious  men,  but  by  a  new \nand  larger  revelation  from  God,  an  unfolding  of  divine  truth. \nAnd  in  the  line  of  this  religious  evolution  I  believe  there  is \nto  be  found  scope  and  room  for  the  development  of  sanc- \ntities of  the  spiritual  life  such  as  have  never  been  heard  of \nor  thought  of  in  all  the  world.  All  that  is  true,  all  that  is \nbeautiful,  all  that  is  lovely,  all  that  is  hopeful,  all  that  is \nhuman,  all  that  is  divine,  remains  to  become  the  seed  of  ever \nnewer  and  higher  growths  in  the  years  that  are  to  come. \n\nFather,  we  rejoice  in  the  new  revelation  that  has  come  to \nbless  our  eyes.  We  rejoice  in  the  grander  trust  in  Thee, \nthe  grander  hope  for  man  that  has  been  vouchsafed  to  this \ngeneration.  Let  us  be  brave  and  strong  and  true,  stand- \ning for  the  coming  day,  and  helping  lift  the  weary,  waiting \neyes  of  the  world  to  the  promise  of  the  dawn.     Amen. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  alnffle  cop \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  FEBRUARY  12,  1892  No.  18 \n\nDr.  ABBOTT \nAND  CHRISTIAN  EVOLUTION \n\n\nII.  JESOS  AND  EYOLOTION \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141  FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\nEntertd  at  tAe  Pou-o^t  Boston,  Mau.,  a$  acond-clau  matt  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligioas  Reconstruction.     lamo $i.oo \n\nThflM  Degenerate  Day*.    Small  161B0.    Flexible so \n\nMy  Creed.    lamo 1.00 \n\nPoema.    i6mo.    Full  gilt.    With  portrait  .......  i.so \n\nLight  on  the  Cloud.    i6mo.    Fall  gilt i.as \n\nSodal  Problema.    lamo «.oo \n\nThe  ReUgioua  Life.    lamo i.oo \n\nBehef  in  Ciod.    lamo                     1.00 \n\nBeliefa  about  Man.    lamo         i.oo \n\nBelieli  about  the  Bible i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morale  of  Eirolution.    lamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jeans.    lamo         1.60 \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,    lamo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Sdenoe  of  Manhood.    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religion  of  ETolution.    lamo 1.50 \n\nLif e  Questiona.    i6mo      iwoo \n\nBluffton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.    lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Daily  Living.    lamo                           1.00 \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,    ismo i.oo \n\nLife.    lamo. 1.00 \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nandFunerala.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCtoth 1.00 \n\nLeather i.So \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPhoe,  Paper,  per  copy so  cents.    Perdos.,  1.50 \n\n••      aSth,       '«....    30     '•               \"  S.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  r^gularlv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Sobecription  price,  for  the  season,  $1.50; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS,  PuNitkir, \n\n14M  FranJUm  Si,,  B^sUm,  Mmu. \n\n\nJESUS  AND  EVOLUTION/ \n\n\nI  THINK  it  will  not  be  unfair  for  me  to  say  that  to-day, \nboth  in  Europe  and  America,  every  broadly  educated,  truly \neducated  man  is  an  evolutionist.  But  a  great  many  of  them \nare  evolutionists  with  an  if^  with  an  exception.  In  other \nwords,  you  will  note  what  seems  curious  and  strange  and \ninconsistent  in  this  half-way  evolutionism :  these  men  admit \nthat  the  Almighty  God  of  this  universe  is  able  to  evolve,  to \ndevelop,  by  what  we  call  natural  methods,  almost  everything \nthat  he  desires,  but  that  now  and  then,  on  exceptional  occa- \nsions, and  in  regard  to  exceptional  facts  or  exceptional  peo- \nple, he  needs  to  revise  and  improve  on  his  own  method. \nHe  needs  to  break  in  from  without  and  set  new  causes  in \nmotion  in  order  to  produce  the  desired  result. \n\nYou  will  see,  of  course,  if  you  think  for  a  moment,  how \nincongruous  this  is,  how  inconsistent,  and  how  uncompli- \nmentary to  the  Almighty  Power, — as  though  God  were  limited \nalong  the  evolutionary  line,  and  had  to  supplement  his \nmethod  to  accomplish  some  special  desired  result. \n\nAs  an  example  of  this,  there  are  a  great  many  people  who \nwill  admit  that  the  world  grew  into  its  present  condition  by \nnatural  methods.  They  admit  evolution  as  applied  to  the \nlower  forms  of  life  on  earth.  They  admit  evolution  so  far  as \nthe  body,  the  physical  part  of  man,  is  concerned  ;  but  they \nthink  that  God  must  have  stepped  in  and  wrought  a  miracle \nin  order  to  account  for  mind  and  soul, — as  though  he  were \nnot  able  to  evolve  mind  and  soul.  I  do  not  know  how  many \npeople  I  have  had  ask  me,  \"On  the  theory  of  Darwinism, \n\n*  Phonographically  reported. \n\n\nwhere  does  the  soul  come  in?\"  as  though  in  Darwinism \ninheres  a  difficulty  that  did  not  exist  in  the  old.  These \npeople  do  not  seem  to  have  read  very  carefully ;  for  they  do \nnot  seem  to  be  aware  of  the  fact  that  for  centuries  it  was  a \nmuch  debated  question  in  the  Church  as  to  how,  on  the  old \ntheory,  the  soul  came  in.  During  the  Middle  Ages  three \ntheories  were  hotly  debated  among  the  Schoolmen.  Some \nheld  that  the  soul  was  pre-existent,  and  only  entered  the \nbody  at  the  timfe  of  birth  or  at  some  unknown  time  preced- \ning it.  Others  held  that  the  soul  was  created  outright  every \ntime  a  new  child  was  to  be  born.  Others  held  that  the  soul \nwas  derived  from  the  parents  in  precisely  the  same  way  that \nthe  body  was.  These  three  theories,  then,  were  held  and \nhotly  debated  among  the  theologians  of  the  past  I  speak \nof  this  to  show  that  this  is  no  new  difficulty,  and  that,  when  a \nperson  supposes  he  is  raising  a  difficulty  against  Darwinism \nby  asking  where  the  soul  comes  in,  he  is  only  asking  a  very \nold  question  indeed,  and  one  that  is  just  as  much  a  difficulty \non  any  theory  as  on  this.  There  are,  then,  many  evolution- \nists who  are  evolutionists  with  an  //! \n\nNow,  Dr.  Abbott  is  an  evolutionist  with  an  if,  though  that \nis  not  his  if.  He  admits  evolution  as  applied  to  the  growth \nof  the  solar  system.  He  is  an  evolutionist  so  far  as  the \ndevelopment  of  our  planet  is  concerned.  He  is  an  evolu- \ntionist so  far  as  the  origin  of  man  is  concerned ;  and,  if  he \nthen  desires  to  make  an  exception  concerning  the  develop- \nment of  man,  he  has  not  said  anything  about  it.  He  seems \nto  be  a  consistent  evolutionist  so  far  as  the  development  of \nhumanity  is  concerned. \n\nAgain,  he  is  an  evolutionist  concerning  the  origin  and \ngrowth  of  religion.  He  is  an  evolutionist  so  far  as  the  Bible \nis  concerned.  He  looks  on  it  as  purely  a  matter  of  natural \ngrowth.  He  is  an  evolutionist  so  far  as  the  Church  is  con- \ncerned, together  with  its  prophets  and  leaders  and  teachers. \nHe  tells  us  of  the  evolution  of  theology,  of  the  growth  of \ndoctrine,  and  makes  no  exception  of  this.  He  is  an  evolu- \ntionist so  far  as  the  unfolding  of  the  religious  life  of  the \n\n\nindividual  is  concerned.  In  other  words,  he  is  a  complete \nand  consistent  evolutionist  from  first  to  last,  with  only  one  if. \n\nHis  exception  touches  the  origin,  the  nature,  of  the  Christ. \nHe  holds,  although  he  has  laid  no  very  great  stress  upon  it, \nto  the  supernatural  birth  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth.  He  tells  us \nthat  the  supernatural  physical  resurrection  of  Jesus  is  the \none  best  authenticated  fact  of  ancient  history.  And  he \nthinks  that  our  hope  of  a  future  life,  and  of  salvation  along \nthe  Christian  lines,  stands  or  falls  with  his  theory  as  to  the \nnature  and  character  of  Jesus. \n\nI  wish,  then,  this  morning,  and  again  in  no  spirit  of  per- \nsonal criticism,  in  no  spirit  of  antagonism  to  Dr.  Abbott,  but \nin  a  perfectly  friendly  way,  with  the  one  thought  of  trying  to \nfind  what  is  the  truth,  to  consider  this  question  as  to  whether \nJesus  is  an  exception  to  the  law  of  evolution. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  it  is  a  very  strange  and  striking  fact  that \none  can  trace  the  evolution,  the  growth,  of  the  idea  of  Jesus' \nbeing  something  more  than  a  man,  from  the  beginning.  One \ncan  trace  every  step  of  it  until  we  come  to  its  culmination \nin  the  affirmation  of  the  Nicene  Creed  in  the  third  century, \nwhen  he  is  declared  to  be  very  God  of  very  God,  equal  with \nthe  Father,  We  can  trace,  I  say,  every  step  from  the  child- \nhood home  of  the  humble  carpenter  of  Nazareth  until  Jesus \nis  referred  to  in  the  thought  of  man  as  the  second  person  in \nthe  divine,  eternal  trinity.  This  change,  mark  you, — for  this \nis  very  significant, —  took  place  in  a  period  of  the  world  when \nit  was  not  at  all  a  strange  or  uncommon  thing  to  deify \nhuman  beings.  This  process  of  deification  of  man  was  a \ncharacteristic  of  that  age.  It  was  in  the  air.  Roman  em- \nperors were  all  deified  as  fast  as  they  died,  until  when  you \ncome  to  the  time  of  Augustus,  during  whose  reign  Jesus  was \nborn.  He  was  deified  even  during  his  lifetime ;  and  through- \nout the  Roman  Empire,  in  almost  every  peasant's  cottage,  you \nwould  find  a  picture  or  image  of  the  emperor,  to  whom  the \nworship  of  the  common  people  was  everywhere  paid.  It  is \nsignificant,  I  say,  that  this  process  of  his  deification,  which  is \nno  mystery,  every  step  of  which  we  can  trace,  went  on  at  this \n\n\nparticular  period  of  the  world  when  other  men  were  being \ndeified  as  well  as  he.  To-day,  in  the  changed  atmosphere  of \nthe  modern  world,  it  seems  strange  to  us  that  men  should \never  think  of  another  man  as  being  God  unless  there  was \nsome  insuperable  reason  for  it.  But  we  know  as  a  matter \nof  fact  that  in  that  age  it  was  not  an  uncommon  thing.  So \nipuch  for  that. \n\nSome  of  you  will  remember  that  I  treated  the  steps  of  this \nprocess  with  some  fulness  in  my  Christmas  sermon,  \"Jesus \nFound  Again.\" \n\nI  wish  now  to  consider,  just  as  fairly  as  1  know  how, \nwhether  there  are  any  reasons  why  we  should  think  of  Jesus \nas  an  exception  to  the  ordinary  evolution  of  man.  In  order \nto  do  that,  I  ask  you  to  consider  for  a  little  with  me  the \nstones  as  they  are  contained  in  the  Gospels.  We  shall  find, \nI  think, —  and  I  believe  I  can  make  that  plainly  apparent  to \nyou  if  you  will  give  me  your  careful  attention, —  we  shall  find \ntwo  stories  in  the  Gospels  utterly  inconsistent  with  each \nother,  utterly  irreconcilable,  one  of  them  showing  traces  of \nits  having  been  the  original  tradition  before  any  thought  of \nJesus*  being  other  than  man  had  entered  into  the  minds \nof  the  people.  We  shall  also  find  the  growth  of  those  myth- \nical stories  which  are  later  accretions  and  additions  to  the \nGospel. \n\nIt  is  worthy  of  note  that  the  Gospel  of  Mark,  which  every \ncompetent  critic  to-day  regards  as  the  oldest  and  as  contain- \ning the  most  authentic  tradition,  has  no  story  of  a  supernat- \nural birth  and  no  story  of  any  supernatural  resurrection. \nHow  did  these  Gospels  grow  up  ?  Let  me  give  you  just  a \nglimpse.  If  there  is  any  one  thing  that  is  certain  and  beyond \nquestion,  it  is  that  throughout  the  early  Church  it  was  be- \nlieved that  Jesus  was  to  appear  again  in  the  clouds  of  heaven \nbefore  that  generation  should  pass  away,  and  that  he  was \nmiraculously  to  bring  to  an  end  the  present  order,  and  estab- \nlish a  divine  kingdom  of  heaven  in  its  place.  Under  those \ncircumstances,  of  course  you  will  see  it  would  never  occur  to \nanybody  to  write  any  records.     If  we  believed  the  world  was \n\n\ncoming  to  an  end  inside  of  twenty  years,  we  should  not  be \nengaged  in  writing  history.  There  would  be  no  call  for  it. \nAs  years  passed  by,  however,  and  it  was  found  that  this  was \na  mistaken  expectation,  then  the  records  would  naturally \nbegin  to  be  brought  together ;  and  in  one  part  of  the  world, \nwhere  Matthew  had  worked,  would  grow  up,  as  the  result  of \nthe  teachers*  and  catechisers'  work,  a  Gospel  according  to \nMatthew.  Somewhere  else,  where  Mark's  influence  was \nmost  felt,  would  grow  up  the  story  as  it  was  traditionally \nassigned  to  Mark.  In  another  place  the  Gospel  of  Luke \nwould  grow  up;  and,  then,  later  still — for  John  is  the  latest \nbook  in  the  New  Testament — there  appeared  the  Gospel \naccording  to  John.  These  Gospels  were  not  written  by  the \nmen  whose  names  they  bear.  I'he  first  three  Gospels  are \ngrowths,  edited  at  least  by  some  entirely  unknown  person ; \nand  the  Gospel  of  John  is  a  theological  treatise  written  in \nthe  first  half  of  the  second  century  by  nobody  knows  whom. \nHere,  then,  are  our  records. \n\nNow  let  us  trace  a  little  more  in  detail.  Take  the  genea- \nlogical tables.  They  are  in  Luke.  They  trace  the  ancestry \nof  Jesus.  Did  you  ever  note  that  they  trace  from  David \ndown  to  Joseph  ?  Now,  if  Joseph  was  not  the  father  of  Jesus, \nthese  genealogical  tables  have  nothing  whatever  to  do  with \nhim, —  no  more  than  they  have  to  do  with  any  other  man.  It \nis  the  ancestry  of  Joseph  that  they  trace.  This,  of  course, \nyou  will  see  is  a  part  of  the  earlier  tradition,  before  it  had \noccurred  to  anybody  that  Joseph  was  not  the  father  of  Jesus. \n\nThere  is  another  evidence  of  this  earlier  tradition.  Take \nthe  story  as  recorded  in  Luke.  An  angel  visits  Elizabeth, \nand  prophesies  the  birth  of  John.  Another  angel  visits \nMary,  and  prophesies  the  birth  of  Jesus.  Another  angel \nvisits  Joseph,  and  tells  what  is  to  occur.  Then,  when  Jesus \nat  the  age  of  eight  days  is  carried  into  the  temple,  the \nprophet  Simeon  and  the  prophetess  Anna  recognize  his \nmiraculous  origin  and  nature,  that  he  is  the  divinely  sent \nSaviour  of  man.  What  I  wish  to  note  as  a  fact  is  that,  if \nthese  stories    are   true,   Joseph   and  Mary,   and   the  other \n\n\n8 \n\nmembers  of  the  family,  and  the  circle  of  relatives,  and  certain \ndistinguished  people  in  Jerusalem,  all  knew  who  Jesus  was, — \nknew  that  he  was  a  divine  being,  knew  that  he  was-  God \nmanifest  in  the  flesh ;  and  yet  Luke  tells  us  the  story  about \nJesus  at  the  age  of  twelve  being  taken  to  Jerusalem  to  one \nof  the  feasts,  and  that  Mary  and  Joseph,  and  all  of  them,  are \nperfectly  astonished  that  this  Almighty  God  in  human  flesh \nshould  reveal  any  unusual  precocity  of  knowledge.  They \nare  perfectly  surprised  that  he  is  able  to  ask  questions  that \nastonish  the  doctors ;  and,  when  they  start  on  the  way  home \nand  miss  Jesus  from  their  company,  they  are  alarmed,  they \nare  troubled  beyond  measure, —  as  though  the  Almighty  God \nof  the  universe,  if  left  alone,  could  not  take  care  of  himself \nsafely  over  night,  as  though  it  were  dangerous  for  him  to  be \nout  of  their  immediate  and  constant  care.  I  ask  you  to  note \nthat  this  anxiety  and  this  surprise  on  the  part  of  Joseph  and \nMary  are  utterly  irreconcilable  with  the  circumstance,  if  they \nknew,  as  the  story  says,  that  he  was  something  more  than  an \nordinary  child.  There  are  other  examples  of  this  same  incon- \nsistency which  I  have  no  time  to  stop  for.  I  refer  to  only  one, \nthe  brethren  of  Jesus.  It  is  on  record  that  they  did  not  be- \nlieve in  him, —  that,  when  he  claimed  to  be  the  Messiah  and \nperformed  some  wonderful  works,  instead  of  recognizing  his \nauthority  and  ability,  they  sneered  at  him.  They  did  not \nbelieve  in  him  nor  in  his  claims.  And  yet  do  you  think  they \nwould  have  disregarded  him  if  they  had  known  what  the \nstories  state,  what  his  father  and  mother  are  said  to  have \nknown  even  before  he  was  born  ? \n\nThen  I  wish  to  hint  to  you  two  or  three  other  things.  We \nwho  are  nineteen  centuries  off  are  so  far  away  from  the  state \nof  mind  of  the  early  Church  that  we  forget  by  what  natural \nsteps  these  ideas  grew.  Even  Chrysostom,  one  of  the  old \nChurch  Fathers,  acknowledged  that  it  was  not  known  at  first \nthat  Jesus  was  anything  more  than  a  man ;  he  confesses \nthat  it  was  supposed  that  Joseph  was  his  father.  And  he \nsaid  that  Mary  and  Joseph  under  divine  orders  and  divine \nguidance  were  married  on  purpose  to  cover  up  and  conceal \n\n\nthe  fact  that  Jesus  was  virgin-born.  '1  o  conceal  ?  From \nwhom  ?  Why,  they  said  it  was  necessary  to  conceal  it  from \nthe  devil,  because  the  devil  was  on  the  lookout  for  some \nwonderful  person  to  be  born  of  a  virgin  ;  and  he  wanted  to \nfrustrate  the  plans  of  the  Almighty.  It  was  necessary  to \ncheat  the  devil,  and  keep  him  from  getting  any  correct  in- \nformation on  the  subject.  The  early  Church  Fathers  seri- \nously and  soberly  taught  that.  They  said,  again,  it  was  nec- \nessary to  keep  from  Satan  the  knowledge  that  Jesus  was  a \ndivine  being,  because,  if  it  had  been  known  that  he  was  the \nsecond  person  in  the  trinity,  it  would  not  have  occurred  to \nhim  that  Jesus  could  have  been  put  to  death ;  and,  if  he  had \nnot  been  put  to  death,  the  whole  scheme  of  human  salvation \nwould  have  been  frustrated.  I  speak  of  this  to  show  the \nnatve  confession,  on  the  part  of  the  ecclesiastical  Fathers  of \nthe  first,  second,  and  third  centuries,  that  in  the  beginning \nJesus  was  supposed  to  be  simply  a  man,  and  that  no  one \nthought  of  his  being  anything  else  until  a  long  time  after- \nwards. Then,  to  show  the  shifting  state  of  thought  in  those \ndays,  we  find  traces  of  a  tradition  that  makes  Joseph  the \nfather  of  Jesus,  the  Holy  Spirit  his  mother. \n\nIf  I  had  time,  I  could  show  the  inconsistencies  of  the \nstories  told  by  Luke  and  Matthew.  They  are  utterly  ir- \nreconcilable ;  and,  when  we  remember  that  stories  of  a  sim- \nilar character  have  grown  up  and  been  told  concerning  a \ndozen  other  great  men  in  the  history  of  the  past,  we  need \nnot  wonder  as  to  how  the  myths  and  legends  came  into \nbeing  that  grew  out  of  the  mental  atmosphere  of  that  age  as \nnaturally  as  grass-blades  grow  in  spring. \n\nI  ask  you  now  to  turn  with  me  from  the  stories  of  his  birth \nto  consider  for  a  moment  Dr.  Abbott's  statement  concerning \nthe  story  of  the  resurrection.  He  says  it  is  the  best  authen- \nticated fact  in  ancient  history.  1  will  put  squarely  against \nDr.  Abbott's  statement  a  clear  statement  of  my  own ;  and \nthen  1  will  give  two  or  three  reasons  for  making  it.  I  am \nready  to  assert,  and  challenge  contradiction,  that  there  exists \nnothing  in  the  world  that  can  fairly  or  properly  be  called \n\n\n10 \n\nproof  of  the  physical  resurrection  of  Jesus.  There  is  no \ncourt  in  America  that  would  convict  a  man  of  the  pettiest \ncrime  on  the  kind  of  evidence  that  we  have  for  the  physical \nresurrection  of  Jesus.  Now,  let  me  in  a  word  give  my  ex- \nplanation of  this. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  we  have  not  the  first-hand  testimony  of \na  single  eye-witness,  not  one.  The  oldest  testimony  we  have \nis  that  of  Paul.  Paul  tells  us  that  he  never  saw  Jesus  in  the \nfiesh,  never  saw  him  until  after  his  death.  He  says  he  did \nsee  him  on  the  way  to  Damascus.  Now,  let  us  look  at \nwhat  this  seeing  was. \n\nThere  are  two  stories;  and  they  contradict  each  other. \nOne  of  them  says  that  the  people  that  were  with  Paul  heard \na  voice  speak,  but  did  not  see  anything.  The  other  story \nsays  that  these  same  people  saw  a  light,  but  did  not  hear \nanything.  Both  cannot  be  true.  We  know  that  Paul  was \na  man  given  to  seeing  visions :  he  tells  us  how  on  one  oc- \ncasion he  was  caught  up  into  the  third  heaven,  and  heard \nthings  it  was  not  lawful  for  him  to  tell  us.  We  know  that  he \nwas  given  to  seeing  visions ;  and  he  tells  us  that  he  saw \nJesus,  and  he  goes  on  to  tell  us  that  the  twelve  saw  him, — \nthat  Peter  saw  him,  then  five  hundred  brethren  at  once,  on  a \ncertain  occasion.  The  only  first-hand  testimony  that  we  have \nthat  any  one  saw  him  is  Paul's  testimony.  That  is  the  only \ntestimony  we  have  that  we  know  anything  about,  the  only \nauthentic  testimony.  And  he  makes  no  distinction  between \nthe  method  of  his  seeing  him  and  the  method  of  the  others \nwho  saw  him. \n\nNow,  I  do  not  go  so  far  as  to  say  that  Paul  did  not  see \nJesus  ;  but  I  do  go  so  far  as  to  say  this, —  that,  if  he  did  see \nhim,  he  saw  him  in  his  spiritual  body.  He  did  not  see  his \nbody  of  fiesh  and  blood.  He  saw  him  as  thousands  of  peo- \nple in  the  modern  world  claim  to  see  those  that  once  lived \nand  have  passed  into  the  unknown.  I  do  not  say  that  this \nis  impossible.  If  it  is  possible  for  people  in  the  modern \nworld  thus  to  see  those  who  are  spoken  of  as  dead,  then  this \nwould  be  the  most  rational  explanation  of  the  vision  of  Paul \n\n\nII \n\nconcerning  Jesus.  And  this  is  confirmed  by  the  testimony \nof  Paul  concerning  resurrection.  Paul  says  explicitly,  when \nspeaking  of  the  general  resurrection,  that  it  is  not  the  body \nwhich  is  put  into  the  grave  that  is  to  be  raised.  We  have  an \nentirely  modern  thought  about  what  the  resurrection  means. \nNever  until  since  the  days  of  Jesus  was  it  supposed  that  any \nman,  except  Enoch  and  Elijah,  had  entered  into  heaven. \nThe  idea  that  people  immediately  after  death  enter  heaven  is \na  very  modern  idea.  In  the  time  of  Jesus  it  was  universally \nbelieved  that  those  who  died  went  down  to  Sheol,  as  the \nHebrews  called  it,  or  Hades,  as  the  Greeks  called  it,  an \nunderneath  world,  a  cavernous  world  underneath  the  earth, \nand  that  this  was  divided  into  two  parts,  Gehenna,  the  place \nof  torment,  and  Paradise,  the  place  of  peace  and  rest.  The \nessential  thing,  then,  in  the  matter  of  the  \"  resurrection  \"  of \nJesus  was  not  the  getting  of  his  body  out  of  the  tomb.  It \nwas  his  coming  up  from  this  underworld  and  showing  him- \nself alive,  and  entering  into  the  unseen  presence  of  God. \nI  believe  that  Jesus  is  still  alive.  There  is  not  one  particle \nof  anything  that  can  be  adequately  called  proof  of  any- \nthing else. \n\nBut  I  must  pass  from  that.  I  think  I  have  shown  that \nthere  is  no  ground  for  this  belief  in  the  supernatural  birth  or \nsupernatural  resurrection,  or  for  taking  Jesus  out  of  the \nordinary  line  of  human  evolution;  and  that  is  the  point  I \nwish  to  keep  constantly  in  mind. \n\nNow  let  us  turn  to  another  of  Dr.  Abbott's  positions  in \nregard  to  him,  and  see  whether  it  will  hold.  Dr.  Abbott \nsays  that  he  regards  Christ  as  absolute  master  of  the  Church, \nas  absolute  and  final  authority  for  the  human  soul.  Yet \nnote  the  entirely  insecure  basis  of  any  such  statement ;  for \nhe  tells  us  frankly  that  he  does  not  believe  that  the  records \nare  infallible.  The  records  are  human  compilations,  full  of \nerrors,  full  of  mistakes,  of  no  more  authority  than  the  ordi- \nnary reporter's  record  that  is  made  to-day.  Where,  then, \nresides  the  infallibility?  How  can  a  man  who  lived  two \nthousand  years  ago,  or  a  being,  be  an  infallible,  absolute \n\n\n12 \n\nauthority  and  master  of  my  soul,  when  I  have  no  way  of \ncertainly  finding  out  what  he  said  or  what  he  did  or  even \nwhat  he  was  ?  How  can  you  erect  an  infallible  authority  on \na  basis  of  purely  human  and  fallible  records  ?  And  the  falli- \nbility of  the  records  Dr.  Abbott  fully  concedes. \n\nIt  seems  to  me,  then,  that  we  are  face  to  face  with  a  con- \ndition like  this.  I  do  not  see  how  Dr.  Abbott's  Christ  can \npossibly  be  anything  else  but  his  own  ideal ;  and  yet  he  de- \nnies in  so  many  words  that  we  are  to  regard  him  as  an  ideal \nin  this  sense.  I  do  not  see  how  he  can  be  anything  else. \nHere  are  these  records  that  have  been  in  the  hands  of  the \nages ;  and  there  are  as  many  different  ideals  of  Jesus,  almost, \nas  there  are  different  men.  Was  the  ideal  of  Michel  Angelo, \nwhen  he  painted  \"The  Last  Judgment,\"  the  ideal  that \nDr.  Abbott  holds?  Is  the  ideal  of  Tolstoi  the  same  as \nthe  ideal  of  George  Fox,  the  Quaker  ?  Is  the  ideal  of  the \nShaker,  who  believes  that  Jesus  taught  the  celibate  life,  the \nsame  as  the  ideal  of  the  loving  father  and  mother  of  a \nfamily  ?  As  a  matter  of  fact,  then,  with  these  same  records, \nwe  have  any  number  of  ideals  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth.  How \nis  it  possible  for  a  man  to  take  fallible  records,  and  have  any- \nthing but  his  own  ideal  as  the  result  of  his  thinking  concern- \ning them  ?  So,  when  Dr.  Abbott  tells  us  that  Jesus  is  the \nfinal  and  infallible  authority  for  the  human  soul,  it  simply \nmeans  —  and  he  can  mean  nothing  else  —  that  his  ideal  of \nChrist  is  the  absolute  and  final  authority T^r  him.  I  grant \nthat.  But  this  ideal  of  Christ  is  not  the  historic  Jesus  of \nNazareth.  Two  thousand  years  have  been  at  work  on  that \nideal ;  and  all  the  finest  and  highest  thinking  and  feeling  of \nthe  ages  since  that  day  have  been  at  work  reshaping,  purify- \ning, lifting,  beautifying,  that  ideal.  It  is  my  conviction  that, \nif  the  actual  Jesus  of  Nazareth  should  appear  in  Boston \nto-day,  as  he  walked  the  streets  and  roads  of  Galilee, \nwe  should  not  recognize  him,  any  of  us ;  and  there  is  not  a \nsingle  church  in  Christendom  where  he  would  find  a  very \ncordial  welcome. \n\nI  have  my  ideal  of  that  which  is  highest  and  divinest ;  and \n\n\n^3 \n\nthat  is  my  final  and  absolute  authority.  It  must  be.  Every \nman's  highest  and  finest  ideal  is  his  absolute  authority.  I \ndo  not  see,  then,  wherein  Dr.  Abbott  can  possibly  differ  in \nthis  matter  from  me,  or  from  any  other  faithful,  earnest, \nclear-headed  men. \n\nAnother  point  in  regard  to  Jesus  being  this  final  and  abso- \nlute authority.  I  do  not  believe  that  Dr.  Abbott  in  his \nwhole  life  ever  dreamed  of  obeying  what  are  known  to  be \nsome  of  the  clearest  commands  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth.  What \nman  is  there  who  ever  attempted  to  live  out  all  of  the  Sermon \non  the  Mount  ?  When  some  one  came  and  stole  your  coat, \ndid  you  ever  call  him  back  and  give  him  your  cloak  also  ? \nDid  Dr.  Abbott  never  resist  evil  ?  Does  he  believe  in  letting \nthe  wicked,  corrupt  forces  of  New  York  and  Brooklyn  over- \nride city  and  country  without  lifting  a  hand  to  stay  the  tide  ? \nYet  Jesus  says,  \"  Resist  not  evil \" ;  and  Count  Tolstoi  says \nhe  means  it,  and  it  is  the  only  way  to  obey.  1  am  some- \ntimes asked  if  I  can  find  fault  with  anything  Jesus  ever  said. \nI  find  fault  with  one  thing,  if  he  is  correctly  reported.  In \nthe  19th  chapter  of  Matthew  and  12th  verse  he  teaches  celi- \nbacy,—  that  the  celibate  life  is  a  higher,  more  spiritual,  truer \nlife  than  any  other.  He  commands  those  who  have  strength \nand  will-power  to  attain  it  to  make  that  their  ideal.  And \nyet  the  God  of  the  universe  does  not  seem  to  agree  with  him. \nHe  has  set  the  human  race  in  families;  and  the  sweetest, \nnoblest,  truest  lives  that  have  ever  been  lived  have  been \nthose  that  have  blossomed  out  into  this  mutual  human  love. \nJesus  teaches  adequate  reason  for  the  existence  of  celibacy \nin  the  Church,  and  for  the  existence  of  monasteries  and \nnunneries.  Dr.  Abbott  does  not  believe  that;  and  so  he \ndoes  not  make  the  historic  Jesus  of  Nazareth  his  absolute \nauthority  and  final  judge.  It  is  his  ideal  of  all  that  is  high- \nest and  grandest  and  sweetest  and  noblest  and  divinest  and \nmost  human  that  is  his  ideal ;  and  he  labels  it  \"  Christ.\" \n\nI  had  a  long  talk  with  one  of  our  foremost  Unitarian \nclergymen  a  few  years  ago,  one  who  used  the  name  of  Christ \nvery  frequently  in  his  preaching;  and  I  asked  if  he  meant \n\n\nJesus  of  Nazareth,  and  he  frankly  told  me  no.  He  said  that \nhe  meant  the  ideal  of  mankind.  I  was  talking,  within  a  year, \nwith  one  of  the  foremost  Episcopalian  ministers ;  and  I  said \nto  him,  \"  When  you  preach  Christ,  do  you  always  mean  the \nhistoric  Jesus  of  Nazareth  ? \"  And  he  said,  \"  No :  I  am  talk- \ning about  the  ideal  of  humanity.''  He  labels  it  Christ.  It \nseems  to  me  that  that  is  not  quite  the  ideal  way  to  deal \nwith  words. \n\nAs  we  turn  to  other  points,  then,  what  reasons  have  we \nfor  placing  Jesus  outside  the  lines  of  human  evolution? \nIs  it  on  account  of  something  that  he  said?  Mark  you, \nI  do  not  mean  to  derogate  from  the  dignity,  the  beauty, \nthe  glory,  of  Jesus.  These  rest  elsewhere,  as  I  shall  tell \nyou.  Jesus  was  not  original  in  his  teaching.  Jesus  taught, \nperhaps  it  is  fair  for  me  to  say,  nothing  entirely  new,  nothing \nwhich  the  highest  and  finest  thinkers  of  the  ages  had  not \nattained.  The  Golden  Rule,  we  say,  ought  to  be  the  basis \nof  Christianity;  and  yet  Confucius  taught  it  hundreds  of \nyears  before  Jesus  was  born.  Gautama  taught  it.  Hillel \ntaught  it  explicitly  in  the  century  preceding  Jesus.  I  must \ntell  you  the  story,  it  is  so  beautiful. \n\nSchammai  and  Hillel  were  rivals.  Schammai  cared  for  the \nritual.  Hillel  cared  nothing  for  it.  Hillel  was  one  of  the \nmost  Christ-like  of  any  man  of  whom  I  ever  heard.  Once \na  man  came  to  Schammai,  and  said,  \"  Can  you  tell  me  the \nwhole  Jewish  law  while  I  stand  on  one  foot?\"  And \nSchammai,  provoked  and  angered,  drove  him  away  with  vio- \nlence. Then  he  went  across  to  the  school  of  Hillel,  and \nasked  him  the  same  question ;  and  he  said :  \"  Yes,  perfectly \nwell.  What  you  do  not  want  anybody  to  do  to  you  do  not \nyou  to  them.  That  is  the  whole  law :  everything  else  is  only \ncommentary.\" \n\nJesus  only  quotes  Hillel.  He  says,  Thou  shalt  do  unto \nothers  as  you  would  have  them  do  unto  you  ;  for  this,  he  says, \nis  the  law  and  the  prophets.  He  does  not  even  claim  that  it \nwas  original  with  him.  Jesus,  then,  has  not  said  anything \nthat  we  cannot  explain  on  the  theory 'of  his  being  a  man. \n\n\n15 \n\nDid  he  do  anything  that  is  inconsistent  with  his  being \na  man?  He  is  reported  to  have  wrought  miracles.  But \nsuppose  he  did.  The  Old  Testament  is  full  of  miracles  on \nthe  part  of  men.  The  apostles  wrought  miracles,  even  to \nthe  raising  of  the  dead.  Jesus,  then,  is  not  reported  as  hav- \ning done  anything  that  would  take  him  out  of  the  human \ncategory. \n\nWe  reach  the  third  question.  Shall  we  find  that  he  seems \nmore  than  man  by  anything  that  he  was  ?  Can  we  find  out \nprecisely  what  he  was  ?  I  have  already  talked  to  you  about \nthis  human  ideal.  Jesus  was  tender,  was  loving,  was  true, \nwas  noble.  He  was  patient  under  insult,  he  forgave  his \nenemies,  he  was  full  of  confident  trust  in  and  love  for  God. \nBut  must  we  so  slander  and  so  degrade  humanity  as  to \nsuppose  no  man  could  be  this }  Old  Father  Taylor  teaches \nus  a  more  human  lesson, —  the  old  Methodist  minister  of  the \nBethel,  famous  for  his  eccentricities  and  his  oratory  as  well \nas  his  goodness.  Some  one  asked  him  one  day  if,  in  his \njudgment,  any  one  had  ever  been  as  good  as  Jesus, —  he  be- \nlieved in  the  Methodist  doctrine  of  perfection.  \"  Thousands \nof  'em,  thousands  of  'em,\"  was  his  reply.  It  would  seem  a \npity,  even  on  the  orthodox  theory,  that,  after  all  these  ages  of \nChristian  teaching  and  Christian  influence,  no  man  had  risen \nup  to  the  level  of  this  ideal  of  which  we  are  speaking.  I  be- \nlieve many  have  risen  to  that  ideal. \n\nNow,  let  us  take  one  step  more.  I  do  not  know  how,  if \nJesus  had  been  a  body  worn  by  God,  anybody  should  have \nfound  it  out.  In  other  words,  I  do  not  see  how  anybody \ncan  tell  the  difference  between  an  incarnate  God  and  an \nideal  man.  Suppose  the  Almighty  God  of  the  universe \nshould  come  to  take  possession  of  a  man.  Dr.  Abbott  tells \nus  that  he  was  limited.  He  limits  himself,  of  course,  to \nthe  scope  and  reach  of  humanity  by  becoming  a  man.  He \nthinks  with  a  man's  brain,  he  uses  a  man's  body,  he  loves \nwith  a  man's  heart,  he  aspires  with  a  man's  soul.  If  God \ncame  into  a  man  in  very  deed,  he  could  manifest  only  so \nmuch   of  his   Godhood  as   a  man   could    hold.      Suppose \n\n\ni6 \n\nHercules,  the  mighty  giant,  should  surrender  his  club,  and \npluck  a  reed  from  the  bank  of  a  brook  and  use  that  as  his \nweapon.  The  might  of  Hercules  under  those  conditions \nwould  be  limited  by  the  strength  of  the  reed.  He  could \nstrike  no  heavier  blow  than  the  reed  could  bear.  So,  if  God \nin  very  deed  should  come  into  a  man,  he  could  manifest  no \nmore  than  ideal  manhood.  So,  whether  God  came  down \nfrom  above  and  took  possession  of  a  man  or  whether  God \nevolved  the  divine  in  man  from  beneath  until  he  blossomed \nout  into  the  ideal  humanity,  it  seems  to  me  that  the  result \nwould  be  precisely  the  same.  I  do  not  see  how  any  one \nlooking  on  from  the  outside  could  tell  the  difference. \n\nI  wish  now  to  come  to  the  last  point,  so  far  as  any  dealing \nwith  Dr.  Abbott  is  concerned.  That  I  may  not  do  him  wrong, \nI  will  read  his  own  words.  In  his  last  lecture  there  is  one  of \nthe  most  naive,  curious,  unconscious,  contradictions  that  I \never  came  across.  He  deals  first  with  the  evolution  of  the \nBible  as  a  purely  natural  unfolding  of  the  religious  life  of  the \nHebrew  race.  He  tells  us  that  God  selected  this  Hebrew \nrace,  and  trained  and  taught  it  for  fifteen  hundred  years,  and \nthat  the  Bible  was  the  outcome  of  this  God-selected  race.  I \nquote  from  a  newspaper  report,  and  it  is  only  fair  to  say  that \nit  may  not  be  precisely  accurate. \n\n\"  Among  all  the  nations  of  antiquity,  the  one  nation  which \ndisplayed  a  peculiar  genius  for  what  men  call  religion  was \nthe  Hebrew  race.  They  were  a  nation  ripe  for  the  beginning \nof  the  manifestation  of  righteousness.  For  fifteen  centuries \nof  history  God  was  dealing  with  this  nation  as  with  all \nnations ;  but  in  the  case  of  this  nation  the  fruit  of  his  deal- \nings was  manifested  as  it  was  with  no  other  nation.  Out  of \nthis  nation  and  out  of  the  writings  of  its  prophets  he  secured \nthe  permanent  book,  the  Bible. \n\n\"Thus  the  Bible  is  the  expression  of  God  in  human \nthought, —  the  expression  of  God  speaking  to  humanity \nthrough  the  selected  writing  of  the  selected  prophets  of  a \nselected  people.  When  the  ripeness  of  time  had  come,  this \nprocess  of  God  speaking  to  men  issued  in  the  incarnation. \n\n\n17 \n\nUp  to  the  first  century  the  Word  had  been  spoken  to  human- \nity. In  the  birth  of  Jesus  Christ  the  Word  itself  became \nincarnate.  God,  who  had  expressed  himself  through  men, \nnow  expressed  himself  in  a  human  life.\" \n\nGod,  who  had  expressed  himself  through  men,  now  ex- \npresses himself  in  a  human  life.  You  see,  to  account  for \nthe  Bible,  he  does  not  go  outside  of  evolution.  He  praises \nthe  Jews.  He  says  they  had  been  selected  and  trained  for \nfifteen  hundred  years,  and  the  Bible  was  the  natural  expres- \nsion of  their  thought.  They  had  been  trained  into  righteous- \nness, they  had  been  saturated  with  God,  so  that  out  of  their \nlife  blossomed  the  Bible.  But,  while  the  word  of  God  had \nbeen  spoken  through  this  people,  when  it  comes  to  incarna- \ntion, suddenly  the  Jews  are  not  good  enough.  He  praises \nthe  Jews,  when  he  wants  to  account  for  the  Bible  :  now,  what \ndoes  he  do,  when  he  wants  to  account  for  Jesus  ?    He  says, — \n\n\"  He  was  a  Jew,  and  yet  not  a  Jew ;  for  the  three  charac- \nteristics of  the  Jews  were  worldliness,  Phariseeism,  and  un- \nspirituality.\" \n\nThe  Bible  came  out  of  a  race  whose  three  characteristics \nwere  worldliness,  Phariseeism,  and  unspirituality !  That  is \nwhat  God  had  got  them  to  after  fifteen  hundred  years  of \nselected  training !  When  he  wants  the  Bible  to  be  the  result \nof  the  Jewish  race,  the  Jews  are  good  enough  for  that ;  but, \nwhen  he  wants  to  account  for  Jesus,  the  Jews  instantly \nbecome  a  different  kind  of  people!  Instead  of  the  expo- \nnents of.  God's  righteousness,  they  are  unspiritual,  worldly ! \nThey  were  either  the  one  or  the  other :  I  leave  Dr.  Abbott \nto  choose  which.  If  they  were  good  enough  for  God  to \nspeak  hb  word  through,  I  do  not  see  why  they  might  not \nhave  been  good  enough  for  him  to  express  an  ideal  humanity \nthrough. \n\nI  cannot  find  anything  in  candid,  careful,  earnest  study  of \nJesus  and  the  Hebrew  people  that  should  lead  us  to  take \nhim  out  of  the  line  of  orderly  divine  evolution.  For,  remem- \nber, evolution  does  not  leave  God  out  of  account.  God  is \nthe  one  potent,  supreme  factor  all  through  from  the  lowest \n\n\nto  the  highest.  And,  as  I  intimated  at  the  outset,  it  is  not \ncomplimentary  to  God  to  propose  to  help  him  out  of  his \nexigencies,  to  suppose  that  he  can  evolve  everything  in  the \nuniverse  except  one. \n\nThen,  in  the  next  place,  I  have  never  been  able  to  find \nanything  in  Jesus  of  Nazareth,  in  any  authentic  account  of \nhim,  that  should  lead  us  to  take  him  out  of  the  orderly \ndevelopment  of  the  race. \n\nDr.  Gordon,  in  his  speech  before  the  Unitarian  Club,  told \nus  that  he  could  not  think  of  Jesus  as  human.  Well,  that  is \nonly  Dr.  Gordon's  thought.  But,  when  he  comes  to  a  reason, \nit  must  be  something  like  this.  He  thinks  Jesus  was  good ; \nand  he  thinks  of  man  as  so  bad  that  he  cannot  think  that \nJesus  had  a  natural  origin.  It  seems  to  me  that  his  ideal  of \nhumanity  is  not  complimentary  to  God.  The  age-long  doc- \ntrine of  total  depravity  that  has  been  taught  leads  him  to \nfeel  that  anything  that  is  bad  must  be  human,  and  anything \ngood  must  be  accounted  for  in  some  other  way.  That  seems \nto  be  the  explanation.  I  do  not  know  why  this  will  not  apply \nin  other  places  as  well.  Read  the  average  of  the  poetic  work \nof  England,  and  then  say  that,  that  being  the  best  that  the \nhuman  development  of  England  can  give,  we  must  go  to \nsome  divine  theory  to  account  for  Shakspere.  I  believe  that \nit  is  the  divine  in  the  human  working  along  the  lines  of \ngrowth  of  that  marvellous  race,  the  race  of  Moses,  the  race \nof  Elijah,  the  race  of  Isaiah,  the  race  most  wonderful  for  its \nreligion,  its  theology,  its  ethical  life  and  thought  that  the \nworld  has  ever  seen  —  that  it  is  the  divine  working  along \nthe  lines  of  the  growth  of  that  race.  And  it  seems  to  me \nthat  the  blossoming  of  Jesus  as  its  crown  and  flower  at  last \nis  as  natural  as  the  blossoming  of  the  century  plant,  which, \nafter  a  hundred  years,  starting  in  the  mud,  outreaches  into \nan  unspeakable  glory  and  beauty  that  can  face  the  very \nheavens  without  shame. \n\nMy  ideal  of  Jesus,  then,  is  that  he  was  the  flower  and \ncrown  of  humanity.  I  never  loved  him  so,  I  never  honored \nhim  so,  I  never  cared  so  much  for  his  thought  and  his  work \nand  his  life  as  to-day. \n\n\n19 \n\nJesus  did  not  add  to  the  world's  thinking.  He  did  not \nundertake  to  solve  any  scientific,  any  philosophic,  any  gov- \nernmental, any  industrial  problem.  He  did  not  touch  these. \nHe  only  sought  to  put  into  the  hearts  of  men  a  spirit,  a  tem- \nper, a  feeling,  an  attitude,  which,  if  naturally  developed  and \nunfolded,  would  blossom  into  the  very  kingdom  of  heaven  on \nearth. \n\nJesus'  spiritual  attitude  towards  God  is  trust,  the  love  of \nthe  child ;  his  spiritual  attitude  towards  man,  pity,  comprehen- \nsion, tenderness.  •  These  seem  to  me  to  be  as  divine  as  any- \nthing that  humanity  is  ever  likely  to  dream.  And  I  believe \nthis  is  God  working  naturally  through  humanity  and  along \nthe  lines  of  its  natural  growth,  humanity  reaching  up  to  God \nand  becoming  one  with  him. \n\nFather,  we  thank  Thee  for  Jesus.  We  thank  Thee  for  all \nThy  wondrous  light  and  leading;  and  we  consecrate  ourselves \nto  seek  for  Thy  truth  in  his  spirit  now  and  forever.    Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.   A.    HORTON \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .    .    ,     .  20  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $!.^o \n\nCloth,    \"    Copy,    .     .     .    .  }o  cents. \n\n\"        \"    Do^ ^2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  verv  thorougnly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \not  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctnnal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  tne  criti- \ncal  judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  foith.  It  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nsdiools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdwakd  a.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  zrown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantly  askins  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  witn  the  results  of  critical  scnolarship.  The  g^at  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudy  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catediism  ^1  be  found  adaptea  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  in  the  nuitter  of  interpretation. \n\nOEO.  H.  BLLIS*  Publisher,  141  Fnioklia  St ,  Boatoo,  Mass. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cente  single  oopy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13                 FEBRUARY  19,  1892                No.  19 \n\nEL  RELATION  OF  DR.  ABBOTT  TO  ORTHO- \n\nDOXY AND  UNITARIANISM \n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.   ELLIS,  141  FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\ntmtfmi  at  tuf  F<m-ofke  homo^t  Mau.,  at  aeetmil<lt»4»  mati  i»«/irr \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  RscoDfttniction.    lamo |i.oo \n\nTImm  Dcfenermttt  Days.    Small  i6aM>.    Flexible so \n\nMy  Creed,    lamo t.oo \n\nPoema.    161BO.    Fnllfilt    With  portrait i.fo \n\nLight  OD  the  Caood.    i6aM>.    Full  gilt 1.85 \n\nSocial  Problema.    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religioaa  Life.    lamo i.oo \n\nBehef  in  God.    umo                     1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.    lamo         1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Morals  of  EToIntion.    laao 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesos.    lamo         1.00 \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,    ramo 1.00 \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood,    ismo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution.    lamo i.fo \n\nLife  Questions.    i6mo      i^oo \n\nBlufiFton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.    lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  DaiW  Living,    ismo 1.00 \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times.    lamo i.oo \n\nLife,    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Mmister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Sonn  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nQoth 1.00 \n\nLeather 1.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy,  ....     so  cents.    Per  dos.,  1.50 \n\n•*      Cloth,        •*               .     .    .    soj    *•                \"  s,5o \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sennons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \nfonn  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.''  Subscription  price,  tor  the  seaaon,  fi.so; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGKO.  H,  ELLIS,  FtMitktr, \n\n141  Frtmklm  St.,  B^tUm,  Mmu. \n\n\nRELATION  OF  DR.  ABBOH  TO  ORTHODOXY \nAND  UNITARIANISM.* \n\n\nWhat  I  wish  to  do  to-day  is  not  to  criticise  Dr.  Abbott  in \nthe  ordinary  sense  of  that  word,  not  to  find  any  fault  with \nhim.  I  wish  to  place  him.  I  wish  to  locate  him  in  your \nmind,  so  that  you  can  see  where  he  stands ;  if  he  is  ortho- \ndox, why  ?  if  he  is  Unitarian,  why  ?  and  how  far  he  is  from \nour  position  ?  You  will  understand  that,  great  as  may  be  the \nability  of  Dr.  Abbott,  as  distinguished  as  the  pulpit  he  occu- \npies may  be,  I  should  not  undertake  a  work  like  this  if  he \nstood  alone.  I  take  him  simply  as  the  most  noted  example \nat  the  present  time  of  the  drift  and  tendency  of  things.  He \nhimself  represents  that  evolution  which  he  discusses.  I  wish, \ntherefore,  to  find  how  far  along  he  is  on  the  road ;  and  not \nhe  alone,  because,  as  I  said,  he  represents  a  movement,  and \nthat  movement  touches  and  moulds  and  shapes  a  large  part \nof  the  most  intelligent  modern  life  of  that  which  is  called \nstill  the  Orthodox  Church. \n\nBut  how  shall  we  find  out  whether  Dr.  Abbott  is  orthodox \nor  not  ?  Defining  Orthodoxy  to-day  is  no  easy  matter.  One \nmay  be  pardoned  if  he  should  refer  to  Polonius  and  the \ncloud  as  an  illustration ;  for  sometimes  it  looks  like  a  cloud;* \nthen  somebody  thinks  it  looks  like  a  whale,  and  to  the  eyes \nof  a  third  it  has  shrunk  to  the  dimensions  of  a  weasel.  It \ndepends  so  much  upon  your  point  of  view.  It  depends  so \nmuch  upon  what  you  assume  instead  of  attempt  to  prove. \n\nWhen  the  Roman  Church  was  most  dominant  in  the \nworld,  there  was  only  one  Orthodoxy  throughout  Christen- \n\n*  Phonographically  reported. \n\n\ndom.  The  Roman  Church  to-day  speaks  of  the  Greek \nChurch  as  heretical ;  and,  of  course,  all  Protestantism  is  a \nheresy  from  the  point  of  view  of  Rome.  On  the  other  hand, \nthe  Greek  Church  regards  the  Roman  Church  as  heretical, \nand  all  Protestants  as  heretics.  Curiously  enough,  however, \nthe  Protestants  admit  that,  in  the  main,  both  the  Greek \nChurch  and  the  Roman  are  orthodox.  That  is,  they  hold \nsubstantially  and  essentially  the  doctrines  which  they  regard \nas  constituting  Orthodoxy;  while,  at  the  same  time,  they \nhold  a  good  many  other  things  that  Protestantism  abhors, \nand  make  a  great  many  claims  which  Protestantism  opposes. \nBut  the  Roman  and  Greek  Churches  are  both  orthodox  from \nthe  point  of  view  of  the  Presbyterians,  for  example. \n\nWhen  we  come  to  the  Protestant  Church  itself,  where \nshall  we  locate  Orthodoxy  ?  Time  was  when  the  Methodists \nwere  heretics;  Free-will  Baptists  were  heretics;  a  certain \nclass  of  the  Quakers  are  heretics ;  a  certain  class  of  the \nChurch  called  Christians,  or  Campbellites,  are  heretics.  Of \ncourse,  all  Unitarians  and  Universalists  are  heretics. \n\nWhat  is  the  meaning  of  \"  Orthodoxy  \"  ?  If  you  take  the \ntechnical  meaning  of  the  word,  it  means  true  doctrine.  But \nhow  are  you  to  settle  the  true  doctrine  ?  Of  course,  that \nultimately  comes  to  the  majority  opinion,  the  majority  view. \nAny  country,  any  section  of  the  country,  can  arrogate  to \nitself  a  religion  which  it  calls  orthodox,  and  stigmatize  with \nthe  title  of  heresy  whatever  dares  to  differ  from  this  majority \nopinion. \n\nYou  see,  then,  we  must  find  somewhere  a  standard  before \nwe  can  intelligently  raise  the  question  whether  Dr.  Abbott  is \northodox  or  not.  But  this  standard  is  a  changing  one,  as  I \nhave  said.  I  shall  bring  to  you,  as  an  illustration,  some  of \nthe  teachings  of  the  Presbyterian  Confession  of  Faith.  I  am \nperfectly  well  aware  that  there  are  many  Presbyterian  min- \nisters in  this  country  to-day  who  do  not  hold  this  book  as \nthe  final  or  authoritative  expression  of  their  belief.  Yet  we \nhave  a  right,  a  right  that  has  been  denied  me  a  great  many \ntimes,  to  hold  the  members  and  ministers  of  a  church  to  the \n\n\njudgment  of  the  standard  of  belief  which  they  still  authorita- \ntively publish  broadcast  all  over  Europe  anH  America, —  a \nstandard  which  is  the  only  authoritative  expression  of  their \nbelief.  I  have  asked  Presbyterians  sometimes,  if  they  did \nnot  believe  in  the  Confession  of  Faith,  why  they  did  not \nchange  it  ?  They  have  said  they  did  not  dare  to  do  so,  for \nfear  it  would  go  to  pieces  and  they  would  not  know  where \nthey  were.  Still,  if  there  was  a  book  abroad  which  I  had \npublished  and  which  I  had  left  uncontradicted  and  unmodi- \nfied, I  should  not  take  it  amiss  if  some  one  quoted  from  it  as \nrepresenting  my  opinions.  Why  else  are  creeds  published \nand  distributed  over  the  world  ?  I  bring  this  as  an  illustra- \ntion. \n\nThere  are  important  points  in  which  the  Methodists,  for \nexample,  differ  from  the  Presbyterian  Confession  of  Faith ; \nand  yet  they  hold  and  the  Presbyterians  hold  to  the  same \nessential  doctrines;  so  that  the  Presbyterian  admits  the \nOrthodoxy  of  the  Methodist  as  well  as  of  the  Episcopalians, \nthe  Baptists,  and  the  Congregationalists. \n\nThere  is  one  thing  that  it  is  only  fair  I  should  point  out ; \nand  that  is  that  the  Congregationalists  —  Dr.  Abbott  belongs, \nyou  know,  to  that  body  —  have  not  published  a  general  and \nuniversal  creed  in  the  same  way  that  the  Methodists,  Epis- \ncopalians, and  Presbyterians  have  done.  The  nearest  you \ncan  get  at  what  the  Congregationalists  as  a  body  hold,  by \ntheir  own  declaration,  is  something  like  this.  A  few  years \nago  the  national  organization  of  the  Congregational  Church, \nhaving  met  here  in  Boston,  went  down  to  Plymouth  and \nvisited  the  old  historic  spots ;  and  there,  gathered  about  Ply- \nmouth Rock,  they  affirmed  their  adhesion  to  the  teachings  of \nthe  Westminster  Confession  of  Faith  \"for  substance  of \ndoctrine.\"  That  is  the  only  anchor  that  I  know  of  that  is \ngenerally  and  universally  recognized  by  the  Congregational \nchurches  to-day.  They  adhere  to  the  Westminster  Confes- \nsion for  the  substance  of  doctrine.  But  you  must  not  think \nthat  the  Congregationalists  are  any  less  orthodox  in  the \nmain   for  this.     They   are   freer  than   the   other  churches. \n\n\nEach  local  church  has  a  right  lo  formulate  a  little  creed  of \nits  own.  They  have  no  presbytery,  no  general  convention \nbefore  which  they  can  bring  a  man  for  trial  as  do  some  of \nthe  other  religious  bodies,  having  this  sure  and  effective \nmethod  of  dealing  with  the  generally  recognized  heretic.  If \nthe  Congregationalist  minister  preaches  doctrines  which  they \nregard  as  essentially  unsound,  if  he  leaves  out  those  things \nthat  they  believe  are  of  prime  importance,  then  they,  simply \ndisfellowship  him.  They  treat  him  just  as  you  would  a \nmember  of  the  community  that  you  wished  to  have  nothing \nwhatever  to  do  with.  They  do  not  recognize  his  standing \nin  the  orthodox  church.  Their  ministers  will  not  exchange \nwith  him.  He  is  simply  left  one  side.  So  the  Congrega- \ntionalists  do  agree  in  regard  to  matters  of  faith. \n\nNow,  I  wish  to  call  your  attention  to  a  few  of  the  doctrines \nof  the  Confession  of  Faith  of  the  Presbyterian  Church,  in \norder  that  we  may  have  a  standard  by  which  to  judge. \nWhat  was  the  old  Orthodoxy,  say,  fifty  or  seventy-five  years \nago  ?  Having  given  that,  I  wish  to  show  you  another  defi- \nnition which  1  believe  to  be  one  that  will  hold  to-day. \n\nThe  first  point  in  the  Presbyterian  Confession  of  Faith  is \nthe  authority  of  the  Scriptures.  They  are  the  one  only  in- \nfallible, authoritative  revelation  of  the  will  of  God  to  man. \nYou  will  not  think  I  am  quoting  their  words.  I  do  not  care \nto  weary  you  by  reading;  but  I  shall  be  careful  to  state \nnothing  that  is  not  true. \n\nThe  first  point,  then,  is  the  authoritative  quality  of  the \nBible  as  set  forth  in  the  old  doctrine. \n\nThen  come  the  eternal  decrees.  It  is  taught  that  every- \nthing that  happens  is  distinctly  and  definitely  foreordained. \nWhen  it  comes  to  man,  it  was  foreordained  before  the  foun- \ndation of  the  world  that  a  certain  number  of  men  should  be \nelected  to  be  saved, —  that  number  fixed  and  unchangeable. \nCertain  others  were  foreordained  to  be  passed  by,  and  left  to \nperish.  In  the  one  case,  this  was  for  the  glory  of  God's \ngrace  ;  in  the  other,  for  the  equal  glory  of  his  justice.  A \npart  of  this  doctrine  was  the  damnation  of  infants, —  perfectly \n\n\n.  logical,  an  essential  part  of  it ;  for,  if  God  foreordains  be- \nfore I  am  born  that  I  am  to  be  eternally  damned,  it  seems \nto  me  a  very  slight  matter  as  to  whether  it  begins  by  my \ndying  in  infancy  or  my  waiting  until  I  am  ten  years  old.  It \nmakes  a  difference  of  only  ten  3'ears,  at  any  rate ;  and  that  is \nnot  much  in  eternity.  It  is  a  necessary,  logical  part  of  the \ndoctrine.  And  yet,  in  response  to  the  outcry  of  the  heart, \nthey  are  moving  to-day  to  modify  so  much  of  the  doctrine  of \nGod's  decree,  without  any  logic,  that  they  have  decided  to \ngive  the  babies  a  chance.  Old  Michael  Wigglesworih,  the \npoet  of  Puritanism,  conceded  something :  he  said  that  God \nwould  give  the  babies  \"  the  easiest  room  in  hell.\"  That  was \nthe  extent  of  the  mercy  of  the  Puritan.  Now  they  have \ndecided  not  to  send  them  at  once,  even  in  the  case  of  non- \nelect  infants,  to  that  place. \n\nThe  next  point  is  concerning  creation,  in  which  it  is  ex- \nplicitly declared  that  God  created  the  world  in  six  days  out \nof  nothing.  The  Presbyterian  Confession  of  Faith  knows \nmore  about  this  than  the  Bible.  The  Bible  does  not  say \nthat  the  world  was  created  out  of  nothing,  though  the  Con- \nfession does. \n\nThen  comes  the  creation  of  man  and  his  fall, —  the  ordi- \nnary doctrine  of  the  fall,  this  fall  producing  such  an  effect \nthat  man  is  totally  incapacitated  to  choose  the  good.  He \nlies  perfectly  helpless  until  God  by  a  miracle  comes,  in  the \naction  of  his  Holy  Spirit,  and  works  upon  him  a  divine \nchange. \n\nAfter  the  fall  comes  the  doctrine  of  the  covenants.  God \nis  supposed  to  have  made  a  covenant  of  works  with  Adam. \nIf  he  would  be  perfect  and  obey  the  law,  he  could  be  saved, \notherwise  not.  Of  course,  he  was  not  perfect,  and  did  not \nobey.  Then  there  was  the  covenant  of  grace,  supposed  to \nhave  been  made  through  Jesus  Christ.  Then  comes  the \ndoctrine  of  Christ,  the  Mediator  and  only  Saviour.  Those \nwho  were  elected  were  miraculously  converted  by  a  special \naction  of  the  Divine  Spirit.  Then  they  were  justified,  not  on \naccount  of  anything  which  they  were,  not  on  account  of  any- \n\n\n8 \n\nthing  which  they  thought,  not  of  anything  which  they  did,  • \nbut  justified  entirely  on  account  of  the  substituted  righteous- \nness of  Christ.    Those  who  were  justified  were  fbreordained, \nin  spite  of  any  sins  or  faults,  to  persevere  and  be  finally \nsaved. \n\nGood  works  are  declared  to  be  utterly  of  no  avail.  If  a \nman  does  anything  which  he  thinks  is  commanded  in  the \nBible  for  him  to  do,  it  is  not  accounted  as  good,  or  of  any \nvirtue  at  all,  if  he  does  it  before  he  is  converted. \n\nThen  comes,  of  course,  the  resurrection  of  the  body,  the \nvery  bodies  which  we  have  worn  here.  These,  it  is  taught, \nappear  at  the  last  judgment.  The  fallen  angels,  as  well  as \nall  mankind,  appear  at  God's  bar,  to  be  judged  accord- \ning to  the  record  of  their  past  life.  Then  comes  the  final \ndoom,  heaven  for  the  few  elected  ones,  and  everlasting \nchains  and  darkness  for  all  the  rest. \n\nThis  is  Orthodoxy  as  it  is  published  by  the  Presbyterian \nbody  of  the  Church  throughout  America  and  Europe.  There \nis  a  great  movement,  I  am  glad  to  say,  towards  modifying \nthis  Presbyterian  Confession  of  Faith.     I  wish  it  all  success. \n\nI  have  said  that  the  Methodists  and  the  Episcopal  and  the \nBaptist  churches  substantially  agree  with  this,  but  there \nare  very  important  modifications  that  it  is  fair  and  just \nthat  I  should  take  account  of.  I  wish  now,  however,  to \nreduce  Orthodoxy  to  its  lowest  terms.  That  is,  I  shall  try \nto  state,  just  as  fairly  as  I  know  how,  what  I  believe  to  be  the \nessentials  of  anything  that  can  claim  to  be  Orthodoxy  to-day. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  it  must  include  the  substantial  truth,  the \npractical  infallibility  of  the  Bible.  Unless  there  is  an  au- \nthoritative revelation,  how  can  there  be  an  Orthodoxy  ?  By \nwhat  standard  shall  any  one  decide  as  to  whether  any  opin- \nion is  orthodox  or  not  ? \n\nThen,  in  the  next  place,  there  must  be  the  doctrine  in \nsome  form  of  the  fall, —  that  man  has  fallen  into  an  estate  of \nsin,  and  is  alienated  and  outcast  from  God ;  for,  if  he  is  not, \nthen  to  what  end  exists  all  the  divine  and  supernatural \nmachinerv  of  salvation  ? \n\n\nThen,  in  the  third  place,  there  must  be  this  particular, \nspecial  operation  of  the  Holy  Spirit  in  the  work  of  convert- \ning the  individual  soul,  pardoning  and  saving  this  person \nand  that. \n\nThen,  in  the  next  place,  must  follow  the  doctrine  of  the \nChurch  as  this  divinely  selected  body  of  the  saved.  Of \ncourse,  that  includes  the  special  mission,  the  divine  nature, \nand  the  miraculous  work  of  the  Christ,  in  order  to  make  sal- \nvation possible. \n\nIt  must  include,  too,  it  seems  to  me,  the  doctrine  of  future \npunishment ;  for,  if  those  that  are  not  saved  go  to  the  same \nplace  and  receive  the  same  final  award  as  those  that  are \nsaved,  then  to  what  end  all  this  long  process  of  saving  ?  It \nseems  to  me,  then,  that  anything  that  can  call  itself  orthodox \nmust  at  least  hold  substantially  these  few  doctrines  that  I \nhave  outlined. \n\nLet  us  take  this  Orthodoxy  reduced  to  its  lowest  terms  as \nour  standard  by  which  to  investigate  the  present  position \nand  belief  of  Dr.  Abbott,  to  find  out  whether  he  and  those \nwho  stand  beside  him  and  are  following  him  —  and  they  are \na  multitude  —  ate  really  orthodox  or  not. \n\nAs  a  matter  of  necessity,  not  choice,  I  shall  have  to  follow, \nfrom  the  nature  of  my  subject,  something  of  a  catalogue \nmethod  in  this  part  of  my  sermon.  -  I  shall  have  to  take  up \nDr.  Abbott's  beliefs  one  after  another  and  examine  them, \nand  see  whether  they  are  orthodox  or  Unitarian,  or  neither. \n\n1.  What  is  his  belief  concerning  the  Scripture  revelation  .> \nI  take  that  first,  because  it  is  the  first  thing  which  you  find  in \nall  the  confessions  of  faith ;  and,  of  course,  that  is  the  foun- \ndation of  all.  Dr.  Abbott  does  not  believe  in  any  infallible \nrevelation.  You  are  aware,  I  suppose,  of  the  different \nphases  of  this  doctrine  of  inspiration.  It  may  be  well  for \nme  to  run  through  them  briefly.  It  was  taught  in  early \nPuritan  days  that  the  Bible  was  verbally  inspired,  that  the \nwhole  Bible  was  as  much  written  by  God  as  were  the  tradi- \ntional tables  of  stone  on  which  it  is  said  he  wrote  the  ten \ncommandments  with  his  fingcK,     Though  men  might  be  the \n\n\nlO \n\namanuenses,  God  held  and  guided  their  hands,  so  that  every \nword  in  the  Bible  from  cover  to  cover  was  the  infallible \nword  of  God.     This  was  the  doctrine  as  it  was  held. \n\nWhen  I  was  in  the  theological  seminary,  I  was  told  not  to \nhold  the  verbal  theory,  that  it  had  given  way.  Instead  of \nthat,  I  was  taught  what  was  called  the  plenary  inspiration \nof  the  Bible.  This  word  \"plenary\"  is  from  a  word  which \nmeans  full  or  complete ;  and  it  means  the  full  or  complete, \nalthough  not  the  verbal,  inspiration  of  the  Scriptures.  That \nis,  I  was  taught  that  nothing  which  the  Bible  positively \ntaught  could  be  a  mistake  or  wrong,  and  that  it  taught  all \nthings  that  were  necessary  for  man  to  understand  in  order \nto  salvation.  That  was  what  I  was  taught  when  I  was  fitting \nfor  the  work  of  the  ministry.  In  my  ministry,  however,  in \nthe  earlier  days  of  it,  I  learned  that  another  theory  was \ngrowing, —  a  theory  which  had  been  talked  of  a  long  time. \nIt  had  been  proved  that  the  Bible  had  a  great  many  mis- \ntakes in  history,  in  chronology,  in  science,  in  all  these  direc- \ntions ;  and  then  the  defenders  of  the  old  theory  said  the \nBible  was  not  intended  to  teach  science  or  history  or  chro- \nnology, that  those  things  are  of  comparatively  little  impor- \ntance, but  that  it  was  infallible  concerning  all  spiritual,  relig- \nious matters  which  are  essential  to  the  salvation  of  the  soul. \nSo  errors  of  every  kind  were  conceded  except  these.  And  I \nused  to  wonder  even  then  how  it  happened  that  Paul,  for \nexample,  should  be  ignorant  concerning  everything  else  ex- \ncept the  invisible  things, —  the  things  concerning  which  there \ncould  be  no  possible  test  applied, —  and  that  he  should  be \ninfallible  there.     But  this  was  the  theory. \n\nTo-day  students  have  gone  farther  than  that.  Dr.  Abbott \nhas  gone  farther.  He  does  not  claim  any  sort  of  infallibility \nfor  the  Bible,  not  even  in  spiritual  matters.  He  claims  only \nthat  the  Bible  is  a  record  of  the  religious  growth,  the  growth \nof  the  God-consciousness,  of  a  great  people.  That  is  all. \nHe  says,  for  example,  when  he  finds  that  the  Old  Testament \ndeals  with  traditions  which  were  common  to  the  Babylonians, \nPersians,  and  all  the  Oriental  nations,  that  this  is  all  well \n\n\nII \n\nenough.  He  accepts  it  without  a  question.  The  only  thing \nthat  he  claims  is  that  the  Hebrews  took  these  old  pagan \nmaterials,  myths,  and  legends,  and  in  their  method  of  hand- \nling them  \"  wrote  God  into  them.\"  That  is  the  crucial  po- \nsition of  Dr.  Abbott  in  regard  to  revelation.  I  concede  that \nwe  find  the  most  remarkable  growth  of  the  God-conscious- \nness, of  righteousness,  of  religion,  on  the  part  of  the  He- \nbrews that  we  find  among  any  ancient  people.  But  this  seems \nto  me,  and  it  seems  also  to  Dr.  Abbott,  no  more  miracle \nthan  that  we  find  a  remarkable  growth  of  the  art-conscious- \nness on  the  part  of  the  Greeks.  It  was  just  as  natural  in \nthe  one  case  as  the  other. \n\nI  should  have,  however,  to  take  exception  to  Dr.  Abbott's \nbelief  here.  Wrote  God  into  the  old  records!  Did  they \nwrite  the  God  that  we  believe  in  to-day  ?  Is  the  God  who \nbelieved  in  polygamy,  is  the  God  who  believed  in  slavery,  is \nthe  God  who  taught  his  prophets  to  lie,  is  the  God  who \ntaught  his  armies  to  dash  out  on  the  stones  the  brains  of \nhelpless  infants,  who  taught  one  of  his  generals  to  murder \nall  the  men,  married  women,  and  children  of  a  particular \ncity,  and  to  keep  the  young  maidens  to  distribute  among  the \nbrutal  soldiers, —  is  the  God  who  did  all  these  things  the \nGod  that  Dr.  Abbott  believes  in,  or  that  any  of  us  believe  in \nto-day .?  So  I  would  qualify  the  statement  that  they  wrote \nGod  into  the  Old  Testament.  In  some  parts  of  the  Old \nTestament  they  did  write  a  high  and  noble  and  grand  con- \nception of  God.  Into  others  they  wrote  a  conception  of  him \nthat  is  brutal  and  horrible  in  the  extreme. \n\nIn  the  main,  Dr/  Abbott  makes  no  claim  for  the  character \nof  revelation  which  I  should  not  frankly  and  fairly  concede. \nHe  is  not  orthodox,  then,  there. \n\n2.  Let  us  turn  to  the  next  point,  the  creation  of  the  world. \nDr.  Abbott  believes  in  evolution  here,  in  the  nebular  theory. \nHe  also  believes  that  man  was  developed  by  natural  proc- \nesses from  lower  forms  of  life,  precisely  as  I  do.  And,  if  you \ncome  to  the  question  whether  man's  moral  and  religious \nnature  is  an  exception,  I  think  Dr.  Abbott  would  not  dog- \n\n\n12 \n\nmatize.  I  feel  sure  that  he  would  say,  that  is  a  matter  for \nscience  to  settle,  it  is  no  necessary  part  of  theology ;  and  in \nthat  I  should  frankly  agree. \n\n3.  When  we  come  to  the  fall  of  man,  what  does  he  be- \nlieve ?  He  believes  the  Eden  story  was  a  legend,  a  bit  of \npoetry,  a  dream.  But  he  does  take  a  step  here  which  seems \nto  me  illogical.  He  is  ready  to  talk  —  and  I  think  the  terms \nought  not  thus  to  be  confused  —  of  a  fall  of  man.  What  he \nmeans  by  it  is  the  individual  experience  of  each  man  when \nhe  comes  to  the  point  of  recognizing  the  distinction  between \nright  and  wrong,  and  chooses  to  do  the  wrong.  That  is \ndescent,  as  Dr.  Abbott  would  say,  from  the  higher  and \nthe  spiritual  in  him  down  into  the  animal.  He  speaks  of \nthat  as  a  fall.  But  the  man  who  can  tell  the  difference  be- \ntween right  and  wrong,  even  though  he  have  deliberately \nchosen  the  wrong,  has  taken  an  enormous  step  in  advance \nbeyond  any  animal,  beyond  any  merely  innocent  man  who \ndoes  not  know  the  difference  between  right  and  wrong.  He \nis  on  the  road  of  moral  evolution ;  and  so,  instead  of  this \nbeing  a  fall,  it  is  a  magnificent  step  in  advance  that  he  has \ntaken. \n\n4.  When  we  come  to  the  prophets,  those  who  have  been \nregarded  as  the  inspired  and  miraculously  sent  teachers  of \nthe  Old  Testament,  here,  again.  Dr.  Abbott  is  not  orthodox. \nHe  does  not  agree  with  the  old  and  traditional  idea.  He \nagrees  with  the  idea  which  I  hold.     He  would  tell  you  that \n\n,  these  are  simply  men  who  have  gained  a  higher  glimpse  of \ntruth, —  seers,  preachers,  who  stand  for  a  new  ideal,  and \nwho  call  to  the  people  of  their  time  to  leave  the  lower  and \nthe  old  and  march  onward.  Most  people  seem  to  suppose \nstill  that  the  Old  Testament  prophet  means  a  person  who \nforetold.  Even  to  the  Hebrews  it  means  nothing  of  the  sort. \nThe  Old  Testament  prophet  was  simply  a  preacher :  he  was \na  man  who  had  gained  a  higher  glimpse  of  truth ;  and  he \nproclaimed  that,  and  called  upon  the  people  to  come  up. \nThat  was  the  work  of  the  Old  Testament  prophet.  Here \nDr.  Abbott  and  I  are  perfectly  in  accord. \n\n\n13 \n\nS-  When  we  come  to  Jesus,  you  know  the  differences  there ; \nfor  that  was  my  theme  last  Sunday,  and  I  need  not  take \ntime  to  discuss  that  further. \n\n6.  When  we  come  to  the  church,  the  church  is  made  up  of \nwhat,  according  to  Dr.  Abbott  ?  He  does  not  believe  in  any \nmiraculous,  sudden  conversion,  such  as  I  was  taught  was \nnecessary,  and  which  I  cried  and  prayed  and  struggled  to \npass  through  in  my  boyhood,  in  order  that  I  might  be  saved. \nDr.  Abbott  holds,  of  course,  just  as  I  do,  that,  if  a  man  has \nbeen  leading  a  bad  life,  and  something  shocks  him  into \ncommon  sense,  and  he  turns  and  begins  to  lead  a  better  life, \nthat  is  a  conversion  ;  but  it  is  not  supernatural.  It  is  purely \nnatural.  But  he  holds  that  ordinarily  the  religious  life  is \nsimply  the  evolution,  the  development,  the  unfolding,  of  the \ngerm  of  the  religious  life  in  every  man.  Becoming  a  Chris- \ntian, then,  is  no  more  supernatural  than  the  growth  and \nblossoming  of  a  flower.  It  is  a  gradual  process,  the  coming \ninto  a  recognition  of  the  divine  life,  which  is  natural  to  all \nmankind  as  children  of  God. \n\nThe  church,  then,  you  will  see,  according  to  Dr.  Abbott, \nis  a  purely  natural  institution,  while  no  less  divine.  It  is  a \nvoluntary  association  of  those  people  who  wish  to  lead  a \nChristian  life ;  and  the  only  bond,  the  only  authority,  which \nthat  church  recognizes,  according  to  Dr.  Abbott,  is  the \nauthority  of  the  Christ  as  felt  and  seen  by  each  individual \nsoul, —  not  any  external  Christ,  not  any  external  written \nauthority,  not  any  external  legislation  of  any  church.  And \nI  cannot,  for  the  life  of  me,  see  the  difference  between  Dr.* \nAbbott's  Christ,  that  is  authority  for  each  individual  Chris- \ntian soul,  and  my  ideal  of  the  divine  in  the  human,  with  its \nabsolute  authority  over  my  soul.  If  there  is  a  distinction,  I \nam  too  obtuse  to  discover  it.  Here,  then,  is  Dr.  Abbott's \ndefinition  of  a  church. \n\n7.  Now,  what  about  the  future  life  ?  Dr.  Abbott  is  not  a \nUniversal ist.  The  old  Universalism  was  a  phase  of  Calvin- \nism. It  believed  that  the  redemption  of  the  Christ  was \nuniversal  in  its  effects  instead  of  partial.    That  was  the  early \n\n\n14 \n\nUniversalism.  Universalism,  however,  has  much  changed; \nand  I  suppose  there  are  few  men  in  its  ranks  who  would \nhold  the  earlier  idea,  any  more  than  there  are  many  among \nour  Unitarians  who  would  be  willing  to  be  tied  to  the  opinions \nof  the  fathers.  Universalism  and  Unitarianism  stand  on  the \nsame  level,  so  far  as  this  is  concerned. \n\nBut  Dr.  Abbott  takes  the  ground,  and  says  frankly  and \nsquarely.  If  God  can  save  every  human  soul,  he  will ;  and  yet \nhis  position  does  not  seem  to  me  quite  logical.  If  God  can \nsave  every  soul,  he  is  bound  to,  being  infinite  love  and \npower.  But  here,  curiously  enough,  Dr.  Abbott  holds  a \ntheory  of  man  by  which  he  limits  the  divine  possibility  in \nthis  direction.  He  says  frankly  that  it  depends  entirely \nupon  whether  you  lay  your  emphasis  on  the  sovereign  power \nof  God  or  whether  you  lay  it  on  the  free  will  of  man.  Dr. \nAbbott  holds  such  a  theory  concerning  man's  free  will  that \nhe  says  he  is  inclined  to  think  that  man  is  able  to  defy  the \nAlmighty,  and  that  therefore  some  free  souls  may  do  it,  and \nmay  thus  \"  be  alienated  permanently  \"  from  God. \n\nI  wish  to  make  a  criticism  here.  I  agree  with  him  that,  if \nGod  can  save  all  souls,  he  is  under  infinite  obligation  to  do \nit.  I  believe  he  can.  Therefore,  I  believe  that  some- \ntime, somewhere,  though  however  prolonged  a  process  of \nwandering  and  suffering, —  somewhere,  sometime,  every  lost \none  will  find  his  way  hgme.     That  is  my  belief. \n\nI  believe  that,  even  if  man  had  the  power  of  free  will \npermanently  to  defy  the  Almighty,  he  would  not  do  it. \nSuppose  a  man  clearly  saw  that  health,  life,  happiness,  all \nconceivable  good,  lay,  as  they  do,  in  obedience  to  the  laws  of \nGod.  Unless  a  man  were  insane,  is  it  conceivable  that  he \nwould  perpetually  defy  the  law,  when  that  only  meant  ruin  to \nhimself  and  no  advantage  whatever?  It  seems  to  me,  then, \nthat  outside  of  insanity  it  is  not  rational  to  suppose  that  any \nhuman  being  would  ever  wish  to  defy  perpetually  the  will  of \nGod. \n\nBut,  on  the  other  hand,  I  am  troubled  if  I  step  into  one  of \nthe  Plymouth  Church  prayer-meetings.     If  God  cannot  save \n\n\n15 \n\nall  human  souls,  why  should  I  waste  my  time  in  begging  him \nto  do  it  ?  I  cannot  see  the  logic  of  prayer  to  God  for  human \nsouls  unless  it  is  possible  that  that  prayer  should  be  an- \nswered. But,  according  to  Dr.  Abbott's  belief,  the  number \nof  those  who  will  perpetually  defy  the  will  of  God  is  very \nsmall  j  for  he,  contrary  to  the  old  orthodox  idea,  does  not \nlimit  probation  to  this  life.  He  believes  that  it  is  quite  pos- \nsible for  a  man  to  repent  and  turn  from  his  evil  and  become \ngood  in  the  next  life  as  well  as  here. \n\nI  have  run  over,  then,  the  main  points  of  belief,  in  order \nthat  I  may  show  to  you  the  position  which  Dr.  Abbott  oc- \ncupies. We  are  now  ready  to  see  how  far  he  is  orthodox.  I \ncannot  conceive  that  he  is  orthodox  anywhere  except  in  one \nparticular.  He  does  not  hold  the  common  orthodox  doctrine \nconcerning  the  fall  or  the  Bible  or  the  Church  or  concerning \nthe  future.  He  does  feel  himself,  at  any  rate,  so  in  sympathy \nwith  the  general  orthodox  conception  of  Jesus  that  he  feels \nhis  place  is  still  with  them.  Yet  his  view  of  Jesus  is  not  so \nnear  orthodox  as  was  that  of  a  good  many  of  our  old  Uni- \ntarian leaders.  His  view  of  the  Bible  is  not  nearly  so \northodox  as  that  of  early  Unitarianism.  His  view  of  miracles \nis  not  nearly  so  orthodox  as  that  of  the  early  Unitarians. \nThere  is  hardly  a  single  doctrine  in  which  he  is  not  nearer \nto  the  position  which  is  held  to-day  than  were  the  old  Uni- \ntarians fifty  years  ago.  There  is  just  this  one  exception  con- \ncerning the  nature  of  Jesus  and  his  relation  to  God ;  and \nhere,  I  believe.  Dr.  Abbott  is  far  from  dogmatic.  He  holds \nthat  in  some  special  way,  that  perhaps  cannot  be  accounted \nfor  on  the  natural  theory  of  the  evolution  of  man,  Jesus \nwas  a  maT\\ifestation  of  God  to  the  world,  and  wrought  some \nspecial  divinely,  miraculously  appointed  work  for  the  world. \n\nBut  even  here  he  is  not  so  orthodox  as  Dr.  Sears,  one  of \nour  famous  old  Unitarian  preachers  whom  I  used  to  know, \nand  who  was  an  old  man  when  I  came  to  Boston.  But  there \nis  no  essential  Trinitarianism,  so  far  as  the  authoritative \nstatements  of  the  creeds  are  concerned,  in  his  view  of  Jesus. \nFor  anything  I  can  see,  it  is  quite  consistent  with  the  unity \n\n\ni6 \n\nof  God  instead  of  the  Trinity.  But  I  frankly  concede  I \nhave  no  right  to  tell  Dr.  Abbott  that  he  is  a  Unitarian, \nwhen  he  says  he  is  not.  He  has  a  right  to  his  own  defini- \ntion, to  his  own  use  of  language,  to  his  own  interpretation  of \nhis  position.  He  says,  then,  that  he  is  not  a  Unitarian  in \nhis  view  of  Jesus;  and  he  says  he  is  not  a  Universalist  in  his \nview  of  future  punishment.  I  have  given  you,  I  think,  clearly \nenough  the  divergences  from  Unitarianism,  on  the  one  hand, \nand  Universalism,  on  the  other,  concerning  those  two  points, \nso  that  you  may  see  how  far  away  he  is  from  each. \n\nDr.  Abbott,  then,  in  my  judgment,  is  not  orthodox  ac- \ncording to  any  recognized  standard.  For,  mark  you, —  let \nme  refer  you  to  one  point  in  settling  this  great  question, —  he \ndenies  the  existence  of  any  authoritative  standard.  Now, \nbefore  you  can  have  an  orthodox  belief,  you  must  have \nsomebody  to  lay  down  the  limit.  You  must  have  somebody \nto  erect  a  standard  of  belief  before  you  can  tell  whether  a \nman  is  in  accordance  with  it  or  not.  The  Catholic  Church \nmay  think  what  it  pleases  about  the  Bible :  it  has  its  standard \nof  authority  in  the  Church  itself.  When  the  Church,  through \nan  oecumenical  or  general  council,  announces  its  decision, \nthat  is  final.  When  the  Church  ex  cathedra  announces  its \ndecision  through  the  pope,  that  is  final.  The  Greek  Church \nalso  has  its  Orthodoxy  resident  in  the  Church  itself.  Protes- \ntantism has  flung  away  this  theory  of  the  Church's  infallibility, \nand  has  fallen  back  on  the  infallibility  of  the  Bible.  Dr. \nAbbott  denies  his  adhesion  to  this  authority.  Therefore,  I  say \nthat  in  ordinary  human  history,  in  all  the  thought  of  Chris- \ntendom, there  is  nowhere  a  standard  which  Dr.  Abbott \nacknowledges  by  which  we  can  decide  as  to  whether  he  is \northodox  or  not.  He  says  he  is  not  a  Unitarian.  Again  I \nsay  courtesy  towards  him,  my  great  care  for  him,  my  esteem \nfor  him  as  a  scholar  and  a  man,  lead  me  to  concede  that  he \nhas  a  right  to  finally  settle  that  question  for  himself.  He \nthinks  it  is  true ;  but  he  is  a  good  deal  more  Unitarian  in \nmost  respects  than  were  our  Unitarian  fathers  and  teachers; \nand  I  can  see  no  possible  distinction  between  his  position \n\n\n17 \n\nand  our  own,  except,  if  you  will  let  me  say  it  modestly,  that \nhe  is  not  quite  so  far  along  on  the  line  of  evolutionary \nadvance.  I  believe  that  we  represent  a  grander  conception \nof  God,  of  Jesus,  of  man,  a  nobler  church,  a  more  hopeful \nview,  than  the  old  ideas  stood  for ;  and  I  believe  that  Dr. \nAbbott  has  not  quite  seen  his  way  yet  to  come  and  place \nhimself  by  our  side.  But  the  chief  thing  I  care  for  is  this : \nhe  is  on  the  road  towards  the  future.  He  has  caught  a \nglimpse  of  the  morning.  He  is  facing  godward  and  man- \nward  ;  and  that,  after  all,  is  the  principal  thing. \n\nI  wish  to  ask  your  iiJdulgence  for  a  moment  more,  because \nthese  matters  are  so  important,  for  one  or  two  comments  on \nan  editorial  in  the  Christian  Union  —  Dr.  Abbott's  paper  — \nof  February  6.  It  is  on  \"The  Evolution  of  Christianity.\" \nI  do  not  suppose  Dr.  Abbott  wrote  it,  but  it  is  written  by  a \nman  in  full  sympathy  with  Dr.  Abbott ;  and  he  declares  that \nthe  paper  completely  indorses  the  position  which  Dr.  Abbott \ntook  in  his  lectures,  and  that  he  himself  occupies  the  same \nground.  It  goes  over  the  main  points  of  doctrine  of  which \nI  have  spoken.  There  are  only  one  or  two  things  in  it  to \nwhich  I  should  not  give  my  own  most  hearty  and  cordial \nassent ;  but,  on  these  points.  I  believe  Dr.  Abbott  himself, \nif  he  stopped  to  think  of  the  implication  of  these  statements, \nwould  agree  with  me  rather  than  with  the  editorial.  It  speaks \nof  Jesus  Christ  being  the  centre  and  source  of  all  religious \ntruth.  That  I  think  Dr.  Abbott  would  not  indorse.  Christ \nis  the  centre  of  religious  truth  as  held  by  the  Christian \nChurch ;  but  Dr.  Abbott  knows  well  and  would  concede  that \nthere  was  religious  truth  in  the  world  before  Christ  was  born \nand  in  the  countries  where  he  has  never  been  heard  of.  So \nthat  this  one  exception  I  think  he  would  agree  with  me  in \nmaking. \n\nAnother  point  seems  to  imply  a  very  important  error,  one \nthat  should  be  noticed  and  remonstrated  with  at  the  present \ntime.     The  editorial  closes  by  saying :  — \n\n\"  We  stand  unhesitatingly  and  unwaveringly  for  this  two- \nfold truth :  as  against  all  rationalism,  that  religion  is  a  real \n\n\ni8 \n\nlife  of  God  in  the  soul  of  man ;  as  against  all  reactionism, \nthat  this  life  is  and  must  be  continually  progressive, —  a  life \nof  growth,  with  no  standards  in  the  past  to  hinder  its  free \nand  full  development  in  the  future.\" \n\nThat  last  is  precisely  the  opinion  which  I  hold ;  but  I  wish \nto  criticise  the  first  part  of  the  statement, —  the  assumption \nthat  rationalism  does  not  accept  the  fact  of  the  real  life  of \nGod  in  the  soul  of  man  !  I  would  like  to  know  what  ration- \nalism he  is  dealing  with.  Evolution  from  the  theistic  stand- \npoint, rationalism  as  I  claim  to  represent  it,  believes  nothing \nso  much  as  it  believes  in  the  real  life  of  God  in  the  soul  of \nman.  And  I  believe  that  the  religious  development  of  the \nworld  is  only  the  evolution  of  this  religious  life, —  this  divine \nlife  in  the  soul  of  man. \n\nSuch,  then,  is  Dr.  Abbott's  position  as  regards  Orthodoxy  : \nsuch  is  his  position  as  regards  Unitarianism.  I  am  not \nanxious  as  to  the  name  by  which  his  work  shall  be  called. \nI  thank  God  for  the  work  he  is  doing.  I  rejoice  in  the  steps \nof  advance  that  he  has  taken ;  but  I  care  more  for  the  fact \nthat  he  is  facing  the  future  than  I  do  that  as  yet  he  has  not \ncome  completely  to  our  side. \n\nFather,  we  thank  Thee  that  the  truth  is  preached  under \nwhatever  name,  or  partly  preached,  if  not  in  its  fulness. \nWe  thank  Thee  for  the  light  of  the  new  dawn.  We  thank \nThee  that,  though  clouds  hide  it,  it  shines  around  the  edges \nand  breaks  through  their  crevices.  We  thank  Thee  that  the \nday  is  before  us ;  and  we  consecrate  ourselves  to  Thee,  to \nfollow  Thee  while  the  sun  rises  higher  and  higher  and  makes \never  clearer  the  way.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .    .     ,    .  20  cents, \n\n\"    Doi $t.^o \n\n\"      Ootb,    \"    Copy,    ....  30  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $2.^0 \n\n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  verv  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  accepUnce  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nbst  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nedu*m  must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \nthe.  I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nsdiools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantlv  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  readins;  and  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scnolarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  troth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstndv  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsiib)ect. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  sunested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  m  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nOBO.  H.  BLLI8,  Publisher,  141  Franklin  St.,  Boston,  Mara. \n\n\nPubUahed  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  slnffle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  FEBRUARY  26,  1892  No.  20 \n\nDr.  ABBOTT \nAND  CHRISTIAN  EVOLUTION \n\n\nlY.  THE  COMING  RELIGION,  OR  THE  OUT- \nGONE OF  THE  PRESENT  UNREST \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE   H.   ELLIS.  141   FRANKLIN   STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nBniereH  a/  tne  Pott-o0Ut  Boit<m,  Mass,,  ai  second-rlass  matl  matter \n\n\nNOTE. \n\nThe  sermon  of  last  week  ought  to  have  been \nmarked  as  111.  in  the  series  of  four  on  Dr.  Abbott \nand  Christian  Evolution. \n\n\nTHE  COMING  RELIGION,  OR  THE  OUTCOME  OF \nTHE  PRESENT  UNREST.* \n\n\nAlmost  all  persons  who  think  at  all  concerning  religious \nmatters  are  conscious  of  disturbance  such  as  was  not  known \nor  dreamed  of  two  or  three  generations  ago.  They  know \nthat  fundamental  questions  are  being  discussed,  that  there \nis  doubt  abroad  in  the  air,  as  well  as  a  larger  faith.  But, \nbeing  in  the  midst  of  the  fight  themselves  and  being  a  part \nof  it  themselves,  being  disturbed  by  these  questions  and  not \nseeing  clearly  the  answers,  they  do  not  quite  know  what  to \nmake  of  it.  It  seems  to  me,  then,  one  of  the  most  important \nquestions  that  I  can  raise  and  try  to  answer  is.  What  is  tak- \ning place  and  what  is  going  on  ?  What  is  the  sequel  of  this \ndisturbance  ?  Why  are  we  not  as  quietly  at  rest  in  the  old \nbeliefs  as  our  fathers  were  a  hundred  years  ago  ? \n\nBefore  coming  to  the  more  positive  side  of  my  theme,  I \nwish  to  take  up  at  the  outset  two  or  three  points  that  disturb \npeople  and  trouble  them,  as  they  face  these  questions.  They \nthink  of  this  movement  that  is  going  on  as  thousands  of  per- \nsons do, —  that  it  is  threatening  the  Bible.  They  have  an \nuneasy  sort  of  feeling  that  there  is  unrest  on  the  part  of \npeople  because  they  do  not  believe  and  accept  God's  truth. \nIt  looks  to  them  like  a  purposed  rebellion  against  the  divine \nlaw.  Is  it  any  opposition  to  the  Bible  that  is  inspiring  the \npeople  who  are  alive  with  the  new  thought  and  engaged  with \nthe  new  investigation?  Dr.  Abbott,  for  example,  agrees \nwith  me  substantially  about  the  Bible.  Is  he  the  enemy \nof  the  Bible  ?  Dr.  Briggs  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  has \naccepted  the  results  of  what  is  called  the  higher  criticism, \n\n*  Phonographically*  reported. \n\n\nchanging  his  ideas  of  the  Scriptures.  Is  he  an  enemy  of  the \nBible  ?  It  needs  to  be  noted  clearly  and  squarely  that  the \nadvocates  of  the  new  thought  are  not  opposing  the  Bible. \nThere  is  not  one  single  thing  in  the  Bible  in  the  way  of  a \nclaim  which  it  makes  on  its  own  behalf  that  any  of  us  are \nopposed  to.     What  do  we  oppose  ? \n\nIn  the  modern  world  there  has  grown  up  a  theory  in  the \nminds  of  certain  people  that  the  Bible  is  a  book  without  any \nmistakes  in  it,  historical,  scientific,  religious,  or  moral,  from \nbeginning  to  end ;  that  it  is  a  direct  and  infallible  revelation  of \nthe  will  of  God  to  the  world.  We  do  not  accept  that  theory. \nBut  note  that  the  Bible  does  not  make  any  such  claim.  The \nthing,  therefore,  that  we  decline  to  accept  is  certain  opinions \nwhich  certain  very  fallible,  very  human,  sometimes  very \nbigoted,  and,  as  we  believe,  thoroughly  mistaken  men  have \nheld,  and  now  hold,  in  regard  to  the  Bible.  It  is  purely \nhuman  opinions  about  the  book  that  we  do  not  accept.  The \nwhole  controversy  rages  here.  It  is  no  question  as  to  whether \npeople  wish  to  accept  the  law  of  God  or  to  throw  off  this \nallegiance.  It  is  only  an  endeavor  of  honest,  earnest,  sincere \nstudents  to  find  out  what  the  Bible  is,  and  to  get  for  them- \nselves true  beliefs,  and  to  get  its  best  influence  on  our  daily \nlives. \n\nAgain  there  is  a  popular  impression  that  the  advocates  of \nthe  new  thought  are  opposed  to  Jesus,  that  the  new  move- \nment threatens  him  in  some  way.  A  curious  illustration  of \nthis  I  came  across  within  the  last  week.  A  friend  of  mine \nwas  speaking  with  a  lady  concerning  the  statement  which \nwas  telegraphed  to  this  country :  that  the  brother  of  the  late \nRev.  Mr.  Spurgeon,  of  London,  invited  to  the  funeral  of  the \ngreat  preacher  representatives  of  all  the  denominations  in \nLondon  except  the  Unitarians,  who  were  specially  notified \nthat  they  were  not  wanted.  I  say  a  friend  of  mine  was \nspeaking  of  this  matter  to  a  certain  evangelical  lady,  who \nsaid  she  thought  the  action  of  the  brother  of  Mr.  Spur- \ngeon was  just  right,  \"because  we  must  stand  up  for  the \nLord.*'     As  though  the  Lord  was  threatened  by  somebody \n\n\n5 \n\nand  needed  defence !  There  is  no  one  that  I  know  who  is \nopposed  to  the  Lord.  The  whole  question  in  regard  to  the \nperson  of  Jesus  is  as  to  what  he  was,  trying  to  find  out  all  we \ncan  about  him,  that  we  may  hold  him  in  his  true  place. \nWhat,  then,  do  we  oppose  ?  It  is  not  at  all  Jesus  that  we \noppose.  We  oppose  certain  opinions,  certain  myths,  certain \nlegends,  certain  dogmatic  beliefs,  two-thirds  Greek  and \nRoman,  nearly  wholly  pagan,  which  grew  up  gradually  in \nignorant  ages  through  the  course  of  three  hundred  years \nand  more,  until  they  culminated  at  last  in  the  fourth  century \nin  the  dogma  of  the  trinity.  If  we  decline  to  believe  in  the \ntrinity,  we  are  not  opposing  the  Lord.  We  are  not  opposing \nJesus,  or  any  claim  that  he  ever  made.  We  are  trying  to \nfind  out  the  truth  about  the  historic  character  of  Jesus  of \nNazareth ;  and  the  truth  about  any  person  or  any  subject \nmust  be  diviner  than  any  falsehood,  however  hoary  it  may \nbe  with  antiquity,  or  however  long  it  may  have  been  domi- \nnating the  thoughts  of  men. \n\nAnother  point.  There  is  a  feeling  on  the  part  of  some \nthat,  as  the  result  of  the  modern  movement  that  is  going  on, \nthe  foundation  of  ethics  is  being  threatened.  Only  within \nthis  last  week  there  came  to  me  the  report  of  a  young  man \nwho  was  to  have  been  educated  for  the  ministry,  who  has \nbeen  obliged  to  give  up  that  dream  of  his  life,  and  who  has \ncome  to  the  conclusion  that  the  old  ideas  were  mistaken ; \nand  so  he  seems  to  be  under  the  impression  that  religion \nand  all  special  reasons  why  any  young  man  should  not  do \nas  he  pleases  are  passing  away.  Are  the  foundation  prin- \nciples of  right  and  wrong  in  any  danger?  I  like  here  to \nrefer  to  a  famous  Roman  Catholic  writer,  because  you  will \nsee,  then,  that  it  is  not  merely  my  own  opinion.  Mr.  Lilly, \none  of  the  most  famous  and  brilliant  essayists  of  this  age, \nan  English  Roman  Catholic,  in  an  article  in  an  English \nreview  said,  within  the  last  year  or  two,  that,  if  all  the  relig- \nions on  the  face  of  the  earth  were  wiped  out  of  existence, \nthe  Gospels,  all  our  knowledge  about  Jesus,  the  apostles, \nthe  Catholic  Church  and  all  its  teachings, —  if  these  were \n\n\nswept  off  the  face  of  the  earth,  not  one  single  moral  principle \nwould  be  touched  or  changed ;  and  I  agree  with  him.  Why  ? \nBecause  the  principles  of  right  and  wrong  are  inherent  in \nthe  nature  of  things.  No  Bible,  no  religion,  ever  originated \nan  ethical  idea.  Wherever  they  are  recorded  in  any  Bible \nor  taught  in  any  religion,  it  is  only  as  the  laws  of  the  uni- \nverse in  any  other  department  have  been  discovered.  Sci- \nence does  not  originate  laws :  it  finds  them  out.  So  men  do \nnot  originate  ethical  principles  :  they  discover  them.  Ethics, \nthen,  the  foundation  principles  of  conduct,  are  not  in  danger \nas  the  result  of  the  changes  that  are  going  on. \n\nOne  more  thought.  Is  religion  in  danger  ?  Is  it  likely  to \npass  away  ?  The  people  who  talk  as  though  it  were,  only \nbetray  that  they  have  not  thought  themselves  through  clearly \nso  as  to  comprehend  what  religion  means.  Religion  inheres \nessentially,  necessarily,  eternally,  in  the  relation  which  exists \nbetween  the  individual  soul  and  God.  But,  if  one  chooses  not \nto  say  God,  then  this  essence  of  religion  does  not  pass  away, \nbecause  this  relation  —  which  is  the  heart  and  soul  of  it, \nbetween  the  individual  and  the  Power,  whatever  name  be \ngiven  it,  that  is  manifested  in  the  universe  about  us  —  still \nremains.  The  essence  of  religion  is  there.  Theories  about \nit  may  be  in  danger,  may  change,  may  pass  away,  but  relig- \nion is  immortal;  for  so  long  as  the  universe  lasts,  and  so \nlong  as  there  is  a  man  in  it  capable  of  thinking  about  and \nfeeling  the  relation  in  which  he  stands  to  this  unseen  and \neternal  Power,  so  long  religion  must  abide. \n\nWe  need  not  tremble,  then,  lest  any  truth  of  any  kind  be \nin  danger  while  this  discussion  goes  on. \n\nA  man's  religion,  or  what  he  calls  his  religion,  is  fre- \nquently his  theory  about  religion.  That  may  change,  and \nhe  may  get  a  better  one  instead  of  a  poorer ;  but  the  thing \nitself  is  not  to  pass  away.  When  the  discussion  was  going \non  between  the  advocates  of  the  Copernican  theory  of  the \nuniverse  and  the  Ptolemaic,  was  there  any  danger  that  the \nstars  would  cease  shining  until  the  discussion  was  com- \npleted?    It  was  only  a  question  of  finding  out  the  truth \n\n\nabout  the  stars,  not  a  question  of  putting  any  of  them  out  or \nof  kindling  them  to  a  brighter  flame.  There  is  no  danger, \nthen,  in  this  modern  thought,  that  threatens  the  Bible  or \nJesus,  ethics  or  religion. \n\nWhat  is  it,  then,  that  is  going  on  ?  Why,  the  most  help- \nful thing  in  all  the  world  is  going  on.  Humanity  is  growing; \nthat  is  all.  It  is  a  no  more  dangerous  thing  than  that. \nWhen  a  child  outgrows  his  clothes,  you  do  not  think  that  the \nwearing  of  clothes  is  coming  to  an  end.  You  simply  think \nthat  the  child  is  getting  larger,  and  must  be  clothed  in  gar- \nments that  fit  his  new  and  increased  stature.  So,  as  we  out- \ngrow one  after  another  the  theories  of  the  childhood  of  the \nworld,  it  does  not  mean  that  there  are  to  be  no  more  the- \nories. It  only  means  that  we  are  to  leave  behind  us  the \nchildhood  thoughts  of  the  world  and  clothe  ourselves  in \ngrander  garments, —  those  that  are  adequate  to  the  increased \nmental,  moral,  and  spiritual  stature  of  the  race.     That  is  all. \n\nLet  me  give  you  an  illustration.  Suppose  an  acorn  is \nsprouting,  and  has  burst  its  shell.  Let  us  be  poets  long \nenough  to  imagine  that  there  might  be  a  collection  of  other \nacorns  about  it  that  were  not  growing  as  yet,  and  whose \nshells  were  therefore  smooth  and  round  and  unbroken,  and \nthat  they  were  conscious  and  capable  of  thinking,  and  were \nspeculating  as  to  what  was  going  on.  Perhaps  they  had \nnever  noted  the  operation  before,  and  were  pitying  their \npoor  comrade,  and  thinking  that  the  end  of  him  had  come. \n\"  Poor  fellow,  that  is  the  last  of  him,\"  they  might  say ;  and \nall  the  while,  in  their  foolish  ignorance,  the  truth  would  be \nthat  an  oak  was  being  born. \n\nOr  suppose  in  the  process  of  a  grub  turning  into  a  butterfly, \njust  as  the  butterfly  had  flown  away  and  was  sunning  his  new \nwings  in  God's  blessed  sunlight,  a  collection  of  other  grubs \nshould  gather  about  the  shell,  and  think  it  meant  destruction \nto  their  comrade. \n\nWhy,  friends,  we  are  finite  creatures  in  an  infinite  uni- \nverse ;  and,  if  we  ever  grow  any,  the  old  must  be  left  behind, \nthat  we  may  come  out  into  larger,  broader,  higher,   nobler \n\n\n8 \n\nthoughts  of  things.  And  that  is  all  that  is  taking  place  to- \nday. It  is  not  a  flood  of  infidelity  that  is  sweeping  over  the \nworld.  It  is  a  flood  of  God's  new  light,  a  sweeter,  broader, \nrevelation  of  his  truth, —  that  is  all. \n\nAnd  now  I  wish  to  outline  for  you  my  vision.  I  shall  not \nbe  able  to  give  it  to  you  in  such  poetic  language  as  that \ngiven  in  the  twenty-first  chapter  of  Revelation,  which  I  read \nas  our  lesson  this  morning.  Nevertheless,  I  vs  ish  to  outline \nmy  vision  of  the  coming  religion,  to  hint  to  you,  if  I  may,  the \noutlines  of  what  I  believe  are  to  be  the  magnificent  truths  that \nare  to  succeed  the  present  era  of  discussion  and  dispute. \nFor  it  is  sure  that  we  have  come  out  of  an  old  universe  into \na  new  one,  so  that  we  can  say  with  the  writer  of  Revelation, \nI  see  a  new  heaven  and  a  new  earth.  What  is  this  new \nheaven,  and  what  this  new  earth  ? \n\nIn  the  first  place,  we  are  coming  into  a  new  thought  of  a \nnew  universe-home  ^adequate  to  our  dream  of  an  infinite \nGod.  Is  this  a  loss,  something  to  be  deplored  ?  The  uni- \nverse, as  the  Old  Testament  taught,  was  a  tiny,  three-story \naffair.  The  earth  was  flat  and  square,  and  the  sky  a  molten \ndome  beaten  out  as  though  with  hammers,  just  a  little  way \noff,  fastened  as  a  tent  at  the  corners  of  the  earth,  with \nopenings  for  the  rain  and  the  snow  to  fall  through.  Just \nabove,  upstairs,  so  to  speak,  was  heaven,  the  throne  of  God \nand  his  angels.  And  the  under  part  of  the  world  was  a  sort \nof  cellar,  a  place  just  underneath, — sfuol^  the  place  of  the  de- \nparted. The  whole  was  a  little,  tiny  baby-house  affair.  The \nuniverse  of  the  early  Christians  was  substantially  the  same. \nThe  universe  of  the  Middle  Ages  was  not  an  improvement  on \nthis.  It  is  only  within  modern  times  that  we  have  gained, \nin  the  new  light  that  God  has  vouchsafed  us,  an  idea  of  the \nmagnificence  of  this  world-house  we  live  in.  We  have \ngained  a  conception  that  makes  it  worthy  of  being  the  home \nof  an  infinite  being. \n\nNext  we  have  gained  a  new  conception  of  God.  Mark \nyou,  those  are  only  ignorant  men  who  never  think  themselves \nclearly  through,  who  imagine  that  the  outcome  of  the  present \n\n\ndiscussion  is  to  lead  to  atheism  and  to  the  divineness  of  things \nbeing  left  out  of  the  world.  Even  the  most  distinguished \nof  those  who  have  tried  to  be  materialists  have  been  com- \npelled to  redefine  matter  in  such  way  as  to  embody  what \nwe  mean  h\\  spirit.  Clifford,  the  famous  young  scientist  of \nEngland,  an  out-and-out  materialist,  as  he  thought,  dying \nwhen  he  was  young, —  even  he  got  so  far  that  he  was  obliged \nto  suppose  what  he  called  \"mind-stuff\"  connected  with  ihe \nparticles  of  matter,  because  he  could  not  account  for  the \nuniverse  on  the  old  materialistic  theory.  Haeckel,  prince  of \nthose  who  have  been  regarded  as  materialistic  evolutionists, \nhas  been  compelled  to  talk  about  the  souls  of  his  molecules \nor  atoms,  again  letting  through  the  back  door  or  by  the  side \nwindow  in  some  way  the  spiritual,  which  he  at  first  was  in- \nclined to  lock  out  of  his  universe.  Materialism  is  dead  ;  and \nit  is  science  that  has  killed  it, —  not  the  church,  not  religion. \nIt  is  the  free,  wide  researches  of  earnest  and  sincere,  un- \nbiassed scientific  men  that  are  telling  to  us  that  there  is  no \ntheory  of  the  universe  that  is  rational,  that  can  account  for \nthe  facts,  that  leaves  out  of  account  spirit  and  life. \n\nWe  have,  then,  a  grander  God  than  the  old  one  sitting  on \na  throne  up  in  a  little  heaven, —  a  God  as  really  throughout \nhis  universe  as  I  am  throughout  my  body.  He  is  not  lo- \ncated, but  is  everywhere.  This  is  no  more  mysterious  or \ninfallible  than  the  truths  you  are  familiar  with  and  accept \nabout  yourself.  I  am  throughout  my  own  body.  Wherever \nI  am  called,  there  I  am.  God,  all  his  power,  his  love,  his \nlaw,  his  light,  his  life,  thrilling  and  throbbing  throughout  all \nhis  worlds,  in  me,  in  the  fiower,  in  the  dust-grain,  in  the  star, \n—  this  is  to  be  the  thought  of  God  in  the  future.  No  less  per- \nsonal, not  personal  in  the  sense  that  he  is  outlined  and  has \na  body  and  is  located  somewhere,  but  personal  in  the  sense \nthat  the  essential  thing  in  consciousness  is  personality,  so \nthat  we  can  call  him  Father,  or  by  any  tender  name  we \nwill,  in  the  confidence  that  not  only  the  cry,  but  the  thought, \nfinds  conscious  echo  in  his  infinite  love. \n\nRevelation, —  not  confined  to  a  book  that  is  a  burden  for \n\n\nlO \n\nmen  to  explain  and  defend.  One  of  the  greatest  troubles  that \nthe  Church  has  to-day  is  to  try  to  defend  and  explain  the \nbarbarisn)  and  cruelty  and  immortality  and  untruth  which \nare  in  the  Bible.  We  do  not  have  to  explain  or  defend ;  for \nwe  believe  that  the  truth  of  God  is  his  revelation  wherever  it \nis  found,  in  whatever  language,  through  whatever  lips, \nthrough  whatever  seer  or  prophet  it  be  spoken.  People  ask \nfoolishly,  \"  If  the  Bible  is  not  infallible,  how  do  you  know \nthat  any  of  it  is  true  ? \"  That  seems  such  a  curious,  naive, \nignorant  way  of  speaking. \n\nSuppose  I  am  a  gardener,  and  I  am  working  away  in  my \ngarden,  and  some  one  comes  and  leans  over  the  fence  and \nsays  to  me :  \"  If  everything  inside  this  fence  is  not  a  vegetable \nor  a  flower,  how  do  you  know  what  is  a  vegetable  or  a  flower  ? \nIf  you  are  finding  weeds,  why,  then,  are  you  trying  to  believe \nin  your  garden  at  all  ?  If  I  could  not  have  a  garden  without \nhaving  weeds  in  it,  I  would  not  have  any  garden  at  all.\" \nWould  you  consider  that  rational?  We  can  pick  out  the \nfruits  and  vegetables  and  flowers  in  spite  of  there  being \nweeds  there,  and  make  no  serious  mistake  about  it.  So,  out \nof  all  the  books  said  to  be  infallible,  we  may  select  those \nthings  on  which  to  feed  our  souls,  without  being  obliged \nto  eat  the  errors  which  are  poisonous  and  which  would  in- \njure. The  coming  conception  of  revelation  is  that  whatever \nis  true  is  divine,  in  whatever  book  or  outside  of  every  book. \nTruth  is  God's  word  ;  and,  if  it  is  not. truth,  it  is  not  his  word, \nthough  a  thousand  times  written  in  the  Bible  or  in  any  other \nclaimed  infallible  scripture.  Revelation  is  to  be,  then,  the \ntruth  of  God,  ever  growing,  ever  unfolding,  as  the  capacities \nof  men  unfold  more  and  more  of  that  which  is  true  and \ndivine. \n\nThe  incarnation, —  is  there  to  be  any  belief  in  that  in  the \nfuture  ?  There  is  to  be  in  the  future  a  doctrine  of  incarna- \ntion unspeakably  grander  and  nobler  than  any  dreamed  of  in \nthe  past.  We  are  coming  to  believe  that  humanity  —  not \nmerely  one  individual  who  lived  two  thousand  years  ago,  but \nhumanity  —  is  God's  child,  and  that  whatever  is  good  in  any \n\n\n1 1 \n\nman,  in  any  age,  in  any  religion,  is  so  much  of  the  out-ray- \ning of  the  truth  and  life  and  love  of  God.  The  doctrine  that \nhas  been  taught  concerning  Jesus  is  only  a  prophecy  of  what \nis  possible  concerning  every  man,  and  what  some  day  shall \nbe  true  of  every  roan.  We  are  growing  towards  that  ideal, \nwhen  we  shall  think  of  all  that  is  fair  and  beautiful  and \nnoble  in  man  as  only  so  much  of  the  divine.  We  believe \nthat  it  shall  be  given  in  coming  ages  for  men  to  be  so  intelli- \ngent, so  true,  so  loving,  so  helpful,  that  they  shall  be  recog- \nnized as  ideal,  as  full  of  God. \n\nBut  the  doctrine  of  mediation, —  is  that  to  have  any  part  ? \nYes  :  that  which  has  been  held  concerning  Jesus  is  only  a \nfigure  and  a  prophecy  of  every  man  who  is  true  to  his  ideal. \nEvery  man  who  gives  time,  money,  effort,  life  itself  for  his \nconvictions  of  truth, —  he  is  a  mediator.  He  helps  to  atone. \nHis  suffering  is  vicarious.  He  lifts  and  leads  the  race  on  to \nhis  nobler  and  better  ideals.  He,  in  his  turn  and  his  degree, \nis  helper  and  savior  as  truly  as  was  he  of  Nazareth.  This \nis  the  doctrine  of  mediation  that  shall  be  held  in  the  coming \nreligion. \n\nNow  let  us  turn  to  the  Church.  Is  there  to  be  a  church  in \nthe  coming  ages  ?  It  both  saddens  and  amuses  me  when \npeople  ask  such  shallow  questions.  Religion  is  eternal ;  and \nnot  only  that,  it  is  the  most  important  interest  of  human  life, \nbecause  it  means  finding  the  divine  truth  of  things  and  living \nit  out.  It  is  the  age-long  search  on  the  part  of  the  race  for \nthe  secret  and  the  fulness  of  life.  Being,  then,  thf  most  im- \nportant interest  in  the  world,  and  being  eternal  in  its  nature, \nit  cannot  help  but  incarnate  itself.  Any  permanent  interest \nof  the  race  always  organizes  itself  for  the  sake  not  only  of \nexpressing  itself,  but  of  carrying  out  its  aims.  Religion  will \nshow  itself  in  organization.  It  must  organize  itself  as  natu- \nrally and  necessarily  as  the  elements  that  go  to  make  a \ncrystal,  only  I  like  not  the  figure  of  the  crystal,  because  a \ncr}'Stal  does  not  grow.  Religion  will  organize  itself  as  natu- \nrally as  the  elements  that  enter  into  the  development  of \na  flower  or  an  oak.     There  is  to  be,  then,  in  the  coming  age \n\n\n12 \n\na  church  as  much  grander,  as  much  higher,  as  much  nobler, \nthan  anything  that  the  past  has  seen  as  the  human  imagina- \ntion can  dream. \n\nThe  organization  of  the  religious  life,  of  religious  aspira- \ntions, the  religious  endeavor  of  mankind, —  will  it  have \nsymbols,  rituals,  sacraments  ?  That  will  be  as  its  members \nshall  choose.  They  may  have  as  simple  an  organization  as \nthe  Friends.  They  may  have  as  elaborate  a  one  as  the \nRomanists.  The  one  thing  that  the  future  will  insist  on  will \nbe  that  the  rkual,  the  sacrament,  the  symbol,  shall  be  vital, \nshall  represent  something  real,  and  shall  be  the  expression \nof  life  instead  of  the  substitute  for  it, —  that  is  all.  I  believe \nit  will  have  rituals,  symbols,  services,  and  that  it  will  deco- \nrate and  glorify  itself  with  all  the  beauty  and  all  the  art  that \nthe  imagination  of  man  can  devise. \n\nWill  there  be  worship  in  the  coming  church  ?  We  find \nthousands  of  people  who  seem  to  think  that,  with  the  changed \nconception  of  things,  worship  is  to  pass  away.  I  have  known \ncertain  organizations  within  the  last  three  or  four  years  who \nare  unwilling  to  have  it  stated  about  them  that  they  engage \nin  worship.  They  must  have  curious  ideals  of  what  worship \nmeans.  If  you  analyze  worship,  you  will  find  that  it  is  the \nmost  distinctive  and  peculiar  characteristic  of  the  world's \nnoblest  and  highest  of  men.  It  is  the  upward  look  of  admi- \nration. It  is  the  seeing  of  something  better  than  we  have \nyet  attained.  It  is  the  bending  of  the  soul  in  recognition  of \nthat  which  transcends  it.  There  is  no  other  animal  that  is \ncapable  of  catching  glimpses  of  this  ideal,  if  being  troubled \nby  it  and  longing  to  attain  it.  It  is  this  hunger  after  the \nunattained  which  makes  man  king  of  the  earth.  And  the \nessence  of  this  is  worship.  To  ask  whether  man  is  to  be  a \nworshipper,  then,  in  the  future  is  to  ask  whether  he  is  to \nkeep  that  which  is  noblest  and  best  in  his  manhood  and  grow \ninto  better,  or  whether  he  is  to  disintegrate  and  degrade  into \nsomething  poorer  and  less.  The  worship  of  the  church  of \nthe  future  will  be  grander  than  anything  the  past  has  known. \n\nAnd  prayer, —  will  they  pray  in  the  church  of  the  future  ? \n\n\n13 \n\nHere  again,  in  the  midst  of  this  transition  time,  thousands  of \npeople  fancy  that  the  meaning  of  prayer  is  being  lost.  The \nconception  of  prayer  that  is  to  dominate  the  future  is  as \nmuch  grander,  as  much  higher,  as  much  finer,  than  any  of \nthe  prayers  of  the  past  as  the  loving,  nestling  communion \nof  the  child  hugged  in  its  father's  arms  is  higher  and  sweeter \nthan  the  mere  petulant  begging  and  teasing  for  playthings. \nThe  only  thing  in  the  prayer  of  the  past  that  any  new  theory \nof  the  universe  threatens  to  outgrow  and  leave  behind  is  that \nwhich  all  noble  men  and  women  ought  to  be  glad  to  be  rid \nof.  We  have  outgrown  that  conception  of  prayer  which  sup- \nposes we  are  petty,  ignorant,  petulant,  changing  children, \nhaving  power  to  interfere  with  the  magnificent  mechanism  of \nthe  universe.  We  have  outgrown  that ;  and  it  is  time.  It \nseems  to  me  impertinence  and  impiety,  instead  of  anything \nthat  we  should  be  glad  to  keep.  If  I  supposed  that  any  word \nof  mine  could  interfere  with  the  working  of  the  universe,  I \nwould  never  dare  speak  again.  Think  of  the  miserable  pre- \nsumption of  it.  I  heard  an  evangelist  once  say  that  prayer \nwas  the  power  that  moved  the  hand  that  moved  the  world. \nIf  I  believed  that,  I  would  never  pray  again.  If  you  analyze \nprayer,  you  will  find  that,  besides  begging,  there  is  the \nthanksgiving,  there  is  the  communion,  there  is  the  trust, \nthere  is  the  nestling  of  the  child  in  the  arms  of  the  Father, \nthere  is  the  taking  hold  of  his  hand  and  being  led  by  him, \nthere  is  the  strength  that  thrills  down  from  high  trust  into \nour  hearts,  and  makes  us  able  to  bear  the  burdens  of  life. \nThere  is  all  that  Jesus  asked  for  left ;  for  never  did  Jesus \nbeg  in  the  common  importunate  sense  that  I  was  accustomed \nto  hear  in  my  childhood.  As  I  look  back  upon  those  prayers, \nthey  seem  to  me  impious  instead  of  holy.  All,  then,  that  a \ntrue  and  holy  child  of  God  would  wish  to  keep  remains. \nSuch,  then,  I  believe,  is  to  be  the  coming  religion. \n\nNow,  at  the  close  I  want  to  speak  for  a  moment  on  what \nis  perhaps  as  significant  as  any  part  of  my  thought, —  con- \ncerning the  method  of  the  religious  growth  of  this  coming \ntime.     In  the  religion  of  the  future  there  will  be  no  orthodoxy \n\n\n14 \n\nand  no  heresy.  Why  ?  Because  there  will  be  no  infallible \nstandard  of  truth  in  the  old  sense,  by  which  a  man  can  be \ntried  and  found  wanting. \n\nLet  me  show  you  what  will  be  the  condition  of  things  in- \nevitably. In  a  scientific  society  there  is  no  heresy,  there  is \nno  orthodoxy.  Why?  Because  no  scientific  society  would \nbe  insane  enough  to  believe  that  it  was  wicked  for  a  man  to \nmake  mistakes.  A  scientific  society  regards  as  settled  only \nthose  things  that  can  be  verified  as  true.  But,  when  you \nmake  statements  like  twice  two  is  four,  you  do  not  need  to \nthreaten  a  man  with  hell  to  make  him  believe  it.  You  do  not \nneed  to  threaten  him  with  fagots  and  chains  and  dungeons, \nor  tell  him  you  will  cast  him  out  of  good  society  or  never \nspeak  with  him  again.  Whatever  is  verified  as  true  is  ac- \ncepted by  all  intelligent  and  sane  people,  merely  because  it \nis  true.  There  never  was  a  man  who  was  intelligent  and \nsane  who  did  not  want  to  find  the  truth.  No  man  ever \nvoluntarily  turned  against  the  truth.  The  reason  of  the \npersecutions  and  bitternesses  and  burnings  and  hell-fires  of \nthe  past  has  been  that  certain  bigoted,  spiritually-conceited \nmen  have  assumed  that  they  spoke  for  God,  said  that  the \npeople  who  did  not  accept  what  they  said  were  wicked  and \nopposed  to  God  and  haters  of  their  fellow-men.  It  is  this \nutterly  unfounded  assumption  that  has  made  the  hells,  the \nfagots,  the  inquisitions,  the  bitterness  and  hate  of  the  re- \nligion of  the  past. \n\nIn  the  coming  time  nobody  will  think  of  its  being  the  de- \nsire of  any  intelligent  man  to  oppose  anything  that  is  true ; \nand  nobody  will  think  of  its  being  necessary  to  compel  peo- \nple to  accept  what  is  true.  And  nobody  will  think  that  he \nhas  any  right  to  compel  another  person  to  accept  something \nwhich  he  does  not  know  is  true.  So  there  will  be  no  reason \nfor  bitterness,  for  persecution,  for  hate.  The  religious  men \nof  the  future,  in  all  ages,  in  all  races,  under  all  names,  will \nbe  seeking  after  the  truth,  trying  to  live  it,  trying  to  help \nother  people  live  it ;  and  it  will  never  occur  to  them  that  they \nare  to  consider  it  an  offence  on  the  part  of  any  person  who \n\n\n15 \n\ndiffers  with  them  concerning  any  subject.  How  utterly \ncontemptible  you  would  think  it  was  to  see  two  men  fighting \nand  calling-each  other  names  over  something  which  neither \nknew  anything  about, —  as  to  what  is  going  on  at  the  back \nof  the  moon,  for  instance !  You  would  think  them  fit  for  a \nmad  house.  Yet  here  are  people  in  the  churches  ready  to \nhate  and  blacken  the  character  of  others  because  they  do \nnot  agree  with  them  in  regard  to  things  about  which  they \nknow  absolutely  no  more  than  they  know  what  is  happening \non  the  back  of  the  moon. \n\nAll  that  will  pass  away  in  the  coming  time.  Men  will  be \nsane  then.  As  we  read  the  history  of  Christianity,  of  the \ngentle  character  of  Jesus,  of  his  teachings  of  peace  and  love, \nhis  telling  people  to  be  kind  even  to  their  enemies,  and  then \nread  the  history  of  the  inquisitions,  the  bitterness,  the  fight- \ning, the  quarrels  of  the  past,  we  feel  as  though  we  were  read- \ning the  records  of  the  doings  of  the  insane.  The  world  will \nbe  saner  and  saner  in  the  future.  And  so  all  men  and  all \nnations,  under  every  name,  in  regard  to  politics,  in  regard  to \nindustry,  in  Tegard  to  society,  in  regard  to  ethics,  in  regard \nto  religion,  in  all  the  departments  of  life,  will  be  seeking \nsimply  for  the  truth,  trying  to  get  ever  into  closer  and  closer \nrelations  with  God.  And,  as  this  progress  goes  on,  they  will \never  attain  closer  and  closer  relations.  There  will  be  no \nmore  cataclysms,  no  more  breakings  up  and  upheavals,  be- \ncause it  will  be  a  steady  growth, —  a  growth  like  the  change \nof  dawn  into  the  early  morning  and  of  that  into  high  noon. \nAnd  so,  as  they  succeed,  in  the  light  of  this  ever-increasing \ndivine  truth,  in  solving  more  and  more  problems,  the  old \nevils  will  be  outgrown  and  left  behind.  The  \"  low,  sad  music \nof  humanity  \"  will  sink  down  and  down  the  past,  to  be  suc- \nceeded by  the  swelling  song  of  gladness,  of  cheer,  of  eternal \nhope. \n\nFather,  we  thank  Thee  for  the  visions  that  inspire ;  and  all \nwe  ask  is  that  we  may  be  worthy  of  such  glimpses  of  truth \nas  come  to  us,  and  show  our  gladness  by  trying  to  realize \nthem  in  our  own  lives  and  in  the  lives  of  others.     Amen. \n\n\nMr.  Savage's   Books. \n\n\nKeltgiou<t  Reconstructinn.     iimo f  i.oo \n\n1'hese  DeKencrate  Days.     Small  i6mn.     Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed,     lamo .  1.00 \n\nPoema.     i6mo.     Full  ph.     With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Cloud.     i6nio.     Full  iplt i.J) \n\nSocial  Problrms.     lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Rebnous  Life.     lamo 1.00 \n\nBehef  in  God.     lamo                      1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo  .00 \n\nBelieb  about  the  Bible.          t.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,     ismo .00 \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution,     tamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,     lamo          1.00 \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.     lamo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood.     lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,     ismo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     t6mo       i  /» \n\nKluffton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.     lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living,     ismo 1.00 \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,     tamo 1.00 \n\nLife,     ismo 1.00 \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 7S \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.      A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth ' 1.00 \n\nLeather     ...         1.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy,  .    .  «.    .     ao  cents.    Per  dos.,  1.50 \n\n\"      Cloth,        '•               .     .    .     30     ••                \"  i.jo \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.'*  Subscription  price,  for  the  season,  $1.50; \nsingle  copies,  s  cents. \n\nGEO,  H.  ELLIS,  PMuktr, \n\nt4i  Framkitn  St.,  B0sUn,  Mmst, \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  slnffle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\nSERMONS \n\nOF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13 \n\nMARCH  4,  1892                     No.  21 \n\nTHE  PRESENT  USE  AND  WORTH  OF \n\nTHE  BIBLE \n\nGEORGE  H. \n\nBOSTON \nELLIS,  141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n1892 \n\nXnteni  at  (Ae  Pott-oHUe  Bottom,  Mau,,  at  teeoad<latt  mati  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction.     lamo.                    Ii.oo \n\nThese  Dexenerate  Days.    Small  i6nui.     Flexible jo \n\nMy  Creed,     lamo i.oo \n\nPoems.     i6mo.     Full  gilt.    With  purtrau 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Qoud.     i6mo.    Full  gilt 1.35 \n\nSodal  Problems,     iimo x.oo \n\nThe  Religious  Life.     lamo 1.00 \n\nBehef  in  God.     lamo                     i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo         i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.          1.00 \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,     ismo 1.00 \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution.     lamo i.oo \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,     ismo          1.00 \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.    lamo 1.00 \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood,     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,     lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     i6mo       ijoo \n\nBloffton:  A  Storv  of  To-day.     lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,     ismo i.oo \n\nLife,     ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.      A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.     Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth 1.00 \n\nLeather 1.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  copy,   ....     20  cents.     Per  dos.,  x.co \n\n••      Cloth.        '*               .    .     .    30     ••                \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  '*  Unity  Pulpit.\"    Subscription  price,  tor  the  sea \n\n\n.     .         .       '        -  ...  .$».5o; \n\nsingle  copies,  5  cents, \n\nGBO.  H.  ELLIS,  PuMiMker, \n\n74/  Frankim  St.,  Bpst^Hf  Mats, \n\n\nThe  Present  Use  and  Worth  of  the  Bible.* \n\n\n\"  And  Philip  ran  to  him  [that  is,  to  the  eunuch],  and  heard  him  reading \nIsaiah  the  prophet,  and  said,  Understandest  thou  what  thou  readest? \nAnd  he  said,  How  can  I,  except  some  one  shall  guide  me?  And  he \nbesought  Philip  to  come  up  and  sit  with  him.\" —  Acts  viii.  30,  31. \n\nAt  first  thought  it  would  seem  to  us  as  though  it  would  be \na  very  convenient  thing  if  we  could  have  an  infallible  guide \nin  matters  of  religious  theory  and  practice.  We  would  like \none  not  only  in  religion,  but  in  every  department  of  human \nlife  as  well.  I  suppose  the  broker,  the  lawyer,  the  farmer, \nand  the  physician  would  like  infallible  guides  as  to  the  meth- \nods of  carrying  on  their  special  affairs.  But  they  do  not \nhave  them.  They  must  rely  on  their  own  intelligence,  and \nstudy  in  the  light  of  the  experience  of  men.  It  is  a  question \nas  to  whether  this  is  not  better  for  them ;  for  so  they  find \nmental  culture  and  growth  that  they  would'  not  find  if  all \nthey  had  to  do  was  to  follow  an  infallible  formula.  But  they \ndo  not  have  one ;  and  they  must  get  along  without  as  best \nthey  can.  It  has  been  supposed,  for  a  great  many  years,  that \nwe  did  have  an  infallible  guide  in  religion.  But  note  one  or \ntwo  things.  It  is  simply  impossible  for  the  human  mind  to \nframe  a  form  of  words  that  shall  be  capable  of  only  one  in- \nterpretation. A  document  as  colorless  and  as  little  figura- \ntive as  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  is  interpreted \nin  all  sorts  of  ways ;  and  round  these  various  interpretations \nare  gathered  parties  sometimes  bitterly  antagonistic  to  each \n\nNote. —  I  preached  a  sermon  with  this  same  title  in  1883.     I  have  not \n\nlooked  it  over,  and  do  not  know  how  far  this  may  follow  the  same  line \n\nof  thought.—  M.  J.  s. \n\n*  Phonographically  reported. \n\n\nother.  If,  then,  we  were  to  have  given  us  an  infallible  guide \nin  matters  of  religion,  it  would  be  practically  of  no  value \nto  us  unless  we  had  an  infallible  interpretation,  which  no \none  claims  to  have.  Look  over  the  history  of  those  relig- \nious believers  who  have  claimed  that  they  had  an  infalli- \nble religious  guide.  Have  they  understood  it  in  the  same \nway?  Have  they  been  at  agreement  as  to  the  roads  in \nwhich  they  were  to  walk  ?  Have  they  seen  religious  prob- \nlems in  the  same  light  ?  Have  they  either  theoretically  or \npractically  been  at  agreement  with  one  another  ? \n\nTo  ask  these  questions  is  to  answer  them.  You  know  that \nChristendom,  under  the  guidance  as  it  claimed  of  an  infal- \nlible leadership,  has  marched  in  all  sorts  of  divergent  and \neven  contrary  directions,  and  that  it  is  divided  up  into  fac- \ntions that  hate  each  other  only  a  little  less  bitterly  —  if  pos- \nsible—  than  they  hate  those  who  are  entirely  without  such \nguidance.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  then,  those  who  have  claimed \nto  have  an  infallible  guide  have  not  interpreted  it  in  the \nsame  way;  and  so  it  has  not  served  that  purpose.  So \nmuch  is  perfectly  apparent  on  the  surface. \n\nWhat  has  this  claimed  infallible  guide  done  }  It  has  cul- \ntivated spiritual  self-conceit.  It  has  been  at  the  root  of \nmore  hate  and 'bloodshed  than  almost  all  other  causes  in \nChristendom  put  together.  It  has  not  served  the  purpose \nof  an  infallible  guide  from  our  Father  who  is  in  heaven.  I \ndo  not  believe,  then,  that  we  need  an  infallible  guide  in \nreligion  any  more  than  we  do  in  any  other  line.  I'  believe \neven  that  it  would  be  an  evil  to  have  such  a  guide.  We \nneed  rather  to  cultivate  our  own  insight,  our  own  foresight, \nto  develop  our  individual  characters,  in  the  light  of  an  effort \nafter  truth  and  in  the  results  of  the  experience  of  mankind. \nWe  have,  then,  no  infallible  guide,  and  must  do  the  best  we \ncan  without. \n\nUnless  God  is  a  being  who  will  forever  punish  a  man  for \nintellectual  mistake  after  he  has  tried  his  best  to  find  the \nway,  then  there  is  no  need  of  an  infallible  guide.  And,  if \nGod  is  a  being  who  punishes  an  honest  man  for  making  a \n\n\nmistake  after  he  has  done  the  best  he  can,  then  I  have  no \ndesire  to  enter  his  heaven.  We  do  not  need,  then,  an  in- \nfallible guide  in  religion  any  more  than  we  need  one  any- \nwhere else. \n\nBut  thousands  of  people  say,  If  the  Bible  is  not  infallible, \nwhat  is  the  use  of  it  anyway  ?  This  is  a  most  thoughtless \nquestion.  I  wonder  that  any  intelligent  person  should  ever \nask  it.  Intelligent  people  do  ask  it,  however ;  and  so  it  must \nbe  sheer  thoughtlessness  on  their  part.  If  Shakspere  is  not \ninfallible,  what  is  the  use  of  ever  reading  Shakspere?  If \nPlutarch,  if  Plato,  if  Dante,  if  Goethe,  are  not  infallible,  why \nnot  stow  away  their  works  in  some  retired  place,  and  leave \nthem  forever  to  the  dust  ?  Is  this  a  foolish  question  ?  No \nmore  foolish  than  the  other.  And  yet  there  is  one  excuse \nfor  the  other  that  would  not  exist  for  this ;  and  that  is  that \npeople  have  been  taught,  by  the  authority  of  the  organized \nchurch,  its  pulpits,  its  books,  for  ages  that  the  Bible  is  the \ninfallible  guide  of  the  world, —  a  cruel  and  despairing  teach- \ning. So  that  there  is  naturally  on  the  part  of  many  a  revolu- \ntion over  it;  and,  having  become  convinced  that  it  is  not \nnecessary  to  their  eternal  salvation  that  they  should  be  famil- \niar with  this,  they  have  come  to  leave  it  practically  one  side. \n\nI  propose  this  morning  to  suggest  some  reasons  why,  as \nliberals,  we  ought  to  be  familiar  with  the  Bible,  and  some \nhints  as  to  methods  by  which  to  become  familiar  with  it. \nWe  ought  to  know  the  Bible ;  and  I  believe  that  by  and  by, \nwhen  we  can  come  at  it  rationally  and  simply,  with  none  of \nthe  prejudices  of  the  past  about  it,  we  shall  love  it,  and  give \nit  a  nobler  place  than  it  ever  before  occupied.  We  shall \nlearn  to  love  it,  and  to  read  it  freely,  because  of  its  magnificent \nhistory  and  of  its  present  worth.  I  shall  not  be  able  to  cover \nthe  ground  of  so  large  a  theme  as  this.'  I  only  wish  to \nsuggest  some  few  of  the  more  important  points. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  we  ought  to  be  familiar  with  the  Bible  as \na  matter  of  common  education,  as  a  matter  of  simple  intelli- \ngence, in  dealing  with  the  affairs  of  the  world.  The  Bible \nhas  occupied  a  unique  place  in  the  history  of  Christian  civili- \n\n\nzation.  It  is  written  into  the  world's  literature.  You  can \nhardly  read  one  of  the  great  intellectual  masterpieces  of \ncivilization  without  finding  references  to  the  Bible  that  call \nfor  a  certain  familiarity  with  it,  in  order  to  understand  them. \nYou  would  be  ashamed  in  reading  a  book,  and  finding  some \nordinary  historical,  geographical,  or  scientific  reference,  to \nknow  nothing  about  it.  You  would  say.  We  ought,  as  edu- \ncated and  intelligent  men,  to  know  enough  to  understand \nthese  references.  If  a«  man  was  reading  a  book  and  came \nacross  something  that  Hamlet  said  or  that  Macbeth  said,  he \nwould  be  ashamed  to  say  that  he  did  not  know  who  Hamlet \nand  Macbeth  were.  You  ought  to  be  as  familiar  with  the \ngreat  characters  of  Bible  history  as  with  those  of  Shakspere. \n\nAnd  then,  if  you  wish  to  walk  through  the  galleries  of  the \nworld's  art,  you  need  a  knowledge  of  the  Bible  to  understand \nthe  subjects  and  the  interpretation  of  the  great  masters. \n\nIf  you  are  studying  English  or  American  history,  you  need \na  knowledge  of  the  Bible,  because  this  one  book  has  influ- \nenced, changed,  shaped,  the  course  of  English  and  American \nhistory  as  no  other  book  that  was  ever  written  has  done. \n\nIf  you  wish  to  study  the  laws,  the  legislation,  of  Christen- \ndom, you  need  to  understand  the  Bible,  in  order  to  follow \nintelligently  the  course  of  the  development  of  this  legislation. \n\nIf  you  are  studying  the  industrial  development  of  the \nworld,  you  need  a  general  knowledge  of  the  Bible,  in  order \nthat  you  may  comprehend  that.  The  Bible,  then,  is  wrought \ninto  the  history,  the  literature,  the  art,  the  life,  of  civilization \nin  such  a  way  that,  as  a  matter  of  common  intelligence,  you \nneed  to  be  generally  faniiltar  with  it. \n\nThen,  another  thing  of  prime  importance,  the  Bible  is \nunique  in  the  literature  of  the  world.  The  Bible  is  the  relig- \nious  autobiography  of  one  of  the  most  remarkable  people \nthat  has  ever  lived.  And  this  is  the  only  case  I  know  of,  of \nan  almost  complete  autobiography,  from  childhood  up  to \nyouth,  manhood,  and  old  age,  of  a  nation.  In  regard  to  other \npeoples,  you  have  a  chapter  of  their  life,  you  can  get  at  some \nitem  of  their  early  ideas.     Take  the  Confucian  writings  or \n\n\nthe  writings  of  the  Hindus,  the  literature  of  almost  any  other \nreligion,  and  they  are  only  fragmentary,  you  can  trace  only \na  part  of  the  religious  development  of  the  people.  But  in \nthe  case  of  the  Hebrew  race  you  begin  at  the  beginning, \nwhen  they  were  barbarians,  when  they  were  nature-wor- \nshippers, worshippers  of  sacred  stones  and  trees,  when  they \nwere  polytheists,  when  they  were  capable  of  human  sacrifice \nto  their  deities ;  and  you  can  trace  the  growth  of  their  relig- \nious ideas  until  you  come  up  to  the  magnificent  ideas  of \nIsaiah,  and  of  the  teachings  of  Jesus  that  are  so  far  away \nfrom  the  early  nature- worship  that  it  makes  God  pure  spirit, \nnot  on  this  mountain  nor  yet  at  Jerusalem  to  be  worshipped, \nbut  by  all  men  everywhere  who  worship  in  spirit  and  in \ntruth.  If  you  wish  to  understand  a  man,  you  need  to  know \nsomething  of  his  origin  and  the  course  of  his  development. \nIf  you  wish  to  understand  a  great  world-conquering  religion, \nyou  need  to  know  something  of  its  far-off  origin  and  the  lines . \nof  its  growth.  And  nowhere  else  on  earth  is  there  such  a \nsplendid  example  of  this  as  is  revealed  to  us  in  the  Bible. \nHere  we  trace  the  growth  of  the  religious  ideas  of  a  people \nfrom  the  crudest  to  the  most  spiritual  that  the  world  has  ever \nattained. \n\nAgain,  the  Bible  is  the  storehouse  of  religious  experiment \nand  example,  and  so  of  important  practical  teaching.  Do \nyou  know  one  of  the  great  troubles  with  practical  legislators \nis  that  they  keep  trying  over  and  over  again,  to-day,  certain \nthings  that  the  experience  of  the  past  has  proved  cannot  be \ndone.  They  do  it  because  they  are  ignorant,  because  they \ndo  not  know  the  history  of  the  past.  So  with  the  social \ntheorists  of  the  modern  world :  they  are  perpetually  trying \nto  get  the  world  upon  some  line,  some  path  of  advance  that \nhas  been  proved  to  be  impassable,  merely  because  they  are \nignorant.  So  you  find  the  religious  world  making  these  mis- \ntakes over  and  over  again,  because  it  is  not  familiar  with  the \nfact  that  these  experiments  have  been  tried  and  tried  again, \nand  have  always  failed.  In  the  Bible  we  have  a  continuous \nhistory  of  the  growth  of  the  religious  life,  of  experiments \n\n\n8 \n\nthis  way  and  that ;  and  it  ought  to  be  full  of  practical  instruc- \ntion in  the  coming  ages  of  the  world. \n\nWe  find,  for  example,  the  evils  of  the  intermixing  of  the \nChurch  and  State,  the  constant  tendency  of  ceremonialism \nto  overlapping  and  crowding  out  the  practical,  vital  religious \nlife,  to  become  a  substitute  for  living.  We  find  the  ten- \ndency of  the  priesthood  to  fix,  and  so  hinder  the  growth  of, \nthe  religious  life  of  the  people,  and  the  effort  of  the  pro- \nphetic spirit  to  break  these  bands  and  let  the  people  go  free, \nthat  they  may  expand,  grow,  and  reach  out  beyond  towards \nthe  future,  and  upwards  towards  the  higher.  We  find  all  this \nexperience  in  the  history  that  is  covered  by  the  Bible ;  and \nit  is  just  as  valuable  to  the  world  to-day  as  it  ever  was.  And, \nif  we  will  only  familiarize  ourselves  with  it  and  learn  its  les- \nsons, we  might  avoid  repeating  the  same  old  mistakes. \n\nThere  is  yet  another  thing  about  the  Bible :  it  is  a  gallery \nof  great  portraits,  a  gallery  of  living  figures,  not  always  good  ; \nbut  the  Bible  is  a  good  deal  better  for  our  practical  use  be- \ncause they  are  not  always  good.  They  are  live  men,  with  all \nthe  passions  and  perversities,  as  well  as  the  longings  and \naspirations,  of  live  men ;  and  by  observing  the  lessons  of  life \nwhich  are  here  revealed  to  us  we  learn  the  meaning  of  life. \nWe  prize  highly,  as  one  of  the  choice  productions  of  the  an- \ntique world,  the  \"  Lives  of  Plutarch,\"  because  he  has  given  us \nfigures  of  heroes,  warriors,  statesmen,  in  whose  lives  we  can \nstudy  the  living  life  of  the  past.  So  the  Bible  is  a  gallery \nthrough  which  walk  these  living  figures  of  the  past,  who \ngive  us  instruction,  give  us  warning,  give  us,  if  we  seek  noth- \ning more,  entertainment,  as  we  study  what  they  are  and  the \nkind  of  lives  they  led. \n\nYet  another  point.  Because  the  Bible  has  been  presented \nto  us  in  this  hard,  dogmatic  fashion,  we  have  lost  the  sense \nof  its  beauty,  its  sublimity,  merely  as  literature.  By  and  by, \nwhen  we  are  free  of  these  dogmatic  fetters,  the  world  will \ncome  lovingly  to  the  study  and  admiration  of  certain  parts \nof  the  Bible,  because,  looked  at  as  pure  and  simple  literature, \nthey  occupy  places  as  high  almost  as  anything  that  the  world \n\n\nhas  given  us.  Take  the  Book  of  Job,  and  let  it  be  properly \ntranslated,  published  by  itself  as  a  poem,  and  it  would  over- \ntop '*  Faust \"  as  the  poetic  dealing  with  a  great  human  prob- \nlem. It  is  fit  to  take  its  place  by  the  side  of  the  master- \npieces of  the  poetic  production  of  the  world. \n\nThen  there  is  nothing  more  sublime  in  poetry  that  this \nhuman  race  has  produced  than  certain  parts  of  the  prophets, — \nof  Isaiah,  for  example ;  and  I  could  gather  out  a  little  collec- \ntion from  the  Psalms  that,  merely  as  lyric  verse,  would  be  fit \nto  take  its  place  with  the  finest  productions  of  the  ages. \nWe  need,  then^  to  prize  certain  portions  of  this  old  book  as \nworthy  of  all  love,  looked  at  merely  as  literary  work,  the \nproduction  of  a  wondrous  ancient  people. \n\nOne  more  reason,  and  this  not  less  important  than  either \nof  the  others.  People  are  accustomed  to  read  Emerson. \nWhy  ?  I  know  people  who  keep  a  volume  of  Emerson,  or \nselections  from  him,  on  the  table,  to  which  they  turn  every \nday  of  the  year.  They  say  that  they  breathe  freer,  higher \nair  as  they  drink  in  his  spirit.  They  find  companionship, \ninspiration,  wisdom,  suggestions,  comfort,  hints  of  strength \nand  hope  for  their  spiritual  life  from  his  pages.  They  find \nin  Emerson  what  Matthew  Arnold  said,  in  his  lecture  on \nhim,  was  his  most  distinguishing  characteristic, —  that  he  is \nthe  friend  and  companion  of  those  who  would  live  in  the \nspirit.  This  use  of  the  Bible  I  believe  to  be  the  highest \nand  finest  of  all.  One  need  not  take  it  as  it  comes  any  more \nthan  one  goes  into  his  garden  and  gathers  and  devours  what- \never comes  first,  whether  it  is  a  leaf  of  a  rose-bush  or  a  rose, \nthe  tops  of  the  potatoes  instead  of  the  potatoes  themselves. \nPeople  do  not  act  so  foolishly  in  the  practical  affairs  of  life \nas  they  tell  us  we  are  to  do  in  our  use  of  the  Bible.  In  the \nBible  there  are  the  finest,  sweetest,  highest,  noblest  things  in \nwhich  we  can  find  companionship.  You  know  that  it  is  the \natmosphere  that  has  more  to  do  with  life  than  even  the  soil. \nIf  you  have  studied  the  growth  of  trees,  you  know  that  the \nlarger  part  of  their  life  comes  to  them  through  the  leaves  from \nthe  air.     You  know  that,  if  you  attempt  to  cultivate  certain \n\n\nlO \n\nplants,  they  wither  and  droop  and  die.  What  is  the  matter? \nSomething  in  the  air  is  not  suited  to  them.  In  other  places \ntrees,  plants,  shrubs,  on  barren  rocks,  will  flourish  and  grow \ngreen  and  beautiful  in  the  face  of  the  blue  heaven.  The \natmosphere,  then,  of  our  lives  is  of  almost  more  importance \nthan  everything  else  put  together.  You  know  how  the  com- \npanionship of  certain  people  depresses.  You  know  that \nafter  you  have  been  with  them  a  half-hour  you  feel  as  though \na  vein  had  been  opened  and  the  life-blood  was  gone.  In \nthe  presence  of  others  it  is  like  placing  a  drooping  plant \nafter  watering  it  in  the  sun :  life  and  strength  come,  you  know \nnot  how.  You  can  tell  what  people's  lives  are  if  you  can \nfind  out  the  spiritual  and  intellectual  companionship  which \nthey  love,  to  which  they  naturally  turn.  The  grandest  use, \nthen,  of  the  Bible  is  to  make  it  this  daily  spiritual  com- \npanion, not,  as  I  said,  by  reading  it  as  though  it  all  were  of \nequal  value.  There  are  parts  of  the  old  Testament  that  are \nnot  fit  to  read  in  public  or  in  private.  There  are  parts  of \nthe  New  Testament  that  are  utterly  unsuitable  as  material \nfor  spiritual  growth.  But  there  is  no  book,  no  one  gathering \nof  books,  that  contains  in  it,  in  spite  of  all  this  that  we  would \nleave  out,  so  much  of  fine,  high,  sweet  spiritual  nutriment  as \ndoes  the  Bible.  We  shall  find  that  by  and  by  the  dogmatic \npart  will  be  forgotten ;  and  the  world  will  be  attracted  to  that \nwhich  is  sweet  and  true. \n\nTurn  with  me  now  for  a  few  moments,  and  let  me  suggest \na  few  things  that  stand  in  our  way  of  getting  the  best  out  of \nit.  Had  I  not  mentioned  it,  I  should  need  to  mention  it \nright  here :  that  the  first  objection  is  the  dogmatic  one.  We \nrebel  against  the  old  ideas  which  were  drilled  into  us  as  chil- \ndren, and  from  which  we  find  it  hard  to  escape.  We  need \nto  remember  that  the  Bible  is  not  responsible  for  that.  It  is \nsimply  certain  people^s  notions  about  the  Bible.  Let  us  not, \nthen,  transfer  the  dislike  that  perhaps  rightly  and  right- \neously we  have  for  certain  hard  and  unlovable  teachings \nabout  the  Bible  to  the  Bible  itself.  The  Bible  is  not  re- \nsponsible for  these  teachings.     Let  us  take  it  up  lovingly, \n\n\nII \n\nsympathetically,  and  treat  it  as  though  it  had  never  been \nmisrepresented  and  abused. \n\nThen,  as  we  read  it,  we  ought  to  remember  that  it  is  not \none  book.  It  is  sixty-six  books ;  and  there  is  no  reason  in \nthe  wide  world,  except  the  bookbinder's  convenience,  for \nhaving  these  sixty-six  books  between  two  covers.  If  the \nbooks  of  the  Bible  had  been  bound  separately,  it  would  be \nread  much  more  intelligently  than  it  is  to-day. \n\nThen  we  need  to  remember  that  the  divisions  into  chap- \nters and  verses  are  very  modern.  They  are  a  mere  matter \nof  convenience,  to  make  it  easy  to  refer  to  any  part  of  the \nBible.  And,  so  far  as  the  chapters  are  concerned,  it  is \ndivided  up  into  easy  lengths  for  reading.  But,  if  you  should \ntake  any  other  book  and  subject  it  to  this  process,  you  would \nspoil  it  for  intelligent  use  and  treatment.  The  chapters  are \nmost  clumsily  divided.  In  the  original  manuscript  there \nwere  no  chapters,  no  verses,  no  paragraphs  even  :  each  page \nis  solid.  The  men  who  had  the  work  of  dividing  it  up  fre- \nquently broke  the  sense  in  the  middle,  so  that  there  is  no \nbeginning  anywhere  and  no  end  anywhere,  when  you  simply \nread  one  chapter.  In  that  way  you  get  no  clear  idea  of \nwhat  the  author  was  trying  to  say. \n\nAgain,  you  must  remember  that  the  chapter  headings  and \nthe  running  titles  at  the  tops  of  the  pages  are  the  work  of \nignorant  interpreters.  They  do  not  belong  to  the  Bible,  and \nwere  not  in  the  original  manuscripts.  They  are  misleading, \nfrequently  utterly  confusing  and  confounding  to  the  sense, \nmisinterpreting  the  manifest  intention  of  the  writer.  Leave \nall  this  one  side  when  you  are  reading  the  Bible,  and  try  to \nget  at  what  it  really  stands  for  and  is  intended  to  convey. \n\nThere  is  another  trouble  about  reading  it ;  and  that  is,  as  it \nis  bound,  it  represents  neither  the  chronological  order  of  the \nbooks  nor  of  the  incidents  related.  The  chronological  order \nis  confused.  Take,  as  an  example,  the  New  Testament. \nThe  first  books  which  were  composed  in  the  New  Testament \nare  a  few  authentic  epistles  of  Paul ;  and  even  these  are  not \nin  the  order  in  which  he  wrote  them.    The  Epistle  to  the \n\n\n12 \n\nRomans  ought  not  to  be  the  first  one.  They  are  not  placed \nin  their  order,  but  placed  probably  according  to  their  sup- \nposed importance.  After  Paul's  authentic  epistles  ought  to \ncome  some  of  the  other  epistles, —  we  are  not  sure  of  their \ndates, —  then  Mark,  Matthew,  Luke,  and  then,  a  long  while \nafter,  though  we  are  not  quite  sure  when,  the  Acts  of  the \nApostles;  then  some  of  the  other  epistles, —  the  Epistle  of \nJohn,  for  example;  then  Revelation;  and,  last  of  all,  the \nGospel  of  John.  Now,  if  a  man  had  the  New  Testament  ar- \nranged in  this  chronological  order,  you  see  how  much  more \ncomplete  an  idea  he  could  get  of  its  teachings. \n\nThen  there  is  another  thing  that  needs  to  be  borne  in \nmind.  The  Bible  does  not  mean  anything  that  by  ingenious \ninterpretation  can  be  got  out  of  one  of  its  sentences.  People \ntalk  as  though  they  had  the  authority  of  the  Bible  for  what- \never the  words  can  be  tortured  into  saying,  even  when  torn \nout  of  all  connection.  As  an  illustration,  let  me  give  one \nthat  I  have  seen.  I  have  seen  the  words,  \"Touch  not,  taste \nnot,  handle  not,\"  printed  on  placards  and  hung  up,  as  though \nthe  writer  of  those  words  were  teaching  total  abstinence  when \nhe  wrote  them.  I  am  not  now  giving  my  ideas  on  the  sub- \nject of  total  abstinence.  I  am  not  expressing  my  ideas  on \ntemperance  at  all.  But  the  writer  of  those  words  says  exactly \nthe  opposite,  so  that  to  use  them  in  that  way  is  either  dis- \nhonesty or  ignorance.  The  Bible  does  not  mean  what  men \ncan  twist  it  into  meaning.  It  means  what  the  writer  meant \nat  the  time  of  writing.  That  is  the  only  honest  way  to  treat \nany  man's  book.  What  did  Paul  mean  when  he  was  writing \nany  particular  epistle  ?  That  is  the  question  you  are  to  ask, \nif  you  want  to  understand  him  and  get  into  sympathy  with \nhim. \n\nPeople  are  taught  that  the  Bible  is  a  plain,  simple  book, \neasy  to  understand  on  the  part  of  the  average  reader.  There \nis  hardly  a  book  less  easy  to  understand  on  the  part  of  an \naverage  reader  who  does  not  try  to  comprehend  it.  Take, \nfor  example,  the  First  Epistle  of  Paul  to  the  Thessalonians. \nYou  find  this  passage  there :  \"  We  which  are  alive  and  remain \n\n\n13 \n\nunto  the  coining  of  the  Lord  shall  not  prevent  them  which \nare  asleep.\"  That  was  a  perpetual  puzzle  to  me  as  a  boy ; \nand  I  never  had  any  explanation  till  I  was  able  to  study  it \nout  mji^elf.  If  you  wanted  to  understand  this  epistle,  what \nwould  you  do  ?  You  would  try  to  find  out  what  the  condi- \ntion of  religious  thought  was  in  the  churches  of  Thessalonica \nat  this  time,  what  the  problems  of  thought  were,  what  they \nwere  specially  interested  in.  What  did  they  want  to  know  ? \nWhat  is  Paul  writing  about,  and  what  for  ?  After  you  have \nlearned  what  the  condition  of  things  was  there,  if  you  sit \ndown  and  read  the  Epistle  to  the  Thessalonians  right  through, \nyou  get  a  better  impression.  You  will  treat  the  book  with \ncommon  sense,  and  will  rise  from  reading  it  wiser  than  when \nyou  sat  down.  But  the  ordinary  way  of  reading  a  chapter, \nor  a  half-chapter,  torn  out  of  its  connections,  with  no  idea  of \nwhat  the  connection  is  or  what  Paul  was  writing  about,  is \nnonsense.     You  might  as  well  read  it  backwards. \n\nRead,  then,  these  books  in  the  light  of  the  history  of  the \ntimes.  Try  to  comprehend  those  problems  which '  stirred \nthat  age ;  and  then  you  will  read  and  compare  them  with  the \nproblems  that  are  stirring  our  own,  and  you  will  come  into \ntouch  and  sympathy  with  the  same  throbbing  human  heart  in \nall  ages  all  the  world  over. \n\nOne  other  point  let  me  suggest.  You  will  notice,  perhaps, \nthat  in  my  reading  of  the  Scriptures  I  pick  and  choose  cer- \ntain things  that  I  read  very  often,  and  that  there  are  certain \nothers  that  I  almost  never  read.  There  are  certain  parts  of \nthe  New  Testament  that  I  should  love  to  read  if  I  did  not \nhave  to  stop  to  comment  and  explain.  I  must  say,  '^  I  do \nnot  believe  this.\"  We  have  not  yet  come  into  a  simple  com- \nprehension of  the  book ;  and  my  reading  of  these  passages \nmight  be  misunderstood.  If  I  should  read  the  story  of  the \nturning  of  water  into  wine  at  the  marriage  in  Cana  of  Gali- \nlee, a  stranger  might  go  away  and  say.  Why,  is  it  possible \nthat  Mr.  Savage  believes  that?  He  would  assume  that  I \nbelieved  it  merely  because  I  read  it,  unless  I  stopped  to  say \nthat  I  did  not.     I  do  not  like  to  stop  and  comment  in  that \n\n\n14 \n\nfashion ;  and  so  I  wait  for  that  sane  and  reasonable  time \nthat  will  surely  come,  when  I  can  read  it  as  I  would  any \nother  book.  If  I  should  read  to  you  a  portion  of  \"  Macbeth,\" \nI  should  not  have  to  stop  and  explain  whether  I  believed \nMacbeth  was  an  historic  character,  and  did  this  or  that  thing \nthat  he  is  represented  as  doing.  You  would  know  that  I \nread  it  for  its  poetical  beauty,  its  spiritual  power,  its  moral \nsuggestion,  its  inspiration.  So,  if  I  read  a  book  in  which \nthere  was  a  reference  to  Hercules  or  King  Arthur,  I  should \nnot  have  to  stop  and  explain,  lest  I  should  be  misunderstood. \nYou  would  understand  that  I  read  it  for  its  inner  signifi- \ncance, its  spiritual  suggestion.  So,  I  hope  the  time  will \ncome  when  I  can  read  the  New  Testament  without  having \n10  explain ;  but  everybody  will  comprehend  that  I  am  read- \ning for  the  spiritual  beauty  and  power  that  it  contains.  What \ndifference  does  it  make  whether  water  was  turned  into  wine \neighteen  hundred  years  ago  ?  But  it  makes  an  infinite  dif- \nference whether  you  and  I  to  day  turn  the  water  of  our  com- \nmonplace lives  into  the  wine  of  high  thinking  and  spiritual \nliving.  There  is  a  meaning  there.  But,  so  long  as  we  are \nconfused  by  the  petty  discussions  as  to  historical  and  critical \naccuracy,  we  lose  the  worth  and  power  and  suggestion  of \nthe  book.  The  time  will  come,  and  we  can  afford  to  wait, \nwhen  the  Bible  will  be  placed  on  the  pedestal  where  it  be- \nlongs. \n\nThen  it  is  such  a  comfort  to  me,  as  I  study  the  history  of \nthis  old  book,  to  find  that  I  occupy  a  position  where  I  am  not \nexpected  any  longer  to  apologize  for  its  errors,  for  its  im- \nmoral teachings,  for  its  cruelty,  for  its  barbarism.  I  am  not \nexpected  any  longer  to  explain  the  difficulties  that  stand  in \nthe  way  of  supposing  that  the  Holy  Spirit  could  completely \ncontradict  himself.  Neither  am  I  expected  to  defend  the \nthought  that  God  should  reveal  himself  to  a  few  people  and \nleave  all  the  rest  in  darkness.  Nor  must  I  apologize  for  the \nfact  that  he  got  through  speaking  to  the  world  eighteen  hun- \ndred years  ago,  and  has  had  nothing  to  say  since.  It  is  such \na  comfort,  intellectually,  religiously,  spiritually,  to  be  free \n\n\n15 \n\nfrom  this  burden,  and  to  know  that  the  living  God  who  did \nspeak  by  prophets  and  seers  in  the  olden  time,  who  spoke \nthrough  the  lips  of  Jesus  and  Paul,  did  not  stop  when  their \nlips  became  cold  and  silent.  Neither  because  he  spoke \nthrough  those  lips  are  we  committed  to  the  idea  that  what \nthose  lips  uttered  was  the  infallible  word.  We  can  believe \nthat  he  has  been  speaking  since,  that  he  has  spoken  in  every \nage  through  the  mouths  of  all  the  seers  and  prophets  and \nmartyrs,  under  every  sky,  to  every  lowly  heart ;  that  he  has \nreached  down  his  hand  to  clasp  every  hand ;  that  no  feeble \nentreaty  has  been  lifted  up  to  him  in  vain ;  that  he  has \nwhispered  to  every  heart  that  was  attent  to  listen  and  find \nout  by  which  way  it  should  walk ;  that  he  has  spoken  not \nonly  in  religion,  but  through  science,  through  art,  through \nliterature,  through  the  progress  of  society,  through  the  in- \ndustrial progress  of  the  world,  and  that  he  is  still  speaking \nto-day ;  that  we  are  thus  in  contact  with  the  living  God,  and \nthat  we  are  a  part  of  the  living  revelation,  and  that  to- \nmorrow morning,  as  the  needs  of  the  day  shall  face  us,  we \nmay  look  to  him  for  guidance,  knowing  that  his  last  word  is \nnot  spoken,  that  his  last  word  never  will  be  spoken,  for  his \nchildren  shall  be  in  constant  and  increasing  communication \nwith  him  to-day,  to-morrow,  and  forever. \n\nFather,  we  thank  Thee  for  these  inspiring  and  comforting \ntruths  and  trusts.  We  ask  Thee  that  Thou  wilt  lead  and \ncomfort  and  help  us.  Instead  of  wondering  why  Thou  dost \nnot  speak  to  us,  let  us  cultivate  the  hearing  ear,  and  hush  the \nnoises  of  the  world  and  of  our  own  importunate  lives,  and \nlisten ;  and  we  shall  find  that  Thy  voice  is  never  silent,  but \nthat  Thou  art  always  ready  to  whisper  to  us  comfort  and \ncheer  and  leading.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWn-H    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .    ...  20  cents \n\n\"    Do{ ^7.50 \n\n''      Clotb,    \"    Copy,    .    .     .    .  )o  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  verv  thorougnly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \noz  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctnnal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inciuirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanest  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  ovx  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  \"  Our  cnildren  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  witn  the  results  of  critical  scnolarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudy  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  io \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  m  the  matter  of  ititerpretation. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS.  Publisher,  X4X  Franklin  St,  Boston,  Mass. \n\n\nPubllBhed  weekly.         Price  91.60  a  year,  or  5  cents  single  coii \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  MARCH  11,  1892  No.  22 \n\nSERIES   ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\n\nYn.  COMPROMISE \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141  FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\nEfUertd  at  lAe  Poit-o^lee  Bottom,  Mou.,  at  teeond-rlatt  maU  matter \n\n\nMAR  12  1892 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reoonstmctioo.    ismo. fi.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Dajrs.    Small  i6mo.    Flexible so \n\nMy  Creed.    lamo i.oo \n\nPoems.    i6mo.    FnllgilL    With  portrait i.so \n\nLight  on  the  Ckrad.    i6mo.    Full  gilt i.as \n\nSocial  Problems.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Reliflious  Life,    lamo i.co \n\nBebef  in  God.    lamo                    i.co \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.    lamo         i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.  ^  lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Erolution.    lamo i.oo \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,    ismo          i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.    lamo i.oo \n\nChristianitj  the  Science  of  Manhood,    unio i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,    laino 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.    i6mo       1.00 \n\nBluffton:  A  Storrof  To^y.    ismo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Daily  Living,    ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times.    lamo 1.00 \n\nLife.     lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Mraister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 7S \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nQoth .00 \n\nLeather i.jo \n\nUniurian  Catechism.  With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnoe,  Paper,  per  copy,  ....     so  cents.    Per  dos.,  1.50 \n\n\"      Qoth,        •«               .    .    .    30     ••               \"  a.$o \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  for  the  season,  |i. 50 ; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS,  PtMuksr, \n\nt4t  PtanJdm  St.,  BstUn,  Mku, \n\n\nCOMPROMISE.* \n\n\n\"  And  John  answered  and  said,  Master,  we  saw  one  casting  out  devils \nin  thy  name,  and  we  forbade  him,  because  he  followeth  not  with  us.  And \nJesus  said  unto  him.  Forbid  him  not,  for  he  who  is  not  against  you  is \nfor  you. \"—  Luke  ix.  49,  50. \n\nHere,  I  think,  as  we  go  on  with  the  discussion  of  our \ntheme,  we  shall  find  the  principle  which  ought  to  be  a  guid- \ning clew  to  us  in  this  matter  of  the  practical  compromises  of \nlife  that  face  us  at  every  turn. \n\nLife  is  not  governed,  and  cannot  be,  by  any  fixed  hard  and \nfast  rules.  It  is  governed  in  accordance  with  principles,  in \nthe  light  of  ideals.  I  suppose  there  is  no  one  definite  rule \nof  action  that  a  man  can  lay  down  for  himself  and  follow  in \nall  conditions  and  in  dealing  with  all  people.  He  may  have \na  principle  in  hb  mind  which  shall  not  be  changed ;  but  his \npractical  conduct  must  vary  in  a  thousand  ways,  in  accordance \nwith  time,  with  circumstances,  and  the  conditions  with  which \nhe  is  dealing.. \n\nTake,  for  example,  that  one  characteristic  saying  of  Jesus, \n\"  Do  unto  others  as  ye  would  that  others  should  do  unto \nyou.\"  That  is  not  a  rule :  that  is  a  principle.  How  would \nyou  have  others  do  unto  you  ?  That  depends.  It  depends \non  who^you  are.  It  depends  on  who  the  others  are.  It \ndepends  upon  the  circumstances,  and  upon  a  thousand  things \nthat  may  vary  at  a  thousand  different  times. \n\nAnd  this  leads  us  to  note  what  perhaps  some  of  you  may \nbe  disposed  to  question,  that  there  is  no  single  act  conceiv- \nable which  in  itself  is  either  necessarily  right  or  necessarily \nwrong.  , \n\n*  Phooographically  reported. \n\n\nTake  an  extreme  illustration,  that  you  may  see  what  I \nmean.  How  about  putting  a  man  to  death  ?  Is  that  always \nright  ?  Is  that  always  wrong?  In  one  case  it  may  be  brutal, \nfoul  murder.  In  another  case  it  may  be  grandest  heroism. \nIn  another  case  it  may  have  no  character  whatever,  being \npure  and  simple  accident.  In  another  case  it  may  result \nfrom  the  work  of  the  surgeon,  from  his  performing  some \ndangerous  operation  which,  on  the  whole,  it  was  thought  best \nto  attempt.  It  may  be  justifiable  self-defence.  You  see, \nthen,  that  even  in  an  extreme  case  like  that  there  is  nothing \ndefinite  and  fixed  as  to  outward  action;  and  what  is  true \nof  that  I  believe  to  be  true  of  every  single  action  of  which \nyou  can  think  or  dream.  No  definite  act  has  about  it  any \nmoral  character  whatsoever.  It  depends  upon  motives,  it \ndepends  upon  the  purpose,  it  depends  on  what  is  attempted, \nit  depends  upon  conditions,  circumstances. \n\nSince,  then,  we  cannot  be  governed  by  any  hard  and  fast \nrules,  we  must  govern  our  lives  by  principles  and  ideals;  and \nit  follows  that  we  must  change  our  course  of  conduct  a  thou^ \nsand  times  as  we  come  into  contact  with  this  person  or  that, \nor  as  circumstances  or  conditions  may  change  or  vary.  To \nstate  it  in  another  way, —  and  here  we  leap  right  into  the \nheart  of  our  theme, —  the  moment  man. stands  in  relation  to \nany  other  person  or  begins  to  live  in  society,  that  moment \nhis  life  of  necessity  becomes  a  series  of  compromises.  If  a \nman  desires  to  attain  anything,  he  must  concede  something, \nhe  must  compromise  in  this  way  or  that,  as  the  condition  of \nattaining  it.  If  a  man  is  dealing  with  another  life,  he  cannot \nact  as  though  he  stood  alone.  A  hermit,  a  recluse,  one  liv- \ning in  the  wilderness,  may  do,  within  certain  limits,  almost \nas  he  pleases ;  but  the  moment  he  faces  another  life,  comes \ninto  relation  with  another  individuality,  another  set  of  rights, \nanother  set  of  feelings  that  may  be  hurt,  another  set  of  possi- \nbilities of  joy  or  pleasure,  he  becomes  limited  by  that  fact, \nand  he  must  compromise  so  far  as  his  own  personal  rights \nand  course  of  conduct  are  concerned. \n\nWe  find  this  to  be  true  also  of  governments.     When  this \n\n\n5 \n\ngovernment  of  ours  was  founded,  and  the  thirteen  colonies \nagreed  to  live  together,  it  was  only  made  possible  as  the \nresult  of  certain  wise  or  unwise  compromises  into  which  they \nentered,  when  each  one  conceded  something.  Any  one  of \nthe  colonies  might,  within  certain  limits  and  so  far  as  its \npower  was  concerned,  have  been  much  freer,  much  more \nindependent,  if  it  had  chosen  to  live  alone,  a  little  govern- \nment by  itself.  But  for  the  sake  of  the  larger  advantages \nthat  might  accrue  by  their  joining  forces,  massing  their \npower  and  influence,  each  one  of  them  conceded  or  com- \npromised here  or  there,  in  order  that  the  other  and  grander \nresult  might  be  attained.  And  so  it  is  when  the  individual \nlinks  himself  with  another  life  for  the  sake  of  establishing  a \nhome :  there  must  be  concession,  compromise,  on  every  hand, \nin  order  that  the  two  lives  may  live  without  friction,  without \nirritation,  without  tyranny  or  domination  of  one  over  the \nother.  For  the  sake  of  the  larger  life  that  comes  to  the  home \nthe  individual  concedes,  compromises  in  this  direction  or \nthat.  And  so  in  every  department  of  life  the  same  principle \nappears. \n\nWe  are  now  on  the  threshold  of  a  principle  which  I  wish \nto  discuss  at  some  length  because  of  its  great  importance  in \nits  bearing  on  social  and  individual  development. \n\nOut  of  this  fact  that  life  is  a  series  of  compromises,  and \nmust  be,  springs  a  life-long  conflict  between  the  tendency  to \ncompromise  and  the  tendency  to  develop  the  individual  life. \nLet  us  see  how  important  this  is,  and  how  slow  the  growth \nof  individuality  has  been.  I  regard  this  as  of  extreme  impor- \ntance. I  believe  that  in  this  matter  there  should  be  as  little \ncompromise  as  possible ;  for  the  growth  of  the  world  up  to \nthe  present  time  may  easily  be  measured  by  the  loosening  of \nthe  bonds  of  conformity  and  the  development  within  the \nindividual  of  a  daring  on  his  part  to  be  himself. \n\nThis  begins  below  the  lowest  level  of  human  life,  this \ncompromise  of  which  I  am  speaking.  If  you  go  into  a  com- \nmunity of  ants,  or  a  herd  of  animals,  you  see  this  tendency \nto  compel  compromise  and  enforce  conformity.     If  into  a  set \n\n\nof  ants  another  ant  should  stray,  different  in  looks,  in  quali- \nties, so  different  that  he  could  be  marked  as  a  wide  depart- \nure from  the  common  type,  he  would  be  instantly  put  to \ndeath.  Among  ants  it  is  all  compromise,  all  conformity,  no \nindividuality  allowed.  You  find  substantially  the  same  thing \namong  herds  of  animals  in  the  lower  world.  And,  when  you \ncome  to  deal  with  barbaric  tribes,  precisely  the  same  thing \nappears.  You  ask  a  barbarian.  Why  do  you  do  this  ?  What \nis  the  origin  of  this  particular  custom  ?  Ninety-nine  times  in \na  hundred  he  cannot  tell  you.  All  he  knows  is  that  it  has \nbeen  the  custom,  that  it  was  the  custom  of  his  fathers,  and \nhas  been  transmitted  to  the  children.  It  is  enough  for  him \nthat  it  is  the  custom  of  the  tribe,  and  the  individual  is  not  al- \nlowed to  depart  from  it.  In  religious  matters,  in  govern- \nmental matters,  in  matters  of  dress,  in  marriage  customs,  in \nall  that  makes  up  the  social  life  of  the  tribe,  everything  is \nfixed,  is  hard,  is  so  rigid  that  no  single  person  dares  to  think \nof  departing  from  it. \n\nAs  the  world  has  grown,  we  have  taken  a  few  steps  beyond \nthat;  but  the  world  in  this  matter  is  only  beginning  to  be  a \nlittle  civilized  here  and  there,  so  that  individuals  or  little \ncommunities  of  individuals  dare  to  depart  from  the  common \ntype,  and  to  be  the  beginning  of  a  new  species  or  develop- \nment. Take  it  in  Russia  to-day.  They  are  driving  out  of \nRussia,  or  compelling  absolute  conformity  on  the  part  of, \neverybody  that  is  not  submissive  to  the  Greek  Church. \nCatholic,  Protestant,  Jew,  whoever  does  not  shape  himself \nafter  the  common  religious  type  of  the  empire,  is  treated  as \nbeing  an  enemy. \n\nWhat  was  the  history  of  free  thought  in  Spain  ?  Spain  is \na  capital  illustration  of  this  principle  carried  to  an  extreme. \nSpain  to-day  is  practically  dead.  It  does  not  count  as  one  of \nthe  forces  of  Europe.  Intellectually,  morally,  spiritually, \nreligiously,  it  is  no  part  of  the  life  of  the  world  to-day. \nWhy  ?  Because  compromise,  conformity,  was  forced  on  the \npeople  through  a  series  of  centuries  to  such  an  extent  that \nany  man  who  dared  to  think  a  new  thought,  any  man  who \n\n\ndared  discover  a  new  truth,  was  thrust  beyond  the  borders \nof  the  kingdom  or  beyond  the  borders  of  life  itself.  Every- \nthing was  crushed  down,  smoothed  out,  ironed  out,  to  a  dead \nlevel.  That  is  one  of  the  curious  things  of  the  world.  The \nChurch  for  centuries  forbade  thought,  forbade  people  to  dis- \ncover new  truth,  new  ideas.  Life  must  be  merely  the  mo- \nnotonous repetition  over  and  over  again  of  that  which \neverybody  had  come  to  regard  as  true. \n\nAre  we  much  freer  to-day?  We  are  getting  to  be  here \nand  there.  But  how  many  men  are  there  who  dare  appear \non  the  street  dressed  differently  from  other  people  ?  How \nmany  women  dare  appear  at  an  evening  reception  dressed \ndifferently  from  the  common  mode.^  This  tendency  to \ntyrannize  on  the  part  of  the  majority,  and  this  tendency  on \nthe  part  of  the  individual  to  be  afraid  of  the  opinions  of \nhis  fellow-men,  you  see  dominating  life  in  every  direction, \ncrushing  all  into  one  pattern  of  uniformity,  making  us  repe- \ntitions of  our  neighbors,  making  us  instead  of  clear  living \nvoices,  however  feeble  they  might  be,  only  echoes  of  the \ncommon  voice. \n\nThis  tendency,  if  it  were  only  in  matters  of  dress,  would \nnot  be  of  so  much  account;  but  it  extends  with  us  even \nto-day  to  matters  of  opinion. \n\nThe  freest  of  us,  I  might  almost  justly  say,  are  not  free \nenough  to  concede  the  logical  outcome  of  our  own  principles. \nWe  look  askance  at  a  man  who  differs  very  widely  from  us \nin  view.  We  find  it  exceedingly  difficult  to  get  along  peace- \nably, quietly,  with  a  man  who  does  not  share  our  opinions. \nHow  many  men,  when  they  get  into  discussion  over  the \ntariff,  or  over  the  silver  bill,  or  over  temperance,  or  any \nreform  that  they  consider  of  great  importance, —  how  many \nare  there  who  can  perfectly  keep  their  tempers.^  How  many \nmen  are  there  who,  even  if  they  keep  their  tempers  so  far \nas  to  control  their  tongues,  do  not  burn  within  with  the  heat \nof  indignation }  How  many  freely  concede  the  right  to  this \nother  man  to  his  own  opinion,  and  respect  him  as  much \nwhen  he  differs?     How  many  men  carry  it  to  the  point  of \n\n\n8 \n\nloving  another  man  as  a  friend  just  as  sincerely  and  thor- \noughly in  spite  of  these  intellectual  diflFerences  ?  lentil  we \nhave  attained  that,  we  have  not  delivered  ourselves  from  the \nbondage  of  this  tendency,  this  universal  desire,  to  tyrannize \nover  other  people,  to  crush  them,  if  need  be,  into  conformity \nwith  our  own  views. \n\nYet  think  of  the  absurdity  of  it !  If  a  thing  is  demonstra- \nbly true,  and  a  man  is  reasonable,  you  do  not  need  to  force \nhim  to  accept  it.  If  he  is  not  reasonable, —  that  is,  if  he  is \nnot  quite  sane, —  it  would  not  be  very  wise  for  you  to  be  angry \nwith  him.  If  he  is  reasonable,  he  will  accept  demonstrable \ntruth.  If  your  opinions  are  not  demonstrably  true  then,  what \nright  have  you  to  force  him  to  accept  them  any  more  than \nthat  he  should  force  you  to  accept  his?  What  right  have \nyou  to  express  or  feel  any  indignation  because  things  look \nto  him  different  from  the  way  they  look  to  you  ? \n\nOne  other  point  here  needs  to  be  noticed.  I  wonder  that \npeople  do  not  see  how  they  impoverish  life  by  determining \nto  have  this  uniformity  of  ideas.  All  the  growth  of  the \nworld  comes  from  divergence.  I  grant  that  generally  public \nopinion  is  correct.  The  majority  opinion  of  this  city  on \nalmost  any  subject  is  likely  to  be  true ;  that  is,  the  majority \nopinions  of  fairly  intelligent  people.  It  is  reasonably  true, \nas  has  been  said,* that  \"everybody  knows  more  than  any- \nbody.'' It  is  probably  true  that,  when  a  man  comes  along \nwith  opinions  wildly  at  variance  with  the  majority  of  intelli- \ngent people,  he  is  a  crank.  But,  if  the  world  is  ever  to  grow \nany,  the  time  comes  when  this  man  who  differs  from  the \nmajority  is  not  a  crank.  He  is  wiser  than  the  majority ;  for \nif  nobody,  in  art,  or  science,  or  literature,  or  statesmanship, \never  learned  to  be  wiser  than  the  majority,  no  new  step  could \never  be  taken. \n\nBut,  if  you  wish  that  there  should  be  growth,  progress,  in \nany  department,  cultivate  not  compromise,  but  individuality. \nThe  horticulturist  is  proud  when  he  produces  twelve  hundred \nkinds  of  roses.  How  does  he  do  it  ?  He  does  not  do  it  by \nrepressing  individuality.     If  he  wishes  to  grow  a  new  rose \n\n\nor  a  new  orchid,  it  is  just  this  variation  which  he  most \njealously  guards  and  encourages ;  for  it  is  out  of  the  variation \nthat  he  must  expect  the  new  growth,  the  new  form,  the  new \nand  higher  beauty.  So  it  is  precisely  in  every  department \nof  life.  If  there  is  to  be  any  growth,  there  must  be  develop- \nment, not  of  the  ideas  which  belong  -to  the  majority,  but \nthere  must  be  encouragement  of  differences,  there  must  be \ndivergence  of  every  kind.  You  need  not  be  afraid  of  the \nwildest  outblossoming  of  ideas.  Those  which  do  not  have \nin  them  the  promise  and  potency  of  some  new  and  higher \nlife,  you  may  be  perfectly  sure,  will  be  frost-nipped  and \nwither  in  time.  It  is  only  those  new  things  which  prove  to \nbe  of  public  advantage  that  become  permanent  parts  of  the \ngrowth  of  the  world.     The  rest  will  die  out  fast  enough. \n\nBut  there  is  always  some  man  here,  some  man  there, \nlooked  upon  with  suspicion  because  he  is  so  unlike  his  fel- \nlows ;  looked  upon  as  odd,  becausp  he  cherishes  such  vision- \nary ideas,  because  he  believes  in  the  accomplishment  of  that \nwhich  you  think  is  impossible.  There  are  always  these  men \nsomewhere ;  and,  though  many  and  many  a  time  they  may \nbe  impractical  men,  yet  there  are  times  when  such  men  are \nthe  hope  of  the  world. \n\nYou  must  not  make,  then,  too  much  of  this  concession  of \nideas  to  the  ideas  or  opinions  of  others.  You  must  rather \ncultivate  the  freest  play  of  individual  life  and  thought. \n\nWe  are  now  ready,  in  the  light  of  the  principles  which \nhave  been  set  forth,  to  come  to  some  practical  illustrations  of \ncompromise  in  different  departments  of  life,  so  that  we  may \nsee  in  the  light  of  this  principle  what  we  ought  to  do.  There \nis  one  thing  we  must  remember  first,  last,  and  all  the  time : \nthat  there  are  certain  things  concerning  which  we  must  be \nutterly  and  forever  uncompromising.  To  attain,  no  matter \nhow  desirable  an  end,  we  must  not  concede  that  which  is \nclearly,  in  our  judgment,  a  matter  of  practical  right  and \nwrong.  We  must  not,  as  the  apostle  says,  do  evil,  even  that \ngood  may  come. \n\nLet  us  look  at  this  matter  by  way  of  illustration  in  several \n\n\nlO \n\ndifferent  departments  of  life.  Let  us  look  at  compromise \nfrom  the  point  of  view  of  the  statesman.  In  what  .sense, \nwhen,  to  what  extent,  shall  the  politician  compromise  ?  It \nseems  to  me  that  the  practical  application  may  be  infinitely \nvaried,  but  the  principle  is  perfectly  clear.  If  a  man  cannot \nattain  all  that  he  wishes  for  the  public  good,  the  statesman \nwill  compromise  with  his  opponents,  if  by  so  doing  he  can \ntake  the  smallest  step  in  advance  towards  the  end  which  he \nis  trying  to  attain.  If  he  cannot  reach  the  full  measure  of \nhis  desire,  he  will  take  so  much  as  he  can  get.  There  it \nseems  to  me  is  the  principle.  Compromise  in  any  direction, \nwhen  a  step  forward  towards  the  betterment  of  humanity,  can \nbe  taken. \n\nBut  there  ar^  times  in  the  lives  of  the  greatest  statesmen \nwhen  they  choose  deliberately  to  follow  principles  which \nlead  to  their  defeat.  There  was  such  a  time  in  the  life  of \nLincoln, —  which  illustrates  finely  the  point  I  have  in  mind, \n—  when  he  was  in  the  midst  of  that  great  debate  with  Doug- \nlas in  the  days  before  the  war,  when  he  was  trying  to  secure \nthe  United  States  senatorship.  Lincoln  told  the  managers \nof  the  campaign  that  he  proposed,  on  a  certain  occasion,  to \nput  such  and  such  a  question  to  Mr.  Douglas.  The  mana- \ngers, wise  and  shrewd,  said  :  \"  That  is  not  good  politics.  If \nyou  ask  that  question,  it  will  surely  defeat  you  in  the  cam- \npaign.'* Mr  Lincoln  conceded  that  probably  it  would,  but \nstill  insisted,  in  spite  of  the  advice  of  his  managers,  that  he \nshould  ask  it.  With  that  wonderful  foresight  of  his,  he \nadded,  *'  I  shall  ask  that  question ;  and  Mr.  Douglas  cannot \nanswer  it  in  such  a  way  as  to  be  senator  and  President,  too.\" \nHe  did  ask  his  question,  and  was  defeated.  Douglas  was \ntriumphant,  and  went  to  the  Senate ;  but  the  defeat  which \nLincoln  deliberately  chose  rather  than  compromise  what  he \nregarded  as  an  eternal  principle  wrought  the  final  defeat  of \nhis  opponent,  and  placed  Lincoln  himself  in  the  highest  po- \nsition in  the  nation,  and  in  the  highest  position  that  any \nman  occupies  in  the  hearts  of  the  American  people.  A  man \nmust  understand  that,  in  order  to  win,  he  must  sometimes \n\n\nII \n\nface  defeat.  Defeat  while  you  stand  on  an  eternal  principle \nmust  mean  victory ;  but  victory  while  you  stand  on  a  shift- \ning compromise,  the  sacrifice  of  principle,  must  mean  defeat, \nbecause  in  the  fong  run  this  is  a  righteous  universe,  a  moral \nuniverse,  and  the  principles  of  truth  and  God  must  win. \n\nI  wish  now  to  discuss  and  illustrate  the  working  of  this \nprinciple  with  reference  to  business  compromises.  If  I \nshould  spend  a  week  in  visiting  the  business  houses  of \nBoston,  and  in  confidential  conversation  learn  something  of \nbusiness  methods,  I  am  sure  I  might  come  here  with  material \nfor  two  hours'  talk  on  this  phase  of  the  subject  alone.  I \nwish  that  all  business  men  were  brave  enough  to  stand  on \neternal  principles,  and  fight  down  many  of  the  vicious  busi- \nness compromises  of  the  age.  If  they  were,  their  influence \nwould  sweep  like  a  fresh  northeast  wind  through  the  busi- \nness life  of  the  community ;  and  we  should  breathe  a \nclearer  and  a  higher  air.  How  many  business  men  are \nthere  that  compromise  with  the  business  methods  of  the \ntime  in  regard  to  advertising!  I  have  not  asked  many \nquestions  in  this  direction.  Possibly,  therefore,  what  1  am \ngoing  to  say  may  not  have  as  wide  an  application  as  I \nfancy.  In  private  conversation  with  a  friend  who  used  to \nbe  in  business,  but  who  has  now  retired,  I  asked  him, \nstruck  with  the  fact,  why  he  did  not  advertise,  saying  I  never \nsaw  his  name  in  the  papers.  He  said,  because  he  was  not \nwilling  to  lie.  He  added :  \"  I  get  in  a  certain  quantity  of \ngoods,  and  I  am  not  coming  out  in  the  papers,  and  announce \nthat  I  have  ten  or  twenty  times  as  many,  in  order  to  make  a \nshow  in  the  advertisement.  If  I  should  advertise  the  simple \ntruth,  it  would  look  so  petty  compared  with  the  advertise- \nments in  the  papers  that  it  would  raise  a  smile.  I  choose, \ntherefore,  not  to  advertise  at  all.  A  man  gets  in  twenty \ndozen  pairs  of  gloves,  and  advertises  that  he  has  just  re- \nceived a  hundred  dozen  or  a  thousand  dozen.''  Not  willing \nto  advertise  in  that  way,  to  compromise  with  his  conscience, \na  square  man  with  an  ordinary  business  chooses  to  keep  out \nof  it  altogether.     So  there  are  methods  of  doing  business  in \n\n\n12 \n\nwhich  the  dealer  compromises  with  every  customer  that \ncomes  into  his  store.  A  man  comes  in  who  knows  the \nbusiness  thoroughly, —  what  it  costs  to  manufacture  and  the \nmargin  of  profit, —  and  the  dealer  compromises  with  him,  and \nsells  at  the  very  lowest  possible  margin,  and  then  takes  it \nout  of  the  next  customer  who  does  not  know  so  much.  Busi- \nness, I  know,  used  to  be  carried  on  in  that  way,  though  I \nbelieve  it  is  less  common  than  formerly.  I  believe  that,  if \nmen  who  mean  to  be  honest  would  stand  squarely  in  regard \nto  these  matters,  all  this  petty,  shifting  confusion  of  princi- \nples might  disappear,  and  men  might  stand  squarely  and \nclearly  on  the  basis  of  eternal  right. \n\nThere  are  compromises  among  the  great  corporations. \nTake  as  an  illustration  such  bargains  as  exist  sometimes \nbetween  the  great  railroad  corporations  and  the  great  coal- \nmining companies  in  regard  to  the  output  and  the  carrying \nof  coal  for  individual  profit,  when  they  are  dealing  with  those \nthings  that  are  of  prime  and  universal  necessity,  when  com- \npromises are  made  to  the  detriment  of  man.  No  man  yet \never  made  profit  at  the  price  of  justice  to  another  without \npaying  that  profit  out  of  his  own  soul. \n\nIn  religion  to-day  the  world  is  full  of  compromises,  men \ncompromising  with  their  consciences  because  they  do  not \nwish  to  have  a  rupture  with  their  friends  or  to  break  with \nthe  old  church  that  is  connected  with  them  by  life-long  asso- \nciation. The  principle,  it  seems  to  me,  is  right  here.  I  am \nasked  over  and  over  again :  Do  you  believe  such  a  one  is \nhonest  to  occupy  such  a  position.?  Do  you  think  such  a \nminister  can  preach  as  he  does  and  be  honest  ?  I  do  not \nknow  in  regard  to  individual  cases;  but  the  principle,  it \nseems  to  me,  is  right  here.  Dr.  E.  A.  Abbott,  the  great \nEnglish  divine,  the  author  of  some  important  articles  in  the \nEncyclopaedia  Britannica  dealing  with  Biblical  criticism,  has \npublished  a  book  in  which  he  speaks  of  the  world  making \nits  religious  progress  by  means  of  illusion,  as  though  God \npurposely  misled  with  promises  that  got  people  so  far  ahead \nwhen  they  would   not  have  come  if  they  had  known   the \n\n\n13 \n\nreality.  A  man  may  be  ever  so  illogical  in  his  religious \ngrowth, —  I  suppose  the  world  must  get  on  in  this  fashion ; \nbut  the  moment  that  a  man  clearly  sees  the  logic  of  his \nposition,  when  he  sees  that,  if  this  is  so,  then  that  follows,  and \nhe  does  not  take  the  step  that  moment,  that  moment  he \nbecomes  dishonest.  He  may  see  that  this  is  so,  and  yet, \nfor  lack  of  logic,  not  see  that  he  ought  to  take  the  next  step \nas  the  result  of  it,  and  still  be  an  honest  man.  But  the \nmoment  he  sees  clearly  which  way  he  ought  to  go  and  does \nnot  go,  that  moment  he  has  compromised  with  his  conscience \nand  his  God, —  compromised  in  such  a  way  as  to  be  a  serious \nloser  in  his  own  spiritual  life. \n\nTake  one  illustration.  I  happened  to  find  out  in  regard \nto  an  Episcopal  minister  in  one  of  our  great  cities  the  other \nday  that  he  frankly  told  a  friend  that  he  did  not  believe  in \nthe  stories  of  the  supernatural  about  Jesus,  or  anything  of \nthe  kind,  but  that  he  read  them  from  Sunday  to  Sunday  in \nchurch,  and  went  through  the  whole  form,  knowing  that  it \nwas  mythology,  as  he  said,  but  that  he  did  it  for  the  sake  of \nthe  sentiment  involved !  There  is  an  illustration,  it  seems \nto  me,  of  a  man  who  has  clearly  passed  beyond  the  lines  of \nhonest  dealing  with  God's  truth  and  his  own  soul. \n\nThere  is  one  other  phase  of  this  principle  that  I  wish  to \nspeak  of;  and  that  is  in  the  family.  I  said  at  the  outset \nthat,  if  a  man  chooses  to  lead  a  life  by  himself  alone,  he  is \nfree  in  a  thousand  ways  that  he  cannot  be  if  he  chooses  to \nlink  in  with  his  own  life  the  welfare  and  happiness  of  an- \nother. If  there  is  to  be  happy  family  life,  it  can  only  be  as \nthe  result  of  compromise ;  yet  the  point  I  wish  to  enforce \nespecially  here  is  not  this  one.  I  believe  that  here,  as  well \nas  everywhere  else,  there  should  be  just  as  little  compro- \nmise as  possible.  I  believe  that  nine  times  out  of  ten,  so \nfar  as  my  observation  goes,  there  is  an  assumption  of  author- \nity on  the  part  of  either  the  husband  or  the  wife  that  has  no \nbasis  whatever  in  right.  A  man  and  a  woman  love  each \nother  enough  to  marry.  The  point  I  want  to  call  your  atten- \ntion to  is  embodied  in  the  question  whether  that  gives  either \n\n\n14 \n\nthe  man  or  the  woman  a  right  to  dominate,  a  right  to  tyran- \nnize,  a  right  to  ownership,  over  the  other  life.  It  seems  to \nme  that  the  common  idea  has  been  that  the  man  will  make \nhis  wife  feel,  Now,  if  you  really  love  me,  you  will  give  up \nthis  thing  or  that ;  you  will  stop  doing  the  other  thing ;  you \nwill  just  turn  your  life  into  an  echo  of  mine ;  you  will  run  it \ninto  the  mould  of  my  life,  if  you  love  me.  No  man  and  no \nwoman  on  the  face  of  the  earth  has  any  business  whatever \nto  make  such  a  demand  or  to  establish  such  a  test.  Unless \nthere  is  a  matter  of  outright  wrong  involved,  why  should  a \nman  give  up  his  ideas,  his  ways  of  living,  his  customs,  his \nhabits  ?  Why  should  a  woman  give  up  her  ways  ?  I  believe \na  man  and  a  woman  are  not  only  two  people  before  they  are \nmarried  ;  but  I  believe  they  ought  to  be  two  people  after  they \nare  married.  You  remember  that  trite  saying  of  the  old \nFrench  king  and  the  courtier  who  did  not  dare  to  contradict \nthe  king,  and  who  kept  saying,  Yes,  yes,  to  everything  the \nking  said,  till  at  last  the  king  cried,  \"  For  heaven's  sake  say \nno  once  in  a  while,  that  I  may  know  there  are  two  of  us.\" \n\nWhy  shouldn't  there  be  two  after  a  man  and  woman  are \nmarried  ?  Why  should  there  not  be  a  richer  and  fuller  life \nbecause  there  are  two.^  They  are  different  by  birth,  by  edu- \ncation, by  custom,  by  training,  by  development  in  religious \nideas;  and  why  should  either  attempt  to  coerce  the \nother,  to  reshape  the  other's  life  after  his  personal  model  > \nLet  each  one  pursue  his  or  her  own  way,  developing  life  in \nall  its  richness  and  fulness.  Suppose  1  am  very  fond  of \npoetry :  why  should  I  happen  to  be  impatient  with  my  wife \nif  she  does  not  care  anything  about  poetry  ?  She  cares  some- \nthing about  another  matter  that  I  do  not ;  and  so  there  is \nlarger  contribution  to  the  general  family  result.  If  two  peo- \nple are  only  echoes  of  each  other,  it  seems  to  me  it  must  be \ndreadfully  monotonous  by  the  year  to  live  in  the  same  house  I \nI  speak  of  this  because  I  believe  it  to  be  important.  I \nbelieve  that  a  great  many  times  unhappiness,  jarring,  irrita- \ntion, contentions,  in  the  home,  spring  out  of  this  utterly \nunwarranted  assumption  on  the  part  either  of  husband  or \n\n\nIS \n\nwife   that  he  or  she  has  a  right  to  demand  that  the  other \nshall  become  something  diflFerent  from  what  he  or  she  is. \n\nLet  us,  then,  here  and  everywhere,  in  all  departments  of \nlife,  cultivate  not  this  spirit  of  conformity  and  compromise \nin  every  direction,  but  freest  and  fullest  play  of  individual \ncharacter  and  inclination  within  the  limits  of  all  which  is  true \nand  noble.  So  life  shall  be  rounder,  fuller,  deeper,  higher, \nmore  varied.  So  we  shall  help  the  world  to  get  on  towards \nthat  time  when  there  shall  be  the  largest  and  freest  play  of \nindividuality ;  and,  because  of  that,  there  shall  be  a  richness \nof  governmental,  of  industrial,  of  social  and  religious  life, \nsuch  as  the  world  up  to  this  present  time  has  never  seen. \n\nFather,  we  look  to  Thee,  desiring  Thy  light  on  our  path- \nway, desiring  that  we  may  be  dominated  by  divine  ideals, \nthat  we  may  walk  in  the  light  of  principles  that  do  not \nchange,  that  we  may  be  free  and  full  in  our  individual  devel- \nopment, and  may  live  in  loving  charity  and  mutual  service \nwith  all  mankind.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ...  20  cents \n\n.\"    Doi ^7.50 \n\nCloth,    \"    Copy,    .     ...  so  ^^i^' \n\n\"    Do^ ^2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCl'ION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \n(ike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  very  thorougnly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individiul  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  deuil,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgpients  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes:  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nsdiools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdwakd  a.  Hokton. \n\n•  ^^^ \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantiv  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  readine  and  study  nave  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  hoTn^>  Resides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachi.i&  Itave  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudv  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  H-ish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  inio  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adaptea  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  in  the  matter  of  interpreution. \n\nQSO.  H.  ELLIS,  Publisher,  141  Franklin  St.,  Boston,  Mass. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.50  a  year,  or  6  cent^  slnsrle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  MARCH  i8,  1892  No.  23 \n\nSERIES   ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\n\nYUI.  THE  RIGHTS  OF  AND  OYER  CHILDREN \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141  FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nKnterea  m  u»e  Fwt-Q^t  Botton^  Mau.,  at  teeond-etSast  mail  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's   Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction,     ismo $i.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  161BO.    Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed.    lamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.    i6mo.    Full  gilt.    With  portrait i.fo \n\nLight  on  the  Qoud.    i6mo.    Full  gilt 1.S5 \n\nSocial  Problems,    ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Relwious  Life.     lamo i.oo \n\nBehef  in  uod.    ismo                     i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     ismo i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.         i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.    samo« i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution,    ismo i.oo \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,    ismo          i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.    lamo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood.    lamo i.oo \n\nTlie  Religion  of  Evolution.    »mo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.    i6mo       iwoo \n\nBluffton:  A  Storr  of  To-day.     ismo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.    lamo i.oo \n\nTlie  Signs  of  tne  Times,    ismo i.oo \n\nLife,    ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nQoth 1.00 \n\nLeather 1.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy,  ....     so  cents.    Per  dot..  1.50 \n\n\"      Cloth,       \"               ...    30     \"               \"  s.io \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weekly  sermons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subecription  price,  tor  the  season,  $1.50; \nsingle  copies,  s  cents. \n\nGBO.  H.  ELLIS,  FuBiuJk^, \n\n141  FtMMin  St.,  B^tUn,  Mui, \n\n\nTHE  RIGHTS  OF  AND  OVER  CHILDREN.* \n\n\n\"The  world  is  saved  by  the  breath  of  the  school-children.\" — Talmud. \n\nWhen  I  found  myself  committed  to  this  subject,  \"The \nRights  of  and  over  Children,\"  it  occurred  to  me  that  possibly \nto  some  of  you  it  might  seem  limited.  The  children  of \nmany  who  are  along  in  years  are  all  trained,  perhaps  beyond \nthe  effect  of  anything  that  father  or  mother  now  can  do \neither  towards  rectifying  mistakes  or  in  enforcing  the  teach- \nings which  they  believe  in  still.  Many  have  no  children, \nperhaps  do  not  expect  to  have,  and  so  might  be  supposed \nnot  to  be  particularly  interested  in  a  theme  like  this.  But \nall  of  us  have  been  childien ;  and  all  of  us  have  opinions  con- \ncerning the  rights  and  the  wrongs  of  childhood,  based  on  the \nmemories  of  our  own  past  experience.  Then  it  has  been \nnoticed  by  those  humorously  inclined  that  the  people  who \nhave  no  children  are  generally  wiser  on  the  subject  than \nanybody  else,  and  perhaps  usually  quite  as  much  interested \nin  the  matter  of  the  training  of  other  people^s  children  as \nthey  would  be  if  they  had  children  of  their  own ;  so  that  per- \nhaps, after  all,  I  may  conclude  that  the  subject  is  one,  as \ncertainly  it  ought  to  be,  of  universal  interest,  as  it  is  un- \ndoubtedly of  prime  importance. \n\nThere  is  frequently  a  good  deal  of  confusion  in  discussions \nand  in  writing  because  of  the  fact  that  words  are  not  always \nused  in  the  same  significance.  I  remember  years  ago — and \nthose  of  you  who  are  old  enough  to  remember  the  days \nantecedent  to  the  war  will  also  remember  —  what  a  storm  of \nindignation  swept  over  the  country  at  the  expression  of  the \n\n*  PhonographicaUy  reported. \n\n\nsupposed  opinion  of  Chief  Justice  Taney,  when  he  said,  or \nwas  reported  to  have  said,  that  a  black  man  had  no  rights \nwhich  a  white  man  was  bound  to  respect.  It  is  only  fair  to \nsay  that  this  indignation,  while  being  in  every  way  con- \nmendable  as  an  expression  of  the  moral  feeling  of  the \npeople,  was  entirely  unjust  as  directed  towards  the  great \nChief  Justice  ;  for  he  was  not  giving  expression  to  his  idea  as \nto  what  ought  to  be.  He  did  not  commit  himself  to  the \nsaying,  that  in  his  opinion  the  black  man  had  no  rights \nwhich  the  white  man  was  bound  to  respect ;  that  is,  using  the \nword  in  the  moral  sense.  He  was  only  as  a  jurist  carefully \ndefining  the  legal  status  of  the  black  man.  And  what  he \nsaid  was  true,  so  that  he  was  perfectly  justified  in  the  words \nwhich  then  he  used.  At  the  same  time  the  moral  sense  of \nthe  country  was  justified,  also,  when  it  indignantly  asserted \nthat  the  black  man  had  the  same  rights  which  were  possessed \nand  gloried  in  by  the  white  man. \n\nI  use  this  as  an  illustration  of  the  point  that  people  used \nthe  word  \"  rights  '  in  two  senses.  While  their  feeling,  their \nmoral  instincts,  were  correct,  they  hlid  not  thought  themselves \nclear  enough  to  use  language  as  it  ought  to  be  used  for  the \nexpression  of  ideas.  The  black  man,  then,  had  no  rights \nbefore  the  law  which  the  white  man  was  bound  to  respect. \nAnd  yet  by  nature,  and  in  the  light  of  our  ideals  of  what  is \nequitable  and  true,  God  had  clothed  him  with  the  same \nrights  which  we  had  striven  for  and  had  attained. \n\nSo  we  say  that  the  young  man  of  twenty-one,  a  native \nAmerican,  who  has  lived  in  the  State  of  Massachusetts  for  a \nyear  and  in  the  same  town  for  at  least  six  months,  has  the \n\"  right \"  to  vote.  I  do  not  raise  the  question  whether  any \nyoung  man  of  twenty  may  be  able  to  vote  more  wisely.  We \nrecognize  the  fact  that  as  yet,  with  certain  narrow  excep- \ntions, women  have  no  \"right*'  to  vote  at  all;  yet  a  large \nclass  of  people  are  continually  carrying  on  the  agitation  of \nwhat  they  declare  are  the  rights  of  women,  among  which  is \nthis  same  right  of  suffrage.     Here,  again,  we  are  using  the \n\n)rd  \"  rights  \"  in  two  senses.     We  need,  then,  before  we  begin \n\n\n5 \n\nthe  discussion  as  to  the  rights  of  children,  to  define  ourselves, \nso  as  to  be  perfectly  clear  as  to  what  we  mean.  I  shall  not \nthis  morning  touch  upon  the  question  of  the  legal  rights  of \nchildren,  as  to  what  rights  are  conceded  by  popular  senti- \nment, but  shall  have  in  mind  all  the  way  their  ideal  rights, \ntheir  moral  rights,  not  that  which  has  been  in  the  past,  not \nthat  which  is  to-day  universal,  but  thAt  which,  in  my  judgment, \nought  to  be. \n\nWhat,  then,  are  the  rights  of  a  child?  Our  rights  over \nthem  will  be  more  or  less  mingled  with  this  first  part  of  the \ndiscussion,  though  I  shall  take  that  part  up  later  on. \n\nThe  first  right  of  a  child — if  I  may  be  pardoned  the \nHibernicism  —  reaches  back  beyond  the  time  when  the  child \nhas  any  existence.  The  first  great  right  of  a  child  is  to  be \nwell  born.  Some  one  wittily  says  that  a  child  cannot  be  too \ncareful  in  the  selection  of  its  parents ;  and  this  covers  a  great \ntruth.  If  it  were  possible  for  a  child  to  have  anything  to  say \nin  regard  to  a  grave  matter  like  that,  it  would  be  the  most \nimportant  act  in  the  child's  life.  A  child  has  a  right  to  be \nwell  born,  to  be  started  right,  not  to  be  weighted,  crippled, \nburdened,  hampered,  from  the  outset  by  physical  disabilities, \nby  moral  twist  or  taint,  by  intellectual  defect.  Of  course \nthere  is  no  way  by  which  this  matter  can  be  reached  except \nby  the  indirect  way  of  instructing  mankind,  by  elevating  the \nmoral  ideals  of  the  race.  But,  if  men  and  women  are  en- \nlightened, so  that  they  comprehend  what  they  are  doing  and \ndeliberately  choose  the  wise  and  the  noble,  then  the  children \nwill  be  well  born. \n\nIf  a  man  knows  that  he  has  a  physical  defect  of  any  kind \nwhich  science  has  taught  him  may  be  transmitted,  or  if  it  is \nserious  enough  so  that  by  being  transmitted  it  shall  seriously \ncripple  the  child  in  the  race  for  life,  then  he  should  gravely \nconsider  as  to  whether  he  has  a  right  to  be  a  father.  A  man \nwith  a  taint  of  insanity  in  his  blood,  a  man  with  a  taint  of \nsome  incurable  disease,  no  matter  what  it  may  be,  a  man \nwho  has  reason  to  suppose  that  either  on  account  of  his  own \nfault  or  the  fault  of  his  fathers  he  may  transmit  some  moral \n\n\n6 \n\nweakness  or  tendency,  such  a  man  has  no  right,  it  seems  to \nme,  to  assume  the  responsibility  of  calling  an  immortal  out \nof  the  unknown,  and  placing  it,  disabled  at  the  outset,  in  the \nmidst  of  this  great  world  of  competition  that  we  call  life. \nHere,  then,  is  the  first  right,  the  right  to  be  bom  not  of \ndisease,  not  of  carelessness,  not  of  passion,  but  to  be  bom \nof  love,  to  be  bora  of  health,  to  be  born  with  a  clear  brain \nand  a  true  heart.  All  other  inheritance  a  child  might  consent \nto  forego,  could  he  be  sure  of  that. \n\nThe  next  right  is  to  a  happy  childhood.  A  happy  childhood  ! \nThis  may  be  taken  away  from  the  child  in  one  of  many  ways. \nIt  may  be  taken  away  by  the  selfishness  of  father  or  mother, \nby  their  carelessness,  by  their  indulging  in  perpetual  fault- \nfinding, nagging,  interfering,  the  result  of  \"over-nerves\"  on \nthe  part  of  either  father  or  mother.  It  may  be  the  result  of \na  temper  not  properly  controlled,  the  result  of  superstition. \nIt  may  be  because  the  child  at  too  early  an  age  is  put  at  task- \nwork for  the  sake  of  increasing  the  income  of  the  family.  An \nunhappy  childhood  may  occur,  then,  from  one  of  many \nreasons.  There  are  places  where  the  children  know  nothing \nof  what  true  childhood  means, —  children  in  mines,  by  the \nhundred  and  thousand,  the  moment  they  are  able  to  work \nto  add  a  penny  to  the  household  income  ;  children  in  mills \nand  factories,  made  to  carry  the  burden  and  care  of  life \nbefore  they  have  known  the  light  of  its  morning.  The  laws \nof  civilization  are  beginning  to  take  account  of  conditions \nlike  these,  but  as  yet  only  a  few  of  them  are  reached.  There \nare  hundreds  and  thousands  of  children  in  this  city  of  Boston \nwho,  as  they  grow  up  old  enough,  will  never  be  able  to  look \nback  to  a  dewy,  sunny,  sweet,  bright  sunrise  and  early \nmorning  of  life.  And  yet  I  believe  that  the  child,  as  he  or \nshe  goes  on  in  the  world,  can  have  no  finer  thing  than  that \nto  look  back  upon.  And  it  is  not  merely  the  rest  that  may \ncome  of  it,  though  that  is  indeed  important  enough  of  itself \nto  make  it  worth  our  while.  How  many  of  us  who,  in  spite \nof  the  hardship  or  poverty  perhaps,  which  was  hardly  appre- \n'ated  or  realized, —  how  many  of  us  who  did  have  a  happy \n\n\nchildhood  find  ourselves  wandering  in  that  old  land  when \nwe  are  worn  and  weary,  and  find  rest  and  peace  in  the  asso- \nciations with  the  shadowy  forms  of  those  who  walk  on  earth \nno  morel  It  is  worth  while  for  one  to  keep  this  as  a  ro- \nmance land,  a  fairy-land,  a  place  to  which  the  old  man  can  go \nback  to  unburden  and  refresh  and  rest  himself  for  an  hour. \n\nBut  it  means  more  than  that.  As  a  man  goes  on  in  life, \nthere  come  great  crises, —  hours  when  he  needs  something  to \nhold  to,  when  perhaps  he  loses  his  faith  in  man  or  ^oman  ; \nand,  if  he  has  that  ideal  memory,  there  will  be  one  woman  at \nwhose  shadowy  feet  he  will  forever  bow  in  reverence,  finding \nan  accession  of  trust  come  to  him  for  life  at  large,  and  rise  a \nbraver  and  stronger  man  for  the  worship  of  his  mother.  But \nif  he  can  add  to  that  that  superb  respect  for  his  father  which \nmakes  him  feel  that,  whatever  else  happens,  however  he  may \nlook  upon  other  men,  there  has  been  a  man^  then  he  will  find \nit  easy  to  believe  in  humanity,  in  the  possibilities  of  the \nfuture,  so  that  this  is  not  only  comfort  and  peace,  but  it  is \nstrength  and  support  and  guidance  in  future  years. \n\nThe  third  right  of  a  child  is  the  right  to  be  properly  edu- \ncated. I  shall  divide  this  part  of  my  subject  into  two  or \nthree  parts.  It  has  the  right  to  be  educated  into  a  fitness \nfor  self-support ;  and  this  is  a  right  the  importance  of  which \nis  growing  constantly  with  the  spread  over  the  earth  of  de- \nmocracy, and  with  the  social  and  industrial  ideals  which  we \nbelieve  in  and  cherish  in  this  country.  This  is  the  prime \nend,  in  my  judgment,  of  education.  Teach  the  child,  boy  or \ngirl,  that  he  or  she  has  come  into  a  world  that  is  not  rich,  but \nthat  is  comparatively  poor, —  a  world  where  he  has  no  right \nto  take  away  from  the  store  of  accumulated  wealth  without \nadding  at  least  as  much,  by  his  own  effort,  in  its  place.  In \nother  words,  the  first  quality  of  manhood  or  womanhood,  in \nmy  judgment,  is  this.  It  is  the  basis  of  all  honesty  in  deal- \ning with  mankind.  Each  child  shall  insist,  as  it  goes  through \nthe  world,  on  being  of  as  much  use  to  the  world  as  the  world \nis  to  it,  so  far  as  possible.  It  is  not  a  matter  of  prime  im- \nportance as  concerns  poor  children  alone.     I  do  not  need  to \n\n\n8 \n\npreach  on  this  side  of  the  subject  to  poor  children,  because \nthey  must  do  it,  whether  they  will  or  not.  But  I  think  it  is \nof  prime  importance  that  fathers  and  mothers  whose  children \ndo  not  \"  need  \"  to  do  it,  as  they  say,  should  learn  the  lesson, \nand  teach  it  to  their  children.  Thousands  of  young  men  are \nevery  year  spoiled  for  the  highest  ideals  of  manhood  merely \nbecause  they  can  say,  \"  Father's  got  enough,  and  it  does  not \nmake  any  difference  what  I  do.\"  That  canker  eats  into  and \neats  out  the  essence  of  all  manhood,  until  these  men  not  only \ntake  out  of  the  world's  store  of  accumulated  wealth,  but  they \nbecome  examples  of  all  that  is  disintegrating  and  dishonor- \ning in  social,  industrial,  and  political  life.  No  matter  how \nyou  do  it,  but  teach  your  child,  as  a  matter  of  the  greatest \nimportance,  that  it  is  her  business  or  his  business  to  look \nupon  the  things  of  this  world,  its  accumulated  results,  as  an \ninheritance,  not  earned,  not  theirs  of  right,  but  something \nintrusted  to  them,  and  which  it  is  their  business  to  transmit \nto  the  next  generation,  not  only  unimpaired,  but,  if  possible, \naugmented,  and  so  made  the  means  of  still  mightier  good  in \nthe  years  to  be. \n\nWhen  you  have  taught  your  child  self-support,  when  you \nhave  taught  it  the  principles  of  right  and  wrong,  the  ideals \nof  a  noble  life,  then  you  may  enter,  if  you  will,  the  other \nfield,  which  sometimes  is  regarded  as  being  the  principal \nthing  in  the  matter  of  education.  Teach  these  things  first \nthat  I  have  pointed  out, — self-support,  the  main  lines  of  right \nand  wrong  as  they  run  through  this  world, —  and  then  for  the \njoy  of  the  child,  for  the  enrichment  of  the  child's  life,  put \ninto  that  child's  hand,  if  you  can,  the  keys  by  which  to  unlock \nall  the  world's  store-rooms  of  inherited  wisdom  and  achieve* \nment.  Make  the  child  able  to  understand  the  world's  litera- \nture. Make  the  child  able  to  understand  the  world's  achieve- \nments in  poetry.  Make  the  child  able  to  at  least  catch \nsomething  of  the  meaning  of  the  wonders  of  the  world's \nmusic.  Teach  the  child  at  least  the  rudiments  of  the  lan- \nguage of  the  world's  art,  so  that  he  may  walk  the  picture \ngalleries  of  earth,  and  have  the  masterpieces  of   the   ages \n\n\nspeak  to  the  imagination,  heart,  and  soul ;  that  he  may  walk \nthe  sculpture  galleries  of  the  world,  and  commune  with \nPhidias,  with  Michel  Angelo,  may  be  able  at  least  to  gain  a \nglimpse  of  the  magnificent  visions  of  beauty  that  dominated \nthese  great  lives.  Teach  your  child,  after  he  has  learned  the \nprinciples  of  right  and  wrong,  after  he  has  learned  how  to \nenter  into  this  great  inheritance,  to  find  here  inspiration, \nloyalty,  and  respect  for  the  possibilities  of  mankind. \n\nBut  there  is  one  thing  more.  Too  many  educated  men \nand  women  wander  selfishly,  aimlessly,  through  these  fields \nof  the  world's  past  achievement,  and  become  dilettanti,  ad- \nmirers only  of  that  which  is  great.  I  was  very  glad,  glad \nfor  what  it  meant,  glad  for  our  university  of  which  we  are  so \nproud,  to  learn  the  other  day  of  a  lecture  which  had  been \ngiven  in  Cambridge  by  Professor  Charles  Eliot  Norton.  I \nsuppose  there  is  no  man  in  America  more  highly,  truly,  and \ndelicately  cultured  than  is  he.  He  is  the  one  man  fitted  to \nbe  merely  dilettante,  if  he  chose,  with  every  faculty  and  taste \nkeenly  alive  to  everything  that  is  beautiful  and  fine  in  the \nliterature,  art,  and  architecture  of  the  world.  I  was  glad,  I \nsay,  to  find  that,  in  addressing  the  students  of  Cambridge, \nhe  pitched  his  key-note  to  something  magnificently  high, \nsomething  grand,  when  he  told  the  students  that  the  one \nthing  that  Harvard  University  ought  to  exist  for,  the  one \nthing  that  they  ought  to  place  before  them  as  the  grand \nideal  of  their  lives,  was  a  noble  citizenship  in  this  republic, \n—  manliness,  which  means  service  of  our  fellows.  He  told \nthem  what  I  wish  could  be  echoed  in  the  ears  of  all  the \nyoung  men  of  America  until  they  could  never  forget  it,  that \nas  yet  even  this  republic  is  but  an  experiment,  but  that  it \ncarries  with  it  the  last  and  highest  trust  and  hopes  of  the \nrace  in  the  way  of  liberty,  in  the  way  of  industrial  civiliza- \ntion, in  the  way  of  a  free  and  independent  manhood,  so  that \nthe  highest  outcome  of  the  education  of  every  young  man  or \nyoung  woman  ought  to  be  to  teach  them  to  appreciate  the \nvalue  of  this  grand  heritage  that  has  come  to  us  here  in  this \ncountry;  that  they  should  feel  that  the  one  thing  that  the \n\n\nknowledge  of  Greek  or  Latin,  or  German  or  French,  of \nliterature,  of  poetry,  of  music,  of  sculpture,  of  painting,  of \nhistory,  of  architecture,  of  anything,  —  or  a  knowledge  of  all \nthese  things, —  the  one  thing  they  ought  to  culminate  in  is \nsimply  a  self-poised  man.  He  knows  that  these  things  are \nto  minister  to  his  manhood,  and  that  with  his  manhood  he \nis  to  minister  to  his  country.  He  knows  that  that  ministry \nto  his  country  is  only  the  indirect  service  which  he  as  a  man \nis  to  render  to  manhood. \n\nOne  more  right  of  the  children,  the  right  to  a  rational \nreligious  education.  I  speak,  when  I  have  an  opportunity, \nwith  a  good  deal  of  feeling  to  our  Unitarian  congregations \non  this  matter,  for  there  seems  to  me  to  be  such  a  careless- \nness, such  an  inscrutable  fatuity  on  the  part  of  thousands  of \nliberals  in  this  country,  as  it  seems  to  me,  to  be  almost \nimpossible  to  comprehend.  I  marvel  at  it.  Many  liberals \nseem  to  think  that  liberalism  means  *' don't  care,\"  means \nindifference,  means  that  it  does  not  make  any  difference, \nthat  one  thing  is  just  as  good  as  another,  and  that  none  of \nthem  are  worth  much.  Thousands  of  people  have  outgrown \nthe  old  ideas.  They  fear  no  more ;  and  so  they  think  that \nlife  is  a  mere  race  of  \"go-as-you-please.\"  Now  and  then \nexamples  come  to  me  that  enforce  this.  A  Unitarian  child \ngoes  to  an  orthodox  Sunday-school.  It  is  taught  all  sorts  of \nthings  that  father  and  mother  do  not  believe.  They  try  to \ncorrect  the  teaching  at  home.  Then  perhaps  they  meet  the \nSunday-school  teacher,  and  are  insulted.  They  may  have \npatience  enough  to  put  up  with  it,  and  let  the  child  keep  on. \nThe  teacher  takes  them  to  task  as  though  they  had  no  rights \nby  saying,  \"  We  teach  the  child  Christian  doctrine,  and  you \nat  home  undo  it  all.\"  I  wish  all  parents  who  allow  their \nchildren  to  come  under  that  sort  of  influence  could  be \ninsulted  every  day  of  the  year  in  that  way. \n\nI  have  another  case  in  mind;  and  it  is  a  sad  one, —  a \nmother,  whose  child,  who  is  living  away  from  home,  a  boy \nof  fifteen  or  sixteen,  was  allowed  to  enter  a  Sunday-school \nwhere  she  knew,  if  she  had  stopped  to  think,  that  the  boy \n\n\nII \n\nwould  be  taught  everything  that  she  did  not  believe,  and \nnothing  that  she  did.  She  consented  to  his  going,  and  then \nwaked  up  to  the  truth,  and  is  now  heart-broken  and  despair- \ning over  the  fact  that  she  has  lost  her  hold  on  her  boy. \nThe  boy  is  under  the  influence  of  the  friends  around  him. \nHe  has  had  the  old  idea  of  God  taught  to  him  until  he  is \nfrightened  about  the  future,  and  even  frightened  about  the \nwelfare  of  the  soul  of  his  own  mother,  thinking  that  she  has \ngone  astray.  He  is  entwined  in  the  opinions  of  those  about \nhim,  and  does  not  wish  to  escape ;  and  the  mother  has  lost \ncompletely  her  influence  with  her  own  boy.  It  seems  to  me \nso  strange  that  people  do  not  understand  that  in  this  highest \nof  all  things  is  the  last  place  for  carelessness,  for  fooling,  for \nplaying  with  the  souls  of  their  children,  with  the  relations  of \ntheir  souls  to  the  infinite  Source  and  Father.  * \n\nTeach  your  child  false  arithmetic  if  you  will.  He  will  get \nthat  knocked  out  of  him  very  speedily  in  a  short  business \nexperience.  Teach  him  false  geography,  that  the  Grecian \nArchipelago  is  in  the  Indian  Ocean.  That  is  a  matter  of \nvery  slight  importance.  Teach  him  false  history.  It  will \nmake  very  little  difference  to  him  whether  he  can  tell  who \ncame  first,  Richard  III.  or  Henry  VII.  Teach  him  falsely \nalmost  anywhere  else,  and  it  is  of  slight  importance  com- \npared with  false  teaching  here.  The  world,  as  a  result \nof  age-long  struggle,  is  beginning  to  be  free,  beginning \nto  gain  glimpses  of  light,  beginning  to  have  higher  and \nnobler  thoughts  of  God,  beginning  to  see  the  path  along \nwhich  human  hope  is  beckoning.  Do  not  dare,  then,  care- \nlessly or  thoughtlessly  to  train  your  child,  so  that  he  shall \nbecome  a  block  on  the  wheels  of  God's  chariot  which  carries \nthe  desires-,  the  trusts,  and  the  longings  of  the  race  towards  a \nbetter  future.  Train  your  child  not  as  though  you  were \ninfallible.  Train  the  child  to  go  beyond  your  teaching,  but \nnot  to  get  behind  it  or  one  side  of  it.  Train  your  child  to \nkeep  a  clear-eyed  vision  of  the  highest  and  last  truth  that \nGod  reveals,  and  to  listen  with  attentive  ear  to  the  last  word \nhe  whispers.  This,  on  your  peril,  is  the  most  important \nthing  }ou  can  do  for  your  children. \n\n\n12 \n\nThere  is  time  now  only  to  hint  a  few  things  concerning  the \nless  important  part  of  my  subject, —  the  rights  of  parents \nover  their  children.  The  most  of  what  I  have  to  say  is \nnegative ;  for  I  believe  our  rights  over  our  children  are  very \nfew  and  very  small. \n\nGo  back  to  barbaric  times,  and  the  father  had  the  right  of \nlife  and  death  over  his  child.  He  could  expose  the  new-bom \ninfant  to  perish,  and  no  one  questioned.  He  could  sell  a \nchild  into  slavery,  and  nobody  could  say  a  word.  That  time \nhas  gone  by ;  but,  as  in  other  departments,  you  find  survi- \nvals. You  find  touches,  shadows,  of  this  old  barbarism  still \nremaining  in  the  thought  and  practices  of  people  who  think \nthey  are  civilized. \n\nWhat  is  the  right  that  you  have  over  your  child?  You \nhave  no  personal,  no  selfish,  rights  at  all  over  your  own \nchild.  You  have  invited  an  immortal  to  come  into  your \ntemporary  keeping ;  and  you  have  the  right  only  to  treat  that \nas  a  reverent  trust  committed  to  you  for  a  while,  which  you \nare  to  discharge  with  the  highest  and  noblest  sense  of  re- \nsponsibility which  you  can  attain.  That  is  your  right  over \nyour  child.  People  have  had  in  the  past  an  idea,  and  many \npeople  think  still,  that  they  have  a  right  to  use  the  service, \nthe  brains,  the  physical  strength,  of  the  child  as  a  mere  ad- \njunct of  the  family,  as  a  source  of  income.  If  a  father  or \nmother  be  very  poor,  and  the  child  comprehends  the  situa- \ntion, generally  there  need  be  no  force  to  lead  the  child  to  do \nwhat  it  can  to  add  to  the  general  support.  But  the  right  of \nthe  father  to  compel  him  is  a  very  limited  one,  indeed ;  and  it \nstops  a  great  ways  short  of  the  right  to  sacrifice  the  welfare, \nthe  future,  of  that  life  to  this  present  exigency.  Even  for \nthe  sake  of  appeasing  hunger  in  the  home,  I  say  no  father, \nno  mother,  has  a  right  to  sacrifice  the  future  of  the  child,  so \nthat  in  the  years  to  come  the  child  shall  feel,  I  have  not  had \nhalf  an  opportunity  to  become  what  it  was  possible  for  me. \n\nWhat  rights  have  parents  in  regard  to  exacting  instant,  im- \nmediate obedience  on  the  part  of  children,  and  inflicting \npunishment  ?     Most  of   you   know  my  opinion  on  that.     I \n\n\n13 \n\nhave  had  occasion  to  speak  of  it  before.  I  think  all  fathers \nand  mothers,  if  they  will  carefully  look  back  on  their  lives, \nwill  confess  to  themselves  that  more  than  half  the  time,  when \nthey  have  quickly  said  yes  or  no  to  a  child,  it  has  been  a \nmatter  of  thoughtless  impulse  instead  of  any  deliberate \njudgment  as  to  what  was  best  for  the  child.  Now  you  have \nno  right,  you  have  not  the  shadow  of  the  shade  of  a  right,  to \ncoerce  and  compel  the  child  into  the  shape  of  your  own \nimpulses,  your  own  vagaries,  your  own  fancies,  your  own \nwhims.  Some  years  ago  I  heard  a  man  say,  and  he  said  it \nas  though  he  were  praising  his  father :  '*  My  father  took  no \nnonsense  from  his  boys :  If  they  didn't  mind  him  at  the  first \nword,  he  would  knock  them  down.\"  I  do  not  consider  that \nvery  manly  for  a  man  ;  and  I  should  consider  it  pretty  mean \nfor  a  brute.  What  right  have  father  and  mother,  merely  as \na  matter  of  impulse,  of  whim,  to  exact  this  or  that,  and  then \ncompel  the  child  at  any  extremity  to  meet  their  peculiar \nnotions?  That  is  barbarism,  not  civilization.  It  is  un- \nworthy of  men  and  women.  You  have  the  right  only  to \nstudy  the  nature  of  your  child,  to  try  to  find  out  what  is  best \nfor  the  child's  development.  And  then  compel  that  ?  Yes, \nso  far  as  you  can  without  injuring  the  child.  More  than \nthat  you  have  no  right  to  do.  But  always  let  the  child  un- \nderstand that  it  is  not  your  whim,  not  your  arbitrary  wish, \nbut  that  it  is  your  calm  and  deliberate  judgment  as  to  what \nis  best  for  the  child.  Then  the  child  will  learn  to  respect \nyou,  even  though  he  may  differ  from  you  in  judgment. \n\nThis  matter  of  punishing  children  in  the  past  has  been \ncarried  to  the  extreme  of  barbarism ;  and  I  think  that  the \nsaying  attributed  to  Solomon,  but  that  Solomon  could  never \nhave  been  the  author  of  if  he  was  half  as  wise  as  he  was  re- \nputed, has  been  the  cause  of  no  end  of  child  abuse  and  of \nunhappy  homes, —  \"  Spare  the  rod,  and  spoil  the  child.\"  *  I \nbelieve  that  you  could  rather  reverse  the  saying.  A  thou- \nsand times  more  children  have  been  spoiled,  ruined,  by  the \nrod  than  have  ever  been  ruined  by  the  lack  of  it.    You  have \n\n*Thi8,  though  the  popular  phrase,  is  not  in  the  Bible  in  these  words.  See \nProv.  xiii.  34. \n\n\n14 \n\nno  right  to  punish  a  child  merely  because  you  feel  like  it \nAnd  here  again  most  fathers  and  mothers  will  confess  —  I \ndo  not  mean  most  of  those  here,  but  the  majority  of  those  I \nhave  been  acquainted  with  —  that  they  have  been  in  the \nhabit  of  punishing  children  under  the  impulse  of  anger,  out \nof  personal  spite,  not  as  the  result  of  the  calm,  deliberate \njudgment  that  they  were  doing  the  child  a  service,  that  they \nwere  helping  the  child  to  be  what  he  ought  to  be.  The \nanswer  of  the  boy  to  his  father  is  pertinent  here ;  and  the \nsolemnity  of  the  meaning  will  be  none  the  less  even  if  you \nsmile.  \"  Johnny,\"  said  the  father,  \"  do  you  know  why  I  am \ngoing  to  whip  you  ? \"  expecting,  of  course,  a  confession  on \nthe  part  of  the  child  of  the  particular  dereliction  which  he \nhad  been  guilty  of.  But  the  boy  replied  :  **  Yes,  father,  I \nknow :  it  is  because  you  are  bigger  than  I  am.\"  That  is \ngenerally  the  reason.  You  have  no  rights  of  this  sort.  You \nhave  only  the  right  to  train  the  child  by  love,  by  force  if \nmust  be,  but  to  train  the  child  into  the  noblest  and  highest \nideals  of  right,  to  let  the  child  feel  that  you  are  the  servant \nof  that  which  is  highest  and  noblest  in  you,  and  that  the  one \nthing  you  are  to  do  is  to  cultivate  and  develop  that  in  him. \n\nThere  is  one  other  right  that  is  often  claimed  which  I \nwish  emphatically  to  deny.  There  are  young  men  and \nwomen  whom  fathers  and  mothers  never  allow  to  grow  up, \nwhose  lives  are  absorbed  by  the  selfishness  of  parental  love. \nI  know  cases  where  the  mother  would  stand  square  in  the \nway  of  her  boy's  best  future  out  of  what  she  calls  love,  but \nwhich,  if  you  analyze  it,  is  only  a  clinging,  whining  kind \nof  selfishness,  which  could  not  bear  the  boy  out  of  sight,  a \njealousy  of  any  other  love  which  the  boy  might  cherish, — \nstanding  in  the  way  of  his  future,  and  yet  calling  it  love. \nThere  is  no  love  about  it.  It  is  the  veriest  selfishness  when \nit  comes  to  the  point  of  sacrificing  the  welfare  of  the  boy  to \nthis  desire  to  see  him  forever  by  the  mother's  side. \n\nThen  I  have  known  cases  of  young  ladies.  Because  the \nfather  or  mother  wanted  them  in  the  home,  because  they \nwanted  their  service,  these  parents  would  stand  in  the  way \n\n\nIS \n\nof  ihe  grandest  right  that  is  before  the  footsteps  of  any \nyoung  woman, —  the  right  to  love,  the  right  to  motherhood, \nthe  right  to  a  home,  the  right  to  the  unfolding  of  that  which \nis  divinest  atid  highest  in  her.  Do  not  dare  to  claim  this \nsort  of  selfish  absorption  of  the  lives  of  your  children  as  a \nparental  right.     It  is  not  a  right,  but  a  wrong. \n\nWhat,  then,  is  the  outcome?  The  one  thing  for  father \nand  mother  to  do  is  to  make  themselves  needless  just  as \nearly  as  possible.  We  do  not  know  how  long  we  shall  be \nhere.  We  need  to  make  the  boys  and  girls  self-centred, \nindependent,  masters  of  themselves,  masters  of  their  sur- \nroundings, competent  to  deal  with  the  practical  affairs  of  the \nworld,  competent  to  choose  the  right  and  refuse  the  wrong, \ncompetent  to  walk  alone  or  to  choose  their  companions.  We \nneed  not  to  get  rid  of  them.  If  we  bind  them  by  the  bands \nof  love,  they  will  stay  by  fast  enough  as  long  as  they  can ;  but, \nif  you  bind  them  by  any  other  bonds,  they  will  snap  them  as \nsoon  as  they  are  able.  Push  them  over  the  edge  of  the  nest \nas  fast  as  you  can, —  not  because  you  do  not  wish  them  to \ncome  back,  but  because  you  wish  them  to  learn  to  use  their \nwings.  Teach  the  children,  boys  and  girls  both,  to  be  inde- \npendent. A  healthy  body,  a  sane  mind,  ability  to  earn  one's \nown  living,  a  knowledge  of  right  and  wrong,  fitted  with  a \nkey  to  unlock  the  storehouse  of  the  inherited  wealth  of  the \nworld,  love  for  father  and  mother  that  shall  be  deathless,  a \nhappy  memory  of  a  happy  childhood,  the  ideal  of  a  manhood \nthat  makes  service  of  one's  age  the  noblest  thing  to  be \ndreamed  of,  a  consecration  to  the  highest  ideal  of  God,  of \ntrust  in  him,  of  a  faith  that  can  walk  serenely  out  into  the \ndark,  a  manhood,  a  womanhood,  self-poised,  independent, \nable  to  walk  alone, —  is  not  that  the  ideal?  That  is  the \nright  of  every  child ;  and  the  only  right  that  you  have  over \nthe  child  is  the  right  of  bestowing  this. \n\nFather,  as  we  think  of  Thee,  the  ideal  Father,  whose  very \nname  is  love,  the  meaning  of  which  love  is  service,  let  us  try \nto  keep  this  image  before  us,  and  be  perfect  as  our  Father  in \nheaven  is  perfect.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ...  20  cents \n\n\"    Doi $1.^0 \n\n\"      Cloth,    **    Copy,    .    ...  30  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  very  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  accepunce  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfoldine.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal jud^ents  are  based  on  modem  scholarshipi  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nediism  must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntise. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  nrown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can* \nnot  answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion  of  thought  is  bewildering.  Tliis  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  tmth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThb  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudy  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted^  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  m  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nOBO.  H.  ELLIS.  Publlaher,  14X  Franklin  St.,  Boston,  Maaa. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  slnsrle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  MARCH  25,  1892  No.  24 \n\nSERIES   ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\n\nIX.  MONEY \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE   H.   ELLIS.   141   FRANKLIN   STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nEntered  at  M^  Pott-o^tt  Boston^  Mau.,  a$  teeond-tlau  mail  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reoonstniction.     ismo $i.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Smsll  i6aio.     Flexible so \n\nMy  Creed,    ismo 1.00 \n\nPoems.     i6mo.    Full  gilt    With  portrait  .    .    .....  i.so \n\nLight  on  the  Ckrad.    i6mo.    Full  gilt 1.S5 \n\nSocial  Problems,    ismo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religioos  Life,    iimo i.oo \n\nBehef  in  Uod.    iimo                     1.00 \n\nBeliefs  abont  Man.     lamo         i.oo \n\nBelieb  about  the  Bible.         1.00 \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,    ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Erolution.    tamo i.oo \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,    ismo         1.00 \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,    ismo 1.00 \n\nChristianity  the  Sdenoe  of  Manhood,    laroo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution.    lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.    i6mo 1.00 \n\nBlttffton:  A  StoTT  of  To^y.     lamo               1.50 \n\nHelps  for  DailY  LiTing.    lamo 1,00 \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,    ismo i.oo \n\nLife,    ismo 1.00 \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  ChristeningSi  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 7S \n\nSacred  Soon  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth t.oo \n\nLeather i.go \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.  With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnoe,  Paper,  per  copy,  ....     so  cents.    Per  dos.,  1.50 \n\n*•      Cloth,       ••               ...    so     \"               \"  s.so \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weekly  sermons  ara  r^nlarly  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit\"  Subscription  price,  lor  the  season,  |i.so ; \nsingle  copies,  $  cents. \n\nGBO.  H.  RLLIS,  PtiNtik^r, \n\n141  FranUm  St.,  BpsUh,  Mau, \n\n\nMONEY.* \n\n\n\"The  love  of  money  is  a  root  of  all  kinds  of  evil.\"  —  i  Tim.  vi.  lo.     ^ \n\nIf  I  had  time;  and  this  were  the  proper  place,  I  could \npoint  out  two  or  three  circumstances  that  tend  to  justify  the \nfeeling  of  the  best  people  of  the  time  of  Jesus  against  the \naverage  rich  man.  There  were  circumstances  which  occa- \nsioned this  feeling  at  that  time  in  Judea  not  only,  but  through- \nout the  Roman  Empire.  I  shall  not  take  up  your  time  by \ndoing  this,  but  will  only  mention  the  fact  that  it  was  not  prob- \nably mere  prejudice  against  wealth.  I  need,  however,  to  call \nyour  attention  to  the  fact  that  almost  throughout  the  New \nTestament  there  is  this  tone  of  rather  severe  criticism  against \nrich  men  and  an  attitude  of  peculiar  tenderness  towards  the \npoor.  It  is  a  question  on  the  part  of  critics  as  to  whether \nthe  form  of  the  beatitude  as  given  in  Matthew  is  the  original \nform  of  words  which  Jesus  used.  It  reads  there,  **  Blessed \nare  the  poor  in  spirit \" ;  but,  if  you  turn  to  Luke,  you  find \nthe  last  two  words  are  omitted.  Jesus  there  is  represented \nas  saying,  \"  Blessed  are  ye  poor,\"  and  as  pronouncing  a  curse \nupon  the  rich.  I  shall  not  venture  to  decide  as  to  which \nwas  the  original  statement  of  the  Nazarene ;  but,  if  you  turn \nto  the  Epistle  of  James,  you  find  that  there  the  bitterest  feel- \ning is  manifested  against  the  rich,  and  the  poor  are  asked \nto  wait  a  little  while,  and  are  promised  that  they  shall  see \njudgment  done  upon  their  oppressors.  So  almost  throughout \nthe  entire  New  Testament  you  find  this  feeling,  and  through- \nout the  history  of  the  Christian  Church  as  organized  there \nhas  been  a  dominant  tone  of  a  similar  kind.  If  a  man  wished \nto  consecrate  himself  more  definitely  and  distinctly  to  the \n\n*  PhonographicaUy  reported. \n\n\nreligious  life,  one  of  the  things  that  he  generally  did  was  to \ntake  upon  himself  a  vow  of  lifelong  poverty,  assuming  that \nsomehow  poverty  was  a  virtue. \n\nBut,  if  the  love  of  money  is  a  root  of  all  kinds  of  evils,  we \ncan  say  the  same  thing  about  the  love  of  anything  which \nmanifests  itself  as  a  force  in  the  world.  The  love  of  man \nand  woman  has  been  the  root  of  all  kinds  of  evils  from  the \nbeginning  of  the  world.  Shall  we  therefore  abolish  love,  as \n*many  would  abolish  wealth,  if  they  could  ?  Here,  indeed, \nthose  who  have  consecrated  themselves  in  the  Church  to  the \npeculiarly  religious  life  have  made  the  attempt  Monas- \nteries, nunneries,  the  existence  of  Shakers  in  the  modem \nworld,  show  the  effort  on  the  part  of  some  to  abolish  or  pro- \nhibit  the  love  between  man  and  woman.  And  the  man  who \nhas  consecrated  himself  in  the  Catholic  Church  to  the  pecu- \nliarly religious  life  has  taken  upon  himself  also  the  vow  of \nperpetual  chastity.  So  we  find  that  the  attempt  is  made  in \nevery  direction  by  men  to  abolish  the  possibilities  of  evil \ninstead  of  recognizing  that  all  these  things  are  simply  centres \nand  fountains  of  power,  and  that  the  thing  for  them  and  for \nus  to  do  is  to  train  ourselves  into  mastery  of  these  forces,  so \nthat  we  may  use  them  to  lift  instead  of  to  degrade  the  world. \nThousands  of  people  lose  their  lives  every  year  by  going  to \nsea.  Shall  we  therefore  try  to  abolish  the  winds  or  prohibit \nthe  life  of  the  sailor.^  Thousands  of  persons  also  die  by \naccident  at  home.  If  we  carry  the  principle  far  enough,  we \nshould  have  to  abolish  the  home.  If  we  wish  to  abolish  the \npossibility  of  evil,  we  must  abolish  the  universe  and  done \nwith  it.  We  need,  then,  to  recognize  that  these  mighty  ele- \nmental forces  are  neither  bad  nor  good  in  themselves.  They \nare  simply  means  that  may  be  intelligently  used  for  the \nharm  or  for  the  help  of  man,  for  the  harm  or  the  help  of \nboth  individuals  and  nations.  Shall  we,  then,  hate  money? \nShall  we  oppose  it  ?  Shall  we  single  it  out  as  being  the  root \nof  all  kinds  of  evil  ?  Shall  we  indiscriminately  attack  rich \nmen  ?     What  shall  we  do  about  it  ?' \n\nIt  seems  to  me  that  we  shall  find  ourselves  led  naturally \n\n\n5 \n\nand  easily  into  the  heart  of  our  theme  if  we  stop  long \nenough  here  to  inquire  what  money  is  and  as  to  the  relation \nin  which  money  stands  to  wealth.  For,  mark  you,  at  the \noutset,  money  is  not  wealth,  though  it  is  frequently  and  com- \nmonly supposed  to  be.  I  shall  traverse  ground  here  for  a \nfew  moments  which  I  know  is  familiar  to  thoughtful,  educated \nbusiness  men ;  but  perhaps  it  will  not  be  entirely  amiss  for \nthe  sake  of  those  who  have  not  really  thought  about  it. \n\nIn  the  early  stage  of  human  civilization  there  was  no \nmoney.  There  were  a  few  things  that  constituted  property, \nwhich  constituted  the  wealth  of  the  time ;  but  there  was  no \nmoney,  and  the  people  merely  bartered  or  exchanged  one \nthing  for  another  thing.  Picture  to  yourself,  for  example,  a \nroan  among  the  Indians  who  has  developed  some  special \ngenius  for  making  beautiful  and  effective  bows  and  arrows. \nHe  loves  the  work ;  but  he  cannot  possibly  use  all  that  he \ncan  make.  There  are  otherfe  who  want  bows  and  arrows ; \nand  they  cannot  make  them,  or  make  them  more  clumsily, \nless  beautiful,  less  effective.  So  he  naturally  develops  the \ntrade  of  a  bow  and  arrow  maker.  If  he  wants  something \nwhich  another  member  of  the  tribe  possesses,  he  will  pur- \nchase it  by  exchange  of  his  bows  and  arrows.  This  may \nstand  as  representing  the  first  trading  of  the  world.  Of \ncourse,  it  is  only  an  illustration  of  what  might  be  multiplied \nin  a  hundred  other  directions.  But  by  and  by  a  difficulty \narises.  The  man  has  manufactured  his  bows  and  arrows ; \nbut  here  is  somebody  who  wants  a  bow  and  arrow  who  does \nnot  happen  to  possess  at  the  time  anything  that  the  manu- \nfacturer desires.  There  is  a  difficulty,  then,  a  block,  in  the \nmatter  of  exchange.  But,  if  this  man  who  desires  the  bow \nand  arrow  could  bring  something  else,  something  that  would \nserve  as  money,  something  that  has  a  permanent  value,  which \nthe  manufacturer  of  the  bows  and  arrows  can  keep  indefi- \nnitely until  he  wishes  to  use  it  in  exchange  or  in  the  pur- \nchase of  something  else,  the  matter  is  plain.  It  is  in  this \nperfectly  natural  way,  out  of  the  exchanges  of  growing  civili- \nzation, that  money  came  into  being. \n\n\nBut  what  is  money  ?  It  has  been  a  good  many  different \nthings  in  the  course  of  the  world's  experience.  I  need  not \nstop  to  detail  them.  I  only  wish  to  point  out  what  money \nreally  is,  so  that  you  may  see  its  value,  and  may  be  able  to \nestimate  the  value  of  other  things  as  related  to  that. \n\nWhat  makes  value  ?  That  is  the  first  step  towards  finding \nout  what  money  is.  What  is  it  that  makes  the  worth  of  any- \nthing? Once  in  a  while  labor  reformers  or  social  econo- \nmists, who  do  not  think  very  clearly,  talk  about  the  labor  that \nenters  into  a  thing  as  constituting  its  value,  or  the  time  spent \nin  its  making  as  constituting  its  value.  But  the  time  spent  in \nmaking  a  thing  or  the  labor  put  into  it,  the  amount  of  thought, \nthe  amount  of  brain  toil,  the  amount  of  muscle  labor, —  these \nhave  necessarily  nothing  whatever  to  do  with  the  value  of  a \nthing.  Suppose  I  spend  a  year  of  hard  labor  in  wheeling  sand \nfrom  one  side  of  the  road  to  the  other  and  then  back  again. \nI  have  put  enormous  labor  into  it ;  but  I  have  not  created  a \ncent's  worth  of  value  for  anybody.  Suppose  I  should  spend \nthe  winter  months  in  making  a  beautiful  bit  of  statuary  out \nof  snow.  I  might  make  as  fine  a  bit  of  work  as  Michel  An- \ngelo;  but  it  would  be  absolutely  worthless,  for  the  simple \nreason  that  you  could  not  transport  it,  could  not  preserve  it, \nit  could  not  add  to  the  permanent  wealth. of  mankind.  What \nis  it,  then,  that  makes  value  ? \n\nIt  is  simply  this, —  human  desire.  Human  desire  is  at  the \nroot  of  all  the  value  of  the  world.  If  all  men  desire  a  cer- \ntain thing,  and  there  is  only  a  small  amount  of  it,  then  it \nbecomes  exceedingly  valuable.  If  all  men  desire  a  certain \nthing,  and  there  is  plenty  of  it,  of  course  it  is  not  worth  so \nmuch.  All  men  desire,  need,  and  use  iron;  but  there  is \nabundant  iron  in  the  world.  All  men  desire  gold.  There  is \nonly  a  small  quantity  of  it :  therefore,  it  is  of  exceeding  value. \nIf  there  was  as  much  gold  as  iron  in  the  world,  perhaps  it \nwould  not  be  worth  any  more.  That,  then,  which  all  people \ndesire,  and  of  which  there  is  no  very  large  amount,  is  of \nthe  greatest  value. \n\nNow,  what  are  the  requisites  of  money  as  a  medium  of \n\n\nexchange?  for  that  is  all  that  money  is.  It  needs  to  be \nsomething  that  all  men  desire,  something  that  there  is  not \ntoo  much  of,  something  the  quantity  of  which  does  not  grow \ntdo  rapidly,  in  order  that  the  value  of  it  may  be  relatively \nstable,  fixed,  unchanging,  because,  if  I  should  take  some- \nthing as  money  to-day  which  after  a  year  or  two  I  should \nfind  not  to  be  worth  more  than  half  what  I  paid  for  it,  I \nshould  have  lost  immensely  on  my  bargain.  We  need  some- \nthing as  money,  then,  that  there  is  not  too  much  of,  that  is \nportable,  that  can  easily  be  carried  from  place  to  place,  and \nsomething  that  keeps  steadily  to  its  value.  As  the  result  of \nhuman  experience,  the  world  has  found  out  that  gold  an- \nswers these  requirements  better  than  anything  else ;  and  gold \nto-day,  among  civilized  men,  is  the  one  general  standard  of \nvalue.  Silver  plays  a  part  as  money ;  but  in  this  country  it \ncannot  be  considered  a  standard,  because  a  silver  dollar  has \nnot  the  same  value  as  a  gold  dollar.  Greenbacks  are  not \nmoney:  they  are  only  promises  to  pay  money.  A  bank \ncheck  is  not  money:  it  is  only  a  promise  to  pay  money. \n\nNow,  then,  what  js  money  worth  ?  It  is  worth  only  that \ninto  which  it  can  be  transmuted.  It  is  worth  that  only  into \nwhich  it  can  be  transformed.  It  is  worth  absolutely  nothing \nas  an  end.  It  has  a  value  only  as  a  means.  A  man  is  not \nrich,  does  not  possess  wealth,  merely  because  he  possesses \na  large  quantity  of  gold.  We  can  easily  conceive  a  man  so \nsituated  that  he  should  have  gold  lying  in  heaps  about  him, \nand  yet  be  starving,  be  unclothed,  be  cold,  not  be  protected \nfrom  the  weather,  not  be  supplied  with  anything  that  is  nec- \nessary to  the  real  wants  of  his  nature  as  a  man.  The  wealth \nof  the  world,  then,  consists  in  things, —  its  coats,  its  boots, \nits  hats,  its  houses,  its  books,  its  musical  instruments,  its \npictures,  its  statuary,  all  these  things  that  comfort,  that  lift \nup  a  man,  that  satisfy  the  hungers  not  merely  of  his  body, \nbut  of  his  heart,  his  mind,  and  his  soul.  These  things, \nand  these  only,  are  wealth ;  and  money  is  only  a  convenient \nmedium  by  which  to  carry  on  the  exchange  of  wealth,  or  by \nwhich  to  help  its  further  production  and  creation. \n\n\n8 \n\nLet  me  now  come  to  consider  the  real  importance  of \nmoney  as  related  to  the  development  of  mankind.  I  do  not \nat  all  agree  with  those  who  think  that  wealth  ought  to  be \nabolished,  or  that  there  ought  to  be  somehow  a  block  or \nhindrance  to  the  creation  of  wealth.  The  world  needs  more \nwealth,  not  less.  The  world  needs  more  money,  not  less. \nThe  only  thing  I  would  hinder,  if  I  could,  would  be  that \nmethod  of  carrying  on  business  which  is  merely  a  grabbing \nfrom  the  hands  of  one  person  by  another  of  that  wealth \nwhich  is  already  created,  which  merely  transfers  money  from \nthe  pocket  of  one  man  to  that  of  another,  without  increasing \nby  a  single  iota  the  store  of  the  world's  well  being.  It  would \nbe  nobler,  better,  in  every  way,  if  we  could  put  an  end  to \nthat  kind  of  business.  But  the  desire  for  wealth  which  be- \ncomes a  spur  to  the  creation  of  more  wealth,  this  should  be \nstimulated  and  rewarded  instead  of  being  treated  as  a  crime. \n\nWhy  do  we  need  money?  If  all  the  men  and  all  the \nwomen  of  the  world  were  obliged  to  work  twelve  hours  of \nevery  day  in  order  merely  to  keep  life  in  the  body,  to  get \nenough  to  eat,  enough  to  protect  themselves  from  the  cold, \nand  then  found  themselves  so  tired  that  they  must  sleep  in \norder  that  the  next  day  they  might  work  twelve  hours  more, — \nif  all  the  world  were  in  that  condition,  it  would  not  take  one \nsingle  step  above  barbarism.  Money  is  a  condition  of  civili- \nzation :  it  is  the  first  step  upwards  on  the  rounds  of  develop- \nment which  lead  from  the  animal  to  God.  Why  ?  Because \na  man  is  more  than  a  body  that  needs  food,  that  needs  to  be \ncovered,  that  needs  to  be  protected  from  the  weather.  Man \nis  a  being  with  affections,  with  a  mind,  with  a  soul.  He  is \na  being  that  loves  books,  loves  music,  loves  beauty,  and  so \ncreates  art,  pictures,  statues.  He  is  a  being  that  loves  and \ncares  for  all  these  higher  things ;  and  it  is  only  when  you  get \nup  here  that  you  are  oa  the  level  of  a  man. \n\nYou  must  then  release  those  men  who  are  capable  of \ncreating  these   higher  things  from  the  necessity  of  merely \n\n-ng  their  bread  and  butter,  in  order  that  they  may  be \n\n>t  for  their  own  sake,  but  for  the  sake  of  mankind. \n\n\nFor  never  yet  has  one  grand  thing  been  invented  or  created \nor  wrought  by  men  that  had  a  human  value  that  has  not \nbenefited  mankind,  that  has  not  enriched  the  world.  Sup- \npose Shakspere  had  been  obliged  to  work  for* his  living, \nso  that  he  would  have  had  no  time  or  strength  to  write  his \ngreat  dramas.  Suppose  the  same  of  Homer  or  Dante,  or \nthe  great  discoverers  and  inventors  of  the  world,  all  those \nwho  have  added  to  the  mental,  moral,  and  spiritual  wealth \nof  mankind, —  think  how  poor  we  should  have  been!  We \nshould  have  been  still  on  the  level  of  barbarism.  We  need, \nthen,  wealth  enough,  so  that  men  can  be  released  from  grind- \ning toil  and  care  to  the  extent  of  being  able  to  cultivate \nsome  of  these  higher  tastes.  We  need  wealth,  so  that  the \npersons  who  are  able  to  feed  these  higher  tastes  may  be \nreleased  from  the  necessity  of  self-support,  that  they  may \ncreate  the  things  that  the  world  desires.  And  by  as  much \nas  the  mere  work  of  feeding  the  necessities  of  the  physical \nman  can  be  left  behind,  can  become  automatic,  by  just  so \nmuch  can  man  outgrow  the  animal  and  rise  into  the  human. \nWe  need  another  thing,  which  is  really  only  the  other  side \nof  the  same  thing.  The  one  thing  we  need  to  do  today,  so \nfar  as  the  laborer,  the  day  worker,  of  the  world  is  concerned, \nis  to  devise  some  means  by  which  the  hours  of  his  labor  can \nbe  shortened ;  that  is,  to  find  out  a  way  by  which  the  world \ncan  get  on  with  less  drudgery,  that  these  people  may  have \ntime  to  become  civilized.  Suppose  we  should  suddenly  re- \nduce the  working  hours  of  the  world  to  eight.  I  am  per- \nfectly well  aware  of  the  fact  that  a  great  many  people  thus \nset  free  would  waste  their  time.  That  would  be  nothing \nmore  than  is  true  of  a  great  many  people  who  are  already \nset  free  by  the  possession  of  wealth.  They  would  have  the \nsame  right  to  waste  their  time  that  the  rest  of  us  have, \nwhich  means  no  right  at  all.  But  they  must  be  set  free,  and \nallowed  to  be  free,  in  order  that  by  their  own  experience  they \nmay  learn  to  live.  That  is  the  only  way  anybody  ever \nlearns.  A  carpenter  is  likely  to  cut  himself  in  learning  to \nbe  a  carpenter;  but  I  do  not  know  of  any  way  by  which  that \n\n\nlO \n\nrisk  can  be  avoided.  If  we  are  to  have  carpenters,  we  must \ntake  the  risk  of  their  cutting  themselves  in  the  process  of \nlearning.  So,  if  the  common  laboring  men  of  the  world \nare  to  be  released  and  set  free,  so  that  they  can  learn  to  be \nmen,  we  must  run  the  risk  of  their  abusing  their  freedom, \nand  the  risk  of  some  of  them  abusing  their  freedom  all  their \nlives.  But,  as  I  said,  that  is  no  worse  than  the  fact  that \npeople  are  abusing  it  on  every  hand  now, —  those  who  have \nalready  won  their  release. \n\nHere,  then,  is  the  good  of  money,  the  good  of  accumulated \nwealth,  the  capacity  for  creating  it, —  that  it  enables  the \nworld  to  climb  up  out  of  the  animal  into  heart,  into  mind, \ninto  soul;  and  I  know  of  no  other  way.  Let  us,  then,  accu- \nmulate wealth,  and  obtain  the  master}^  of  the  forces  of  the \nworld  for  the  sake  of  the  hope  of  mankind. \n\nI  wish  now  to  note  some  of  the  dangers  of  wealth,  possibly \nsome  of  the  things  that  the  writer  of  this  Epistle  may  have \nhad  in  his  mind  when  he  said  the  love  of  money  was  a  root \nof  all  kinds  of  evil.  Note  one  thing.  It  is  not  the  possession \nof  money  itself :  it  is  the  love  of  it,  the  caring  for  it  more  than \nfor  anything  else.  A  man  may  be  rich,  and  yet  not  come \nunder  this  curse.  A  man  may  be  ever  so  poor,  and  yet \nstruggle  all  his  life  merely  for  money  which  he  does  not \nsucceed  in  obtaining,  and  so  fall  under  the  curse  of  him  who \nloves  money,  and  money  only. \n\nI  wish  to  note  some  of  the  common  evils.  I  am  not  saying \nthat  all  rich  people  have  fallen  into  these  evils ;  but  the  pos- \nsession of  large  amounts  of  money  kept  in  a  family,  trans- \nmitted from  generation  to  generation, —  the  tendency  of  that \nis  to  what  ?  The  tendency  is  to  barbarize  the  people.  To \nmake  clear  what  I  mean,  let  me  recall  the  saying  of  Matthew \nArnold.  He  used  to  talk  about  the  upper  classes  in  England \nas  being  thoroughly  barbarized.  What  did  he  mean  ?  Let \nus  find  out  what  a  barbarian  is.  What  are  the  characteristics \nof  a  barbarian?  Idleness,  having  no  purpose  in  life,  no \nthought  of  working  for  any  one   else ;  sensuality,  having \n\n'veloped  no  higher  tastes  than  the  animal,  and  so  living  for \n\n\nII \n\nbodily  gratification;  and  cruelty,  taking  delight  in  those \nthings  that  give  pain,  that  hurt.  These  are  the  characteris- \ntics of  a  barbarian ;  and  these  are  the  characteristics  of  large \nnumbers  of  the  members  of  dominant  families  in  the  Old \nWorld  to-day.  They  are  idle,  having  no  purpose  in  the \nworld.  They  live  for  nothing  that  reaches  beyond  self. \nThey  are  sensual.  They  have  developed  no  higher  taste \nthan  the  gratification  of  their  physical  appetites.  They  are \ncruel, —  cruel  in  two  ways.  In  the  first  place,  a  man  who  lives \nin  the  presence  of  suffering  week  after  week  and  year  after \nyear,  and  does  not  think  of  it,  and  does  not  care,  is  at  least \nnegatively  cruel.  It  may  be  cruelty  through  thoughtlessness ; \nbut  it  is  the  indirect  means  of  the  continuance  of  suffering \nnone  the  less.  People  through  being  pampered  may  come \ninto  the  state  of  mind  of  that  French  princess  just  before  the \nFrench  revolution.  When  the  people  were  starving,  and  they \ntold  her  the  people  had  no  bread,  the  princess  asked,  \"  Why \ndon't  they  eat  cake  ? \"  She  had  lived  a  life  so  utterly  apart \nfrom  the  thought  of  being  deprived  of  any  gratification  that \nshe  could  not  imagine  people  who  could  not  have  cake,  who \ncould  not  have  bread.  And  that,  I  say,  amounts  in  the  end \nto  horrible  cruelty. \n\nThen  the  pleasures  of  this  class  of  people  tend  to  cruelty. \nIn  England,  if  the  younger  son  of  a  noble  family  wishes  to \ngo  off  to  travel  over  the  world  for  amusement,  what  does  he \ndo  ? .  He  hunts.  Some  one  has  said  that,  when  an  English- \nman has  ennui,  when  he  is  weary  and  tired,  he  says  to  a \nfriend,  \"  Come,  let  us  go  out  and  kill  something.\"  That  is  his \nidea  of  enjoyment.  I  speak  of  this  to  illustrate  that  the \ntendency  of  this  pampered,  irresponsible  life  is  towards  these \nthree  essentials  of  barbarism, —  idleness,  a  useless  life,  sensual- \nity, cruelty. \n\nWhat  next  ?  One  of  the  greatest  dangers  that  assails  the \nrich  is  that  of  giving  the  world  a  false  and  unreal  theory  of \nwhat  success  in  life  means,  of  having  a  false  standard,  a  false \nideal.  There  is  coming  to  be  developed  in  this  country  a \nmoneyed  aristocracy,  which  is  the  poorest,  the  meanest,  the \n\n\n12 \n\nmost  contemptible  type  of  aristocracy  that  the  world  ever \nsaw.  Take  the  people  who  are  thought  to  be  worthy  to \nbelong  to  the  \"  Four  Hundred  **  of  New  York.  What  do  they \nstand  for  ?  The  ideal  of  the  man  who  has  put  himself  for- \nward as  their  leading  representative,  and  who  may  perhaps \nbe  fairly  considered  as  their  representative  because  he  has \npublished  a  book  about  them,  and  they  have  not  resented  it  (I \nthink  they  have  purchased  it), —  what  is  his  ideal?  The  ideal \nof  his  life  centres  round  the  banquet  table, —  a  perfect  dinner, \nperfect  wines,  perfect  service,  perfect  catering  to  the  stomach. \nThe  centre  of  his  kingdom  is  the  stomach, —  not  brain,  not \nheart,  not  soul.  And  thousands  of  young  men  all  over  the \ncountry  are  striving,  sometimes  at  the  price  of  principle  and \nhonesty,  to  follow  hard  after  these  leaders,  with  the  one \nthought  in  their  minds  from  beginning  to  end  that,  if  they  can \nget  rich,  they  will  have  succeeded.  Succeeded  in  what? \nYou  know  I  do  not  despise  money.  You  know  I  do  not \ndespise  wealth.  I  do  not  despise  wealthy  men.  But,  if  a \nman  merely  succeeds  in  making  money,  what  has  he  suc- \nceeded in  doing  ?  He  has  succeeded  in  getting  possession  of \ncertain  means,  certain  material,  that  might  be,  if  well  used, \na  help  in  the  cultivation  of  manhood.  But,  merely  because \nhe  has  become  rich,  he  has  not  necessarily  touched  the \nbeginning  of  manhood  even  in  himself. \n\nThe  acquisitive  faculty,  the  ability  to  make  money,  is  no \nignoble  ability.  If  it  be  rightly  used  in  the  creation  of  wealth \nand  in  adding  to  the  world's  wealth,  it  is  of  public  service. \nBut  it  is  merely  a  means  to  an  end,  not  an  end  in  itself, \nLook  abroad  over  the  land,  and  see  what  I  mean.  .  I  have \nbefore  quoted  to  you  the  famous  saying  of  Agassiz.  After \nhe  had  become  a  distinguished  man,  and  knew  that  his  name \nwas  such  that  he  could  win  great  success  by  it,  a  man  came \nto  him  and  offered  him  $50,000  for  a  course  of  lectures  to \nbe  given  under  his  management.  Agassiz  was  busy.  He  was \ncarrying  out  a  line  of  study  of  great  importance  to  the  devel- \nopment of  some  department  of  science,  and  so  for  the  welfare \nof  the  world.    Agassiz  said  he  could  not  stop  to  make  money, \n\n\n13 \n\nhe  was  doing  something  more  important.  Is  not  that  some- \nthing higher  than  the  mere  acquisition  of  wealth  ? \n\nThere  are  thousands  of  men  who  have  no  money-making \nability  whatever,  but  who  do  have  the  ability  to  serve  the \nworld  in  grander  ways  than  that.  The  ability  to  make  money \nmay  be  peculiar  to  a  man,  like  the  genius  for  painting  or \nmusic.  A  man  may  be  born  with  it.  Certain  people  are  so \ngifted  with  this  ability  that  they  are  like  the  man  of  whom \nOliver  Wendell  Holmes  said  that,  if  all  the  houses  in  the \nworld  were  burned  down,  he  would  get  rich  in  a  week  by \ndealing  in  potash.  Some  men  have  this  genius  for  making \nmoney;  but  here  is  a  man  who  has  no  genius  in  that  direction \nat  all.  But  he  can  paint  a  picture  that  the  wealth  of  the \nworld  tries  to  buy,  and  cannot.  There  are  pictures  in  Europe \nto-day  that  no  private  gold  could  buy.  No  man  could  own \nthem  if  he  laid  all  his  wealth  at  the  feet  of  their  possessor. \nNations  fight  for  their  ownership.  A  man  who  writes  a  book \nthat  adds  to  the  wealth  of  the  world's  thinking,  a  man  who, \nlike  Darwin,  makes  a  discovery  which  is  an  epoch  in  the \ngrowth  of  civilization, —  this  man  may  have  had  no  faculty \nwhatever  for  making  money.  But  they  are  the  men  whom \nthe  money-makers  should  be  glad  to  release  and  set  free  for \ntheir  own  work ;  for  then  they  are  w.orking  for  me,  working \nfor  you,  working  for  the  world. \n\nBut  I  say  that  the  man  who  makes  the  love  of  money  the \nobject  of  his  life  is  in  danger  of  forgetting  that  there  are \nthings  a  thousand  times  more  important.  He  is  in  danger \nof  forgetting  those  things  in  the  service  of  which  money \nshould  be  used. \n\nThen  there  is  the  danger  that  threatens  the  rich  always,  of \nbeing  content  down  there  on  the  level  of  their  wealth.  A \nman  is  able  to  build  himself  a  beautiful  house,  to  put  the \nsoftest  carpets  under  his  feet,  to  decorate  his  walls  finely ; \nbut,  not  caring  much  for  higher  things,  the  danger  is  that  he \nwill  stop  striving,  and  will  say.  Soul,  thou  hast  goods  laid  up \nfor  many  years:  eat,  drink,  and  be  merry;  you  need  not \nstruggle  any  more.     The  world  has  thousands  of  industrial. \n\n\n14 \n\npolitical,  and  social  problems  still  unsolved ;  but  shut  in \nhere  in  this  beautiful  mansion,  and  surrounded  by  all  these \nthings  that  can  aid  and  comfort,  we  can  make  the  walls  so \nthick  and  soft  that  the  moan  of  humanity  will  not  be  heard. \nThe  danger  is  that  a  man,  being  surfeited  and  filled  with \nthese  things,  will  not  care  to  read,  will  not  care  to  think,  will \nnot  care  to  help  on  mankind ;  that  he  will  forgot  that  he  is  a \nsoul,  that  the  essential  thing  in  him  is  thought  and  feeling, \nand  love  and  aspiration.  The  danger,  then,  is  that  he  shall \nbe  content  on  this  lower  level,  and  forget  that  he  is  a  man. \n\nI  do  not  say,  by  any  means,  that  all  rich  people  fall  into \nthese  perils ;  but  I  do  say  they  are  real  perils  that  threaten \nthe  rich.  They  are  some  of  the  evils  of  which  the  love  of \nmoney  is  the  root ;  and  the  only  way  to  escape  them  is  to \nkeep  clearly  in  our  minds  what  money  is, —  that  it  is  a  means, \nnot  an  end ;  to  remember  the  relation  in  which  it  stands  to \nthe  higher  things  of  life,  the  real  ownership  of  it,  to  whom  it \nreally  belongs,  and  what  is  the  only  high  and  noble  use  to \nwhich  it  can  be  put. \n\nThe  ideal,  then,  is  here.  I  know  it  will  be  many  a  long \nyear  before  we  shall  be  very  near  to  its  realization.  I  know \nthrough  what  a  long,  slow  process  of  experience  and  growth \nthe  average  man  must  pass  before  he  can  even  gain  a \nglimpse  of  its  desirability.  But  the  one  grand  ideal  that \nevery  true  man  holds  in  his  heart  as  the  thing  to  be  striven \nfor  is  a  condition  of  the  world  something  like  this, —  a  con- \ndition in  which  all  men  shall  be  released  from  such  drudgery \nas  makes  it  impossible  for  them  to  find  time  to  cultivate  that \nin  them  which  is  highest. \n\nLet  me  use  the  figure  of  the  body  to  illustrate  precisely \nwhat  I  mean.  All  the  necessary  acts  on  which  the  life  of \nthe  body  depends  from  hour  to  hour  have  become  automatic. \nI  do  not  have  to  think  whether  my  heart  is  beating  or  not : \nit  takes  care  of  itself.  And  so  most  of  those  necessary  ac- \ntions of  life  are  automatic:  they  take  care  of  themselves. \nWe  need  socially  and  industrially  to  attain  such  a  condi- \ntion of  the  world  that  these  lower,  common,  universal  neces- \n\n\nIS \n\nsi  ties  of  mankind  shall  be  easily  disposed  of,  become  almost \nautomatic,  so  that  a  man  will  not  have  to  grind  his  heart \nout,  weary  his  brain,  feel  his  soul  crushed  in  him,  by  the \nburden  of  poverty,  merely  that  he  may  keep  soul  and  body \ntogether.  We  dream  of  the  time  —  and  I  believe  it  is  quite \npossible  —  in  which  the  mere  sustenance,  the  supply  of  the \nworld's  necessities,  shall  be  reduced  to  such  low  terms  that \nthey  shall  be  easily  disposed  of.  Then,  and  then  only,  will \nmankind  as  a  whole  begin  to  live.  For  a  man  as  a  man  does \nnot  live  while  he  is  drudging  simply  to  get  something  to  eat \nand  keep  from  starving.  He  begins  to  live  when  that  is \nbehind  him,  and  he  is  free  to  sit  down  and  think,  Now,  I  am \na  man ;  when  he  is  free  to  use  his  brain,  free  to  use  his \naffectional  nature,  free  to  climb  into  his  soul  and  to  com- \nmune with  those  things  that  are  eternal  and  do  not  pass \naway.  Every  man,  then,  who  has  any  power  of  heart,  power \nof  soul,  power  of  money,  power  of  any  kind,  ought  to  keep \nthis  ideal  of  the  world  ever  in  view,  and  note  that  the  only \ngrand  human  life  is  that  which  consecrates  itself  to  its  at- \ntainment. \n\nFather,  we  thank  Thee  that  Thou  hast  given  us  a  glimpse \nof  these  higher  things.  We  thank  Thee  that  some  of  us  do \nhave  time  to  think,  to  feel,  to  love,  to  hope,  to  aspire.  And \nwe  ask  that  we  may  not  be  willing  to  enter  into  this  heaven \nalone,  but  may  we  consecrate  ourselves  to  the  work  of  mak- \ning it  possible  for  all  men  to  enter.  Then,  indeed,  Thy \nkingdom  shall  be  realized.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ...  20  cents, \n\n\"    Do{ ^7.50 \n\n\"      Clotb,    \"    Copy,    .     ...  30  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCI'ION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  ver^  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hoi)e  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \not  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctnnal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modern  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  It  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Hortok. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE, \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  nrown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  \"  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  ana  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scnolarship.  The  great  modem  revolu» \ntion  of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudy  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  u  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  some  skill  m  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\n< \nOBO.  H.  BLLIS,  Publiiher,  i4i:Pranklin  St.,  Boston,  Matt. \n\n\nPubUabed  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  alnffle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  APRIL  i,  1892  No.  25 \n\n•     SERIES   ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\nX.    THE  DAT  OF  JUDGMENT \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.   ELLIS,   141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nBntertd  at  the  Po$t'Ofief%  Joftoii,  Mau.^  oi  necond^lau  mail  matter \n\n\n1892 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction,     lamo Ii.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  i6mo.    Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed,     lamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.     i6mo.    Full  gilt.    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Cloud.    i6roo.    Full  gilt 1.35 \n\nSocial  Problems.     lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religious  Life.     lamo i.oo \n\nBelief  in  God.     lamo                      i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo         i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution.     lamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.     lamo          i.oo \n\nMan,  WcMnan  and  Child.     lamo 1.00 \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution.    lamo i.fo \n\nLife  Questions.     i6mo       ijoo \n\nBluffton:  A  Storr  of  To-day.     laroo i.jo \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times.     lamo i.oo \n\nLife.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth 1.00 \n\nLeather     .                       1.50 \n\nUniurian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnoe,  Paper,  per  copy,   .     .     .     .     ao  cents.     Per  dos.,  1.50 \n\n••      Cloth,        \"                .30     \"                \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regulariy  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  prict,  for  the  aeaaon,  ^i.so; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGSO.  H.  ELLIS,  PiMuhtr, \n\nt4i  Frankiin  St.,  B^st^m,  Mkts. \n\n\nTHE  DAY  OF  JUDGMENT/ \n\n\n\"  But  of  that  day  and  hour  knoweth  no  one,  not  even  the  angels  of \nheaven,  neither  the  Son,  but  the  Father  only.\"  —  Matt.  xxiv.  36. \n\nLord  Kames,  a  Scotch  jurist  and  writer  famous  in  his  day, \nin  one  of  his  books,  took  the  ground  that  there  was  no  such \nthing  as  human  freedom,  and  that  all  our  lives  are  bound \nunder  a  fixed  fate.  But  he  said,  if  men  knew  this,  it  would \ntake  away  all  hope  and  dry  up  the  springs  of  human  effort. \nAnd  so,  although  it  was  a  fact,  he  said  that  God  had  wisely \nkept  it  a  secret  from  the  world.  Whereupon  one  of  his \ncritics  very  aptly  remarked  that,  if  it  were  the  intention  of \nGod  to  keep  this  important  fact  a  secret  from  the  world,  it \nwas  a  little  curious  that  Lord  Kames  should  have  happened \nto  find  it  out. \n\nAnd  so  in  regard  to  this  matter  of  the  day  of  judgment. \nLieutenant  Totten  claims  to  be  a  loyal  subject  of  the  Christ, \nto  speak  for  him  and  by  his  authority,  and  to  declare  the \ntime  of  his  second  coming.  And  yet  Christ  himself,  if  he  be \ncorrectly  reported,  has  said  in  the  most  explicit  terms  that \nno  man  knows  anything  about  it ;  that  not  a  single  angel  in \nheaven  knows  anything  about  it ;  that  even  he  himself  knows \nnothing  about  it ;  that  the  only  one  who  does  know  is  the \nFather.  If  this  be  true,  it  seems  not  a  little  curious,  since \nGod  has  intended  to  keep  this  a  secret,  that  Lieutenant  Tot- \nten should  have  found  it  out. \n\nThere  seems  to  be  a  curious  and  irresistible  fascination  to \na  certain  class  of  minds  about  anything  that  can  be  re- \ngarded as  a  puzzle  to  be  worked  out.  I  remember  crossing \nthe  ocean  once  when  among  the  passengers  was  a  gentle- \n\n*  Phonographically  reported. \n\n\nman  all  of  whose  pockets  were  apparently  full  of  puzzles ; \nand  the  one  thing  he  did,  so  far  as  I  observed,  from  one \nshore  to  the  other,  was  to  bring  out  these  different  puzzles \nfor  the  entertainment  and  amusement  of  such  passengers  as \nhe  could  attract  the  attention  of.  This  seemed  to  be  the \none  thing  for  which  he  lived.  And,  when  I  arrived  in  Lon- \ndon, I  found  that  a  new  puzzle  had  been  discovered ;  and \nmen  went  up  and  down  the  principal  business  streets  with \ntrays  suspended  by  straps  about  their  necks,  selling  them  for \na  penny  to  almost  every  passer-by.  There  is,  then,  this \nquality  of  the  human  mind  that  loves  to  deal  with  a  puzzle ; \nand  never  has  there  been  presented  to  the  world  more  fruit- \nful puzzles  than  the  books  of  Daniel  and  Revelation.  They \nhave  occupied  the  attention  of  men  in  all  ages.  Men  have \ntried  to  cipher  out  what  the  writer  of  Daniel  —  nobody  has \nthe  slightest  idea  who  he  was — could  possibly  have  meant \nwhen  he  said  that  such  and  such  a  thing  would  happen  after \n**  a  time  and  times  and  a  half.\"  To  find  answers  to  such \nquestions  has  been  the  interest  of  a  certain  class  of  people \nfor  two  thousand  years  or  more.  Lieutenant  Totten  has  at- \ntracted a  little  more  attention  than  he  otherwise  would,  be- \ncause he  is  a  graduate  of  West  Point  and  holds  the  rank  of \nlieutenant  in  the  regular  army,  and  is  a  professor  in  the \nuniversity  of  Yale.  This  only  means,  however,  that  the \nvagary  of  a  person  who  happens  to  have  a  title  or  to  occupy \na  position  naturally  attracts  more  attention  than  the  vagary \nof  an  unknown  man  that  you  might  meet  on  the  street;  yet  it \ndoes  not  follow  at  all  that  there  is  any  more  ground  for  one \nthan  for  the  other. \n\nThese  speculations  as  to  the  second  coming  of  Christ  and \nthe  day  of  judgment  have  come  —  let  us  at  least  be  thankful \nfor  that  —  to  be  somewhat  harmless  affairs.  People  do  not \npay  special  attention  to  this  subject.  A  friend  was  telling \nme  only  yesterday  that  he  went  to  market,  and,  as  he  gave \nhis  orders,  he  laughingly  told  the  marketman  that  he  ought \nat  least  to  be  in  agreement  with  Lieutenant  Totten,  but  that \nhe  proposed  to  indulge  all  his  appetites  and  eat  whatever  he \n\n\n5 \n\npleased  until  next  Tuesday,  and  that  he  supposed  it  would \ncost  him  nothing  because  the  marketman  would  not  think  it \nworth  while  to  send  in  any  bill.  I  mention  this  to  show  the \ntemper  of  the  modern  world  towards  these  things. \n\nBut  it  is  only  a  few  years  ago  when  these  speculations \nwere  more  serious  affairs.  Miller  prophesied  the  second \ncoming  of  Christ,  and  fixed  the  day  in  the  year  1843.  He \ngained  so  large  a  following  that  there  were  hundreds,  per- \nhaps thousands,  throughout  the  United  States  who  disposed \nof  their  property,  closed  up  their  business,  furnished  them- \nselves with  ascension  robes,  and  waited  for  the  stroke  of  the \nclock  that  they  thoroughly  believed  would  be  echoed  by  the \nlast  trump  in  the  heavens  over  their  heads.  Those  who \nwere  easily  worked  upon  were  wrought  into  a  frenzy  by  these \nanticipations  of  the  collapse  of  all  things. \n\nTo  go  back  a  little  farther  still,  to  the  half-way  point  be- \ntween where  we  are  now  and  the  date  of  Christ.  In  the \ntenth  century  the  civilized  world  of  Europe  went  almost \nwild  from  this  expectation  ;  for  it  was  the  almost  universal \nexpectation  that  that  year  would  see  the  end  of  the  world. \n\nTo  go  back  farther  still, —  for  I  wish  you  to  see  the  differ- \nent stages  of  this  belief, —  when  we  come  to  the  apostolic  age \nduring  the  few  years  that  followed  immediately  the  death  of \nJesus,  we  find  this  idea  to  have  been  universal.  There  was \nno  question  in  the  mind  of  the  early  church  that  they  were \non  the  eve  of  the  immediate  second  coming  of  the  Christ \nand  his  angels  in  the  clouds  of  heaven.  We  shall  better \nunderstand  some  of  the  different  opinions  and  teachings  of \nan  apostle  like  Paul  if  we  bear  this  in  mind.  I  take  it  that \nPaul's  opinion  on  the  slaver}'  question  and  his  opinion  on \nmarriage  had  very  much  to  do  with  his  belief  in  the  second \ncoming.  For  he  says  in  so  many  words,  if  you  read  him  in \nthe  light  of  this  belief:  Suppose  you  are  a  slave,  do  not \ntrouble  about  it :  it  is  only  a  little  while.  The  Lord  is  com- \ning very  soon  to  close  up  all  this  condition  of  affairs.  Be \npatient,  do  your  duty,  be  faithful  and  true :  it  is  only  a  little \nlonger  waiting.     And   so   he   says  it  makes   no  difference \n\n\nwhether  you  are  married  or  single,  whether  you  have  property \nor  are  poor:  nothing  makes  any  special  difference  except \nbeing  ready  for  the  coming  of  the  Christ  in  the  clouds.  You \nsee,  if  you  start  with  this  idea,  the  teachings  and  opinions  of \nPaul  are  perfectly  rational  and  human,  just  what  we  should \nexpect. \n\nThe  book  of  Revelation  is  all  on  tiptoe  with  expectation. \nIf  Jesus  be  correctly  reported,  he  taught  the  second  coming \nin  the  most  explicit  way.  It  is  only  fair  for  me  to  say  if  he \nhe  correctly  reported^  because  there  are  large  numbers  of \npeople  who  think  it  would  discredit  the  other  teachings  of \nJesus  to  find  that  he  held  an  idea  which  was  demonstrated  to \nbe  incorrect.  So  I  say  that  whether  Jesus  used  these  words \nor  whether  popular  belief  in  writing  the  Gospel  after  he  had \ndeparted  put  them  into  his  lips, —  at  any  rate,  he  says  explic- \nitly that  before  this  generation  passes  away  the  Son  of  Man \nshall  appear  in  the  clouds  of  heaven,  the  heavens  shall  be \nshaken,  and  the  stars,  like  unripe  figs,  shall  fall  to  the  earth, \nand  the  end  of  all  things  shall  be  nigh.  Of  course,  we  know \nthat,  whether  these  were  the  words  of  Jesus  or  not,  they  were \nmistaken  words ;  for  nothing  of  the  sort  occurred. \n\nI  wish,  in  order  to  trace  this  idea,  that  you  may  see  how \nperfectly  natural  it  is  to  take  a  step  farther  back  still.  Let \nus  go  to  a  period  before  the  coming  of  Jesus,  before  his  birth. \nWe  find  that  this  was  a  universal  Hebrew  anticipation. \nThey  believed  that  at  the  coming,  not  the  second  coming, \nbut  the  coming  of  the  Messiah,  the  good,  the  noble,  the  true, \nwho  had  died  since  the  time  of  Adam  until  then,  should  be \nraised  from  their  graves.  They  believed  that  there  would  be \na  day  of  judgment  in  the  valley  of  Jehoshaphat,  and  that \nthese  noble  and  true  spirits  should  be  made  to  walk  the \nearth  once  more,  and  share  with  the  Messiah  in  the  glory  of \nthis  universal  kingdom  which  he  was  to  establish  in  the  holy \ncity  of  Jerusalem.  You  must  remember  that  the  old  Hebrews \nhad  no  idea  that  the  people  who  had  died  had  gone  to \nheaven.  According  to  the  Jews,  only  two  people  from  the \nbeginning  had  ever  gone  to  heaven,  Enoch  and  Elijah.     All \n\n\nthe  rest  were  in  the  underworld  of  Sheol.  They  were  to \ncome  up,  the  good  ones,  to  be  clothed  again  with  their \nbodies  and  share  with  their  fellow-patriots  the  realization  of \nthose  magnificent  hopes  which  had  kept  them  true  and  faith- \nful through  their  lives. \n\nThis,  then,  was  an  old  Jewish  belief.  Did  they  originate \nit?  No.  We  find  that  it  is  similar  to  those  held  by  the \nBabylonians,  the  Persians,  and  Egyptians.  I  need  not  stop \nto  picture  to  you  the  ideas  of  these  ancient  peoples ;  but  they \nheld  in  most  dramatic  and  realistic  form  substantially  the \nsame  conceptions  which  have  been  common  to  Jew  and \nChristian  from  that  time  until  this.  Indeed,  among  the \nMohammedans,  the  realistic  picture  of  the  judgments  that \nwere  meted  out  td  the  souls  of  the  dead,  and  to  their  bodies \nas  well,  was  something  that  far  surpasses  anything  that  we \ncan  find  even  in  the  most  imaginative  flights  of  the  poets \nand  prophets  of  the  Hebrew  people.  The  Mohammedans \nin  some  places  built  their  tombs  hollow,  so  that  the  body \ncould  be  lifted  up  in  the  grave  into  a  sitting  posture;  for \nthey  believed  that  immediately  after  the  burial  two  terrible . \nangels  visited  each  man  in  his  grave,  and  put  to  him  a \ncrucial  question  to  decide  as  to  whether  he  had  been  a  faith- \nful Moslem  in  his  life,  and  so  was  entitled  to  paradise.  If  he \ncould  not  answer  this  question  correctly,  then  he  was  beaten, \nas  they  said,  between  the  ears  with  heavy  iron  mallets  that \ncaused  such  pain  that  the  cries  could  be  heard  by  every  creat- \nure, except  their  fellow-men,  even  from  the  east  unto  the \nwest.  So  realistic  and  terrible  have  been  these  imaginings \nof  men  in  their  attempts  to  portray  the  fates  that  have \nawaited  the  souls  of  the  dead. \n\nI  want  now  to  raise  the  question  as  to  how  these  and \nsimilar  ideas  have  come  into  existence.  There  is  no  belief, \nhowever  terrible  or  extravagant,  but,  if  we  trace  it,  we  find  its \ngenesis  as  natural  as  the  growth  of  a  blade  of  grass.  It  has \nsprung  out  of  the  thought  and  ideas  of  the  age. \n\nNow,  if  you  will  note  the  great  contrast  between  the  con- \nception  of  God   and    his  government    of    the   world    that \n\n\n8 \n\nobtained  in  the  past  and  the  growing  conception  of  intelli* \ngent  people  to-day,  you  will  see  how  very  naturally  ideas \nlike  this  could  have  sprung  up.  The  Jews  believed  in  a \ndramatic,  spectacular  theory  of  the  universe  and  of  God's \nrelation  to  it.  The  curtain  rises  on  the  scene  of  creation, \nwhich  is  performed  and  finished  in  six  days.  It  is  accom- \npanied by  the  music  of  the  stars  singing  together  in  celebra- \ntion  of  the  glory  and  completion  of  this  wondrous  work. \nGod  is  an  outside  worker,  making  or  building  the  earth. \nThen  he  lifted  the  dome  above  it, —  a  dome  that  was  solid, \nonly  a  little  ways  off,  with  the  stars  suspended  to  it  like \nlamps  to  the  ceiling  of  a  temple, —  a  little  tiny  affair  as  com- \npared with  the  size  of  the  earth,  which  was  flat  and  sta- \ntionary. You  see,  then,  how  perfectly  natural  the  language \nattributed  to  one  who  speaks  of  the  heavens  as  being  shaken \nand  the  stars  falling  like  unripe  figs  to  the  earth.  Of  course, \nthe  ancient  writers  could  never  have  drawn  a  picture  like \nthat  if  they  had  known  that  these  stars  that  they  spoke  of \nwere  thousands,  and  some  of  them  millions,  of  times  larger \nthan  the  earth  itself,  and  so  far  away  that  it  takes  their  light \nthousands  of  years  to  reach  us.  It  was  an  easy  thing  under \nthe  old  belief  to  shake  a  solid  firmament  and  to  have  the \nstars  tumble  down  on  the  earth  like  unripe  figs.  They  be- \nlieved that  the  universe  was  created  by  God  outside,  and  that \nthe  government  of  the  world  was  purely  arbitrary, —  a  govern- \nment from  without,  God  ruling  over  the  inhabitants  of  the \nearth  precisely  as  the  Tsar  over  Russia  or  the  Kaiser  over \nGermany,  with  no  law  except  his  law,  his  will  determining \nwhat  shall  be  done,  and  having  a  perfect  right  to  lift  up  one \nand  cast  down  another,  a  perfect  right  to  do  what  he  pleased ; \nvisiting  the  earth  now  and  then,  touching  the  top  of  a  moun- \ntain with  his  foot  and  leaving  it  smoking  as  does  a  volcano, \nnow  and  then  setting  a  new  star  in  the  sky  (Lieutenant \nTotten  speaks  of  a  new  star  now  hidden  by  the  sun  that  is  to \nappear  very  soon),  hanging  out  a  rainbow  as  an  assurance \nthat  there  shall  never  be  another  flood, —  creating  all  these \nstartling  things  as  an  expression  of  his  capricious  will.     At \n\n\nthe  end,  then,  after  the  world  has  existed  a  certain  number \nof  years  he  winds  up  the  theatrical  and  spectacular  concern. \nHe  takes  to  himself  those  who  have  been  obedient  to  his \nlaws,  and  sends  to  chains  and  darkness  and  torment  forever \nthose  that  have  dared  to  disobey  him.  It  was  a  tradition \namong  the  Jews  that  the  world,  having  been  created  in  six \ndays,  was  to  exist  six  thousand  years,  a  thousand  years  for  a \nday.  Then  was  to  come  the  millennium,  a  period  of  a  thous- \nand years ;  and  then  the  end  was  to  come.  You  will  find,  as \nyou  read  the  Bible  a  first  and  second  resurrection  referred \nto.  The  Christians  believed  that  at  this  second  coming  of \nthe  Messiah  there  was  to  be  a  resurrection  of  the  good,  be- \ncause they  certainly  ought  to  share  in  the  glory  of  this \nMessianic  kingdom  in  which  they  believed,  for  which  they \nhad  lived,  and  for  which  some  had  died.  They  believed \nthere  was  to  be  a  resurrection  of  these  faithful  ones,  and \nthat  they  should  reign  with  Christ  for  a  thousand  years. \n\nThis  is  the  explicit  teaching  of  Paul.  If  you  will  read  the \nEpistle  to  the  Thessalonians,  you  will  see  this.  They  had \ngot  into  difficulty  there.  He  had  taught  them  that  they  were \nto  share  in  the  Messianic  kingdom ;  but  people  began  to  die \nbefore  the  establishment  of  that  kingdom,  and  they  asked : \nWhat  does  this  mean?  How  are  these  people  who  have \ndied  going  to  share  in  that?  And  then  Paul  answers  and \nsays.  At  the  sound  of  the  last  trump  those  who  have  died  in \nChrist  shall  be  raised  up  and  clothed  upon  with  their  own \nbodies  to  meet  the  Lord,  and  those  who  are  still  living  shall \nbe  transformed  into  their  spiritual  likeness,  and  all  make  one \nfamily  of  the  redeemed.     That  is  Paul's  teaching. \n\nHere,  then,  is  the  genesis  of  this  belief,  because  men  have \nfigured  to  themselves  the  idea  of  the  world  as  a  kingdom \ngoverned  by  an  outside  king,  beginning  in  time,  and  lasting \narbitrarily  till  such  a  period  as  God  has  chosen,  when  it  is  to \nbe  ended. \n\nNow,  why  cannot  we  share  these  opinions  to-day  ?  Be- \ncause there  has  been  vouchsafed  to  this  modern  world  a  new \nand  wider  and  larger  and  grander  revelation  of  God's  truth \n\n\nthat  belittles  all  this  baby-house  conception  of  God  and  his \nuniverse,  and  gives  us  a  world  and  a  God  worthy  of  the \nthought,  the  reverence,  the  admiration,  the  love,  of  free  and \nearnest  men.  We  know  to-day, —  we  do  not  speculate, —  we \nknow  that  there  is  no  such  thing  as  God  and  his  universe \nwith  him  outside  of  it.  God  within,  ruling  the  universe  not  by \nmagic  or  miracle.  He  does  not  interfere  with  a  nature  sep- \narate from  himself,  because  there  is  no  nature  separate  from \nhimself.  The  laws,  the  forces,  of  the  universe,  are  only  God \nat  work,  God's  orderly,  eternal,  changeless  method.  So  you \nsee  there  is  no  such  thing  in  the  conception  of  the  modern \nuniverse  as  a  day  of  judgment.  There  is  no  day  of  judg- \nment, and  cannot  be  in  the  ancient  sense,  and  never  can  be \nin  the  future.  The  old  Hebrew  judge  sat  in  the  gate  of  the \ncity,  and  decided  questions  as  they  were  brought  before  him. \nBut  God  does  not  sit  somewhere  in  the  heavens  outside  to \ndecide  questions  that  are  brought  to  him. \n\nYou  all  know  that  picture, —  with  what  horror  I  dreamed \nof  it  in  my  boyhood, —  a  picture  startlingly  like  that  which \nMichel  Angelo  painted  on  the  walls  of  the  Sistine  Chapel  in \nRome,  although  I  knew  then  of  no  Sistine  Chapel, —  the  Son \nof  Man  on  a  great  white  throne,  with  an  immense  bound \nbook  before  him,  with  a  cloud  of  angels  behind,  around,  and \nrising  above  him,  and  all  the  trembling  souls  that  had  ever \nlived,  clothed  again  in  their  bodies,  brought  before  his  bar. \nAnd  these  were  divided :  the  good,  the  sheep,  on  the  right ; \nand  the  bad,  the  goats,  on  the  left, — ^^the  latter  devil-driven \ndown  into  flames  of  endless  fire,  where  the  smoke  of  their \ntorment  shall  ascend  up  forever  and  ever,  while  the  few \nare  taken  into  the  paradise  of  the  blest.  And  this  was \nJesus,  who,  I  was  taught,  had  died  to  save  me,  and  who  in \nhis  last  agony  prayed.  Father,  forgive  them,  for  they  know \nnot  what  they  do !  So  had  he  become  transformed  1  Pity \nno  longer  in  his  heart,  but  only  cruel  hate  that  burned  to  the \nuttermost  deeps  of  the  bottomless  abyss.  There  is,  I  say,  in \nthe  intelligent  modern  world  no  place  for  this  hideous  dream. \nThere  is  no  day  of  judgment.     Why  ?     Because  the  day  of \n\n\nII \n\njudgment,  the  only  one  that  will  ever  come,  is  every  day ; \nfor  this  universe  is  ruled  by  the  universal,  changeless,  eter- \nnal laws  of  cause  and  effect.  There  are  no  rewards,  in  the \narbitrary  sense  of  that  word,  there  are  no  punishments  in \nthis  universe:  there  are  only  results.  This  is  not  specula- \ntion.    It  is  demonstrated  universal  law. \n\nNow  let  me  give  you  a  few  illustrations,  though  this  does \nnot  get  rid  of  judgments,  in  the  rational  sense  of  that  word, \nbut  only  confirms  it.  It  does  not  set  us  free  to  do  as  we  like. \nMen  were  much  freer  to  do  as  they  would  under  the  old \nrkginu  than  they  can  be  under  the  new. \n\nHow  is  this  universe  governed?  Let  us  see.  A  man \nbuilds  a  cottage  near  the  foot  of  a  mountain.  One  day  a \nbig  slice  of  the  rock  that  made  the  summit  of  the  mountain \ncomes  thundering  down  the  mountain-side,  and  crushes  the \nhome.  Is  that  a  judgment?  In  the  old  days  they  would \nhave  told  you  that  God  broke  it  off,  and  flung  it  down,  as \nJupiter  went  about  the  world  hurling  his  thunderbolts  at  any \none  that  displeased  him.  If  the  man  who  built  his  cottage \nhad  understood  something  of  natural  laws,  if  he  had  exam- \nined the  rock  at  the  top  of  the  mountain,  he  might  have \nknown  that  it  would  come  down.  The  process  had  been \ngoing  on  for  years.  First,  perhaps  it  was  a  crack  in  the \nrock,  then  a  little  more  cleavage,  the  play  of  the  rain  and \nfrosts,  all  natural  forces,  until  at  last  the  force  of  gravity \nbrings  it  down  as  It  brings  down  the  gentle  rain.  That  is \nall.  The  way  to  escape  that  sort  of  judgment  is  to  examine \nyour  surroundings,  and  not  have  your  cottage  in  the  way  of \nsuch  calamities. \n\nTake  the  case  of  the  Connemaugh  disaster  in  Pennsylva- \nnia a  few  years  ago.  Did  God  come  along  one  day,  and  on \npurpose  break  the  wall  of  the  reservoir  against  which  the \npressure  of  water  was  being  felt,  just  to  drown  the  people  ? \nThat  is  the  way  the  old  preachers  would  explain  such  things. \nWe  know  that  those  forces  had  been  at  work  year  after \nyear ;  and  we  know,  also,  that,  if  the  men  who  lived  in  the  vil- \nlage had  been  wise,  and  had  exercised  proper  prudence  and \n\n\n12 \n\nforethought,  they  would  have  known  what  was  going  on  and \nwhat  was  going  to  take  place,  inevitably,  because  the  law  of \ngravity  does  not  change. \n\nTake  the  case  of  Herculaneum  and  Pompeii  overcome  by \nthe  eruption  of  the  volcano.  Did  God  come  along  one  day \nand  heat  up  the  volcano,  as  a  man  might  a  furnace,  on  pur- \npose to  destroy  these  cities  ?  We  know  to-day  that  the  force \nwhich  produced  the  eruption  on  that  particular  month  and \nday  and  hour  reached  back  in  the  chain  of  cause  and  effect \nto  the  star-mist  out  of  which  all  systems  themselves  are \nmade.  There  is  no  break  anywhere.  If  people  wish  their \ntowns  not  to  be  overwhelmed  by  volcanoes,  they  must  not \nbuild  them  where  these  results  are  likely  to  occur.  Take \nthe  earthquake  that  overwhelmed  the  city  of  Charleston. \nDid  God  come  along  some  day  and  slip  an  earthquake  under \nCharleston  on  purpose  to  destroy  church  and  saloon  in  one \ncommon  ruin  ?  We  know  perfectly  well  that  the  forces  which \nresulted  in  the  shaking  down  of  that  city  reached  back  to \nthe  beginning  of  all  things.  And  we  know  that  these  forces \nare  beneficent  in  their  operation. \n\nSo  take  any  of  these  natural  happenings,  and  they  are \nresolved  into  the  law  of  cause  and  effect, —  not  less  divine \nbecause  natural,  but  exhibiting  no  arbitrary  judgment  on  the \npart  of  God.  They  are  a  part  of  his  eternal  order  and  law. \nPeople  have  talked  for  ages  about  God's  righteous  judgment \nin  overthrowing  the  Roman  Empire  for  its  wickedness. \nWhat  should  we  say  to-day  of  the  judgment  of  God  on  a \ngreat  kingdom  ?  The  historian,  the  student  of  political \nprinciples,  do  not  need  any  arbitrary  divine  judgment  to \nexplain  the  fate  of  the  Roman  Empire.  They  can  read  it  in \nthe  constitution  of  the  empire  itself.  If  Rome  had  been \nwise  enough  to  establish  a  federation  after  the  plan  of  the \nUnited  States  of  America,  which  of  course  was  impossible  in \nthose  far-off  days,  possibly  the  empire  might  have  been  as \neternal  as  they  dreamed.  The  scientific  student  of  states- \nmanship knows  that  the  fall  of  the  Roman  Empire  was  as \nnatural  as  the  crumbling  and  crushing  down  of  a  house  that \n's  not  properly  built. \n\n\n13 \n\nSo  take  the  overthrow  of  the  old  rkgime  in  France,  culmi- \nnating in  the  blood  and  terror  of  the  Revolution.  Was  there \nanything  supernatural  there?  Was  it  all  God's  judgment? \nRead  the  history  of  the  nobility  of  France.  See  how  they \ncrushed  down  the  people,  ground  the  very  life  out  of  them, \ntook  their  last  sou  to  expend  on  their  own  luxuries,  fattening \nand  growing  rich  and  proud,  and  despising  the  rights  and  the \nwrongs,  the  sufferings  and  the  joys,  of  common  humanity, \nriding  them  down  with  their  carriages  in  the  streets.  Read \nthe  kttres  de  cachet^  read  the  history  of  the  Bastile,  and  you \nwill  see  that  the  French  Revolution  was  as  inevitable  as  any \nother  natural  event  in  the  history  of  the  world. \n\nSo  in  political  cases.  Let  us  for  an  illustration  come \ncloser  home.  Take  the  case  of  personal  illness  and  death. \nOh,  the  horror  of  those  old  ideas  of  God  and  the  world  that \ncome  crowding  upon  my  memory  every  time  I  touch  a  theme \nlike  this !  I  have  heard  an  evangelist  work  upon  the  feel- \nings and  fears  of  an  audience  until  they  were  ready  to  cry \nout  for  anything  that  could  be  a  source  of  help.  I  have \nheard  him  say,  \"  Unless  you  repent,  unless  you  accept  pre- \ncisely the  ideas  which  I  am  preaching  to  you,  God  is  going \nto  kill  that  beautiful  child  of  yours, —  he  will  lay  a  coffin \nacross  your  pathway.'*  And  why  ?  Kill  my  child  because \nhe  would  induce  me  to  want  to  live  with  him  !  What  a  con- \nception of  God,  of  his  character,  of  his  method  of  govern- \nment !  Yet  that  characterizes  two-thirds  of  the  preaching  of \nwhat  calls  itself  Christendom  even  to-day.  Only  a  little \nwhile  ago  a  friend  came  to  me,  mourning  over  the  death  of \nher  sister,  and  saying  she  thought  God  killed  her  sister  be- \ncause she  herself  did  not  go  to  church  often  enough  during \nLent.  Think  of  a  conception  of  God  and  of  his  method  of \ngoverning  the  world  like  that  I \n\nHow  does  the  judgment  of  God  manifest  itself  in  disease \nor  death?  There  are  certain  conditions,  certain  laws  of  life, \nembodied  in  the  very  atoms  of  my  physical  life;  and  I  cannot \nbreak  those  laws  and  keep  them  in  the  same  breath.  If  I \nbreak  those  laws,  I  am  ill.     If  I  keep  on  breaking  them  long \n\n\n14 \n\nenough,  I  die.  This  is  natural,  inevitable.  God  himself \ncannot  help  it.  God  cannot  create  a  circle  without  every \npart  of  it  being  equally  distant  from  the  point  within  called \nits  centre,  because  it  would  not  be  a  circle  otherwise  /  and, \nif  I  break  a  circle,  it  is  broken, —  it  cannot  be  a  circle  any \nlonger.  Results,  then,  not  judgments,  are  what  we  find  in \ndealing  with  our  physical  condition. \n\nHow  is  it  about  our  intellectual  life  ?  Take  the  case  of \nthe  young  man  preparing  for  business  or  the  student  at \nHarvard,  and  see  how  the  law  and  the  principle  work  there. \nA  young  man  claims  to  be  getting  ready  for  business ;  but  he \nwastes  his  time.  He  cares  more  for  amusement  than  for \nstudy.  He  is  not  quite  faithful.  If  his  employer  is  out  of \nsight,  he  slights  his  work.  What  is  that  young  man  doing  .^ \nHe  is  laying  up  for  himself  inevitable  disappointment  and \nfailure.  There  is  nothing  arbitrary  about  that,  nothing \nsupernatural,  no  day  of  judgment.  When  the  result  of  his \nconduct  comes  to  light,  he  may  call  it  his  day  of  judgment  if \nhe  chooses ;  but  there  has  been  a  judgment  working  itself  out \nin  his  course  of  conduct  every  day  and  every  hour.  So  in \nthe  case  of  the  student  at  Cambridge.  He  plays  billiards, \nhe  drinks,  he  plays  poker,  he  sits  up  by  night  instead  of \nstudying  or  sleeping,  he  throws  away  his  time,  he  wastes  his \nphysical  health  and  strength,  he  wastes  his  intellectual  facul- \nties until  he  comes  to  the  judgment  of  his  final  examinations, \nthough  it  does  not  make  so  much  difference  what  those  may \nbe ;  but  he  comes  to  the  more  important  time  when  he  is  set \nface  to  face  with  the  problem  of  life,  and  he  finds  himself  un- \ntrained, unfitted  for  it.  Do  you  want  any  other  day  of  judg- \nment than  that  for  him  ?  That  is  the  kind  of  day  of  judg- \nment that  faces  us  all  in  every  department  of  our  lives. \n\nNow  for  one  illustration  more.  Take  it  in  the  realm  of \nmorals,  of  religion,  of  character.  I  have  heard  it  said  a \nthousand  times  that  we  liberals  are  loose  in  our  theories  of \nretribution.  Retribution  ?  Why,  I  think  that  we  who  recog- \nnize the  scientific  law  of  cause  and  effect  are  the  only  relig- \nionists that  are   not  loose   in   our  theories.     I   remember \n\n\n15 \n\nhaving  a  roan  pointed  out  to  me  when  I  was  a  little  boy ;  and \nI  was  told  that  he  was  exceedingly  profane  and  wicked,  that \nthe  minister  used  to  labor  with  him  and  try  to  convert  him, \nand  he  used  to  reply,  \"  All  I  want  is  five  minutes  before  I \ndie,  and  I  can  repent  and  get  ready  for  heaven.\"  That  was \nthe  logical  result  of  this  matter  of  eleventh-hour  salvation. \nIs  there  anything  loose  about  teaching  like  that  ?  Is  it  not \nthe  universal  teaching  of  the  old  creeds  that  heaven  is  sub- \nstantially a  place,  and  that,  if  you  can  only  get  through  before \nthe  gate  is  shut,  it  is  all  right,  and  that  you  get  through  the \ngate  not  by  virtue  of  what  you  do,  but  by  virtue  of  what  you \nbelieve  ? \n\n\"  Nothing  either  great  or  small  remains  for  me  to  do,\" \n\nis  the  hymn  being  sung  in  thousands  of  revival  meetings \nto-day  all  over  the  world. \n\n\"  Jesus  died  and  paid  it  all,  yes,  all  the  debt  I  owe.\" \n\nAll  you  have  got  to  do,  then,  is  to  accept  the  fact  that \nJesus  died  and  paid  it  all,  and  have  it  credited  up  to  you  on \nthe  books  of  the  one  Recorder.  Is  there  anything  loose \nabout  that  kind  of  salvation  ?  There  is  nothing  about  it  that \nis  not  loose.  The  priest  tells  you  that,  by  having  a  little \nwater  put  on  your  forehead  before  you  die,  it  will  be  made \nall  right  with  you.  I  remember  in  California  one  of  the \nmost  profane  and  utterly  godless  men  I  ever  knew  came  to \nme  frantic,  because  he  thought  his  little  child  was  to  die. \nHe  had  been  brought  up  a  Catholic ;  and  he  begged  me  to \ncome  and  baptize  it,  and  keep  its  soul  from  the  certainty  of \nhell.  The  Catholic,  in  the  last  extremity,  allows  any  one \nwho  is  called  a  minister  to  baptize  a  child,  and  so  save  its \nsoul.     Is  there  anything  loose  in  a  doctrine  like  that.^ \n\nWhat  do  we  hold  ?  You  know.  I  need  not  go  into  par- \nticulars. You  know  that  we  hold, —  and  you  know  that  it  is \nnot  my  creed  in  the  sense  that  I  have  chosen  to  believe  it, \nbut  it  is  demonstrated  truth, —  we  hold  that  every  thought, \nevery  fancy,  every  dream,  every  imagining,  every  word,  every \n\n\ni6 \n\ndeed,  is  itself  an  effect  and  a  cause,  and  that  we  are  building \nourselves  up  night  and  day  by  what  we  think  and  feel  and \ndo  and  say, —  that  we  are  building  character.  And  you  know \nalso  that  character  is  not  the  condition  of  getting  through \nany  gate,  that  character  is  itself  heaven.  In  the  words  of \nOmar  Khayyam, \n\n\"  Heav'n  but  the  Vision  of  fulfilled  Desire, \nAnd  Hell  the  Shadow  of  a  Soul  on  fire.\" \n\nWe  are  our  own  heaven,  our  own  hell ;  and  God  himself \ncannot  admit  us  to  heaven  until  we  are  fitted,  any  more  than \nhe  can  make  a  blind  man  see  while  he  still  continues  blind. \n\nI  have  once  told  you  of  an  Eastern  apologue ;  but  I  must \nrepeat  it,  because  it  carries  the  lesson  so  forcibly.  A  soul \nnewly  passed  from  the  body  was  flitting  through  unknown \nspaces,  but  hearing  the  footstep  of  some  one  ever  on  his \ntrack.  At  last  he  turns  in  fright,  and  sees  what  he  thinks  a \nhideous  monster,  and  cries  out,  \"What  art  thou  ?  \"  And  the \nreply  comes  to  him  :  \"  Thine  own  actions.  Night  and  day  I \nfollow  thee.\"  That  is  the  day  of  judgment  I  believe  in,  be- \ncause it  is  demonstrated  by  the  truth  of  modern  science.  It \nis  |he  truth  of  God  and  his  method  of  managing  the  world. \n\nDo  not  fear,  then,  any  outburst  or  sudden  appearance  of \nangels  in  the  heavens.  Do  not  lie  awake  trembling  lest  the \nsound  of  the  celestial  trumpet  burst  upon  your  ear.  Do  not \nfear  any  eruption  of  angels.  Do  not  trouble  about  any  gates \nof  pearl  opening  at  your  feet.  Do  not  worry  about  the  fire \nof  an  abyss.  I  warn  you  what  you  shall  trouble  yourself \nabout ;  and  that  is  what  you  think,  what  you  dream,  what  you \nfeel,  what  you  do,  and  what  you  are.  There  is  your  hell. \nThere  is  your  heaven.     There  is  your  day  of  judgment. \n\nHow  shall  come  thy  kingdom  holy, \n\nIn  which  all  the  earth  is  blest, \nThat  shall  lift  on  high  the  lowly, \n\nAnd  to  weary  souls  give  rest  ? \nNot  with  trumpet  call  of  legions \n\nBursting  through  the  upper  sky, \nWaking  earth  through  all  its  regions \n\nWith  their  heaven-descending  cry : \n\n\n17 \n\nNot  with  dash  or  sudden  sally, \n\nSwooping  down  with  rushing  wing \nBut  as,  creeping  up  a  valley, \n\nCome  the  grasses  in  the  spring : \nFirst  one  blade  and  then  another, \n\nStill  advancing  are  they  seen, \nRank  on  rank,  each  by  its  brother. \n\nTill  each  inch  of  ground  is  green. \n\nThrough  the  weary  days  of  sowing. \n\nBurning  sun,  and  drenching  shower,  • \nDay  by  day,  so  slowly  growing. \n\nComes  the  waited  harvest  hour. \nSo  the  kingdom  cometh  ever. \n\nThough  it  seem  so  far  away ; \nEach  bright  thought  and  true  endeavor \n\nHastens  on  the  blessed  div. \n\nFather,  we  are  glad  to  know  that  Thou  reignest,  and  reign- \nest  in  a  world  of  order,  of  justice,  and  of  love.  We  are  glad \nthat  we  are  in  Thy  hands,  and  that  no  harm  can  come  to  us \non  ocean  or  on  shore.  We  are  glad  to  know  that,  led  by \nThee  and  loving  Thee,  we  shall  be  able  to  build  up  our  char- \nacters into  Thine  image,  and  so  find  that  heaven  which  we \nmake.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ...  20  cents, \n\n\"    Doi ^7.50 \n\nCloth,    \"    Copy,    ....  50  cents. \n\n\"    Doi ^2.50 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  very  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  stcceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  lar^  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfoldins.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Hokton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  \"  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  g^at  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  &om \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudy  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  conceming  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  exuble \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  ome  skill  m  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS,  Publisher,  141  Franklin  St ,  Boston,  Maw. \n\n\nPubUehed  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cente  Bln^le  oopy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  APRIL  8,  1892  No.  26 \n\nSERIES  ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\n\nXI.  SYMPATHY  AND  COMPREHENSION \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141   FRANKLIN   STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nSntertd  at  the  PoU-ctlee%  Bottom,  Matt.,  at  teeond-rlatt  maii  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's   Books. \n\n\nReligioas  Reconstruction,     tamo Si.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Daya.    Small  i6mo.    Flexible so \n\nMy  Creed.     lamo t.oo \n\nPoems.    i6mo.    Full  silt.    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Qoud.    i6mo.    Full  gilt i.as \n\nSocial  Problems.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religioas  Life,     lamo 1.00 \n\nBehef  in  God.     lamo                     i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo         1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.          1.00 \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.  ^  lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution,     lamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.     lamo          i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.    lamo 1.00 \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  BCai^hood.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,    lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Qnestioiis.     i6mo       1^00 \n\nBlufFton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.    lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times.     lamo i.oo \n\nLife.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Sdited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nOoth 1.00 \n\nLeather i.fo \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Intioduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  copy,  ....     ao  cents.    Per  dox.,  i.jo \n\n••      Cloth,       •«               .    .    .    30     *•               \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weekly  sermons  are  regulariv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  '*  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  lor  the  season,  I1.50; \nsingle  copies,  s  cents. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS,  PiMitktr, \n\nt4M  Frmmklm  St.,  ^#iIm,  Mau, \n\n\nSYMPATHY  AND  COMPREHENSION.* \n\n\n\"  Whercunto  shall  I  liken  this  generation?  It  is  like  unto  children \nsitting  in  the  market-place,  which  call  unto  their  fellows,  and  say,  We \npiped  unto  you,  and  ye  did  not  dance;  we  wailed,  and  ye  did  not \nmourn.\"  —  Matt.  xi.  i6. \n\nSince  the  announcement  of  this  topic,  several  friends  have \nasked  me  what  I  expected  to  make  of  it.  This  question,  it \nseemed  to  me,  betrayed  the  thought  that  I  had  in  mind, —  that \nsympathy  and  comprehension  do  not  play  so  large  a  part  in \nthe  life  as  they  ought  to ;  that  they  are  looked  upon  as  petty \nmatters,  comparatively ;  that  people  generally  do  not  appre- \nciate how  important  they  are  as  related  to  the  highest  and \ndeepest  things  in  life.  Sympathy  is  feeling  badly  for  some- \nbody who  is  hungry  or  cold  or  in  any  special  suffering :  that \nis  generally  the  thought  that  lies  in  people's  minds. \n\nI  am  not  quite  sure  myself  what  I  shall  make  of  this  topic ; \nbut,  if  I  do  not  make  something  grand  and  noble  of  it,  it  will \nbe  only  because  I  am  not  able  to  unfold  the  possibilities  that \nlie  hidden  in  the  thought  I  have  in  mind.  For  sympathy, \nthe  ability  to  comprehend,  to  feel  with,  this  is  the  secret  of \nall  that  is  best,  all  that  is  highest,  in  human  nature,  of  all \nthat  is  possible  in  its  unfolding  in  the  uncounted  ages  that \nare  before  us. \n\nWhen  Jesus  uttered  the  words  which  I  have  chosen  as  my \ntext,  he  compared  the  people  of  his  age  to  those  thoughtless,, \ncareless  children  in  the  market-place,  who,  when  the  others \npiped  to  them,  did  not  respond  by  dancing,  and  who,  when \nthey  mourned,  did  not  respond  by  wailing.  When  he \nbrought  this   indictment  against   his   age,  he    brought  the \n\n•  Phonoi^nphically  reported. \n\n\nmost  serious  charge  that  it  is  possible  to  put  into  human \nspeech.  Emerson  says  —  I  quote  his  thought,  and  not  his \nwords  —  that  the  only  incurable  malady  is  incapacity  of \namelioration ;  that  is,  the  incapacity  of  being  improved.  The \ncharge  which  Jesus  brought  against  his  generation  was  as \nserious,  as  vital,  a  one  as  though  the  sun  in  the  heavens \nshould  say  to  a  rose-bush,  I  have  shined  upon  you  hour  after \nhour  and  day  after  day,  I  have  lifted  the  clouds  up  into  the \nair  and  dropped  down  upon  you  the  gentle  rain,  and  yet \nthere  is  nothing  about  you  to  respond, —  no  bud  unfolding, \nnot  the  slightest  whiff  of  fragrance  on  the  air,  no  beauty  to \nattract  the  eye ;  and  impossibility  of  growth  means  death.  So, \nwhen  Jesus  said.  You  are  like  children  in  the  market-place : \nI  have  piped,  and  you  have  not  danced,  I  have  mourned,  and \nyou  have  not  wailed,  naturally  after  that  comes  the  curse \nwhich  I  referred  to,  but  did  not  read.  But  you  are  not  to \nthink  of  Jesus  as  expressing  personal  indignation,  as  of  hurt \npride,  against  those  cities  that  did  not  receive  his  message, \nwhen  he  said,  \"  Woe  unto  thee,  Chorazin !  woe  unto  thee, \nBethsaida  1  for,  if  the  mighty  works  that  have  been  done  in \nthee  had  been  done  in  Tyre  and  Sidon,  they  had  long  ago \nrepented  in  sackcloth  and  ashes.\"  He  was  not  express- \ning his  personal  indignation.  He  was  simply  uttering  the \njudgment  which  was  the  expression  of  their  condition.  For, \nwhen  any  age  is  not  capable  of  answering  to  an  appeal  for \nthatjwhich  is  higher  and  better  than  anything  it  has  attained, \nit  means  that  there  is  no  capability  of  growth  in  that  people. \nIf  there  is  the  slightest  response,  upreaching,  outreaching, \nif  there  is  a  little  life,  then,  O  rains  and  sunshine,  it  is \nworth  your  while ;  for  here  are  the  promise  and  the  potency \nof  growth,  of  beauty,  of  fragrance. \n\nIf  we  go  back  to  the  beginning  of  life  on  this  planet,  what \nshall  we  find?  We  find  tiny  microscopic  specks  or  parti- \ncles of  matter  that  are  like  all  other  matter  about  them \nonly  in  this  capacity  to  feel.  They  are  sensitive.  That  is \nthe  very  beginning  of  life,  so  far  as  we  can  conceive  it  on  this \nplanet.     But  the   moment  this  sentiency  begins  in  one  of \n\n\n5 \n\nthese  little  spots  or  particles  of  matter,  that  moment  a \ncompetent  intelligence  sees  a  Shakspere,  a  Jesus,  a  promise \nof  growth  in  the  future,  that  imagination  cannot,  as  yet,  con- \nceive. \n\nWhat  is  the  chief  characteristic  of  the  barbarian  ?  Find \nout  the  lowest  savage  on  the  face  of  the  earth,  and  what \nmakes  him  a  savage?  Incompetence  to  feel,  lack  of  sym- \npathy, lack  of  comprehension.  This  lies  at  the  base  of  his \ncruelty,  of  his  indifference.  It  lies  at  the  base  of  that  stolid- \nity of  nature  that  sees  nothing  to  wonder  at,  nothing  to  rever- \nence, nothing  to  adore,  that  sees  nothing  to  love  in  other \npeople,  that  is  not  touched  by  the  needs  of  others  outside  of \nhimself.  He  does  not  respond  to  these  appeals  because  he \ndoes  not  feel  them. \n\nAs  this  life  which  I  spoke  of  as  existing  in  the  tiny  par- \nticle of  matter  unfolds  and  develops,  what  does  it  mean  ? \nIt  means  that  certain  ether  waves  play  upon  this  sentiency, \nand  the  capacity  to  feel  grows  and  grows  to  more  and  more. \nCertain  aerial  vibrations  play  upon  it,  and  ears  come  out  and \nrespond  to  what  becomes  sound.  Certain  ether  vibrations \nplay  upon  it,  and  eyes  come  out  to  see  all  the  wonder \nand  beauty  and  glory  of  the  world.  Some  other  force  plays \nupon  it,  and  the  ability  to  taste  is  developed;  still  others, \nand  all  the  sweet  fragrance  of  the  world  can  be  appreciated \nby  the  nerves  that  are  sensitive  in  that  direction.  You  can \nmeasure  the  degree  of  the  growth  of  anything  by  the  quan- \ntity of  its  sentiency,  this  sympathy,  this  power  to  feel.  You \ncan  measure  the  grade  of  the  civilization  of  the  different \nages  of  the  world  by  the  power  of  sympathy  that  has  been \ndeveloped  at  any  particular  period  in  its  history.  You  have \nonly  to  stand  in  the  presence  of  the  lowest  barbarism  to  find \na  man  with  very  little  power  of  feeling.  So,  if  you  find  a \nman  with  a  few  ideas  only  which  he  can  utter  in  speech,  you \nfind  a  man  who  cares  nothing  for  the  world  about  him.  You \nfind  a  man  who  represents  only  the  lower  type  of  animal \nlife.  I  question  sometimes,  and  I  find  comfort  in  this  ques- \ntion, whether,  in  those  old  ages  when  there  was  apparently \n\n\nsuch  tremendous  indifference  to  suffering,  there  was  as \nmuch  suffering  as  there  would  be  now  in  similar  conditions. \nI  do  not  believe  it  is  possible  for  a  human  being  endowed \nwith  this  sensitive  power  of  sympathy  to  inflict  what  appear \nto  be  such  horrible  tortures.  It  would  be  too  much  pain  for \nhim.  So  I  believe  that,  as  life  rises,  grows,  develops,  un- \nfolds, there  is  a  rising,  growth,  development,  unfolding,  of \nthis  power  of  sympathy,  that  which  is  able  to  respond  to  all \nthat  is  noblest  and  finest  in  the  world. \n\nLet  us  take  an  illustration  here  from  music.  As  a  musical \ninstrument  has  more  keys,  more  strings,  more  stops,  it  is \nable  to  respond  to  a  larger  number  of  vibrations,  so  that  you \nget  a  greater  variety  of  sounds.  So  this  human  instrument, \nour  body,  mind,  soul,  has  its  differences  in  power  of  sym- \npathy, in  ability  to  respond  to  the  touch  of  the  million \nfingers  of  the  universe  that  play  upon  it. \n\nWe  are  ready  now,  with  'these  thoughts  in  mind,  to  touch \nupon  a  few  illustrations  as  to  how  this  power  of  sympathy \nstands  related  to  the  noblest  and  best  things  in  human  life. \nIn  the  matter  of  justice,  for  example,  there  is  nothing  in  this \nworld  that  is  quite  so  much  needed.  Charity  is  good,  be- \nnevolence is  good,  pity  is  good,  spasmodic  help  is  good; \nbut,  if  we  could  establish  justice  around  the  world,  there \nwould  be  very  little  need  of  charity  or  benevolence.  What \nthis  world  needs  more  than  anything  else  is  a  recognition  of \nwherein  consist  just  relations  between  peoples,  between \nclasses,  between  occupations,  between  individuals,  between \nmen  and  women,  between  grown  people  and  children,  be- \ntween mankind  and  the  forms  of  life  beneath  them. \n\nAnd  now  what  is  justice  ?  How  is  justice  to  be  carried \nout?  How  is  it  to  be  comprehended?  how  are  we  to  dis- \ncover what  just  relations  are  ?  I  believe  that  nine  times  in \nten,  when  people  are  unjust  or  cruel,  it  is  not  with  deb'berate \nunjust  and  cruel  intent.  More  of  the  evil  of  the  world  a \nthousand  times  over  comes  from  stupidity,  from  carelessness, \nand  from  lack  of  thought  than  from  the  intention  of  being \ncruel  or  unjust  or  wrong. \n\n\nWhat  is  this  power  of  sympathy,  then,  as  related  to  the \nmatter  of  justice  ?  We  need  only  to  be  sensitive,  to  feel  as \nthe  member  of  any  nation  might  feel,  to  feel  as  the  member \nof  any  class  above  us  or  below  us  might  feel,  to  feel  as  a \nperson  engaged  in  some  interest  with  principles  antagonistic \nto  ours  might  feel.  And  we  need  not  only  this  sensitiveness, \nbut  we  need  an  imaginative  power, —  that  power  which  makes \nus  able  to  dream  and  create.  We  need  this,  because  it  is \nonly  by  cultivating  this  that  we  can  put  ourselves  in  the \nplace  of  another,  and  so  be  able  to  comprehend  and  feel \nwith  other  people.  Sympathy  does  not  mean,  necessarily,  to \nsuffer  with :  it  means  to  feel  with,  to  appreciate  the  feelings \nof  another,  to  be  sensitive  to  that  which  touches  another. \nTake  the  matter  of  our  late  dispute  with  England  in  regard \nto  our  rights  in  the  Behring  Sea.  How  many  Americans \nhave  been  trying  to  take  the  English  point  of  view,  to  see \nwhether  there  was  anything  in  it  ?  And  yet,  until  nations  do \nlearn  this, —  recognizing  that,  when  there  is  a  dispute,  there \nare  two  sides  to  it, —  until  they  have  developed  the  imagina- \ntive consciousness  which  enables  them  to  stand  in  the  place \nof  the  other  and  look  at  the  case  from  that  point  of  view, \nthere  never  will  be  anything  like  international  justice. \n\nTake  it  in  regard  to  differences  of  classes?  Use  as  an \niHustration  the  everyday  common  relation  between  mistress \nand  servant  in  the  home.  The  mistress  feels  that  the  ser- \nvant is  simply,  entirely,  purposely,  and  perversely  unreason- \nable because  she  wishes  a  certain  half-day.  It  happens,  of \ncourse,  to  be  the  particular  half-day  when,  of  all  others  in \nthe  year,  she  can  be  least  spared,  the  one  the  most  incon- \nvenient for  the  housekeeper.  But  suppose  in  a  case  of  that \nkind  the  mistress  should  stop  long  enough  imaginatively  to \nput  herself  in  the  kitchen,  try  to  get  the  state  of  mind,  the \noutlook,  the  point  of  view,  of  the  servant.  Perhaps  there  has \nbeen  no  very  great  amount  of  consideration  for  the  feeling  of \nthe  servant  in  the  parlor  or  the  sitting-room.  Try  to  get  into \nthe  state  of  mind  of  the  person  who  is  perhaps  not  very  well \neducated,  who  has  not  been  developed  into  finer  and  nobler \n\n\nfeeling.  Try,  in  other  words,  to  look  at  the  problem  from \nher  point  of  view,  whatever  it  may  be.  It  may  be  the  ser- \nvant is  all  wrong;  but,  then,  there  is  the  beginning  of  the  pos- \nsibility of  justice  in  the  relation  between  mistress  and  ser- \nvant, and  there  is  no  possibility  of  it  until  that  power  of \nsympathy  is  developed. \n\nPrecisely  the  same  principle  holds  in  regard  to  the  rich \nand  poor,  the  relation  between  the  employer  and  the  em- \nployee. I  know  how  perplexing  these  problems  are,  I \nknow  how  unreasonable  many  people  are  ;  but  until  we  can \nbridge  over  this  gulf,  and,  instead  of  standing  the  employer \non  the  one  hand  and  the  employee  on  the  other,  each  feeling \nbitter  with  the  other,  each  trying  to  get  the  better  in  the \ncontest,  until  we  can  recognize  that  here  are  two  men  long- \ning for  possession,  for  comforts,  for  leisure,  for  wealth,  for \nhappiness,  with  equal  rights  to  have  them, —  until  you  can \nrecognize  that  fact,  and  try  to  make  allowances  for  envy  on \nthe  one  hand,  try  to  make  allowances  for  the  differences  of \nthe  situation,  the  differences  of  education,  of  development, \nof  training,  the  differences  of  the  entire  past  out  of  which \nthese  two  men  have  come, —  until  you  can  come  to  that \npoint  of  view,  there  will  be  no  justice  between  the  employer \nand  the  employee.  One  will  get  all  he  can  on  the  one  hand, \nand  the  other  all  he  can  on  the  other ;  and  that,  when  car- \nried far  enough,  means  explosion,  and  more  than  once  in  the \nhistory  of  the  world  it  has  meant  war. \n\nSo  in  the  matter  of  all  the  relations  of  life.  I  need  not \nillustrate  farther.  The  one  thing  that  is  needed  more  than \nanything  else  in  the  world  is  the  power  of  feeling  with \nothers,  this  imaginative  ability  to  put  yourself  in  the  place \nof  others,  so  that  you  can  look  at  things  out  of  other  eyes \nand  feel  about  them  out  of  their  past  experience. \n\nThen  take  it  in  regard  to  another  thing,  the  happiness  of \nlife.  It  ought  to  be  a  commonplace  for  us  to  say  that  this \nis  the  root  of  all  possible  human  happiness,  or  sentient \nhappiness.  If  you  go  back  to  primitive  conditions  of  social \nlife,  you  find  very  little  happiness,  only  an  animal  kind  of \n\n\nenjo3nnent,  mere  content  with  the  coarsest  and  roughest  kind \nof  food,  content  with  the  most  commonplace  kind  of  shelter, \ncontent  with  the  poor  conditions  of  physical  life.  Why? \nFor  the  simple  reason  that  there  has  developed  no  sensibil- \nity to  anything  higher,  and  wants  are  few,  because  the  appe- \ntite is  developed  only  for  such  things.  Just  note  now  what \nit  means  as  the  world  becomes  civilized.  A  man  finds \nout  not  only  that  he  is  an  animal,  he  learns  to  develop  a \nhigher  kind  of  animal,  with  finer  tastes  in  every  direction,  so \nthat  he  desires  better  food,  better  shelter,  better  conven- \niences of  all  kinds.  He  learns  that  there  is  in  him  the  pos- \nsibility of  unfolding  a  sensitiveness  to  a  thousand  aspects  of \nlife  and  the  universe  of  which  the  barbarian  does  not  dream \nthe  existence.  Man  learns  to  love  beauty;  and  art  is  the \nresult, —  art  of  an  ever  widening  type  and  nobler  form.  Man \nlearns  to  love  sweet  sounds.  That  which  is  music  in  a \nChinese  theatre  is  torture  to  the  person  who  enjoys  a  sym- \nphony concert.  What  is  the  difference  ?  The  development \nof  the  higher  sensitiveness,  the  power  to  perceive  a  wider \nvariety  of  tones,  finer  shades,  nobler  perception  of  har- \nmonies.    That  means  a  higher  type  of  manhood. \n\nSo  a  man  learns  to  love  books ;  and  the  whole  field  of  litera- \nture opens  to  him, —  the  novel,  poetry,  history,  biography, \ntravel, —  until  there  comes  to  be  an  aesthetic  delight  in  the \nvery  choice  of  words.  There  is  a  rhythmic  arrangement  of \nprose  that  appeals  to  the  ear  that  is  sensitive  to  it  which \ngives  a  refined  and  exquisite  delight  to  the  reader,  a  some- \nthing that  cannot  be  defined,  but  which  we  speak  of  as  style. \nBut  there  must  be  this  power  of  sympathy,  this  ability  to \ncomprehend  all  these  different  aspects  of  life  and  the  world ; \nand  there  is  no  possibility  of  joy  except  as  these  are  devel- \noped. Even  the  Greeks  and  the  Romans  developed  no  love \nof  nature,  in  the  modern  sense  of  that  word.  They  had  no \nlandscape  painting.  They  had  no  appreciation,  in  the  sense \nin  which  Wordsworth  had,  of  natural  beauty.  Wordsworth \ndraws  the  distinction  plain  enough  when  he  says  of  Peter \nBell,— \n\n\nlO \n\n\"A  primrose  by  a  river's  brim \nA  yellow  primrose  was  to  him. \nAnd  it  was  nothing  more.\" \n\nTo  Wordsworth  it  was  an  infinite  deal  more.  He  hints \nthe  difference  in  the  beautiful  poem  on  daffodils,  when  he \nsays, — \n\n\"And  all  my  heart  with  rapture  thrills \nAnd  dances  with  the  daffodils.\" \n\nSome  people  might  have  looked  at  them,  and  have  said, \nThere  are  some  flowers  waving  in  the  wind ;  and  that  would \nbe  all  of  it  to  them.  But  to  the  great  poet  it  meant  a  kin- \nship with  the  infinite  spirit  of  life.  It  is  in  accord  with  our \nideas  of  religious  evolution,  and  it  will  develop  more  and \nmore ;  and  it  sums  up  what  I  believe  to  be  the  profoundest \nfact, —  that  this  world  is  all  alive,  throbbing,  thrilling,  pulsing, \neverywhere.  It  is  not  dead ;  it  is  living,  and  that  means  the \nliving  God.  It  is  this  which  the  poets  feel  after,  and  to \nwhich  they  are  leading  the  way  for  the  rest  of  us  to  follow. \nIt  was  a  glimpse  of  this  which  Byron  had,  when  he  said, — \n\n\"  There  is  a  pleasure  in  the  pathless  woods, \nThere  is  a  rapture  on  the  lonely  shore.'* \n\nIt  is  that  which  he  had  in  mind  in  his  joy  in  the  thunder- \nstorm, when  he  says, — \n\n\"  From  peak  to  peak,  the  rattling  crags  among \nLeaps  the  live  thunder.\" \n\nThis  sensitiveness  to  all  the  beauty  and  glory  and  life  of \nthe  world  means  a  high  development  of  that  which  is  noblest \nand  best  in  iis.  It  means  that  we  have  been  played  on  by \nnature  until  that  in  us  which  is  capable  of  seeing  and  hear- \ning has  come  out  to  see  and  hear  and  answer  to  the  God \nwho  is  in  nature. \n\nAnd  so  the  joy  we  have  in  our  relation  with  other  people. \nJust  picture  to  yourself  a  man  who  cares  nothing  for  any- \nbody but  himself.  Think  what  a  little,  little  world  he  lives \n*^  1     His  world  is  just  as  big  as  he  is,  and  that  is  all.     He \n\n\n1 1 \n\nhas  developed  perhaps  one  single  key  in  his  nature  from \nwhich  we  can  get  any  response.  There  are  men,  it  makes  no \ndifference  where  you  touch  them, — hands,  feet,  or  what  you \ncall  their  minds, —  there  is  just  one  key  that  responds;  and \nthat  is  the  key  on  which  is  printed  \"  money.\"  So  you  will \nfind  there  are  many  who  have  developed  but  one  key, —  it \nmay  be  a  different  one  from  that, —  but  there  is  only  one \nthat  will  respond.  There  is  nothing  in  them  to  answer  to \nanything  else.  Think  what  a  little  world  that  is !  A  man's \ncapacity  for  happiness  depends  simply  upon  his  capacity  for \nsympathy,  upon  his  ability  to  respond,  to  be  touched,  to  give \nout  music,  to  his  ability  to  take  in  his  arms  the  life  of  the \nworld,  to  rejoice  when  other  people  rejoice,  to  be  glad  in  the \nprosperity  of  other  people  as  well  as  in  the  prosperity  of \nhimself,  to  rejoice  over  a  great  crop  in  England  as  well  as \nin  Dakota,  to  rejoice  in  the  increasing  prosperity  of  Italy, \nas  well  as  in  that  of  his  own  State  of  Massachusetts.  The \nwider  you  can  make  the  range  of  your  sympathy  and  love, \nthe  more  magnificent  the  possibilities  of  your  joy. \n\nThen  there  is  another  point.  Right  here  is  the  secret  of \nour  ability  to  help  people.  There  is  no  other  key  to  the \nhearts  and  lives  of  those  who  need  help  save  this  key  of \nsympathy.  There  are  those  who  go  to  men  and  women  in \ntrouble,  and  meet  repulse  ;  and  they  think  that  these  persons \ndo  not  deserve  help  or  do  not  need  it,  that  there  is  nothing \nworth  any  one's  attention  or  care  in  their  cases,  when  the \nonly  trouble  is  that  they  have  not  found  out  the  way  to  open \nthe  door.  They  have  not  learned  to  wield  this  key  of  sym- \npathy and  comprehension.  There  are  people  from  the  higher \nranks  of  society,  as  they  are  arbitrarily  classed,  who  go  down \namong  the  lower  with  the  idea  that  they  are  going  to  per- \nform a  Christian  duty.  Perhaps  some  woman  is  disappointed. \nHer  life  has  not  turned  out  as  she  expected ;  and  she  thinks \nit  is  a  good  thing  to  consecrate  herself  to  charity.  These \npeople  in  the  upper  ranks  of  society  go, —  I  use  a  vulgar  term, \nwhich  expresses  just  what  I  mean,  and  which  is  consecrated, \nI  believe,  in  the  charity  world  to  a  certain  meaning, —  they  go \n\n\n12 \n\n\"  slumming.\"  They  go  down  into  the  lower  walks  of  life ; \nbut  they  go  with  the  air  of  a  patron.  They  go  in  the  spirit \nof  throwing  help  to  people ;  and  they  wonder  that  they  meet \nwith  ingratitude.  They  wonder  that  they  are  repulsed,  that \nthey  are  warned  off  the  ground  and  told  to  go  home  and \nmind  their  own  business.  The  only  trouble  is  that  they  have \nnot  learned  what  it  means  to  help  anybody.  They  have  not \ndeveloped  this  divinest  of  all  powers,  the  power  of  sympathy. \nThis  more  than  anything  else  was  the  key  to  the  character \nof  Jesus.  \"The  common  people,\"  it  is  said,  \"heard  him \ngladly.\"  He  went  among  the  publicans  and  the  sinners,  and \nthe  most  outcast  people  there  were.  Those  that  nobody  else \nwould  speak  to  came  to  him,  and  broke  their  boxes  of  oint- \nment upon  his  feet,  and  bathed  them  with  their  tears  and \nwiped  them  with  the  hairs  of  their  head,  just  because  they \nfelt  in  him  an  ability  to  sympathize, —  sympathize  even  with \ntheir  sin.  I  have  no  very  great  amount  of  admiration  for  a \nperson  who  has  become  so  good  that  he  cannot  possibly \nunderstand  how  anybody  ever  can  go  wrong.  It  shows  that \nhe  does  not  understand  human  nature.  It  shows,  perhaps, \nthat  he  is  not  himself  human.  If  we  wish  to  help  the  world, \nwe  must  be  as  all-embracing  in  our  sympathy  as  is  the  blue \nsky.  That  was  one  of  the  phases  of  the  character  of  that \nmost  unique  figure  in  American  history  and  literature  who \nhas  just  passed  away,  Walt  Whitman.  That  which  drew \npeople  to  him  perhaps  more  than  anything  else  was  what  he \nwas.  Those  who  knew  him  best  say  that  literary,  cultured, \nweary  men  went  to  him  to  bask  in  his  presence,  as  an  in- \nvalid sits  in  the  spring  sun.  He  himself  has  expressed  the \nidea  in  words  that  I  wish  I  could  give  exactly.  Speaking  of \nthe  outcast,  the  troubled,  the  weary,  the  wicked,  of  all  the \nworld,  he  says.  So  long  as  the  sun  does  not  exclude  you,  I  will \nnot  exclude  you.  There  is  the  sympathy  that  is  as  wide  as \nhuman  life ;  and  that  is  the  only  kind  of  sympathy  that  can \nhelp. \n\nAnother  phase  of  this  subject.     I  am  not  sure  that  I  would \nbe  willing  that  my  friends  should  pass  through  the  experience \n\n\n13 \n\nwhich  I  have  gone  through  with  religiously,  even  for  the  sake \nof  being  able  to  help  the  world.  I  should  hesitate  before \ncondemning  ihem  to  it.  I  think  1  would  rather  die  than  go \nthrough  it  again ;  but  I  am  glad  I  have  been  through  it,  for  I \nknow  that  there  are  hundreds  of  people  that  I  have  been \nable  to  help  because  I  know  clear  to  the  deeps  of  the  abyss \nwhat  it  means.  I  know  one  gentleman,  a  name  known  all \nover  this  country  and  in  a  large  part  of  Europe,  who  was \nspeaking  of  this  very  matter,  and  who  said  it  was  simply  im- \npossible for  him  to  comprehend  what  tliis  religious  struggle \nmeans,  this  fighting  to  get  out  of  the  old  religious  ideas  and \ninto  the  new.  \"  It  does  not  touch  me  at  all,\"  he  said.  \"  It \ndoes  not  mean  any  more  to  me  than  any  question  concerning \nPaganism.''  He  is  freed  from  a  great  deal  of  pain  because \nhe  can  say  that.  But  I  think  no  one  in  the  midst  of  this \nkind  of  struggle  would  ever  go  to  him  for  help.  A  man  must \nbe  able  sympathetically,  imaginatively,  to  put  himself  in  the \nplace  of  other  people  before  he  can  carry  in  his  words  and  in \nhis  touch  that  balm,  that  soothing,  that  inspiration,  which  re- \nsult in  help  and  deliverance. \n\nOne  suggestion  more.  It  is  this  sympathy  which  issues  in \ntolerance.  I  have  in  mind  as  I  speak  a  friend  whom  I \nhave  loved  and  revered  for  years ;  and  yet  I  know  I  could \nnever  be  happy  under  the  constant  influence,  in  the  constant \npresence,  of  that  friend.  And  why?  Because  she  lacks \nprecisely  this  kind  of  sympathy  that  means  tolerance.  She \nhas  her  ideas  of  what  everybody  ought  to  be,  how  everybody \nought  to  do,  how  everybody  ought  to  feel,  how  everybody \nought  to  act.  And  her  ideal  of  these  things  is  a  bar  of \njudgment  before  which  everybody  is  inexorably  brought  to \nbe  tried.  If  a  person  has  this  sympathy  which  is  capable \nof  feeling  with  other  people,  appreciating  their  different  ways \nand  intentions,  instead  of  being  a  cutting  north  east  wind, \none  becomes  a  balmy  sunshine,  that  comforts,  that  soothes, \nthat  cheers,  that  helps. \n\nThen,  unless  we  can  develop  this  spirit  of  sympathy,  we \ndo   not  know  ourselves.     Max   Miiller  said,  with   a  great \n\n\n14 \n\ndeal  of  profound  critical  philosophy,  that  the  man  who  knew \nonly  his  Bible  did  not  know  his  Bible.  A  man  who  reads \nonly  one  book  has  no  standard  by  which  to  judge  or  estimate \nanother  book.  He  must  know  other  books.  A  man  needs \nto  know  other  bibles, —  the  bible  of  the  Moslem,  the  bible  of \nthe  Hindu,  the  bible  of  the  Chinese,  the  bible  of  the  Persian  : \nthen  he  can  compare  his  Bible  with  theirs,  and  learn  to  know \nhis  Bible,  not  apart  and  alone,  but  in  its  relation  to  some- \nthing else.  And  so  we  never  know  ourselves  if  we  sit  con- \ntent with  our  own  thoughts,  our  own  feelings,  our  own  hopes, \nour  own  purposes, —  if  we  live  selfishly  within  the  limit  of \nour  own  lives,  not  knowing  how  grand  other  lives  or  how \npetty  our  own  may  be.  If  we  can  get  into  the  point  of  view \nof  other  people,  we  can,  in  a  certain  way  from  that  point  of \nview,  see  ourselves,  and  learn  to  know  what  we  are;  and, \nwhen  we  have  found  out  what  we  are,  then  we  are  ready  to \nbegin  to  live. \n\nDo  not,  then,  put  this  matter  of  sympathy  off  by  itself,  as \nthough  it  were  a  petty,  poor  affair  in  human  life.  Do  not \nbe  ashamed  of  it  under  the  name  of  sensibility.  Too  long \nthe  world  has  been  trained  into  the  idea  that  a  stoical  char- \nacter is  noble.  There  are  a  good  many  of  the  old  religions \nthat  tell  us  that,  if  we  would  be  happy,  we  must  cease  to  feel. \nPeople  tell  us  once  in  a  while.  If  you  cannot  get  all  you  want, \nthe  truest  way  is  to  stop  wanting,  to  curtail  your  desires.  I \nwould  not  encourage  discontent,  fault-finding  with  one's  con- \nditions, or  that  sort  of  irritability  that  never  gets  any  happi- \nness out  of  to-day  because  it  is  not  to-morrow.  But  remem- \nber that  discontent,  in  the  true  sense  of  the  word,  is  only  the \nfeeling  that  a  plant  may  be  supposed  to  have  in  spring, \nwhen  it  is  thrilling  with  the  power  of  growth.  True  discon- \ntent means  the  possibility  of  acquiring  something  more  and \nbetter.  The  one  thing  that  distinguishes  Christianity  over \nall  other  religions  is  that  it  never  tells  you  anywhere  to  re- \npress yourself.  What  it  promises  is  life,  and  life  more \nabundantly. \n\nDesire,  then,  longing,  hunger,  a  reaching  out  in  all  direc- \n\n\n'5 \n\ntions,  a  longing  for  the  development  of  self  to  the  noblest \ncapacity  possible,  is  right.  And  never  can  come  so  many \nhungers,  so  many  wants,  so  many  desires,  but  there  will  be \nin  the  universe  an  infinite  capacity  beyond  all  that  you  have \never  dreamed, —  a  capacity  of  satisfying  those  desires ;  and  it \nis  from  the  development  of  those  desires  and  hungers  that \ngrowth,  extension,  unfolding,  come. \n\nLet  us,  then,  cultivate  this  sensibility,  this  feeling,  this \nsympathy,  this  power  of  response.  Do^not  be  ashamed  of  it. \nBe  grateful  and  glad  that  you  can  find  some  life  that  re- \nsponds to  your  touch,  some  one  on  whom  you  can  lean, \nsome  one  who  can  help,  some  one  who  can  comprehend  you, \nso  that  you  do  not  feel  quite  alone  in  the  world.  Cultivate \nthis  feeling.  Reach  out  in  all  directions,  and  trust  in  God  to \nanswer  every  wish,  which  is  only  a  kind  of  prayer.  The \nideal  to  which  we  look  forward  is  the  unfolding  of  this  human \nlife,  this  human  race  of  ours,  under  the  ever  new  touches  and \nappeals  of  the  universe,  until  we  become  like  an  instrument \never  developing  new  strings  and  new  keys,  and  so  ready  to \ngive  out  a  grander  and  more  magnificent  music.  For  the \nuniverse  is  only  God  round  us,  touching  us,  playing  upon  us, \ncalling  to  us  in  this  direction  or  that ;  and  heaven  is  only  a \nperfectly  harmonized  individual  life  and  a  perfectly  harmo- \nnized society,  so  constituted  that,  as  the  universe  plays  upon \nit,  the  result  is  music  and  song. \n\nGod  made  our  lives  to  be  a  song \n\nSweet  as  the  music  of  the  spheres, \nThat  still  their  harmonies  prolong \n\nFor  him  who  rightly  hears. \n\nThe  heavens  and  the  earth  do  play \n\nUpon  us,  if  we  be  in  tune : \nWinter  shouts  hoarse  his  roundelay, \n\nAnd  tender  sweet  pipes  June. \n\nBut  oftentimes  the  songs  are  pain, \n\nAnd  discord  mars  our  harmonies : \nOur  strings  are  snapped  by  selfish  strain, \n\nAnd  harsh  hands  break  our  keys. \n\n\ni6 \n\nBut  God  meant  music ;  and  we  may, \n\nIf  we  will  keep  our  lives  in  tune, \nHear  the  whole  year  sing  roundelay, \n\nDecember  answering  June. \n\nGod  ever  at  his  keyboard  plays, — \n\nHarmonics,  right;  and  discords,  wrong: \n\n\"  He  that  hath  ears,\"  and  who  obeys, \nMay  hear  the  mystic  song. \n\nFather,  let  us  ever  be  listening  attent  to  hear  Thee  call. \nLet  us  ever  respond  to  Thy  touch,  and  go  forth  whither  Thou \nleadest,  whether  we  understand  or  not,  knowing  that  as  we \nfollow  God  we  find  ourselves,  we  find  our  fellow-men,  we \nfind  all  that  is  good  to-day  and  full  of  future  promise. \nAmen. \n\n\nPabllahed  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  single  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n• \n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13                   APRIL  15,  1892                     No.  ^^ \n\nSERIES   ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\nXII.   THE  WORTH  OF  LIFE \n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.   ELLIS,  141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\nB%tvrtd  ai  th/e  Fo$t-c0lee,  BoUcm,  Mau.,  at  $ee<md-cla*t  mail  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savei0e'8  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction,     ismo $1.00 \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  i6mo.    Flexible so \n\nMy  Creed,    ismo y.oo \n\nPoems.    i6mo.    Full  gilt    With  portrait i.so \n\nLight  on  the  Qottd.    i6mo.    Full  gilt 1.S5 \n\nSocial  Problems,    ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Religrans  Life,    lamo i.oo \n\nBebef  in  God.    lamo                     i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.    lamo         1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.         i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution,    lamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.    lamo         1.00 \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,    ismo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood,    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,    lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Qnestiona.    i6mo      iwoo \n\nBluffton:  A  Storr  of  To-day.    lamo i.jo \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,    lamo 1.00 \n\nLife,    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings. \n\nand  Funeimls.    Qoth 75 \n\nSacred  Soon  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nQoth 1.00 \n\nLeather     ...        1.50 \n\nUniurian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnoe,  Paper,  per  copy ao  cents.    Perdoa.,  i.co \n\n••      Qoth.  \"^  *•\"\"         .    .    .    30     ••               \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weekly  sermons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit\"  Subecription  price,  tor  the  aeaaon,  I1.50; \nsingle  copies,  s  cents. \n\nOSO.  H.  RLLIS,  PuUitkgr, \n\nt4t  FrmtMm  St,,  BstUt^  Mut, \n\n\nTHE  WORTH  OF  LIFE.* \n\n\nSuperficially  regarded,  this  is  an  age  pervaded  by  the \nspirit  of  pessimism.  Perhaps  there  never  was  a  time  in  the  his- \ntory of  the  world  when  there  was  so  much  complaint  concern- \ning the  evils  of  the  earth  and  the  condition  of  man.  And  yet, \nbefore  we  become  very  sad  in  the  face  of  this  fact,  it  may  be \nworth  while  to  notice  that  it  is  just  the  ages  of  growth,  of \nhope,  that  are  the  ones  that  give  utterance  to  these  wails \nthat  sound  like  despair.  Pessimism,  then,  is  only  the  shadow \ncast  by  an  exaggerated  estimate  of  what  is  possible.  If  men \ndid  not  dream,  if  they  did  not  have  magnificent  ideals  of \nwhat  might  be^  then  they  would  not  become  discouraged  and \ntroubled  in  the  presence  of  what  iV. \n\nMan  is  the  only  creature  that  we  know  anything  about  that \nis  conscious  of  what  we  call  evil ;  and  this  is  because  he  is  a \nbeing  capable  of  infinite  expansion,  of  measureless  advance. \nIf  you  could  find  a  dog  philosophizing  about  his  kennel, \npronouncing  it  a  bad  place  for  a  dog  to  live  in,  calling  into \ncouncil  a  circle  of  other  dogs,  discussing  schemes  of  reform, \nmethods  by  which  the  conditions  of  their  lives  might  be \nlifted,  you  would  say,  We  are  here  in  the  presence  of  another \nkind  of  creature  than  what  we  had  supposed  the  dog  to  be. \nYou  would  at  once  feel  like  bending  the  knee,  as  in  the  pres- \nence of  infinite  possibilities. \n\nIf  you  go  to  some  region  in  the  world  to-day  where  the \npeople  have  no  liberties,  if  you  visit  a  tribe  of  barbarians \nwhere  the  chief  is  absolutely  despotic,  where  his  slightest  dis- \npleasure is  followed  by  the  instant  death  of  the  offender, \nwhere  no  roan  has  a  right  as  against  the  chief,  no  right  to \n\n*  Phonosraphically  reported. \n\n\nhome,  to  his  wife,  to  his  child,  to  anything  whatsoever,  you \ndo  not  find  any  consciousness  of  tyranny  apparent.  You  find, \nat  any  rate,  no  complaints  against  tyranny.  It  is  only  on  the \npart  of  people  who  are  struggling,  and  struggling  hope- \nfully, against  hard  and  restrictive  conditions  that  you  find \nthis  wail  over  the  evil  state  of  affairs.  If  you  go  back  two \nor  three  hundred  years  in  England,  to  the  time  when  no- \nbody but  the  priest  and  those  who  were  called  clerks  and \nscholars  could  even  read  a  sentence  or  write  his  own  name, \nyou  find  no  protest  against  popular  ignorance.  You  do  not \nfind  discouraging  articles  published  on  the  illiteracy  of  the \ncommon  people.  It  is  only  after  a  nation  has  risen  to  the \nconception  of  an  ideal  demanding  intelligence,  and  the \npower  of  intelligence,  on  the  part  pf  even  the  commonest, \nthat  you  find  these  lamentations  over  the  fact  that  there  is  a \ncertain  percentage  of  illiteracy  in  a  particular  city. \n\nSo  when  you  go  back  to  a  time  when  there  was  no  humane \nprovision  for  the  insane,  when  the  poor  were  sold,  or  their \nkeeping  was  sold,  at  public  auction,  and  knocked  down  to \nthe  lowest  bidder,  and  when  the  bidder  was  left  to  take \ncare  of  them  or  not,  to  treat  or  neglect  them  just  as  he \npleased,  there  was  no  public  protest  on  the  subject.  It  was \nonly  when  the  people  had  risen  to  the  ideal  of  a  tender \nhumanity  towards  the  insane  and  the  poor  that  you  find  such \nan  outcry  raised,  when  there  is  one  case  of  abuse  or  neglect \ndiscovered,  as  would  make  you  think  that  the  world  was  all \nhard-hearted,  and  that  nothing  had  ever  been  done  in  this \ndirection. \n\nA  gentleman  of  my  acquaintance  has  been  writing  a \nseries  of  articles  on  intemperance,  in  which  he  has  proved  to \nhis  own  satisfaction  that  it  is  increasing  in  every  country  in \nthe  world ;  and  he  has  raised  the  cry  that  nothing  except  uni- \nversal and  absolute  prohibition  stands  between  us  and  race \nextinction.  Now,  no  such  wild,  hysterical  outcry  as  this  was \nheard  during  the  days  when  it  was  considered  perfectly  repu- \ntable for  a  decent  man  to  be  drunk  on  certain  occasions. \nWhen  there  was  no  temperance  sentiment  at  all,  then  there \n\n\nwas  no  outcry.  It  is  only  because  the  world  has  become  so \nmuch  better,  so  much  nobler,  so  much  more  self-restrained, \nbecause  people  have  waked  up  to  the  evils  of  these  things, \nthat  you  find  this  pessimistic  condition  in  the  public  mind. \n\nA  friend  of  mine  has  written  a  novel  recently,  the  sub-title \nof  which  is  \"An  Average  Man\" ;  and  he  has  pictured  life  as \nso  sad,  so  much  a  failure,  as  would  indeed  make  us  question \nas  to  whether  it  was  worth  having,  after  all.  But  only  a  hun- \ndred or  two  years  ago,  when  the  common  laborer  had  no \nhope  of  anything  beyond  keeping  himself  from  freezing  and \nstarving,  you  found  no  such  book  as  that  he  has  written,  no \nsuch  picture  of  the  condition  of  the  average  laboring  man. \n\nI  think,  then,  that  a  large  part  of  this  pessimism  springs \nout  of  those  things  which  are  most  hopeful  in  the  conditions \nof  our  modern  life.  I,  for  one,  feel  like  protesting  against \na  large  part  of  the  literature  of  recent  times,  because  it  takes \non  this  pessimistic  tone.  It  calls  itself  realism.  And  yet \nare  these  the  only  things  that  are  real  ?  Zola  gives  us  a  pict- \nure of  the  vice  and  crime  of  Paris,  and  says  that  is  realism, \nreal  living ;  yet  there  are  thousands  and  thousands  of  noble, \nloving,  sympathetic,  humane  people  in  France  that  he  does \nnot  picture  in  his  novels.  Are  not  they  real  ?  Most  of  the \nmodern  novelists  seem  to  think  that  they  must  prolong  the \nstory  through  all  the  varieties  of  agony  and  sorrow,  and  at \nlast,  through  crime  or  misunderstanding,  separate  the  only \ncharacters  that  the  reader  gets  interested  in,  and  leave  one \nof  them  facing  blank  despair  of  the  happiness  of  human \nliving.  And  yet  are  there  not  thousands  in  the  world  whose \nlives  do  not  end  in  tragedy  ?  When,  in  the  old  fairy  stories, \nthe  lovers  \"  married  and  lived  happy  ever  afterwards,\"  was \nnot  that  realism,  too  ?  It  seems  to  me  we  have  no  right  to \nlook  simply  on  one  side  of  life,  until  we  become  complaining \nand  despairing  of  the  ways  of  God  to  man,  until  hope  is \neaten  out  of  our  hearts. \n\nMiss  Wilkins  gives  us  a  picture  of  New  England  life  which \nis  undoubtedly  true, —  the  hard,  the  angular,  the  sordid  side \nof  New  England  life.    There  are  such  things;  but  to  call \n\n\nthis  realism,  and  the  opposite  not,  seems  to  me  very  much  as \nthough  you  should  call  a  bitfng  and  bitter  north-east  storm \nrealism,  and  the  days  of  lovely  sunshine,  when  the  light  drips \ndown  through  the  leaves  and  makes  a  sunny  bed  for  those \nwho  love  to  lie  upon  it,  and  look  up  and  listen  to  the  song  of \nthe  wind  and  watch  the  flitting  of  the  clouds  across  the  blue, \nall  dream  and  fancy.  I  believe,  then,  that  the  pessimism  of \nmodern  life,  that  which  underestimates  the  value  of  life,  is \nonly  a  sort  of  epidemic,  growing  out  of  the  fact  that  we  are \nadvancing  towards  better  conditions,  not  falling  into  worse. \nThey  are  the  growing  pains  of  this  restless  humanity  of  ours. \n\nWho  are  these  people  that  think  life  is  not  worth  living? \nThere  are  a  great  many  of  them,  I  know.  I  pass  by  some \nfor  whom  I  have  only  the  tenderest  sympathy.  There  are \npersons,  prosperous  persons,  who,  through  some  inherited \ntemperament,  can  almost  never  rise  into  anything  like  a \nsunny,  joyful  mood.  The  world  to  them  is  painted  in  half- \ntones, all  grays  and  shadows.  None  of  the  sunlight,  none  of \nthe  brightness,  none  of  the  color,  none  of  the  sun,  comes  to \nthem.  They  cannot  help  it.  Perhaps  they  think  that  life  is \nhardly  worth  having. \n\nThen  there  are  some  whose  lives  have  been  exceedingly  sad \nthrough  no  fault  of  their  own.  They  are  getting  old.  One \nafter  another  their  friends  have  dropped  away.  Some, \nthrough  no  fault  of  their  own,  have  lost  their  property ;  and \nlife's  meaning  seems  to  them  to  have  dropped  out.  Almost \nnothing  is  left  that  they  love  or  for  which  they  care.  I  will \nnot  enter  into  a  description  of  them  farther  than  to  suggest \nthat  they  are  recognized,  that  they  are  real  cases. \n\nI  wish  to  turn  now  to  another  class  of  cases.  Who  are \nthe  people,  generally,  that  you  find  complaining  that  life  is \nhardly  worth  living  ?  Who  are  they  that  fling  it  away  as  a \ngift  they  do  not  care  to  keep  ?  I  have  stood  in  the  Paris \nmorgue,  back  of  the  great  Cathedral  of  Notre  Dame,  and \nseen  the  bodies  of  those  who  have  been  dragged  out  of  the \nSeine,  perhaps  a  betrayed  woman  or,  in  case  of  men,  those \nwho  have  deliberately,  year  after  year,  followed  a  course  of \n\n\nlife  of  necessity  tending  to  take  out  its  sweetness,  its  beauty, \nits  good, —  poor  wretches,  who  simply  flung  away  an  orange \nwhen  there  was  no  juice  left  in  it  and  only  the  broken  frag- \nments of  the  rind. \n\nThere  are  some  who  fling  away  life  because  of  some  sud- \nden disappointment,  some  flt  of  passion.  They  have  been \ncrossed  in  love.  They  have  met  with  sudden  loss  at  the \ngaming  table :  disgrace  stared  them  in  the  face.  They  are \ntoo  cowardly  to  meet  and  fight  with  a  fancied  enemy,  so  they \nthrow  away  that  which  seems  to  them  not  worth  keeping. \n\nThere  are  others  who  do  not  go  to  this  extreme,  who  yet \ntell  me  that  they  see  no  worth  in  life.  I  have  a  case  like \nthis  in  ixiind.  Take  a  man  who  has  developed  one  side  of \nhim, —  one  side  of  his  faculties, —  whose  life  runs  in  one \ngroove, —  all  the  music  of  it  is  played  on  one  string.  His  life \nis  selfish  essentially,  not  in  the  worst  sense;  but  he  only \nlearned  to  live  for  himself,  and  he  gets  tired.  There  is  no \nvariety  in  his  life.  There  is  no  outlook.  He  has  not \nlearned  to  cultivate  a  various  music,  and  he  gets  tired  of \nharping  on  this  one  string;  and  he  tells  me  that  he  should  be \nhappy  to  get  rid  of  it. \n\nI  have  another  typical  case  in  mind, —  a  lady  of  middle \nage,  surrounded  by  everything  that  would  make  what  you \nwould  suppose  to  be  a  pleasant  home, —  wealth,  horses,  car- \nriages, carpets,  pictures,  books,  music.  And  yet  surfeited \napparently,  having  to  do  the  same  thing  over  and  over  again, \nhaving  enjoyed  everything  that  she  had  learned  to  enjoy \nover  and  over  again,  with  no  more  resources  of  life,  and  not \nbrought  into  contact  with  the  lives  of  others  so  as  to  reach \nout  and  take  hold  of  wider  human  interests,  she  says :  ^'  Life \nseems  a  poor,  commonplace  affair.  I  do  not  know  but  I \nshall  be  glad  when  it  is  over.\" \n\nIt  seems  to  me  that,  if  a  person  has  come  into  such  a  state \nof  mind  as  to  feel  that  there  is  nothing  worthy  in  life,  that  is \nnot  because  of  the  fault  in  life  itself.  It  is  because  of  some \nfault  or  some  defect,  if  it  be  not  a  fault,  in  the  person  him- \nself or  herself. \n\n\n8 \n\nDo  you  ever  stop  to  think  what  a  wonder-world  we  are \nliving  in  in  this  nineteenth  century?  And  yet  the  wonder \nincreases  and  grows  from  year  to  year,  until  I  find  myself \nstanding  on  tiptoe,  with  eyes  peering  wistfully  into  the  future \nand  wondering  what  marvel  next.  There  never  was  a  time \nin  the  history  of  the  world  when  life  was  a  thousandth  part \nso  worth  living  as  to-day. \n\nGo  back  to  the  beginning,  and  see  how  poor  a  world  it  was \nthen.  Man  was  a  naked  barbarian,  a  man  of  the  woods, \ngathering  what  fruits  nature  spontaneously  produced  for  food, \nor  with  difficulty  capturing  some  inhabitant  of  the  water  or \nwoods, — naked  in  body,  naked  in  brain,  naked  in  heart,  naked \nin  soul.  All  the  world  unknown  and  undeveloped.  Think \nof  the  steps  that  have  been  taken  since  then. \n\nI  want  to  suggest  an  illustration  here  and  there.  Man \nfinds  at  last  that  he  can  float  on  the  water,  and  makes  a  dug- \nout boat.  With  it  he  passes  from  point  to  point  or  across \nthe  narrow  rivers,  and  that  grows  until  the  whole  wide \nocean  is  alive  with  magnificent  ships  that  trade  with  every \nport.  He  is  afraid  of  the  lightning,  thinking  it  an  angry \ngod,  or  a  weapon  in  the  hands  of  an  angry  god.  He  cowers \nat  the  crash  of  the  thunder.  Ages  pass,  and  some  man  dis- \ncovers that  a  bit  of  amber,  when  rubbed,  as  the  result  of \nfriction,  will  attract  light  bodies  towards  itsel(.  He  does  not \nknow  what  it  means.  Ages  again  go  by,  and  Franklin  at  last \nbegins  to  speculate  as  to  whether  this  thing,  this  force,  this \nnobody  knows  what,  that  has  been  called  electricity,  may \nnot  be  the  same  thing  that  used  to  be  regarded  as  the \nweapon  of  an  angry  deity.  And  he  proves  it  one  day  by \nattracting  the  lightning  down  out  of  the  heavens.  To-day \nthis  same  lightning,  still  as  unknown  to  the  wisest  as  it  ever \nwas,  gives  us  power  to  speak  to  Chicago,  to  New  York,  to \nPhiladelphia,  to  Washington,  to  hear  the  tones,  the  voices,  of \nour  friends  as  though  they  were  by  our  side.  And  discov- \neries in  regard  to  this  are  still  before  us ;  for  we  are  on  the \nedge  of  that  which  promises  to  put  all  this  into  the  shade  of \nthe  commonplace.     Think  what  a  wonderful  world  this  is  ! \n\n\nI  wish,  friends,  to  say  what  you  all  know, —  for  I  believe \nI  have  always  taken  this  optimistic  tone, —  that,  in  spite  of \nthe  woe,  the  suffering,  in  spite  of  the  mental  struggle,  tor- \nment, toil,  in  spite  of  weariness,  in  spite  of  heartache,  in \nspite  of  all  I  have  seen  or  known,  I  have  never  yet  seen  a \nday  in  my  life  when  I  was  not  unspeakably  glad  that  I  had \nbeen  born. \n\nI  preabhed  a  sermon  on  \"  Life  at  Fifty  \" ;  and  one  of  the \nBoston  papers  did  me  the  honor  of  taking  that  as  the  text \nfor  an  editorial,  and  spoke  about  its  being  all  well  enough \nfor  a  man  to  be  glad  to  be  alive  who  had  been  prosperous, \nsuccessful,  who  was  in  good  health,  who  saw  the  way  open \nbefore  him,  who  had  friends  about  him,  and  raised  the  ques- \ntion —  not  in  a  critical  spirit,  but  simply  as  suggesting  the \nother  side  —  whether  the  same  thing  could  be  true  of  those \nwho  had  not  been  so  prosperous,  and  not  found  so  many \npleasant  things  on  their  journey  through  the  worjd. \n\nI  wish  to  say,  and  say  it  with  emphasis  because  I  wish  you \nto  think  of  it,  that  you  should  consider  this  wonder  side,  this \nmarvel  side,  of  life.  I  have  had  experiences  lasting  five \nminutes  that  were  full,  abounding,  overflowing  payment  for \na  year  of  pain.  I  have  stood  on  a  mountain  in  Colorado, \nthe  magnificence  of  a  sunset  on  one  side  and  of  moonrise \non  the  other,  with  the  plains  stretching  seventy  miles  away, \nand  have  said.  It  is  worth  while  to  have  struggled,  to  have \nhad  the  heartache,  to  have  been  burdened,  to  have  been \nthrough  any  amount  of  labor,  just  for  that ! \n\nOnly  last  fall  I  stood  by  the  harbor  in  San  Diego, —  such \nblue  of  water,  such  blue  of  sky,  as  I  never  saw  anywhere  else \nout  of  Italy,  the  full  moon  floating  above  in  its  glory ;  and  I \nsaid  again.  Just  for  that  any  number  of  years  of  sorrow  are \nworth  living  I \n\nNot  only  that;  but,  if  you  perceive  the  significance  of \nit,  you  will  often  go  still  farther.  I  have  been  down  on \nmy  knees  in  the  spring,  and  watched  a  tiny  grass-blade \nbursting  up  through  the  sod ;  and  there  in  the  presence  of \nthat  infinite  mystery,  the  mystery  of  life,  the  mystery  that \n\n\nlO \n\nneeds  God  to  unfold  as  much  as  it  needs  him  to  account  for \nthe  grandest  constellations  in  the  heaven,  I  have  felt  that \nbecause  I  can  do  this,  that  I  can  watch  these  processes  and \nwonder  what  it  means,  it  is  worth  while  to  be  alive.  It  is \nworth  while  to  suffer,  it  is  worth  while  to  feel  pain,  because \nof  just  the  ability  to  think,  to  question, —  that  one  mysterious, \ninfinite  fact  reveals  another  fact, —  that  there  is  something  of \nthe  infinite  in  me,  that  I  can  be  touched  by  it ;  and  this  sug- \ngestion makes  it  seem  to  me  worth  while  to  be  alive. \n\nWhat  is  life  ?  You  will  not  suppose  that  I  am  going  to \nattempt  to  answer  that  question.  I  ask  it  for  the  suggestion \nthat  it  brings  to  mind.  Life,  in  the  sense  which  I  am  think- \ning of  now,  has  two  aspects, —  its  length  and  its  breadth. \n\nNobody  cares  for  life  merely  for  its  length,  merely  for \nkeeping  on  breathing,  merely  for  unwinding  the  days  and \nnights  one  after  the  other.  If  that  were  all,  mere  continu- \nous existence,  I  think  any  of  us  would  be  ready  to  throw  it \naway.  We  care  for  life  on  account  of  another  value  that  it \nhas,— on  account  of  its  contents,  what  we  can  put  into  it \nand  what  we  can  get  out  of  it.  It  is  that,  and  that  alone, \nwhich  constitutes  to  a  rational  man's  mind  the  worth  of \nlife. \n\nIn  discussing  \"  Money \"  the  other  day,  I  said  that  value \ndepended  entirely  upon  human  desire, —  the  value  of  any- \nthing. If  a  thing  is  desired  only  by  one  person,  it  has  no \nparticular  value.  If  a  thing  is  desired  by  every  one,  and \nthere  is  plenty  of  it,  it  has  very  little  value.  But,  if  some- \nthing is  desired  by  everybody  and  the  quantity  of  it  is \nlimited,  the  value  of  it  may  be  exceedingly  high.  Now,  life \nfinds  its  value  in  precisely  the  same  principle  where  resides \nthe  value  of  money.  It  depends  upon  human  desire.  A \nman  is  only  a  bundle  of  desires. \n\nLife  is  valuable  in  the  first  place,  then,  for  what  a  man  can \nget.  I  wish  to  speak  of  that  phase  of  it  for  a  moment.  It \nis  valuable  for  what  we  can  get,  for  what  we  can  put  into \nour  lives  of  the  things  we  desire.  Man  is  only  a  bundle  of \nappetites.     Some  one  has  humorously  said  that  **  a  baby  is  a \n\n\n>  the  root  idea  of  human  life, \n\niiorous  saying  did  not  probably \n\nnly  a  bundle  of  appetites  reach- \n\nr  whatever  he  can  get  in  the  way \n\nand,  in  so  far  as  we  do  not  injure \n\nbe  ashamed  of  the  fact  that  we \n\nc  wish  to  possess  all  sweet,  beauti- \n\n-.     Life   will    never  be   what   it   is \n\nand  more  the  possibility  of  meeting \n\nicsires  is  attained. \n\n.  so  far  as  the  getting  is  concerned,  is \n\nN  in  the  process  of  getting,  we  are  so \n\nI  hat  we  render  service  to  them,  so  that \n\n-t-'  the  object,  not  only  of  our  individual \n\n:c  of  mankind.     If  nobody  but  yourself \n\nIt  nobody  but  yourself  cares  whether  you \n\n'Ot,  then  your  life  is  a  pretty  poor  affair. \n\nof  value  in  a  broader  sense  by  as  much  as \n\nlives  and  is  the  servant  of  other  lives.     I \n\n;c  number  of  them,  that  do  not  seem  attrac- \n\nil  to  the  outside  gazer,  and  yet  that  are  full \n\ntitensest,  most  heart-felt  satisfaction.     I  know \n\nplain,  plain  to  ugliness.     She  is  old,  she  is \n\nhardly  had  anything  in  her  life  that  an  out- \n\nMsider  desirable;  and  yet  that  life  of  hers  is \n\na  gloria  from  day  to  day,  because  she  has \n\nsuch  relations  of  service  with  her  fellow-men \n\njnscious  every  day  that  she  is  of  use   in   the \n\n■le  is  a  part  of  the  divine  plan  of  things.     She \n\n^  of  gratitude,  she  sees  tears  of  gratitude  fall \n\nthose  whose  lives  she  has  made  easier  and \n\nIT.    This  is  a  kind  of  getting  which  takes \n\n»es  the  lives  of  other  people,  and  so  becomes \n\nrsal  value. \n\nvalue  for  what  we  can  do.  If  we  are  in  a \ncondition,  then  the  exercise  of  any  natural \nwith  it  joy  an-^  cofjcfo/^tion.     Just  as  a  boy's \n\n\n12 \n\nrunning  or  leaping  has  in  it  the  pure  delight  of  mere  phys- \nical exercise,  so  the  exercise  of  these  minds  of  ours  gives  de- \nlight. Have  you  never  felt  it  ?  Have  you  never  struggled \nover  some  problem,  have  you  never  attempted  some  mental \nachievement,  and  at  the  last  succeeded,  and  had  the  glow \nof  satisfaction  in  feeling  that  this  mental  power  had  the \ncapacity  of  grasping  and  working  out  a  fine  idea,  solving  a \ndifficult  problem  ?  So  the  doing  of  the  work,  if  it  be  noble \nand  true,  enters  into  and  becomes  a  part  of  the  universal \nvalue  of  human  life, —  not  something  selfish,  not  something \nthat  ends  with  personal  gratification. \n\nLet  us  come  to  what  is  more  important  still ;  and  that  is  the \nbecoming.  The  one  great  value  of  life  is  attained  in  what  we \nbecome.  In  becoming  anything  great,  anything  true,  any- \nthing noble,  it  is  simply  impossible  for  us  to  be  selfish. \nHere  is  the  beneficence  in  this  order  of  our  human  life, —  that \nno  man  can  be  true,  no  man  can  be  good,  alone.  By  as \nmuch  as  a  man  becomes  anything  that  he  ought  to  be  by  just \nso  much  is  he  of  service  to  his  fellow-men. \n\nA  hermit,  though  they  used  to  think  so,  cannot  possibly \nbe  a  good  man,  because,  as  some  one  has  wittily  said,  \"  It \nis  not  enough  for  a  man  to  be  good :  he  must  be  good  for \nsomething.^'  And  being  good  for  something  means  being \ngood  for  somebody  else,  entering  into  the  life  of  somebody \nelse. \n\nLet  me  take  one  or  two  of  the  great  illustrations  of  the \nworld.  Let  us  look  at  Michel  Angelo,  dreaming  in  his  boy- \nhood of  his  art,  struggling  through  his  youth,  studying, \ndrudging,  until  by  and  by,  in  his  old  age,  he  stands  at  the \nsummit  of  human  achievement  in  the  direction  of  art, — \nsculpture  and  painting.  He  has  become  one  of  the  ideal \nsouls  of  the  world,  and  just  because  of  his  becoming  that  he \nhas  bestowed  upon  mankind  a  wealth  of  achievement  such \nas  princes  and  kings  are  not  rich  enough  to  give.  He  has \nadded  to  the  wealth  of  every  one  who  thinks,  of  every  one \nwho  sees,  of  every  one  who  feels,  of  every  one  who  appreci- \nates the   beauty,   the  glory,   of  artistic  achievement.     He \n\n\n13 \n\ncould  not  become  a  great  artist  except  in  the  process  of  serv- \ning his  fellow-men. \n\nHow  did  William  Lloyd  Garrison  become  the  Great  Lib- \nerator? Could  he  have  gone  off  into  the  wilderness,  and. \nselfishly  and  alone  have  become  a  liberator?  In  the  very \nprocess  of  cultivating  his  own  mind  and  soul  into  the  great- \nness which  he  achieved  he  was  the  universal  servant  of  every \nbondman,  of  every  struggling  soul  on  the  face  of  the  earth. \nBy  becoming  divine  he  rendered  a  divine  service  to  his  fel- \nlow-men. \n\nTake  a  case  in  another  department  of  life,  that  you  may \nsee  how  universal  it  is.  Let  us  look  at  General  Grant  for  a \nmoment.  If  General  Grant  had  lived  in  Galena  quietly  all \nthrough  his  life  and  there  had  been  no  civil  war,  he  would \nhave  been  a  commonplace  tradesman,  perhaps  a  common- \nplace nothing.  What  did  he  become?  He  became  the \n•greatest  general  of  his  epoch.  Alone?  Without  rendering \nany  service  to  anybody  else  ?  He  became  this  by  standing \nat  every  step  faithful  and  devoted  to  his  country,  by  render- \ning such  service  to  his  age  and  human  freedom,  to  the  hopes \nof  human  liberty  on  this  planet,  as  no  other  man,  save  one, \nduring  this  era,  was  able  to  render. \n\nThese  are  great  instances.  Is  there  anything  like  it  for \nyou  and  me?  There  is  something  precisely  as  divine  for \nyou  and  me.  One  of  the  most  selfish  things  is  for  a  person \nj^ettishly  to  say,  I  will  do  nothing,  I  will  be  of  no  service, \nbecause  I  cannot  become  distinguished.  The  man  who \nplaces  before  him  as  his  one  ideal  the  thought  of  becoming \ndistinguished  can  never  be  a  man.  That  very  ideal,  if  it  be \nthe  topmost  one  of  his  dream,  is  a  mean,  contemptible,  anti- \nhuman  ideal.  We  can  become  in  our  place,  according  to  our \ndegree,  as  good  as  any  angel  in  God's  presence.  We  can \nbecome,  right  where  we  are, —  in  our  stores,  in  our  offices, \non  the  sidewalk,  in  our  homes,  in  the  common,  every-day \naffairs  of  every-day  life, —  merciful,  pitiful,  sympathetic,  help- \nful, of  use  to  others,  and  so  to  the  very  innermost  essence \nof  our  souls  God-like  and  divine.     A  dewdrop  can  hold  the \n\n\n12 \n\n^TiT-  r^  rr  iea?.-^  h^  in  it  the  pure  delist  of  meie  p\\iyv \n*^^  ^^^■^o-e.  >:  :be  exercise  of  these  miods  of  oars  gires  de- \n^irr-  Hi-ne  roa  never  felt  it?  Have  you  never  struggled \nr-T'ss^  STi^Tae  prorleai,  hare  rou  never  attempted  some  mental \n•=^errs«-^  aci  at  the  last  succeeded,  and  had  the  gloi \n•t:  sr_:sfact.oa  ia  feeling  that  this  mental  power  bad  the \n3C  grasping  and  working  out  a  fine  idea,  solving  a \nc  ::^^^/:  pr^xileia  ?  So  the  doing  of  the  work,  if  it  be  noble \n*^c  trae,  etiters  into  and  becomes  a  part  of  the  universal \n^*^^  ^^  --man  life, —  not  something  selfish,  not  something \n^i^a:  eads  w.:b  personal  gratification. \n\n^-^  ^  ^- 3>e  :o  what  is  more  important  still ;  and  that  is  the \n^'■^=^-  ^^  one  great  value  of  life  b  attained  in  what  vc \n^\"^^*^^-  ^a  becoming  anjrthing  great,  anjrthing  true,  any- \n^^  =>:i>je,  it  is  simplj  impossible  for  us  to  be  selfish. \nHe?>-  is  the  beneficence  in  this  order  of  our  human  life,— that \nDO  man  can  be  true,  no  man  can  be  good,  alone.  By  as \n■och  as  a  man  becomes  anything  that  he  ought  to  be  by  just \nso  moch  is  be  of  service  to  his  fellow-men. \n\nA  hermit,  though  they  used  to  think  so,  cannot  possibly \n^  *  good  iBan,  because,  as  some  one  has  wittily  said, \"  ll \ni*  iKX  enough  for  a  man  to  be  good :  he  must  be  good  for \nso»e:hi  ng.''  And  being  good  for  something  means  being \n^r-xxi  for  somebody  else,  entering  into  the  life  of  somebody \nelse. \n\nLet  me  take  one  or  two  of  the  great  illustrations  of  the \n•orld      li-r  u^  l^iok  ai  Michel  Angcio,  dreaniing  in \nhood  of  his   an,   stru|;gfing  through    his   joutli, \ntlro^ag,  unti!  by  and^^^^jt^^t^l^  stand  c \n\niculpmre  an \n\n«oul$  rJ  ;b^^ \nhas  k?:L*«/ \na^pn&cef \n\n\nTfiS  -V-L \n\n\nim-z^^ \n\n\n\"a    2 \n\n\n14 \n\nsun,  and  so  the  tiniest  life  can  hold  God.  But  we  show  that \nwe  are  God-like  by  appreciating  this,  and  by  entering  into \nfellowship  with  these  great  noble  souls. \n\nAnd  now  let  me  hint  at  the  last  and  highest  worth  of  life, \nthe  worth  of  the  poorest,  the  meanest,  the  least  developed \nlife.  It  lies  in  this  :  that  every  soul  has  about  it  the  touch  of \nthe  Infinite.  Every  soul  has  within  itself  the  possibilities  of \nboundless  unfolding ;  and  I  believe  as  we  go  on,  if  we  only \nopen  our  hearts  to  the  influences  of  the  universe  and  they \nplay  upon  us,  that  we  shall  find  the  world  growing  richer  and \nsweeter  and  grander  at  every  step,  until  the  universe  ulti- \nmately shall  be  our  home.  You  only  need  to  study  the \ngrowth  of  things  from  the  early  barbarism  until  to-day  to  see \nhow  the  world  has  been  unlocked  and  opened  in  a  million \nways  that  were  shut  to  the  men  of  the  far-oflf  time.  And  as \nyet  we  have  only  opened  a  few  doors.  We  are  beginning  to \nunlock  others.  There  is  this  quality  about  the  universe :  that, \nif  we  unlock  one  door  and  enter  one  room,  instead  of  being \nat  the  end,  we  simply  see  other  doors  opening  out  of  that \nroom  in  every  direction ;  and,  when  we  unlock  another  and \nenter,  we  find  still  other  doors  opening  before  us,  and  so  it \nwidens  and  widens  to  infinity.  We  have  five  senses.  Do \nyou  think  those  measure  the  universe  ?  Why,  the  bat  and \nthe  owl  live  in  universes  to-day  that  are  closed  to  us !  The \nmicroscope  reveals  to  us  universe  below  universe,  an  infinity \nof  which  we  can  only  dream.  The  telescope,  on  the  other \nhand,  opens  worlds  on  worlds  of  which  we  can  only  dream. \nIf  we  had  ears  to  hear,  the  silence  of  the  unfolding  of  a  rose \nwould  be  music  to  us.  If  we  had  eyes  to  see,  there  are  ten \nthousand  beauties  of  which  we  have  never  dreamed  that \nwould  be  revealed  to  us. \n\nAnd  so  the  value,  the  worth,  of  life  to  me,  as  I  stand  here \nand  look  forward,  is  in  the  intense,  eager  interest  with  which \nI  look  towards  that  which  I  know  is  before  me.  Some \nlives  are  like  rivers  that  sink  out  of  sight,  as  do  some \nin  the  Western  deserts,  disappearing  in  the  sand.  But  our \nlives  ought  to  be  like  those  that  start  on  the  mountain,  flow \n\n\n15 \n\ndown  to  the  plains,  bearing  the  mighty  commerce  of  the \nworld,  and  then  rushing  with  joy  and  gladness  out  into  the \nocean,  not  to  be  lost,  but  to  become  a  part  of  that  infinite \nlife  which  flows  round  the  globe. \n\nFather,  let  us  be  able  to  appreciate  even  a  little  of  the \nworth  of  this  wondrous  gift  of  life  that  has  come  to  us  from \nThy  hand.  Let  us  not  demean  it,  brush  off  the  bloom,  fling \nit  in  the  dust,  and  then  say,  It  is  a  poor,  petty  thing.  Let \nus  see  its  divine  possibilities,  let  us  rejoice  in  its  beauties, \nlet  us  make  it  of  service  to  our  fellow-men,  let  us  consecrate \nit  to  Thee,  and  make  it  a  part  of  Thy  life,  and  we  shall  see \nhow  rich  and  fair  a  thing  it  may  become.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ...  20  cents. \n\n\"    Doi ^7.50 \n\n\"      Cloth,    \"    Copy,    .     .     .    .  )o  cents. \n\n\"      \"    Doi ^5.50 \n\n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  very  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preiiaring  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \n01  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes:  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scnolarship.  The  great  modem  rcTolu- \ntion  of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudy  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbriet  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adaptea  te  any  grade  of  scholan \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  ome  skill  tn  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nQBO.  H.  ELLrlS,  Publiiher,  141  Franklin  St.,  Boston,  Maaa. \n\n\nPubllBbed  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  single  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol.  13  APRIL  22,  1892  No.  28 \n\n\nSERIES  ON \n\nEVERY-DAY  RELIGION \n\n\nnil.  DEATH  AND  AFTER \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141  FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nentered  at  the  Po$i'C0Uet  Bo  ton,  Mau.,  a$  teewd^lau  mail  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligioas  Reconatruction.    lamo $i.oo \n\nlliese  Defenenite  Days.    Small  i6aio.    Flexibla §» \n\nMy  Craed.    lamo 1.00 \n\nPoema.    i6mo.    Fall  gilt.    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Qoad.    i6mo.    Foil  gilt t.s5 \n\nSodal  Problema.    lamo e.oo \n\nThe  Reli^ona  Life.    lamo i.oo \n\nBebef  in  God.    tamo                     i.oo \n\nBelie£a  about  If  an.    lamo         i.oo \n\nBeliefa  about  the  Bible.         i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morale  of  Evolution.    lamo i.oo \n\nTalka  about  Jeaua.    tamo         1.00 \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.    lamo i.ao \n\nChriatiani^  the  Science  of  Manhood,    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolotion.    lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Qnestiona.    i6dio       1.00 \n\nBluffton :  A  Storr  of  To-day.    lamo i.jo \n\nHelpa  for  Daihr  Living.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,    lamo 1.00 \n\nLife.     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand«book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Fonerala.    Qoth 7$ \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nQoth t.oo \n\nLeather i.fo \n\nUnitariaw  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnoe,  Paper,  per  copy,  ....     so  cents.    Per  dos.,  i.co \n\n\"      Cloth,        •«               .    .    .    30     ••               \"  a.so \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  rqpilarlv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit. \"  Subscription  price,  for  the  season,  $i.so; \nsingle  copies,  s  cents. \n\nGEO.  H.  SLL/S,  PmUkk^, \n\nt4M  FrmmUm  Si,,  B^tUm,  JCitf . \n\n\nDEATH  AND  AFTER.* \n\n\n\"  But  as  it  is  written,  things  which  eye  saw  not,  and  ear  heard  not,  and \nwhich  entered  not  into  the  heart  of  man,  whatsoever  things  God  prepared \nfor  them  that  love  him.\" —  i  Cor.  ii.  9. \n\nI  AM  often  asked,  What  is  this  Easter  day  and  its  signifi- \ncance to  you, —  to  you  Unitarians,  to  you  who  do  not  accept \nthe  doctrine  of  the  deity  of  Jesus,  to  you  who  do  not  believe \nin  the  raising  of  the  physical  body  that  died  to  life  again  ? \nSome  years  ago  I  answered  this  question  at  length  in  a  ser- \nmon entitled  \"The  Human  Easter,\"  I  wish  for  only  one \nbrief  moment  to  touch  upon  the  theme  again,  because  the \nquestion  constantly  recurs,  and  because  there  are  thousands \nyet  who  do  not  seem  to  be  acquainted  with  the  answer. \n\nEaster  is  not  peculiarly  a  Christian  festival.  It  did  not \noriginate  with  Christianity.  This  hope  which  we  celebrate \nto-day  is  as  old  as  death  and  love.  It  was  born  in  the  human \nheart  when  first  human  love  brooded  and  questioned  over \nthe  white  face  of  the  dead.  Easter,  in  all  its  essential  feat- \nures, is  as  old  as  history, —  in  China,  in  Persia,  in  India,  in \nEgypt,  in  Greece,  in  Rome,  hundreds  and  hundreds  of  years \nbefore  the  Christ  was  born,  before  it  entered  into  the  hearts \nof  those  who  loved  him  to  celebrate  their  belief  in  his  death- \nlessness.     The  hope  is  human,  and  as  wide  as  humanity. \n\nNot  only  that.  Not  one  single  symbol,  not  a  ritual,  not  a \nservice,  not  an  emblem,  not  a  flower  connected  with  the \nday,  but  is  hundreds  of  years  older  than  Christianity.  The \nChurch  simply  adopted  and  reconsecrated  and  used  a  human \nfestival  which  it  found  already  dear  to  the  hearts  of  the  peo- \n\n*  Phonogrmphically  reported. \n\n\npie.  I  rejoice  in  this  great  fact  to-day.  I  rejoice  that  I  may \nbelieve  not  that  God  sent  the  light  of  this  hope  only  to  a  few, \nbut  that  it  has  shined  wherever  the  sun  has  shone,  and  that \nits  whisper  of  hope  has  touched  and  thrilled  every  human \nheart.  The  shape  that  the  service  has  assumed,  the  form \nthat  has  been  given  to  man's  ideas  concerning  death  and \nthat  which  follows  after,  has  of  course  varied  with  the  stage \nof  barbarism  or  of  civilization,  varied  according  to  national \npeculiarities  and  characteristics,  taken  on  color  from  customs \nand  habits  of  the  world ;  but  it  has  been  held  everywhere. \n\nIn  the  main,  the  common  ideas  of  death  which  have  pre- \nvailed in  the  past  have  been  shrouded  in  gloom.  The  im- \nages and  figures  that  have  been  used  to  set  forth  the  fact  of \ndeath  have  been  inexpressibly  sad,  are  filled  with  terror,  are \nanything  but  inviting.  If  you  read  the  stories  in  the  \"  Ara- \nbian Nights  \"  you  will  find  that  almost  all  of  them  close  by \nsaying,  So  they  lived  in  all  joy  and  peace  until  he  came  — \nmeaning  death  —  who  is  the  destroyer  of  delights  and  the \nsunderer  of  companies.  Death,  then,  to  the  Arab  mind  is \na  destroyer  of  delight  and  a  separater  of  those  who  love. \n\nCuriously  enough,  as  it  seems  to  me,  some  of  the  most \nhopeless  and  gloomy  figures  imaginable  are  associated  with \nChristianity.  And  yet  Christianity  started  on  its  career, \nmore  than  for  any  and  all  reasons  combined,  by  virtue  of \nthe  fact  that  they  believed  that  death  had  been  abolished. \nThat  was  the  one  mightiest  and  most  conquering  thought  in \nthe  new  gospel,  Paul  says,  \"  To  depart  and  be  with  Christ \nis  far  better.\"  And  he  closes  this  chapter  which  I  have  read \nto  you  this  morning  with  the  cry :  \"  O  death,  where  is  thy \nsting  ?  O  grave,  where  is  thy  victory  ? \"  It  was  triumph  over \ndeath,  it  was  immortality,  that  gave  the  Christian  movement \nits  mightiest  hold  on  the  popular  heart.  And  yet,  to  judge \nby  the  mourning,  the  trappings  of  gloom,  the  black  hearse \nand  pall  and  plumes,  and  the  way  in  which  the  mourners \nthemselves  are  costumed,  you  would  suppose  that  even  to  the \nChristian  death  is  the  end  of  all  hope  instead  of  being  the \nbeginning  of  another  better  career,  as  their  creed  compels \n\n\nthem  at  least  to  say  they  believe.  There  is  no  figure  of  death \nin  all  literature  more  horrible  than  that  which  Milton  has \ngiven  us  in  \"  Paradise  Lost,\"  where  he  describes \n\n...\"  The  other  shape  — \nIf  shape  it  might  be  called,  that  shape  had  none \nDistinguishable  in  member,  joint,  or  limb, \nOr  substance  might  be  called  that  shadow  seemed. \nFor  each  seemed  either — black  it  stood  as  night, \nFierce  as  ten  furies,  terrible  as  hell, \nAnd  shook  a  dreadful  dart\" \n\nThe  skull  and  cross-bones,  all  the  horrors  of  the  grave, \nhave  been  gathered  round  this  ideal  of  death,  until  the  Chris- \ntian imagination  concerning  it  seems  to  have  lost  its  bright- \nness and  been  completely  enshrouded  in  gloom. \n\nI  propose,  this  morning,  not  to  argue  about  death  and \nafter,  not  to  attempt  anything  in  the  way  of  proof,  but  only \nto  tell  you  what  I  think  and  believe.  I  wish  to  assure  you  at \nthe  outset,  however,  that  I  shall  say  nothing  which  is  incon- \nsistent with  common  science  or  any  accepted  knowledge  of \nthe  world.  I  wish  to  say  farther  that,  for  many  of  the  posi- \ntions which  I  assume,  I  have  what  seems  to  me  satisfactory \nevidence;  and,  further,  that  for  all  I  shall  say  there  exists \nto  my  mind,  if  not  proof  in  the  scientific  sense  of  the  word, \nat  least  good  and  sufficient  reason.  There  is  no  time  this \nmorning,  even  if  it  were  the  fit  occasion,  to  give  proof.  I \nsay  this  merely  because,  if  some  one  raises  the  question \nwhether  it  is  possible  that  this  position  has  been  established, \nthey  will  not  say  that  I  have  omiited  the  proof  from  an  over- \nsight or  because  I  had  none  to  offer.  Let  us,  then,  consider \nthis  great  fact  of  death. \n\nDeath,  it  has  been  taught  us, —  this  is  the  universal  Chris- \ntian tradition, —  was  an  after-thought,  and  not  a  part  of  the \noriginal  divine  plan,  God  made  this  fair  earth  lighted  by \nthe  sun  and  the  stars,  and  created  man  sinless  and  perfect. \nGod  intended,  if  only  man  were  obedient,  that  he  should  live \nhere  on  this  earth  as  immortal,  as  painless,  as  are  the  angels \nabove.     This,  I  say,  we  have  been  taught  was  the  original \n\n\nidea.  But  man  sinned  ;  and  so,  as  the  result  of  that  sin,  as  a \npunishment  sent  of  the  divine  anger,  death  came  into  the \nworld,  and  all  the  train  of  evils  that  are  generally  associated \nwith  death. \n\nI  wish  to  deny,  as  emphatically  as  I  know  how,  all  that  class \nof  conceptions.  Let  us  face  the  fact  —  for  this  is  fact,  this  is \ndemonstrated  science — that  death  is  as  natural  as  birth,  that \ndeath  is  a  part  of  the  divine  order.  It  was  not  an  after- \nthought. It  was  not  the  result  of  any  anger  on  the  part  of \nGod.  It  was  not  the  result  of  any  man's  sin.  Death  from \nthe  beginning  was  as  natural  as  birth,  as  natural  as  sunset  is, \nas  natural  as  the  dawn.  I  believe  therefore  that  death,  in- \nstead of  being  an  evil,  is  a  token  not  only  of  the  divine  wis- \ndom, but  of  the  divine  love  as  well. \n\nWe  dream  of  an  immortal  life  here  on  earth ;  but,  if  you \nstop  to  consider  the  limitations,  the  conditions,  of  such  a  life, \neven  were  it  possible,  I  do  not  believe  you  would  choose  it. \nEven  if  we  could  live  here  forever  on  this  earth  and  all  be \nhealthy  and  strong,  if  we  could  gain  what  is  at  present  an \nalmost  unimaginable  control  over  the  native  forces  of  the \nearth,  would  you  take  it,  as  compared  with  that  which  I  be- \nlieve to  be  true  ?  I  would  not.  Suppose  we  lived  here  year \nafter  year  and  century  after  century,  it  would  not  be  a  great \nwhile  —  indeed,  it  would  be  a  very  short  while — before  the \nearth  would  be  full.  Then  births  must  cease.  All  the \npeople  on  the  earth  would  be  grown  up  and  old.  There \nwould  be  no  more  family  life,  no  more  children,  no  more  of \nthe  joy  of  watching  these  unfolding  minds  and  hearts  and \ntraining  these  uncertain  steps.  How  much  of  what  makes \nup  the  happiness  of  life  would  be  wiped  out  by  that  one \nfact  at  a  stroke !  But  that  would  be  a  necessity.  Then  I \nhave  curiosity  enough,  so  that  I  should  want  to  explore.  I \nwould  not  like  to  be  kept  forever  on  this  tiny  planet,  only \neight  thousand  miles  through,  when  the  universe  seemed  to \nbe  inviting  study  and  opening  on  every  hand  its  vistas  of  un- \nexplored glory.  But  with  these  bodies  that  sort  of  dream \nwould  be  an  absurdity. \n\n\nFor,  did  you  ever  stop  to  think  that  our  lives  depend  mo- \nment by  moment  on  the  stable  equilibrium  of  our  climate \nand  the  purity,  the  balance,  of  the  particles  that  make  up \nthe  air  we  breathe  ?  We  could  not  live  except  at  the  bottom \nof  this  ocean  we  call  the  air.  We  could  not  dream  even  of \nvisiting  our  own  little  satellite,  the  moon.  It  would  be  an \nabsurdity  with  our  earthly  mortality,  such  as  we  are  to-day. \nThen  it  seems  to  me  that  the  horrors  that  in  our  minds  sur- \nround death  are  almost  entirely  imaginative  horrors,  no  more \nreal  than  the  creatures  that  frighten  a  child  as  he  is  asked  to \ngo  upstairs  alone  at  night, —  creatures  that  exist  only  in  the \nfancy  of  the  child. \n\nDeath,  then,  what  is  it }  We  confuse  it  with  a  thousand \nthings  that  are  no  part  of  it  at  all.  The  pains  and  sickness \nthat  are  the  result  of  our  ignorance  and  carelessness,  of  our \nbreaking  the  laws  of  life, —  these  are  no  part  of  death.  Purely \nnatural  death  is  only  going  to  sleep,  and,  generally,  is  as \npainless  as  going  to  sleep,  is  as  much  a  relief,  a  something \nsought  with  as  great  eagerness.  I  have  watched  it  within \nthe  circle  of  my  own  family  and  friends,  and  have  seen  that \nthis  natural  dying  is  only  ceasing  of  the  candle-flame  when \nthe  fuel  is  consumed,  is  only  the  slow  cessation  of  the  ticking \nof  a  clock  as  it  runs  down, —  no  horror,  no  suffering,  but \nonly  a  sleeping.  We  have  no  right  to  confuse  with  the  fact \nof  death  all  the  evils  of  disease  and  suffering  which  are  the \nconcomitant  of  our  ignorance,  our  carelessness,  our  law- \nbreaking  lives,  and  then  charge  this  as  an  indictment  against \nGod,  and  say  he  is  cruel  and  unkind  to  ordain  death  for  us \nall.     There  is  nothing  cruel  or  unkind  in  the  fact  of  death. \n\nThen  we  add  another  horror  to  it  by  imagining  that  there \nis  suffering  in  the  separation  of  the  soul  from  the  body \nwhich  does  not  exist.  Even  when  death  comes  as  the  re- \nsult of  prolonged  disease,  it  is  almost  always  painless.  The \nmuscular  movement  and  nervous  activity  ninety-nine  times \nout  of  a  hundred  are  purely  unconscious :  they  do  not  indi- \ncate pain. \n\nWe  add  another  horror  by  our  fancies  as  to  what  is  to \n\n\n8 \n\ncome  beyond.  To  how  many  people  does  the  grave  add  a \nblackness  to  the  thought  of  dying !  Yet  what  is  the  grave  ? \nI  see  people  every  little  while  trying  to  preserve  the  bodies \nof  those  they  love  from  what  is  the  sweetest,  most  natural \nthing  in  the  world, —  their  going  back,  simply  and  naturally, \ninto  grasses  and  flowers, —  dust  returning  unto  dust.  We \nfancy  that  we  are  going  to  be  buried  or  we  fancy  that  our \nfriends  have  been  buried.  We  talk  about  their  lying  in \nMount  Auburn  or  at  Forest  Hills.  Do  you  believe  that  they \nare  there  ?  Even  a  materialist,  who  has  no  hope  of  a  future \nlife  at  all,  does  not  believe  that.  Let  us  face  the  facts \nsquarely,  then,  that  the  body  is  only  an  old,  worn-out  suit  of \nclothes.  Put  it  away  with  reverence,  love  the  place  for  the \nassociation  of  the  dead,  but  do  not  add  a  burden  to  the  agony \nand  the  darkness  of  death  by  fancying  that  any  one  is  ever \nburied. \n\nThen  how  much  of  the  horror  of  dying  has  come  from  the \nterms  in  which  we  speak  of  that  something  which  comes \nafter  death.  The  world,  the  barbaric  world,  the  cruel  world \nof  the  past,  has  let  its  imagination  run  riot  in  creating \npurely  imaginary  terrors,  clothing  God  with  such  attributes \nas  would  make  him  a  fiend,— pictures  of  judgment,  of  fire, \nof  chains,  of  the  worm  that  dieth  not,  with  every  conceivable \npang  and  shadow.  Friends,  these  are  no  part  of  God's \nsweet,  blessed  gift  of  death.  Do  not  create  these  fancied \nhorrors,  and  then  charge  them  on  Almighty  God.  These  are \nonly  the  outcome  of  our  own  cruel,  crude,  and  barbaric \nfancies. \n\nWhat,  then,  is  death  ?  Death  is  only  the  transition  from \nthis  present  mode  of  life  to  another.  It  is  only  another \nkind  of  birth, —  as  natural  as  birth,  as  sweet,  as  blessed,  as \nfull  of  hope  as  is  birth. \n\nLet  me  here,  before  I  touch  farther  upon  that  point,  raise \nanother  question  which  perhaps  to  the  minds  of  many  of \nyou  precedes  it.  Where  have  these  that  have  died  gone  ? \nIt  is  very  interesting  to  trace  the  imaginations  of  the  world \non  this  subject.     I  cannot  go   into   the   matter  extensively \n\n\nthis  morning,  even  if  I  would.  But  all  sorts  of  fancies  and \ndreams  have  taken  shape  in  the  minds  of  men  in  the  past. \nAs  an  illustration,  some  tribe  that  lived  near  the  mouth  of \na  river  emigrated,  following  the  course  of  the  stream  up \ntowards  its  source.  With  their  instinctive  feeling  that  the \ndead  love  the  places  that  have  been  the  old  home,  they \nfancy  that  the  souls  of  those  who  depart  return  to  their  origi- \nnal home ;  and  so  it  becomes  a  part  of  the  burial  service  to \ntake  a  boat  and  put  the  body  into  it,  and  set  it  afloat  upon \nthe  river  that  they  believe  will  carry  it  back  to  the  old \nabode.  And  years  after  they  have  moved  away  from  any \nstream  perhaps,  and  they  have  forgotten  even  how  the  idea \never  came  into  their  minds,  they  still  retain  the  boat  shape \nfor  the  casket ;  and  the  idea  still  exists  that  by  setting  the \nboats  adrift  they  may  be  carried  by  the  living  stream  back \nto  the  original  home  of  the  people. \n\nThen  others  perceive  the  course  of  the  sun  in  the  heavens, \nand  worship  it  as  a  god.  They  see  in  their  poetic  fancies \nthe  clouds  as  islands  at  sea  floating  in  the  glory  of  the  sun- \nset ;  and  they  picture  these  islands  as  a  blessed  abode  of  the \ndead,  far  to  the  west  The  old  Hebrews,  when  they  came  to \nbelieve  in  the  continued  existence  of  the  soul,  imagined  that \nthe  dead  went  to  Sheol,  which  was  an  underground  cavern. \nThe  early  Christians  believed  that  all  spirits,  good  and  bad \nalike,  went  down  to  Sheol ;  but  they  came  at  last  to  divide \nSheol  into  two  places,  one  Paradise,  and  the  other  Gehenna. \n\nThen  in  later  times,  before  our  more  modern  ideas  of  astron- \nomy, it  was  thought  that  the  home  of  the  blessed  might  be \non  some  planet,  some  sun,  some  glorious  orb,  far  in  the \ndeeps  of  space.  But  let  us  think  for  a  moment  how  utterly \nimpossible  for  any  one  to  have  an  idea  of  that  kind  to-day. \nIt  was  easy  to  picture  heaven  there,  when  it  was  believed \nthat  the  blue  dome  was  only  a  few  miles  away,  and  a  solid \ndome  at  that.  But  now  this  blue  dome  of  air  has  become \nempty  space;  and,  when  we  have  left  our  little  solar  sys- \ntem with  its  sun,  its  planets  and  their  moons,  and  started \nto  find  our  nearest  neighbor,  it  is  so  far  off  that  it  takes  the \n\n\nlO \n\nlightning  speed  of  light  three  and  one  half  years  to  traverse \nthe  distance.  There  are  suns  so  far  away  that  it  takes  thou* \nsands  and  thousands  of  years  for  light  that  travels  swifter \nthan  lightning  to  cross  the  intervening  space.  Shall  we \nimagine  a  heaven  so  far  away  that  souls  would  be  years  and \nyears  in  the  journey  to  find  it  ? \n\nI  believe  —  and  I  can  tell  you  so  this  morning  —  that  the \nspirit  world  folds  this  lovely,  beautiful  old  earth  around  like \nan  atmosphere ;  and  when  you  ask  me  where  those  we  call \nthe  dead  are  gone,  I  do  not  believe  that  they  necessarily \nhave  gone  so  very  far  away.  Milton  imagined  and  put \ninto  words  his  belief  that  millions  of  spiritual  creatures \nwalked  the  earth  unseen,  when  we  wake  or  when  we  sleep. \nI  believe  that  this  world  of  those  we  call  the  dead  is  close \nby  us  and  all  around  us,  and  there  is  a  difficulty  about  that \nto  our  imaginations  only  because  we  are  the  fools  of  our \neyes  and  ears.  We  fancy  that  we  see  all  there  is,  that  we \nhear  all  there  is ;  while,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  our  clear-headed \nscience  has  taught  all  those  who  have  cared  to  find  out  its \ntruths  that  it  is  only  the  tiniest  part  of  this  physical  universe \nthat  we  ever  see  or  hear, —  just  a  little  fraction  that  our \nsenses  enable  us  to  explore.  It  has  taught  us  that  the  might- \niest of  all  the  physical  forces  of  the  world  are  the  invisible \nforces,  the  intangible  forces.  We  talk  about  spirit  as  being \nshadowy,  ghostly,  thin,  unreal.  Why }  The  things  that  dis- \nsolve, the  things  that  change,  the  things  that  disperse  like \nshadows,  are  what  we  speak  of  as  material  things  often,  from \nthe  point  of  view  of  science.  The  things  we  cannot  see  and \ncannot  touch  are  the  mighty  physical  forces.  There  is  noth- \ning, then,  in  the  science  of  the  world  to  make  it  seem  un- \nreasonable that  those  we  love  may  be  close  to  us,  watching \nour  lives,  able  to  render  us  services  in  ways  that  we  can  as \nyet  only  partly  comprehend.    This,  friends,  I  believe. \n\nBut,  says  some  one,  would  not  that  take  away  from  all  the \njoy  and  peace  of  our  friends — to  see  us  in  pain,  in  sorrow,  to \nsee  us  grieving  over  their  departure  ?  Could  it  be  heaven  to \nthem  to  know  all  this  ?     Does  it  take  away  all  your  happi- \n\n\nII \n\nness,  all  your  peace,  does  it  ruin  all  the  brightness  of  your \nJives,  as  you  watch  a  child  crying  over  a  broken  toy,  disap- \npointed at  the  destruction  of  some  petty  scheme  that  you \nknow  will  be  forgotten  to-morrow  ?  If  we  can  imagine  these \nfriends  of  ours  as  really  about  us,  knowing  the  outcome  that \nwe  do  not  know,  seeing  the  meaning  of  the  discipline,  the \nsorrow,  the  burdens  that  we  bear,  do  you  not  see  that  our \nsorrows,  our  griefs,  would  be  to  them  only  as  the  griefs  and \nsorrows  of  children  are  to  us,  and  need  not  necessarily  inter- \nfere with  their  happiness  at  all  ? \n\nBut  I  hasten  to  another  point.  What  kind  of  people  are \nthese  ?  We  have  dreamed  of  ghosts  and  of  hauntings  until \nthere  is  this  unreasoning  kind  of  fear  m  the  hearts  of  thou- \nsands of  people.  I  wonder,  sometimes,  as  I  think  of  it.  I \nhave  known  people  that  you  could  not  hire  with  money  to \nspend  the  night  in  the  presence  of  the  dead  body  of  the \ndearest  friend  they  had  on  earth.  What  do  they  fear }  Who \nare  these  people  that  used  to  live  here?  Why,  they  are \nsimply  folks  like  ourselves.  There  is  not  an  inhabitant  in \nall  that  world  that  I  know  of  whom  I  would  not  want  to  see \nat  any  hour  of  night  or  day.  Why  should  I  fear  them  ?  I \nhave  done  them  no  harm.  I  have  no  idea  that  they  wish  to \ndo  me  any  harm.  They  are  people  like  us.  They  remember \nthis  old  life  here.  Indeed,  they  have  never  been  very  far \naway  from  it.  Why  should  they  forget  it  ?  They  love  us  just \nas  of  old.  There  is  nothing  in  the  fact  of  death  to  change  a \nman's  love,  to  change  a  man's  character,  to  change  a  man's \npurposes  or  aspirations  or  desires.  Death  does  not  turn  us \ninto  angels  or  devils,  nor  make  ghosts  of  us.  It  simply  leaves \nus  what  it  found  us.  By  going  through  a  door  you  are  not \nchanged.  You  were  not  changed  by  going  to  sleep  last  night \nand  waking  up  this  morning.  Neither  does  death  touch  or \nchange  us  in  one  essential  of  our  nature  or  characters,  our \npurposes,  our  desires. \n\nDo  they  wear  a  body  over  yonder?  To  my  thinking,  this \nquestion  answers  itself.  We  talk  sometimes  about  pure \nforce.     Now,  no  man  on  the  face  of  the  earth  ever  had  any- \n\n\n12 \n\nthing  to  do  with  such  a  thing  as  pure  force.  There  is  no  such \nthing  outside  the  dictionary.  Nobody  ever  knew  of  any \nforce  dissociated  from  matter.  Force  and  matter  go  to- \ngether forever.  And,  so  far  as  we  know,  matter  is  as  eternal \nand  indestructible  as  God,  whose  garment  and  manifestation \nit  is. \n\nI  believe,  then,  that  our  friends  in  the  other  life  have \nbodies  as  substantial  and  real  as  are  these  that  we  wear. \nAnd  there  is  nothing  in  science  to  contradict  such  a  hope  or \nbelief.  Indeed,  the  scientists  themselves  are  to-day  on  the \nverge  of  such  discoveries  about  the  nature  and  constitution \nof  matter  as  promise  to  revolutionize  all  our  ideas  even  con- \ncerning the  world  we  live  in.  Pure  spirit  to  me  means  pure \nnothing.  I  believe,  then,  that  these  inhabitants  of  the  other \nlife  are  real  and  substantial,  substantial  as  we  are.  Which \nis  the  more  substantial,  electricity  or  a  brick  ?  Which  is \nmore  substantial,  a  fossil  bone  or  the  ether,  which  thrills \nthrough  all  space?  Here,  again,  we  are  only  the  fools  of \nour  own  tiny,  limited  senses.  We  have  not  learned  to \nthink  beyond.  Substance  does  not  mean  something  I  can \nfeel  with  my  hands.  My  power  of  sense  is  very  limited. \nSubstance  does  not  necessarily  mean  something  that  these \neyes  can  see.  My  power  of  vision  is  yet  limited.  Indeed, \nit  is  not  the  eyes  that  see  at  all.  I  believe  that  we  shall  see \neach  other  in  that  other  life,  not  necessarily  with  this  kind  of \nvisual  organ.  But  do  you  think  that  people  are  blind  merely \nbecause  they  lose  their  eyes  ?  When  two  persons  are  con- \nversing over  a  telephone,  and  the  line  gets  out  of  order,  does \nit  annihilate  either  of  the  speakers?  It  is  the  brain  that \nsees ;  and,  when  we  trace  it  even  to  the  nerves  and  brain,  we \nare  not  at  the  end.  It  is  /who  see,  not  any  one  part  of  my \nbody,  any  more  than  the  telescope  is  part  of  the  eye. \n\nWhat  do  they  do  over  there  ?  I  believe  they  lead  purely \nhuman  lives,  just  as  natural  lives  as  we  lead  here.  There \nare  certain  occupations  that  will  be  gone,  I  hope ;  but,  if  you \nwill  stop  to  think  of  it,  you  will  understand  yourselves  what \nis  the  principle  that  ought  to  guide  your  dreaming.     Many \n\n\n13 \n\nthings,  associated  with  the  body  as  at  present  constituted, \nwill  be  done  away  with;  and  here  comes  the  tremendous \nmotive  force  that  ought  to  lead  you  to  cultivate  while  here \nmore  of  those  faculties  and  powers  that  you  can  take  with \nyou,  not  go  over  there  stripped  and  naked  of  occupation  and \ninterest.  The  things  that  are  connected  with  thought,  feel- \ning, love,  the  intangible  things,  music,  art,  the  search  for \ntruth  and  beauty, —  these,  I  believe,  will  endure.  Is  Mendels- \nsohn through  with  his  music  ?  I  trust  not.  Is  Michel \nAngelo  through  with  his  devotion  to  beauty  and  art?  I \ntrust  not.  Is  Shakspere  forever  done  with  his  poetry?  I \ntrust  not.  And  then,  as  thousands  every  year  go  over  as \nchildren,  as  uneducated,  as  criminal,  as  degraded,  as  help- \nless, beyond  any  power  of  ours  to  conceive,  there  will  be  a \nwide  field  and  scope  for  the  tenderest  philanthropy,  for  the \nwidest  brain  culture,  to  help  to  uplift  all  these.  So  I  believe \nthe  occupations  will  be  as  natural  as  here. \n\nHow  shall  we  be  related  over  there  ?  Those  relations \nwhich  exist  here,  and  which  are  not  true,  not  central,  not \nbased  in  that  which  is  permanent  and  eternal  in  us, —  these \nwill  pass  away  and  change.  But  no  one  will  mourn  over \nany  such  change,  because  I  believe  that  that  which  is  eter- \nnal in  us  in  the  way  of  love  and  truth  and  hope  will  find  full \nsway  and  increasing  satisfaction  over  there. \n\nOne  point  more.  It  will  be  endless  growth  over  there.  I \ndo  not  believe  that  we  are  going  to  be  at  once  perfect,  with \nunalloyed  happiness  and  enjoyment.  I,  for  one,  would  not \nhave  that  kind  of  world  if  I  could.  Imagine  yourself  over \nthere  perfectly  wise,  perfectly  happy,  every  desire,  wish,  and \nlonging  satisfied,  and  sitting  down  that  way  for  a  thousand \nyears !  What  would  you  do  next  ?  It  is  because  there  is  in \nus  the  possibility  of  endless  unfolding,  it  is  because  there  are \ninfinite  avenues  of  search  open  for  the  student  who  wants  to \nlearn,  because  there  is  the  possibility  of  the  joy  of  achieve- \nment, because,  in  short,  this  is  an  infinite  universe  and  we \nare  finite  creatures  growing  in  the  midst  of  the  infinite,  that \nthis  dream  of  immortality  is  a  rational  dream.     If  we  could \n\n\n14 \n\nget  through,  we  should  wish  some  means  of  suicide.  It  is \nbecause  we  need  not  fear  getting  through  that  we  can  dream \nof  still  pursuing  the  pathway  which  opens  up  places  not  only \nof  temporary  refreshment,  but  avenues  of  ever  new  delight. \n\nThis  is  my  dream  of  the  future.  And  now  one  brief  mat- \nter at  the  end.  There  are  thousands  of  people  to  whom \nthere  are  two  bitter  things  about  dying.  One  is  the  leaving \nof  those  they  love  here,  and  the  other  is  the  fear  that  they \nare  going  into  the  Unknown  all  alone. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  if  you  take  away  the  bitter  accompani- \nments of  death,  the  separation  is  only  like  the  temporary  sep- \narations that  we  voluntarily  make  every  little  while.  Then, \nconcerning  this  other  matter,  just  as  we  came  into  this  world \ninto  a  place  prepared  for  us,  into  the  arms  of  love,  and \nwaked  up  with  faces  smiling  down  upon  us,  with  ready  hands \nto  care  for  us,  so  I  believe  that  over  there  we  shall  be  received \ninto  arms  of  sympathy,  arms  of  love,  and  not  for  one  moment \nfeel  ourselves  strange  or  deserted  or  alone.  The  love  that \nhas  brought  us  here,  the  love  that  binds  us  together  here,  is \nto  grow  more  and  more  as  we  go  on.  And  so  I  dream  that \ndeath  is  God's  greatest,  best  gift  to  man,  because  it  unfetters \nus  when  we  have  learned  our  lessons  here,  gives  us  the  free- \ndom of  the  universe,  and  enables  us  to  take  the  next  step \nup  and  on. \n\nFather,  we  thank  Thee  for  this  great  Easter  hope,  the \ntrust  that  comes  into  our  hearts,  the  power  that  helps  us  to \nconquer  death,  and  find  in  Thee  peace  and  love  and  joy  for- \nevermore.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ...  20  cents. \n\n\"    Doi ^7.50 \n\n\"      Cloth,     \"    Copy,    .     .     .     .  )0  cents. \n\n\"    Doi p.^o \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  give*  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  very  thorougnly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarshipi  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntise. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR»S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantlv  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  readins  ana  study  nave  not  been  such  as  to \nnudie  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modem  reyolu- \ntion  of  thought  is  bewildering  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  trath \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudv  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them«  by  putting  in  their  hands,  ia \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  sunested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adaptedto  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  ome  skill  in  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nOBO.  H.  BLLIS,  Publisher,  141  Prmnklin  St,  Boston,  Man. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  slnarle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol.  13  APRIL  29,  1892  No.  29 \n\n\nTHE  HUMAN  EASTER \n\n\n^      BOSTON \nGEORGE  H.   ELLIS,   141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n1892 \n\n\nBntertd  at  the  Poit'O^iee*  Bott^n,  Man.,  as  teeond^lau  mail  matter \n\n\nNOTE. \n\nMr.  Savage  being  out  of  his  pulpit  last  Sunday,  it  is \nthought  best  to  republish  this  sermon,  which  is  out  of  print \nand  frequently  called  for. \n\n\nTHE  HUMAN  EASTER/ \n\n\nYou  will  remember  that  in  December  I  preached  a  sermon \non  \"The  Human  Christmas,\"  vindicating  the  right  and  the \nnaturalness  of  the  celebration  of  that  day  on  the  part  of \nthose  who  rejected  ecclesiastical  tradition,  and  who  held \nonly  to  reason  and  experience.  I  propose  this  morning  to \ndo  a  similar  thing  concerning  the  day  that  we  now  celebrate. \nSo  my  theme  this  morning  is  \"  The  Human  Easter.\"  And \nyou  will  not  think  strange  that  now  and  then,  your  mem- \nories being  good,  you  detect  me  in  following  lines  partially \nparallel  to  those  that  I  used  on  that  former  occasion. \n\nEvery  little  while  some  one,  immersed  in  ecclesiasticism, \nand  who  seems  to  suppose  that  Easter  can  by  no  possibility \nhave  any  rational  significance  to  one  who  is  not  so  ecclesi- \nastical as  himself,  wonders,  and  gives  expression  to  his \nwonder,  why  Unitarians  or  Rationalists,  who  do  not  believe \nin  the  literal  bodily  resurrection  of  Jesus  and  his  ascension \ninto  heaven,  should  continue  to  celebrate  Easter.  They  say  : \n\"  You  have  no  part  nor  lot  in  the  glory,  the  significance,  the \nbrightness,  the  hope,  the  flowers  of  a  day  like  this ;  for  you \nreject  the  fundamental  historic  fact,  out  of  which  the  cele- \nbration springs.\"  And,  on  the  other  hand,  persons  of  ex- \ntreme radical  ideas,  who  are  not  well  acquainted,  perhaps, \nwith  the  past  history  and  religious  development  of  man,  join \nin  this  same  protest,  and  accuse  us  of  weakly  giving  way  to \nthe  popular  tendency  and  current  in  the  direction  of  super- \nstition, because  we  recognize  the  day.  But,  in  both  cases, \nthe  extreme  traditioner  and  the  extreme  radical,  when  they \nmake  a  protest  like  this,  betray  the  fact  that  they  have  never \nstudied  deeply  enough  to  learn  just  what  Easter  means ;  that \n\n*  Reported  by  George  C.  Burpee. \n\n\nthey  have  never  traced  the  course  of  this  stream  up  to  its \nsource  in  its  eternal  principles  and  in  the  heart  of  man. \nFor  it  is  by  no  means  a  fact,  as  is  commonly  supposed,  that \nEaster  began  to  be  celebrated  after  Christ  was  born,  after \nhis  supposed  resurrection  and  ascension,  and  that  this  day \nhas  been  confined  exclusively  to  the  history  of  the  Church \nas  setting  forth  its  belief  in  this  great  hope  of  a  future  life. \nEaster  is  older  than  Christianity.  It  is  older  than  any  his- \ntoric form  of  religion  with  which  we  are  acquainted.  It \nfinds  its  spring  and  source  deep  down  in  the  heart  of  man. \nAnd  therefore  with  all  its  music,  with  all  its  beauty,  with \nall  its  flowers,  with  all  its  faith  and  inspiration,  it  belongs \nnot  to  the  Church,  not  to  any  race,  not  to  any  religion :  it \nbelongs  to  man.  The  word  \"  Easter,\"  as  no  doubt  you  are \naware,  is  simpty  an  Anglicized  form  of  the  name  of  an \nancient  Teutonic  goddess,  the  goddess  of  spring.  And, \nalthough  the  name  occurs  once  in  the  New  Testament,  it \nis  there  by  a  curious  anachronism;  for  it  was  unheard  of \nin  the  Church  until  hundreds  of  years  after  the  New  Testa- \nment was  written.  Known  and  long  familiar  in  the  Church \nwhen  the  Bible  was  translated,  it  was  put  there  to  stand  for \nthe  Greek,  because  it  was  the  popular  word  that  was  familiar \nto  the  people. \n\nI  propose  now  to  give  you  some  illustrations,  from  the \nages  long  antecedent  to  the  birth  of  Je.sus,  of  this  Easter \nidea,  some  hints  as  to  its  methods  of  celebration,  so  that \nyou  may  see  how  old,  wide-spread,  and  simply  human  it  is, \nand  thus  may  see  how  we  all  have  a  right  to  share  in  the \njoyousness  of  this  festival.  There  are  some  twelve  or  fifteen \nsupposed  divine  beings,  most  of  whom  were  virgin-born,  many \nof  whom  lived  or  were  supposed  to  live,  as  did  Jesus,  in  sym- \npathy with  the  sorrow  and  the  suffering  of  the  race;  who \nfought  against  evil,  and  in  their  early  youth,  like  Jesus,  were \nput  to  death  by  the  combined  forces  of  the  opposing  evil  of \nthe  world;  who,  in  some  cases  after  three  days  and  in \nothers  after  a  longer  period,  were  supposed  to  have  risen \nfrom  the  grave,  to  have  burst  the  bonds  of  death,  to  have \n\n\nshown  themselves  again  to  their  friends,  and  to  have  as- \ncended at  last  bodily  into  heaven.  I  have  not  time,  neither \nis  it  needful,  to  go  into  any  detail  concerning  many  of  these. \nI  will  simply  give  you  first  a  partial  list  of  their  names ;  and \nthen  I  will  give  you  a  slight  idea  of  some  prominent  be- \nliefs concerning  them,  and  the  way  in  which  this  Easter \nidea  in  connection  with  them  was  celebrated.  Krishna, \nwhose  name  will  be  familiar  to  you  as  one  of  the  incarna- \ntions of  the  supreme  god  of  India ;  Rama,  an  incarnation  of \nVishnu;  Buddha,  supposed  to  have  risen  from  the  dead \nand  ascended  into  heaven;  Lao-Kiun,  Osiris,  ^sculapius, \nAdonis,  whose  name  in  the  Old  Testament  is  Tammuz; \nOsiris  and  Horus  in  Egypt;  Atys  in  Phrygia;  Mithras  in \nPersia;  Bacchus  and  Hercules  in  ancient  Greece  and  Rome  ; \nFrey  in  Scandinavia;  and  Quetzalcoatl  in  Mexico, —  these \nare  some  of  the  resurrected  divinities. \n\nIt  is  simply  historic  truth,  then,  that  all  over  the  world, \nhundreds  of  years,  in  some  cases  thousands  of  years,  before \nJesus  was  born,  the  Easter  idea  not  only  was  in  the  thought \nand  heart  of  the  race,  but  the  Easter  festival  was  kept ;  so \nthat,  leaving  out  the  peculiarities  of  race  and  time,  we  might \nsuppose  that  we  were  in  the  midst  of  Christendom,  if  we  could \nstill  join  in  such  a  celebration  as  used  to  be  held.  In  China, \nin  Mexico,  in  Greece,  in  Rome,  in  Egypt,  in  Syria,  in  Persia, \nin  India,  all  over  the  world  we  find  it.  How  did  they  keep \nthis  festival  ?  They  began  first  as  we  do,  with  their  period \nof  mourning,  sorrow,  in  which  they  lamented  the  death  of \ntheir  god.  You  will  find  in  the  prophecy  of  Ezekiel,  in  the \nOld  Testament,  a  graphic  illustration  on  the  part  of  the \nprophet  of  the  fact  that  the  people  are  given  over  to  idol- \natry;  and,  as  an  illustration,  he  tells  how  he  found  ^even  in \nthe  temple  court  of  Jehovah  the  women  weeping  for  the  dead \nTammuz,  or  Adonis.  Sometimes,  they  had  a  figure  to  rep- \nresent the  god ;  sometimes,  a  young  man,  who  appeared  as \nif  he  were  dead.  And,  in  the  case  of  the  celebration  of \nsome  of  them,  they  showed  the  wound  in  his  side  by  which \nhe   was  put   to   death ;  and   they   mourned   and   lamented. \n\n\nchanting  over  him  an  old-time  parallel  to  our  modern  Mis- \nerere; and  then,  at  the  time  when  he  was  supposed  to  have \nsprung  forth  into  life  again,  they  burst  out  into  glad  hymns \nand  songs,  rejoicing  that  their  god  was  risen  from  the  dead, \nand  proclaiming  their  faith  that  through  him  they  also  should \nreceive  salvation.  I  want  to  read  you  just  a  fragment  of \nverse  from  the  old  Roman  poet,  Ovid,  and  let  you  see \nhow  very  modern  it  is.  He  is  speaking  here  of  the  god \n^sculapius :  — \n\n\"  Hail,  great  Physician  of  the  world !     All  hail ! \nHail,  mighty  infant !  who  in  years  to  come \nShalt  heal  the  nations  and  defraud  the  tomb. \nThy  daring  art  shall  animate  the  dead, \nAnd  draw  the  thunder  on  thy  guilty  head. \nThen  shalt  thou  die ;  but  from  thy  dark  abode \nShalt  rise  victorious,  and  be  twice  a  God.\" \n\nAnd  then  at  the  time  when  Adonis  was  supposed  to  rise \nfrom  the  tomb,  the  priests  burst  out  in  glad  chant  and  cele- \nbration of  the  event,  expressing  themselves  in  words  which \nhave  been  versified  as  follows :  — \n\n\"  Trust,  ye  saints,  your  God  restored, \nTrust  ye  in  your  risen  Lord ; \nFor  the  pains  which  he  endured \nOur  salvation  have  procured.\" \n\nYou  notice  the  marvellous  parallel.  Those  words  could \nbe  sung  in  any  Christian  church  to-day,  although  they  are \npagan  words,  and  were  first  applied  to  the  heathen  god  Adonis. \n\nWhat  is  the  significance  of  this  fact?  First,  you  will  see \nvery  plainly,  without  my  doing  more  than  calling  your  atten- \ntion to  it,  that  the  wide  diffusion  of  legends,  stories,  and  be- \nliefs like  this  must  cast  discredit  upon  the  historical  accuracy \nof  the  belief  in  the  literal  resurrection  of  Jesus  from  the  tomb« \nFor  whenever  we  find  any  story  told  by  the  writers  of  many \nraces  and  many  nations,  what  does  it  mean  ?  When  we  find, \nfor  example,  the  story  of  William  Tell,  not  only  in  Switzer- \nland, but  all  over  the  world ;  when  we  find  the  story  of  the \nfaithfulness,  even  unto « death,  of  the  brave  dog  Gellert,  told \n\n\nnot  only  among  the  Norsemen,  but  everywhere ;  when  we  find \nthe  story  of  Cinderella  a  fireside  tale  with  which  children \nhave  been  delighted  in  all  other  ages  and  under  every  sky, — \nwhat  does  it  mean?  It  means  first  that  undoubtedly  the \nliteral  story  as  it  is  told  is  not  true.  But  it  means  something \ndeeper  and  grander  than  that :  it  means  the  intensifying  of \nthe  reality  of  the  belief  itself  which  the  story  represents. \nFor  what  men  take  the  trouble  to  dress  in  so  many  beautiful \nforms,  what  they  take  the  trouble  to  tell  themselves  and  their \nchildren  under  every  sky,  in  every  nation  and  age  after  age, \nmust  be  something  which  they  really  and  earnestly  believe \ndeep  down  in  their  hearts.  The  form  that  the  story  assumes \nmay  or  may  not  be  literally  true  ;  but  the  simple  fact  that  it \nis  told  is  a  mighty  and  undying  witness  to  the  everlasting \nfaith  of  those  hearts  that  have  dreamed,  of  those  lips  that \nhave  retailed  their  faith.  It  does  not  follow  of  necessity \nthat  we  must  give  up  the  spiritual  idea  connected  with  the \nparable  of  the  Prodigal  Son,  because  no  such  event  may \nhave  been  historically  true.  It  does  not  at  all  follow  that  we \nmust  give  up  the  spiritual  truth  in  the  parable  of  the  Good \nSamaritan,  because  no  man  went  down  to  Jericho  in  pre- \ncisely that  way,  and  fell  among  thieves  in  precisely  that  way, \nand  was  passed  by  on  the  other  side  by  one  and  another,  and \nthen  helped  by  this  Good  Samaritan.  But  —  and  here  is  the \npoint  that  I  wish  to  bring  before  you  as  clearly  as  possible, \nand  emphasize  so  that  it  shall  print  itself  on  your  very  hearts \nand  lives  —  what  is  the  significance  of  it  all?  When  men \ntell  themselves  these  beautiful  tales,  parables,  allegories, \nlegends,  it  may  not  be,  as  1  have  said,  that  the  outer  shell \nand  husk  of  the  story  is  true ;  but  it  must  mean  that  men \nhave  believed  and  continue  to  believe  the  spiritual  ancji \nessential  truth  which  they  have  clothed  in  such  a  variety  of \nforms.  To  my  mind  then,  because  I  find  this  Easter  story \nand  this  Easter  belief  in  China,  Mexico,  Greece,  Egypt,  and \nIndia,  while  it  discredits  the  literal  accuracy  of  the  story  that \ncomes  to  me  from  Judea,  it  does  not  impeach  my  faith,  does \nnot  take  away  the  reality  of  my  belief,  but  is  only  the  uni- \n\n\n8 \n\nversa!  and  age-long  witness  to  this  grand  fact, —  that  the \nhuman  race,  in  all  ages,  under  all  conditions,  and  under  all \nvarieties  of  ignorance  or  learning,  in  all  degrees  of  culture, \nhas  given  perpetual  expression  to  the  reality  of  this  great \nEaster  faith  and  hope.  The  world  believes  that  which  Eas- \nter means,  however  many  of  the  different  Easter  stories  you \nmay  impeach  and  discredit. \n\nI  want  then,  now,  to  bring  to  your  earnest  thought  the \nsignificance  and  meaning  of  this  fact.  The  old  fable  tells  us \nthat  when  Pandora  was  brought  as  a  gift  from  the  gods  to \nher  husband,  and  when  her  curiosity  had  led  her  to  lift  the \nlid  of  that  fateful  box,  all  the  goods,  the  graces,  the  joys  of \nlife  escaped  and  flew  away  to  heaven  again,  leaving  only \nhope  behind.  But,  even  were  this  literally  true.  Pandora \nstill  was  a  gift  for  which  the  race  may  well  be  grateful.  And, \nthough  everything  else  be  lost,  this  one  thing  that  is  retained, \nhope,  is  enough  to  make  up  for  all  6ther  losses,  and  is  the \npower  that  shall  yet  redeem  humanity  from  all  its  ills,  and \ncrown  it  with  all  possible  glory  of  achievement.  For  this  one \nhope,  the  hope  which  lies  at  the  very  heart  of  Easter,  is  that \nwithout  which  all  human  life  is  worthless,  is  the  mainspring, \nunder  the  impulse  of  which  all  the  grand  activities  of  the  world \ngo  on.  No  man  in  any  department  of  thought  or  life,  whether \nhe  be  artist  or  student  or  merchant  or  discoverer  or  genera], \n—  no  man  ever  did  work  which  was  of  any  lasting  worth, \nwho  was  not  buoyed  up  and  led  on  by  the  hope  that  the  end \nfor  which  he  labored  would  some  day  be  attained.  Every \ngrand  man  of  the  world  is  distinguished  by  this.  However \nlittle  he  may  be  appreciated  by  his  time,  still  this  hope  buoys \nhim  up  and  leads  him  to  his  task ;  and  he  feels  sure  that  its \npromise  shall  some  day  become  true. \n\nNow  and  then  there  passes  over  the  hearts  of  individual \nmen  and  women,  and  there  passes  over  the  world,  a  wave  of \npessimistic  doubt,  of  hopelessness  and  lack  of  faith.  We \nhave  all  been  through  it.  Take  those  of  us  that  are  old \nenough  to  have  become  a  little  disillusioned,  to  whom  the \nworld  is  not  quite  so  rosy  in  its  color  as  it  was  at  the  dawn \n\n\nof  our  childhood  and  first  fresh  youth.  We  find  that  we  can- \nnot carry  our  points  quite  so  easily  as  we  expected  we  should  ; \nwe  find  that,  as  we  attempt  to  realize  our  dreams  of  reform, \nas  we  whisper  in  the  old  world's  ear  our  visions  of  the  things \nthat  we  and  our  friends  will  be  able  to  accomplish,  a  smile  of \nincredulity  and  pity  for  us  passes  over  the  faces  of  the  gray \nheads,  and  they  tell  us  they  have  heard  that  story  over  and \nover  again ;  and  we  lose  heart  and  faith.  Or  take  it  in  the \ncase  of  a  man,  in  whatever  department  of  life,  who,  in  the \nstruggle  to  get  on  in  this  warfare  in  which  only  those  survive \nwho  are  the  fittest,  finds  that  in  the  department  where  he  is \nhe  does  not  belong  to  this  select  few :  he  falls  behind  and \ndrops  out  of  the  ranks,  and  becomes  a  straggler,  discouraged, \nhopeless,  almost  ready  to  give  up  the  battle.  Or  take  the \nman  who,  having  lost  faith  in  those  things  that  are  called \nspiritual  realities,  the  higher,  finer  qualities  of  life,  makes  up \nhis  mind  to  devote  himself  simply  to  money  and  to  external \nsuccess ;  and  he  fails  in  that  which  he  attempts  to  achieve, \nand,  not  having  anything  else,  the  whole  world  seems  to  him \nhollow  and  empty.  Or  let  him  succeed  and  find  out  —  as  I \nbelieve  every  man  does  find  out  —  that,  though  he  gain  ever \nso  much  of  wealth  or  power  over  his  fellow-men,  the  happiness \nand  sweetness  that  he  expected  to  find  in  it  has  evaporated, \nwhile  he  hugs  only  the  shell.  As  we  pass  through  experi- \nences like  these,  we  learn  despair  and  discouragement,  and \nto  give  up  the  great  hopes  that  hav«  cheered  and  led  us \non.  And  yet  the  Easter  morning  comes  round  again  to  the \ndoubter,  to  the  disillusioned,  to  the  one  who  has  failed ;  and \nhe  sees  this  great  mass  of  humanity  reasserting  over  and \nover  again  this  everlasting  hope  and  faith.  Hope  and  faith \nin  what  ?  What  does  Easter  mean  ?  I  wish  to  separate  the \none  thread  into  three  strands,  that  I  may  trace  out  each  one \nof  them  a  little  by  itself. \n\nEaster  means  faith  in  the  fact  that  light  is  stronger  than \ndarkness,  that  joy  is  stBonger  than  sorrow,  and  that  life  is \nstronger  than  death,  that  good  is  mightier  than  all  things  that \nwe  call  evil,  and  that  it  will  triumph  at  the  last.     Do  you \n\n\nlO \n\nknow,  as  I  look  over  the  history  of  the  world,  as  I  see  the \ncondition  of  men,  age  after  age  and  even  to-day,  the  persist- \nence of  this  Easter  faith  is  one  of  the  most  wonderful  things \nin  all  the  earth.  Why,  just  think  against  what  obstacles  it \nhas  asserted  itself !  Think  of  the  ignorance,  the  past  history \nof  man,  and  then  see  this  same  human  race,  after  all  this  long \ndiscouraging  experience,  asserting  year  after  year  the  belief \nin  light,  the  belief  in  truth,  the  belief  that  the  darkness  is  only \ntransitory,  the  belief  that  the  shadows  will  flee  away,  ay,  the \nbelief  that  the  clouds  themselves  are  caused  by  the  light! \nWe  know  that  in  the  physical  world.  Let  the  clouds  shut \ndown  ever  so  dark,  dreary,  and  drippingly  around  us,  chill- \ning and  discouraging  in  their  drizzling  mist,  and  we  know \nthat  the  storm  will  only  last  a  little  while.  We  know  there \nis  a  power  up  there  mightier  than  all  the  storms  of  the \nworld ;  and  we  know,  furthermore,  that  it  is  just  this  all-con- \nquering sun  that  has  created  the  storm.  There  would  not  be \na  cloud  in  the  sky  if  it  was  not  for  the  absolute  supremacy  of \nthe  light.     It  is  sunshine  that  makes  all  the  shadow. \n\nSo  men  have  believed  concerning  the  intellectual,  spirit- \nual light,  for  which  the  external  in  all  ages  has  stood  as  a \nsymbol.  Take,  for  example,  the  significance  of  that  passage \nin  the  life  of  the  great  astronomer,  Kepler.  I  use  it  as \nillustrating  the  truths  of  human  experience,  repeated  over \nand  over  again  in  the  history  of  the  world.  Kepler  had \nmade  his  grand  discovery  concerning  the  laws  of  planetary \nmotion.  There  were  only  a  few  people  in  the  world  who \nwere  capable  of  comprehending  the  demonstration  of  that \nfact,  or  who  were  ready  to  accept  it.  He  was  heretic  in  the \nChurch  because  he  had  made  this  grand  discovery.  He \ndared  not  even  publish  his  book  while  he  was  alive.  But,  on \nhis  death-bed,  the  volume  which  summed  up  the  results  of \nhis  great  achievement  was  brought  to  him  and  placed  in  his \nweakened,  dying  hand ;  and  while  the  tears  gathered  in  his \neyes,  the  whole  world  —  and  heaven,  too,  if  the  Church \nrepresented  heaven  —  being  against  him,  yet  in  the  face  of \nit   all   the  grand    Easter    hope   was    triumphant  j    and    he \n\n\n1 1 \n\nsaid,  I  trust  that,  now  and  then,  one  or  two  or  three  in  a \ncentury  will  be  able  to  comprehend  the  significance  of  this \ndiscovery,  and  by  and  by  it  will  be  mankind's.  A  sim- \nilar thing  in  the  life  of  the  famous  Lord  Bacon.  Think \nof  the  grandeur  of  that  trust  when  in  his  will  he  said,  I \nbequeath  my  body  to  the  dust,  my  soul  to  its  Maker, \nand  my  discoveries  and  my  fame  to  all  after-time.  For  he \nknew  that  the  world  would  not  let  die  any  grand,  significant \ntruth  that  had  been  given  to  it.  We  talk  sometimes  of  lost \narts.  We  talk  of  the  world's  not  appreciating  the  grand \nthings  that  it  discovers  and  achieves.  We  waste  our  breath \nand  befool  ourselves  when  we  give  utterance  to  any  lack  of \nfaith  in  man.  It  is  slow,  this  development  of  truth,  some- \ntimes so  slow  that  it  seems  as  though  it  would  never  come. \nAnd   yet   Emerson  never  wrote  a  truer  line  than  when  he \n\nsaid, — \n\n\"  One  accent  of  the  Holy  Ghost \nThe  heedless  world  hath  never  lost.\" \n\nNot  one  star  has  gone  out  in  the  firmament  of  humanity. \nNot  one  grand  achievement  or  great  truth  is  ever  lost.  The \nworld  gathers  the  truth  in  the  long  run  in  its  arms,  nourishes \nand  cherishes  it,  and  holds  it  close  until,  under  sunnier  skies \nand  in  more  congenial  soil,  it  can  plant  the  seed  or  bury  the \nbulb  that  shall  spring  up  into  blossom  and  fragrance  and \nbeauty. \n\nLet  us  see  how  another  element  of  this  Easter  faith  has \nasserted  itself  in  the  face  of  most  stupendous  obstacles.  I \nwonder  sometimes  that  men  and  women  continue  to  believe \nthat  joy  is  possible  or  attainable.  Take  any  one  of  our \nhuman  lives,  as  we  look  back  over  it  from  the  time  when  we \nwere  ushered  upon  this  stage  of  earth  with  a  wail.  Our \nwhole  life  seems  one  valley  of  sorrow.  We  call  the  earth  a \n\"vale  of  tears.\"  We  remember  the  disappointments,  the \nsorrows,  the  many  bright  hopes  withered  as  we  held  them, \nleaving  the  bare  stems  in  our  hands.  How  many  friends \nhave  gone  away  from  our  sides !  How  many  disappoint- \nments we  have  met !     How  many  of  the  things  we  expected \n\n\n12 \n\nto  do  have  eluded  us !  In  some  phases,  as  we  look  at  it,  our \nwhole  life  seems  to  us  a  failure  and  a  disappointment.  And, \nas  we  look  over  the  history  of  the  world,  they  tell  us  the \nsame  story.  How  many  times  has  the  human  race,  with  a  cry \nof  joy  such  as  the  French  uttered  on  the  eve  of  their  great \nRevolution, —  how  many  times  has  the  human  race  thought \nit  was  entering  the  promised  land!  They  stood  on  the \nhither  bank  of  the  Jordan;  and  over  there  was  the  \"land \nflowing  with  milk  and  honey.\"  They  crossed  with  immense \ndifficulty,  and  found  themselves  in  the  midst  of  giants, \nwalled  cities,  and  year-long  conflict  and  disappointment. \nEmpires  have  risen,  spread  themselves  over  the  earth,  and \ncrumbled  into  the  dust.  Men  have  thought  they  had \nachieved  freedom  and  civilization  time  and  time  again,  only \nto  find  that  they  were  slaves  of  another  master, —  despot \nemperor,  despot  mob, —  some  sort  of  despotism  seeming  to \nendure  through  all  the  ages.  And  yet,  in  the  face  of  all \nthese  things, —  and  it  is  the  significance  of  this  fact  that  I \nam  wishing  to  bring  out, —  in  face  of  all  this  disappoint- \nment, humanity  still  dares  to  assert  its  hope,  its  undying  faith \nthat  there  is  \"a  good  time  coming.\"  And,  in  spite  of  all \ndisappointment,  the  race  refuses  to  surrender  that  trust.  It \npaints  a  picture  of  an  ideal  condition  of  things,  and  calls  it \na  paradise  in  the  past ;  and  then,  by  its  march  up  the  ages, \nit  is  going  on  toward  the  realization  of  that  antique  dream. \nMen  believe  to-day  that  in  some  shape  a  perfect  condition  of \nthe  world  is  to  come.  The  Easter  hope  animates  them,  in \nspite  of  all  disappointment, —  a  perfect  republic,  a  perfect \nmonarchy,  a  perfect  condition  of  things  in  some  shape  and \nin  some  form  Men  believe  in  the  millennium;  and,  if  they \ndespair  of  it  here  on  earth,  still  they  cling  to  the  dream  in \nthe  heart,  and  will  have  heaven  in  the  skies.  Think  of  the \nsignificance  of  this  deathless  hope,  this  deathless  belief! \nHow  Tennyson  has  sung  it  in  words  that  ring  in  our  ears, \nand  call  us  into  readiness  for  battle,  that  it  maybe  achieved: \n\n\"Through  the  shadow  of  the  globe  we  sweep  into  the  younger  day: \nBetter  fifty  years  of  Europe  than  a  cycle  of  Cathay.\" \n\n\n13 \n\n\"  Not  in  vain  the  distance  beacons.     Forward,  forward  let  us  range. \nLet  the  great  world  spin  forever  down  the  ringing  grooves  of  change.\" \n\nAnd  we  will  believe  in  this  Easter  hope ;  and,  just  because \nthe  hope  cannot  be  crushed  out,  the  achievement  some  day \nshall  come. \n\nAnd  then  one  more  aspect  of  the  Easter  faith,  the \ngrandest  and  strangest  of  all.  Doesn't  it  seem  strange  that \nthis  old  world  of  ours  still  persists  in  believing  that  there  is \nnot  any  death  ?  It  is  one  of  the  most  wonderful  things  in \nthe  world  to  me  that  men  have  not  surrendered  this  faith \nages  ago.  Why,  the  whole  human  race  from  its  beginning \ndown  there  in  the  dark  until  now  at  every  step  of  advance \nhas  marched  over  a  grave.  And  still  the  world  says  there  is \nnot  any  death.  It  is  all  an  illusion.  Only  life  persists.  And \nit  tells  itself  this  tale  of  faith,  in  story  after  story,  parable \nafter  parable,  legend  after  legend,  clinging  to  it  and  refusing \nto  surrender  the  trust.  And  yet  what  have  we  as  a  ground \nof  belief  ?  Scientific  evidence,  perhaps,  we  have  none.  The \nwise  men  of  the  world  tell  us  that  all  these  stories  from  the \nancient  time  were  illusions  or  dreams.  They  tell  us  that \nJesus  slept  like  any  other  man,  and  has  never  waked  again. \nThey  tell  us  that  the  dead  Osiris  is  still  dead  underneath \nthe  sands  of  ancient  Egypt.  They  tell  us  that  Tammuz \nsleeps  in  Syria,  and  sleeps  there  forever ;  that  these  divine \nand  human  legends  are  only  fairy  tales  that  the  world \ncroons  over  to  keep  up  its  courage  and  feed  its  undying \nhope.  And  to  day  we  sit  down  by  this  blank  wall  of  silence, \nwhich,  from  the  zenith  to  the  nadir,  seems  to  us  utterly \n^  impenetrable.  We  listen.  Now  and  then  we  fancy  we \ncatch  a  whisper,  and  then  it  is  gone;  and  we  wonder \nwhether  we  only  dreamed  that  we  heard  a  friend  speak- \ning to  us.  Now  and  then  we  catch  a  gleam  of  a  face,  and \nwe  rub  our  eyes  and  wonder  if  we  were  sleeping,  if  it  was \nall  illusion.  And,  though  the  majority  of  the  race  has  passed \nover  to  the  other  side,  we  ask  one  another  still  whether  they \nare  wandering  ghosts  thin  as  air,  whether  they  are  really \npeople  like  us,  or  whether  they  have  utterly  ceased  to  be. \n\n\n14 \n\nWe  have  learned  one  thing  as  to  mailer,  and  know  about \nthat  to  a  certainly, —  thai  nothing  in  this  physical  world  ever \ndies.  Not  one  slightest  particle  of  matter,  not  one  unit  of \ninvisible,  intangible  force,  has  ever  ceased  to  be.  This  dust \nwe  tread  beneath  our  feet  to-day,  or  that  the  wind  blows  in \nour  faces,  is  not  dead  :  it  is  alive.  Next  year  it  will  come  up \nin  a  grass-blade  :  it  will  be  a  part  of  the  tint  or  perfume  of  a \nflower.  Next  year,  perchance,  it  will  be  a  part  of  the  bloom \nof  a  little  child*s  cheek,  a  part  of  the  shining  of  a  little \nchild's  eye,  a  part  even  of  the  brain  that  thinks  those \n**  thoughts  that  wander  through  eternity.\"  Nothing  in  this \nworld  ever  dies,  only,  Proteus-like,  changes  infinitely  its \n-form ;  disappearing,  eluding  us  now  entirely,  to  take  another \nshape  more  beautiful  somewhere  else.  And  in  spite  of  the \nfact  that  we  so  often  —  mothers,  husbands,  wives,  children  — \nlook  upon  cold,  silent  faces,  turned  white  because  the  flush  of \nlife  has  left  them,  still  this  faith  remains  in  the  heart,  and  it \nwill  not  down.  It  cries  out  and  asserts  itself,  and  says,  This \ndeath  is  not  real :  it  is  an  illusion.  The  body  is  here,  we  say, \nbut  where  is  the  love,  where  is  the  thought,  where  is  the  gen- \nerosity, where  is  the  friendship,  where  is  all  that  subtle  com- \nbination of  qualities  and  powers  that  made  my  friends? \nThose  are  not  here.  And  so  the  world  moves  on  and  marches \nover  graves,  asserting  all  the  while  that  the  graves  are  a  lie, \nand  that  only  life  is.  Our  hearts  thrill  to  the  echo  of  words \nlike  these  that  our  Boston  poet,  Holmes,  has  sung:  — \n\n\"  Is  this  the  whole  sad  story  of  creation, \n\nLived  by  these  breathing  myriads  o'er  and  o'er, — \nOne  glimpse  of  day,  then  blank  annihilation, \nA  sunlight  passage  to  a  sunless  shore  ? \" \n\nAnd  our  hearts  cry  out,  This  universe  can  come  to  no  such \naimless  and  contemptible  issue  as  that. \n\nI  want  to  read  you  two  or  three  more  lines  for  their  exqui- \nsite beauty  and  their  powerful  bearing  on  this  thought  that  I \nhave  in  mind.     It  avows  concerning  one  what  each  of  us \n\n^Is  concerning  all.     When  Bayard  Taylor  died,  you  remem- \n\n\nIS \n\nber  what  a  burst  of  songful  lamentation  there  was  from  the \npoets  all  over  the  land.  Nothing  finer,  at  that  time,  as  I \nthink,  was  produced  than  this  little  threnody  which  I  hold  in \nmy  hand,  written  by  Aldrich.  I  shall  only  read  you  a  few \nlines.  You  will  understand  that  Taylor  was  noted  more  than \nfor  anjrthing  else  for  his  journeys,  going  away  and  returning \nagain ;  and  that  his  home  was  called  Cedarcroft,  by  the  Bran- \ndywine. \n\n\"  What  new,  strange  quest  has  tempted  him  once  more \nTo  leave  us  ?    Vainly,  standing  by  the  shore, \nWe  strain  our  eyes.     But  patience !     When  the  soft \nSpring  vales  are  blowing  over  Cedarcroft, \nWhitening  the  hawthorn ;  when  the  violets  bloom \nAlong  the  Brandywine,  and  overhead \nThe  sky  is  blue  as  Italy's,  he  will  come ! \nAye,  he  will  come.     I  cannot  make  him  dead  I  '* \n\nIs  not  that  the  feeling  that  we  have  concerning  all  those . \nwe  have  loved  and  lost?    We  may  look   into  their  coffins, \nwe  may  stand  beside  their  graves ;  but  our  hearts  keep  say- \ning, we  \"cannot  make  him  dead.\" \n\nI  offer  no  argument  that  claims  to  be  demonstrative  this \nmorning.  I  simply  want  you  to  fasten  your  thought  on  the \ngrand  significance  of  this  fact :  that  in  the  face  of  universal \ndeath,  from  the  beginning,  in  all  time,  this  wonderfully  con- \ntradictory human  race  of  ours  says :  \"  I  will  not  believe  it :  life \nand  not  death  is  the  reality.  There  is  no  death :  what \nseems  so  is  transition.\" \n\nAnd  now  just  one  last  thought.  I  wish  to  emphasize  the \nreality  of  this  fact,  and  to  hint  its  meaning,  by  pointing  out \nthe  significance  of  the  truth  that  this  growth  of  hope  that \nwe  set  forth  and  celebrate  year  by  year  on  our  Easter  morn- \ning seems  to  be  native  to  the  heart  of  man.  That  is,  it  is \nreal.  It  has  a  right  to  grow  here  because  it  does  grow. \nWhat  right  has  the  little  delicate  white  flower  to  blossom \naway  up  the  side  of  the  Alps,  just  on  the  border  of  the  snow- \nline ?  It  has  the  right  that  it  asserts  by  its  own  existence. \nIt  belongs  there.     It  sprang  out  of  a  seed,  it  found  congenial \n\n\ni6 \n\nair  and  soil ;  and  so  it  is  a  part  of  nature,  a  part  of  the  order \nof  things.  And  so  it  seems  to  me,  in  spite  of  the  lack  of \ndemonstration  that  we  seek  many  and  many  a  time  and  are \nnot  satisfied  we  have  found,  the  simple  fact  that  in  all  ages \nthis  white  sweet  flower  of  hope  has  grown  in  the  soil  of  the \nhuman  heart  is  so  significant  as  to  make  it  little  less  than \ndemonstration  of  the  reality.  How  does  it  happen,  if  there \nis  no  reason  for  it,  that  the  universe,  our  old  nurse,  as  she \nhas  taken  her  child,  man,  in  her  arms,  and  carried  him  all \nthrough  the  ages,  has  whispered  to  him  this  hope  of  an- \nother life,  this  hope  of  the  final  supremacy  of  good?  I \nbelieve  that  the  universe  never  lies.  I  believe  this  whisper \nis  true.  I  believe  because  this  flower  springs  out  of  the  soil \nof  the  human  heart,  and  rejoices  us  with  its  perfume  and \nits  beauty,  that  it  has  a  right  to  spring  there,  as  being  a  part \nof  the  divine  order  of  things ;  and  that  it  bears  in  its  white \nbosom  a  seed  and  a  blossom  that  shall  unfold  into  an  immor- \ntal life. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  single  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol.  13  MAY  6,  1892  No.  30 \n\n\nTHE  GOSPEL  OF  SUNSHINE \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nEntertd  at  the  Poit-pficet  Boitottt  Mass.,  a$  teeond-eUui  maU  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction.     lamo Ii.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  161DO.    Flexible 50 \n\nMy  Creed,     lamo t.oo \n\nPoems.     i6mo.    Full  gilt.    Witii  portrait i.jo \n\nLight  on  the  Qoud.    i6mo.    Full  gilt i.as \n\nSocial  Problems.^    tamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religious  Life.     lamo i.oo \n\nBehef  in  Ood.    lamo i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo         i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.          1.00 \n\nThe  Modern  Sphinx.    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Morala  of  Erolution.     lamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.     lamo          1.00 \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.    lamo 1.00 \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood,     is  mo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Erolution.    lamo i.so \n\nLife  Questions.    i6mo       ijoo \n\nBluffton:  A  Storr  of  To-day.     lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,    lamo i.oo \n\nLife,    xamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  ChristeningSi  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worahip.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth 1.00 \n\nLeather 1.50 \n\nUniurian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  copy,  .    .    .    .     ao  cents.    Per  dox.,  i.jo \n\n'•      Cloth,  *^  ««     '         .    .    .    30     ••               \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  tor  the  aeaaon,  |i.so; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGAO.  ff.  ELLIS,  PttMuAtf^ \n\n141  FramkJm  St.^  B0tUmt  Mkts. \n\n\nTHE  GOSPEL  OF  SUNSHINE.* \n\n\nMy  subject  is  \"The  Gospel  of  Sunshine/'  and  I  have \ntaken  as  my  text  from  the  eleventh  chapter  of  the  book  of \nEcclesiastes  the  seventh  verse:  \"Truly  the  light  is  sweet, \nand  a  pleasant  thing  it  is  for  the  eyes  to  behold  the  sun.\" \n\nI  shall  not  be  surprised  if,  at  first  thought,  a  large  part  of \nmy  congregation  this  morning  dissents  from  a  good  many \nthings  which  I  propose  to  say ;  but,  fortunately  for  us,  that \ndoes  not  at  all  stand  in  the  way  of  my  saying  them. \n\nI  think  it  must  have  been  intended  that  I  should  be  born \nin  the  tropics,  and  that  somehow  I  got  misplaced,  and  waked \nup  in  one  of  the  coldest  parts  of  our  country.  If  anything  I \nsay  shall  seem  to  you  unduly  biassed  by  a  great  and  absorb- \ning love  of  sunshine,  I  trust  that  you  will  account  for  it  in \nthe  light  of  this  personal  equation. \n\nIt  is  said  that  a  Londoner,  in  the  midst  of  one  of  the  typi- \ncal London  fogs,  was  one  day  talking  with  a  Parsee,  a  fire- \nworshipper,  a  sun- worshipper  of  the  Orient,  and  expressed \nhis  wonder  that  anybody  should  ever  be  so  superstitious  or \nunenlightened  as  to  worship  the  sun.  The  Parsee  replied, \n\"  Possibly  some  of  you  Englishmen  might  be  inclined  also  to \nworship  the  sun  if  only  you  could  see  it  once  in  a  while.\" \nTo  me  it  is  no  wonder  that,  in  those  far-off  days,  men  did \nworship  the  sun.  Put  yourselves,  if  you  can,  imaginatively,, \ninto  that  far-away  period  of  the  world, —  a  time  before  fire  • \nor  any  artificial  means  of  heat  had  been  invented,  a  time \nbefore  any  of  the  arts  were  known,  before  people  had  learned \nhow  to  build  themselves  adequate  shelters  from  the  cold,  a \n\n*  PhonogTaphicaHy  reported. \n\n\ntime  before  they  had  discovered  any  way  of  weaving  textile \nfabrics  by  which  they  might  clothe  themselves  warmly, —  and \nthen,  in  that  untrained,  ignorant  state  of  the  human  mind, \nwhen  all  natural  forces,  forms,  and  movements  were  mysteri- \nous, insoluble,  imagine  them  seeing  the  sunlight,  a  wonder- \nbirth  out  of  the  darkness  and  the  cold,  the  sun  struggling  in \nI  hat  eternal  battle  with  the  dark,  conquering,  rising  at  last \ntriumphant,  revealing  all  the  beautiful  world,  bringing  life, \nbringing  warmth ;  and  then,  as  not  only  his  daily  course  was \nfulfilled,  but  as  they  watched  his  annual  progress,  apparently \ngoing  far  to  the  south  and  then  returning  to  the  north  again, \nand  as  they  noticed  how,  when  he  withdrew  himself,  when  he \nseemed  shorn  of  his  beams,  when  the  light-locks  of  this \nSamson  were  cut  off,  all  his  strength  and  power  departed \nfrom  him,  and  how  the  old  earth  shrivelled  and  shrunk  and \nfaded,  how  the  leaves  fell,  the  flowers  disappeared,  and  every- \nthing died  and  seemed  to  be  only  longing  for  his  return ; \nand  how,  when  again  the  sun-god  was  new  born  and  started \non  his  career  towards  the  north,  his  footsteps  all  the  way  were \nstrewn  with  life,  with  flowers,  with  fruits,  with  all  beauty, \nwhen  they  noticed  that  he  was  the  giver  not  only  of  warmth \nand  comfort,  but  the  giver  of  food,  how  he  unloosed  the \nbrooks  and  the  rivers,  how  he  drove  away  the  snow,  enabling \nthem  to  carry  on  successfully  their  work  of  fishing  and  hunt- \ning, how  they  saw  day  after  day,  month  after  month,  year \nafter  year,  that  all  their  life  depended  upon  the  favor,  the \nkindliness  of  the  sun, —  is  it  any  wonder  that  they  imagined \nhim  a  god,  and  paid  him  their  devout  and  grateful  worship  ? \n\nIt  is  a  very  striking  thing — not  strange,  I  think,  but  very \nnatural,  and  yet  none  the  less  striking  —  that  all  the  great \nreligions  of  the  world  are  shaped  and  moulded  to-day  in \nways  that  their  adherents  little  imagine  by  the  old-time  sun- \nworship.  All  the  man-gods  of  the  world  are  born  on  the \nday  of  the  sun's  birth.  They  struggle  with  the  fiends  of \ndarkness,  and  triumph,  scattering  their  foes;  they  become \nsources  of  light  and  life,  and  peace  and  joy.  Then  at  the \nlast,  as  the  sun  sets  and  is  conquered  himself,  in  spite  of \n\n\n5 \n\nall  his  power,  by  the  darkness  of  night  or  by  the  cheerless- \nness  of  winter,  so  these  man-gods  at  last  are  conquered  by \ntheir  foes,  and  are  hidden  away  for  a  time.  But  always,  on \nthe  day  of  the  sun's,  the  spring's,  resurrection,  the  man-gods \nrise  again  to  newness  of  life,  forever  proving  victors  over \ntheir  eternal  enemies,  the  darkness  and  the  cold. \n\nSo,  if  you  study  any  one  of  the  great  religions  of  the \nworld,  you  will  find  that  the  legendary  tales  of  wonder,  of \nmarvel,  are  shaped  forever  by  these  eternally-interesting \nstories  that  are  told  of  the  sun-heroes,  their  labors,  their \nstruggles,  their  defeats,  their  victories. \n\nThe  sun !  It  is  the  source  of  all  the  light  we  see  in  the \nworld  ;  and  yet  how  little  that  means  to  us,  these  things  are \nso  commonplace !  I  do  not  know  quite  whether  I  can  quote \nthose  words  of  Byron's  that  give  such  a  tremendous  picture \nof  a  sunless  world  :  — \n\n\"  I  had  a  dream  which  was  not  all  a  dream, — \nThe  bright  sun  was  extinguished,  and  the  stars \nDid  wander  darkling  in  the  eternal  space, \nRayless  and  pathless,  and  the  icy  earth \nSwung  blind  and  blackening  in  the  moonless  air.\" \n\nPicture  to  yourselves  a  moment,  if  you  can,  a  world  with- \nout sunshine ;  and  then  do  not  wonder  that  the  Orient  nations \nbent  their  heads  in  reverence  towards  the  east  in  recognition \nof  the  comer  that  brought  to  them  light  in  the  darkness,  and \ndo  not  wonder  if  still,  in  all  the  churches  of  Christendom, \nkeeping  a  reminiscence  of  this  old  sun-worship,  they  place \nthe  altar  to  the  east,  and  bow  towards  it  as  the  source  of \nlight  and  guidance. \n\nAnd,  then,  the  sun  gives  us  all  our  warmth, —  warmth  and \nlight  combined;  for  the  two  always  go  together.  We  talk \nabout  other  sources  of  light  than  the  sun ;  and  yet,  if  we \nanalyze  them,  we  find  that  they  leased  their  light  and  warmth \nfrom  the  sun.  We  sit  by  our  open  grate  of  an  evening,  and \nbask  in  sunshine  which  was  stored  up  in  the  earth  thou- \nsands and  thousands  of  years  ago.  Gas,  electricity,  and  all \nthese  sources  of  light  and  warmth  are  only  transformed  sun- \n\n\nshine.  .  The  beauty  that  glistens  in  the  diamond  is  only \nsunshine  locked  up  there,  and  sending  out  to  us  its  deathless \nradiance.  Light,  warmth,  life,  all  the  life  of  the  world  from \nthe  tiniest  grass-blade,  the  tiniest  bit  of  protoplasm,  the  low- \nest form  that  life  has  ever  assumed,  up  to  the  brain  of  a  Shak- \nspere  or  the  aspiration  of  a  Jesus,  has  its  physical  basis  and \ncondition  only  in  the  blessed  light  of  the  sun. \n\nAnd,  then,  the  sun  is  the  only  great  artist.  We  go  into \nraptures  over  the  glory  of  the  sunrise.  Painters  try  to  copy  a \nsunset.  They  try  to  reproduce,  to  imitate,  the  marvellous \nshadings  of  this  great,  eternal  artist  who  paints  all  the  beauty, \nall  the  wonder  of  the  world  ;  and  in  this  one  ray  of  common- \nplace light  are  all  of  the  secrets  of  all  the  beauty  pictured  by \nall  the  artists  that  ever  lived  or  ever  will  live.  Analyze  this \nlight  ray,  untangle  it,  take  it  apart ;  and  every  shade  and  tint \nthat  the  cunning  of  man  has  ever  discovered  is  found  there \nconcealed.  Is  not  the  sunshine,  then,  the  source  of  all  the \nlight,  all  the  warmth,  all  the  life,  all  the  beauty,  of  the  physi- \ncal world  ?  And  we  shall  find,  as  we  go  farther,  that  in  the \nspiritual  world  this  has  its  counterpart. \n\nI  wish  now  to  note  a  few  things  that  at  first  you  will  not  be \ndisposed  p)erhaps  to  accept.  I  have  come  to  the  point  that  I \nhad  in  mind  in  my  opening  sentence.  We  here  in  the  North \nhave  become  adjusted  to  the  conditions  of  things  until  we \nfancy  that  the  cold  itself,  the  winter,  is  a  good  instead  of  an \nenemy  forever  to  be  fought  and  conquered.  As  a  matter  of \nfact,  sunshine  is  life ;  and  cold,  everywhere  and  forever,  is \nonly  another  name  for  death.  We  northern  nations  talk \nabout  our  strength  and  vigor,  and  we  are  right  so  far ;  but \nwe  speak  as  though  it  was  the  cold,  as  though  it  was  the \nruggedness  of  our  winter,  that  made  us  strong.  I  dare  to \nsuggest,  at  any  rate,  another  interpretation.  Is  it  not  rather \ntrue  that  the  cold  kills  ofT  all  except  the  strong,  and  thus  the \nstrong  seem  to  be  the  product  of  the  cold.^  I  am  not \nfamiliar  with  the  statistics  in  this  direction,  but  I  imagine \nthat  the  physicians  would  back  up  my  statement  that  the \n^r.M  file  ruggedness  of  our  climate,  is  the  cause  of  the  im- \n\n\nmense  majority  of  the  diseases  from  which  we  suffer  and  die ; \nand  it  is  at  least  suggestive  in  this  direction  that  the  one \nplace  on  this  planet  that  has  yet  been  discovered  that  is  in \nitself  a  panacea  for  a  certain  class  of  diseases  which  pe- \nculiarly afflict  our  northern  climes,  one  of  the  healthiest \nplaces  on  earth,  is  a  spot  where  for  the  last  thirty  years  the \nsun,  on  an  average,  has  not  been  hidden  more  than  three  days \nin  all  the  round  of  the  year. \n\nAnother  thing  I  hear  often  spoken  of :  they  talk  about  the \nwarmth  of  the  summers  taking  away  our  vigor,  of  the  lassitude \nof  spring.  It  occurs  to  me  again  that  here  there  may  be \nanother  interpretation  of  it.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  have  we  not \nbeen  living  a  stretched,  keen,  tense,  earnest,  striving,  strug- \ngling life  for  six  long  months  at  least;  and  may  not  this  lassi- \ntude of  the  spring  be  possibly  explained  by  the  fact  that  we \nare  a  little  wear)',  and  need  rest  ?  And  is  it  not  suggestive \nthat  during  the  summer  months  we  go  away  and  recuperate, \nstore  up  strength  enough  to  enable  us  to  live  through  another \nwinter  ? \n\nThere  is  another  point  I  wish  to  suggest  right  here.  The \nonly  way  by  which  we  are  able  to  live  in  these  northern \nclimes  at  all  is  because  we  have  learned,  after  ages  of  expe- \nrience, to  create  artificial  tropics.  We  do  not  live  in  the \ncold.  We  live  and  do  all  our  work  in  a  tropical  heat  of  from \n65  to  70  degrees  Fahrenheit  that  we  rescue  from  the  cold. \nAnd  is  it  not  true,  also, —  and  it  seems  to  me  a  very  sugges- \ntive and  curious  fact, —  that  the  most  of  us  here  in  our  be- \nloved New  England  spend  about  six  months  of  the  year  in \nhard  labor  in  storing  up  materials  by  which  we  may  live \nthrough  the  other  six  months  ?  If  you  should  blot  out  all \nthe  industries  that  deal  simply  with  the  one  question  of  sub- \nduing and  conquering  the  cold,  you  would  blot  out  at  least \none-half  the  business  of  New  England  towns.  Half  our  time \nat  least,  half  our  energy,  half  our  thought,  are  spent  in  the \nendeavor  to  create  conditions  so  that  we  can  physically \nexist;  and  all  that  is  just  so  much  force  taken  away  from \nthe  real  living.     Think  how  our  charities  in  Boston  would  be \n\n\n8 \n\nsimplified  if  we  did  not  have  to  think  of  keeping  anybody \nfrom  freezing, —  how  large  a  part  of  the  charitable  work  of \nthe  city  would  be  done  at  once  by  the  sunshine  if  we  could \nonly  control  its  action  ! \n\nThere  is  one  other  point,  and  this  of  a  great  deal  of  impor- \ntance. It  is  commonly  said  that  winter  is  favorable  to  intel- \nlectual effort,  that  the  world's  intellectual  work  has  been  done \nby  the  northern  nations ;  that  it  is  in  the  winter  time,  when \nmen  are  vigorous,  that  they  can  accomplish  the  finest  and \nhighest  intellectual  results.  Curiously,  however,  here,  though \nit  seems  to  me  that  this  is  a  prevalent  idea,  the  facts  of  the \nworld  happen  to  be  precisely  to  the  contrary.  Consider,  for \nexample,  all  the  world's  religions.  Where  have  they  origi- \nnated? By  what  peoples  were  they  thought  out  and  lived \nout?  All  the  old  world  philosophies, —  in  what  soils  and \nsurrounded  by  what  climates  have  they  grown  ?  All  the  old \nworld  science,  all  the  painting,  the  architecture,  the  sculp- \nture, the  music, —  think  of  the  contributions  in  these  direc- \ntions that  have  been  made  by  India,  by  Palestine,  by  Greece, \nby  Italy !  Blot  out  the  contributions  of  these  sun-lands,  and \nthe  world  would  be  impoverished  in  a  moment.  And  then, \ncuriously  enough,  the  world  never  in  any  other  part  of  it \nexcept  the  sun  lands  attained  any  distinguished  results  in \nthese  directions  until  able  to  create  the  artificial  tropics  of \nwhich  I  have  spoken.  The  lands  of  cold  are  as  barren  in- \ntellectually as  they  are  of  flowers  and  the  fruits  of  the  earth. \n\nI  came  across,  the  other  day,  some  facts  that  I  know  will \nbe  of  great  interest  to  you  as  touching  on  this  matter  in  our \nnorthern  lands.  It  is  very  striking  to  note  the  time  of  year \nor  the  conditions  under  which  the  great  writers  and  artists  of \nthe  world  have  found  themselves  able  to  work.  I  give  you \nonly  a  few  specimens,  assuring  you  that  the  main  trend  of  fact \nis  all  in  this  direction.  Napoleon,  who  defined  man  as  \"a \nproduct  of  the  physical  atmosphere  and  the  moral  atmos- \nphere,\" suffered  from  the  faintest  wind,  and  loved  heat  so \nmuch  that  he  would  have  fires  even  in  July.  Voltaire  and \nBuffon  had  their  studies  warmed  the  whole  year  round,  in \n\n\nsummer  as  well  as  in  winter.  Rousseau  said  that  the  action \nof  the  sun  in  the  dog-days  aided  him  to  compose,  and  he \nallowed  the  rays  of  the  mid-day  sun  to  fall  on  his  head. \nByron  feared  cold  '*  as  much  as  a  gazelle.\"  Heine  wrote  in \none  of  his  letters,  \"  It  snows :  I  have  little  fire  in  the  room, \nand  my  letter  is  cold.''  Spallanzani,  when  in  the  Ionian \nIslands,  found  himself  able  to  accomplish  a  great  deal  more \nwork  than  in  his  own  misty  Pavia.  Leopardi  testifies  to  the \nsame  thing,  saying  in  his  letters :  \"  My  temperament  is  inimi- \ncal to  cold.  I  wake,  and  invoke  the  reign  of  Ormuzd.\" \nGiusti  wrote  in  the  spring,  \"  Inspiration  is  becoming  favora- \nble.\" Paisiello  could  only  compose  when  he  was  covered  up \nby  six  quilts  in  the  summer  and  nine  in  the  winter.  He  was \none  of  the  great  composers  of  music  and  operas.  Similar \nfacts  are  told  of  Varillas,  Mery,  Arnaud,  and  Sylvester. \nGiordani  could  only  compose  in  the  sun,  or  in  the  presence \nof  abundant  light  and  great  heat.  Foscolo  wrote,  in  Novem- \nber :  \"  I  keep  near  the  fire.  My  friends  laugh  at  me,  but  I \nam  seeking  to  give  my  members  heat  which  my  heart  will \nconcentrate  and  sublime  within.\"  In  December  he  could  do \nnothing.  Milton  tells  us  that  his  muse  was  entirely  sterile \nin  the  winter,  and  that  he  could  not  begin  to  write  until  the \nopening  of  the  spring-time,  and  the  time  of  the  year  when  he  • \ncould  work  was  confined  entirely  to  the  summer.  And  so \nwith  almost  all  the  great  German  poets, —  Goethe  and  others  ; \nand  I  find,  by  looking  over  a  carefully  prepared  table  of \nstatistics,  that  the  months  when  artistic  creation  has  been \npossible  in  the  history  of  the  past  have  been,  overwhelm- \ningly, April,  May,  June,  July,  August,  and  September. \nThese  months  include  nearly  two-thirds  —  yes,  three-fourths, \nand  sometimes  more  than  that  —  of  the  creative  and  artistic \nwork  of  the  world.  I  assure  you  that  the  general  facts  in \nthis  direction  all  over  the  world  bear  out  this  idea, —  that \nman  needs  sunshine  as  much  as  a  fruit-tree  if,  intellectually \nor  spiritually,  or  in  any  other  way,  he  is  to  bud,  blossom,  and \nbring  forth  fruit. \n\nWe  talk  about  the  vigor  of  our   New   England   thought. \n\n\nlO \n\nDid  it  ever  occur  to  you  —  I  wonder  how  many  people  it  has \noccurred  to  —  to  note  this  strange  fact:  that  the  substratum \nand  basis,  the  fibre  of  all  our  hardy,  virile,  New  England \nreligious  and  theological  thought,  almost  every  particle  of  it, \nwas  wrought  out  by  Augustine,  the  Bishop  of  Hippo,  in  North \nAfrica,  and  by  Calvin  in  Geneva, —  products  of  the  tropics, \nboth  ?  So  our  hardy  New  England  thought  is  an  exotic  that \ngrew  in  the  sun  lands,  and  was  only  brought  here  by  the \nvigorous  men  who  proved  themselves  able  to  fight  the  condi- \ntions of  life  here  and  create  an  Eden  where  it  would  not \nnaturally  have  grown. \n\nIt  has  seemed  to  me  necessary  to  bring  out  in  this  way  so \nforcibly  this  line  of  thought,  in  order  that  you  might  appre- \nciate how  much  the  world  owes  to  sunshine,  and  then  carry \nthe  force,  the  beauty,  the  suggestion,  of  this  thought  into  the \nrealm  of  the  moral,  the  social,  the  industrial,  the  spiritual \nworld. \n\nIt  is  true  that  too  much  sunshine,  too  prolonged,  too  con- \ntinuous, sometimes  brings  desolation ;  for  it  is  a  curious  fact \nthat  while  Vishnu,  the  Indian  name  of  the  Creator,  is  only  a \nname  for  the  sun,  Siva,  the  Indian  title  of  the  Destroyer, \nis  only  another  name  for  the  sun.  So  you  find  in  the  old \n•  religions  that  the  sun  is  creator  and  destroyer  both;  and,  if \nthe  sun  pours  its  fiood  of  rays  too  continually  upon  some \nparticular  spot  of  the  earth,  it  is  likely  at  last  to  become \ndried  up  and  parched,  and  turned  into  a  desert.  And  so  do \nwe  not  find  it  in  our  human  lives  .^  Have  we  not  learned \nthat  too  much  sunshine  withers,  that  it  scorches,  bums, \ndevastates,  makes  fruitless,  all  of  beauty  and  all  of  good? \nWho  are  the  men,  who  are  the  women,  whose  lives  have \nbrought  forth  the  noblest,  tenderest,  sweetest,  fairest  results \nof  hope  and  help  for  their  fellows  ?  They  are  not  the  ones \nwho  have  had  uninterrupted  sunshine.  People  who  bask \nforever  in  the  sun's  rays  are  apt  to  forget  that  anybody  else \nmay  be  sitting  in  darkness,  apt  to  forget  that  there  are  those \nwhose  hearts  are  breaking,  that  there  are  those  who  need \nsympathy  and  need   care. \n\n\nII \n\nThen  there  is  another  striking  fact :  the  sunshine  produces \ndirectly  opposite  results  according  to  the  conditions  of  the \nsoil  on  which  it  shines.  On  a  sandy  soil,  a  clayey  soil,  too \nmuch  sun  means  barrenness  and  death ;  while  the  same \namount  of  sunshine  on  a  lower  land,  with  a  different  mould, \nwith  a  larger  water  supply,  produces  only  abundant  fertility. \nI  note  the  spiritual  parallel  of  this  a  thousand  times  in  the \ncourse  of  life,  in  contact  with  men  and  women.  I  see  that \none  person  becomes  filled  with  doubt,  with  rebellion  against \nGod,  with  question  as  to  the  justice  and  truth  of  the  uni- \nverse, by  passing  through  a  certain  experience.  Another \nsoul  passes  through  —  so  far  as  I  can  discern  from  the  out- \nside— a  precisely  parallel  experience,  and  comes  out  of  it \ntender,  trustful,  and  submissive,  and  living  with  a  great,  faith \nin  God  and  a  great  charity  for  all  the  world.  There  is  the \nsame  experience ;  but  we  see  the  different  conditions  of  heart, \nof  life,  the  different  way  of  taking  things,  the  different  way \nof  meeting  and  mastering  the  facts  of  life. \n\nAnd,  then,  there  is  another  truth  about  the  sunshine  that  to \nme  is  full  of  infinite  suggestion  of  comfort ;  and  that  is  that \nthe  sun  not  only  shines  with  these  living,  beautiful  rays,  not \nonly  enfolds  us  and  bathes  us  in  its  balm,  but  it  is  the  sun \nwhich  has  lifted  the  cloud  that  shuts  out  its  own  light.  It  is \nthe  sun  which  has  created  the  tornado  that  devastates  a \ncountry  and  overwhelms  a  town.  It  is  the  sun  that  has \ncovered  the  mountain  tops  with  snow.  It  is  the  sun  that \ndrives  the  blast  that  cuts  us  from  the  north-east.  The  sun \nis  king  of  all  the  climatic  conditions  of  the  world :  only  we \nneed  to  remember  that  away  above  and  back  of  all  the \nnorth-east  blasts  and  blizzards,  back  of  the  hurl  of  snow, \nback  of  the  drench  of  rain,  back  of  the  tornado,  the  water- \nspout, the  cyclone, —  back  of  all  these  forces  that  seem  to  us \nrelentless  and  cruel, —  is  ever  the  light,  ever  the  sunshine,  ever \nthe  brightness  and  the  calm.  There  would  be  no  shadow  if \nthere  were  no  sunshine  ;  there  would  be  no  rain  if  there  were \nno  sunshine,  no  cloud  if  there  were  no  sunshine,  no  storm \nif  there  were  no  sunshine.     The  sun  is  back  of  all  these,  the \n\n\n12 \n\nsun  shapes  all  these,  the  sun  controls  all  these,  the  sun  uses \nall  these,  for  the  sake  of  sculpturing,  moulding,  beautifying, \nfructifying,  the  earth. \n\nAnd  so  I  believe  it  is  the  sunshine  of  God's  eternal, \nchangeless  love,  up  there  in  the  blue  heaven,  in  undisturbed \ncalni, —  I  believe  it  is  that  light,  that  sunshine,  of  God's  love, \nthat  creates  all  that  we  call  pain,  all  that  we  call  sorrow,  all \nthat  we  call  heart-break,  all  that  we  call  death ;  God's  love \nthat  lifts  the  clouds  into  the  sky,  shutting  out  our  vision  of \nthat  love ;  God's  love  converting  these  clouds  into  the  rain \nof  tears  that  blind  us  and  make  us  lose  our  way;  God's \nlove  that  creates,  God's  love  that  shapes,  God's  love  that \nuses,  God's  love  that  ministers,  through  all  these. \n\nThere  are  one  or  two  points  now,  at  the  end, —  practical \nones, —  that  I  wish  to  suggest  for  a  moment.  In  our  dealings \nwith  the  world,  which  is  the  better, —  that  we  try  to  repre- \nsent the  sunshine  of  sympathy,  of  tolerance,  of  love,  or  the \nforceful  powers  of  attack,  of  opposition,  of  hate  ?  They  are \nhard  sayings,  some  of  those  that  Jesus  uttered,  where  he \ntells  us  that  we  must  not  render  evil  for  evil,  that  we  must \nlearn  to  love  even  our  enemies.  We  can,  however,  as  we \nget  to  the  edge  of  those  sayings,  appreciate  a  little  better \nthat  one  of  Paul's  where  he  says,  \"Overcome  evil  with \ngood.\"  And  I  love  to  believe,  love  rather  to  know,  that \nthese  ideas  of  life  are  older  and  broader  than  our  religion. \nI  find  one  of  the  sayings  of  Gautama,  the  Buddha, — you \n\\Vould  think  that  Paul  had  seen  it  and  copied  it, — \"  Over- \ncome evil  by  good,\"  precisely  the  same  as  the  famous  say- \ning of  Paul ;  and  another  saying  of  the  Buddha's,  \"  Conquer \nyour  foe  by  force,  and  you  will  increase  his  enmity;  conquer \nby  love,  and  you  will  reap  no  after  sorrow.\"  And  we  find \nalso  in  Gautama  the  saying,  \"  Return  good  for  evil \" ;  and \nanother  one  I  must  quote :  \"  Foj:  hatred  does  not  cease  by \nhatred  at  any  time.  Hatred  ceases  by  love.  That  is  an  old \nrule.\"  Gautama,  six  hundred  years  before  Christ,  calls  that \nsaying,  even  then,  old.  So  the  world  began  to  learn  the \nforce   and   might  of  moral,  personal,  social  sunshine  even \n\n\n13 \n\nthen.  If  we  attempt  to  overcome  hate  by  hate, —  by  mightier, \nstronger  hate, —  we  only  increase  the  quantity  of  hatred  in \nthe  world :  if  we  attempt  to  fight  down  bitterness  with  more \nbitterness,  we  only  increase  the  quantity  of  bitterness ;  but \nif  we  attempt  to  conquer  evil  by  good,  hatred  by  love,  we \nare  playing  the  part  of  the  sunshine,  that  does  not  batter \ndarkness  with  stronger  darkness,  but  simply  wipes  it  off  the \nblue  heaven  by  a  touch  of  light. \n\nSo  in  the  family,  in  treating  our  children,  do  we  not  learn \nas  the  years  go  by  that  temper,  anger,  cruelty,  force,  do  not \naccomplish  much,  but  that  a  patient  love  is  bound  to  con- \nquer all  things  ? \n\nIn  our  religious  controversies, —  perhaps  I  condemn  my- \nself in  saying  it :  I  say  it,  however,  none  the  less  forcibly \nand  earnestly,  even  if  I  do, —  in  our  religious  controversies \nwe  accomplish  little  by  simply  attacking  an  opponent,  by \nsimply  striving  for  victory  over  an  opponent,  by  simply  call- \ning him  hard  names.  We  accomplish  everything  if,  in  the \nfirst  place,  we  can  put  ourselves  in  the  positions  which  our \nopponents  occupy,  learn  sympathetically  to  understand  them, \nand  then  join  with  them  in  an  emulous  contest  for  the  dis- \ncovery of  the  truth,  not  for  victory  over  each  other.  This  is \nthe  way  of  this  sunshine  method,  by  which  truth  at  last  is \nto  conquer  in  the  world. \n\nIn  dealing  with  every  form  of  evil,  in  dealing  with  the \ncriminals  and  the  outcasts  of  the  world,  the  past  is  full  of \nbitterness,  of  cruelty,  of  hate,  full  of  torture  on  the  one  hand \nand  bitter  defiance  on  the  other,  full  of  an  attitude  on  the \npart  of  the  good  in  society  that  has  made  the  evil  their  bitter \nfoe.  The  world  is  learning  here  that  sunshine  is  mightier \nthan  storm,  that  kindness  and  compassion  is  a  mightier  force \nthan  all  the  bitterness  of  punishment,  than  all  that  which \ncasts  out  and  burns  and  attempts  to  destroy. \n\nYou  remember  that  old  fable,  which  I  used  to  read  as  a \nboy, —  I  think  in  Webster's  old  spelling-book, —  containing \nthe  illustration,  which  I  shall  never  forget,  of  the  contest  into \nwhich  the  sun  and  the  wind  entered  in  their  endeavor  to  get \n\n\nthe  traveller  to  throw  aside  his  cloak.  The  wind  blew  and \nbeat  fiercely  and  cold  upon  him ;  and  the  only  result  was  that \nhe  held  his  cloak  closer  and  closer  to  him  in  self-defence. \nAnd,  when  the  wind  had  exhausted  all  its  energies,  then  the \nsun  looked  out  from  behind  a  cloud,  smiled  upon  him,  and \nhe  dropped  it  off  of  his  own  free  will.  The  sunshine,  then, \nis  not  only  the  secret  of  physical  and  intellectual  life,  it  is \nthe  secret  of  the  moral  and  the  spiritual  life  as  well ;  and  the \nfinest  and  most  alluring  picture  to  me  of  that  other  land  is \nhinted  in  such  phrases  from  the  old  Bible  as,  *'  Thy  sun  shall \nno  more  go  down,  neither  shall  thy  moon  withdraw  herself ; \nfor  the  Lord  God  shall  be  thy  everlasting  light,  and  the  days \nof  thy  mourning  shall  be  ended.\" \n\nFather,  we  thank  Thee  that  Thou  art  a  sun  and  shield,  a \nguide  and  helper,  in  all  our  hours  of  sorrow  and  of  trial. \nWe  are  glad  that  we  may  believe  that  these  clouds  and  rains \nof  tears  are  the  products  of  Thy  love,  of  Thy  sunshine,  as \nwell  as  the  light  and  the  warmth  in  which  we  bask  ourselves ; \nand  we  are  glad  that  we  may  look  forward  to  a  time  when, \ncloud  and  storm  having  done  their  work,  we  may  enter  into \na  land  where  there  shall  b*e  no  more  darkness  at  all.     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,    ,     .     ,     ,  20  cents. \n\n\"    Doi ^7.50 \n\nC/o/A,    \"    Copy,    .     .     .     .  ^o  cents. \n\n\"      \"    Doi $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  verv  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarehip,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  whicn  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Hortok. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  \"  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  readine  and  study  nave  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modern  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  asceruined  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  frocn \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudv  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  ome  skill  m  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS,  Publisher,  141  Franklin  St.,  Boiton,  Matt. \n\n\nPubliBlied  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  slnfirle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13  MAY  13,  1892  No.  31 \n\nTHE  RIGHTS  OF  ANIMALS \n\nOR \n\nMan  and  Ms  Poor  Relations \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS»  141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\nSntertd  ai  the  Pott-cflcet  Boston,  JtfaM.,  as  *ee9nd-<kus  mail  matter \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligioas  Reconstruction.    lamo ti.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  z6ino.    ^'lexible    .    .  .so \n\nMy  Creed.     lamo t.oo \n\nPoems.     i6mo.    Full  gilt.    With  portrait i.so \n\nLight  on  the  Qoud.    i6mo.    Full  gilt i.as \n\nSocial  Problems,     tamo t.oo \n\nThe  Religious  Life,     tamo i.oo \n\nBehef  in  uod.     lamo                              i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo          i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.          .     .  i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.     lamo z.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution,     lamo  .    .  i.oo \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.     lamo          z.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.    lamo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  ScienM  of  Manhood,    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  ETolution.     lamo i.jo \n\nLife  Questions.     i6mo       jjoo \n\nBluffton:  A  Stonr  of  To-day.     lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.     lamo z.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,    zamo z.oo \n\nLife.    lamo z.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Ohristenings,  WeddingSf \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Sonn  for  Pubhc  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth 1.00 \n\nLeather                           z.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.    With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  copy,   .     .    .     .     ao  cents.     Per  doz.,  z.50 \n\n**      Cloth,        \"                              30     '*                **  «-50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weekly  sermons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  tor  the  season,  $i.y>i \n•ingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO,  If.  RLLIS,  Publiaktr, \n\n141  Framklin  St.,  BpsUh,  Mus. \n\n\nTHE  RIGHTS  OF  ANIMALS; \n\n\nOR, \n\n\nMAN  AND  HIS  POOR  RELATIONS/ \n\n\n\"Thou  shalt  not  muzzle  the  ox  when  he  treadeth  out  the  corn.\" — \n\nDeUT.  XXV.  4. \n\n\"  For  it  is  written  in  the  law  of  Moses,  Thou  shalt  not  muzzle  the  ox \nthat  treadeth  out  the  corn.  Doth  God  take  care  for  oxen  ?  Or  saith  he \nit  altogether  for  our  sakes  ?  For  our  sakes,  no  doubt,  this  is  written . \nthat  he  that  plougheth  should  plough  in  hope ;  and  that  he  that  thresheth \nin  hope  should  be  partaker  of  his  hope.\" —  i  Cor.  ix.  9,  10. \n\nI  WISH  to  call  your  special  attention  at  the  outset  to  what \nis  perhaps  not  an  indictment  against  the  Scriptures  or  against \nthe  Hebrew  people  on  this  subject,  but  which,  at  any  rate,  is \na  curious  fact :  that  there  is  almost  nothing  in  the  Scriptures \ndealing  with  the  relation  of  man  to  the  animal  world,  almost \nnothing  which  recognizes  animals  as  having  any  rights  to  be \nrespected,  or  as  being  entitled  in  any  special  way  to  our \nmercy,  kindness,  and  care.  There  is  a  passage  in  Proverbs \nwhich  I  had  in  mind  in  selecting  my  text,  which  says,  \"  The \nrighteous  man  regardeth  the  life  of  his  beast,  but  the  tender \nmercies  of  the  wicked  are  cruel \" ;  and  there  is  this  tiny  bit \nof  Mosaic  legislation  in  Deuteronomy,  which  says  the  ox \nshall  not  be  muzzled  while  threshing  out  the  corn.  This \nmeans,  I  suppose,  that  the  ox  shall  be  at  liberty  to  catch  a \nmouthful  of  food  in  the  midst  of  his  labors  now  and  then. \nIt  was  considered  an  undue  severity  to  muzzle  him  while  en- \ngaged in  this  occupation.  To  understand  this,  you  need  only \nto  recall  that,  not  only  in  Palestine,  but  in  the  ancient  na- \ntions usually,  the  method  of  threshing  was  to  have  a  hard \nbeaten  place  on  the  ground  where  the  grain  —  not  the  corn \n\n*  Phonographtcally  reported. \n\n\nin  the  sense  in  which  we  use  that  word  in  America  —  was \nlaid,  and  the  kernels  were  threshed  out  by  driving  oxen \nback  and  forth  over  it.  The  hoofs  beat  out  the  kernels  in \npassing  over  them.  But  it  is  striking  that  in  the  New  Testa- \nment Paul,  as  he  argues  on  this  subject,  seems  even  to \nretrograde  from  the  tenderness  and  mercy  of  the  Old  Testa- \nment ;  for  he  quotes  this  passage,  \"  It  is  written  in  the  law  of \nMoses,  Thou  shalt  not  muzzle  the  ox  that  treadeth  out  the \ncorn,\"  and  then  he  says :  Does  God  care  anything  about  the \noxen?  Does  he  write  that  for  their  sake.  Probably  not, \nbut  entirely  for  our  sake,  as  bearing  upon  the  spirit  of  hope \nin  which  men  should  plough  and  gather  in  their  grain.  I  do \nnot  recall  any  passage  in  the  New  Testament  which  enjoins \ntenderness  and  care  towards  the  animals,  our  poor  relations, \nbeneath  us.  I  would  not  have  you  for  a  moment  suppose \nthat  I  bring  any  charge  against  the  Hebrew  nation  by  this \nstatement.  So  far  as  I  know,  they  have  been  no  more \nguilty  in  this  direction  than  other  people.  I  am  inclined  to \nthink  they  have  been  much  less  so, —  less  at  any  rate  than  the \nEnglish  or  the  American  people,  or  than  nr^any  of  those  who \nhave  borne  the  Christian  name.  Christianity,  indeed,  does \nnot  seem  to  me  to  have  played  its  proper  part  in  cultivating \nthe  tenderness  and  kindliness  and,  what  is  more  important \nstill,  the  sense  of  justice  that  ought  to  be  developed  in  regard \nto  the  lower  forms  of  life.  Christianity  has  prided  itself,  I \nknow,  on  the  fact  that  it  abolished  the  gladiatorial  combats \nof  imperial  Rome ;  and  it  did  well.  Let  us  recognize  this \nservice  here,  and  pay  it  our  tribute  of  honor  and  respect  for \nits  grand  achievement ;  but  from  that  day  to  this  Christianity \nin  its  organized  forms  has  not  rebuked  and  has  not  abolished \ncombats  that  seem  to  me  unspeakably  more  brutal  and  in- \nhuman. Brutal !  I  like  not  the  word :  it  is  an  imputation \nagainst  the  brutes  which  they  do  not  deserve.  The  most \nChristian  nation  on  the  face  of  the  earth  to-day,  if  we  are  to \ntest  Christianity  by  its  allegiance  to  the  Church,  is  Spain. \nAnd  Spain  from  time  immemorial  has  kept  up  as  its  one \n-^1  characteristic  amusement  something  that  seems  to \n\n\nme  infinitely  more  contemptible  than  the  gladiatorial  show, \nunspeakably  more  cruel ;  and  that  is  the  bull-fight.  The \nbull-fight  is  patronized  by  the  court.  The  dignitaries  of  the \nChurch,  after  their  worship  of  God  in  the  morning,  attend  this \nfight  for  their  amusement,  for  their  recreation  on  Sunday \nafternoon.  I  saw  a  bull-fight.  I  have  been  haunted  by  it \never  since.  I  find  myself  instinctively  putting  my  hand  to \nmy  eyes,  as  though  I  could  shade  the  inner  vision  as  I  did \nthe  outer  on  that  occasion.  I  must  confess,  as  I  sat  there \nand  watched  the  temper  of  the  crowd,  and  saw  what  a  great \nnation  regarded  as  a  typical  amusement,  that  my  sympathies \nwere,  from  first  to  last,  with  the  poor,  bated,  abused,  hopeless \nanimal.  When  two  men,  two  gladiators,  stand  up  and  fight \neach  other,  there  is  at  least  a  little  sense  of  equality.  You \nfeel  that  each  of  them  has  a  chance.  But  where  the  animal \nis  driven  into  the  ring  to  be  tormented  and  abused  and \nbated  until,  weary  and  bleeding  and  confused,  the  time  has \ncome  when  the  temper  of  the  crowd  demands  its  death,  and \nthe  espada^  with  almost  no  personal  risk,  stabs  him  to  the \nheart,  I  say  this  seems  to  me  infinitely  more  cruel  than  does \nthe  gladiatorial  show  that  Christianity  is  so  proud  of  having \nabolished. \n\nThen  Christianity  has  not  abolished  contests  between \nanimals.  The  cock-pit  and  the  rat-pit  still  remain, —  tokens \nof  what  beings  in  the  semblance  of  men  can  call  amusement. \nIf  we  wish  to  find  people  and  Scriptures  that  have  recog- \nnized the  rights  of  animals  in  any  sense  in  which  we  speak \nto-day  of  the  rights  of  men,  we  have  to  go  to  the  Parsee  and \nthe  Hindu  and  the  Mohammedan.  There  was  a  time,  far \noff  towards  the  beginning  of  the  world,  when  the  people  in- \nstinctively seemed  almost  to  foresee  what  is  the  result \nof  our  highest  and  latest  investigations  in  this  direction. \nThey  felt  and  acted  on  the  idea  that  there  was  a  real  kinship \nbetween  them  and  the  animal  world,  that  the  same  life  was \nin  them  and  in  their  god  which  was  also  in  the  beast  and \nthe  bird.  We  shall  see  how  near  they  came  to  the  truth \nbefore  we  are  through. \n\n\nPossibly  I  ought  to  abate  some  of  the  praise  I  have  given \nto  the  Hindu  and  the  Parsee.  The  Hindu  believes  in  the \ntransmigration  of  the  soul.  He  believes  that  his  friends,  his \nancestors,  may  become  animals,  wearing  an  animal  form  in- \nstead of  a  human ;  and  perhaps  some  of  the  kindness  and \nconsideration  of  the  Hindu  may  spring  from  the  fact  that \nthese  may  be  human  beings,  possibly  his  own  friends,  thus \ndisguised  for  a  time.  The  Parsees  held  that  there  were  two \ndivine  forces  in  everlasting  conflict,  one  the  god  of  light  and \nof  good,  the  other  of  darkness  and  evil.  They  taught  that \nthe  good  god  created  all  the  good  and  helpful  animals,  and \nthat  whatever  was  evil  and  venomous  and  injurious  was \ncreated  by  the  other  power.  So  part  of  their  religious  teach- \ning was  to  show  kindness  and  justice  towards  those  animals \nthat  they  regarded  as  good  and  helpful  towards  men. \nPossibly  this  kindness  to  animals,  then,  may  have  sprung  out \nof  their  religious  ideas  and  teachings. \n\nI  wish  now  to  note  several  of  the  relations  in  which  the \nhuman  race  has  stood,  and  does  still  stand,  to  the  animal \nworld,  and  some  of  the  ideas  of  mercy,  kindness,  and  justice \nthat  ought  to  be  recognized  in  these  relations. \n\nI  wish  to  speak  first  of.  the  age  far  off  towards  the  begin- \nning, when  there  was  only  a  condition  of  warfare  between \nman  and  the  animals,  and  when  this  warfare  was  justifiable, \nbecause  it  meant  a  battle  for  standing  ground,  a  battle  for \nlife.  It  is  difficult  for  us  to-day  to  imagine  that  the  animals \never  really  disputed  with  men  the  ownership  of  this  planet. \nAnimals  had  been  in  possession  for  uncounted  ages  when \nman  appeared.  Man  was  at  first  helpless,  ignorant,  feeble, \nas  compared  with  many  of  the  animals,  with  none  of  the \nnatural  weapons  of  beak  and  claw,  without  the  strength  of \nthe  elephant  or  tiger,  without  any  weapons  save  a  rude  spear \nor  bow  and  arrow,  standing  apparently  the  most  feeble,  help- \nless animal  in  the  world,  but  destined  to  be  king  because  of \nthat  power  centred  in  his  brain  which  enabled  him  to  con- \ntrol in  time  all  the  natural  forces  of  the  earth  and  to  bring \ninto  subjection  all  the  various  forms  of  life  upon  the  planet. \n\n\nEven  to-day  in  India  there  are  parts  of  the  country  where \npeople  are  slain  by  wild  animals  by  the  hundreds  every \nyear.  They  are  in  a  state  of  warfare  still.  This  warfare \nwas  justifiable  then.  Men  were  forced  into  it  by  the  neces- \nsities of  the  situation.  But  there  seems  to  be  a  lingering \nremnant  of  this  old  warfare  still,  perhaps  inwrought  in  the \nvery  fibre  of  the  brain  and  become  instinctive  in  us,  one  of \nthe  feelings  of  the  heart.  At  any  rate,  men,  until  they  have \nlearned  to  control  themselves,  stand  in  the  attitude  to-day  in \ngeneral  of  enmity  towards  every  wild  thing  that  runs  in  the \nwoods  or  flies  in  the  air. \n\nEspecially  is  this  true  with  children.  Though  it  does  not \nseem  to  be  true  of  girls»  it  is  perhaps  one  of  the  most  distin- \nguishing traits  and  characteristics  of  boys.  A  boy  is  natu- \nrally a  barbarian, —  cruel,  relentless,  thoughtless.  I  do  not \nbelieve  it  is  anything  but  thoughtlessness;  but  we  parents \nought  to  remember  the  meaning  of  these  words  ; \n\n\"But  evil  is  wrought  by  want  of  thought \nAs  well  as  want  of  heart.\" \n\nIf  you  abuse  or  are  cruel  to  an  animal  or  a  bird,  it  hurts  just \nas  much  whether  you  meant  it  or  not,  whether  you  intended \nit  or  not.  This  children  ought  to  learn.  Why  is  it  a  boy \ncannot  see  a  bird  on  a  fence  or  a  tree  without  instinctively \nflinging  something  at  it,  making  it  feel  that  he  is  its  natural \nenemy  ?  He  cannot  even  see  a  cat  that  does  not  belong  in \nhis  own  household  without  slinging  a  stone  at  it.  He  can- \nnot see  a  dog  without  shouting  at  it  to  see  it  run,  if  he  does \nnot  do  something  more  cruel. \n\nI  do  not  know  why  it  is,  unless,  according  to  the  Darwinian \ndoctrine,  it  is  a  survival  of  that  age  when  men  were  in  a  state \nof  perpetual  hostility  to  the  animals,  were  fighting  for  their \nvery  lives.  I  do  not  know  any  reason  in  the  nature  of \nthings  why  there  should  not  be  a  lovely,  sweet  fellowship  be- \ntween men  and  women  and  every  animal  that  walks  the \nearth  and  every  bird  that  flies  and  sings  in  the  air.  If  we \ntreated  the  birds  properly,  they  would  not  fly  at  our  ap- \n\n\n8 \n\nproach  in  terror ;  they  would  not  hide  their  nests,  tremble, \nand  cry  out  at  the  approach  of  a  human  being ;  they  would \nnot  do  their  utmost,  as  they  do,  to  deceive  us  and  lead  us \nastray,  feeling  sure  that,  if  we  find  their  Jitile  nest  of  fledg- \nlings, it  will  be  destroyed.  I  have  sat  of  an  evening  in \nthe  plaza  of  San  Marco  in  Venice,  where  hundreds  and \nthousands  of  pigeons  and  doves  come  to  be  fed ;  and  they \nwere  as  familiar,  as  loving,  in  their  relations  with  human \nbeings  as  are  the  cats  and  dogs  of  our  households.  There \nis  no  reason  in  the  nature  of  things  why  wild  creatures \nshould  not  learn  to  love  us  and  trust  us. \n\nNot  to  spend  any  more  time  on  that  side  of  my  theme,  let \nme  come  to  consider  a  little  more  that  which  I  incidentally \nhinted  in  opening, —  the  relation  in  which  men  stand  to  the \nanimal  world  from  the  side  of  sport  or  amusement.  It  is  a \nconstant  source  of  amazement  to  me  as  to  what  it  is  in \nhuman  beings  that  makes  them  feel  that  they  are  not  having \nthe  best,  the  manliest,  kind  of  a  time  unless  they  are  killing \nsomething.  It  is  only  a  little  while  ago  that  a  law  was \npassed  abolishing  the  use  of  live  pigeons  to  be  sent  from \ntraps  by  springs  into  the  air  to  be  shot  at  by  sportsmen  in \ntrial  of  their  skill.  It  is  only  since  men  have  had  to,  that \nthey  have  invented  the  clay  pigeon,  which  answers  the  pur- \npose just  as  well.  What  is  it  that  makes  us  desire  to  coin \nour  enjoyment  out  of  tingling  nerves,  out  of  fright,  out  of \nflight,  out  of  fear,  out  of  pain,  out  of  blood  ? \n\nI  can  remember  my  own  boyhood,  and  how  I  outgrew \nthose  feelings.  I  was  not  taught  it.  We  boys  were  a  set \nof  savages  in  more  than  one  sense.  We  had  bows  and \narrows  and  guns  from  the  time  we  were  able  to  carry  them, \nand  were  accustomed  to  go  into  the  woods  two  or  three \ntimes  a  week  and  shoot  anything  and  everything  we  could \nget  our  eyes  on,  anything  that  was  alive.  We  did  not  con- \nsider it  fun  to  shoot  at  dead  things.  But  I  can  remember,  as \nI  grew  to  be  twelve  or  thirteen,  that  it  came  over  me  at  last, \n\"  Why,  these  squirrels,  these  birds,  perhaps  love  life ;  per- \nhaps they  love  each  other ;  perhaps  they  love  the  trees,  and \n\n\nthe  singing  of  the  winds,  and  the  sunshine.'^  And  from  that \ntime  on  I  could  not  find  any  pleasure  in  killing  them.  I  was \ncalled  a  \"  baby  \"  because  of  my  sensitiveness  on  the  subject, \nbut  I  could  find  no  pleasure  in  killing  anything  from  that \ntime  to  this ;  and,  though  I  am  a  partaker  of  the  blood  of \nthousands  in  that  I  am  an  eater  of  animal  food  like  every- \nbody else,  I  must  confess  that,  if  it  came  to  the  choice  of \nkilling  my  own  food,  I  should  become  a  vegetarian  from  this \ntime  forth  forever. \n\nWhat  is  it,  I  say,  that  makes  us  love  to  kill  things  ?  Men \ngo  off  into  Colorado  or  the  West,  and  after  a  trip  of  months \ncome  back  proud  if  they  have  killed  a  bear,  if  they  have  shot \na  deer  or  stag.  They  travel  throughout  the  East  and  in \nAfrica,  and  a  man  feels  as  though  he  had  won  a  decoration \nif  he  has  shot  an  elephant.  And  many  times  it  is  not  instant \ndeath  to  these  animals,  but  a  prolonged  agony.  It  is  first \nwounds,  then  starvation,  pain,  and  then  lingering  death, \nmerely  to  please  a  man  who  wishes  to  hit  a  mark  that  shows \nit  is  hit  by  jumping,  by  a  thrill  of  pain.  The  whole  round \nworld  is  traversed  by  men  of  the  English-speaking  race  who \nfind  their  pleasure  in  giving  pain  to  their  poor  relations, — \nthe  animals  beneath  them. \n\nThere  are  two  forms  of  this  amusement  that  I  will  speak \nof.     I  need  not  dwell  upon  them. \n\nTake,  for  example,  that  which  a  few  Anglomaniacs  have \nattempted  to  introduce  into  this  country,  so  far,  I  am  glad  to \nsay,  with  only  partial  success ;  that  is,  a  fox-hunt.  Picture \nwhat  a  fox-hunt  means.  Bravely  attired  men  and  women  on \nsplendidly  trained  horses,  a  pack  of  hounds,  and  one  or  two \npoor,  little,  frightened  animals  fleeing  for  their  lives ;  while \nthe  men  gallop  and  halloo  over  the  fields  for  miles,  and \ntriumph  at  last  in  winning  the  '*  brush,\"  which  perhaps  some \ndainty  lady  takes  away  as  a  trophy  of  the  spoils  of  the  day ! \n\nOr  take  another  form  of  amusement  popular  in  England. \nEvery  Englishman  who  can  afford  it  keeps  a  preserve. \nWhat  does  it  mean  ?  A  place  where  he  can  raise  birds  and \nanimals   merely  for  the  pleasure  of  shooting  them.    The \n\n\nlO \n\nPrince  of  Wales,  if  he  has  some  distinguished  guest,  goes \nout  to  his  preserve,  and  has  his  keepers  beat  up  the  birds ; \nthat  is,  drive  them  within  a  given  space.  Then  he  has \nhalf  a  dozen  men  to  load  his  gun  as  fast  as  he  can  discharge \nit,  and  shoots  the  poor  birds  that  the  keepers  have  driven  up \nso  that  they  cannot  possibly  escape.  And  this  is  sport! \nThe  late  prince,  the  son  of  the  Prince  of  Wales,  the  next  in \nline  of  heirship  to  the  throne,  got  his  death,  it  is  said,  in  an \namusement  like  this.  He  was  playing  the  part  of  a  true \nEnglishman  by  indulging  in  this  manly  sport  of  slaughter. \n\nLet  us  turn  to  another  phase  of  our  theme  ;  and  that  is  the \nrelation  in  which  we  stand  to  animals  that  we  have  captured \nand  turned  into  slaves.  I  know  in  the  early  part  of  the  Old \nTestament  it  is  said  that,  after  God  had  created  the  animals \nand  Adam,  he  brought  all  the  animals  to  Adam,  and  let \nhim  name  them,  and  then  conferred  upon  him  kingship  and \ndominion  over  all  the  lower  forms  of  life.  But  I  wonder \ninto  how  many  minds  the  question  ever  entered  as  to  what \nnatural  right  a  man  has  to  capture  and  turn  into  a  slave \nsome  wild,  free  animal  of  the  world.  I  am  not  going  to  wax \nsentimental,  and  say  you  have  no  right  to  hold  your  horse \nand  dog  and  birds.  I  only  want  you  to  think  as  to  the  basis \nof  your  right,  and  what  should  spring  out  of  that  right  on \nyour  part,  and  from  your  exercise  of  that  power  whether  it \nis  a  right  or  not. \n\nTake  the  horse ;  for  I  may  not  have  time  to  refer  to  any  of \nour  other  slaves.  I  do  not  believe  that  the  Almighty  had  in \nmind,  when  the  horse  came  into  being,  the  mere  matter  of \nserving  and  blessing  us.  The  horse  has  a  being  and  nature \nof  his  own,  a  life  of  his  own  ;  and  he  lives  a  good  deal  more \nuseful  and  less  harmful  life  than  is  lived  by  thousands  of \nmen.  A  horse  has  a  right  to  life,  liberty,  and  the  pursuit  of \nhappiness  as  much  as  a  man  has.  And  if  you  take  him  and \nmake  a  slave  of  him,  at  least  for  decency's  sake,  for  mercy's \nsake,  for  the  sake  of  justice,  you  ought  to  recognize  the \nhorse's  nature,  the  horse's  instincts,  the  horse's  feelings,  the \nhorse's  affections,  the  horse's  rights,  and  make  his  captivity \n\n\nII \n\nas  little  irksome  and  painful  as  possible.  But  men  have \nassumed  from  time  immemorial  that  they  had  a  right  to  take  a \nhorse  and  abuse,  maltreat,  starve,  beat,  deform,  do  anything \nthey  pleased  with  him,  get  out  of  him  the  last  ounce  of \nblood,  the  last  thrill  of  nerve,  in  the  way  of  service  or  pleas- \nure, and  then  fling  him  one  side  as  they  would  any  worn-out \npiece  of  refuse.  Have  you  any  such  right  ?  Did  it  ever \noccur  to  you  that  a  horse  has  feelings,  afTeciions  ?  If  you \nhave  kept  horses  and  studied  them,  you  know  not  only  that \nyou  can  win  the  horse's  love,  but  that  horses  love  each  other. \nA  horse  frequently  loves  his  mate ;  yet  you  part  two  horses \nthat  have  learned  to  love  each  other,  who  love  to  go  to- \ngether, without  the  least  question  as  to  whether  it  gives  pain \nto  the  horses.  You  give  them  other  mates  that  they  are  not \nacquainted  with,  that  perhaps  they  dislike  or  hate, —  for  they \nshow  these  emotions  as  plainly  as  men  do, —  without  any \nthought  as  to  whether  you  are  trespassing  on  the  rights  or \nthe  happiness  of  another  creature  of  God.  There  is  hardly \na  day  goes  by  that  I  do  not  witness  the  abuse  of  horses  on \nthe  street  by  careless  boys  or  drivers,  who  have  no  sentiment \nof  pity  and  no  thought  concerning  the  rights  of  the  animals \nthey  are  dealing  with.  And  when  you  have  used  a  horse  for \nyears,  after  you  have  got  out  of  him  all  the  life  there  is  in \nhim,  when  he  grows  rheumatic,  as  you  do  in  your  old  age, \ninstead  of  treating  him  tenderly,  lest  he  should  be  a  source \nof  loss  by  keeping  him  on  your  hands,  you  turn  him  over  to \nsome  common  carter  or  to  dnidge  on  a  farm,  until  the  last \nbit  of  life  is  worn  out  of  him  and  he  is  thrown  aside.  I  be- \nlieve that,  when  the  world  gets  civilized,  men  who  are  able  to \nkeep  horses  will  learn  to  know  and  love  and  understand \nthem  ;  and,  when  they  have  worked  long  years  in  their  service, \nthey  will  give  at  last  to  these  horses  a  quiet  and  peaceful  old \n^gc,  or,  if  they  cannot  afford  that,  they  will  do  what  is \ninfinitely  more  merciful  than  to  sell  them  into  the  hands  of \nstrangers  who  care  nothing  for  them  except  to  get  what \nwork  out  of  them  they  can, — give  them  a  merciful  death. \nAnd,  when  the  world  is   civilized,  it  will   stop  the  cruel \n\n\n12 \n\nfashion  of  mutilating  horses.  This  English  custom  of  dock- \ning the  tails  of  horses,  if  it  were  not  so  merciless  in  its \ncruelty  at  the  time  of  the  operation,  might  possibly  be \npermitted  in  the  hands  of  rich  people,  who  can  afford  to \nkeep  not  only  horses,  but  grooms  to  brush  them,  to  cover \nthem  with  nets  in  summer,  to  keep  off  insects  and  tormenting \nfiies,  and  to  blanket  them  in  winter.  But  by  and  by,  after \nthey  are  old,  and  are  sold  into  the  hands  of  other  people, \nwith  no  longer  any  means  of  protecting  themselves  against \nall  sorts  of  discomfort,  they  are  left  to  suffer  and  wear  out \ntheir  lives  in  misery.  The  faithful  service  of  a  horse  should \nwin  him  something  better  in  the  way  of  treatment  from  those \nwho  call  themselves  masters  than  this  wicked  and  unlovely \nmutilation  and  abandonment. \n\nI  learned  a  lesson  on  the  care  of  animals  when  I  was  last \nin  California  that  I  wish  to  suggest  to  you.  I  believe  the \nworld  will  find  that  justice  towards  animals  means  not  outlay, \nbut  income ;  that  it  will  be  proved  to  be  economical  as  well \nas  charitable  and  kindly.  I  was  invited  by  ex-Governor, \nnow  Senator,  Stanford  to  visit  his  place  at  Palo  Alto,  about \ntwenty-five  miles  from  San  Francisco,  where  he  has  hundreds \noi  blooded  horses.  I  think  it  requires  something  like  one \nhundred  and  twenty  men  to  take  care  of  them  on  this  one \nranche.  He  took  me  out  to  see  what  he  called  his  colts' \nkindergarten,  and  showed  me  the  method  of  training  the \nyoung  horses.  Here  they  have  their  little  trotting  circus, \nand  are  taught  from  the  time  they  are  a  few  months  old,  or \nare  able  to  run,  in  this  kindergarten  to  develop  whatever \nspeed  or  peculiarity  or  power  they  may  possess.  And  there \nthey  are  taught  as  tenderly  as  children  are  taught  in  the \nkindergarten.  The  senator  told  me  that  it  was  his  invariable \nand  universal  rule,  if  any  one  of  his  keepers  swore  at  a  horse \nor  even  spoke  roughly  or  crossly,  or  under  any  provocation \nstruck  a  horse,  to  instantly  discharge  him.  He  says  that  he \ntreats  them  like  intelligent  creatures,  studies  them  to  find \nout  of  what  they  are  capable,  and  trains  them  to  do  that \nwhich   they  are   able.     What  is  the  result?    The   result  is \n\n\n13 \n\nthai  his  yearlings,  his  two-year-olds,  and  three-year-olds \nhave  beaten  the  record  of  the  world  on  the  race  tracks  of \nthe  world.  He  finds  it  pays  not  to  abuse,  but  to  treat \nthem  tenderly  and  kindly  and  well.  I  wish  that  all  the \nworld  that  deals  with  animals  could  see  his  methods,  and \nlearn  the  same  lesson.  What  he  could  teach  along  that  one \nline  should  be  enough  to  win  him  the  gratitude  of  the  ages. \n\nI  am  not  one  of  those  who  believe  that  speeding  horses  is \nwrong,  even  on  the  race  track,  provided  they  are  properly \ntreated.  The  question  whether  gambling  is  carried  on  with \nit  is  another  one.  But,  if  horses  are  well,  and  are  trained \nproperly  and  kindly  used,  they  find  an  ecstasy  and  delight \nin  running,  just  as  boys  do  or  as  the  athletes  in  our  univer- \nsities do.  Speeding  is  not  necessarily  cruel.  It  depends  on \nhow  it  is  conducted  and  carried  on. \n\nI  must  pass  hastily  to  another  aspect  of  my  theme, —  the \nrelation  in  which  we  stand  to  animals  as  companions,  as  pets. \nI  am  amazed,  as  I  have  gone  through  the  world  thus  far,  to \nsee  how  humane  people,  as  they  suppose  they  are,  can  treat \ntheir  pets,  and  how  they  will  let  children  treat  the  dog  and \nthe  cat  in  the  home.  I  have  been  in  a  family  sometimes \nwhere  I  had  no  right  to  do  anything  more  than  mildly  protest, \nwhere  I  have  wished  I  could  make  the  boy  and  the  cat  change \nplaces,  and  let  the  boy  for  a  while  see  how  he  liked  it.  I \nwish  I  had  the  magician's  power  of  transforming  these  people \nin  this  fashion,  and  letting  them  learn  a  lesson  of  mercy  by \nsuffering,  if  they  cannot  in  any  other  way.  I  believe  that \none  of  the  best  things  in  the  world  that  can  be  done  for \nchildren  is  to  let  them  know  the  members  of  the  animal \nworld.  Let  them  learn  to  treat  them  sympathetically,  ten- \nderly ;  let  them  learn  to  understand  them ;  let  them  learn  to \ncare  for  them.     What  shall  we  say  about  it  ? \n\nNow  for  one  or  two  suggestions  that  shall  traverse  the \nwhole  theme,  or  any  part  of  it.  As  an  illustration  of  what \nkindliness  can  do  when  force  has  ceased,  I  have  a  picture  in \nmind  as  it  was  described  to  me  by  a  friend,  who  is  a  mem- \nber of  this  congregation.     It  was  in  fcne  of  the  suburbs, —  I \n\n\n14 \n\nbelieve  in  Newton,  He  one  day  saw  a  man  driving  a  horse \nwith  a  very  heavy  load  up  a  hill.  The  horse  had  been \nkicked,  beaten,  abused,  until  it  had  become  discouraged  as \nwell  as  wearied,  and  perhaps  angry  as  well  as  discouraged.  At \nlast  he  stopped  and  refused  to  go  further,  or  even  to  attempt \nto  pull  the  load  another  inch.  How  many  times  a  week  do \nwe  witness  a  scene  like  that !  but  how  many  of  us  have \ncourage  or  manliness  to  do  anything  about  it?  What  was \ndone  here  ?  Just  as  this  friend  of  mine  was  on  the  point  of \ndoing  what  he  could,  a  lady  —  God  bless  such  ladies,  say  I  ! \n—  who  lived  opposite  came  out.  She  did  not  abuse  the \ndriver,  but  asked  him  to  let  her  try  what  she  could  do  with \nthe  horse.  She  had  some  bits  of  sugar  in  her  hand.  She \nwent  up  to  the  horse  and  petted  him  until  she  won  his  confi- \ndence, and  he  laid  his  cheek  against  hers  as  lovingly  as  a \nchild.  Then  she  fed  him  with  the  sugar,  and  at  last  took \nhim  by  the  bridle  and  said,  \"Come,\"  And  the  horse \nstrained  himself  to  the  utmost,  to  the  last  ounce  of  his \npower,  and  started  the  load  and  went  on,  as  much  as  .to  say \nto  the  lady,  \"  For  you  I  can  do  anything.  Under  this  kind \nof  treatment  any  load  may  be  made  to  move.\"  Part  way  up \nthe  hill  the  lady  stopped ;  and  the  horse  stopped  also.  The \nman  again  attempted  to  drive  him,  but  he  would  not  budge \nan  inch.  He  said,  \"  No  :  after  the  treatment  you  have  given \nme,  you  have  got  out  of  me  all  you  will,\"  as  plainly  as  a \nhorse  can  say  anything.  So  the  lady  had  to  complete  the \ntask  and  lead  him  by  the  bridle  till  he  had  carried  the  load \nabove  the  rise  of  the  hill  and  on  to  the  slope  beyond.  Kind- \nliness will  get  more  out  of  any  animal,  human  or  equine,  than \nabuse,  any  time.  It  is  good  policy  as  well  as  justice.  I \nmight  multiply  instances  of  this  kind,  were  there  time.  If \nHenry  Bergh  or  some  friend  of  his  could  only  take  up  a \ncontribution  among  the  animals  whom  he  served  by  teaching \npeople  to  be  kindly  to  them,  he  might  have  a  monument \nhigher  and  grander  than  Washington's. \n\nLet  us  join  in  with  those  who  are  trying  to  teach  tender- \nness and  loving  care  for  all  forms  of  life  beneath  us  until  the \n\n\n15 \n\nworld  shall  become  civilized  ;  for  it  means  simply  that.  Let \nus  look  with  unsparing  contempt  upon  that  meanness  which \ncan  use  this  kingly  power  merely  like  a  tyrant  There  is  no \nmeaner  thing  on  earth  than  that.  We  tell  a  big  boy  who  is \nteasing  a  little  one  to  take  some  one  of  his  size.  So  I  wish \nto  say  to  every  man  who  is  teasing  an  animal  or  a  bird :  Take \none  of  your  size,  some  one  that  is  a  match  for  you,  some \none  that  is  intellectually  your  equal.  Take  somebody  that  can \nstand  up  and  defend  his  rights,  and  not  abuse  and  kick  and \nmaltreat  a  creature  merely  because  you  can, \n\nI  must  not  close  without  suggesting  the  meaning  and  force \nin  the  title  which  I  have  given  to  my  sermon  this  morning, \n\"  Man  and  his  Poor  Relations.\"  I  do  not  know  but  I  ought \nto  apologize  for  calling  them  \"poor  relations.\"  They  are \nrelations,  I  said  at  the  outset  that  primeval  man  had  an \ninstinctive  feeling  that  it  was  the  same  kind  of  life  in  him- \nself, his  god,  and  in  the  animals.  And  his  instinct  was  true ; \nfor  Darwinism  has  taught  us  on  a  basis  of  impregnable \nscience  that  it  is  the  one  divine  life  in  what  we  call  dead \nmatter, —  in  the  tiniest  grass-blade,  in  the  trees  and  flowers, \nin  the  smallest  particle  of  protoplasm,  in  the  first  form  of  life \nthat  was  capable  of  living  and  moving  in  the  ocean  slime  on \nthe  seashore,  and  in  every  form  of  fish,  reptile,  bird,  or \nmammal  clear  up  to  man.  Did  you  ever  notice  how  many \nof  the  characteristics  of  man  these  animals  show }  Animals \nreason,  animals  think,  animals  remember,  animals  anticipate \nindulgences,  animals  dream,  animals  have  fear,  animals  have \nhope,  animals  can  feel  shame,  animals  share  with  us  almost \nevery  single  characteristic  on  which  we  pride  ourselves  as \nthe  faculties  of  human  beings.  Animals  have  speech.  We \nmust  revise  our  use  of  language,  and  no  longer  call  them \ndumb  animals.  They  are  not  dumb,  not  a  single  one  of \nthem.  Professor  Garner  has  been  showing  the  world  during \nthe  last  winter,  by  using  the  phonograph  and  other  delicate \ninstruments  for  recording  speech,  that  apes  can  speak.  He \nhas  discovered  a  good  many  of  their  sounds,  which  are  as \ngenuine  words,  with  which  they  communicate  with  each  other, \n\n\ni6 \n\nas  any  we  are  able  to  use.  Because  we  are  not  able  as  yet \nto  translate  their  language,  it  does  not  follow  that  they  do \nnot  talk.  We  know  perfectly  well  that  they  do  communicate \nwith  each  other,  so  far  as  the  necessities  of  their  lives  are \nconcerned,  as  unerringly,  as  successfully,  as  do  we.  1  can \nremember  how  I  learned  one  lesson  in  that  direction  when  I \nwas  a  boy.  The  crows  used  to  trouble  our  farmers*  corn- \nfields; and,  when  the  crows  went  on  their  raids,  they  had \nalways  a  watchman  sitting  on  a  tall  tree  where  he  could  over- \nlook the  whole  thing.  We  might  go  along  with  empty  hands, \nand  he  said  nothing.  We  might  go  with  a  cane  or  a  stick, \nand  still  he  was  quiet  until  we  got  near.  But,  if  one  of  us \nappeared  with  a  gun,  he  told  them  all  in  an  instant;  and  they \nwere  off  in  a  twinkling.  He  knew  what  he  was  saying;  and \nthey  knew  as  well  as  did  we. \n\nI  want  to  give  another  instance,  though  it  is  from  my  own \nboyhood.  We  had  a  cat  that  I  loved,  I  think,  as  I  did  the \nother  members  of  the  family.  She  lived  until  she  was  four- \nteen. Then  she  lost  her  teeth ;  and  in  mercy  we  felt  that  we \nmust  give  her  up  to  death.  But  no  one  of  the  family  would \ndo  it  any  more  than  he  would  commit  murder :  so  we  had  to \nget  one  of  our  neighbors*  boys  to  shoot  the  poor,  aged,  de- \ncrepit creature.  The  morning  when  it  was  to  be  done,  as  we \nwere  talking  about  it,  and  before  the  gun  was  brought  in  sight, \nshe  disappeared.  She  knew  what  we  were  talking  about, \nwhat  was  going  to  happen,  as  well  as  we  did ;  and  it  was  a \nlong  hunt  before  she  could  be  discovered,  and  then  she  fled \nfrom  the  very  sight  of  any  one  of  us  whom  she  had  always \nso  tenderly  loved.  There  is  intelligence  here.  There  are \nhuman  attributes  here  that  we  give  animals  little  credit  for. \n\nBut  I  do  not  make  my  plea  on  that  basis.  No  matter \nwhether  they  have  any  human  characteristics  or  not,  they \nhave  their  animal  characteristics,  which  give  them  certain \nrights.  Because  they  have  less  than  we,  is  that  any  reason \nwhy  we  should  trespass  on  their  rights  and  diminish  them \nstill  more  ?  1  do  not  ask  for  mercy.  I  ask  you  to  treat  the \nanimals  of  the  world  justly,  regarding  their  rights  as  inherent \n\n\n17 \n\nas  your  own.  Treat  them  tenderly,  because  there  is  a  touch \nof  the  divine  life  in  them.  Treat  them  tenderly  for  the  sake \nof  the  civilization  of  the  world.  For,  when  all  the  creatures \nthat  live  can  contribute  their  note  to  the  perfect  harmony, \nthen,  indeed,  a  song  worthy  of  the  Creator  will  arise, —  a  song \nto  which  the  stars  and  the  earth  shall  contribute,  the \nwaters  and  the  winds,  the  birds  in  the  trees  and  the  animals \ncrouching  in  the  shadow,  and  the  fishes  in  the  sea  and  in  the \nstreams.  All  life  shall  sing  its  praise  to  the  one  Author \nof  all. \n\nFather,  we  thank  Thee  that  we  are  endowed  with  this \nsuperiority  over  the  lower  forms  of  life :  we  are  glad  we  are \nmen.  But  let  us  not  use  our  tyrant's  power  like  a  tyrant,  but \nbe  all  the  more  tender  towards  those  who  are  less  than  we, \nand  thus  make  up  for  the  inferiority,  and  not  add  cruelty  to \ncarelessness.  May  we  embrace  in  our  arms  of  love  all \nthings  that  live  and  breathe,  and  thus  share  in  the  universal \nbeneficence  of  Thee,  our  Father  and  our  Friend !     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ...  20  cents. \n\n\"    Doi ^7.50 \n\nCloth,    \"    Copy,    .     .     .     .  j?o  cents. \n\n\"      \"    Doi ^2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  ver^  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  uae«  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard<and^ \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfoldins.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  tne  criti> \ncal  judgements  are  based  on  modern  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  ni()uirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  ifaith.  If  any  one  finds  conunents  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntise. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nsdiools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdwakd  a.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  consuntlv  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  readine  and  study  nave  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstodv  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  sunested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted^ to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  ome  skill  in  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS,  Publisher,  141  Franklin  St.,  Boston,  Matt. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  5  cents  single  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol.  13  MAY  20,  1892  No.  32 \n\n\nODR  LATEST  NATIONAL  DISHONOR \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS,  141  FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nJSntered  at  the  Fost-q^e,  Bottcn,  Mau.,  as  §econd-clau  mail  matter. \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction.     lamo $1.00 \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  i6mo.    Flexible jo \n\nMy  Creed.     lamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.     i6mo.    Full  gilt.    With  portrait i.fo \n\nLight  on  the  Cloud.     i6mo.    Full  gilt i.aj \n\nSocial  Problems.^    lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religious  Life.     lamo i.oo \n\nBehef  in  God.    lamo                     i.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo         i.oo \n\nBelieb  about  the  Bible.          i.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution.     lamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus.    lamo          i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child,     lamo i.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Sdence  of  Manhood.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Erolution.    lamo i.jo \n\nLife  Questions.     i6mo      i  joo \n\nBluffton*.  A  Stonr  of  To-day.    lamo 1.50 \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living,    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times.     lamo i.oo \n\nLife.    lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Qoth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nQoth 1.00 \n\nLeather 1.50 \n\nUniurian  Catechism.    With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy,  ....     ao  cents.    Per  dot.,  i.co \n\n••      Cloth,        '*               .     .     .     30     ••               \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sennons  are  regularly  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pu\\|>it/'  Subscription  price,  tor  the  season,  li.jo; \nsingle  copiet,  5  csots. \n\nGEO.  H.  RLLIS,  PuMsJUr, \n\ni4i  Franklin  Siu  B0itant  MmtM, \n\n\nOUR  LATEST  NATIONAL  DISHONOR/ \n\n\nI  HAVE  two  texts,  the  juxtaposition  of  which  may  seem  a \nlittle  strange  to  some.  The  first  is  from  the  seventeenth  of \nthe  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  part  of  the  speech  of  Paul  on  Mars' \nHill :  \"  And  he  made  of  one  blood  every  nation  of  men  for  to \ndwell  on  all  the  face  of  the  earth.\" \n\nMy  other  text  is  one  that  for  years  was  familiar  on  the  lips \nof  William  Lloyd  Garrison,  and  which  was  commonly  asso- \nciated with  his  name.  The  real  author  of  it,  however,  was \nThomas  Paine:  \"The  world  is  my  country,  and  to  do  good \nis  my  religion.\" \n\nNext  to  being  ashamed  of  one's  mother,  and  having  to \napologize  for  her,  it  seems  to  me  that  the  hardest  thing  for \na  patriot  and  lover  of  his  country  is  to  be  obliged  to  be \nashamed  of  his  nation  and  to  apologize  for  her.  There  have \nbeen  several  periods  in  the  history  of  this  country  of  which \nno  true  man  can  be  proud.  When  the  history  shall  finally \nbe  written  from  the  time  of  the  commencement  of  this  gov- \nernment until  now,  there  will  be  at  least  three  long  chapters \nthat  every  true  lover  of  his  people  would  be  glad  if  he  might \nblot  out.  One  concerns  the  relations  in  which  as  a  nation \nwe  stood  to  the  colored  race,  slavery,  and  all  the  innumer- \nable injustices,  horrors,  and  cruelties  connected  therewith. \nWe  hope  that  we  are  nearly  at  the  end  of  that  chapter, \nthough  every  now  and  then  something  occurs  to  reveal  the \nfact  that  it  is  not  quite  yet  completed.  Even  this  last  act  of \nCongress,  the  Chinese  Exclusion  Bill,  contains  one  clause \nwhich  stamps  the  colored  man    afresh  with   the  old-time \n\n*  Phonographically  reported. \n\n\ndegradation.     I  shall  have  occasion  to  refer  to  it  before  I \nam  through. \n\nThe  next  chapter  in  the  history  of  our  national  dishonor \nis  the  attitude  in  which  we  have  stood  toward  the  Indian. \nWe  came  here  a  strong  people ;  and,  if  there  is  anything  in \nthe  right  of  possession,  we  stole  a  continent.  I  would  not \ncall  it  stealing,  I  would  not  say  we  did  wrong  to  come ;  for \nthe  lower  races  of  the  world  cannot  stand  in  the  way  of  the \nprogress  of  civilization.  And  yet,  since  we  did  come,  taking \npossession  of  a  great  country,  it  seems  to  me  that  we  were \nunder  the  highest  and  most  sacred  obligation  to  treat  these \ninferior  people  at  least  with  justice,  with  kindness,  and  to \ngive  them  adequate  protection  and  care  in  return  for  the \nwide  forests  and  the  broad  acres  that  we  wrested  from  their \ngrasp.  We  have  given  them  injustice  and  cruelty.  We \nhave  turned  them  over  unprotected  into  the  hands  of  con- \nsciousless  greed.  We  have  committed  almost  every  namable \ncrime  against  the  red  man,  and  are  not  yet  through  with  the \nrecord  of  broken  pledges  and  inhumanity. \n\nI  am  to  consider,  however,  this  morning  the  third  chapter \nin  the  record  of  our  national  dishonor;  and  that  is  the  atti- \ntude in  which  this  country  stands  towards  the  Chinese.  I \nbeg  any  of  you  who  may  occupy  on  this  subject  different \nviews  from  those  which  you  may  suppose  my  own  to  be  to \nlisten  without  prejudice,  and  wait  until  I  am  through,  and  see \nwhether  I  make  any  statements  or  draw  any  inferences  un- \nwarranted by  the  plain  facts. \n\nAt  the  outset  let  us  see  just  what  we  have  done.  The \nunited  great  races  of  the  West,  especially  England,  France, \nand  America,  broke  down  from  without  the  wall  of  Chinese \nexclusion.  We  battered  upon  their  gates  with  cannon- \nballs,  we  compelled  them  to  admit  us;  and  we  promised \nthem  equal  rights  in  return.  They  did  not  ask  to  come \nhere.  We  invited  them.  It  was  only  a  few  years  ago, — \nhardly  any  one  here  is  too  young  not  to  remember  it, —  when \nwe  received  with  wide  national  acclaim  our  envoy,  the  Hon. \nAnson  Burlingame,  who  was  going,  as  we  proudly  said,  to \n\n\n5 \n\nwear  diplomatic  honors  to  the  end  of  time  because  he  had \nachieved  the  working  out  of  a  great  and  advantageous  treaty \nbetween  our  country  and  the  vast  empire  of  the  East. \n\nAbout  the  year  1880,  however,  there  was  what  was  called \nthe  sand-lot  agitation  in  San  Francisco.  What  was  it?  It \nwas  simply  an  imeute^  the  coming  to  the  surface  in  San  Fran- \ncisco politics  of  the  meanest  and  most  contemptible  elements \nof  the  whole  city.  They  had  votes,  they  had  power,  and  the \nChinese  had  not;  and  they  compelled  the  attentions  of  their \nlegislators,  and  the  result  of  it  was  a  Chinese  Exclusion  Bill, \nbut  with  almost  none  of  the  features  of  infamy  that  attach \n(ip  our  last  one.  The  chief  points  of  that  bill  were  the  for- \nbidding any  more  Chinese  to  come  to  this  country.  But \nthis  was  coupled  with  permission  for  any  Chinaman  in \nAmerica  to  travel  freely  or  reside  where  he  would,  to  go \nhome  when  he  pleased.  They  were  granted  all  the  rights  and \nimmunities  of  persons  who  had  come  here  from  any  part  of \nthe  world,  only  no  more  were  to  come.  That  was  the  sub- \nstance of  the  law  that  was  passed  about  ten  years  ago.  That \nlaw  was  to  expire  in  ten  years.  What,  then,  does  our  na- \ntional Congress  do  ?  In  the  greatest  haste,  lest  between  the \nexpiration  of  the  old  law  and  the  passing  of  the  new  one  a \nfew  Chinese  should  gain  admission,  they  made  haste  to  pass \nthis  new  bill. \n\nLet  us  note  now  what  are  the  principal  features  of  that \nbill.  Remember  in  the  first  place  that  our  treaty  with  China \nstill  stands.  By  sacred  contract  we  have  given  to  the \nChinese  residents  or  travellers  in  this  country  all  the  rights, \namenities,  and  privileges  which  are  granted  to  the  citizens \nof  the  most  favored  nations.  That  is  the  part  of  our  great \nnational  contract  with  the  great  Flowery  Kingdom.  Now, \nright  in  the  face  of  that,  we  have  passed  a  bill  which  makes \nit  a  crime  not  only  for  any  new  Chinaman  to  enter  our  coun- \ntry from  any  other  land  or  from  any  direction, —  a  Chinese \nprince  on  the  way  home  from  Europe  cannot  cross  our  ter- \nritory unless  by  special  permission  of  the  authorities, —  but \nno  Chinaman  can  come  for  any  purpose.     He  cannot  come \n\n\nhere  to  study  and  take  his  degree  at  Harvard  without  special \npermission  of  the  public  authorities  such  as  is  demanded  in \nthe  case  of  the  people  of  no  other  nation  on  the  face  of  the \nearth.  And  what  of  every  Chinese  laborer  ?  Every  China- \nman in  this  country  must  either  go  home  inside  of  a  year  or \nelse  he  must  hunt  up  proof  showing  that  he  has  been  resi- \ndent in  this  country  from  the  year  1880  on  to  the  present \ntime.  He  is  considered  guilty  until  he  proves  his  inno- \ncence. The  ordinary  method  of  legal  procedure  is  reversed. \nAny  Chinaman  found  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States \nafter  one  year  from  the  passage  of  this  law,  unless  he  is  able \nto  present  a  certificate  proving  that  he  is  a  hofia  fide  resi- \ndent and  has  been  since  the  year  1880,  is  liable  to  fine, \nimprisonment,  or  both,  and  forcible  exclusion  from  the \ncountry. \n\nNow  consider  some  of  the  difficulties  of  a  poor  laborer  pro- \ncuring this  certiftcate.  He  may  have  travelled  during  those \nten  years  from  San  Francisco  to  the  South,  or  different  parts \nof  the  country.  It  may  he  an  unspeakable  hardship  or  an  im- \npossibility on  account  of  his  poverty  to  procure  the  adequate \nevidence.  And  here  is  the  point  that  I  have  referred  to,  and \nwhich  seems  to  me  to  come  squarely  in  collision  with  some \nof  our  recent  amendments  to  the  Constitution  guaranteeing \nall  the  rights  of  citizenship  to  the  colored  man.  A  China- \nman cannot  prove  that  he  has  been  here  during  all  this  time \nunless  he  can  get  at  least  one  white  witness.  Colored \nwitnesses  are  not  good  in  the  case  of  the  Chinaman !  Per- \nhaps he  must  travel  five  hundred  miles,  and  be  at  no  end  of \nexpense.  Then,  as  he  goes  about  the  country  afterwards, \nthis  poor  laborer  must  keep  his  ticket-of-leave,  like  a  convict, \non  his  person  every  day  and  every  night.  If  he  is  caught \nanywhere  without  his  ticket  of  leave,  he  is  liable  to  arrest, \nfine,  imprisonment.  Never,  except  in  the  case  of  the  Negro \nand  Indian,  did  this  great  country  demean  itself  in  so  petty \nand  contemptible  a  way  towards  any  people. \n\nA  friend  handed  me  an  item  last  night,  which  will  make \nyou  smile ;  but  the  truth  contained  in  it  is  none  the   less \n\n\nserious  for  that.  It  purports  to  be  a  conversation  between  a \nChinese  mandarin  and  an  American.  The  mandarin  says, \n\"  You  Americans  are  very  smart,  but  you  are  inconsistent.\" \n\"In  what  way?\"  asks  the  American  citizen.  \"You  spend \nmillions  of  dollars  in  sending  missionaries  to  us.\"  \"  That  is \ntrue.\"  \"And  the  object  is  to  fit  us  for  the  Kingdom  of \nHeaven.\"  \"  Yes.\"  \"  But  still  you  refuse  us  a  residence  in \nthe  United  States.  Now  explain  that.\"  \"  Well,  you  see  we \nare  afraid,  if  you  go  to  our  country  to  live,  you  will  get  into \nAmerican  politics.\"  \"What  of  that?\"  \"That  would  unfit \nyou  for  the  Kingdom  of-  Heaven.\"  If  we  are  to  judge \nAmerican  politics  by  this  last  specimen,  this  act  of  Congress, \nthen  I  think  the  American  citizen  was  unquestionably  right. \n\nThat  is  the  attitude  in  which  we  stand.  We  have  broken \nor  disregarded  our  treaty  obligations  in  a  way  that  we  should \nnever  dare  to  do,  were  it  England  or  any  first-class  power  on \nthe  face  of  the  earth.  We  should  have  a  war  on  our  hands \nin  three  weeks  if  we  disregarded  our  treaties  in  such  a  way \nas  this  with  any  other  people.  It  is  only  because  we  are  big, \nand  they  cannot  help  themselves.  It  reminds  me  of  the  saying \nthat  I  used  to  hear  in  my  boyhood,  illustrating  this  contempt- \nible spirit  of  the  tyrant,  when  a  boy  was  maltreating  one \nsmaller  than  himself.  As  he  had  him  down,  the  other  boys \nwould  say,  \"  Hit  him  again :  he  has  no  friends.\"  The \nChinaman  has  no  friends.  He  has  not  any  vote.  He  is  not \nable  to  defend  himself ;  and  so  we  are  at  liberty  to  treat  him \nprecisely  as  we  please. \n\nNow  I  wish  to  give  you  a  few  figures.  What  is  the  rea- \nson of  our  action  ?  There  must  be  something  called  a  rea- \nson. What  is  the  history  of  the  Chinese  coming  to  us,  and \nhow  many  of  them  are  here  ?  I  wonder  how  many  of  you \nknow.  They  began  coming  when  first  the  rumors  of  the \ndiscovery  of  gold  reached  the  Chinese  Empire,  under  the \nsame  impulse  that  brought  the  people  from  all  parts  of  the \nworld  who  fiocked  there, —  a  perfectly  natural  impulse.  But \nby  the  year  i860  there  were  only  34,943  Chinamen  in  Amer- \nica,—  not  enough,  certainly,  to  swamp  us.     During  the  next \n\n\n8 \n\nfour  years  they  increased  about  four  thousand  a  year ;  that \nis,  about  sixteen  thousand  more  came.  In  the  four  years \nfollowing,  the  tide  turned  the  other  way,  and  many  more \nthan  came  went  back  again  to  their  old  home.  Then  came \nthat  sand-lot  agitation  that  I  referred  to,  and  the  exclusion \nact  was  passed.  Did  you  ever  notice  the  immediate  effect  of \nthat  first  law  against  any  more  Chinese  coming  to  the  coun- \ntry? Curiously  enough,  it  resulted  in  a  sudden  influx  of \nthirty  thousand  of  them.  The  explanation  was  perfectly \nnatural.  They  heard  that  the  law  was  going  to  be  passed \npreventing  their  coming;  and  they  took  advantage  of  the \ntime  before  the  law  was  passed  to  come  in,  perhaps  because \nI  hey  knew  the  door  was  going  to  be  shut  in  their  faces. \nThirty  thousand  came  within  the  year  and  a  half.  But  up  to \nthat  time  the  tide  was  a  fluctuating  one.  They  came  as \nthere  was  demand  for  them,  and  they  went  as  the  demand \nceased.  They  came  in  large  numbers,  because  they  were \nneeded  to  help  build  our  Pacific  railroad.  When  that  was \ndone,  many  of  them  returned  again.  Then,  when  factories \nwere  established,  the  boot  and  shoe  business,  the  packing  of \nfruits,  the  packing  of  fish  on  the  different  parts  of  the  Pacific \nCoast,  especially  on  the  Columbia  River, —  as  these  new  in- \ndustries arose,  calling  for  laborers,  the  Chinamen  came, \nunder  the  perfectly  natural  law  of  supply  and  demand. \n\nHow  many  of  them  are  here  now,  after  all  this  change \nback  and  forth?  Perhaps  you  are  hardly  aware  that  the \nnumber  is  so  small.  I  confess  I  myself  was  surprised  as  I \nlooked  up  the  figures.  Thefe  are  not  more  than  a  hundred \nand  fifty  thousand  Chinamen  in  the  entire  United  States.  A \nhundred  and  fifty  thousand  Chinamen  only,  about  whom  all \nthis  disturbance  has  been  made !  You  would  suppose  at  least \na  million  of  men  had  come  to  invade  this  great  strong  country, \nsuch  an  excitement  has  been  raised  about  it.  One  hundred \nand  fifty  thousand  Chinamen  —  less  rather  than  more,  proba- \nbly, and  most  of  them  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  some  of  them  in \nthe  North,  some  scattered  throughout  the  country,  a  few  in \nthe  South  —  are  all  that  we  have. \n\n\nNow  let  us  look  as  squarely  as  we  can  at  the  charges  that \nare  brought  against  them,  and  the  reasons  for  this  bitterness \nof  feeling  against  them. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  we  are  confronted  by  two  reasons  that \nare  as  fine  a  specimen  of  the  Kilkenny  cat  argument  as  I \nhave  ever  known, —  reasons  diametrically  opposed  to  each \nother.  If  one  of  them  has  any  sense  in  it,  the  other  cannot \npossibly  have.  After  I  have  stated  them,  they  may  be  left  to \ndevour  each  other.  First  there  is  a  cry, —  I  have  heard  it \nfor  years, —  a  qry  that  we  are  being  overwhelmed  by  millions \nof  starving  Chinese,  crowded  in  their  own  country,  and \nhaving  no  room  there  to  develop  any  more.  That  has  been \none  of  the  popular  cries  for  years.  As  I  said  a  moment  ago, \nthese  swarming  hordes,  up  to  the  present  time,  have  reduced \nthemselves  to  a  hundred  and  fifty  thousand. \n\nLook  at  the  figures  still  further.  There  are  one  hundred \nand  fifty  millions  of  Europeans  living  outside  of  Europe  on \nthis  planet  at  the  present  time,  and  only  five  hundred  thou- \nsand Chinese  outside  of  the  Chinese  Empire  over  the  whole \nglobe, —  only  a  half  million  in  the  world  outside  of  China. \nWhere  are  the  swarming  hordes  that  are  going  to  flood  and \noverwhelm  the  civilized  world  ? \n\nOn  the  other  hand  is  this  other  one  of  the  Kilkenny \narguments.  It  is  one  of  the  commonest  things,  I  used  to \nhear  it  when  I  lived  in  California,  that  the  Chinese  do  not \nstay  here.  They  come  over  and  earn  some  money,  and  go \nback  home,  carrying  the  money  with  them.  Now,  if  they  do \nnot  stay  here,  the  danger  of  our  being  inundated  by  them \ncannot  be  very  imminent,  so  that  we  may  leave  those  two \narguments  to  take  care  of  themselves. \n\nNow  let  us  look  at  the  figures  about  their  taking  money \naway.  A  barber  was  finding  fault  in  California  with  the \nChinese  because  they  did  not  spend  their  money  in  this \ncountry.  They  carry  our  money  off  out  of  the  country,  he \nsaid,  and  people  ought  to  spend  money  in  the  countries \nwhere  they  make  it.  Think  how  pitiful  an  argument  that \nis!     Some   of  our  most  eminent  Boston  families   laid    the \n\n\nlO \n\nfoundations  of  their  fortunes  in  China.  We  do  not  feel \nthat  we  ought  to  drive  them  back  to  China  to  spend  their \nmoney  where  they  made  it.  Millions  of  American  money \nare  spent  in  London,  Parts,  and  Rome.  Why  don't  we  make \nlaws  preventing  people  from  spending  their  money  out  of  the \ncountry  ?  Millions  of  it  are  spent  in  other  countries  against \nthe  pitiful  few  thousands  on  which  we  found  our  complaint \nagainst  the  Chinese. \n\nLet  me  give  you  two  or  three  figures  here.  The  Chinese  in \nthis  country  earn  about  fifteen  million  dollars  .a  year.  They \nspend  in  this  country  about  thirteen  million  dollars.  They \nsend  home  to  their  friends  and  needy  poor  about  two  million \ndollars  a  year.  We  make  a  great  deal  of  that.  Let  us  look \nat  another  figure.  According  to  the  authority  of  John  Boyle \nO'Reilly,  the  Irish  send  every  year  out  of  this  country \nback  to  their  friends  in  Ireland  about  seventy  millions  of \ndollars.  I  have  no  fault  to  find  with  them  for  doing  that ; \nbut  I  have  a  good  deal  of  fault  to  find  when  the  Irishmen  or \nany  others,  turn  about,  after  sending  seventy  million  dollars \nhome,  and  howl  and  cry  for  the  exclusion  of  the  Chinese \nbecause  they  send  two  million  dollars  back  to  China !  Let \nus  have  a  little  decency  and  fairness  all  around  in  a  problem \nlike  this.     So  much  for  these  two  arguments. \n\nLet  me  now  look  at  one  or  two  more.  They  say  that  the \nChinese  do  not  assimilate  themselves  to  American  ways; \nthey  do  not  become  citizens ;  they  are  a  foreign,  and  there- \nfore a  dangerous  element  in  the  midst  of  our  body  politic. \nI  think  that  there  is  always  danger  in  an  unassimilated  ele- \nment in  our  political  body.  But  did  it  ever  occur  to  you  that \nhere,  on  the  other  hand,  we  have  a  United  States  law  for- \nbidding them  to  become  citizens  ?  We  cry  out  against  them \nbecause  they  do  not  assimilate  themselves  to  our  American \nways,  and  we  put  it  into  a  fundamental  law  of  the  land  that \nthey  shall  not !  It  seems  to  me  that  we  ought  to  stop  com- \nplaining about  their  not  becoming  citizens,  or  else  abolish \nthe  law  forbidding  it,  one  of  the  two. \n\nThen  we  say  they  do  not  bring  their  families,  and  do  not \n\n\nII \n\nestablish  family  life,  as  other  foreigners  do.  Wonderful  thing \nthis,  that  they  have  not  appreciated  the  courtesies  of  our \nhospitality  to  such  an  extent  as  to  bring  their  wives  and \nchildren  with  them !  Brickbats  and  paving  stones  and  curses \nloud  and  deep,  exclusion  from  citizenship  and  every  indignity \npossible  heaped  upon  them !  If  these  are  not  invitations \nenough  to  make  them  feel  that  they  would  be  welcome  in \nbringing  their  wives  and  children,  what  could  any  people  ask  ? \nThink  of  the  stupidity  of  the  statements  that  we  make  against \nthem  in  the  face  of  facts  which  we  ourselves  have  created. \n\nThen  they  say  the  Chinese  are  ruining  us  with  their  cheap \nlabor.  Any  one  who  knows  what  California  needs  under- \nstands perfectly  well  that  there  is  none  too  much  labor  there \nto-day.  If  the  labor  market  is  overstocked,  how  does  it \nhappen  that  every  year  they  send  up  for  whole  swarms  of \neven  Alaska  Indians  to  come  down  along  the  coasts  and \npick  their  hops  for  them  ?  It  does  not  look  as  though  the \nlabor  market  is  overcrowded,  when  they  have  to  resort  to \nexpedients  like  that  to  get  their  work  done. \n\nThen  there  is  another  thought.  Suppose  the  Chinese \ncould  monopolize  some  one  of  the  industries  of  the  country, \nwith  the  simplest,  cheapest  living  and  the  lowest  wages.  In- \nstead of  being  a  threat  or  an  injury,  they  would  be  public \nbenefactors.  For,  whenever  any  class  of  citizens  gets  under \nthe  mud-sills,  so  to  speak,  of  our  industrial  system,  they \nsimply  lift  that  system  by  just  so  much  to  a  higher  level. \nThey  release  laborers  of  other  classes,  and  set  them  free  to \ngo  into  higher  and  better  paid  occupations  instead  of  taking \nanything  away  from  anybody. \n\nThe  crowning  charge  against  the  Chinese  is  that  they  are \nimmoral.  After  the  revelations  of  Dr.  Parkhurst  lately  in \nNew  York,  and  what  every  man  knows,  not  only  of  the  cities \nabroad,  but  of  our  cities  here,  it  seems  to  me  that  this  sort  of \ncharge  is  a  little  too  flippant  to  be  made.  What  is  one  of \nthe  Chinaman's  great  sins?  It  is  opium-smoking.  Let  us \nlook  at  two  little  facts  about  that.  In  the  first  place,  it  was \nthe  great  Christian  nations,  the  ones  that  are  sending  mis- \n\n\n12 \n\nsionaries  to  China,  who  forced  opium  on  the  empire  against \nthe  protest  of  the  Chinese  government.  That  is  the  firet \nlittle  item  we  must  remember,  fn  the  next  place,  we  ought \nto  remember  that  we  have  no  sort  of  right  to  make  charges \nagainst  a  whole  people  on  the  score  of  immorality.  The \nnumber  of  opium-smokers  as  compared  with  the  whole  num- \nber of  Chinese  is  not  more  than  the  number  of  drunkards \namong  ourselves. \n\nOpium-smoking,  while  it  is  a  good  deal  more  fatal  to  the \nsmoker,  and  probably  kills  him  a  good  deal  quicker  than \nwhiskey,  kills  its  victim  in  a  more  decent  way.  The  opium- \nsmoker  goes  into  his  dive  and  lies  there  out  of  sight,  and \nsleeps  and  dies  like  a  rat  in  a  hole.  He  does  not  go  home \nand  break  the  furniture  and  smash  the  windows,  and  beat \nhis  wife  half  dead  and  abuse  and  frighten  his  children.  I \nbelieve  the  opium  habit  is  not  nearly  so  bad  as  the  whiskey \nhabit  in  its  effect  on  the  general  public.  I  have  been  to  the \nbottom  of  the  opium  dives  in  San  Francisco ;  and  I  know \nwhat  I  am  talking  about.  I  have  seen  an  equally  bad  dive \nin  Spain.  You  can  find  them  in  other  places  than  China- \ntown.    That  has  no  monopoly  of  them. \n\nWhen  we  come  to  other  forms  of  immorality  that  I  cannot \nspeak  of  here,  I  venture  the  statement  that  there  can  be \nfound  in  Anglo-Saxon  America  a  Roland  for  every  one  of \nyour  Olivers. \n\nThe  Chinese  are  not  angels.  If  they  were,  they  would \nbe  dreadfully  lonesome  in  this  country.  I  would  not  have \nyou  think  that  I  am  extolling  them  over-much.  I  am  simply \ninvestigating  the  validity  of  our  right  to  abuse  and  maltreat \nthem  here. \n\nI  am  now  going  to  give  you  one  or  two  individual  testi- \nmonies concerning  the  Chinese  that  I  came  across  during  my \ntrip  in  California  and  on  the  Pacific  Coast  last  year.  I  shall \nnot  say  that  all  the  Chinese  are  like  this ;  but  I  will  give  you \nthese  facts. \n\nAs  I  said  last  Sunday,  when  I  was  in  California,  I  was  in- \nvited to  spend  a  day  with  Senator  Stanford  at  Palo  Alto. \n\n\n13 \n\nAfter  the  elegant  luncheon  was  over,  and  we  had  withdrawn \ninto  the  next  room,  a  fine-looking  Chinaman  came  into  the \ndining-room.  Mrs.  Stanford  touched  me  on  the  arm,  and \nsaid :  *'  I  wish  you  would  look  at  that  man.  I  want  to  tell  you \nabout  him.\"  Then  she  went  on  to  say  that  he  had  been  her \nhead-servant  for  eighteen  years.  She  said  he  was  house- \nkeeper, the  head,  the  manager,  of  everything  there ;  and  that \nwas  their  palatial  country  home.  He  had  in  his  hands  the \nhiring  and  discharging  of  all  the  servants,  French,  Irish, \nAmerican,  as  they  might  be.  He  was  at  liberty  to  discharge \nthe  cook  with  cause  and  to  engage  another  without  even  con- \nsulting Mrs.  Stanford.  He  purchased  all  the  supplies  for  the \nhouse,  even  to  the  linen.  He  had  charge  of  everything,  and \nshe  said,  \"  When  I  step  out  of  this  house  to  go  to  Washington, \nI  leave  it  as  though  I  were  going  to  San  Francisco  for  the \nday.\"  The  house  is  full  of  pictures,  brie  k-brac,  and  orna- \nments of  every  kind.  She  leaves  everything  in  charge  of  this \nChinaman.  He  puts  everything  away ;  and,  when  she  gets \nready  to  return,  everything  is  in  perfect  order  again  to  re- \nceive her.  He  has  been  in  this  position  eighteen  years ;  and \nMrs.  Stanford  said  she  had  never  found  a  trace  of  dishonesty \nor  incompetency  of  any  kind  in  him.  That  is  one  man.  I \nthink  it  would  be  difficult  for  you  to  match  cases  of  that  sort. \n\nThere  is  a  Unitarian,  an  old  stanch  Unitarian,  doing  busi- \nness, I  believe,  on  Jackson  Street  in  San  Francisco,  who  told \nme  that  he  had  been  engaged  in  this  business  for  twenty- \neight  years.  He  deals  almost  exclusively  with  the  Chinese. \nHe  acts  as  their  factor,  their  go-between,  in  transacting  their \nbusiness  with  the  government  in  regard  to  imports  and  ex- \nports ;  and  he  says  that  in  twenty-eight  years  of  almost  ex- \nclusive business  with  the  Chinese  he  has  lost  just  one  bill, \nand  he  did  not  feel  sure  that  that  was  intentional  dishonesty. \n\nAnother  testimony.  Mr.  Van  Ness  and  I  went  to  the \nlargest  bank  in  San  Francisco,  where  I  wished  to  get  a  draft \non  New  York.  I  was  left  in  the  front  part  of  the  bank  while \nhe  went  to  the  proper  department  to  have  the  matter  attended \nto  for  me.     He  was  gone  a  long  time.     When  he  came  back, \n\n\nH \n\nhe  apologized,  and  said,  \"  I  am  sorry  to  have  kept  you  wait- \ning so  long ;  but  I  have  got  a  point  for  you  on  the  Chinese \nquestion.\"  Then  he  went  on  to  say  that  every  single  check \nor  draft  that  left  that  bank  for  any  city  or  State  outside  of \nCalifornia,  or  for  any  other  country  in  the  world,  went  through \nthe  hands  and  had  to  be  inspected  and  indorsed  by  one \nChinaman.  He  occupies  that  position  for  the  simple  reason \nthat,  under  the  law  of  the  survival  of  the  fittest,  he  has  come \nto  the  top  as  the  most  competent  and  trustworthy  man  they \ncould  find  for  the  place. \n\nHere  is  another  fact  that  I  discovered  there.  Within  the \nlast  few  years  the  Chinese  in  California  have  organized  a \ngreat  fruit  packing  company,  and  almost  all  their  employees \nare  American  girls;  and  these  girls  testify  that  they  have \nnever  worked  for  any  one  who  treated  them  with  such  honor, \nsuch  consideration,  such  honesty,  such  care. \n\nNow,  here  are  these  four  testimonies  for  what  they  are \nworth.  They  do  not  prove  that  no  Chinaman  ever  lies,  that \nno  Chinaman  ever  steals,  that  no  Chinaman  is  incompetent. \nBut  it  does  seem  to  me  that  cases  like  this  prove  that  we \nneed  not  be  specially  troubled  over  the  matter  of  being \nswamped  in  this  country  by  a  matter  of  a  hundred  and  fifty \nthousand  Chinese  out  of  whom  you  can  pick  examples  like \nthese. \n\nWe  have  only  sixty  millions  of  people  in  this  country ;  and \nfive  hundred  millions  can  easily  live  here.  Sixty  millions \ncould  live  in  Texas  alone,  without  being  very  much  crowded. \nAnd  yet  we  talk  as  though,  if  any  one  else  should  come,  we \nshould  not  have  elbow  room.  Perhaps  we  feel  a  little  larger \nthan  there  is  any  call  for  by  the  nature  of  the  circumstances, \nand  should  not  be  so  crowded  as  we  fear. \n\nI  come  now  to  what,  in  one  way,  is  the  other  side  of  the \nsubject.  In  the  first  place,  it  seems  to  me  that  this  one \nprinciple  ought  to  be  adhered  to,  unless  there  is  strong \nground  to  the  contrary.  The  ideal  is  —  is  it  not?  —  that \nany  man  that  God  sends  on  to  this  planet  shall  be  free  to \ntravel  freely,  unmolested,  over  any  part  of  it  that  he  pleases, \n\n\nunless  there  is  strong  reason  to  the  contrary  in  some  par- \nticular case.  Now  let  us  look  for  a  moment  at  the  ideal  of \nour  republic,  and  how  it  ought  to  be  preserved.  This \nhuman  race  of  ours  has  been  experimenting  for  many  a  long \nage  in  the  matter  of  government.  The  wisest  men  in  other \ncountries  believe,  and  I  believe,  however  poorly  we  may  put \nin  practice  our  principles,  that  we  have  here  wrought  out  the \nideal  republic,  that  we  have  discovered  at  last  the  true  equa- \ntion between  freedom  and  order.  And  if  it  be  necessary,  in \norder  that  we  may  preserve  this  republic  intact,  that  we  may \nwork  out  and  develop  the  principles  of  freedom  and  order \nwhich  we  have  discovered,  I  would  help  build  a  wall  as  high \nas  the  blue  above  us  to  keep  out  all  comers  from  every \ndirection.  We  need  to  preserve  this  republic  intact,  be- \ncause it  carries  not  only  the  hopes  of  the  people  who  are  its \ncitizens  to-day,  but  it  carries  the  hope  of  the  liberty-loving \npeople  of  the  world.  We  need,  then,  to  guard,  to  defend, \nthis  republic. \n\nNow  let  us  look  a  little  carefully  as  to  how  that  can  best \nbe  done.  It  is  utterly  uncalled  for, —  this  sort  of  law  that \nhas  recently  been  passed.  It  is  not  only  cruel,  not  only \nunjust,  not  only  a  breach  of  our  national  faith,  but  it  is  an \ninhumanity,  an  infamy.  There  is  no  excuse  for  it.  But  I \ndo  believe  that  immigration,  not  only  from  the  east,  but  from \nthe  west  as  well,  should  be  guarded  and  regulated.  We  pro- \ntect ourselves  from  everything  except  people.  I  will  not  in- \ntroduce any  politics  here ;  but  I  think  that  a  little  more  free \ntrade  in  some  directions,  and  not  quite  so  much  free  trade  in \nmen,  would  be  well.  We  have  too  much  free  trade  in  people. \nOn  what  principle,  however,  would  I  exclude  or  regulate  im- \nmigration ?     I  will  tell  you. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  I  would  have  absolute  prohibition  of \nabject  pauperism,  crime,  and  disease.  I  would  keep  out \ndisease,  keep  out  crime,  and  keep  out  pauperism ;  and  the \nprinciple  of  exclusion  should  stop  right  there. \n\nThen  what  in  the  way  of  regulation  ?  What  do  we  need \nin  order  to  keep  this  country  intact  and  free  ?     We  need  that \n\n\ni6 \n\nthe  people  who  come  here  should  understand  us,  should \nbecome  part  of  us.  We  need  that  the  great  national  body \npolitic  should  digest  and  assimilate  its  raw  material.  That \nis  the  one  thing  we  need  in  order  to  insure  the  safety  and \nperpetuity  of  this  government.  Were  I  despot  and  could \nhave  my  own  way,  I  should  insist  on  three  things,  and  three \nalone. \n\nI  should  insist  that  all  the  people  in  this  country  should \nread;  write,  and  speak  our  language.  To-day  there  are  bat- \ntles in  Wisconsin  serious  enough  to  threaten  the  political \noverturn  of  the  State  over  the  question  of  the  school-house \nand  compelling  the  children  of  Norwegians  and  Germans  to \nspeak  English.  We  cannot  afford  in  this  country  to  have \nnests  and  settlements  of  people  shut  out  from  the  possibility \nof  coming  into  some  sort  of  ability  to  know  our  political \nideas,  because  they  do  not  understand  our  language,  wha \ncannot  read  our  papers  and  books,  and  follow  the  course  of \nour  legislation.  I  would  compel  every  young  man  or  woman \ncoming  to  this  country  either  to  be  able  to  read  and  write \nand  speak  English  before  they  came  or  to  acquire  that  abil- \nity inside  of  three  years  after  coming,  on  the  penalty  of \ngoing  back  whence  they  came.  That  is  the  first  thing  I \nwould  do. \n\nI  say  all  young  men  and  women,  because  I  would  not  carr^- \nit  out  in  regard  to  little  children.  If  young  men  and  women, \nthe  heads  of  young  households,  or  those  who  are  going \nto  make  young  households,  were  compelled  to  do  this,  the \nchildren  would  take  care  of  themselves.  I  would  not  make \nit  apply  to  old  people,  because  it  might  work  the  separa- \ntion of  parents  from  children  on  whom  they  were  dependent. \nBut  in  some  way  I  would  compel  the  people  of  this  country \nto  know  English. \n\nThen  what  next?  I  would  compel  every  person  of  fit \nage,  after  the  three  years  had  expired,  and  they  had  learned \nto  read,  write,  and  speak  English,  to  become  citizens  of  this \ncountry  or  else  leave  it.  Of  course,  I  would  make  excep- \ntions in  regard  to  scholars  resident  in  this  country  for  special \n\n\n17 \n\npurposes  and  not  intending  to  remain.  There  might  be \nother  exceptions ;  but,  in  the  case  of  every  one  who  expected \nto  remain  to  live  in  this  country,  I  would  compel  them  to \nbecome  citizens,  and  exercise  the  rights  and  powers  and  take \nthe  responsibilities  of  citizenship. \n\nThird,  I  would  have  the  education  of  all  the  children  of \nthe  country,  whatever  their  nationality  or  color,  compulsory, \neither  in  the  public  schools  or  in  other  schools  superintended \nby  the  republic,  in  order  to  see  to  it  that  the  education \ngiven  there  should  be  adequate. \n\nI  would  then  compel  all  people  who  come  here  to  know \nEnglish.  I  would  compel  them,  if  they  intended  to  stay,  to \nbecome  citizens ;  and  I  would  compel  the  education  of  their \nchildren.  I  would  bar  out  pauperism,  crime,  and  disease, \nand  then  leave  the  wide  world  open  for  travel. \n\nFriends,  the  dream  of  the  world-wide  kingdom  of  God  has \nbeen  the  dream  of  the  ages.  It  has  inspired  the  poets,  the \nseers,  the  prophets,  the  discoverers,  the  heroes,  of  the  world. \nEvery  time  we  read  our  Bibles  we  are  reading  about  it. \nEvery  time  we  lift  up  our  voice  in  prayer  it  is  to  Our  Father, \n\nThe  very  fundamental  principle  of  the  religion  we  profess \nis  that  all  men  are  brothers.  We  look  forward  to  a  time \ndreamed  of  by  Tennyson,  when \n\n\"  The  war-drum  throbs  no  longer,  and  the  battle-flags  are  furled \nIn  a  parliament  of  man,  a  Federation  of  the  world.\" \n\nAnd  it  seems  to  me  it  is  peculiarly  fitting  for  us,  a  great \nstrong,  free,  vigorous,  hopeful  people,  to  live  up  to  this \ndream ;  at  any  rate,  to  guard  ourselves  against  the  pettiness, \nthe  contemptibleness,  the  injustice,  the  infamy,  of  a  law  like \nthat  which  constitutes  our  last  national  dishonor. \n\nFather,  let  us  know  that  we  are  Thy  children,  and  are \nunder  obligation  to  be  like  Thee,  and  that,  if  we  are  high  and \nstrong,  it  is  for  us  to  lead  and  help  those  who  need  to  be \nguided  in  the  way.  So  let  us  consecrate  ourselves  to  this \nbetter  ideal,  and  so  give  ourselves  to  the  service  of  the  world. \nAmen. \n\n\n' \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON     * \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ...  20  cents, \n\n\"    Doi ^i.^o \n\n\"      Ootb,    \"    Copy,    .    ...  30  cents. \n\n\"    Doi ^2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficieacy. \nHaTing  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contenu  ver^  thorougnly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  prejuring  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \n01  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and> \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfoldins.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  tne  criti- \ncal jud^ents  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  aamt \nan  in()uirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism  must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntise. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchera  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdwakd  a.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  n-own  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathen  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  \"  Our  cnildren  are  constantW  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  ana  study  nave  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  schobnhip.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  tntth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday*«chool.  Multitudes  of  teachen  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \n•tndr  laige  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \nMlqect. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answen  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  ome  skill  in  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nQBO.  H.  BLLI8,  Publisher,  14Z  Praaklia  St.,  Bottoa,  Mass. \n\n\nPubllsbed  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  alnffle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol.  13  MAY  27,  1892  No.  33 \n\n\nHOLY  GROUND \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.   ELLIS,  141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nEntered  at  the  Po»t-ojfce,  Boston,  Afau.,  a*  teeond-ctasi  mail  matter. \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction.     lamo f  i.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Snsall  i6mo.     Flexible    ...  .50 \n\nMy  Creed,     lamo 1.00 \n\nPoems.     i6mo.    Full  gilt.    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLight  on  the  Cloud.     i6mo.    Full  gilt i.aj \n\nSwm\\  Problenu.     tamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religions  Life.     lamo 1.00 \n\nBelief  in  God.     tamo  1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     tamo         t.oo \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible ...  t.oo  • \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,     tamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution,     lamo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,     tamo  t.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.     laroo    ....         1.00 \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood,    tamo       t.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,     tamo     ...  1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     i6mo       t.00 \n\nBluffton:   A  Stonr  of  To-day.     tamo  ....  i.jo \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living,     lamo i.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,     lamo i.oo \n\nLife,     tamo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's   Hand-book.     For  Chnstenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 7S \n\nSacred  Sones  for  Public  Worship.      A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth 1.00 \n\nLeather 1.50 \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.    With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy,   .>     .     .     accents.     Per  do*..  i.co \n\n\"      ClMh.  \"^  '*'       '  30     \"  \"  a.so \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  regularlv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  **  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  tor  the  season,  |t.{o; \nsingle  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGEO.  ff.  RLLiS,  PuNisMsr, \n\n141  Franklin  St,,  BestOHt  Mau, \n\n\nHOLY  GROUND/ \n\n\nNow  Moses  was  keeping  the  flock  of  Jethro,  his  father-in-law,  the \npriest  of  Midian :  and  he  led  the  flock  to  the  back  of  the  wilderness,  and \ncame  to  the  mountain  of  God,  unto  Horeb.  And  the  angel  of  the  Lord \nappeared  unto  him  in  a  flame  of  fire  out  of  the  midst  of  a  bush :  and  he \nlooked,  and,  behold,  the  bush  burned  with  fire,  and  the  bush  was  not \nconsumed.  And  Moses  said,  I  will  turn  aside  now,  and  see  this  great \nsight,  why  the  bush  is  not  burnt.  And  when  the  Lord  saw  that  he  turned \naside  to  see,  God  called  unto  him  out  of  the  midst  of  the  bush,  and  said, \nMoses,  Moses.  And  he  said.  Here  am  I.  And  he  said.  Draw  not  nigh \nhither :  put  off  thy  shoes  from  off  thy  feet,  for  the  place  whereon  thou \nstandest  is  holy  ground. —  Exodus  iii.  i-^. \n\nThere  seems  to  me  to  be  a  wide-spread  popular  belief \nthat  there  is  less  of  reverence,  less  of  regard  for  holy  places, \nfor  holy  days,  for  holy  bodies,  holy  institutions,  holy  services \nof  all  kinds,  in  this  modern  world  than  there  was  in  the  olden \ntime.  And  there  is  a  feeling  that  this  has  been  brought \nabout  by  what  some  of  us  gladly,  and  perhaps  at  times  boast- \nfully, speak  of  as  modern  progress.  You  know  it  was  only  a \nlittle  while  ago,  only  a  few  years,  that,  in  a  famous  encyclical, \nthe  late  pope,  Pius  IX.,  denounced  this  whole  idea  of  modem \nprogress  as  godless.  He  believed  that  the  drift  was  all \naway  from  that  which  was  sacred,  that  which  was  holy,  and \nthat  what  the  world  needed  was  to  be  recalled,  to  come  back \nto  those  things  that  it  was  rapidly  leaving  behind. \n\nAs  you  look  over  the  newspapers,  you  will  find  ideas  like \nthis  referred  to  on  a  large  variety  of  topics.  You  will  be \ntold  that  children,  for  example,  do  not  have  the  reverence \nwhich  they  used  to  have  for  parents,  for  superiors.     I  recall \n\n*  Phonographically  reported. \n\n\nthat,  when  I  was  a  minister  in  the  town  of  Framingham  in \nthis  State,  one  of  the  gray-headed  men  of  the  town  told \nme  that,  when  a  certain  famous  old  doctor  of  divinity  was \nthe  minister,  the  great  parish  minister  of  the  whole  town, \nwhen  he  saw  him  coming,  when  a  little  boy,  he  was  accus- \ntomed to  step  one  side,  perhaps  out  of  the  road  entirely, \ntake  his  cap  off  and  hold  it  in  his  hand  until  this  grand \nspiritual  functionary  had  passed  by.  Facts  like  these, \nchanges  of  this  sort,  are  now  and  then  instanced  as  illustra- \ntions of  the  fact  that  children  no  longer  are  moved  by  the \nreverence  which  used  to  fill  their  hearts  for  the  constituted \npowers  and  authorities  of  the  family,  of  society,  of  the \nChurch. \n\nWe  are  told  constantly  that  the  young  ladies,  the  young \nwomen  of  America,  have  lost  all  reverence  for  the  social \nconventions  and  proprieties  of  the  world.  You  know  bow, \nwhen  they  go  abroad,  they  shock  and  astonish  the  people, \nwho  are  accustomed  to  entirely  different  methods  and  ways. \nIt  is  an  apparent  fact  that  there  is  no  such  formal  reverence \nfor  a  great  many  things  as  there  used  to  be.  Those  who \nhold  to  the  stricter  ideas, —  stricter  ?  no :  I  have  used  that \nword  inadvertently,  for  I  believe  that  there  are  no  such  strict \nideas  held  and  represented  by  any  Church  on  earth  as  ours, \n—  those  who  hold  to  the  older  and  more  formal  ideas,  are \naccustomed  to  say  that  there  is  no  longer  reverence  for  the \nBible  such  as  there  used  to  be. \n\nThe  newspapers  are  accustomed,  and  of  course  I  speak  of \nthem  because  they  represent  the  drift  of  popular  thought,  to \nturn  a  good  many  of  the  old  Bible  stories  into  ridicule,  and \nuse  them  to  point  a  jest.  Noah's  ark  with  its  inhabitants  is \nsometimes  irreverently  spoken  of  as  though  it  were  a  menag- \nerie. The  story  of  Jonah  and  the  great  fish,  instead  of  caus* \ning  a  feeling  of  reverence  as  if  in  the  presence  of  some \nmighty  and  incomprehensible  power,  instead  of  being  treated \nas  a  miraculous  manifestation  of  God,  is  treated  as  if  it  were \na  joke.  And  so  it  is  true  that  many  of  these  things  which \nused  to  be  reverently  handled  are  treated  to-day  as  though \n\n\n5 \n\nthe  sacredness,  if  it  had  not  gone  out  of  the  people  them- \nselves, had  at  least  gone  out  of  them. \n\nSunday  is  not  looked  upon  popularly  as  it  used  to  be.  In \nconventions  of  those  who  hold  still  to  the  old  ideas,  you  find \nit  is  spoken  of  as  though  there  were  a  tendency  on  the  part \nof  the  people  of  the  modern  world  purposely  to  disregard \nwhat  they  ought  to  know  is  the  explicit  command  of  God. \n\nSo  in  regard  to  the  church.  People  no  longer  look  with \nsuch  reverence  upon  bishops,  upon  ecclesiastical  authorities \nof  any  kind.  And  even  in  regard  to  other  matters  people \nseem  to  be  irreverent,  with  regard  to  things  which  are  con- \nsidered as  sacred,  as  connected  with  religion.  The  same  is \ntrue  as  to  the  bases  of  our  social  and  political  order.  In \nthis  country  there  seems  to  be  no  reverence  for  government. \nIn  England  they  caricature  the  prime  minister.  They  cari- \ncature even  the  Prince  of  Wales, — in  their  better  publications, \nI  mean.  They  carry  the  spirit  of  ridicule,  of  satire,  of  sar- \ncasm, to  the  foot  of  the  throne ;  but  I  do  not  believe  there \nhas  ever  been  a  case  in  which  any  reputable  publication  in \nEngland  caricatured  the  Queen.  There  is  at  least  this  for- \nmal respect  for  that  which  stands  to  them  as  the  symbol  and \nembodiment  of  their  ideas  of  government.  But  we,  in  this \ncountry,  do  not  stop  with  members  of  Congress  or  members \nof  the  Cabinet.  We  take  as  much  delight  in  caricaturing \nand  ridiculing  the  President  of  the  United  States  as  though \nthere  were  no  dignity  attached  to  the  office  whatsoever. \nMark  you,  at  present  I  am  not  expressing  any  opinion  about \nthis.  I  am  merely  giving  you  here  and  there  some  illustra- \ntions of  what  is  undoubtedly  a  tendency  of  our  time,  or \nwhich  seems  to  a  great  many  people  to  be  a  tendency, —  to  dis- \nregard the  sacred  things  of  the  world.  They  say  —  that  is,  a \ncertain  class  of  critics  say  —  it  is  because  of  our  spirit  of \nmodern  science,  this  audacious  questioning  of  everything, \nthis  unwillingness  to  take  anything,  even  the  existence  of \nGod,  for  granted,  this  unyirillingness  to  take  fifteen  or  eigh- \nteen hundred  years  of  religious  tradition  as  establishing  any- \nthing.    We  take  up  all  these  points,  and  think  we  will  go  to \n\n\nthe  root  of  them,  as  though  no  grave  and  reverent  people  had \never  considered  them  settled  from  the  foundation  of  the \nworld.  And,  indeed,  I  suppose  it  is  true  that  there  is  a  cer- \ntain class  of  superficial  people  who  suppose  that,  when  they \nhave  found  out  the  law  in  accordance  with  which  anything \nhappens,  say,  \"  Oh,  yes,  we  have  found  that  out.  Now  we  un- \nderstand all  about  it\" ;  and  the  spirit  of  reverence  leaves \nthem.  People  used  to  talk  about  the  lightning  as  being  a \ngod.  At  last  it  was  suspected  that  it  was  only  an  electric \nphenomenon.  Franklin  proved  it.  We  have  got  control, \nwithin  certain  limitations,  of  the  lightning  now.  None  of  us \nfall  on  our  knees  when  a  flash  appears  in  the  heavens.  We \ndare  to  look  it  straight  in  the  face ;  for  we  know  it  is  only  a \nforce,  not  a  deity.  We  have  turned  it  into  a  post-boy ;  we \nhave  made  it  a  common  carrier ;  it  is  our  servant.  We  rule \nit,  we  control  it  in  every  direction.  And  there  are  people \nshallow  enough  to  suppose  that,  because  we  are  able  to  do \nthis,  there  ought  to  be  no  more  reverence  in  the  presence  of \nsuch  a  phenomenon.  But  do  we  know  anything  more  about \nelectricity  to-day  than  the  poor  barbarian  did  who  called  it \na  god }  He  labelled  it  God :  we  label  it  electricity.  But \napart  from  the  fact  that  we  have  discovered  something  of \nthe  methods  and  conditions  by  which  it  works,  and  are  able \nto  command  these  conditions,  do  we  really  know  more  about \nit  than  the  barbarian  did  ?  It  is  still  a  mysterious,  awful,  in- \nexplicable manifestation  of  that  eternal  power  from  which  all \nthings  proceed.  Those  who  really  study  modern  science, \nthose  who  really  comprehend  modern  science,  know  that  the \nlendency  of  it  is  not  to  take  away  reverence  out  of  the \nworld,  although  it  may  transfer  our  reverence  from  that  which \nhas  been  regarded  as  sacred  in  the  past  to  some  new  thing \nwhich  seems  to  us  more  sacred  to-day. \n\nI  am  one  of  those  who  believe  that  reverence  is  not  dying \nout  of  the  world.  I  am  one  of  those  who  believe  that \nmodern  progress  is  godlike,  is  sane,  is  helpful,  is  hopeful,  is \ntoward  that  which  is  still  higher,  holier,  better,  and  that,  in- \nstead  of    losing   those  spots   which  were  considered    holy \n\n\nground  in  the  past,  the  outcome  is  to  be  a  conception  of  holi- \nness such  as  the  old  times  never  dreamed. \n\nLet  us  face  this  matter  of  reverence  for  a  moment,  and \nsee  what  it  means.  What  is  reverence  ?  What  is  the  part \nor  office  that  it  plays  in  a  high  human  life  ?  Would  it  be  a \nhealthful  thing  for  the  world  to  lose  it  ? \n\nReverence  is  not  awe  alone,  though  that  is  a  part  of  it.  A \nperson  may  be  overwhelmed  with  a  feeling  of  awe  in  the \npresence  of  a  thunder-storm  or  a  tempest,  in  the  presence  of \nany  sublime  presentation  of  natural  force,  in  the  presence  of \nany  great  danger.  But  that  alone  does  not  make  reverence. \nReverence  is  awe  touched  with  tender  regard.  When  we \nstand  in  the  presence  of  something  that  seems  to  us  above \nus,  and  at  the  same  time  nobler  than  we,  though  perhaps  not \nnobler  than  we  may  become,  something  above  us,  grand, \nmighty,  then  there  is  a  sense  of  reverence,  as  in  the  pres- \nence of  a  mystery,  of  that  which  is  infinite;  but  there  is \nalso  the  presence  of  this  tender  regard,  this  half-love,  half- \nworship,  which,  mingled  with  the  feeling  of  awe,  constitutes \nwhat  we  call  reverence.  It  would  be,  indeed,  a  serious  in- \ndictment against  the  modern  world  and  so-called  modern \nprogress  if  it  could  be  proved  that  reverence  were  really \ndying  out  of  the  world.  Reverence  is  one  of  the  highest  and \nfinest  qualities  of  our  human  nature  not  only,  but  it  is  that \nwhich  is  the  seed,  the  vitality,  of  all  nobler  growths. \n\nFind  me  an  artist,  or  one  who  dreams  that  he  is  an  artist, \nwho  does  not  stand  with  bowed  head  and  bowed  heart,  with \nreverence  in  the  presence  of  the  world's  great  masterpieces, \nwho  has  no  reverence  in  the  presence  of  that  which  exceeds,, \nnot  only  the  possibility  of  his  execution,  but  perhaps  the \nhighest  dream  of  his  ideal, —  find  me  a  man  like  that,  and  I \nwill  find  you  a  man  who  will  never  take  any  high  and  grand \nsteps  towards  becoming  an  artist  himself.  A  man  must  re- \nvere that  which  he  desires  to  attain.  It  then  becomes  in  him \nmotive,  mainspring,  for  grand  and  year- long  endeavor. \n\nSo  the  man  who  does  not  revere  womanhood,  who  does \nnot  revere  heroism,  who  does  not  revere  noble  faithfulness, \n\n\n8 \n\nwherever  or  however  manifested,  the  man  who  does  not \nrevere  all  the  sanctities  on  which  social  help  and  progress \nturn,  the  man  who  does  not  really  revere  government,  his \nown  government,  the  man  who  does  not  revere  the  possibili- \nties of  humanity  in  the  meanest  man  or  men,  who  does  not \nrevere  life,  that  mysterious  thing,  however  it  be  manifested, \nin  the  forms  that  we  call  bird  or  brute  or  reptile  or  worm \nbeneath  him, —  such  a  man  as  this  has  not  in  himself  the \npossibilities  of  the  highest  and  noblest  humanity.  So  much, \nthen,  ior  this  element  of  reverence,  not  only  in  religion,  but \nin  all  life. \n\nNow  let  us  look  for  a  moment  at  this  question  as  to \nwhether  the  present  age  has  less  reverence  than  the  past. \nI  cannot  cover  the  whole  ground  here.  I  shall  only  give  you \na  few  illustrations  which  may  stand  for  the  whole. \n\nWhen  we  call  people  irreverent,  is  it  sure  that  we  do  not \nmisinterpret  them  ?  Suppose  I  should  go,  as  I  have  done, \ninto  a  Chinese  joss* house  and  watch  the  methods  of  worship \ngoing  on  there.  They  seem  to  me  petty,  childish,  super- \nstitious. I  may  reverence  the  spirit  that  is  manifested,  I \nmay  keep  an  outward  form  of  reverence  for  that  which  is \ngoing  on ;  but,  though  I  speak  with  carelessness,  with \nridicule,  with  contempt,  afterwards^  for  these  forms  and  ideas \nheld  sacred  by  a  great  nation,  do  I  show  that  I  am  essentially \nand  at  heart  irreverent,  or  only  that  I  revere  something  else, \nthat  my  ideals  are  not  like  theirs  ? \n\nAt  the  fall  of  Jerusalem,  when  the  temple  itself  was  at  last \ncaptured  and  the  Roman  general  penetrated  through  the \nouter  court  into  the  inner,  and  then  into  the  very  holy  of \nholies,  he  stood  in  blank  amazement  because  he  found  it \nempty.  To  him  these  Jews  must  have  seemed  atheistic, \nirreligious, —  they  had  no  gods.  He  had  been  accustomed \nto  associate  his  god  with  an  image,  and  perhaps  found  it  al- \nmost impossible  to  understand  that  people  should  not  have \nan  image.  But  the  Hebrew  race  was  unspeakably  more  rev- \nerent and  religious,  in  the  deepest  and  highest  sense  of  that \nword,  than  was  the  Roman,  and  that  which  the  Roman  gen> \n\n\neral  would  take  as  indicating  a  lack  of  religion  was  one  of \nthe  very  points  which  the  Hebrews  held  from  the  days  of \nMoses  as  indicating  the  highest  and  grandest  type  of  relig- \nion. Thou  shalt  make  no  image  of  the  divine,  is  one  of  the \noldest  of  the  Hebrew  commands ;  and  that  is  because  their \nconception  oi  God  was  higher  than  could  be  expressed  by \nany  image. \n\nLet  us  take  an  illustration,  as  I  have  alluded  to  it,  concern- \ning the  attitude  of  the  American  people  towards  government. \nI  have  said  that  we  do  not  hesitate  to  ridicule  the  President \nof  the  United  States  and  every  man  in  office  from  him  down. \nBut  is  there  less  respect  in  this  country  for  government  than \nthere  is  in  other  lands  ?  Go  back  just  a  few  years  for  an \nillustration,  one  that  carries  the  whole  truth.  At  the  time \nof  the  inauguration  of  President  Hayes  I  suppose  it  is  true \nthat  the  majority  of  the  people  in  this  country  believed  that \nanother  man  had  been  elected.  The  people  perhaps  had  no \nspecial  respect  or  reverence  for  Mr.  Hayes,  nor  for  Mr. \nTilden,  or  for  the  court  that  decided  the  question ;  but  they \nhad  such  a  reverence  for  their  country,  for  government  as \nsuch,  for  the  fundamental  principles  of  popular  election, \nfor  public  order,  for  liberty,  for  freedom, —  they  had  such  un- \nbounded respect  and  reverence  for  these  that  for  the  sake  of \nthem  they  tolerated  what  they  possibly  regarded  as  a  mis- \ncarriage of  justice  and  what  would  have  led  to  a  revolution \nin  almost  any  other  country  in  the  world.  In  the  face  of  one \nillustration  like  this,  I  dare  to  believe  that  there  is  no  body \nof  men  on  the  face  of  the  earth  that  so  dearly,  so  truly,  so \ncompletely,  reverence  law  and  order,  the  spirit,  the  purpose,' \nthe  soul  of  government,  as  do  we.  I  believe,  if  I  had  time,  I \ncould  bring  up  illustrations  from  other  departments  of  life \nto  show  the  same  truth. \n\nIf  people  ridicule  certain  stories  in  the  Bible,  it  is  not  that \nthey  do  not  reverence  truth :  it  is  because  they  believe  that \nthese  stories  are  not  true,  and,  further,  that  they  believe \nthat  these  beliefs  stand  in  the  way  of  the  acceptance  of  truth. \nIt  is,  then,  for  the  sake  of  God's  word  that  they  ridicule  or \n\n\nlO \n\n• \n\nreject  what  certain  religious  people  call  God's  word.  If  the \npeople  of  England  to-day  are  considering  the  question,  which \nseems  like  blasphemy  to  many,  of  disestablishing  the  Church, \nit  is  not  because  they  do  not  reverence  that  for  which  the \nChurch  stands,  but  because  they  revere  it  so  much  that  they \nhave  come  to  believe  that  the  Establishment  stands  in  its \nway. \n\nSo  you  will  find  everywhere,  if  you  study  carefully,  that \nthose  things  which  are  popularly  taken  as  indicating  irrever- \nence and  disregard  for  holy  things  and  holy  places  mean \nprecisely  the  opposite.  Let  me  take  an  illustration,  a  per- \nsonal one,  of  a  man  whose  name  is  known  to  you  all,  and \nwho  will  pardon  me  for  mentioning  his  name  for  the  pur- \npose I  have  in  mind, —  Colonel  Robt.  G.  Ingersoll.  I  suppose \nby  the  orthodox  people  of  the  country  Colonel  Ingersoll  is  re- \ngarded as  the  typically  irreverent  man  of  the  age.  He  ridi- \ncules Moses,  he  ridicules  the  Bible,  he  ridicules  the  Church, \nhe  ridicules  the  Presbyterian  confession  of  faith,  he  ridicules \nthe  doctrine  of  everlasting  punishment.  He  has  made  the \ncountry,  from  one  end  to  the  other,  laugh  time  and  again \nover  things  that  the  people  have  been  accustomed  to  regard \nas  too  sacred  to  speak  of  except  with  bowed  head.  But  does \nthat  mean  that  there  is  no  reverence  in  Colonel  Ingersoll  ? \nI  think  you  would  misjudge  him  if  you  take  it  to  mean  that. \nHe  speaks  slightingly  about  the  God  of  the  Presbyterian  con- \nfession of  faith.  You  speak  slightingly  of  Jupiter.  Colonel \nIngersoll  does  not  regard  this  Presbyterian  God  as  any  more \nreal  a  being  than  you  regard  Jupiter.  When  you  analyze  his \ncharacter  and  study  his  life,  there  is  no  man  in  America  who \nreverences  love,  tenderness,  friendship,  kindliness,  help, \norder,  peace,  freedom,  the  things  that  we  believe  lie  at  the \nbasis  of  the  world,  more  thoroughly  than  he  does.  Let  us \nbe  sure,  then,  when  we  are  charging  the  age  with  irrever- \nence, that  we  are  rightly  interpreting  the  facts  of  the  life \naround  us. \n\nNow,  I  wish  to  turn  to  a  great  change  from  the  old  times, \nwhich  is  the  explanation  of  those  facts  which,  superficially \n\n\nII \n\nconsidered,  are  so  apt  to*mislead  us.  In  the  old  time  what \nwas  it  that  people  reverenced  and  regarded  as  holy  ?  They \nhad  a  conception  of  this  universe  which  made  God  what \nCarlyle  called  an  absentee  God.  Here  was  this  world  ruled \nvery  largely  by  evil  forces,  or  forces  at  any  rate  that  we  do \nnot  associate  with  God,  while  God  was  up  in  heaven,  and \nnow  and  then  came  down  and  manifested  himself.  Take \nthat  case  of  Jacob  that  I  read  to  you  as  a  part  of  our  lesson \nin  Genesis.  He  is  on  a  journey;  and  he  lies  down  in  a \ncertain  place.  He  thinks  he  is  deserted  :  it  does  not  occur \nto  him  that  God  is  anywhere  about.  He  falls  asleep  and \ndreams,  and  sees  a  ladder,  with  angels  descending  and \nascending.  He  wakes  up,  and  says,  \"  Surely,  the  Lord  is  in \nthis  place,  and  I  knew  it  not \" ;  and  he  takes  the  stone  on \nwhich  he  rested  his  bead  while  asleep,  and  sets  it  up  as  a \npillar,  as  a  memorial,  and  afterwards  that  place  becomes  a \nholy  place,  which  was  not  holy  before.  No  one  had  thought \nof  God's  being  there  until  Jacob  had  this  vision.  The \nHebrews  had  certain  oaks  in  Mamre  which  they  held  as \nespecially  sacred.  And  why?  No  other  oaks  throughout \nthe  country  were  particularly  sacred :  why  were  these  ?  Be- \ncause tradition  said  that  beneath  these  oaks  God  spoke  to \nAbraham  about  the  wickedness  of  Sodom  and  the  relation \nof  Lot  to  the  city.  This,  then,  became  one  of  the  sacred \nplaces.  The  priests,  even  in  these  old  times,  began  to  gain \na  glimpse  of  the  eternal.  You  will  remember  how  I  read  to \nyou  the  story  concerning  Elijah, —  how  he  went  out  of  his \ncave,  and  the  wind  swept  by,  and  God  was  not  in  the  wind. \nThen  the  lightning  came,  but  God  was  not  in  the  fire  ;  then \nthe  earthquake,  and  God  was  not  in  that ;  but  he  recognized \nGod  at  last  in  the  still,  small  voice  that  spake  to  him. \n\nThroughout  the  ancient  world,  not  only  among  the  He- \nbrews, but  in  Greece,  Rome,  and  everywhere  else,  spots \nwere  sacred  which  were  supposed  to  have  been  made  so  by \nthe  appearance  of  God.  God  was  not  conceived  as  being \neverywhere.  If  a  Greek  wanted  to  find  God,  he  would  go  to \nhis  altar  or  to  the  oracle  at  Delphi.     If  a  Roman  wished  to \n\n\n12 \n\nfind  God,  he  would  go  to  some  sacred  place  or  consult  the \naugurs  and  the  seers.  If  a  Hebrew  wished  to  find  God,  he \nwould  go  to  his  sacred  place,  to  the  temple.  So  God  was  in \nspecial  places,  but  not  in  all  places.  He  was  in  certain \ntimes,  but  not  in  all  times.  Certain  books  were  holy,  but \nnot  the  truth  in  all  books.  God  was  in  the  unusual,  the \nsuper-normal,  and  especially  in  the  terrible.  If  a  pestilence \ncame,  God  sent  it.  When  the  sun  shone  sweetly  and  pleas- \nantly, and  the  soft  airs  breathed  about  one  day  after  day, \nand  the  grasses  grew  up  through  the  sod,  God  was  not \nthought  of  as  connected  with  them;  but,  when  something \nstrange  occurred,  God  was  there.  Jesus  taught  his  people \nwhat  the  Church  has  not  half  learned,  the  grandest  lesson, \nwhen,  talking  with  the  woman  of  Samaria,  and  discussing \nwhether  the  best  place  to  find  God  was  Mount  Moriah  or \nthe  Samaritaa  hill,  he  said :  Neither  of  them :  God  is  not \nlocated  in  any  place.  He  is  spirit,  and  he  that  worships  in \nthe  spirit  finds  him,  wherever  he  may  be.  This  is  the \nthought  and  the  spirit  of  modem  science  which  has  come  to \nus  as  the  result  of  our  modern  progress.  God!  Where? \nWhere  is  he  not?  God  up  in  heaven  ?  Yes,  God  down  in \nthe  depths  ?  Yes.  God  in  Orion  and  the  Pleiades  ?  Yes. \nGod  in  the  mountains  or  in  the  majesty  of  the  ocean  ?  Yes. \nGod  in  the  secluded  valley  ?  Yes.  God  in  the  grass-blade  ? \nYes.  God  in  the  tiniest  grain  of  dust?  Yes.  Take  that \ntiny  grain  of  dust,  which  is  as  large  as  a  planet  as  compared \nwith  the  atom  which  science  deals  with  every  day.  Analyze \nit,  take  it  to  pieces,  try  to  find  out  the  secret  of  this  little \nparticle  of  dust,  and  you  will  at  last  stand  face  to  face  with \nwhat  the  world  is  compelled  to  think  is  divine  and  eternal \npower, —  f aoe  to  face  with  God,  whichever  way  you  go,  wher- \never you  stand,  however  you  think.  If  you  interpret  the \nuniverse  correctly,  you  will  not  stop  at  phenomena,  at  chang- \ning facts :  you  will  deal  with  that  eternal  power  of  which  all \npower  is  only  the  partial  or  transitory  manifestation. \n\nWhere,  then,  is  holy  ground  in  the  modem  world  ?    Where \nshall  we  take  the  shoes  from  off  our  feet  ?    Where  shall  we \n\n\n13 \n\nbare  our  heads  in  reverence?  There  are  sacred  places, \nplaces  more  sacred  than  others.  What  makes  them  so? \nBecause  God  is  there  rather  than  somewhere  else  ?  No ;  but \nbecause  of  some  human  experience  that  has  made  them \nsacred  to  our  thought,  to  our  heart,  made  them  places  that \nstimulate  and  thrill  and  elevate  us.  Where  is  God  ?  He  is \nin  the  common ;  he  is  in  the  ordinary.  Do  you  know  it  is \nthe  thought  of  the  modern  world,  though  you  are  not  per- \nhaps accustomed  to  look  at  it  in  that  way,  that  God  is  more \nin  the  ordinary,  that  he  is  always  chiefly  in  the  ordinary? \nSuppose,  for  example,  in  the  case  of  an  eclipse  that  the \nshadow  should  be  the  thousandth  part  of  a  minute  late,  that \nthere  should  be  the  slightest  manifestation  of  that  which  is \nnot  ordinary,  the  uncommon,  the  unexpected :  the  wise  men \nof  the  world  would  turn  pale,  and  look  at  each  other  aghast. \nThey  would  not  take  it  as  a  special  manifestation  of  God : \nthey  would  take  it  as  a  manifestation  of  the  fact  that  the  eter- \nnal power  which  had  never  failed  them  before  had  lost  its \ngrip,  as  though  the  universe  were  ready  to  crumble  into  noth- \ning. It  is  in  the  common  that  we  find  God  to-day.  Take  it  in \nour  ordinary  lives.  It  is  the  common  people  and  the  common \nvirtues,  the  things  that  we  pay  so  little  regard  to,  which  are \nof  infinitely  more  importance  than  those  which  we  speak \nof  as  distinguished  and  remarkable.  It  is  a  good  deal  more \nimportant  that  three  hundred  thousand  people  here  in  Bos- \nton should  perform  their  ordinary  duties  faithfully  every  day \nthan  that  some  one  person  should  be  a  hero  for  three  min- \nutes. And,  if  the  three  hundred  thousand  do  their  common \nduties  every  day,  they  are  manufacturing  the  stuff  in  their \nhearts  and  lives  which  will  flame  up  into  heroism  when  the \ncondition  calls  for  it ;  for  it  is  precisely  this  commonplace, \nordinary  faithfulness  which  does  flame  out  as  heroism  when \nit  is  touched  by  the  proper  conditions. \n\nWe  find  God,  then,  in  the  ordinary.  If  we  should  find  a \nbush  burning,  but  not  consumed  as  Moses  is  reported  to \nhave  done,  we  should  not  take  off  our  shoes  from  our  feet  as \nthough  it  were  a  special  manifestation  from  God.     It  would \n\n\n14 \n\nappall  us  if  we  were  easily  frightened,  or  it  would  throw  us \ninto  a  scientific  state  of  mind,  and  lead  us  to  investigate  this \nnew  thing  and  find  out  what  was  happening.  We  should  not \nexpect  to  find  God  there  more  than  anywhere  else.  Every \nbush  aflame  with  its  October  red  is  as  much  a  manifestation, \ninfinitely  more  a  manifestation  of  God,  than  was  the  reputed \nburning  bush  of  Moses. \n\nWhere,  then,  shall  we  find  the  manifestations  of  God  in \nthis  modern  world  ?  I  will  give  you  two  or  three  places  as \nhints  as  to  where  I  look  for  them.  Take  the  common  car- \npenter or  bricklayer  of  yesterday,  who,  for  sake  of  wife \nand  child,  and  who,  for  the  sake  of  meeting  his  obligation \nand  paying  his  debts,  laid  every  board  straight  and  drove \nevery  nail  right,  or  laid  every  brick  after  the  best  fashion  of \nwhich  he  knew,  who  simply  performed  a  good  day's  work \nyesterday  in  these  commonplace  departments  of  life,  and  then \nwent  home  to  his  family  at  night.  That  man  created  right \nthere  holy  ground.  There  God  was,  there  he  dwelt  with \nGod,  there  he  obeyed  him,  there  he  found  God,  if  his  heart \nwas  sensitive,  and  if  his  eyes  were  open,  so  that  he  could \nappreciate  what  he  was  doing.  Take  the  mother  who,  at \nthe  cost  of  weariness  and  health,  and  perhaps  life  itself, \nbends  over  a  sick  child,  never  thinking  of  shrinking  from  it \nor  fleeing  away,  though  the  disease  be  ever  so  contagious. \nThere  is  holy  ground,  there  is  faithful  performance  of  duty. \nTake  a  bank  clerk  who,  in  his  office  during  the  last  week, \nhas  added  up  his  accounts  correctly,  has  been  faithful  to  the \nlast  penny,  has  had  an  opportunity  to  falsify  the  accounts  or \npocket  money,  but  has  not  done  it ;  who,  in  spite  of  the  fact \nthat  he  wanted  and  needed  more  money,  was  true  to  what  he \nknew  to  be  honest.  That  bank  clerk's  stool  is  holier  ground \nthan  any  oak  of  Mamre  or  any  burning  bush  of  Moses :  there \nis  God,  there  he  is  dwelling  with  God  and  obeying  God.  It \nis  more  important  that  a  person  should  be  true  here  and \nnow  than  that  he  should  show  any  amount  of  reverence  for \nthings  which  the  world  may  have  reverenced  in  the  past. \nWe  have  had  a  curious  exhibition  of  reverence  of  a  certain \n\n\n15 \n\nkind  in  New  York  for  the  last  few  weeks.  There  has  been \nexhibited  a  fragment  of  what  tradition  says  is  a  part  of  the \narm  bone  of  St.  Ann,  the  reputed  grandmother  of  Jesus. \nCrowds  have  been  trampling  over  each  other  to  get  near  it \nand  kiss  the  place  where  it  has  been  kept ;  and  no  end  of \ndiseases  are  represented  as  having  been  miraculously  cured \nin  its  presence.  That  is  one  kind  of  reverence,  though  no \none  tells  us  what  the  logical  relation  may  be  between  a  relic \nof  the  past  and  the  cure  of  a  disease.  But  the  person  who \nat  his  own  table  obeys  the  laws  of  God  in  eating  and  drink- \ning, who  reverences  his  body  as  God's  temple,  is  ascending \ninfinitely  higher  in  his  reverence  for  that  which  is  really \nsacred. \n\nIf  you  will  pardon  me  the  personal  reference,  I  have  mem- \nories that  take  me  to  holy  spots  whenever  I  think  of  them. \nI  should  not  dare  to  allude  to  them,  did  I  not  know  that  I  am \nonly  voicing  what  is  uttered  in  the  hearts'  experience  of  all  the \nrest  of  you,  and  that  this  is  only  a  typical  example.  In  my \nboyhood,  my  father,  having  lost  his  property,  was  working  on \na  tiny  farm  in  Maine,  a  very  few  acres,  from  which  year-long, \nearly  and  late,  he  was  able  to  win  only  a  scant  supply  of  the \nnecessities  of  life.  Instead  of  making  his  boys  work  for \nhim  and  earn  money,  he  encouraged  them  to  study  and  make \nsomething  of  themselves,  to  be  able  to  get  into  something \nbetter  and  freer  than  the  life  he  was  leading.  His  life  year \nafter  year,  as  I  remember  it,  was  one  long  patient  sacrifice, \nnever  complaining,  wearing  himself  out  at  following  the \nplough  or  the  harrow,  or  using  the  hoe,  the  scythe,  the  rake, \nor  the  sickle;  treading  over  every  foot  of  that  little  farm, \nuntil  to  my  thought  there  is  no  place  on  earth  that  is  nearer \nthe  ideal  of  holy  ground  than  that, —  not  merely  because  he \nwas  my  father,  but  because  there  was  a  display  of  true, \nfaithful,  sacrificing  manhood.  And  the  little  farm-house, \nwith  two  rooms  on  the  ground  floor,  where  mother  did  her \nown  work  year  after  year,  cooking  food,  mending  clothes  for \nthe  rough-and-tumble  boys,  after  each  meal  cleaning  pot  and \nkettle,  cup  and  spoon   and   pan, —  these  humblest    of  the \n\n\ni6 \n\nhousehold  furniture  are  infinitely  more  sacred  to  my  mind \nthan  all  the  golden  tongs,  snuffers,  and  lamps  of  king \nSolomon's  temple  that  are  supposed  to  have  been  wrought \nafter  a  divinely-revealed  pattern.  I  could  go  back  to-day  and \nkiss  the  floor  over  which  those  patient  feet  walked,  and  feel \nthat  I  am  nearer  heaven  than  in  any  cathedral  or  in  the \npresence  of  any  sacred  relic  that  the  world  has  ever  seen. \n\nWere  there  time,  I  could  speak  of  the  holy  ground  of  our \nnation's  battle-fields.  These  are  holy  grounds, —  holy  be- \ncause here  manhood  flamed  up  into  heroism.  Here  our \ncommon  boys  from  the  cities  and  the  farms  showed  them- \nselves consecrated  to  a  call,  showed  themselves  able  to  give \nhealth  and  life  for  an  ideal.  But  I  should  be  untrue  to  the \nmemory  of  those  old  days  if  I  forgot  that  the  mothers  and \nsisters,  the  wives  and  the  sweethearts  at  home,  gave  as  much \nas  did  they,  and  so  made  the  home  hearth  as  sacred  as \nGettysburg,  or  any  of  the  cemeteries  where  sleep  the  brave \nones  whose  bodies  were  never  brought  back  to  their  homes \nagain. \n\nIt  is,  then,  human  truth,  human  duty,  human  faithfulness, \nhuman  love,  human  consecration,  human  sacrifice, —  it  is \nthese,  dealing  first-hand  as  they  always  do  with  God,  that \nmakes  sacred  the  places  that  we  revere  and  love.  And,  as \nthese  qualities  grow,  and  are  more  and  more  common  as \nthe  years  go  by,  the  whole  world  through  them  shall  become \nholy  ground. \n\n\"That's  hallowed  ground  where,  mourned  and  missed, \nThe  lips  repose  our  love  has  kissed ; \nBut  Where's  their  memory's  mansion  ?    Is't \n\nYon  churchyard's  bowers  ? \nNo  !  in  ourselves  their  souls  exist, \n\nA  part  of  ours. \n\n'*  A  kiss  can  consecrate  the  ground \nWhere  mated  hearts  are  mutual  bound  : \nThe  spot  where  love's  first  links  were  wound, \n\nThat  ne'er  are  riven, \nIs  hallowed  down  to  earth's  profound, \n\nAnd  up  to  heaven ! \n\n\n17 \n\n**  What  hallows  ground  where  heroes  sleep  ? \n'  Tis  not  the  sculptured  piles  you  heap  I \nIn  dews  that  heavens  far  distant  weep \n\nTheir  turf  may  bloom, \nOr  Genii  twine  beneath  the  deep \n\nTheir  coral  tomb. \n\nBut  strew  his  ashes  to  the  wind \n\nWhose  sword  or  voice  has  served  mankind, — \n\nAnd  b  he  dead  whose  glorious  mind \n\nLifts  thine  on  high  ? \nTo  live  in  hearts  we  leave  behind \n\nIs  not  to  die. \n\n\"  What's  hallowed  ground  ?    *  Tis  what  gives  birth \nTo  sacred  thoughts  in  souls  of  worth  I \nPeace  1  Independence !  Truth !  go  forth \n\nEarth's  compass  round ; \nAnd  your  high-priesthood  shall  make  earth \nAll  hallowed  ground.*' \n\nFather,  Thou  art  here.  Thou  art  always  wherever  we  are. \nWe  need  not  look  for  sorae  special  manifestation  of  Thee  to \nconsecrate  any  place.  It  is  for  us  to  recognize  Thee  and \nconsecrate  ourselves;  then  each  place  is  holy  ground. \nAmen. \n\n\n(Jnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .    ...  20  cents. \n\n\"    Doi ^7.50 \n\n\"      Ootb,    \"    Copy,    .    ...  30  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  ver^  thoroughly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use,  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \not  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nbst  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgmenu  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \naa  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  UniUrian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntise. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\n•  Edwakd  a.  Hortom. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Father*  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  *'  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectlv  natural  I  Their  reading  and  study  nave  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudv  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Unitarians  concerning  the  greatest \niubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adaptea  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  ome  skill  in  the  matter  of  interpretation, \n\nQBO.  H.  BLLIS,  Publisher,  141  Franklin  St.,  Boston,  Mats. \n\n\nPubllBbed  weekly*  Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  5  cents  slng-le  oo] \n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\n\nVol.  13  JUNE  3,  1892  No.  34 \n\n\nIN  HONOR  OF  OUR  DEAD \n\n\nHOSTON \n\nr.EORGE   H.   ELLIS.   141    FRANKLIN  STREET \n1S92 \n\n\nEnUrtd  at  the  Post-ojffvf.  Ho*tou,  Masi..  u«  tfeonJ-clau  mail  matter. \n\n\nMr.  Savage's   Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction,     lamo |i.od \n\nThese  Degenerate  Days.    Small  i6mo.     Flexible so \n\nMy  Creed,     tamo i.oo \n\nPoems.    i6mo.    FaUsilt    With  portrait 1.50 \n\nLq^ht  on  the  Cloud.     i6mo.    Full  gilt 1.15 \n\nSocial  Problems,     lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Rebnotis  Life,    lamo 1.00 \n\nBelief  in  God.     ismo                     1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.     lamo         1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  the  Bible.          1.00 \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,     lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Morals  of  Erolution.     ismo 1.00 \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,     laroo          t.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.     lamo t.oo \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood,     lamo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religion  of  Evolution,     tamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questions.     i6roo       1.00 \n\nBluffton:   A  Stonr  of  To^ay.     lamo i.|o \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.     lamo i.oe \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,     lamo 1.00 \n\nLife,     larao t.oo \n\nThe  Minister's   Hand-book.     For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.     Cloth 7S \n\nSacred   S<mgs  fur    Public  Worship.      A   Hymn   and  Tune \n\nBook.     Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth                       1.00 \n\nLeather  ...  t.jo \nUnitarian  Catechism.    With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy accents.     Per  dos.,  t.50 \n\n••      Cloth,        •«                .    .     .    JO     ••                \"  a.so \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  vk^exlv  sermons  are  regulaHv  printed  in  pamphlet \nform  in  \"  Unity  Pulpit.\"  Subscription  price,  tor  the  season,  #1.50; \nsingle  copies,  s  cenu. \n\nGSO.  M.  SLLIS,  PuUitMtr, \n\nI4t  FvmHklm  SU^  BatUm,  JUum. \n\n\nIN  HONOR  OF  OUR  DEAD. \n\n\n\"  But  we  would  not  have  you  ignorant,  brethren,  concerning  them  that \nfall  asleep ;  that  ye  sorrow  not,  even  as  the  rest,  which  have  no  hope.\"  — \nI  Thess.  iv.  13. \n\nAfter  my  subject  was  sent  to  the  press,  it  occurred  to  me \nthat  possibly,  taken  in  connection  with  the  day,  the  day \nbefore  the  30th  of  May,  it  might  be  misleading  to  some, — \nthat  they  might  suppose  I  was  to  preach  a  strictly  Memorial \nDay  sermon  this  morning,  a  sermon  in  memory  of  our  na- \ntional dead.  This  is  not,  however,  my  purpose.  I  intended \nthis  sermon  to  follow  almost  immediately  after  the  one \npreached  a  few  weeks  ago,  entitled  \"  Death  and  After.\"  It \nwas  to  be  a  sort  of  supplement  to  that  sermon.  But  I  was \nhindered  from  giving  it  at  that  time,  and  almost  inadvertently \ndecided  to  give  it  on  this  day.  Many  things  which  I  intend \nto  say  will  be  as  appropriate,  however,  to  the  way  in  which \nwe  regard  the  loved  and  lost,  the  honored  of  our  national \ndead,  as  those  to  whom  we  stood  in  purely  personal  and \nprivate  relations. \n\nIn  old  times,  and  among  certain  barbaric  people  still, \nthere  have  been  found,  and  are  found  now,  barbaric  customs, \nbarbaric  ideas,  connected  with  death,  with  the  thought  as  to \nwhere  the  spirit  has  gone,  with  the  disposition  of  the  body, \nand  with  all  those  things  connected  with  the  going  away \nfrom  us  of  friends.  Among  these  barbaric  people  it  has \nbeen  very  common  to  disfigure,  to  mutilate,  the  body  on  the \npart  of  the  mourner.  It  has  been  very  common  to  stand  in \nawe,  sometimes  even  in  positive  terror,  of  the  spirits  of  those \n\n*  Phonographically  reported. \n\n\nthat  have  gone,  who  are  supposed  still  to  linger  about  the  place \nof  burial.  There  have  been  barbaric  methods  of  dispK>sing \nof  the  bodies  of  the  dead.  Among  the  Parsees,  for  instance, \nit  is  still  the  custom  to  place  them  in  high  towers,  called \n\"  Towers  of  Silence,\"  leaving  them  for  the  birds  of  the  air  to \ndevour.  Among  the  ancient  Egyptians  an  attempt  was  made \nto  preserve  the  bodies  by  turning  them  into  mummies,  so \nthat  they  have  existed  in  this  state  for  thousands  of  years. \n\nWe  look  back  at  those  old  times,  we  review  these  customs, \nwith  a  certain  air  of  repugnance.  We  wonder  that  people \ncan  be  as  it  seems  to  us  from  our  present  point  of  view \nso  uncivilized.  But,  friends,  we  ourselves  as  yet  are  only \npartially  civilized  in  the  ideas  we  have  of  those  who  have \ngone,  and  in  the  methods  we  adopt  to  show  our  sorrow  and \npay  them  reverence  and  honor. \n\nThat  old  fear  of  the  dead  still  lingers  somewhere  in  the \nchambers  of  the  brains  of  most  of  us.  Friends  will  watch \nnight  and  day  by  the  bedside  of  some  loved  one  as  he  sinks \ndown  towards  the  shadow,  linger  lovingly  with  him  so  long  as \nthere  is  a  trace  of  a  heart-beat,  so  long  as  a  mirror  can  be \nslightly  moistened  by  the  last  remnant  of  breath,  with  all \nlove,  all  tenderness,  all  care.  But  the  moment  that  life  has \nceased  this  inexplicable  fear  seizes  upon  them;  and  it  would \nbe  almost  impossible  to  persuade  or  hire  them  to  spend  a \nnight  alone  with  the  body  of  the  one  they  have  so  loved. \nAre  we  civilized  so  long  as  we  can  imagine  that  death  has \nthe  power  to  so  change  our  loved  ones  as  to  turn  into  a \nsource  of  fear  that  which  was  a  source  of  tenderness  and \nlove  but  a  moment  ago? \n\nThen  it  seems  to  me  that  we  are  hardly  more  civilized  in \nregard  to  the  methods  by  which  we  conduct  our  funerals,  the \nmethods  by  which  we  dispose  of  the  bodies  of  our  dead,  the \nmethods  by  which  we  honor,  as  we  suppose,  their  memories \nin  connection  with  the  place  of  their  rest. \n\nI  know  it  is  a  somewhat  hopeless  task  to  declaim  against \npopular  customs,  popular  prejudices,  deep-rooted  sentiments \nand  feelings ;  and  yet  it  seems  to  me  that  it  is  worth  our \n\n\n5 \n\nwhile  to  consider  carefully  a  few  of  these  matters,  and  see  if \nwe  can  bring  our  methods  of  honoring  those  who  have  left \nus  into  accord  with  the  great  hopes  that  thrill  us  and  into \naccord  with  our  own  belief.  For  we  profess  to  believe  that \nthey  are  not  dead,  but  ar<e  alive  forevermore. \n\nLet  me,  then,  go  over  some  of  these  matters  with  you  in \nas  familiar  and  simple  a  way  as  I  can,  and  suggest  certain \ndirections  in  which  we  should  labor  to  bring  ourselves  to \nthink  not  only,  but  to  act. \n\nIn  the  first  place,  note  the  conduct  of  the  ordinary  funeral. \nIt  seems  to  me  very  unreasonable,  very  unwise,  and  many \ntimes  something  more  than  that, — a  source  of  positive  harm \nto  the  living  instead  of  being  a  tender  recognition  of  the \ndead.  I  have  been  present  in  my  life  a  great  many  times, — \nsometimes  when  the  conduct  of  a  funeral  has  been  in  my \nown  hands  and  sometimes  when  it  has  not, —  when  I  have \nbeheld  scenes  like  this :  the  body  in  the  casket  surrounded \nby  those  that  loved  the  one  who  has  gone  away,  a  crowd \nmade  up  of  friends  and  of  curious  on-lookers;  the  body \nlooked  at  for  the  last  time,  wept  and  sobbed  over  by  those \nwho  stood  nearest,  while,  clear  to  the  outskirts  of  the  gazing \ncrowd,  were  people  critically  looking  on,  ready  to  go  away \nand  in  the  afternoon  or  morrow  make  their  comments  as  to \nhow  the  others  \"  bore  it \" ;  asking  one  another,  or  perhaps \nsome  one  who  was  not  there  asking  them,  if  the  friends \nseemed  to  \"  feel  it  very  badly.\"  I  do  not  know  how  many \ntimes  I  have  had  such  questions  asked  me ;  and  I  have  felt \ninsulted  that  this  should  be  what  people  were  thinking  of  at \nsuch  an  hour :  \"  How  did  they  feel  ? \"  \"  Did  they  show  much \ngrief.?\"  \"Did  they  cry  a  great  deal?\"  If  they  did  cry  a \ngreat  deal,  perhaps  there  would  come  the  comment,  \"It  is \nnot  the  one  that  cries  the  most  that  feels  the  most.\"  If  they \ndid  not  cry,  then  that  was  possibly  taken  as  a  lack  of  feeling. \nI  cannot  understand  how  people  can  expose  themselves  in \nthis  public  way  to  this  sort  of  thing. \n\nThen  the  friends  themselves,  who  have  watched  through \nthe   long,  long,  painful  illness,  weary  and  worn,  physically \n\n\nweak,  nervously  excited  or  prostrated,  are  expected  to  listen \nto  warnings  about  the  future,  to  the  talk  about  the  sudden- \nness and  horror  of  death,  in  the  midst  of  a  crowd  to  be \npreached  at,  to  be  comforted  in  public,  to  be  wrought  upon \nuntil  perhaps  the  nervous  system  itself,  from  the  strain,  gives \nway,  and  illness  is  the  result.  The  whole  thing  seems  to  me \na  lack  not  only  in  taste,  a  lack  not  only  in  caring  for  the \nhealth  of  the  living,  but  barbaric  in  its  entire  nature. \n\nWhat  would  I  have  ?  I  would  have  one  of  two  things.  I \nwould  have  the  service  strictly  private,  with  nobody  but  the \nintimate  friends  there,  and  with  nobody  but  the  friends  at  the \nburial.  Then,  if  you  choose,  have  a  memorial  service  a  week \nor  two  afterwards,  when  there  has  been  time  to  rest,  and \nwhen  people  have  somewhat  recovered  from  the  numbness \nof  the  first  shock,  and  are  perhaps  ready  to  listen  and  think \nand  accept  comfort  and  consolation. \n\nOr  I  would  have  the  service,  with  the  friends  gathered,  if \nyou  please,  but  those  in  immediate  relation  to  the  departed \none  not  present,  not  seen.  Let  grief  be  quiet  and  secluded. \nThen  let  those  who  have  attended  the  service  depart,  and \nthe  burial  be  in  the  hands  of  those  who  loved  him,  in  their \nhands  alone. \n\nDoes  it  mean  grief  or  vulgar  display  when  there  is  a  pro- \ncession of  fifty  or  a  hundred  carriages  through  the  streets  on \nthe  way  to  the  cemetery  ?  Here,  again,  is  a  touch  of  bar- \nbarism. It  was  very  common  among  barbaric  people  to  bum \neverything  that  belonged  to  the  dead.  His  house,  furniture, \nclothing,  and  property  of  every  sort  were  burned,  and  the \nfamily  left  stripped  and  poor.  Do  we  not  to  day  frequently \napproach  very  near  to  that  by  expenditure  for  the  sake  of \ndisplay,  that  we  may  say  we  have  given  a  great  funeral? \nEnough  for  that.  Let  me  turn  to  another  phase  of  the \ntheme. \n\nHow  shall  we  dispose  of  the  bodies  of  the  dead  ?  This \nis  not  a  matter  merely  for  taste  to  decide.  It  is  not  a  matter \nin  which  we  ought  to  be  free  to  follow  our  own  inclination \nalone.     It  is  a  matter  for  conscience.    It  is  a  matter  in  which \n\n\nwe  are  to  consider  not  only  the  honor  to  the  dead,  but  the \nrights,  the  health,  often  the  life,  of  the  living. \n\nI  think  that  the  methods  which  we  use  to  day  are  fre- \nquently not  so  wise  or  civilized  as  were  those  of  ancient \nEgypt.  The  body  then  was  so  thoroughly  embalmed,  so \ncarefully  prepared,  and  so  carefully  entombed  that  at  least \nit  was  not  a  constant  menace  to  the  living. \n\nThe  method  of  the  Parsees,  though  it  might  not  commend \nitself  to  us  to-day,  was  at  any  rate  a  good  deal  wiser  in  a \nsanitary  way  and  a  good  deal  more  considerate  of  the  rights \nof  those  who  were  left  behind  than  some  of  our  methods. \n\nWhat  would  I  have  done  with  the  body  ?  Pardon  me  as \nI  speak  of  these  things  this  morning.  I  believe  it  is  more \nthan  a  matter  of  sentiment.  It  is  a  matter  that  touches  the \nquestion  of  right  and  wrong.  Do  not  understand  me  as \nspeaking  in  any  way  except  with  the  gendest  sympathy, \nwhile  I  try  to  express  what  seem  to  me  right  views  on  the \nsubject. \n\nI  would  choose  in  my  own  case,  if  I  might,  cremation. \nWhat  are  the  reasons  that  stand  in  the  way  of  this? \nPopular  prejudice,  mingled  with  hardly  traceable  remnants \nof  theological  ideas.  The  old  Greeks  burned  the  bodies  of \nthe  dead.  When  Christianity  came  and  took  possession  of \nthe  civilized  world,  it  brought  with  it  this  universal  belief \nin  the  physical  resurrection  of  the  body ;  and  for  ages  this \nwas  the  belief  of  the  Church.  In  some  quarters  it  has  been \nsupposed,  and  I  believe  is  to-day,  that  the  soul  itself  sleeps \nin  the  grave  until  the  resurrection  at  the  time  of  the  day  of \njudgment,  so  that  the  soul  and  the  body  are  there  together \nunderground.  Others  believe  that  the  soul  exists  in  some  in- \ntermediate state,  wailing  for  the  resurrection  of  the  body.  It \nhas  been  taught,  I  think  by  men  like  Mr,  Spurgeon  and  Mr. \nTalmage,  that  the  life  is  not  complete  in  the  next  world, \neither  in  hell  for  suffering  or  heaven  for  delight,  until  the \nsoul  gets  back  again  its  own  body,  and  so  is  the  complete \nperson  it  used  to  be  here.  I  need  not  stop  to  argue  with \nyou  this  morning  about  the  utter  absurdity  of  this  doctrine \n\n\n8 \n\nof  the  physical  resurrection  ;  and  yet  I  take  it  that  in  the \nmind  of  a  great  many  people  to-day  cremation  is  looked \nupon  with  suspicion,  and  is  opposed  because  of  the  lingering \nideas  of  this  physical  resurrection  in  the  minds  of  people  who \nperhaps  do  not  clearly  accept  it.  There  is  supposed  to  be \nsomething  pagan,  something  irreligious,  about  burning  the \nbody. \n\nBut  suppose  one  did  believe  in  the  physical  resurrection  : \nwhy  should  that  stand  in  the  way?  Mr.  Talmage,  not  a \ngreat  while  ago,  described  the  resurrection  in  a  very  vivid \nstyle,  representing  lost  legs  and  arms  and  other  members \ncoming  from  different  quarters  of  the  earth  where  they  had \nbeen  scattered,  flying  through  the  air,  attracted  to  each \nother,  called  together  by  the  omnipotence  of  the  divine \npower,  in  order  that  the  body  might  be  made  one  again.  We \nknow  perfectly  well  that  the  body  passes  into  a  thousand \nforms  of  life,  even  when  it  is  buried,  so  that  it  is  scattered  to \nthe  four  corners  of  the  earth  and  the  four  winds.  Now,  if \nGod  is  able  to  gather  the  remnants  of  the  body  from  every \nbattle-field,  from  places  where  some  accident  has  occurred \nand  the  loss  of  limbs  was  the  result,  to  gather  the  particles \nof  the  body  from  different  places  where  it  is  buried,  could \nnot  the  same  omnipotence  gather  the  same  particles  from  the \nplaces  whither  they  may  have  been  carried,  under  the  process \nof  cremation  ?  You  are  aware  of  course  that  the  fire  destroys \nnothing,  that  not  one  particle  of  that  which  makes  up  the \nbody  is  annihilated  or  ever  ceases  to  exist. \n\nAnother  thing.  The  process  of  combustion  and  the  proc- \ness of  natural  decay,  chemically  considered,  are  precisely \nthe  same.  What  is  the  difference,  then  ?  In  one  case,  the \nprocess  is  swift,  is  sweet,  is  clean,  is  healthful,  so  far  as  the \nliving  are  concerned.  In  the  other  case,  it  is  slow,  unclean, \nit  is  horrible,  it  is  unhealthful,  so  far  as  the  living  are  con- \ncerned. And  yet  I  know  a  great  many  people  who  seek \nto  hinder  the  process  of  natural  decay,  even  on  the  part  of \nthe  bodies  that  are  buried.  It  is  the  custom  to  have  a \nbrick  vault  made,  select  a  metallic  casket,  and  have  every- \n\n\nthing  done  for  the  purpose  of  prolonging  the  process,  a \nprocess  that  is  absolutely  inevitable  and  that  must  come. \nProlong  it  through  what?  Friends,  if  you  would  only  use \nyour  imagination  a  little,  if  you  would  only  think  of  what  is \nbeneath  the  grasses  and  the  flowers  that  you  lay  on  the \ngrave,  if  you  would  only  think  as  to  what  is  going  on  be- \nneath, you  would  wish  that  it  should  be  rapid,  you  would \nwish  that  it  should  be  sweet,  that  it  should  be  clean  and \nhealthful. \n\nIf  I  could  not  have  my  body  cremated,  the  next  best  thing \nand  the  one  that  I  should  desire  would  be  that  it  might  be \nenclosed  in  an  open-work  willow  basket  in  such  a  way  that \nthe  loving  world-mother  might  fold  it  in  her  arms  as  rapidly \nas  possible,  and  speed  the  disagreeable  process  of  earth  to \nearth,  ashes  to  ashes,  dust  to  dust.  As  at  present  the  matter \nis  managed,  our  cemeteries  are  nurseries  of  corruption,  nur- \nseries of  disease,  nurseries  of  everything  that  is  horrible  and \nundesirable.  We  are  not  yet  civilized  enough  to  dispose  of \nthe  worn-out  garments  of  the  soul  without  making  them  con- \nstant and  year-long  menaces  to  the  living. \n\nI  found  in  the  last  number  of  Harper's  Magazine^  the  June \nnumber,  a  sonnet  \"  On  Cremation.\"  Do  you  wonder  that  it \ncan  inspire  a  song?  The  sonnet  is  so  beautiful  in  the  main, \nand  fits  so  perfectly  the  ideas  which  I  hold  and  would  con- \nvey on  the  subject,  that  I  will  take  the  liberty  of  reading  it \nto  you.  It  is  by  Mr.  George  Horton,  a  writer  with  whom  I \nam  not  familiar. \n\n**  It  matters  little  to  the  winged  sprite \nThat  flits  and  flits  the  clustered  stars  among \nWhat  fate  befell  the  useless  vesture  flung \nSo  sadly  earthward  at  the  time  of  flight. \nEyes  dazzled  by  a  sudden  flood  of  light \nCannot  look  into  darkness ;  hymns  are  sung \nIn  vain  for  spirit  ears,  on  which  has  rung \nGod's  perfect  music,  heard  at  last  aright. \nYet  for  this  worn-out  garment  seems  more  fit \nThan  beak  of  Parsee  bird,  or  wormy  shroud, \n\n\nlO \n\nOr  grinning  ages  in  Egyptian  pit, \nA  chant  of  merry  fire  tongues  singing  luud. \nWhile  deft  flame  fingers  shall  unravel  it. \nAnd  slim  wind  fingers  weave  it  into  cloud.** \n\nWhat  better  thing  can  we  wish  for  these  bodies,  when  we \nare  done  with  them,  than  that  as  quickly  as  possible,  and \nwith  perfect  safety  to  the  living,  they  should  go  back,  not  to \nfestering  corruption,  but  into  grass-blades,  into  flower  leaves \nand  flower  fragrance,  into  trees  that  climb  up  and  play \nwith  the  winds  and  drink  in  the  light,  into  all  fair,  sweet, \nbeautiful  forms?  This  is  our  natural  destiny:  let  us  then \nhasten  it,  hasten  it.  God*s  process  is  of  life  and  of  beauty, \nnot  a  process  of  decay  and  ugliness. \n\nOne  more  point  I  wish  to  speak  of ;  and  that  is  our  method \nof  honoring  the  dead  in  the  matter  of  personal  dress  and \nhabit,  and  in  the  management  of  our  cemeteries. \n\nIt  is  natural  that  those  who  have  lost  friends  should  for  a \nlittle  time  withdraw  into  seclusion,  into  quiet.  They  cannot \nbear  for  a  while  too  much  light  They  cannot  bear  the  glad- \nness of  the  outside  world ;  for  they  are  bereft  and  alone.  All \nthis  is  fitting  and  sweet  and  true.  But  I  do  wish  to  suggest \nto  you  whether  there  is  not  something  barbaric  in  our  ordi* \nnary  methods  of  mourning.  There  is  but  one  excuse  for  tem- \nporarily wearing  black ;  and  that  is  to  shield  the  mourner, \nwho  might  be  wounded  by  the  careless  talk  of  the  outside \nworld,  and  who  thus  may  warn  those  that  she  approaches \nthat  she  carries  a  fresh  sorrow  too  deep,  too  sacred,  to  be \nprofanely  touched.  But  much  of  that  which  goes  by  the \nname  of  mourning  is  only  hideous,  and  a  good  deal  of  it \nis  unreal. \n\nWhen  it  comes  to  measuring  sorrow  for  the  loss  of  a  friend \nby  the  width  of  black  on  white,  and  when  you  taper  off  the \nsign  of  your  mourning,  measuring  out  so  many  weeks  and \nmonths  until  by  and  by  you  blossom  out  again  into  the \ngorgeousness  of  the  past,  so  far  as  the  world  can  see,  there \nseems  to  me  something  formal,  something  perfunctory, \nsomething  ceremonial,  something  repellent  about  it.     I  do \n\n\nII \n\nnot  believe  that  our  loved  ones  would  wish,  as  they  look \nback,  that  we  should  deck  ourselves*  after  this  fashion. \nWhere  are  they  ?  If  our  belief  means  anything,  they  have \ngone  into  life.  We  are  sad  at  being  left  alone,  but  not  sad \nfor  them.  Let  us  show  our  sorrow,  then,  in  wiser,  more \nhuman,  more  fitting  ways. \n\nThen  as  to  our  cemeteries,  it  seems  to  me  lamentable. \nYou  go  through  Greenwood,  through  the  great  cemeteries  of \nour  great  cities,  and  there  is  little  beauty  and  no  art :  there \nis  only  expensive  display.  Every  year  thousands  and  thou- \nsands of  dollars  are  spent  in  this  sort  of  ostentation  of  no \nbenefit  to  the  dead  who  live  forevermore,  while  it  is  a  serious \ntax  upon  the  living. \n\nIf  money  be  spent,  let  it  be  put  into  something  that  shall \nfitly  memorialize  the  loved  one,  something  that  shall  suggest \nwhat  this  loved  one  lived  for,  something  that  shall  go  on \nvivifying  and  lifting  and  not  taking  away  from  the  already \nscanty  supply  of  the  wealth  of  the  world. \n\nHow  shall  we  then  honor  our  dead, —  the  dead  who  have \nleft  our  homes,  the  dead  who  have  made  famous  our  nation  ? \n\nIn  the  first  place,  if  you  believe  that  they  are  alive,  make \nthat  a  living,  controlling,  shaping  power  in  your  action.  Live \nas  though  you  believed  it.  Dress  as  though  you  believed  it. \nSpeak  as  though  you  believed  it.  Spend  your  money  as \nthough  you  believed  it,  in  so  far  as  it  touches  them.  It  is \nlife,  not  death,  we  celebrate.  Let  us  then  let  the  world \nknow  that  we  believe  that  the  grave  is  only  a  gateway,  not  a \ncharnel-house. \n\nCherish  the  thoughts,  the  memories,  the  virtues,  of  your \nloved  ones  in  your  hearts,  and  let  them  become  mainspring \nand  motive  force.  I  think  we  may  most  fitly  honor  the  dead \nby  seeing  to  it  that  the  influence  of  their  lives  does  not \ncease.  We  say.  If  only  those  who  have  gone  away  could \nhave  left  behind  their  experience,  if  they  could  have  left \ntheir  virtues,  their  accumulated  knowledge  for  us !  In  one \nsense,  they  may,  if  we  will  help  to  carry  out  such  a  bequest. \nInstead  of  going  apart  into  yourselves,  in  the  selfishness  of \n\n\n12 \n\na  sorrow  that  leaves  the  world  because  a  friend  has  left  it,  go \nout  into  the  world  and  labor  in  such  a  way  that  the  life  that \nseems  to  have  ceased  may  be  carried  on  and  completed.  In \nother  words,  see  to  it  that  the  world  is  not  poorer  because \nthese  loved  ones  have  gone  away.  See  to  it  that  the  things \nthey  cared  for  are  perpetuated,  that  the  work  they  left  in- \ncomplete is  finished.  See  to  it  that  they  still  live  as  a  power \nin  society,  a  power  in  the  church,  a  power  among  men,  a \npower  for  high  ideals,  a  power  for  noble  patriotism  and  de- \nvotion. \n\nThen  let  the  memory  of  that  be  the  mainspring  of  all  high \nhope  and  noble  purpose  on  the  part  of  our  own  lives. \n\nThere  are  thousands  of  noble  instances  where  lives  have \nbeen  made  grand  in  memory  of  some  one  who  has  gone. \nWe  are  familiar  with  one  noble  example  that  happens  to  be \nso  conspicuous  that  the  whole  nation  may  look  on.  Young \nLeland  Stanford,  Jr.,  died  when  hardly  more  than  a  boy ;  but \nhe  seems  to  have  been  a  boy  of  singularly  gentle  nature, \nsympathetic  and  kind.  There  are  works  of  charity  going  on \nin  the  city  of  San  Francisco  that  sprang  up  through  his  per- \nsonal interest  and  personal  request  before  he  died.  He \nwould  become  interested  in  some  object,  and  go  to  his \nmother  and  say,  **  I  want  you  to  help  that  on,  for  it  seems  to \nme  it  is  something  that  ought  to  be  done \" ;  and  for  his \nsake  the  mother  endowed  charity  after  charity.  When  he \nwas  taken  away,  they  built  indeed  a  beautiful  monument \nover  his  grave,  but  not  an  expensive  monument  for  them. \nThe  one  great  thing  that  has  been  done  is  to  start  into \nactivity  a  university  that  shall  speak  his  name  all  down \nthe  ages,  that  shall  do  a  work  of  education,  of  uplifting  of \nthe  popular  life  such  as  probably  never  would  have  been \ndreamed  of  but  for  his  death.  That  little  grave  becomes  the \nmainspring  and  motive  power  of  a  great  service  to  humanity. \nThis,  I  say,  is  a  conspicuous  case.  But  there  are  cases  by \nthe  thousand  in  the  world  and  in  our  own  country,  there  are \ncases  in  this  room  to-day,  where  the  memory  of  some  loved \none  is  every  day  a  power  in  the  life  and  aspiration  of  the \n\n\n13 \n\nliving.  Is  not  this  the  true  way  of  honoring  our  dead  ? \nThey  live  indeed  forever.  They  carry  on  their  work  in  the \nunseen.  They  live  in  our  hearts,  consciousness,  thoughts, \nlives,  and  are  part  of  ourselves.  But,  if  we  make  them  the \nmainspring  of  character,  then  we  continue  their  service,  we \ncontinue  their  labors,  we  continue  their  inspiration,  here  still \namong  men. \n\nAs  giving  a  fine  and  beautiful  expression  of  this  thought, \nI  wish  to  read  to  you  a  part  of  that  poem  which  has  be- \ncome trite,  and  which  will  become  more  trite  as  the  years  go \nby,  because  of  its  surpassing  power  and  beauty, —  these  words \nof  George  Eliot :  — \n\n\"  Oh,  may  I  join  the  choir  invisible \nOf  those  immortal  dead  who  live  again \nIn  mind<(  made  better  by  their  presence  :  live \nIn  pulses  stirred  to  generosity, \nIn  deeds  of  daring  rectitude,  in  scorn \nFor  miserable  aims  that  end  with  self, \nIn  thoughts  sublime  that  pierce  the  night  like  stars, \nAnd  with  their  mild  persistence  urge  man's  search \nTo  vaster  issues. \n\nSo  to  live  is  heaven : \nTo  make  undying  music  in  the  world. \nBreathing  as  beauteous  order  that  controls \nWith  growing  sway  the  growing  life  of  man. \n\n\nThis  is  life  to  come, \nWhich  martyred  men  have  made  more  glorious. \nFor  us  who  strive  to  follow.    May  I  reach \nThat  purest  heaven,  be  to  other  souls \nThe  cup  of  strength  in  some  great  agony. \nEnkindle  generous  ardor,  feed  pure  love. \nBeget  the  smiles  that  have  no  cruelty, \nBe  the  sweet  presence  of  a  good  diffused, \nAnd  in  diffusion  ever  more  intense. \nSo  shall  I  join  the  choir  invisible \nWhose  music  is  the  gladness  of  the  world.\" \n\nThey  live,  I  say,  as  do  we;  but  we  can  make  them  live  here \nstill  as  well  as  yonder.     If  they  could  speak  to  us, —  those \n\n\n14 \n\nloved,  those  heroic  souls, —  would  they  not  tell  us  not  to  bow \ndown  our  heads  like  a  bulrush  and  cover  ourselves  with  sack- \ncloth and  darken  our  lives?  They  would  bid  us  lift  up \nour  heads  and  look  to  the  country  whither  they  have  gone, \nand  then,  cherishing  the  inspiration  of  their  lives  and \nmemories  in  our  hearts,  go  out  and  make  them  a  part  of \nthat  ''choir  invisible  whose  music  is  the  gladness  of  the \nworia.\" \n\nFather,  it  is  one  family,  seen  and  unseen,  one  Father,  one \nlife.  Let  us  then  live  here  not  as  those  who  are  to  die,  but \nas  those  who  are  to  continue  to  live.  May  we  go  on  cherish- \ning in  our  hearts  this  trust  that  shall  turn  the  grave  into \na  gateway,  through  which  the  light  shines  of  that  country \nwhere  there  is  no  more  darkness  and  no  more  death !     Amen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM-  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ,     .     .  20  cents \n\n\"    Doi ^7.50 \n\n••   ^  Cloth y    \"    Copy,    .     .     ,     .  )0  cents. \n\n\"    Doi $2,^0 \n\n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  supply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  ver^  thorougnly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  large  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  If  any  one  finds  comments  and \ncriticisms  which  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes:  it  cannot  simply  AogUkZ- \ntize.  I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  \"  Our  children  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  luve  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scnoiarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudy  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrief  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  Uniurians  conceming  the  greatest \nsubject. \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  anst^-ers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  ome  skill  m  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS.  Publisher.  141  Franklin  St.,  Boston,  Mass. \n\n\nPubllBbed  weekly.         Price  $1.50  a  year,  or  6  centa  slncrle  ooi \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\n\nBOSTON \n\n\nVol.  13  JUNE  10,  1892  No.  35 \n\n\nANGELIC  MESSAGES \n\n\nBY \nREV.  E.  A.  HORTON \n\n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.   ELLIS,  141   FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\n\nEnttred  ut  the  Pott-ojfffce,  BcMton,  Afau.,  as  seeond-clasi  mail  mattftr. \n\n\nMr.   Savage's   Books. \n\n\nReligious  Reconstruction,     lamo $i.oo \n\nThese  Degenerate  Oayt.    Small  i6mo.     Flexible so \n\nMy  Creed.     laroo 1.00 \n\nPoeme.    i6mo.    FuUgilL    With  portrait 1.90 \n\nLight  on  the  Cloud.    i6mo.    Full  gilt 1.S5 \n\nSoaal  Problems,    ismo 1.00 \n\nThe  Religious  Life.     lamo i.oo \n\nBelief  in  God.     lamo                     1.00 \n\nBeliefs  about  Man.    tamo         1.00 \n\nBelief  about  the  Bible.         x.oo \n\nThe  Modem  Sphinx,     lamo x.oo \n\nThe  Morals  of  Evolution.     lamo i.oo \n\nTalks  about  Jesus,    ismo          i.oo \n\nMan,  Woman  and  Child.    lamo 1.00 \n\nChristianity  the  Science  of  Manhood,    ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Religion  of  ETolution.    lamo 1.50 \n\nLife  Questioos.    i6mo      ijoo \n\nBlnffton:  A  Storr  of  To^lay.    tamo t.jo \n\nHelps  for  Dailv  Living.    lamo x.oo \n\nThe  Signs  of  tne  Times,     tamo 1.00 \n\nLife,    ismo i.oo \n\nThe  Minister's  Hand-book.    For  Christenings,  Weddings, \n\nand  Funerals.    Cloth 75 \n\nSacred  Songs  for  Public  Worship.     A  Hymn  and  Tune \n\nBook.    Edited  by  M.  J.  Savage  and  Howard  M.  Dow. \n\nCloth 1.00 \n\nLeather                           i.jo \n\nUnitarian  Catechism.   With  an  Introduction  by  E.  A.  Horton. \n\nPnce,  Paper,  per  copy,  .    .    .    .     ao  cents.    Per  dos.,  i.co \n\n'*      Cloth,        ••               .    .    .    30     '•               \"  a.50 \n\n\nMr.  Savage's  weeklv  sermons  are  r^ularlv  printed  in  pamphlet \n{(Km  Vi  \"  Vtitf  Pulpit.**  Subscription  price,  for  the  season,  $i.so; \nif>if,\\t  copies,  5  cents. \n\nGSO.  H.  ELLIS,  PtMiskgr, \n\n141  Frankiin  St.^  SpsUn,  Mtu* \n\n\nANGELIC  MESSAGES.* \n\n\n\"  Some  said  it  thundered;  others  said  an  angel  spake.\" — John  xii.  29. \n\nIt  is  not  needful  for  me  to  enter  into  any  textual  consid- \neration of  this  passage.  It  is  simply  an  open  door  for  me  of \nsymbolism.  Far  from  that  Judean  scene  its  import  stretches \nto  you  and  to  me.  In  this  passage  lies  the  heart  of  the \ntroubles  of  to-day.  No  one  more  than  myself  admires  the \narray  of  victories  won  in  the  outer  world.  I  know,  with  you, \nhow  different  in  size  and  significance  is  existence  to  us \nto-day  compared  with  a  century  ago.  But  the  same  some- \nwhat personal  key  is  for  you  that  was  for  the  Greek  or  the \nRoman,  unlocking  the  mysteries  of  life  to  this  extent  that \none  may  have  self-possession  and  a  reserve  of  confidence \nwhereby  to  stand  firmly  in  life  and  do  the  duty  in  hand. \nWithout  a  solution  yet  of  the  ultimate  secrets  of  existence, \nit  is  possible  for  you  and  for  me,  amid  these  aggregated \nwonders  and  dazzling  splendors  of  modern  thought  and  life, \nto  have  a  calmness  of  mind  and  a  firm  allegiance  of  senti- \nment whereby  we  shall  not  experience  earthquakes  of  dis- \ntrust or  whirlwinds  of  dismaying  trials. \n\nIn  other  words,  it  is  the  trained  hearing  related  to  an \nintelligent  mind  which  gives  an  interpretation  of  life  satis- \nfactory, so  far  as  human  needs  are  concerned.  To-day  the \ngreat  difference  among  men  is  this  of  intelligence  of  hearing. \nGo  on  the  thoroughfares,  make  yourself  a  part  of  any  popu- \nlar assembly,  join  the  group  discussing  some  recent  essay, \nstudy  the  dividing  line  between  the  elements  there,  gather \ntheir  thoughts, —  some  say  it  thunders;  others  say  it  is  an \n\n*  Phonographically  reported. \n\n\nangel  speaking.  Is  it  a  chaotic,  muffled  outcome  of  conflict- \ning sounds  and  messages,  or  is  there  coherency,  is  there  a \npurpose,  is  there  a  pathway,  is  there  a  clew,  in  all  these  dis- \ntracting affairs  ?  When  rationalism  in  religion  is  decried,  it \nis  all  a  mistake  founded  on  a  misunderstanding ;  for,  with \nreason  as  a  clew,  we  are  proud  to  be  able  to  say,  \"  We  are \nrationalists.\" \n\nWhen  the  battles  of  the  Civil  War  were  raging, —  and \nyour  pastor  during  the  recent  week  has  surveyed  one  of \nthose  memorable  scenes, —  the  dull,  heavy  surge  of  sound \nwas  to  many  listeners  simply  thunder,  truly  and  literally. \nBut  to  the  patriots  who  wanted  to  see  an  unblemished  flag, \nand  desired  to  have  the  principles  of  this  republic  firmly \nembodied  in  some  permanent  form,  even  at  the  point  of \nthe  bayonet,  an  angel  spoke,  the  messenger  of  God  saying, \n\"  Out  of  apparent  destruction  and  chaos  the  Eternal  is  mak- \ning symmetry  and  grand  results.\" \n\nIt  would  be  very  vague  to  leave  you  here.  The  applica- \ntion is  what  I  wish  briefly  to  make.  We  meet  many  phases \nof  thought  and  life  which  disturb  those  who  are  earned. \nThe  superficial  are  never  troubled  in  this  way.  They  are \nchips  that  like  the  beating  of  the  frothy  waves.  The  serious \nperson  wants  to  know  what  life  means.  This  question \ncomes  ever  before  us :  Can  we  make  the  angelic  message  out \nof  what  seems  to  be  black  fatalism,  the  battling  of  fortuitous \natoms,  or  the  injustice  of  events  ? \n\nNow  let  us  apply  this  confidence.  It  is  not,  dear  friends, \na  weak,  fair-weather  optimism.  It  has  sinew.  It  has  been \nobtained  through  centuries  of  struggle.  It  is  for  Christianity \nall  along  the  line,  if  it  would  progress,  to  put  that  faith  before \nthe  people.  The  toiler  in  the  shop,  the  artisan  at  the  bench, \nthe  heavy-laden  professional  man,  the  inventor  starving  in \nthe  attic, —  we  must  take  them  and  all  who  are  working  out \nplans,  and  give  them  assurances  that  behind  the  mutterings \nand  discords  there  is  an  angelic  symphony  of  a  divine  intent, \nCO  working  with  human  nature.  It  is  fulfilling  its  destiny, \nand  gradually  creating  a  superb  kingdom  of  righteousness \nand  of  love. \n\n\nHow  is  it  in  the  first  place  with  this  outer  world  ?  The \nunenlightened  mind  hears  nothing  but  confused  utterances \nin  the  voices  of  nature.  The  preacher  who  brings  the \nregular  message  to  this  pulpit  has  this  truth  greatly  for  the \nundertone  of  all  he  says  to  you, —  that  in  the  beginning  there \nwere  no  ears  to  hear.  There  were  simply  reverberating \nvestibules,  material  on  which  the  sounds  of  nature  clashed \nand  warred.  But  when  the  brain  became  finer,  when  man \ndeveloped,  character  grew  and  the  hearing  ear  came.  The \nuniverse  was  just  the  same.  Old  Jupiter  shone  on ;  night \nand  day,  the  storm  and  shine,  followed  each  other ;  seasons \nrevolved.  But  why  is  nature  different  to  us }  Because  there \nhas  come  into  the  arena  a  man,  a  woman,  a  soul,  chorded  so \nthat  the  vibrating  strings  recognize  more  and  more  intelli- \ngence and  design. \n\nThe  scientific  view  does  much :  it  installs  law  and  order. \nThe  poet  sings  of  the  beautiful  in  nature  and  how  God  has \nplaced  it  there.  So,  too,  religion  has  something  to  contrib- \nute. Pure,  strong-eyed  religion  brings  that  vision  which \nJesus  called  insight,  and  which  every  soul  may  claim  to  pos- \nsess,—  not  simply  a  conviction,  not  simple  knowledge  or  the \nuse  of  facts,  but  combining  with  those  an  intelligent  and \ntrustworthy  faith  whereby  we  affirm  more  than  we  see,  and \nare  not  to  be  laughed  out  of  it,  either.  A  rational  faith  in \nspiritual  existence  and  realities,  with  just  as  much  foundation \nas  the  things  that  give  us  sight  in  their  sequence  and  order \nbefore  our  eyes.  That  ought  to  be  the  distinctive  mission  of \nthe  religious  message,  an  ethical  and  moral  religion,  so  that \nwe  trust  a  God  who  is  ethical,  and  not  a  God  who  is  arbi- \ntrary in  his  methods  of  dealing  with  this  primary  school  of \nthe  great  university  over  which  he  has  charge.  That  is  a \npoint  to  be  learned  to-day  in  the  matter  of  the  phases  of \nnature ;  that  there  is  no  clashing ;  we  believe  the  world  is \nsane ;  that  the  outer  world  brings  its  educational  influences \nupon  the  soul,  and  it  is  the  duty  to-day  to  understand  that \nexistence,  and  to  study  it  intelligently.  Religion  has  put  it \noff.     Piety  of  the  vaporous  kind  has  held  it  to  be  a  snare \n\n\nand  a  trap ;  but  we  friends,  gathered  here  to-day  in  the  light \nof  continued  revelation,  see  clearly  the  lesson  and  hear  dis- \ntinctly the  divine  tones.  We  see  it  in  the  flower,  the  bird, \nthe  star.  The  laws  of  the  universe  are  now  t)rpes  to  ever>' \npreacher  of  every  sect,  and  concern  every  worshipper. \n\nIn  other  words,  there  is  a  general  conviction  that  this  is \na  universe  to  be  understood ;  and,  if  you  and  I  fail  to  under- \nstand it,  we  are  going  to  suffer.  The  Lord  will  not  take  a \nChristian  or  a  pious  person  away  from  the  action  of  those \nlaws  because  he  thus  calls  himself  such  a  character.  Rightly \nto  relate  ourselves  to  that  outer  world  is  one  step  at  least  in \nan  ability  to  hear  the  angelic  message  spoken  when  the \nmorning  stars  sang  together  over  this  wonderful  and \nbeautiful  cluster  of  planets. \n\nThere  is  another  confusion  that  troubles  the  modem \nmind;  namely,  the  contradictory  utterances  of  experience. \nI  dare  say  I  speak  to  those  who  are  anxious  to  get  nearer  to \ncomfort.  They  often  say:  Those  are  brave  words  of  the \npreacher,  but  they  come  naturally  to  the  minister  because \nthey  are  his  vocabulary ;  and  his  language  grows  stronger \nevery  year  with  words  that  he  does  not  appreciate.  He \nutters  them  glibly.  Do  life's  varied  events  strike  to  the  toil- \nsome hearts  of  young  men  and  women  as  thunder,  or  are \nthey  angelic  voices  heard  in  their  vicissitudes }  What  have \nI  done.?  is  the  cry  of  the  sensitive  soul.  Why  is  God \nangry  with  me  ?  I  have  lost  money,  I  am  ill,  I  have  lost \nfame,  I  am  a  foot  ball  kicked  about  by  circumstances.  AVhy \nam  I  treated  thus  by  the  Almighty?  And  yet  out  of  these \nmutterings,  when  the  mind  faces  correctly,  we  say  an  angel \nis  speaking.  It  is  hard  and  confused  perhaps ;  but,  when  the \ntrue  spirit  is  in  you,  there  is  this  power  of  correct  interpreta- \ntion. If  Longfellow  says  that  '*into  each  life  some  rain \nmust  fall,\"  that  is  only  a  poetic  way  of  stating  what  is  logical, \nthat  you  cannot  get  grass  and  flowers  and  fruitage  without \nthe  cloud.  It  is  the  old  story  over  again  that  we  have \nfought  in  darkened  sick  chambers  or  felt  in  the  push  that \nsent  us  up  against  the  wall.     As  a  result,  we  have  come  into \n\n\nmore  open  places.  We  are  now  grateful  for  what  we  have \ngained  from  those  hard  times. \n\nThe  angel  says  this  about  the  confusion  of  the  voices  of \nexperience  :  There  is  a  world  to  be  conquered.  That  is  the \nvoice  of  the  nineteenth  century.  March  on  !  Run  away  from \nthe  duty  you  cannot.  I  am  not  speaking  of  the  universe,  but \nof  the  world  of  humanity  and  its  events.  You  are  to  be  with \nthe  bad  men ;  you  are  to  be  with  the  incompetent  and  the \nstupid;  you  are  to  be  with  all  humanity;  and  out  of  all \nthese  strange,  warring  elements,  if  you  are  steadfast,  incom- \nparable results  for  human  welfare  will  follow. \n\nThere  is  another  phase  by  which  we  are  confused  to-day, \n—  the  clashing  utterances  in  regard  to  society,  the  startling \nwounds  of  the  soul  that  seem  to  be  made  by  social  strife,  the \ndynamite  explosion,  the  stiletto  stab  in  the  dark,  mutterings \nin  the  wilderness  of  the  poor,  alarming  deeds  in  the  hiding- \nplaces  of  human  beings,  who  want  to  dash  civilization  down \nbecause  of  wrongs  that  have  come  to  pass.  There  are  omi- \nnous sounds  all  round,  not  simply  on  the  edges  of  society, \nbut  in  its  midst.     Is  it  thunder,  or  is  an  angel  speaking  ? \n\nNow,  friends,  do  not  misunderstand  me  if  I  say  that  even \nin  many  cases  where  there  is  the  stigma,  the  opprobrium  re- \nsulting from  this,  I  cannot  but  feel  that  frequently  it  is  the \nbetter  part  in  the  men  that  has  brought  the  indictment  and \ninvective  against  them.  Perhaps  they  ought  to  be  punished ; \nbut  it  is  because  human  nature  is  noble,  and  has  never  had \nits  true  deserts  and  wants  to  better  the  world  here,  that \nmany  of  these  mutterings  and  clashings  and  frictions  are \ngoing  on.  Let  there  be  a  deep  and  wide  charity, —  the  princi- \nple of  love,  a  love  that  is  forbearing  to  the  last.  Throw \nyour  money,  your  scholarship,  your  social  position,  whatso- \never you  have, —  throw  those  things  into  the  problem,  and \nsee  how  rapidly  matters  will  come  to  a  nobler  solution. \n\nLet  us  live  that  truth  and  that  humanity,  and  then  we  shall \nfind  that  this  is  what  the  message  says :  There  is  a  kingdom \nto  be  established ;  and  your  business  down  there  on  such  a \nstreet  is  not  simply  a  little  local  affair,  though  men  know  you \n\n\n8 \n\nchiefly  as  being  there.  The  effect,  the  spirit,  of  your  daily \nrectitude  and  purpose,  knit  you  in  with  a  kingdom  as  broad \nas  this  whole  community  and  still  far  extending  beyond  our \nlimits.  Whether  you  will  or  no,  this  is  going  on,  built  up  on \nthe  scaffolding  of  our  laws  and  usages ;  and  its  fair  propor- \ntions will  some  day  be  seen.  It  is  called  civilization.  It  is \ncalled  the  brotherhood  of  man.  It  is  called  the  true  life  of \nthe  soul.  It  is  called,  in  other  phrase,  the  city  of  God. \nBack  of  all  these  shif tings  and  conflicts  which  come  in  this \nstruggle  of  humanity  to-day  we  can  still  see  that  city  grow. \n\nThere  is  another  troublesome  aspect.  When  death  comes, \neven  with  some  of  us  who  have  said  such  brave  and \nbeautiful  things,  then,  alas !  we  bow  the  head.  The  house- \nhold says,  It  thunders:  why  was  death  ever  permitted  to \ncome  into  this  world }  This  will  come  home  freshly  to  some \nof  you,  considering  what  happened  this  morning.  From  the \nranks  our  friends  drop  out  constantly.  Let  us  resolve  here \nin  the  peaceful  surroundings  of  an  hour  of  worship  that  we \nwill  not  hereafter  be  so  disloyal  to  what  we  profess. \n\nYou  love  to  use  a  word,  one  that  I  will  bring  in,  though  it \nis  technical,  because  it  is  a  key-word.  You  are  fond  of \nspeaking  of  the  correlation  of  forces.  You  tell  your  boy \nhow  powers  live  on  in  the  outer  world,  no  matter  what \nchanges  they  reveal  externally.  It  is  just  the  same  in \nregard  to  spirit  forces,  only  here  we  are  not  so  consistent \nand  steady.  Death  is  not  a  loss,  a  breakage,  a  crumbling. \nWe  have  great  unfolding  powers,  and  because  of  their  might \nand  worth  we  share  the  change  called  death.  It  is,  alas !  one \nof  the  great  shadows  on  Christian  faith, —  this  failure  to  carry \nout  our  belief.  I  do  not  say  it  to  you  in  reproach.  I  am  as \ntroubled  and  at  times  as  disconsolate  as  any  of  you.  I  am \nnot  saying  this  to  make  sorer  the  tenderness  of  sorrow's \nwounds.  I  am  only  pointing  to  a  standard  which  ought  to \nreceive  our  attention.  It  is  wrong  for  us  to  show  such  a \ndecrepancy  between  what  we  say  we  believe  about  life  and \ndeath  and  our  actual  usages.  We  always  have  the  flowers \nand  songs  at  funerals,  that  they  may  carry  us  away  from  the \n\n\nvalley  of  shadow  to  the  uplands  where  the  light  perpetually \nis.  Why  not  make  these  symbols  permanent  in  our  thoughts, \nin  the  habiliments  which  we  wear,  in  the  tokens  to  be  used  ? \nIf  we  believe  —  and  I  do  with  all  my^soul  —  that  the  other \nworld  is  joined  with  this  by  divine  currents  and  purposes, \nthat  our  beloved  live  on  enfranchised  and  emancipated,  let \nus  have  the  jubilancy  that  comes  from  such  a  conviction. \nLet  us  see  the  angel  smiling  upon  us  in  the  place  of  the \nthunder-cloud  that  seems  to  speak  of  desolation  and  punish- \nment. \n\nA  character  to  make, —  that  is  a  sentence  embodying  the \nanswer  to  that  confusion.  Make  to-day  what  you  want  to \nstand,  and  then  you  need  have  no  fear  about  these  coming \nchanges.  The  good,  the  true,  the  beautiful,  in  a  life  here  on \nearth,  will  survive  in  God's  own  appointed  way  and  place \nhereafter. \n\nThere  is  another  phase  that  I  will  mention.  When  we  see \nthe  clashing  proclamations  of  modern  thought  in  this  city \nto-day  from  all  the  inhabitants,  what  wonder  that  so  many \nstay  at  home?  What  wonder  that  so  many  declare  their \nutter  scepticism,  that  they  say  there  is  no  possibility  of  a \nunity  in  Christendom  ?  One  pulpit  denounces  another.  Even \nin  the  household,  where  love  binds  the  members  together, \nthere  is  still  an  inherited  feeling  that  they  will  not  come  to- \ngether in  another  world.  Out  of  the  very  same  passage  of \nScripture  two  honest  and  intelligent  minds  will  find  two  con- \nflicting interpretations.  It  does  seem  to  some  as  though  the \nunion  of  forces  in  Christendom  would  never  come.  I  hear \nthe  angel  all  the  same :  it  is  not  thunder  to  me.  In  the  glo- \nrious blue,  arching  the  possibilities  of  religion,  I  see  the \nwhite-winged  messenger,  saying:  Go  on.  Do  not  smother \none  fraction  of  intellectual  debate.  Go  out  into  the  arena, \nand  let  your  faculties  have  play.  I  predict  that  in  the \ntwentieth  century  there  will  be  such  a  power  in  the  Christian \nopportunities  of  work,  of  character,  of  co-operation,  that  the \nold  definitions  will  have  lost  their  power  to  create  divisions \nor  to  set  denominations  in  deadly  warfare  one  against  the \n\n\nlO \n\nother.  I  see  a  glorious  rivalry  coming.  Thank  God  it  is  very- \nnear.  Church  after  church  will  say,  Let  us  go  out,  and  redeem \nthe  North  End ;  let  us  take  tatters  of!  and  put  clothes  on ; \nlet  us  furnish  bread  for  these  starving  souls ;  let  us  educate, \nuplift,  and  free  the  soul !  Men  will  not  smother  their  brains \nthen.  They  will  know  more  about  Christian  history  than \nthey  do  now.  They  will  know  more  philosophy  than  they  do \nnow.  But  they  will  come  at  last  to  that  truth  which  the  Al- \nmighty has  tried  to  enforce, —  to  learn  that  we  must  develop \nindividually  in  mental  fashion,  but  at  the  same  time  wear  the \nuniversal  garb  of  human  service  and  brotherhood.  That  is \nwhat  the  Christ  says.  Yes :  there  is  a  gospel,  to  use  a  good \nold  phrase.  What  Christendom  needs  to  understand  is  this : \nthere  is  a  gospel  to  enjoy,  not  to  fight  about,  not  to  throw \nover  into  the  hands  of  discord.  It  is  good  news,  as  the  term \n\"  gospel \"  really  means.  It  should  cast  light  on  the  common \npathway  of  our  lives,  and  glint  with  its  supernal  rays  even \nthe  shadows  that  lie  beyond  the  grave.  Let  the  vindictive \nspirit  of  sectarian  bigotry  die!  Let  the  power  of  creedal \ntyranny  perish  !  Vanish  more  and  more  the  mediaeval  mind \nwhich  portions  out  heaven  and  hell  and  final  awards  on  the \nbasis  of  narrow  texts  and  inherited  prejudices  1 \n\nFinally,  friends,  there  is  one  more  opportunity  for  distin- \nguishing with  the  hearing  ear.  Young  men  will  come  to  a \nminister  frequently,  and  say  not  what  I  have  just  uttered \nabout  the  distractions  of  Christianity,  but  about  truth :  What \nis  truth  ?  Is  there  any  truth  ?  Ay,  I  love  that  impetuous \nsally  of  the  young  manhood  or  the  young  womanhood.  I \nwelcome  it.  It  shows  there  is  life.  It  displays  earnestness. \nIt  evinces  a  disposition  not  to  live  on  tradition,  but  to  have \nbread  to  eat.  Does  it  only  thunder?  Wholly  aside  from \nany  pietistic  or  traditional  basis,  I  feel  that  God's  truth  is \ncoming  to  the  front  with  assuredness  more  and  more.  The \npersonal  unit,  but  raised  to  the  tenth  and  hundredth  power, \nbecomes  the  interpreter  of  life.  I  believe  that  gradually  one \ncan  emerge  from  doubt  and  confusion,  and  get  vision  of  cer- \ntain central  things.     Let  us  be  real.     Let  us  be  genuine.    Let \n\n\nII \n\nus  display  candor,  in  religion  especially ;  and  then  we  shall \nfind  out  what  truth  is.  I  believe  in  standing  somewhere,  not \nnecessarily  where  my  neighbor  does,  but  to  get  an  angle  of \nvision  for  myself ;  and  then  I  can  begin  squarely  to  solve  the \nperplexities  of  life.  But  one  of  the  great  things  leading  up \nto  that  is  something  that  is  easily  misunderstood  because  it \nhas  been  so  frequently  perverted.  We  want  reverence, —  not \na  grovelling,  slavish  abasement,  but  a  reverence  such  as \nGod  desires,  open-eyed  and  appreciative,  a  regard  and \nadmiration  for  our  nature  and  equipment.  Who  rever- \nences the  Bible  more,  the  one  who  blindly  reads  it  or  the \none  who  intelligently  scrutinizes  it }  Who  is  the  best  miner, \nthe  one  who  takes  the  dirt  and  the  gold  together  or  the  one \nwho  refines  ?  Let  us  understand  that  he  has  most  reverence \nwho  unlocks  with  power  and  ability  this  pulsating  brain,  and \nfaces  all  the  problems  of  life,  who  has  a  wise  and  ardent \njudgment,  who  stands  straight,  the  one  who  prays  with  his \neyes  open  to  the  heavens.  Such  are  the  symbols  of  the  true \nreverence  called  for  by  the  Christ  and  by  God,  our  Maker. \n\nIf  you  see  that  there  is  something  to  accomplish,  then \ntruth  becomes  actual  and  real.  It  is  the  mystical  theorizing \nthat  unmakes  character.  Many  want  to  set  everything  up \ncomplete  in  the  nebulous  region  of  metaphysics.  Well,  if \nyou  like  that,  it  is  a  pleasant  pastime.  But  God  has  joined \ntogether  what  never  should  be  separated,  the  throbbing  ex- \nperiences of  the  soul  and  the  great  world  of  truths  and \nideals.  They  solve  one  another,  and  you  never  can  arrive  at \ntruth  save  as  you  think  and  love  it.  Truth  must  be  brought \nfrom  the  far-off  land  of  intellectual  discovery  into  the  realm \nof  duty,  struggle,  and  loyalty. \n\nThese  to  my  mind  are  the  angelic  messages  out  of  the \nconfusion  of  to-day  :  a  universe  to  be  understood,  a  world  to \n•be  used,  a  kingdom  to  be  established,  a  character  to  be \nmade,  a  heritage  to  enlarge,  a  destiny  to  apprehend,  good \nnews,  or  a  gospel,  to  enjoy.  It  was  Saint  Paul  who  said \nthere  are  a  great  many  voices  in  the  world,  and  it  is  our \nbusiness  to  find  out  which  are  the  reliable  ones  and  which \nbring  divine  messages. \n\n\n12 \n\nWhat  is  it  to  be  spiritually-minded  ?  Is  it  an  overwhelm- \ning sense  of  piety  ?  Is  it  to  be  able  to  read  prayers  ?  Never. \nTo  be  spiritually-minded  is  to  have  a  mind  strong  in  spirit- \nual hopefulness ;  to  have  this  frontage  on  life  and  its  events : \nto  live  four-square,  with  the  windows  open,  so  that  you  may \nsee  round  the  whole  landscape  and  the  whole  heavens. \nThen,  as  you  bend  out  over  the  sill,  and  have  an  ear  to  hear, \nyou  can  catch  music  out  of  discord,  you  can  see  beauty \nwhere  there  is  apparently  only  the  vile,  and  detect  real \ngoodness  and  peace  even  where  the  external  aspects  are  con- \nflicting. \n\nWe  are  drawing  towards  this.  It  is  coming  sooner  than \nwe  imagine,  and  the  child  of  to-day  will  worship  in  the  tem- \nple where  these  discords  will  be  reduced.  The  great  choir \nof  human  hearts  and  hopes  will  sing  together  with  a  grander \nconfidence  and  assurance  than  we  can  feel.  The  possibili- \nties of  that  faith  encompass  land  and  sea,  past  and  present, \ndarkness  and  light,  death  and  life,  things  present  and  things \nto  come.  In  the  light  of  this  sentiment,  which  does  not \ndwarf  us,  but  lifts  us  up  as  children  of  God  to  the  heights  of \na  new  creation,  and  puts  upon  us  the  power  of  the  bravery \nof  the  sons  of  life,  let  us  go  on. \n\nOur  heavenly  Father,  help  us  to  this  great  vision.  Of  old \na  voice  said,  He  that  hath  ears  to  hear,  let  him  hear.  The \ngreat  world  moves  on  with  its  stars  and  seasons.  Humanity \nis  born  and  humanity  dies,  and  the  struggles  are  between. \nBut,  to  him  who  has  a  kingdom  within,  these  events  are  inter- \npreted :  the  supreme  Being  is  Love ;  we  do  not  perish  in  the \ngrave;  there  is  a  moral  battle  in  the  world;  truth  is  be- \ncoming firmer  placed  century  by  century.  Let  us  then  go \nforward  beneath  the  Father's  benediction  into  the  joy  and \npatience  and  strength  coming  from  such  convictions  as  these. \nIt  is  a  glorious  thing  to  speak  these  matters,  to  think  out \nthese  great  truths,  that  we  have  inherited,  to  bring  back \nour  faith,  to  make  the  whole  universe  a  spiritual  world.  So \nmay  it  be  more  and  more  a  joy  to  us  with  growing  years. \nAmen. \n\n\nUnitarian  Catechism \n\nBY \n\nM.  J.  SAVAGE \n\nWITH    AN    INTRODUCTION    BY    E.    A.    HORTON \n\n\nPrice,  Paper,  per  Copy,   .     ...  20  cents. \n\n\"    Doi ^i.^o. \n\n\"      Cloth,    \"    Copy,    .     ...  30  cents. \n\n\"    Doi ^2.^0 \n\nINTRODUCTION. \n\nThe  preface  by  Mr.  Savage  gives  the  reasons,  clearly  and  concisely,  why  a  book \nlike  this  is  needed.  It  answers  a  great  demand,  and  it  will  snpply  a  serious  deficiency. \nHaving  had  the  privilege  of  reading  the  contents  verv  thorougnly,  I  gladly  record  my \nsatisfaction  in  the  character  of  the  work,  my  hope  of  its  wide  acceptance  and  use.  my \nappreciation  of  the  author's  motives  in  preparing  it.'  The  questions  and  answers  allow \nof  supplementing,  of  individual  handling,  of  personal  direction.  It  is  not  a  hard-and- \nfast  production.  There  is  a  lai^e  liberty  of  detail,  explanation,  and  unfolding.  The \ndoctrinal  positions  are  in  accord  with  rational  religion  and  liberal  Christianity,  the  criti- \ncal judgments  are  based  on  modem  scholarship,  and  the  great  aim  throughout  is  to  assist \nan  inquirer  or  pupil  to  a  positive,  permanent  faith.  -  If  any  one  finds  conunents  and \ncriticisms  whicn  at  first  sight  seem  needless,  let  it  be  remembered  that  a  Unitarian  cat- \nechism must  give  reasons,  point  out  errors,  and  trace  causes :  it  cannot  simply  dogma- \ntize. I  am  sure  that  in  the  true  use  of  this  book  great  gains  will  come  to  our  Sunday- \nschools,  to  searchers  after  truth,  to  our  cause. \n\nEdward  A.  Horton. \n\nAUTHOR'S    PREFACE. \n\nThis  little  Catechism  has  grown  out  of  the  needs  of  my  own  work.  Fathers  and \nmothers  have  said  to  me,  \"  Our  cnildren  are  constantly  asking  us  questions  that  we  can- \nnot answer.\"  Perfectly  natural !  Their  reading  and  study  have  not  been  such  as  to \nmake  them  familiar  with  the  results  of  critical  scholarship.  The  great  modem  revolu- \ntion of  thought  is  bewildering.  This  is  an  attempt  to  make  the  path  of  ascertained  truth \na  little  plainer. \n\nThis  is  the  call  for  help  in  the  home.  Besides  this,  a  similar  call  has  come  from \nthe  Sunday-school.  Multitudes  of  teachers  have  little  time  to  ransack  libraries  and \nstudy  large  works.  This  is  an  attempt,  then,  to  help  them,  by  putting  in  their  hands,  in \nbrie/  compass,  the  principal  things  believed  by  unitarians  conceming  the  greatest \nsubject.    ' \n\nThe  list  of  reference  books  that  follows  the  questions  and  answers  will  enable \nthose  who  wish  to  do  so  to  go  more  deeply  into  the  topics  suggested. \n\nIt  is  believed  that  this  Catechism  will  be  found  adapted  to  any  grade  of  scholars \nabove  the  infant  class,  provided  the  teacher  has  ome  skill  m  the  matter  of  interpretation. \n\nGEO.  H.  ELLIS.  Publiiher,  Z41  Franklin  St,  Boiton,  Mam. \n\n\nPublished  weekly.         Price  $1.60  a  year,  or  6  cents  einflrle  copy \n\n\nUNITY    PULPIT \n\nBOSTON \n\nSERMONS    OF    M.   J.   SAVAGE \n\nVol.  13                       JUNE  17,  1892                       No.  36 \n\nTHE  TEMPORAL  AND  THE  ETERNAL \n\nBOSTON \n\nGEORGE  H.  ELLIS.  m«   FRANKLIN  STREET \n\n1892 \n\nEntertd  at  the  Post-oJ^ce,  Bo»ton,  Mau.t  at  §eeond<taM$  mail  matter. \n\n\nNOTE. \n\nThis  sermon  closes  the  series  for  the  current  year. \nThe  publication  will  be  resumed  again,  as  usual,  in \nSeptember. \n\n\nTHE  TEMPORAL  AND  THE  ETERNAL* \n\n\nFor  the  things  which  are  seen  are  temporal,  but  the  things  which  are \nnot  seen  are  eternal. —  2  Cor.  iv.  18. \n\nIn  close  connection  with  these  words  that  I  have  chosen \nas  a  text,  I  wish  to  read  a  few  words  from  Shakspere's \n\"Tempest\":  — \n\n\"  Our  revels  now  are  ended.    These  our  actors, \nAs  I  foretold  you,  were  all  spirits,  and \nAre  melted  into  air,  into  thin  air : \nAnd,  like  the  baseless  fabric  of  this  vision, \nThe  cloud-capp'd  towers,  the  gorgeous  palaces, \nThe  solemn  temples,  the  great  globe  itself, \nYea,  all  which  it  inherit,  shall  dissolve ; \nAnd,  like  this  insubstantial  pageant  faded. \nLeave  not  a  rack  behind.     We  are  such  stuff \nAs  dreams  are  made  on,  and  oar  little  life \nIs  rounded  with  a  sleep.\" \n\nUntil  we  learn  to  check  off  and  correct  our  sense  impres- \nsions with  other  sense  impressions,  and  with  the  thought \nresults  of  these  impressions,  we  are  the  fools  of  our  senses. \nThe  little  child  in  its  mother's  arms  sees  no  reason  why  it \nshould  not  have  the  moon  for  a  plaything,  and  cries  for  its \npossession,  it  seems  so  near  and  so  small.  The  savage,  the \nchild-man  of  the  early  world,  when  it  was  shadowed  by  an \neclipse,  thought  it  was  some  live  creature  being  swallowed, \ndevoured,  by  some  other  creature.  It  seemed  to  him  so \nsmall  and  only  a  little  way  off.  To  first  impression  it  seems \nto  us  to-day  that  the  moon  is  no  larger  than  a  wheel,  a  plate, \nor  a  silver  dollar,  the  impression  depending  entirely  upon \n\n*  Phonographically  reported. \n\n\nthe  structure  of  our  visual  organs.  We  learn  after  a  while \nthat  it  is  two  hundred  thousand  miles  away,  and  is  a  planet. \nSo  in  the  early  world  it  is  no  wonder  that  people  thought \nthe  sky  was  a  solid  dome.  We  have  learned  at  last  that  it  is \nbuilt  up  with  light  rays ;  and  it  dissolves  to  our  thought,  and \nopens  out  vistas  of  infinite  reach  into  eternity.  And  the \nstars,  in  those  old  days,  were  thought  to  be  only  little  points \nof  light ;  and  to  our  thought,  at  first,  they  seem  hardly  as \nlarge  as  a  candle  flame.  It  is  only  after  a  time,  with  new \nimpressions,  new  observations,  long  lines  of  reasoning,  that \nwe  learn  that  the  stars  are  suns,  millions  of  times  larger \nthan  our  planet,  and  so  far  away  that,  in  the  case  of  some \nof  them,  it  takes  thousands  of  years  for  their  light  to  travel \nto  us. \n\nSo,  then,  in  regard  to  all  the  features  of  the  world  around \nus,  we  are  the  fools  of  our  senses.  We  have  to  correct  these \nfirst  impressions,  to  check  off  the  report  of  one  sense  by  the \nreport  of  another,  and  through  long  courses  of  reasoning \ntake  a  step  ,that  brings  us  a  little  nearer  to  the  reality  of \nthings. \n\nWe  are  not  yet  civilized  enough,  most  of  us,  the  grown \nup,  earnest,  busy  world,  to  estimate  things  at  their  real \nvalue.  We  are  fooled  by  our  senses  still,  and  so  do  not  get \nat  the  essence,  the  heart,  the  soul,  of  things.  We  are  fooled \nby  phenomena,  by  things  which  appear ;  and  it  is  only  after \nyears  of  thought,  of  study,  of  feeling,  of  aspiration,  that  we \ngain  the  power  to  take  a  step  across  the  threshold  into  the \npresence  of  the  reality,  the  things  that  abide,  that  are  eternal. \n\nWe  talk  about  real  estate,  meaning  by  that  land,  houses, \nthings, —  things  that  we  can  weigh,  things  we  can  measure, \nthings  we  can  touch,  things  we  can  tread  under  feet,  and  that \nfeel  solid.  We  think  in  the  presence  of  them  we  have  at- \ntained reality.  Yet  there  is  hardly  anything  on  the  earth \nthat  is  less  real  in  the  sense  of  permanency,  of  abiding,  than \nare  these. \n\nIt  seems  to  me  that  the  larger  part  of  the  people  of  the \nworld  are  only  beginning   to  appreciate  the  reality  of  the \n\n\n5 \n\nspiritual  side  of  things.  Spiritual, —  what  does  it  mean  ?  Our \nlanguage  is  figurative.  The  first  word  used  in  the  Bible  for \nthe  soul,  or  the  spirit,  is  the  word  translated  \"  breath  \" ;  and \nso  soul,  the  spirit,  the  inner  nature  of  things,  seems  to  us \nnow  as  evanescent  as  the  breath  seems  to  be,  and  to  most \npeople,  when  you  speak  about  spiritual  things,  the  spiritual \nlife,  the  spirit,  the  soul,  you  seem  to  be  talking  about  nothing \ntangible,  not  only  nothing  tangible,  but  nothing  real.  They \nsay  spirit  is  nothing.  Nobody  ever  saw  spirit,  nobody  ever \nheard  spirit,  nobody  ever  felt  spirit.  We  cannot  come  in \ncontact  with  it,  so  far  as  our  sense  impressions  go.  What \nis  it,  then  ?  and  where  is  it  ?  And  do  we  not  well  to  turn \nand  try  to  be  satisfied  with  what  seems  to  be  hard,  solid \nfact  to  most  persons? \n\nA  man  presses  a  brick  beneath  his  feet,  and  says,  There  is \nsomething  solid.  A  man  stands  on  a  block  of  granite  or \nclimbs  on  a  bowlder,  and  thinks.  Here  is  something  real ;  but \nlet  us  see. \n\nLet  us  take  a  brick  to  pieces.  Let  us  dissolve  a  bowlder, \nand  see  what  it  is.  I  cannot  trace  it  out  in  every  step  of \ndetail.  I  only  need  to  make  it  clearly  apparent  to  your \nthought.  We  can  pound  up  a  bit  of  bowlder  until  it  is  fine \ndust.  We  can  apply  heat  to  it  until  it  is  dissolved ;  enough \nheat,  it  becomes  liquid ;  more  heat,  until  it  is  vapor ;  more \nheat  still,  and  like  vapor  it  vanishes  away.  Not  a  par- \nticle of  it  has  disappeared  in  the  sense  of  having  gone \nout  of  existence;  but  it  has  gone  beyond  the  reach  of  our \nsenses.  We  can  no  longer  see  it,  we  can  no  longer  feel  it. \nIt  has  become  a  part  of  the  invisible  world. \n\nSuppose  by  imagination  we  pursue  some  of  its  particles \nstill,  try  to  find  the  ultimate  atom  that  physical  scientists \nspeak  of.  They  tell  us  that  all  things  that  are,  are  made  up \nof  combinations  of  these  atoms.  What  are  atoms  ?  Science \nhas  been  hunting  for  atoms  for  thousands  of  years;  and \nto-day  we  are  standing  on  the  borderland  of  physical  dis- \ncovery that  brings  us,  or  promises  to  bring  us,  face  to  face \nwith  spirit,  with  God.     For  the  most  learned  scientific  men \n\n\n6 \n\nof  the  world  tell  us  that  the  ultimate  atom  is  probably  only \na  little  vortex  ring  of  what  they  call  the  ether,  matter  still,  but \nin  so  fine  a  form  that  not  any  of  our  senses  bring  us  in  con- \ntact with  it.  Still,  it  fills  all  space,  is  the  medium  of  com- \nmunication between  world  and  world,  is  the  wire  along \nwhich  the  power  of  gravity  travels  to  clasp  and  lift  the \nworld,  is  the  track  along  which  the  light  rays  speed.  Such, \nprobably,  is  the  ultimate  form  of  matter,  of  which  all  the \nphenomenal  universe  is  a  varied  and  temporary  manifes- \ntation. \n\nPhysical  science,  then,  is  bringing  us  face  to  face  with  the \nfact  that,  so  far  as  this  universe  is  concerned,  this  world  that \nwe  talk  of  as  solid,  as  real,  that  the  phenomenal  shows  of \nthings  are  only  shadows,  and  the  real  things,  the  real  forces, \nare  the  invisible  forces,  the  changeless,  the  eternal. \n\nTake  as  an  illustration  this  force  of  gravity  that  Newton \ndiscovered,  whose  existence  he  demonstrated.  What  is  it  ? \nWhere  is  it  ?  It  takes  no  time,  no  time  that  we  can  com- \npute, in  passing  from  the  sun  to  the  earth ;  and  yet  it  acts \nupon  this  earth  by  a  force  beside  which  any  physical  illustra- \ntion that  we  can  use  simply  pales  and  fades  out  and  seems \nas  nothing.  If,  for  example,  there  were  reaching  from  the \nsun  to  the  earth,  to  that  side  which  faces  the  sun,  steel  wires \nthe  size  of  the  electric  or  telegraph  wire,  if  there  were  four \nof  these  steel  wires  fastened  to  every  square  inch  of  the \nearth's  surface,  and  then  all  strained  until  almost  ready  to \nbreak,  that  would  represent  by  comparison  this  invisible,  in- \ntangible power  of  gravitation  by  which  the  sun  holds  the \nearth  in  its  place.  What  are  all  our  physical  ideas  of  power \ncompared  with  this  invisible  and  intangible  force  that  we \nknow  is  the  real  thing,  after  all  ?  So,  no  matter  which  way \nwe  turn  as  we  study  the  make-up  of  this  physical  universe  of \nwhich  we  are  a  part,  we  find  that  the  real  things,  the  things \nthat  abide,  the  things  that  constitute  the  world  what  it  is,  are \nnot  the  things  we  can  hold,  not  the  things  we  can  see,  not \nthe  things  which  we  can  tread  under  foot :  they  are  the  invis- \nible and  the  eternal  things. \n\n\nThis  old  world  of  ours  that  we  talk  of  as  lasting  through \nthe  ages  is  no  more  permanent  than  a  patch  of  morning  mist \nin  the  eastern  sky.  It  was  at  first  only  a  fleck  of  fire-mist \nwhich  has  cooled  and  congealed.  But  the  same  Power  can \nsend  it  back  into  mist  and  invisibility  again.  We  talk  of  the \neternal  hills ;  but  these  invisible  forces  of  nature  which  have \nsculptured  the  earth  and  shaped  it  to  what  it  is  are  perpet- \nually changing  the  outlines  of  mountain  and  plain.  Where \nonce  there  was  a  lake  is  now  a  desert  of  sand.  The  geolo- \ngist studies  the  lines  along  the  hills  to  see  where  the  river \nused  to  run  as  wide  as  a  sea.  It  has  now  shrunk  into  a \nlittle  stream  with  fertile  valleys.  A  whole  continent  sinks \ninto  the  sea ;  and  we  find  on  the  tops  of  mountains  marine \nshells  that  show  that  this  mountain  used  to  be  an  ocean \nshore.  If  people  dwelt  on  that  far-off  ocean  shore,  they \nprobably  supposed  they  had  an  eternal  and  permanent  bed- \nrock beneath  their  feet.  The  earth  itself,  then,  is  no  more \nstable  than  are  the  waves  of  the  sea.  The  earth,  all  its \nforces,  all  its  shapes,  all  its  colors,  all  its  sounds,  all  these \nthings  that  bring  us  in  contact  with  it,  are  only  the  temporary \nembodiment  and  manifestations  of  purely  invisible  forces; \nand  it  is  only  these  invisible  things  which  are  the  eternal \nthings. \n\nLet  us  turn,  now,  in  one  or  two  other  directions,  and  see  if \nthe  same  thing  holds  there. \n\nWe  talk  about  our  governments  as  abiding  year  after  year, \ncentury  after  century.  But,  when  we  talk  of  government,  we \nthink,  perhaps,  of  a  king  on  his  throne,  surrounded  by  his \ncourt;  we  think  of  the  ofHcers  that  make  up  the  cabinet; \nwe  think  of  the  army  with  its  mighty  legions,  its  generals,  its \nleaders ;  we  think  of  guns,  of  cannon-shot,  of  bayonets,  of \nwar-ships,  of  navies  that  sail  the  seas;  we  think  of  the  police \nwho  are  in  every  city  and  town.  This  outward  manifesta- \ntion of  mighty  power  we  call  government;  and  we  say  it \nkeeps  the  world  in  order.  But  what  is  government  ?  Kings, \npresidents,  cabinets,  parliaments,  congresses,  armies,  navies, \ncannon,  and  bayonets, —  all  these  things  are  only  the  tempo- \n\n\n8 \n\nrary  and  passing  manifestations  of  those  invisible  forces  of \nthe  human  mind,  the  human  heart,  of  that  desire  for  order, \nfor  peace,  for  mutual  protection,  that  shall  enable  us  to  be \nfree  to  pursue  the  ordinary  occupations  of  life.  So,  here \nagain,  we  find  ourselves  face  to  face  with  the  same  great \ntruth  that  it  is  these  invisible  qualities  of  human  character \nwhich  are  the  eternal  things.  Forms  of  government  change \nand  pass  away ;  but  the  desire  for  political  order  remains, \ngrows,  takes  upon  itself  new  forms,  creates  new  phenomena! \nmanifestations.  The  things  which  are  seen  are  temporal, \nthe  things  which  are  not  seen  are  eternal. \n\nTake  it  in  the  matter  of  our  business.  Here,  at  any  rate, \nwe  think  we  are  dealing  with  material  things,  with  solid  mat- \nters that  we  can  touch  and  handle.  So  we  have  our  banks, \nour  great  commercial  houses,  our  merchants'  shops,  our \nships  to  sail  over  the  seas.  We  have  our  laws  on  the  statute \nbooks  to  prevent  fraud,  to  prevent  forgery  and  perjury,  to \nprevent  theft,  to  prevent  anything  that  seems  to  us  to \nthreaten  the  quiet  and  prosperity  of  our  business  life ;  and \nyet  every  little  while  we  find  a  bank  wrecked,  we  find  a  busi- \nness failure  to  face.  We  find  that  all  this  external  array  of \npower,  the  manifestation  of  what  we  call  the  real  guarantees \nof  our  business  life,  are  of  no  sort  of  avail.  And,  if  we  stop \nto  think  a  little  carefully,  if  we  look  beneath  the  surface,  if \nwe  try  to  study  what  all  these  things  portend,  we  find  that, \nafter  all,  the  only  basis  of  the  world's  business,  the  only \nthing  on  which  you  can  rest,  is  this  invisible  trust,  the  faith \nthat  in  the  long  run  and  year  by  year  one  man  has  in  an- \nother. Take  that  away,  and  your  laws  and  all  the  external \nmanifestation  of  business  are  no  more  than  the  withes  with \nwhich  the  Philistines  attempted  to  bind  the  Hebrew  giant. \nThey  were,  like  flax,  snapped  by  the  first  attempt  to  free \nhimself  from  those  bonds.  Those  things  which  bind  the \nbusiness  community  together,  and  on  which  we  all  rest,  are \nthe  invisible  things, —  the  things  of  spirit,  the  things  of  mind, \nthe  things  of  heart  and  soul,  the  things  that  so  many  times \nyou  find  business  men  hardly  aware  that  they  believe  in  at \n\n\n9 \n\nall.  These  are  the  only  mighty  things,  the  only  things  that \nbind. \n\nLet  us  turn  to  another  phase  of  human  life.  Wherein  has \nresided  the  greatness  of  the  world,  the  power  of  the  world  in \nthe  past?  Take,  as  an  illustration,  that  famous  saying  of \nNapoleon,  when  somebody,  speaking  of  the  justice  or  injus- \ntice of  war,  talked  about  God's  being  on  this  side  or  that  in \nsome  human  contest ;  and  Napoleon  cynically  observed  — \nand  it  was  the  key  to  his  character  and  the  key  to  his  down- \nfall as  well  —  that  God  was  always  on  the  side  of  the  strong- \nest battalions.  Put  in  other  words,  Napoleon's  conception \nof  power  was  the  conception  of  the  materialist.  It  was  so \nmany  men  well  trained,  well  armed,  and  then  at  the  critical \nmoment  of  the  battle  hurled  at  the  weakest  point  of  the \nenemy,  driving  them  asunder,  separating  their  forces,  and \nbeating  them  in  detail.  This  was  the  genius  of  Napoleon ; \nand  he  won  with  it  battle  after  battle,  and  threatened  to \noverrun  the  world.  He  won  with  it  until  he  became  so \ngigantic  that  his  shadow  was  a  fear  in  every  nation  in \nEurope.  And  yet  Napoleon  found  to  his  cost,  at  last,  that \nthese  invisible,  intangible  feelings  of  the  heart  —  the  sense  of \njustice,  the  sense  of  right,  of  order,  the  desire  for  liberty  — \nwere  mighty  enough  to  play  the  part  of  a  cyclone  to  blow  his \nbattalions  to  the  winds.  It  was  the  moral  sense  of  Europe, \nit  was  the  spiritual  in  the  civilized  world  of  that  age,  that \nproved  to  the  great  conqueror  that  there  was  something \nstronger  than  his  guns. \n\nAnd  so  in  every  age  in  the  history  of  the  world  there  has \nbeen  this  phenomenal  manifestation  of  the  invisible  powers \nof  thought  and  feeling  and  aspiration. \n\nShakspere  says,  in  the  passage  which  I  read  in  the  open- \ning, \"  We  are  such  stuff  as  dreams  are  made  on.\"  Yes,  we \nare ;  but  what  is  the  stuff  that  dreams  are  made  on  ?  We \ntalk  about  a  dream  or  a  fancy,  as  though  it  were  the  most \ninsubstantial  of  all  namable  things.  And  yet  a  dream, \na  fancy,  a  feeling,  is  mightier  than  all  mountains,  mightier \nthan  continents,  mightier  than  bowlders  and  rocks,  mightier \n\n\nlO \n\nthan  all  changeable  physical  forces  of  the  world.  A  feel- \ning, a  thought,  a  purpose,  in  the  human  heart,  a  dream, \na  desire,  an  ideal,  and  the  face  of  the  earth  is  changed,  and \nits  physical  features  melt  away  and  take  on  other  shapes \nuntil  they  answer  to  the  dream.  \"We  are  such  stuff  as \ndreams  are  made  on  \" ;  and  because  we  are,  I  believe  we  are \neternal.  For  dreams  are  made  of  the  stuff  of  which,  let  us \nreverently  say  it,  God  is.  Dreams  are  thought,  dreams  are \nfeeling,  dreams  are  aspiration,  dreams  are  the  powers  in \nthe  midst  of  which  all  physical  things  are  plastic,  as  is  clay \nin  the  hands  of  a  sculptor.  \"  We  are  such  stuff  as  dreams \nare  made  on.\"  But  what  are  they  who  have  transformed  the \nearth  but  dreamers?  There  was  a  handful  of  slaves  ages \nago  in  Egypt ;  and  there  was  a  little  child  left  in  the  reeds  by \nthe  banks  of  the  Nile,  discovered  by  the  king's  daughter, \nand  brought  up  as  her  son.  He  became  educated,  and  at \nlast  a  dream  took  possession  of  him.  He  dreamed  of  a \nbetter  and  higher  religion ;  he  dreamed  of  freedom  for  his \npeople ;  he  dreamed  of  independence.  And  the  highest  civ- \nilization on  the  face  of  the  earth  faded  in  the  presence  of \nthe  child's  dream.  The  slaves  went  out  and  wandered  for \nyears  in  the  wilderness,  conquered  a  country,  became  a  peo- \nple, created  a  religion  which  lives  to-day ;  while  Egypt,  the \nmightiest  power  on  the  face  of  the  earth  at  that  time,  is  only \na  bit  of  ancient  history. \n\nIn  later  years  that  same  people  brought  forth  another \nbabe,  the  child  of  a  carpenter,  in  a  little  country  town  in \nGalilee ;  and,  as  he  grew  up,  he  dreamed.  He  dreamed  of  re- \ndeeming his  people;  he  dreamed  of  a  higher  religion;  he \ndreamed  a  nobler  conception  of  God,  a  higher  thought  of \nhuman  nature,  a  grander  destiny  for  the  race.  And  the \ndream  of  that  humble  Nazarene  has  been  the  mightiest  shap- \ning force  in  the  history  of  the  civilized  world.  It  is  that \ndream  that  has  helped  to  create  our  civilization,  to  give  us \nliberty  and  the  freedom  of  sons  of  God.  And  so,  when  I  ask \nyou  to  contemplate  the  work  of  any  of  the  greatest  men  of \nthe  world, —  of  Homer,  of  Dante,  of  Savonarola,  of  Huss,  of \n\n\nX  II \n\nWyclif,  of  Luther,  of  the  great  poets,  the  seers, —  who  are \nthey?  They  are  the  world's  dreamers,  the  dreamers  who \nhave  proved  that  the  stuff  of  which  dreams  are  made  is  the \nstuff  of  which  men  are  made,  of  which  God  is  made,  the \nstuff  that  shapes,  inspires,  lifts  all  that  we  call  real. \n\nConcerning  another  phase  of  human  life  we  come  face  to \nface  again  with  the  same  truth.  I  can  only  hint  at  what  I \nmean ;  but  this  one  thought  is  large  enough  for  a  discourse. \nThere  is  no  one  thought  on  which  so  much  the  peace  and \nthe  hope  of  your  life  depend.  We  are  all,  perforce,  as  the \nresult  of  our  natures,  and  it  is  right  that  we  should  be, \nseekers  after  happiness ;  but  it  is  only  the  few  who  find  where \nit  is.  It  is  only  as  we  get  along  in  years  that  we  discover  the \nwell  from  which  we  might  have  drunk  to  satisfy  our  thirst \nthrough  all  the  weary  mid-noon  of  our  life.  Where  is  the \nsecret  of  happiness?  At  first  we  are  driven  with  the  im- \npulse of  getting  things,  in  order  that  we  may  be  happy.  It \nis  things^  things.  It  is  strife  for  possession,  and  possession  of \nmaterial  things.  How  many  a  business  man  is  there  in  the \nworld  today  who  has  said,  I  must  make  so  much  money,  I \nmust  get  so  much  ahead  1  and  then  he  fancies  that  happiness \nis  coming  as  a  result  of  it.  He  gets  a  hundred  thousand, \nperhaps  five  hundred  thousand,  or  a  million.  Perhaps  he \nhas  said,  When  I  reach  that  figure,  I  will  stop ;  and,  when  he \nreaches  it,  his  next-door  neighbor  is  far  ahead  of  him,  and \nit  is  whispered  that  he  is  outstripping  his  competitor,  and \nso  the  mad  race  goes  on, —  lands,  houses,  pictures,  books, \nmusical  instruments, —  things,  things,  things.  The  world  is \nmad  for  things.  It  is  supposed  that  to  have  things  is  the \nsecret  of  happiness.  And  yet  there  is  not  one  of  you  who, \nif  he  will  stop  to  think  for  five  minutes,  does  not  know  that \nit  is  all  an  illusion,  who  does  not  know  that  happiness  is  not \nto  be  found  in  things,  and  does  not  come  from  things. \nHappiness  is  intangible,  it  is  invisible.  It  is  a  disposition, \nit  is  a  feeling,  it  is  of  the  mind  and  soul.  I  grant  you \nthat  things  may  be  made  to  minister  to  happiness,  particu- \nlarly if  people  are  wise  enough  to  know  that  they  can  get  a \n\n\n12 \n\nthousand  times  more  happiness  out  of  giving  things  than  by \nkeeping  them,  if  they  minister  to  the  needs  and  uses  of \nother  people.  But  happiness,  after  all,  resides  in  the  soul, \nnot  in  that  which  we  pursue  in  State  Street  or  Wall  Street, \nin  that  which  we  seek  over  the  ocean  or  dig  for  in  mines. \nWe  never  find  it  except  in  the  human  breast.  It  is  invisible : \nit  is  one  of  the  eternal  things.  It  cannot  be  grasped  with \nthe  hands ;  it  cannot  be  measured  with  a  yard-stick ;  it  cannot \nbe  weighed  in  scales. \n\nNow  let  us  stop  for  a  moment  and  look  within,  look  at  our \nown  selves.  What  am  I  ?  What  are  we  ?  I  said  a  moment \nago  that,  according  to  the  great  poet,  *'  we  are  such  stuff  as \ndreams  are  made  on.\"  We  are  troubled  sometimes  because \nGod  is  invisible.  The  old  Hebrew  in  his  distress  said,  If \nI  could  only  find  him  I  If  he  could  only  find  where  the \nAlmighty  was,  and  go  to  his  footstool  and  present  his  com- \nplaint before  him,  all  would  be  well, —  hunting  for  God  with- \nout. We  are  troubled  because  God  is  invisible,  because  we \ncannot  see  him  with  our  eyes,  because  we  cannot  hear \nhim  speak.  But  you  are  as  invisible  as  God.  Nobody \never  saw  me  or  ever  will  see  me.  I  am  not  this  body. \nThe  only  way  by  which  we  know  that  we  are  the  same \nperson  that  we  were  in  childhood,  in  youth,  in  young  man- \nhood, in  middle  life,  the  only  clew  that  we  have  to  our \npersonal  identity  is  an  invisible  and  intangible  clew.  These \nbodies  of  ours  are  not  more  permanent  or  stable  than  is  the \nearth  which  we  walk  upon.  Our  bodies  are  in  perpetual \nflux  and  change.  They  change  as  does  a  cataract  It  is \nthe  same  fall  that  comes  tumbling  over  the  rock  that  we  saw \nlast  year.  It  is  the  same  fall  so  far  as  the  form  is  concerned, \nthe  rocks,  the  water.  But  not  a  single  particle  is  there  which \nwas  there  an  hour  ago  or  ten  minutes  ago.  And  so  these \nbodies  are  in  constant  change.  That  which  constitutes  me, \nmyself,  nobody  ever  saw,  nobody  ever  touched,  nobody  ever \ncame  in  contact  with  through  the  medium  of  any  of  the \nsenses.  I  am  as  invisible  as  is  God.  I  look  out  through \nthe  windows  of  the  eyes.     I  use  these  muscles  for  the  press- \n\n\n13 \n\nure  of  the  hand  in  friendship.  I  use  the  different  faculties \nof  the  body ;  but  they  are  in  constant  change.  Why  may  I \nnot  say,  then,  that  God  looks  at  me  through  the  myriatd  eyes \nof  the  stars  at  night ;  that  God  lays  his  hand  upon  my  brow \nwhen  its  weariness  is  fanned  by  the  soft  air  of  spring ;  that \nGod  whispers  to  me  in  the  song  of  the  leaves  or  of  the  waves \nupon  the  beach }  I  believe  God  looks,  God  speaks,  God \nfolds  me  round,  and  holds  me  in  his  hand,  and  clasps  me  in \nhis  bosom  for  quiet  and  rest.  God  is  as  near  to  me  as  my \nmost  intimate  friend.  God  is  more  near;  for  he  is  the \nfriendship  of  that  friend,  the  love  of  that  lover,  the  clasp  of \nthat  hand,  the  look  in  those  eyes.  We  share  with  God  in \nthose  things  which  are  invisible ;  and  we  may  believe  that, \nlike  him,  we  are  eternal.  We  may  look  without  fear  upon \nthe  wreck  of  worlds,  the  fading  away  of  systems  that  dis- \nappear like  the  mist  of  the  early  morning.  * \n\nDo  you  begin,  then,  to  get  a  glimpse  of  what  we  ministers \nmean  when  we  talk  about  the  spiritual  things,  the  eternal \nthings,  the  things  that  do  not  pass  away  ?  Do  the  words  of \nJesus  have  any  sense  for  you  now  when  he  bids  you  lay  up \nfor  yourselves  treasures  in  the  invisible,  beyond  the  reach  of \nmoth  and  rust,  since  there  is  the  only  place  where  you  can \nput  things  that  you  wish  to  keep } \n\nThis  is  what  Jesus  means,  this  is  what  we  mean  as  we  say \nover  these  great  lessons  after  him.  We  mean  that  those \nwho  live  in  the  spirit,  disaster,  trouble,  death,  cannot  touch. \nWe  believe  that,  when  death  transforms  us,  and  we  throw  off \nthis  visible  clothing  of  the  body,  we  step  out  into  the  spirit \nworld  that  envelops  us  round  on  every  hand,  full  of  life,  and \nthat  we  shall  find  then  that  that  is  the  reality  of  which  this \nis  only  the  temporary  and  evanescent  manifesfation. \n\nThere  is  a  book  called  \"  The  Unseen  Universe,\"  written \nby  two  prominent  scientific  men  of  England,  in  which  they \nset  forth  the  proposition  that  probably  all  this  visible  uni- \nverse is  only  a  temporary  manifestation,  the  shadow  of  the \nreal  and  the  eternal,  let  down  for  a  while  into  the  region  of \nvisibility,  to  he  withdrawn  again  by  and  by  and  to  become  a \npart  once  more  of  the  eternal. \n\n\n14 \n\nDo  I  not  well,  then,  in  asking  you  what  the  last  year  just \nnow  closing  has  done  for  you  in  this  direction  ?  How  much \nhave  you  added  to  your  real  wealth  ?  How  much  treasure \nof  thought,  of  high  purpose,  of  aspiration,  of  helpfulness \ntowards  others,  of  charity,  of  tenderness,  of  goodness,  have \nyou  laid  up?  How  much  treasure  have  you  put  into  that \nbank  that  no  failure  can  ever  reach  ?  Everything  else  will \npass  away.  That,  and  that  only,  is  eternal.  As  Paul  said  in \nthe  chapter  which  I  read  for  our  lesson^  knowledge  passes \naway,  because  it  is  only  relative.  We  outgrow  what  we  call \nknowledge  to-day,  when  we  become  wiser  than  we  are  to-day. \nWe  leave  it  behind.  All  the  things  that  most  men  value  we \noutgrow,  because  they  are  things  that  belonged  to  our  child- \nhood. Faith,  hope,  love,  these  remain ;  and  in  love,  which \nPaul  says  is  the  greatest  of  them  all,  in  love  is  the  secret  of \nwealth,  the  secret  of  happiness,  the  secret  of  peace,  the \nsecret  of  service  of  our  fellow-men,  the  secret  of  life,  the \nsecret  of  God,  the  secret  of  eternity.  For  the  things  which \nare  seen  are  temporal,  but  the  things  which  are  not  seen  are \neternal. \n\nFather,  let  us  open  our  eyes,  those  inner  eyes  that  look  on \nreality,  and  see  the  things  that  are  and  that  shall  abide. \nAnd  so  may  we  enter  upon  an  inheritance  of  those  things, \nand  become  one  with  Thee.     Amen. \n\n\nPRAYER   BEFORE  THE   SERMON. \n\nOur  God,  we  live  our  little  lives,  and  pass  away;  but  Thou \nendurest,  and  of  Thy  days  there  is  no  end.  Before  the \nmountains  were  brought  forth  or  ever  Thou  hadst  formed  the \nearth  and  the  world,  even  from  everlasting  to  everlasting, \nThou  art  God.  Everything  is  evanescent  in  Thy  sight  ex- \ncept that  which  partakes  of  Thy  nature  and  Thy  eternity. \nWe  are  glad.  Father,  that  we  can  think  of  Thee,  that  we  can \n\n\nIS \n\nspeak  Thy  name,  that  we  can  believe  that  there  is  some- \nthing in  us  akin  to  Thyself ;  for  thus  we  hope  that  we  are \npartakers  of  Thy  nature,  and  because  Thou  livest  we  shall \nlive  also.  We  look  at  the  stars ;  and,  though  we  know  that \nfor  millions  of  years  they  may  have  been  shining,  we  know \nthat  some  day  their  light  shall  cease,  that  they  shall  be  put \nout  like  a  candle,  and  leave  only  dark  in  their  places.  We \nknow  that  this  solid  earth  underneath  our  feet  shall  vanish \nlike  morning  mist,  and  be  no  more.  But  we  dare  to  trust \nin  this  audacious,  this  sublime  faith,  that  there  is  that  in  us \nwhich  shall  outlast  them  all ;  for  we  are  Thy  children,  and, \nstanding  by  Thy  side,  feeling  Thy  nature  in  us,  folded  in \nThine  arms,  we  may  look  at  the  passing  of  things  as  at  the \nchanging  of  a  cloud,  and  tremble  not,  nor  fear. \n\nIt  is  this  great  trust  in  which  is  to  be  our  strength, — \nstrength  to  bear  evil,  strength  to  be  patient  with  sorrow, \nstrength  to  face  the  loss  of  all  things,  knowing  that  nothing \nis  lost  in  Thee.  So  let  us  be  strong  to-day;  and,  as  the  years \npass,  one  after  the  other,  let  us  not  be  perturbed  by  their \ngoing  nor  by  what  they  take  with  them,  knowing  that  the \neternal  things  Thou  keepest  for  us  forevermore. \n\nWe  are  at  the  end,  Father,  of  another  ye^r  of  our  church \nlife  and  work,  so  far  as  the  visible  assembly  in  this  place  is \nconcerned ;  and  we  look  back  over  the  year,  and  thank  Thee \nfor  the  good  it  has  brought  us.  We  thank  Thee  for  the \nloves  and  the  friendships,  we  thank  Thee  for  the  opportuni- \nties of  service,  we  thank  Thee  for  the  burdens  we  have  had \nto  bear.  We  thank  Thee,  or  try  to,  for  the  tears  we  have \nshed,  for  the  heart-aches,  'for  all  that  we  call  evil ;  for  we \ndare  to  believe  that  Thou  wilt  bring  us  out  of  it  all,  and  that \nThou  wilt  keep  for  us  the  essence  and  soul  of  all  these \nthings,  that  are  a  part  of  us,  and  necessary  to  our  life. \n\nWe  know,  Father,  that  some  of  those  from  homes  repre- \nsented here,  if  fhey  thank  Thee  to-day,  it  must  be  with  a \nquiver  of  the  lip,  and  with  eyes  too  dim  for  seeing ;  for  death \nhas  come  to  many  a  home,  and  there  has  been  loss  and  des- \nolation.    We  know  that,  though  brave  faces  smile,  and  the \n\n\ni6 \n\neyes  keep  their  light  and  look  bravely  out  over  the  world, \nand  hands  are  ready  still  for  labor  and  feet  for  the  errands \nof  kindness,  there  is  sorrow  at  the  heart  that  many  years  wUl \nnot  take  away ;  yes,  that  all  the  years  will  not  take  away \nutitil  the  lost  ones  are  found  again.  We  remember  these \nstricken  ones,  and  especially  those  recently  smitten.  O \nFather,  we  know  that  Thy  love  enfolds  us  all.  Let  them  feel \nit.  Let  them  be  able  to  understand  it.  Let  them  trust,  if \nthey  cannot  know.  Let  them  learn  to  be  patient,  and  wait \nuntil  the  sense  of  Thy  protection  is  theirs. \n\nAnd  so,  Father,  wilt  Thou  help  us,  as  Thou  hast  helped  us \nheretofore  ?  Let  us  keep  the  spirit  that  we  have  had  in  our \nworship  here,  our  freedom,  our  fearlessness,  our  trust  in \nGod,  our  devotion  to  truth,  our  uplifting  worship,  our  on- \nlooking  belief  in  a  better  something  to  be.  Let  us  keep \nthese,  and  carry  them  with  us,  and  carry  the  bright,  the  up- \nlifting, the  inspiring  influence  of  our  religious  life  and  hope \ninto  every  place  cwhere  we  go  this  summer,  so  that  the  min- \nistry may  not  cease  with  the  closed  doors  of  the  meeting- \nhouse, but  may  go  on,  as  the  light  is  never  tired  with  shining, \nor  the  rain  with  falling,  that  it  may  bring  life  to  the  parched \nand  thirsty  earth. \n\nSo,  Father,  may  we  love  and  serve  Thee,  until  we  gather \nhere  once  more  to  take  up,  not  the  broken  thread, —  for  let  it \nnot  be  broken, —  but  take  up  the  visible  thread  of  our  labors, \nand  consecrate  ourselves  to  that  work  which  we  are  glad  is \nnot  done,  and  never  will  be  until  Thy  kingdom  come  and  Thy \nwill  be  done  on  earth  as  it  is  in  heaven.     Amen. \n\n\nJ \n\n\nI \n\n\n3  2044  023  425  929 \n\n\n■  >^1 \n\n\n","title":"Unity pulpit","updated_at":"2026-09-05T09:57:36.858190Z","urn":"urn:lemay:boston:document:unity-pulpit","version":1,"withdrawn_reason":null},"urn":"urn:lemay:boston:document:unity-pulpit","version_history":[{"change_note":"accessioned from the Internet Archive, item unitypulpit05savagoog","changed_by":"archive-ingest 0.1.0","recorded_at":"2026-09-05T09:57:37.160254Z","version":1}]}